PostGIS è un'estensione del database object-relational PostgreSQL che consente l'archiviazione di oggetti GIS (Geographic Information Systems). PostGIS comprende il supporto per gli indici spaziali R-Tree basati su GiST, e funzioni per l'analisi e l'elaborazione di oggetti GIS.
Questo è il manuale per la versione 3.6.0dev
Questa opera è rilasciata con una licenza Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. Siete liberi di utilizzare questo materiale come volete, ma vi chiediamo di citare il progetto PostGIS come fonte e, ove possibile, di inserire un link a http://postgis.net.
PostGIS è un'estensione spaziale per il database relazionale PostgreSQL creata da Refractions Research Inc. come progetto di ricerca tecnologica sui database spaziali. Refractions è una società di consulenza su GIS e basi di dati con base a Victoria, in British Columbia, Canada, specializzata nell'integrazione dei dati e nello sviluppo di software.
PostGIS ora è un progetto della OSGeo Foundation ed è sviluppato e finanziato da molti sviluppatori ed organizzazioni FOSS4G da tutto il mondo che beneficiano in modo significativo dalla sua funzionalità.
Il gruppo di sviluppo di PostGIS pianifica l e migliorie di necessarie a supportare meglio importanti funzionalita' GIS nelle aree degli standard spaziali OGC e SQL/MM, costrutti topologici avanzati (coperture, superfici, reti), sorgenti di dati per le interfacce utente da scrivania per visualizzare e modificare i dati GIS, e sistemi di accesso via web.
Il comitato di coordinamento del progetto (in inglese Project Steering Commitee o PSC) coordina la direzione generale, i cicli di rilascio, la documentazione e le iniziative di divulgazione del progetto PostGIS. Inoltre il comitato fornisce supporto agli utenti, accetta e approva patch dalla comunità generale PostGIS e vota su questioni varie che coinvolgono PostGIS come l'accesso di commit per gli sviluppatori, i nuovi membri del comitato e modifiche della API.
Supporto di MVT, risoluzione bachi, migliorie nelle performance e nella stabilità, cura di GitHub, allineamento di PostGIS con i rilasci di PostgreSQL
CI and website maintenance, Windows production and experimental builds, documentation, alignment of PostGIS with PostgreSQL releases, X3D support, TIGER geocoder support, management functions.
Index improvements, bug fixing and geometry/geography function improvements, SFCGAL, raster, GitHub curation, and ci maintenance.
Co-fondatore del progetto PostGIS. Correzione di bug generali, supporto della geografia, supporto degli indici geografici e geometrici (2D, 3D, indice nD e qualsiasi indice spaziale), strutture interne della geometria sottostante, integrazione delle funzionalità GEOS e allineamento con le release GEOS, allineamento di PostGIS con le release PostgreSQL, loader/dumper e loader GUI Shapefile.
Bug fixes and maintenance, ci maintenance, git mirror management, management functions, integration of new GEOS functionality and alignment with GEOS releases, topology support, and raster framework and low level API functions.
Miglioramenti e aggiunte alle funzioni di distanza (comprese le funzioni di distanza e relazione 3D), formato di output Tiny WKB (TWKB) e supporto generale agli utenti.
SFCGAL enhancements and maintenance and ci support
Aggiunte di funzioni di clustering geometrico, miglioramenti di altri algoritmi geometrici, miglioramenti di GEOS e supporto generale agli utenti.
Miglioramenti e documentazione GEOS
MapBox Vector Tile, GeoBuf, and Flatgeobuf functions. Gitea testing and GitLab experimentation.
Elaborazione della geometria, gist PostgreSQL, correzione di bug generali
Precedente membro del PSC. Sviluppo di raster, integrazione con GDAL, caricatore di raster, supporto agli utenti, correzione di bug generali, test su vari sistemi operativi (Slackware, Mac, Windows e altri).
Precedente membro del PSC. Ha coordinato la correzione di bug e la manutenzione, la selettività e il binding degli indici spaziali, il caricatore/dumper e il caricatore di GUI Shapefile, l'integrazione di nuovi miglioramenti e nuove funzioni.
Sviluppo raster, supporto per il driver GDAL, loader
Funzioni di input e ouput XML (KML,GML)/GeoJSON, supporto 3D e correzione di bug.
Ex-membro del comitato di coordinamento. Sviluppo generale, manutenzione del sito e del buildbot, gestione dell'incubazione OSGeo
Supporto CMake per PostGIS, ha sviluppato il loader raster originale in python e le funzioni API raster di basso livello.
Ex-membro del comitato di coordinamento. Documentazione e strumenti di supporto alla documentazione, manutenzione dei buildbot, supporto avanzato per gli utenti nel newsgroup PostGIS, miglioramenti alle funzioni di manutenzione PostGIS.
Lo sviluppatore iniziale e uno dei cofondatori di PostGIS. Dave ha scritto il codice per gli oggetti lato server, il binding degli indici e molte delle funzioni analitiche lato server.
Sviluppo iniziale del loader/dumper per gli Shapefile. Attualmente rappresentante di Project Owner di PostGIS.
Continuo sviluppo e manutenzione delle funzioni di base. Supporto avanzanto per le curve. Interfaccia grafica per il loader di Shapefile.
Architetto dell'implementazione raster di PostGIS. Architettura generale dei raster, prototipazione, supporto alla programmazione.
Sviluppo raster (principalmente funzioni analitiche di map algebra)
Alex Bodnaru | Gino Lucrezi | Maxime Guillaud |
Alex Mayrhofer | Greg Troxel | Maxime van Noppen |
Andrea Peri | Guillaume Lelarge | Maxime Schoemans |
Andreas Forø Tollefsen | Giuseppe Broccolo | Michael Fuhr |
Andreas Neumann | Han Wang | Mike Toews |
Andrew Gierth | Hans Lemuet | Nathan Wagner |
Anne Ghisla | Haribabu Kommi | Nathaniel Clay |
Antoine Bajolet | Havard Tveite | Nikita Shulga |
Arthur Lesuisse | IIDA Tetsushi | Norman Vine |
Artur Zakirov | Ingvild Nystuen | Patricia Tozer |
Barbara Phillipot | Jackie Leng | Rafal Magda |
Ben Jubb | James Addison | Ralph Mason |
Bernhard Reiter | James Marca | Rémi Cura |
Björn Esser | Jan Katins | Richard Greenwood |
Brian Hamlin | Jan Tojnar | Robert Coup |
Bruce Rindahl | Jason Smith | Roger Crew |
Bruno Wolff III | Jeff Adams | Ron Mayer |
Bryce L. Nordgren | Jelte Fennema | Sam Peters |
Carl Anderson | Jim Jones | Sebastiaan Couwenberg |
Charlie Savage | Joe Conway | Sergei Shoulbakov |
Chris Mayo | Jonne Savolainen | Sergey Fedoseev |
Christian Schroeder | Jose Carlos Martinez Llari | Shinichi Sugiyama |
Christoph Berg | Jörg Habenicht | Shoaib Burq |
Christoph Moench-Tegeder | Julien Rouhaud | Silvio Grosso |
Dane Springmeyer | Kashif Rasul | Stefan Corneliu Petrea |
Dapeng Wang | Klaus Foerster | Steffen Macke |
Daryl Herzmann | Kris Jurka | Stepan Kuzmin |
Dave Fuhry | Laurenz Albe | Stephen Frost |
David Garnier | Lars Roessiger | Steven Ottens |
David Skea | Leo Hsu | Talha Rizwan |
David Techer | Loic Dachary | Teramoto Ikuhiro |
Dian M Fay | Luca S. Percich | Tom Glancy |
Dmitry Vasilyev | Lucas C. Villa Real | Tom van Tilburg |
Eduin Carrillo | Maria Arias de Reyna | Victor Collod |
Esteban Zimanyi | Marc Ducobu | Vincent Bre |
Eugene Antimirov | Mark Sondheim | Vincent Mora |
Even Rouault | Markus Schaber | Vincent Picavet |
Florian Weimer | Markus Wanner | Volf Tomáš |
Frank Warmerdam | Matt Amos | Zuo Chenwei |
George Silva | Matt Bretl | |
Gerald Fenoy | Matthias Bay |
Queste sono realtà aziendali o altre istituzioni che hanno contribuito al progetto PostGIS sotto forma di tempo sviluppatore, hosting o finanziamento economico
Crowd funding campaigns are campaigns we run to get badly wanted features funded that can service a large number of people. Each campaign is specifically focused on a particular feature or set of features. Each sponsor chips in a small fraction of the needed funding and with enough people/organizations contributing, we have the funds to pay for the work that will help many. If you have an idea for a feature you think many others would be willing to co-fund, please post to the PostGIS newsgroup your thoughts and together we can make it happen.
PostGIS 2.0.0 è stata la prima release con cui abbiamo tentato questa strategia. Abbiamo utilizzato PledgeBank, realizzando due campagne di successo.
postgistopology - Oltre 10 sponsor hanno contribuito con 250 USD ciascuno per realizzare la funzione TopoGeometry e per migliorare il supporto della topologia nella versione 2.0.0. E' successo.
postgis64windows - 20 e passa sponsor hanno contribuito con 100 USD ciascuno per retribuire il lavoro necessario per risolvere varie problematiche su PostGIS per Windows a 64 bit. E' successo. Ora abbiamo una versione per PostGIS 2.0.1 disponibile con lo stack builder PostgreSQL.
The GEOS geometry operations library
The GDAL Geospatial Data Abstraction Library used to power much of the raster functionality introduced in PostGIS 2. In kind, improvements needed in GDAL to support PostGIS are contributed back to the GDAL project.
La libreria di proiezioni cartografiche PROJ
Ultimo, ma non ultimo, il database PostgreSQL, il gigante sulle cui spalle sta PostGIS. Molta della velolcità e flessibilità di PostGIS non sarebbe possibile senza l'estensibilità, il grande query planner, l'indice GIST, e la varietà di caratteristiche SQL rese disponibili da PostgreSQL.
Questo capitolo elenca i passi necessari all'installazione di PostGIS.
Per compilare, assumendo di avere tutte le dipendenze nel percorso di ricerca:
tar -xvzf postgis-3.6.0dev.tar.gz cd postgis-3.6.0dev ./configure make make install
Una volta installato PostGIS, bisogna abilitarlo (Section 3.3, “Creazione di database spaziali”) o aggiornarlo (Section 3.4, “Aggiornamento dei database spaziali”) individualmente nei database in cui si vuole usare.
Ormai molti sistemi operativi contengono pacchetti precompilati per PostgreSQL/PostGIS. In molti casi la compilazione è necessaria solamente se volete l'ultimissima versione o se siete uno dei manutentori dei pacchetti. Questa sezione include istruzioni generali per la compilazione; se si sta compilando per Windows o altri sistemi operativi, si può trovare un aiuto più dettagliato in Guide di compilazione fornite dagli utenti di PostGIS e PostGIS Dev Wiki. I pacchetti precostruiti per vari sistemi operativi sono elencati in Pacchetti precostruiti PostGIS Se siete utenti di Windows, potete ottenere le build stabili tramite Stackbuilder o il sito di download di PostGIS Windows Abbiamo anche c build sperimentali di Windows molto all'avanguardia che vengono create di solito una o due volte alla settimana o ogni volta che succede qualcosa di interessante. È possibile utilizzarle per sperimentare le versioni in corso di PostGIS |
Il modulo PostGIS è un'estensione del server backend PostgreSQL. Come tale, PostGIS 3.6.0dev richiede l'accesso completo alle intestazioni del server PostgreSQL per essere compilato. Può essere compilato con le versioni di PostgreSQL 12 - 17. Le versioni precedenti di PostgreSQL non sono supportate.
Se non avete ancora installato PostgreSQL, consultate le guide all'installazione di PostgreSQL. https://www.postgresql.org .
Per le funzionalità legate a GEOS, quando installate PostgreSQL è possibile che dobbiate esplicitamente linkare PostgreSQL con la libreria C++ standard: LDFLAGS=-lstdc++ ./configure [YOUR OPTIONS HERE] Questa è una soluzione alla buona per l'interazione con finte eccezioni C++ con gli strumenti di sviluppo più datati. Se riscontrate problemi anomali (chiusura inattesa del server o casi simili), provate questo trucco. Ciò richiederà ovviamente di ricompilare PostgreSQL da zero. |
I passaggi seguenti ripercorrono la procedura per configurare e compilare il sorgente di PostGIS. Sono scritti per utenti Linux e non funzioneranno su Windows o Mac.
Recuperare l'archivio sorgente di PostGIS dal sito web dei download https://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-3.6.0dev.tar.gz
wget https://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-3.6.0dev.tar.gz tar -xvzf postgis-3.6.0dev.tar.gz cd postgis-3.6.0dev
Questo passaggio creerà una cartella denominata postgis-3.6.0dev
nella cartella di lavoro attuale.
In alternativa, potete ottenere una copia del sorgente dalla repository git https://git.osgeo.org/gitea/postgis/postgis/ .
git clone https://git.osgeo.org/gitea/postgis/postgis.git postgis cd postgis sh autogen.sh
Passare alla cartella postgis
appena creata per continuare l'installazione.
./configure
PostGIS necessita dei seguenti requisiti per la compilazione e l'utilizzo:
Necessari
PostgreSQL 12 - 17. È necessaria un'installazione completa di PostgreSQL (comprese le intestazioni del server). PostgreSQL è disponibile presso https://www.postgresql.org .
Per una matrice di supporto completa di PostgreSQL / PostGIS e per la matrice di supporto di PostGIS/GEOS, consultare https://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/wiki/UsersWikiPostgreSQLPostGIS
Compilatore GNU C (gcc
). Per la compilazione possono essere utilizzati anche altri compilatori ANSI C, ma abbiamo riscontrato molti meno problemi nella compilazione con gcc
.
GNU Make (gmake
or make
). Per molti sistem, GNU make
è la versione di default di make. Potete controllare la versione tramite il comando make -v
. Altre versioni di make
potrebbero non elaborare il Makefile
di PostGIS in modo corretto.
Libreria di riproiezione Proj. È necessario Proj 6.1 o superiore. La libreria Proj viene utilizzata per fornire il supporto alla riproiezione delle coordinate all'interno di PostGIS. Proj è disponibile per il download da https://proj.org/ .
GEOS geometry library, version 3.8.0 or greater, but GEOS 3.12+ is required to take full advantage of all the new functions and features. GEOS is available for download from https://libgeos.org .
LibXML2, versione 2.5.x o superiore. LibXML2 è attualmente utilizzato in alcune funzioni di importazione (ST_GeomFromGML e ST_GeomFromKML). LibXML2 è disponibile per il download da https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/libxml2/-/releases.
JSON-C, versione 0.9 o superiore. JSON-C viene attualmente utilizzato per importare GeoJSON tramite la funzione ST_GeomFromGeoJson. JSON-C è disponibile per il download da https://github.com/json-c/json-c/releases/.
GDAL, version 3+ is preferred. This is required for raster support. https://gdal.org/download.html.
Se si compila con PostgreSQL+JIT, e' necessaria una versione di LLVM >=6 https://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/4125.
Opzionali
GDAL (pseudo-opzionale) solo se non si vuole il raster si può omettere. Assicurarsi inoltre di abilitare i driver che si desidera utilizzare come descritto in Section 3.2, “Configurare il supporto raster”.
GTK (è necessario GTK+2.0, 2.8+) serve per compilare il loader shp2pgsql-gui shape. http://www.gtk.org/ .
SFCGAL, 1.4.1 or higher is required and 1.5.0+ is needed to be able to use all functionality. SFCGAL can be used to provide additional 2D and 3D advanced analysis functions to PostGIS cf Chapter 8, SFCGAL Functions Reference. And also allow to use SFCGAL rather than GEOS for some 2D functions provided by both backends (like ST_Intersection or ST_Area, for instance). A PostgreSQL configuration variable postgis.backend
allow end user to control which backend he want to use if SFCGAL is installed (GEOS by default). Nota: SFCGAL 1.2 require at least CGAL 4.3 and Boost 1.54 (cf: https://sfcgal.org) https://gitlab.com/sfcgal/SFCGAL/.
Per costruire Section 12.1, “Standardizzatore di indirizzi” è necessario anche PCRE http://www.pcre.org (che generalmente è già installato sui sistemi nix). Section 12.1, “Standardizzatore di indirizzi” sarà costruito automaticamente se rileva una libreria PCRE o se si passa un --with-pcre-dir=/path/to/pcre
valido durante la configurazione.
Per abilitare ST_AsMVT sono necessari la libreria protobuf-c 1.1.0 o superiore (per l'uso) e il compilatore protoc-c (per la costruzione). Inoltre, è necessario pkg-config per verificare la versione minima corretta di protobuf-c. Vedere protobuf-c. Per impostazione predefinita, Postgis utilizza Wagyu per convalidare più velocemente i poligoni MVT, che richiede un compilatore c++11. Utilizzerà CXXFLAGS e lo stesso compilatore dell'installazione di PostgreSQL. Per disabilitare questa funzione e utilizzare invece GEOS, utilizzare l'opzione --without-wagyu
durante la fase di configurazione.
CUnit (CUnit
). Serve per i collaudi di regressione. http://cunit.sourceforge.net/
DocBook (xsltproc
) è necessario per creare la documentazione. Docbook è disponibile sul sito http://www.docbook.org/ .
DBLatex (dblatex
) è necessario per creare la documentazione in formato PDF. DBLatex è disponibile dal sito http://dblatex.sourceforge.net/ .
ImageMagick (convert
) viene utilizzato per generare le immagini utilizzate nella documentazione. ImageMagick è disponibile sul sito http://www.imagemagick.org/ .
Come in molte installazioni Linux, il primo passo consiste nel generare il Makefile che sarà poi utilizzato che compilare il codice sorgente. Per questo si esegue lo script da shell
./configure
Se non si specificano parametri aggiuntivi, questo comando cercherà di individuare automaticamente le componenti e le librerie necessarie per compilare il codice sorgente PostGIS sul vostro sistema. Benché questa sia la modalità di utilizzo più comune per ./configure, lo script accetta vari parametri per coloro che tengono le librerie e i programmi necessari in percorsi non standard.
La lista seguente riporta solamente i parametri usati più di frequente. Per una lista completa, utilizzate i parametri --help o --help=short.
--with-library-minor-version
A partire da PostGIS 3.0, i file di libreria generati per impostazione predefinita non avranno più la versione minore come parte del nome del file. Questo significa che tutte le librerie di PostGIS 3 finiranno con postgis-3
. Questo è stato fatto per rendere più semplice l'aggiornamento di pg_upgrade, con l'inconveniente di poter installare una sola versione di PostGIS 3 nel proprio server. Per ottenere il vecchio comportamento dei file che includono la versione minore: per esempio postgis-3.0
aggiungere questo switch alla dichiarazione configure.
--prefix=PREFIX
Questa è la posizione in cui verranno installati gli eseguibili del caricatore PostGIS e le librerie condivise. Per impostazione predefinita, questo percorso è lo stesso dell'installazione di PostgreSQL rilevata.
Attualmente questo parametro non funzione, dato che il pacchetto si installerà solamente nella cartella di installazione di PostgreSQL. Potete visitare la pagina http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/635 per seguire l'evoluzione di questo bug. |
--with-pgconfig=FILE
PostgreSQL fornisce una utility chiamata pg_config per consentire a estensioni quali PostGIS di individuare la cartella di installazione di PostgreSQL. Utilizzate questo parametro (--with-pgconfig=/path/to/pg_config) per specificare manualmente una particolare installazione di PostgreSQL per la quale PostGIS sarà compilato.
--with-gdalconfig=FILE
GDAL è una libreria necessaria per il supporto raster. Utilizzare il comando gdal-config per consentire all'installazione di individuare la cartella di installazione di GDAL, oppure utilizzare il parametro --with-gdalconfig=/path/to/gdal-config per indicare manualmente specifica installazione di GDAL con cui compilare PostGIS.
--with-geosconfig=FILE
GEOS, una libreria necessaria per gestire le geometrie, fornisce una utility chiamata geos-config per consentire alla procedura di installazione di individuare la cartella di installazione di GEOS. E' possibile utilizzare questo parametro (--with-geosconfig=/path/to/geos-config) per indicare manualmente una specifica installazione di GEO da utilizzare per la compilazione.
--with-xml2config=FILE
LibXML è la libreria necessaria per eseguire processi GeomFromKML/GML. Normalmente si trova se è installata libxml, ma se non lo è o se si vuole utilizzare una versione specifica, è necessario indicare a PostGIS uno specifico file xml2-config
confi per consentire alle installazioni software di individuare la directory di installazione di LibXML. Usare questo parametro (>--with-xml2config=/path/to/xml2-config) per specificare manualmente una particolare installazione di LibXML su cui PostGIS si baserà.
--with-projdir=DIR
Proj4 è una libreria di riproiezione richiesta da PostGIS. Utilizzate questo parametro (--with-projdir=/path/to/projdir) per indicare manualmente una specifica cartella di installazione di Proj4 per la compilazione di PostGIS.
--with-libiconv=DIR
Cartella di installazione di iconv.
--with-jsondir=DIR
JSON-C è una libreria JSON con licenza MIR utilizzata da PostGIS per supportare ST_GeomFromJSON. Utilizzare questo parametro (--with-jsondir=/path/to/jsondir) per indicare manualmente una specifica cartella di installazione che PostGIS userà per la compilazione.
--with-pcredir=DIR
PCRE è una libreria di espressioni regolari compatibile con Perl con licenza BSD, richiesta dall'estensione address_standardizer. Usare questo parametro (--with-pcredir=/path/to/pcredir) per specificare manualmente una particolare directory di installazione di PCRE che PostGIS compilerà.
--with-gui
Compilare l'interfaccia grafica per l'importazione di dati (richiede GTK+2.0). Questo passaggio creerà shp2pgsql-gui, interfaccia grafica per shp2pgsql.
--without-raster
Compilazione senza supporto raster.
--without-topology
Disabilita il supporto per la topologia. Non esiste una libreria corrispondente, poiché tutta la logica necessaria per la topologia si trova nella libreria postgis-3.6.0dev.
--with-gettext=no
Normalmente PostGIS cercherà di rilevare il supporto per gettext e di utilizzarlo nella compilazione. Tuttavia, se risocontrate problemi di compatibilità che determinano interruzioni del loader, potete disabilitare il supporto con questo comando. Potete fare riferimento al ticket http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/748 per un esempio di un caso risolto utilizzando questa particolare configurazione. NOTA: disattivanto questa opzione non vi perdete molto, dato che è utilizzata per il supporto internazionale o per le etichette nel loader, che non sono ancora ben documentate e in forma sperimentale.
--with-sfcgal=PATH
Per impostazione predefinita, PostGIS non si installa con il supporto di sfcgal senza questo interruttore. PATH
è un argomento opzionale che consente di specificare un PATH alternativo a sfcgal-config.
--without-phony-revision
Disabilita l'aggiornamento di postgis_revision.h per adattarlo all'HEAD corrente del repository git.
Se avete ottenuto PostGIS dalla code repository , il primo passo consiste nell'eseguire lo script ./autogen.sh Questo script genererà lo script configure, che a sua volta viente utilizzato per personalizzare l'installazione di PostGIS. Se invece avete ottenuto PostGIS come file tar, non sarà necessario eseguire ./autogen.sh, dato che configure sarà già stato generato. |
Una volta creato il Makefile, compilare PostGIS è semplice come eseguire
make
L'ultima linea dei messaggi in uscita dovrebbe essere "PostGIS was built successfully. Ready to install.
"
A partire da PostGIS v1.4.0, tutte le funzioni hanno commenti generati dalla documentazione. Se si desidera installare questi commenti nei database spaziali in un secondo momento, eseguire il comando che richiede docbook. Il file postgis_comments.sql e gli altri file di commento del pacchetto raster_comments.sql, topology_comments.sql sono anch'essi contenuti nella distribuzione tar.gz nella cartella doc, quindi non è necessario creare commenti se si installa dal tar. I commenti sono inclusi anche nell'installazione di CREATE EXTENSION.
make comments
Introdotto in PostGIS 2.0. Questa opzione genera degli opuscoli riassuntivi in formato HTML, utili come riferimento speditivo o per distribuzione agli studenti. Richiede xsltproc e genererà 4 file della cartella doc: topology_cheatsheet.html
, tiger_geocoder_cheatsheet.html
, raster_cheatsheet.html
, postgis_cheatsheet.html
Ne potete scaricare alcuni già pronti sia in formato HTML che PDF dalla pagina PostGIS / PostgreSQL Study Guides
make cheatsheets
Le estensioni di PostGIS vengono compilate e installate automaticamente se state utilizzando PostgreSQL 9.1+.
Se state compilando a partire dalla repository del sorgente, dovete prima compilare le descrizioni delle funzioni. Queste vengono create se avete docbook installato. Potete anche eseguire la compilazione manualmente tramite il comando:
make comments
Creare i file dei commenti non è necessario se state compilando a partire dal file tar, dato che questi file sono inclusi nel file tar stesso.
Le estensioni dovrebbero essere create automaticamente come parte del processo di installazione di make. Se necessario, si possono creare dalle cartelle delle estensioni o copiare i file se servono su un altro server.
cd extensions cd postgis make clean make export PGUSER=postgres #overwrite psql variables make check #to test before install make install # to test extensions make check RUNTESTFLAGS=--extension
|
I file di estensione saranno sempre gli stessi per la stessa versione di PostGIS e PostgreSQL, indipendentemente dal sistema operativo, quindi è possibile copiare i file di estensione da un sistema operativo all'altro, purché i binari di PostGIS siano già installati sui server.
Se volete installare le estensioni manualmente su un server separato, diverso da quello di sviluppo, dovete copiare i seguenti file dalla cartella delle estensioni nella cartella PostgreSQL / share / extension
della vostra installazione PostgreSQL, così come i file binari per la versione normale di PostGIS, se questi già non sono presenti sul server.
Questi sono i file di controllo che indicano informazioni come la versione dell'estensione da installare, se non specificata. postgis.control, postgis_topology.control
.
Tutti i file nella cartella /sql di ciascuna estensione. Da notare che quesi devono essere copiati nella cartella principale delle estensioni di PostgreSQL, share/extension extensions/postgis/sql/*.sql
, extensions/postgis_topology/sql/*.sql
Una volta fatto ciò, si dovrebbe vedere postgis
, postgis_topology
come estensioni disponibili in PgAdmin -> estensioni.
Se state utilizzando psql, potete verificare l'avvenuta installazione delle estensioni tramite questa query:
SELECT name, default_version,installed_version FROM pg_available_extensions WHERE name LIKE 'postgis%' or name LIKE 'address%'; name | default_version | installed_version ------------------------------+-----------------+------------------- address_standardizer | 3.6.0dev | 3.6.0dev address_standardizer_data_us | 3.6.0dev | 3.6.0dev postgis | 3.6.0dev | 3.6.0dev postgis_raster | 3.6.0dev | 3.6.0dev postgis_sfcgal | 3.6.0dev | postgis_tiger_geocoder | 3.6.0dev | 3.6.0dev postgis_topology | 3.6.0dev | (6 rows)
Se avete le estensioni installate nel database che state interrogando, vedrete questo fatto menzionato nella colonna installed_version
. Se non vengono riportari record nel risultato, significa che non avete alcuna estensione installata sul server. PgAdmin III 1.14+ fornirà inoltre questa informazione nella sezione extensions
dell'albero di navigazione del database e consentirà anche l'aggiornamento o la disinstallazione tramite clic del tasto destro del mouse.
Se le estensioni sono disponibili, potete installare l'estensione postgis nel database da voi scelto utilizzando l'interfaccia pgAdmin per le estensioni o eseguendo i seguenti comandi SQL:
CREATE EXTENSION postgis; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_raster; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_sfcgal; CREATE EXTENSION fuzzystrmatch; --needed for postgis_tiger_geocoder --optional used by postgis_tiger_geocoder, or can be used standalone CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer; CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer_data_us; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology;
In psql è possibile vedere quali versioni sono installate e anche quali schemi sono installati.
\connect mygisdb \x \dx postgis*
List of installed extensions -[ RECORD 1 ]------------------------------------------------- Name | postgis Version | 3.6.0dev Schema | public Description | PostGIS geometry, geography, and raster spat.. -[ RECORD 2 ]------------------------------------------------- Name | postgis_raster Version | 3.0.0dev Schema | public Description | PostGIS raster types and functions -[ RECORD 3 ]------------------------------------------------- Name | postgis_tiger_geocoder Version | 3.6.0dev Schema | tiger Description | PostGIS tiger geocoder and reverse geocoder -[ RECORD 4 ]------------------------------------------------- Name | postgis_topology Version | 3.6.0dev Schema | topology Description | PostGIS topology spatial types and functions
Per le tabelle delle estensioni |
Se avete installato 3.6.0dev, senza usare il nostro meraviglioso sistema di estensioni, potete cambiarlo in un sistema basato sulle estensioni eseguendo i comandi seguenti per impacchettare le funzioni nelle rispettive estensioni. L'installazione con `unpackaged` è stata rimossa in PostgreSQL 13, quindi si consiglia di passare a una compilazione con estensione prima di aggiornare a PostgreSQL 13.
CREATE EXTENSION postgis FROM unpackaged; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_raster FROM unpackaged; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology FROM unpackaged; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder FROM unpackaged;
Se volete eseguire un test sul PostGIS compilato, eseguite
make check
Il comando di cui sopra eseguirà vari controlli e collaudi di regressione, utilizzando la libreria generata per un database PostgreSQL effettivo.
Se avete configurato PostGIS utilizzando percorsi non standard per PostgreSQL, GEOS o Proj, potreste dover aggiungere il percorso di queste librerie nella variabile di ambiente |
Attualmente il comando make check fa riferimento alle variabili di ambiente |
Se il test è positivo, l'uscita conterrà il risultato di molti test la schermata dovrebbe essere simile alla seguente (molte linee sono omesse):
CUnit - A unit testing framework for C - Version 2.1-3 http://cunit.sourceforge.net/ . . . Run Summary: Type Total Ran Passed Failed Inactive suites 44 44 n/a 0 0 tests 300 300 300 0 0 asserts 4215 4215 4215 0 n/a Elapsed time = 0.229 seconds . . . Running tests . . . Run tests: 134 Failed: 0 -- if you build with SFCGAL . . . Running tests . . . Run tests: 13 Failed: 0 -- if you built with raster support . . . Run Summary: Type Total Ran Passed Failed Inactive suites 12 12 n/a 0 0 tests 65 65 65 0 0 asserts 45896 45896 45896 0 n/a . . . Running tests . . . Run tests: 101 Failed: 0 -- topology regress . . . Running tests . . . Run tests: 51 Failed: 0 -- if you built --with-gui, you should see this too CUnit - A unit testing framework for C - Version 2.1-2 http://cunit.sourceforge.net/ . . . Run Summary: Type Total Ran Passed Failed Inactive suites 2 2 n/a 0 0 tests 4 4 4 0 0 asserts 4 4 4 0 n/a
Le estensioni postgis_tiger_geocoder
e address_standardizer
attualmente supportano solo l'installcheck standard di PostgreSQL. Per testarle, usare il seguente comando. Nota: il make install non è necessario se si è già eseguito il make install nella cartella principale del codice di PostGIS.
Per address_standardizer:
cd extensions/address_standardizer make install make installcheck
L'output dovrebbe essere simile a:
============== dropping database "contrib_regression" ============== DROP DATABASE ============== creating database "contrib_regression" ============== CREATE DATABASE ALTER DATABASE ============== running regression test queries ============== test test-init-extensions ... ok test test-parseaddress ... ok test test-standardize_address_1 ... ok test test-standardize_address_2 ... ok ===================== All 4 tests passed. =====================
Per il geocoder tiger, assicurarsi di avere le estensioni postgis e fuzzystrmatch disponibili nella propria istanza PostgreSQL. I test di address_standardizer verranno eseguiti anche se si è costruito postgis con il supporto di address_standardizer:
cd extensions/postgis_tiger_geocoder make install make installcheck
L'output dovrebbe essere simile a:
============== dropping database "contrib_regression" ============== DROP DATABASE ============== creating database "contrib_regression" ============== CREATE DATABASE ALTER DATABASE ============== installing fuzzystrmatch ============== CREATE EXTENSION ============== installing postgis ============== CREATE EXTENSION ============== installing postgis_tiger_geocoder ============== CREATE EXTENSION ============== installing address_standardizer ============== CREATE EXTENSION ============== running regression test queries ============== test test-normalize_address ... ok test test-pagc_normalize_address ... ok ===================== All 2 tests passed. =====================
Per installare PostGIS, digitate
make install
Questo comando copierà i file per l'installazione di PostGIS nelle cartelle appropriate, specificate tramite il parametro di configurazione --prefix. In particolare:
I file binari del loader e del dumper vengono installati in [prefix]/bin
.
I file SQL, quali postgis.sql
, vengono installati in [prefix]/share/contrib
.
Le librerie PostGIS vengono installate in [prefix]/lib
.
Se avete eseguito il comando make comments per generare i file postgis_comments.sql
e raster_comments.sql
, installate i file SQL eseguendo
make comments-install
|
L'estensione address_standardizer
era un pacchetto separato che doveva essere scaricato separatamente. A partire da PostGIS 2.2, è ora inclusa nel pacchetto. Per ulteriori informazioni su address_standardize, su cosa fa e su come configurarlo per le proprie esigenze, fare riferimento a Section 12.1, “Standardizzatore di indirizzi”.
Questo standardizzatore può essere usato in combinazione con l'estensione del geocodificatore PostGIS packaged tiger, in sostituzione di Normalize_Address, di cui si è parlato. Per utilizzarlo come sostituto, fare riferimento a Section 2.4.2, “Utilizzo dell'estensione Address Standardizer con il geocoder Tiger”. È anche possibile utilizzarlo come elemento costitutivo per il proprio geocoder o per standardizzare gli indirizzi per facilitarne il confronto.
Lo standardizzatore di indirizzi si basa su PCRE, che di solito è già installato su molti sistemi Nix, ma si può scaricare l'ultimo all'indirizzo: http://www.pcre.org. Se durante Section 2.2.3, “Configurazione della compilazione” viene trovato PCRE, l'estensione address standardizer verrà automaticamente compilata. Se invece si vuole usare un'installazione personalizzata di pcre, passare a configurare --with-pcredir=/path/to/pcre
, dove /path/to/pcre
è la cartella principale per le directory include e lib di pcre.
Per gli utenti di Windows, il bundle PostGIS 2.1+ è già confezionato con address_standardizer, quindi non è necessario compilare e si può passare direttamente al passo CREATE EXTENSION
.
Una volta effettuata l'installazione, è possibile collegarsi al database ed eseguire l'SQL:
CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;
Il seguente test non richiede regole, gaz o tabelle lex
SELECT num, street, city, state, zip FROM parse_address('1 Devonshire Place PH301, Boston, MA 02109');
L'uscita dovrebbe essere
num | street | city | state | zip -----+------------------------+--------+-------+------- 1 | Devonshire Place PH301 | Boston | MA | 02109
Extra come Tiger geocoder potrebbero non essere presenti nella distribuzione di PostGIS. Se manca l'estensione tiger geocoder o se si desidera una versione più recente di quella in dotazione, utilizzare i file share/extension/postgis_tiger_geocoder.*
dai pacchetti della sezione Windows Unreleased Versions per la propria versione di PostgreSQL. Sebbene questi pacchetti siano per Windows, i file di estensione postgis_tiger_geocoder funzionano su qualsiasi sistema operativo, poiché l'estensione è solo SQL/plpgsql.
Queste indicazioni presuppongono che l'installazione di PostgreSQL abbia già installato l'estensione postgis_tiger_geocoder.
Collegarsi al database tramite psql o pgAdmin o un altro strumento ed eseguire i seguenti comandi SQL. Si noti che se si sta installando in un database che ha già postgis, non è necessario eseguire il primo passo. Se l'estensione fuzzystrmatch
è già installata, non è necessario eseguire nemmeno il secondo passaggio.
CREATE EXTENSION postgis; CREATE EXTENSION fuzzystrmatch; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder; --this one is optional if you want to use the rules based standardizer (pagc_normalize_address) CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;
Se avete già installato l'estensione postgis_tiger_geocoder e volete solo aggiornare all'ultima versione:
ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE; ALTER EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder UPDATE;
Se sono state apportate voci o modifiche personalizzate a tiger.loader_platform
e tiger.loader_variables
, potrebbe essere necessario aggiornarle.
Per confermare che l'installazione funziona correttamente, eseguire questo sql nel database:
SELECT na.address, na.streetname,na.streettypeabbrev, na.zip FROM normalize_address('1 Devonshire Place, Boston, MA 02109') AS na;
Che dovrebbe produrre
address | streetname | streettypeabbrev | zip ---------+------------+------------------+------- 1 | Devonshire | Pl | 02109
Creare un nuovo record nella tabella tiger.loader_platform
con i percorsi degli eseguibili e del server.
Quindi, per esempio, per creare un profilo chiamato debbie che segue la convenzione sh
. Si dovrebbe fare:
INSERT INTO tiger.loader_platform(os, declare_sect, pgbin, wget, unzip_command, psql, path_sep, loader, environ_set_command, county_process_command) SELECT 'debbie', declare_sect, pgbin, wget, unzip_command, psql, path_sep, loader, environ_set_command, county_process_command FROM tiger.loader_platform WHERE os = 'sh';
Quindi modificare i percorsi nella colonna declare_sect in modo da adattarli ai percorsi di pg, unzip, shp2pgsql, psql, ecc. di Debbie.
Se non si modifica la tabella loader_platform
, essa conterrà solo le posizioni comuni degli elementi e si dovrà modificare lo script generato dopo che è stato generato.
A partire da PostGIS 2.4.1, la fase di caricamento dell'area di tabulazione del codice Zip a 5 cifre zcta5
è stata rivista per caricare i dati zcta5 correnti e fa parte di Loader_Generate_Nation_Script quando è abilitata. È disattivato per impostazione predefinita perché richiede molto tempo per essere caricato (da 20 a 60 minuti), occupa molto spazio su disco e non viene usato spesso.
Per attivarla, procedere come segue:
UPDATE tiger.loader_lookuptables SET load = true WHERE table_name = 'zcta520';
Se presente, la funzione Geocode può utilizzarla se viene aggiunto un filtro di delimitazione per limitare gli zip a quel confine. La funzione Reverse_Geocode lo utilizza se l'indirizzo restituito manca di un CAP, cosa che spesso accade con la geocodifica inversa delle autostrade.
Creare una cartella chiamata gisdata
nella root del server o sul pc locale se si dispone di una connessione di rete veloce al server. In questa cartella verranno scaricati ed elaborati i file tigre. Se non si è soddisfatti di avere la cartella nella radice del server o semplicemente si vuole cambiare la cartella di staging, modificare il campo staging_fold
nella tabella tiger.loader_variables
.
Creare una cartella denominata temp nella cartella gisdata
o dove è stata designata la cartella staging_fold
. Questa sarà la cartella in cui il caricatore estrarrà i dati della tigre scaricati.
Eseguire quindi la funzione Loader_Generate_Nation_Script SQL assicurandosi di utilizzare il nome del profilo personalizzato e copiare lo script in un file .sh o .bat. Quindi, per esempio, per costruire il carico della nazione:
psql -c "SELECT Loader_Generate_Nation_Script('debbie')" -d geocoder -tA > /gisdata/nation_script_load.sh
Eseguire gli script da riga di comando generati per il caricamento della nazione.
cd /gisdata sh nation_script_load.sh
Dopo aver eseguito lo script nazionale, si dovrebbero avere tre tabelle nello schema tiger_data
e dovrebbero essere riempite di dati. Per confermarlo, eseguire le seguenti query da psql o pgAdmin
SELECT count(*) FROM tiger_data.county_all;
count ------- 3235 (1 row)
SELECT count(*) FROM tiger_data.state_all;
count ------- 56 (1 row)
This will only have data if you marked zcta5 to be loaded
SELECT count(*) FROM tiger_data.zcta5_all;
count ------- 33931 (1 row)
Per impostazione predefinita, le tabelle corrispondenti a bg
, tract
, tabblock20
non vengono caricate. Queste tabelle non sono utilizzate dal geocodificatore, ma sono usate da molti per le statistiche sulla popolazione. Se si desidera caricarle come parte dei carichi di stato, eseguire la seguente istruzione per abilitarle.
UPDATE tiger.loader_lookuptables SET load = true WHERE load = false AND lookup_name IN('tract', 'bg', 'tabblock20');
In alternativa, è possibile caricare solo queste tabelle dopo aver caricato i dati di stato utilizzando il metodo Loader_Generate_Census_Script
Per ogni stato per cui si desidera caricare i dati, generare uno script di stato Loader_Generate_Script.
NON generare lo script dello stato prima di aver caricato i dati della nazione, perché lo script dello stato utilizza l'elenco delle contee caricato dallo script della nazione. |
psql -c "SELECT Loader_Generate_Script(ARRAY['MA'], 'debbie')" -d geocoder -tA > /gisdata/ma_load.sh
Eseguire gli script da riga di comando generati.
cd /gisdata sh ma_load.sh
Una volta terminato il caricamento di tutti i dati o in un punto di arresto, è buona norma analizzare tutte le tabelle delle tigri per aggiornare le statistiche (includere le statistiche ereditate)
SELECT install_missing_indexes(); vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.addr; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.edges; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.faces; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.featnames; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.place; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.cousub; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.county; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.state; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.zcta5; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.zip_lookup_base; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.zip_state; vacuum (analyze, verbose) tiger.zip_state_loc;
Una delle tante lamentele degli utenti è la funzione di normalizzazione degli indirizzi Normalize_Address che normalizza un indirizzo per la preparazione prima della geocodifica. Il normalizzatore è tutt'altro che perfetto e cercare di correggere le sue imperfezioni richiede una grande quantità di risorse. Per questo motivo ci siamo integrati con un altro progetto che ha un motore di normalizzazione degli indirizzi molto migliore. Per usare questo nuovo address_standardizer, si deve compilare l'estensione come descritto in Section 2.3, “Installazione e utilizzo dello standardizzatore di indirizzi” e installarla come estensione nel database.
Una volta installata questa estensione nello stesso database in cui è stato installato postgis_tiger_geocoder
, è possibile utilizzare Pagc_Normalize_Address al posto di Normalize_Address. Questa estensione è agnostica rispetto a tiger, quindi può essere utilizzata con altre fonti di dati come gli indirizzi internazionali. L'estensione tiger geocoder viene fornita con le sue versioni personalizzate di rules table ( tiger.pagc_rules
), gaz table (tiger.pagc_gaz
) e lex table (tiger.pagc_lex
). Queste possono essere aggiunte e aggiornate per migliorare l'esperienza di standardizzazione in base alle proprie esigenze.
Il processo di caricamento scarica i dati per ciascuno stato richiesto dal sito del censimento, estrare i file, e li carica nelle rispettive tabelle. La tabella di ogni stato eredita le proprietà dalle tabelle definite nello schema tiger
, per cui è sufficiente eseguire le interrogazioni su queste tabelle per accedere a tutti i dati. E' altresì possibile cancellare le tabelle per un dato stato tramite lo script Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script, qualora aveste necessità di ricaricare uno stato o se questo non vi serve più.
Per caricare i dati avrete bisogno dei seguenti strumenti:
Uno strumento per decomprimere i file zip dal sito web dei censimenti.
Per sistemi tipo Unix: l'eseguibile unzip
è di soiito già installato.
Per Windows, 7-zip è uno strumento libero di compressione/decompressione, che può essere scaricato dal sito http://www.7-zip.org/
Il programam da riga di comando shp2pgsql
, che viene installato di base quando nistallate PostGIS.
wget
è uno strumento per la copia di file da web, solitamente installato nella maggior parte dei sistemi Unix/Linux.
Se siete su Windows, potete reperire i file binari precompilati da http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/wget.htm
Se si effettua l'aggiornamento da tiger_2010, è necessario generare ed eseguire prima Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script. Prima di caricare i dati degli stati, è necessario caricare i dati dell'intera nazione, cosa che si fa con Loader_Generate_Nation_Script. Loader_Generate_Nation_Script è un'operazione che va eseguita una sola volta per l'aggiornamento (dai dati del censimento di tiger dell'anno precedente) e per le nuove installazioni.
Per caricare i dati degli stati, fare riferimento a Loader_Generate_Script per generare uno script di caricamento dei dati per la propria piattaforma per gli stati desiderati. Si noti che è possibile installare questi script in modo frammentario. Non è necessario caricare tutti gli stati desiderati in una volta sola. È possibile caricarli man mano che se ne ha bisogno.
Dopo aver caricato i dati per gli stati cui siete interessati, assicuratevi di eseguire:
SELECT install_missing_indexes();
come descritto in Install_Missing_Indexes.
Per vedere se le cose funzionano come dovrebbero, provate a eseguire la geocodifica di un indirizzo nel vostro stato utilizzando Geocode
Per prima cosa aggiornare l'estensione postgis_tiger_geocoder come segue:
ALTER EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder UPDATE;
Poi cancellate tutte le tabelle delle nazioni e caricate quelle nuove. Potete generare uno script per la cancellazione con il codice SQL illustrato in Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script
SELECT drop_nation_tables_generate_script();
Eseguite i comandi SQL DROP che vengono generati.
Generate uno script per il caricamento di uno stato con l'istruzione SELECT come illustrato in Loader_Generate_Nation_Script
Per Windows
SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('windows');
Per unix/linux
SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('sh');
Fare riferimento a Section 2.4.1, “Tiger Geocoder Abilitazione del database PostGIS” per le istruzioni su come eseguire lo script di generazione. Questa operazione deve essere eseguita una sola volta.
È possibile avere un mix di tabelle di stato di anni diversi e aggiornare ogni stato separatamente. Prima di aggiornare uno stato, è necessario eliminare le tabelle di stato dell'anno precedente per quello stato utilizzando Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script. |
Quando l'installazione o l'aggiornamento non vanno come previsto, diverse cose vanno controllate.
Controllate di aver installato PostgreSQL 12 o più recente, e che state compilando con il sorgente PostgreSQL nella versione corrispondente alla versione di PostgreSQL che sta girando. Si possono verificare casi di confusione quando la vostra distribuzione (Linux) ha PostgreSQL già installao, o quando avete installato PostgreSQL in precedenza e ve ne siete dimenticati. PostGIS funzionerà solo con PostgreSQL 12 o più recente, e si potrebbero ricevere messaggi di errore strani o inattesi se utilizzate una versione più vecchia. Per verificare quale versione di PostgreSQL sta girando, collegatevi al database utilizzando psql ed eseguite la seguente query:
SELECT version();
Se state utilizzando una distribuzione basata su RPM, potete verificare la presenza di pacchetti preinstallati utilizzando il comando rpm con la seguente sintassi: rpm -qa | grep postgresql
Se l'aggiornamento non funziona, assicuratevi di eseguire il ripristino in un database che abbia già PostGIS installato.
SELECT postgis_full_version();
Verificare anche che configure abbia rilevato correttamente la posizione e la versione di PostgreSQL, della libreria Proj e della libreria GEOS.
L'uscita da configure viene utilizzata per generare il file postgis_config.h
. Controllate che le variabili POSTGIS_PGSQL_VERSION
, POSTGIS_PROJ_VERSION
e POSTGIS_GEOS_VERSION
siano assegnate correttamente.
La messa a punto delle prestazioni di PostGIS è simile a quella di qualsiasi altro carico di lavoro di PostgreSQL. L'unica considerazione aggiuntiva è che le geometrie e i raster sono solitamente di grandi dimensioni, quindi le ottimizzazioni relative alla memoria hanno generalmente un impatto maggiore su PostGIS rispetto ad altri tipi di query PostgreSQL.
Per informazioni generali sull'ottimizzazione di PostgreSQL, consultare Tuning your PostgreSQL Server.
Per PostgreSQL 9.4+ la configurazione può essere impostata a livello di server senza toccare postgresql.conf
o postgresql.auto.conf
usando il comando ALTER SYSTEM
.
ALTER SYSTEM SET work_mem = '256MB'; -- this forces non-startup configs to take effect for new connections SELECT pg_reload_conf(); -- show current setting value -- use SHOW ALL to see all settings SHOW work_mem;
Oltre alle impostazioni di Postgres, PostGIS ha alcune impostazioni personalizzate che sono elencate in Section 7.22, “Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)”.
Queste impostazioni sono configurate in postgresql.conf
:
Predefinito: partition
Questo è generalmente usato per il partizionamento delle tabelle. L'impostazione predefinita è "partition", ideale per PostgreSQL 8.4 e successivi, in quanto costringe il pianificatore ad analizzare le tabelle per la considerazione dei vincoli solo se si trovano in una gerarchia ereditata, senza penalizzare il pianificatore in caso contrario.
Predefinito: ~128MB in PostgreSQL 9.6
Impostate circa il 25%-40% della RAM disponibile. Su Windows potrebbe non essere possibile impostare un valore così alto.
max_worker_processes Questa impostazione è disponibile solo per PostgreSQL 9.4+. Per PostgreSQL 9.6+ questa impostazione ha un'importanza aggiuntiva in quanto controlla il numero massimo di processi che si possono avere per le query parallele.
Predefinito: 8
Imposta il numero massimo di processi in background che il sistema può supportare. Questo parametro può essere impostato solo all'avvio del server.
work_mem - imposta la dimensione della memoria utilizzata per le operazioni di ordinamento e le query complesse
Predefinito: 1-4MB
Aumentate per database di grandi dimensioni, query complesse, molta RAM
Riducete in caso di molti utenti contemporanei o di poca RAM.
Se avete molta RAM e pochi sviluppatori:
SET work_mem TO '256MB';
maintenance_work_mem - la dimensione della memoria utilizzata per VACUUM, CREATE INDEX, ecc.
Predefinito: 16-64MB
Generalmente troppo basso - blocca l'I/O, blocca gli oggetti durante lo swapping della memoria
Consigliamo da 32 MB a 1 GB sui server di produzione con molta RAM, ma dipende dal numero di utenti contemporanei. Se avete molta RAM e pochi sviluppatori:
SET maintenance_work_mem TO '1GB';
max_parallel_workers_per_gather
Questa impostazione è disponibile solo per PostgreSQL 9.6+ e influisce solo su PostGIS 2.3+, poiché solo PostGIS 2.3+ supporta le query parallele. Se impostata su un valore superiore a 0, alcune query, ad esempio quelle che coinvolgono funzioni di relazione come ST_Intersects
, possono utilizzare più processi ed essere eseguite a una velocità più che doppia. Se si hanno molti processori a disposizione, si dovrebbe modificare il valore di questo parametro in base al numero di processori di cui si dispone. Assicuratevi anche di aumentare max_worker_processes
almeno fino a questo numero.
Predefinito: 0
Imposta il numero massimo di worker che possono essere avviati da un singolo nodo Gather
. I lavoratori paralleli vengono presi dal pool di processi stabilito da max_worker_processes
. Si noti che il numero di lavoratori richiesto potrebbe non essere effettivamente disponibile al momento dell'esecuzione. In questo caso, il piano verrà eseguito con un numero di lavoratori inferiore a quello previsto, il che potrebbe essere inefficiente. Impostando questo valore a 0, che è quello predefinito, si disabilita l'esecuzione parallela delle query.
Se hai abilitato il supporto per i raster vorrai leggere la prossima sezione per configurarlo correttamente.
A partire da PostGIS 2.1.3, per default sono disabilitati tutti i raster driver ed il supporto per i raster offline. Per ri-abilitarli, puoi dare un valore alle seguenti variabili ambientali (nell'ambiente del server): POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS
e POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS
.A partire da PostGIS 2.2, puoi usare l'approccio più combatibile tra varie piattaforme usando le Section 7.22, “Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)” corrispondenti.
Se vuoi abilitare il supporto per i raster offline:
POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS=1
Qualunque altro valore, o l'assenza di valore, disabilita il supporto per i raster offline (out-of-db).
Per abilitare tutti i driver GDAL disponibili nella tua installazione, valorizza la seguente variabile come segue
POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS=ENABLE_ALL
Se vuoi abilitare solo degli specifici driver, valorizza la variabile cosí:
POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS="GTiff PNG JPEG GIF XYZ"
Su Windows, non usare le virgolette |
Come settare variabili ambientali dipende dal sistema operativo. Se postgreSQL è stato installato su Ubuntu o Debian via apt-postgresql, il metodo preferito è modificare /etc/postgresql/
dove 10 si riferisce alla versione di PostgreSQL e main si riferisce al nome del cluster.10
/main
/environment
Su Windows, se si esegue come servizio, è possibile impostare le variabili di sistema che, per Windows 7, si ottengono facendo clic con il pulsante destro del mouse su Computer->Proprietà Impostazioni di sistema avanzate o, in explorer, navigando su Pannello di controllo\Tutte le voci del pannello di controllo\Sistema
. Quindi fare clic su Impostazioni di sistema avanzate ->Avanzate->Variabili d'ambiente e aggiungere nuove variabili di sistema.
Dopo aver settato le variabili ambientali, affinché le modifiche abbiano effetto dovrai far ripartire il servizio PostgreSQL.
Se usi PostgreSQL 9.1+ e hai compilato ed installato le estensioni postgis, puoi attivare il supporto spaziale in un database usando il meccanismo delle EXTENSION.
L'estensione principale di postgis include geometria, geografia, spatial_ref_sys e tutte le funzioni e i commenti. Raster e topologia sono confezionati come estensione separata.
Lancia il seguente codice SQL nel database in cui vuoi abilitare il supporto spaziale:
CREATE EXTENSION IF NOT EXISTS plpgsql; CREATE EXTENSION postgis; CREATE EXTENSION postgis_raster; -- OPTIONAL CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology; -- OPTIONAL
Questo è generalmente necessario solo se non si può o non si vuole installare PostGIS nella directory delle estensioni di PostgreSQL (ad esempio durante i test, lo sviluppo o in un ambiente limitato). |
L'aggiunta degli oggetti e delle definizioni delle funzioni di PostGIS nel database avviene caricando i vari file sql che si trovano in [prefisso]/share/contrib
come specificato durante la fase di compilazione.
Gli oggetti PostGIS di base (tipi di geometria e geografia e relative funzioni di supporto) si trovano nello script postgis.sql
. Gli oggetti raster si trovano nello script rtpostgis.sql
. Gli oggetti topologici si trovano nello script topology.sql
.
Per un insieme completo di identificatori di definizione di sistemi di coordinate EPSG, è possibile anche caricare il file di definizioni spatial_ref_sys.sql
e popolare la tabella spatial_ref_sys
. In questo modo è possibile eseguire operazioni ST_Transform() sulle geometrie.
Se si desidera aggiungere commenti alle funzioni di PostGIS, è possibile trovarli nello script postgis_comments.sql
. I commenti possono essere visualizzati semplicemente digitando \dd [nome_funzione] da una finestra di terminale psql.
Eseguire i seguenti comandi di Shell nel terminale:
DB=[yourdatabase] SCRIPTSDIR=`pg_config --sharedir`/contrib/postgis-3.4/ # Core objects psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/postgis.sql psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/spatial_ref_sys.sql psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/postgis_comments.sql # OPTIONAL # Raster support (OPTIONAL) psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/rtpostgis.sql psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/raster_comments.sql # OPTIONAL # Topology support (OPTIONAL) psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/topology.sql psql -d ${DB} -f ${SCRIPTSDIR}/topology_comments.sql # OPTIONAL
L'aggiornamento dei database spaziali esistenti può essere complicato perché richiede la sostituzione o l'introduzione di nuove definizioni di oggetti PostGIS.
Purtroppo non tutte le definizioni possono essere facilmente sostituite in un database attivo, quindi a volte la cosa migliore è un processo di dump/reload.
PostGIS prevede una procedura di SOFT UPGRADE per i rilasci minori o di bugfix e una procedura di HARD UPGRADE per i rilasci maggiori.
Prima di tentare un aggiornamento di PostGIS, è sempre opportuno eseguire un backup dei dati. Se si usa il flag -Fc per pg_dump, si potrà sempre ripristinare il dump con un HARD UPGRADE.
Se il database è stato installato utilizzando le estensioni, è necessario effettuare anche l'aggiornamento nello stesso modo. Se l'installazione è stata eseguita con il vecchio metodo degli script sql, si consiglia di passare alle estensioni perché il metodo degli script non è più supportato.
Se originariamente PostGIS è stato installato con le estensioni, è necessario effettuare anche l'aggiornamento utilizzando le estensioni. L'aggiornamento minore con le estensioni è abbastanza indolore.
Se si utilizza PostGIS 3 o superiore, è necessario utilizzare la funzione PostGIS_Extensions_Upgrade per aggiornare all'ultima versione installata.
SELECT postgis_extensions_upgrade();
Se si utilizza PostGIS 2.5 o inferiore, procedere come segue:
ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE; SELECT postgis_extensions_upgrade(); -- This second call is needed to rebundle postgis_raster extension SELECT postgis_extensions_upgrade();
Se sono installate più versioni di PostGIS e non si vuole aggiornare alla più recente, è possibile specificare esplicitamente la versione come segue:
ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE TO "3.6.0dev"; ALTER EXTENSION postgis_topology UPDATE TO "3.6.0dev";
Se si ottiene un avviso di errore, qualcosa di simile a:
No migration path defined for … to 3.6.0dev
È quindi necessario eseguire un backup del database, crearne uno nuovo come descritto in Section 3.3.1, “Abilitazione spaziale di database usando il metodo EXTENSION” e quindi ripristinare il backup su questo nuovo database.
Se viene visualizzato un messaggio di avviso del tipo:
Version "3.6.0dev" of extension "postgis" is already installed
Allora tutto è già aggiornato e si può tranquillamente ignorare. A MENO CHE non si stia cercando di passare da una versione di sviluppo alla successiva (che non riceve un nuovo numero di versione); in questo caso si può aggiungere "next" alla stringa della versione e la prossima volta si dovrà eliminare il suffisso "next":
ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE TO "3.6.0devnext"; ALTER EXTENSION postgis_topology UPDATE TO "3.6.0devnext";
Se PostGIS è stato installato originariamente senza una versione specificata, spesso è possibile saltare la reinstallazione dell'estensione postgis prima del ripristino, poiché il backup ha solo |
Se si aggiorna l'estensione di PostGIS da una versione precedente alla 3.0.0, si avrà una nuova estensione postgis_raster che si può tranquillamente abbandonare, se non si ha bisogno del supporto raster. Si può abbandonare come segue: DROP EXTENSION postgis_raster; |
Questa sezione si applica solo a chi ha installato PostGIS senza utilizzare le estensioni. Se si dispone di estensioni e si tenta di eseguire l'aggiornamento con questo approccio, si otterranno messaggi come:
can't drop … because postgis extension depends on it
NOTA: se si sta passando da PostGIS 1.* a PostGIS 2.* o da PostGIS 2.* precedente a r7409, non è possibile utilizzare questa procedura, ma è necessario eseguire un HARD UPGRADE.
Dopo la compilazione e l'installazione (make install) si dovrebbe trovare un insieme di file *_upgrade.sql
nelle cartelle di installazione. È possibile elencarli tutti con:
ls `pg_config --sharedir`/contrib/postgis-3.6.0dev/*_upgrade.sql
Caricarli tutti in successione, a partire da postgis_upgrade.sql
.
psql -f postgis_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
La stessa procedura si applica alle estensioni raster, topology e sfcgal, con file di aggiornamento denominati rispettivamente rtpostgis_upgrade.sql
, topology_upgrade.sql
e sfcgal_upgrade.sql
. Se ne avete bisogno:
psql -f rtpostgis_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
psql -f topology_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
psql -f sfcgal_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
Si consiglia di passare a un'installazione basata sulle estensioni eseguendo
psql -c "SELECT postgis_extensions_upgrade();"
Se non si riesce a trovare il file |
La funzione PostGIS_Full_Version dovrebbe informare della necessità di eseguire questo tipo di aggiornamento con un messaggio "procs need upgrade".
Per HARD UPGRADE si intende il dump/reload completo dei database abilitati a PostGIS. È necessario un HARD UPGRADE quando la memoria interna degli oggetti PostGIS cambia o quando non è possibile effettuare un SOFT UPGRADE. L'appendice Release Notes riporta per ogni versione se è necessario un dump/reload (HARD UPGRADE) per l'aggiornamento.
Il processo di dump/reload è assistito dallo script postgis_restore che si occupa di saltare dal dump tutte le definizioni che appartengono a PostGIS (comprese quelle vecchie), consentendo di ripristinare gli schemi e i dati in un database con PostGIS installato senza incorrere in errori di simboli duplicati o di portare avanti oggetti deprecati.
Le istruzioni supplementari per gli utenti di Windows sono disponibili all'indirizzo Windows Hard upgrade.
La procedura è la seguente:
Creare un dump in formato personalizzato del database che si vuole aggiornare (chiamiamolo olddb
), includendo l'output binario (-b) e verboso (-v). L'utente può essere il proprietario del database, non è necessario che sia il super account di postgres.
pg_dump -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -Fc -b -v -f "/somepath/olddb.backup" olddb
Eseguire una nuova installazione di PostGIS in un nuovo database -- ci riferiremo a questo database come newdb
. Per le istruzioni su come fare, fare riferimento a Section 3.3.2, “Abilitare il database spazialmente senza usare l'ESTENSIONE (sconsigliato)” e Section 3.3.1, “Abilitazione spaziale di database usando il metodo EXTENSION”.
Le voci di spatial_ref_sys trovate nel dump verranno ripristinate, ma non sovrascriveranno quelle esistenti in spatial_ref_sys. Questo per garantire che le correzioni del set ufficiale vengano propagate correttamente ai database ripristinati. Se per qualche motivo si desidera sovrascrivere le voci standard, è sufficiente non caricare il file spatial_ref_sys.sql durante la creazione del nuovo database.
Se il vostro database è molto vecchio o sapete di aver usato funzioni deprecate da tempo nelle vostre viste e funzioni, potreste aver bisogno di caricare legacy.sql
affinché tutte le vostre funzioni, viste ecc. tornino correttamente. Fatelo solo se è veramente necessario. Se possibile, si consiglia di aggiornare le viste e le funzioni prima di eseguire il dump. Le funzioni deprecate possono essere rimosse in seguito caricando uninstall_legacy.sql
.
Ripristinare il backup nel nuovo database newdb
utilizzando postgis_restore. Eventuali errori imprevisti saranno stampati da psql nel flusso di errore standard. Conservare un registro di questi errori.
postgis_restore "/somepath/olddb.backup" | psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres newdb 2> errors.txt
Gli errori possono verificarsi nei seguenti casi:
Alcune viste o funzioni fanno uso di oggetti PostGIS deprecati. Per risolvere questo problema si può provare a caricare lo script legacy.sql
prima del ripristino, oppure si dovrà ripristinare una versione di PostGIS che contiene ancora questi oggetti e riprovare la migrazione dopo aver eseguito il porting del codice. Se il metodo legacy.sql
funziona, non dimenticate di correggere il codice per smettere di usare le funzioni deprecate e di eliminarle caricando uninstall_legacy.sql
.
Alcuni record personalizzati di spatial_ref_sys nel file di dump hanno un valore SRID non valido. I valori SRID validi sono maggiori di 0 e minori di 999000. I valori nell'intervallo 999000.999999 sono riservati per uso interno, mentre i valori > 999999 non possono essere utilizzati. Tutti i record personalizzati con SRID non validi verranno mantenuti, con quelli > 999999 spostati nell'intervallo riservato, ma la tabella spatial_ref_sys perderà un vincolo di controllo che garantisce il mantenimento dell'invariante e forse anche la sua chiave primaria (quando più SRID non validi vengono convertiti nello stesso valore SRID riservato).
Per risolvere il problema è necessario copiare l'SRS personalizzato in un SRID con un valore valido (forse nell'intervallo 910000...910999), convertire tutte le tabelle nel nuovo SRS (vedere UpdateGeometrySRID), eliminare la voce non valida da spatial_ref_sys e ricostruire i controlli con:
ALTER TABLE spatial_ref_sys ADD CONSTRAINT spatial_ref_sys_srid_check check (srid > 0 AND srid < 999000 );
ALTER TABLE spatial_ref_sys ADD PRIMARY KEY(srid));
Se state aggiornando un vecchio database contenente la cartografia francese IGN , probabilmente i SRID sono fuori range e vedrete, quando importate il database, problemi come questo:
WARNING: SRID 310642222 converted to 999175 (in reserved zone)
In questo caso, si può provare a procedere come segue: per prima cosa eliminare completamente l'IGN dallo sql risultante da postgis_restore. Quindi, dopo aver eseguito :
postgis_restore "/somepath/olddb.backup" > olddb.sql
eseguire questo comando :
grep -v IGNF olddb.sql > olddb-without-IGN.sql
Creare quindi il proprio newdb, attivare le estensioni Postgis richieste e inserire correttamente l'IGN del sistema francese con: questo script Dopo queste operazioni, importare i dati:
psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -d newdb -f olddb-without-IGN.sql 2> errors.txt
The Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) developed the Simple Features Access standard (SFA) to provide a model for geospatial data. It defines the fundamental spatial type of Geometry, along with operations which manipulate and transform geometry values to perform spatial analysis tasks. PostGIS implements the OGC Geometry model as the PostgreSQL data types geometry and geography.
Geometry is an abstract type. Geometry values belong to one of its concrete subtypes which represent various kinds and dimensions of geometric shapes. These include the atomic types Point, LineString, LinearRing and Polygon, and the collection types MultiPoint, MultiLineString, MultiPolygon and GeometryCollection. The Simple Features Access - Part 1: Common architecture v1.2.1 adds subtypes for the structures PolyhedralSurface, Triangle and TIN.
Geometry models shapes in the 2-dimensional Cartesian plane. The PolyhedralSurface, Triangle, and TIN types can also represent shapes in 3-dimensional space. The size and location of shapes are specified by their coordinates. Each coordinate has a X and Y ordinate value determining its location in the plane. Shapes are constructed from points or line segments, with points specified by a single coordinate, and line segments by two coordinates.
Coordinates may contain optional Z and M ordinate values. The Z ordinate is often used to represent elevation. The M ordinate contains a measure value, which may represent time or distance. If Z or M values are present in a geometry value, they must be defined for each point in the geometry. If a geometry has Z or M ordinates the coordinate dimension is 3D; if it has both Z and M the coordinate dimension is 4D.
Geometry values are associated with a spatial reference system indicating the coordinate system in which it is embedded. The spatial reference system is identified by the geometry SRID number. The units of the X and Y axes are determined by the spatial reference system. In planar reference systems the X and Y coordinates typically represent easting and northing, while in geodetic systems they represent longitude and latitude. SRID 0 represents an infinite Cartesian plane with no units assigned to its axes. See Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”.
The geometry dimension is a property of geometry types. Point types have dimension 0, linear types have dimension 1, and polygonal types have dimension 2. Collections have the dimension of the maximum element dimension.
A geometry value may be empty. Empty values contain no vertices (for atomic geometry types) or no elements (for collections).
An important property of geometry values is their spatial extent or bounding box, which the OGC model calls envelope. This is the 2 or 3-dimensional box which encloses the coordinates of a geometry. It is an efficient way to represent a geometry's extent in coordinate space and to check whether two geometries interact.
The geometry model allows evaluating topological spatial relationships as described in Section 5.1.1, “Modello dimensionale esteso 9-Intersection”. To support this the concepts of interior, boundary and exterior are defined for each geometry type. Geometries are topologically closed, so they always contain their boundary. The boundary is a geometry of dimension one less than that of the geometry itself.
The OGC geometry model defines validity rules for each geometry type. These rules ensure that geometry values represents realistic situations (e.g. it is possible to specify a polygon with a hole lying outside the shell, but this makes no sense geometrically and is thus invalid). PostGIS also allows storing and manipulating invalid geometry values. This allows detecting and fixing them if needed. See Section 4.4, “Geometry Validation”
A Point is a 0-dimensional geometry that represents a single location in coordinate space.
POINT (1 2) POINT Z (1 2 3) POINT ZM (1 2 3 4)
A LineString is a 1-dimensional line formed by a contiguous sequence of line segments. Each line segment is defined by two points, with the end point of one segment forming the start point of the next segment. An OGC-valid LineString has either zero or two or more points, but PostGIS also allows single-point LineStrings. LineStrings may cross themselves (self-intersect). A LineString is closed if the start and end points are the same. A LineString is simple if it does not self-intersect.
LINESTRING (1 2, 3 4, 5 6)
A LinearRing is a LineString which is both closed and simple. The first and last points must be equal, and the line must not self-intersect.
LINEARRING (0 0 0, 4 0 0, 4 4 0, 0 4 0, 0 0 0)
A Polygon is a 2-dimensional planar region, delimited by an exterior boundary (the shell) and zero or more interior boundaries (holes). Each boundary is a LinearRing.
POLYGON ((0 0 0,4 0 0,4 4 0,0 4 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0))
A MultiPoint is a collection of Points.
MULTIPOINT ( (0 0), (1 2) )
A MultiLineString is a collection of LineStrings. A MultiLineString is closed if each of its elements is closed.
MULTILINESTRING ( (0 0,1 1,1 2), (2 3,3 2,5 4) )
A MultiPolygon is a collection of non-overlapping, non-adjacent Polygons. Polygons in the collection may touch only at a finite number of points.
MULTIPOLYGON (((1 5, 5 5, 5 1, 1 1, 1 5)), ((6 5, 9 1, 6 1, 6 5)))
A GeometryCollection is a heterogeneous (mixed) collection of geometries.
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION ( POINT(2 3), LINESTRING(2 3, 3 4))
A PolyhedralSurface is a contiguous collection of patches or facets which share some edges. Each patch is a planar Polygon. If the Polygon coordinates have Z ordinates then the surface is 3-dimensional.
POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z ( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )
A Triangle is a polygon defined by three distinct non-collinear vertices. Because a Triangle is a polygon it is specified by four coordinates, with the first and fourth being equal.
TRIANGLE ((0 0, 0 9, 9 0, 0 0))
A TIN is a collection of non-overlapping Triangles representing a Triangulated Irregular Network.
TIN Z ( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0)) )
The ISO/IEC 13249-3 SQL Multimedia - Spatial standard (SQL/MM) extends the OGC SFA to define Geometry subtypes containing curves with circular arcs. The SQL/MM types support 3DM, 3DZ and 4D coordinates.
All floating point comparisons within the SQL-MM implementation are performed to a specified tolerance, currently 1E-8. |
CircularString is the basic curve type, similar to a LineString in the linear world. A single arc segment is specified by three points: the start and end points (first and third) and some other point on the arc. To specify a closed circle the start and end points are the same and the middle point is the opposite point on the circle diameter (which is the center of the arc). In a sequence of arcs the end point of the previous arc is the start point of the next arc, just like the segments of a LineString. This means that a CircularString must have an odd number of points greater than 1.
CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 1 1, 1 0) CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0)
A CompoundCurve is a single continuous curve that may contain both circular arc segments and linear segments. That means that in addition to having well-formed components, the end point of every component (except the last) must be coincident with the start point of the following component.
COMPOUNDCURVE( CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 1 1, 1 0),(1 0, 0 1))
A CurvePolygon is like a polygon, with an outer ring and zero or more inner rings. The difference is that a ring can be a CircularString or CompoundCurve as well as a LineString.
As of PostGIS 1.4 PostGIS supports compound curves in a curve polygon.
CURVEPOLYGON( CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0), (1 1, 3 3, 3 1, 1 1) )
Example: A CurvePolygon with the shell defined by a CompoundCurve containing a CircularString and a LineString, and a hole defined by a CircularString
CURVEPOLYGON( COMPOUNDCURVE( CIRCULARSTRING(0 0,2 0, 2 1, 2 3, 4 3), (4 3, 4 5, 1 4, 0 0)), CIRCULARSTRING(1.7 1, 1.4 0.4, 1.6 0.4, 1.6 0.5, 1.7 1) )
A MultiCurve is a collection of curves which can include LineStrings, CircularStrings or CompoundCurves.
MULTICURVE( (0 0, 5 5), CIRCULARSTRING(4 0, 4 4, 8 4))
A MultiSurface is a collection of surfaces, which can be (linear) Polygons or CurvePolygons.
MULTISURFACE( CURVEPOLYGON( CIRCULARSTRING( 0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0), (1 1, 3 3, 3 1, 1 1)), ((10 10, 14 12, 11 10, 10 10), (11 11, 11.5 11, 11 11.5, 11 11)))
The OGC SFA specification defines two formats for representing geometry values for external use: Well-Known Text (WKT) and Well-Known Binary (WKB). Both WKT and WKB include information about the type of the object and the coordinates which define it.
Well-Known Text (WKT) provides a standard textual representation of spatial data. Examples of WKT representations of spatial objects are:
POINT(0 0)
POINT Z (0 0 0)
POINT ZM (0 0 0 0)
POINT EMPTY
LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,1 2)
LINESTRING EMPTY
POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0),(1 1, 2 1, 2 2, 1 2,1 1))
MULTIPOINT((0 0),(1 2))
MULTIPOINT Z ((0 0 0),(1 2 3))
MULTIPOINT EMPTY
MULTILINESTRING((0 0,1 1,1 2),(2 3,3 2,5 4))
MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0),(1 1,2 1,2 2,1 2,1 1)), ((-1 -1,-1 -2,-2 -2,-2 -1,-1 -1)))
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(2 3),LINESTRING(2 3,3 4))
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY
Input and output of WKT is provided by the functions ST_AsText and ST_GeomFromText:
text WKT = ST_AsText(geometry); geometry = ST_GeomFromText(text WKT, SRID);
For example, a statement to create and insert a spatial object from WKT and a SRID is:
INSERT INTO geotable ( geom, name ) VALUES ( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-126.4 45.32)', 312), 'A Place');
Well-Known Binary (WKB) provides a portable, full-precision representation of spatial data as binary data (arrays of bytes). Examples of the WKB representations of spatial objects are:
WKT: POINT(1 1)
WKB: 0101000000000000000000F03F000000000000F03
WKT: LINESTRING (2 2, 9 9)
WKB: 0102000000020000000000000000000040000000000000004000000000000022400000000000002240
Input and output of WKB is provided by the functions ST_AsBinary and ST_GeomFromWKB:
bytea WKB = ST_AsBinary(geometry); geometry = ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea WKB, SRID);
For example, a statement to create and insert a spatial object from WKB is:
INSERT INTO geotable ( geom, name ) VALUES ( ST_GeomFromWKB('\x0101000000000000000000f03f000000000000f03f', 312), 'A Place');
PostGIS implements the OGC Simple Features model by defining a PostgreSQL data type called geometry
. It represents all of the geometry subtypes by using an internal type code (see GeometryType and ST_GeometryType). This allows modelling spatial features as rows of tables defined with a column of type geometry
.
The geometry
data type is opaque, which means that all access is done via invoking functions on geometry values. Functions allow creating geometry objects, accessing or updating all internal fields, and compute new geometry values. PostGIS supports all the functions specified in the OGC Simple feature access - Part 2: SQL option (SFS) specification, as well many others. See Chapter 7, Guida a PostGIS for the full list of functions.
PostGIS follows the SFA standard by prefixing spatial functions with "ST_". This was intended to stand for "Spatial and Temporal", but the temporal part of the standard was never developed. Instead it can be interpreted as "Spatial Type". |
The SFA standard specifies that spatial objects include a Spatial Reference System identifier (SRID). The SRID is required when creating spatial objects for insertion into the database (it may be defaulted to 0). See ST_SRID and Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”
To make querying geometry efficient PostGIS defines various kinds of spatial indexes, and spatial operators to use them. See Section 4.9, “Spatial Indexes” and Section 5.2, “Using Spatial Indexes” for details.
OGC SFA specifications initially supported only 2D geometries, and the geometry SRID is not included in the input/output representations. The OGC SFA specification 1.2.1 (which aligns with the ISO 19125 standard) adds support for 3D (ZYZ) and measured (XYM and XYZM) coordinates, but still does not include the SRID value.
Because of these limitations PostGIS defined extended EWKB and EWKT formats. They provide 3D (XYZ and XYM) and 4D (XYZM) coordinate support and include SRID information. Including all geometry information allows PostGIS to use EWKB as the format of record (e.g. in DUMP files).
EWKB and EWKT are used for the "canonical forms" of PostGIS data objects. For input, the canonical form for binary data is EWKB, and for text data either EWKB or EWKT is accepted. This allows geometry values to be created by casting a text value in either HEXEWKB or EWKT to a geometry value using ::geometry
. For output, the canonical form for binary is EWKB, and for text it is HEXEWKB (hex-encoded EWKB).
For example this statement creates a geometry by casting from an EWKT text value, and outputs it using the canonical form of HEXEWKB:
SELECT 'SRID=4;POINT(0 0)'::geometry; geometry ---------------------------------------------------- 01010000200400000000000000000000000000000000000000
PostGIS EWKT output has a few differences to OGC WKT:
For 3DZ geometries the Z qualifier is omitted:
OGC: POINT Z (1 2 3)
EWKT: POINT (1 2 3)
For 3DM geometries the M qualifier is included:
OGC: POINT M (1 2 3)
EWKT: POINTM (1 2 3)
For 4D geometries the ZM qualifier is omitted:
OGC: POINT ZM (1 2 3 4)
EWKT: POINT (1 2 3 4)
EWKT avoids over-specifying dimensionality and the inconsistencies that can occur with the OGC/ISO format, such as:
POINT ZM (1 1)
POINT ZM (1 1 1)
POINT (1 1 1 1)
PostGIS extended formats are currently a superset of the OGC ones, so that every valid OGC WKB/WKT is also valid EWKB/EWKT. However, this might vary in the future, if the OGC extends a format in a way that conflicts with the PosGIS definition. Thus you SHOULD NOT rely on this compatibility! |
Examples of the EWKT text representation of spatial objects are:
POINT(0 0 0) -- XYZ
SRID=32632;POINT(0 0) -- XY with SRID
POINTM(0 0 0) -- XYM
POINT(0 0 0 0) -- XYZM
SRID=4326;MULTIPOINTM(0 0 0,1 2 1) -- XYM with SRID
MULTILINESTRING((0 0 0,1 1 0,1 2 1),(2 3 1,3 2 1,5 4 1))
POLYGON((0 0 0,4 0 0,4 4 0,0 4 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0))
MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0 0,4 0 0,4 4 0,0 4 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0)),((-1 -1 0,-1 -2 0,-2 -2 0,-2 -1 0,-1 -1 0)))
GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONM( POINTM(2 3 9), LINESTRINGM(2 3 4, 3 4 5) )
MULTICURVE( (0 0, 5 5), CIRCULARSTRING(4 0, 4 4, 8 4) )
POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )
TRIANGLE ((0 0, 0 10, 10 0, 0 0))
TIN( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0)) )
Input and output using these formats is available using the following functions:
bytea EWKB = ST_AsEWKB(geometry); text EWKT = ST_AsEWKT(geometry); geometry = ST_GeomFromEWKB(bytea EWKB); geometry = ST_GeomFromEWKT(text EWKT);
For example, a statement to create and insert a PostGIS spatial object using EWKT is:
INSERT INTO geotable ( geom, name ) VALUES ( ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=312;POINTM(-126.4 45.32 15)'), 'A Place' )
The PostGIS geography
data type provides native support for spatial features represented on "geographic" coordinates (sometimes called "geodetic" coordinates, or "lat/lon", or "lon/lat"). Geographic coordinates are spherical coordinates expressed in angular units (degrees).
The basis for the PostGIS geometry data type is a plane. The shortest path between two points on the plane is a straight line. That means functions on geometries (areas, distances, lengths, intersections, etc) are calculated using straight line vectors and cartesian mathematics. This makes them simpler to implement and faster to execute, but also makes them inaccurate for data on the spheroidal surface of the earth.
The PostGIS geography data type is based on a spherical model. The shortest path between two points on the sphere is a great circle arc. Functions on geographies (areas, distances, lengths, intersections, etc) are calculated using arcs on the sphere. By taking the spheroidal shape of the world into account, the functions provide more accurate results.
Because the underlying mathematics is more complicated, there are fewer functions defined for the geography type than for the geometry type. Over time, as new algorithms are added the capabilities of the geography type will expand. As a workaround one can convert back and forth between geometry and geography types.
Like the geometry data type, geography data is associated with a spatial reference system via a spatial reference system identifier (SRID). Any geodetic (long/lat based) spatial reference system defined in the spatial_ref_sys
table can be used. (Prior to PostGIS 2.2, the geography type supported only WGS 84 geodetic (SRID:4326)). You can add your own custom geodetic spatial reference system as described in Section 4.5.2, “User-Defined Spatial Reference Systems”.
For all spatial reference systems the units returned by measurement functions (e.g. ST_Distance, ST_Length, ST_Perimeter, ST_Area) and for the distance argument of ST_DWithin are in meters.
You can create a table to store geography data using the CREATE TABLE SQL statement with a column of type geography
. The following example creates a table with a geography column storing 2D LineStrings in the WGS84 geodetic coordinate system (SRID 4326):
CREATE TABLE global_points ( id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY, name VARCHAR(64), location geography(POINT,4326) );
The geography type supports two optional type modifiers:
the spatial type modifier restricts the kind of shapes and dimensions allowed in the column. Values allowed for the spatial type are: POINT, LINESTRING, POLYGON, MULTIPOINT, MULTILINESTRING, MULTIPOLYGON, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION. The geography type does not support curves, TINS, or POLYHEDRALSURFACEs. The modifier supports coordinate dimensionality restrictions by adding suffixes: Z, M and ZM. For example, a modifier of 'LINESTRINGM' only allows linestrings with three dimensions, and treats the third dimension as a measure. Similarly, 'POINTZM' requires four dimensional (XYZM) data.
the SRID modifier restricts the spatial reference system SRID to a particular number. If omitted, the SRID defaults to 4326 (WGS84 geodetic), and all calculations are performed using WGS84.
Examples of creating tables with geography columns:
Create a table with 2D POINT geography with the default SRID 4326 (WGS84 long/lat):
CREATE TABLE ptgeogwgs(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geog geography(POINT) );
Create a table with 2D POINT geography in NAD83 longlat:
CREATE TABLE ptgeognad83(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geog geography(POINT,4269) );
Create a table with 3D (XYZ) POINTs and an explicit SRID of 4326:
CREATE TABLE ptzgeogwgs84(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geog geography(POINTZ,4326) );
Create a table with 2D LINESTRING geography with the default SRID 4326:
CREATE TABLE lgeog(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geog geography(LINESTRING) );
Create a table with 2D POLYGON geography with the SRID 4267 (NAD 1927 long lat):
CREATE TABLE lgeognad27(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geog geography(POLYGON,4267) );
Geography fields are registered in the geography_columns
system view. You can query the geography_columns
view and see that the table is listed:
SELECT * FROM geography_columns;
Creating a spatial index works the same as for geometry columns. PostGIS will note that the column type is GEOGRAPHY and create an appropriate sphere-based index instead of the usual planar index used for GEOMETRY.
-- Index the test table with a spherical index CREATE INDEX global_points_gix ON global_points USING GIST ( location );
You can insert data into geography tables in the same way as geometry. Geometry data will autocast to the geography type if it has SRID 4326. The EWKT and EWKB formats can also be used to specify geography values.
-- Add some data into the test table INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('Town', 'SRID=4326;POINT(-110 30)'); INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('Forest', 'SRID=4326;POINT(-109 29)'); INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('London', 'SRID=4326;POINT(0 49)');
Any geodetic (long/lat) spatial reference system listed in spatial_ref_sys
table may be specified as a geography SRID. Non-geodetic coordinate systems raise an error if used.
-- NAD 83 lon/lat SELECT 'SRID=4269;POINT(-123 34)'::geography; geography ---------------------------------------------------- 0101000020AD1000000000000000C05EC00000000000004140
-- NAD27 lon/lat SELECT 'SRID=4267;POINT(-123 34)'::geography; geography ---------------------------------------------------- 0101000020AB1000000000000000C05EC00000000000004140
-- NAD83 UTM zone meters - gives an error since it is a meter-based planar projection SELECT 'SRID=26910;POINT(-123 34)'::geography; ERROR: Only lon/lat coordinate systems are supported in geography.
Query and measurement functions use units of meters. So distance parameters should be expressed in meters, and return values should be expected in meters (or square meters for areas).
-- A distance query using a 1000km tolerance SELECT name FROM global_points WHERE ST_DWithin(location, 'SRID=4326;POINT(-110 29)'::geography, 1000000);
You can see the power of geography in action by calculating how close a plane flying a great circle route from Seattle to London (LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)) comes to Reykjavik (POINT(-21.96 64.15)) (map the route).
The geography type calculates the true shortest distance of 122.235 km over the sphere between Reykjavik and the great circle flight path between Seattle and London.
-- Distance calculation using GEOGRAPHY SELECT ST_Distance('LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)'::geography, 'POINT(-21.96 64.15)'::geography); st_distance ----------------- 122235.23815667
The geometry type calculates a meaningless cartesian distance between Reykjavik and the straight line path from Seattle to London plotted on a flat map of the world. The nominal units of the result is "degrees", but the result doesn't correspond to any true angular difference between the points, so even calling them "degrees" is inaccurate.
-- Distance calculation using GEOMETRY SELECT ST_Distance('LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)'::geometry, 'POINT(-21.96 64.15)'::geometry); st_distance -------------------- 13.342271221453624
The geography data type allows you to store data in longitude/latitude coordinates, but at a cost: there are fewer functions defined on GEOGRAPHY than there are on GEOMETRY; those functions that are defined take more CPU time to execute.
The data type you choose should be determined by the expected working area of the application you are building. Will your data span the globe or a large continental area, or is it local to a state, county or municipality?
If your data is contained in a small area, you might find that choosing an appropriate projection and using GEOMETRY is the best solution, in terms of performance and functionality available.
If your data is global or covers a continental region, you may find that GEOGRAPHY allows you to build a system without having to worry about projection details. You store your data in longitude/latitude, and use the functions that have been defined on GEOGRAPHY.
If you don't understand projections, and you don't want to learn about them, and you're prepared to accept the limitations in functionality available in GEOGRAPHY, then it might be easier for you to use GEOGRAPHY than GEOMETRY. Simply load your data up as longitude/latitude and go from there.
Refer to Section 13.11, “Matrice di supporto alle funzioni PostGIS” for compare between what is supported for Geography vs. Geometry. For a brief listing and description of Geography functions, refer to Section 13.4, “Funzioni di supporto alla geografia PostGIS”
4.3.4.1. | Do you calculate on the sphere or the spheroid? |
By default, all distance and area calculations are done on the spheroid. You should find that the results of calculations in local areas match up will with local planar results in good local projections. Over larger areas, the spheroidal calculations will be more accurate than any calculation done on a projected plane. All the geography functions have the option of using a sphere calculation, by setting a final boolean parameter to 'FALSE'. This will somewhat speed up calculations, particularly for cases where the geometries are very simple. | |
4.3.4.2. | What about the date-line and the poles? |
All the calculations have no conception of date-line or poles, the coordinates are spherical (longitude/latitude) so a shape that crosses the dateline is, from a calculation point of view, no different from any other shape. | |
4.3.4.3. | What is the longest arc you can process? |
We use great circle arcs as the "interpolation line" between two points. That means any two points are actually joined up two ways, depending on which direction you travel along the great circle. All our code assumes that the points are joined by the *shorter* of the two paths along the great circle. As a consequence, shapes that have arcs of more than 180 degrees will not be correctly modelled. | |
4.3.4.4. | Why is it so slow to calculate the area of Europe / Russia / insert big geographic region here ? |
Because the polygon is so darned huge! Big areas are bad for two reasons: their bounds are huge, so the index tends to pull the feature no matter what query you run; the number of vertices is huge, and tests (distance, containment) have to traverse the vertex list at least once and sometimes N times (with N being the number of vertices in the other candidate feature). As with GEOMETRY, we recommend that when you have very large polygons, but are doing queries in small areas, you "denormalize" your geometric data into smaller chunks so that the index can effectively subquery parts of the object and so queries don't have to pull out the whole object every time. Please consult ST_Subdivide function documentation. Just because you *can* store all of Europe in one polygon doesn't mean you *should*. |
PostGIS is compliant with the Open Geospatial Consortium’s (OGC) Simple Features specification. That standard defines the concepts of geometry being simple and valid. These definitions allow the Simple Features geometry model to represent spatial objects in a consistent and unambiguous way that supports efficient computation. (Note: the OGC SF and SQL/MM have the same definitions for simple and valid.)
A simple geometry is one that has no anomalous geometric points, such as self intersection or self tangency.
A POINT
is inherently simple as a 0-dimensional geometry object.
MULTIPOINT
s are simple if no two coordinates (POINT
s) are equal (have identical coordinate values).
A LINESTRING
is simple if it does not pass through the same point twice, except for the endpoints. If the endpoints of a simple LineString are identical it is called closed and referred to as a Linear Ring.
(a) and (c) are simple |
A MULTILINESTRING
is simple only if all of its elements are simple and the only intersection between any two elements occurs at points that are on the boundaries of both elements.
(e) and (f) are simple |
POLYGON
s are formed from linear rings, so valid polygonal geometry is always simple.
To test if a geometry is simple use the ST_IsSimple function:
SELECT ST_IsSimple('LINESTRING(0 0, 100 100)') AS straight, ST_IsSimple('LINESTRING(0 0, 100 100, 100 0, 0 100)') AS crossing; straight | crossing ----------+---------- t | f
Generally, PostGIS functions do not require geometric arguments to be simple. Simplicity is primarily used as a basis for defining geometric validity. It is also a requirement for some kinds of spatial data models (for example, linear networks often disallow lines that cross). Multipoint and linear geometry can be made simple using ST_UnaryUnion.
Geometry validity primarily applies to 2-dimensional geometries (POLYGON
s and MULTIPOLYGON
s) . Validity is defined by rules that allow polygonal geometry to model planar areas unambiguously.
A POLYGON
is valid if:
the polygon boundary rings (the exterior shell ring and interior hole rings) are simple (do not cross or self-touch). Because of this a polygon cannot have cut lines, spikes or loops. This implies that polygon holes must be represented as interior rings, rather than by the exterior ring self-touching (a so-called "inverted hole").
boundary rings do not cross
boundary rings may touch at points but only as a tangent (i.e. not in a line)
interior rings are contained in the exterior ring
the polygon interior is simply connected (i.e. the rings must not touch in a way that splits the polygon into more than one part)
(h) and (i) are valid |
A MULTIPOLYGON
is valid if:
its element POLYGON
s are valid
elements do not overlap (i.e. their interiors must not intersect)
elements touch only at points (i.e. not along a line)
(n) is a valid |
These rules mean that valid polygonal geometry is also simple.
For linear geometry the only validity rule is that LINESTRING
s must have at least two points and have non-zero length (or equivalently, have at least two distinct points.) Note that non-simple (self-intersecting) lines are valid.
SELECT ST_IsValid('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)') AS len_nonzero, ST_IsValid('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0, 0 0)') AS len_zero, ST_IsValid('LINESTRING(10 10, 150 150, 180 50, 20 130)') AS self_int; len_nonzero | len_zero | self_int -------------+----------+---------- t | f | t
POINT
and MULTIPOINT
geometries have no validity rules.
PostGIS allows creating and storing both valid and invalid Geometry. This allows invalid geometry to be detected and flagged or fixed. There are also situations where the OGC validity rules are stricter than desired (examples of this are zero-length linestrings and polygons with inverted holes.)
Many of the functions provided by PostGIS rely on the assumption that geometry arguments are valid. For example, it does not make sense to calculate the area of a polygon that has a hole defined outside of the polygon, or to construct a polygon from a non-simple boundary line. Assuming valid geometric inputs allows functions to operate more efficiently, since they do not need to check for topological correctness. (Notable exceptions are that zero-length lines and polygons with inversions are generally handled correctly.) Also, most PostGIS functions produce valid geometry output if the inputs are valid. This allows PostGIS functions to be chained together safely.
If you encounter unexpected error messages when calling PostGIS functions (such as "GEOS Intersection() threw an error!"), you should first confirm that the function arguments are valid. If they are not, then consider using one of the techniques below to ensure the data you are processing is valid.
If a function reports an error with valid inputs, then you may have found an error in either PostGIS or one of the libraries it uses, and you should report this to the PostGIS project. The same is true if a PostGIS function returns an invalid geometry for valid input. |
To test if a geometry is valid use the ST_IsValid function:
SELECT ST_IsValid('POLYGON ((20 180, 180 180, 180 20, 20 20, 20 180))'); ----------------- t
Information about the nature and location of an geometry invalidity are provided by the ST_IsValidDetail function:
SELECT valid, reason, ST_AsText(location) AS location FROM ST_IsValidDetail('POLYGON ((20 20, 120 190, 50 190, 170 50, 20 20))') AS t; valid | reason | location -------+-------------------+--------------------------------------------- f | Self-intersection | POINT(91.51162790697674 141.56976744186045)
In some situations it is desirable to correct invalid geometry automatically. Use the ST_MakeValid function to do this. (ST_MakeValid
is a case of a spatial function that does allow invalid input!)
By default, PostGIS does not check for validity when loading geometry, because validity testing can take a lot of CPU time for complex geometries. If you do not trust your data sources, you can enforce a validity check on your tables by adding a check constraint:
ALTER TABLE mytable ADD CONSTRAINT geometry_valid_check CHECK (ST_IsValid(geom));
A Spatial Reference System (SRS) (also called a Coordinate Reference System (CRS)) defines how geometry is referenced to locations on the Earth's surface. There are three types of SRS:
A geodetic SRS uses angular coordinates (longitude and latitude) which map directly to the surface of the earth.
A projected SRS uses a mathematical projection transformation to "flatten" the surface of the spheroidal earth onto a plane. It assigns location coordinates in a way that allows direct measurement of quantities such as distance, area, and angle. The coordinate system is Cartesian, which means it has a defined origin point and two perpendicular axes (usually oriented North and East). Each projected SRS uses a stated length unit (usually metres or feet). A projected SRS may be limited in its area of applicability to avoid distortion and fit within the defined coordinate bounds.
A local SRS is a Cartesian coordinate system which is not referenced to the earth's surface. In PostGIS this is specified by a SRID value of 0.
There are many different spatial reference systems in use. Common SRSes are standardized in the European Petroleum Survey Group EPSG database. For convenience PostGIS (and many other spatial systems) refers to SRS definitions using an integer identifier called a SRID.
A geometry is associated with a Spatial Reference System by its SRID value, which is accessed by ST_SRID. The SRID for a geometry can be assigned using ST_SetSRID. Some geometry constructor functions allow supplying a SRID (such as ST_Point and ST_MakeEnvelope). The EWKT format supports SRIDs with the SRID=n;
prefix.
Spatial functions processing pairs of geometries (such as overlay and relationship functions) require that the input geometries are in the same spatial reference system (have the same SRID). Geometry data can be transformed into a different spatial reference system using ST_Transform and ST_TransformPipeline. Geometry returned from functions has the same SRS as the input geometries.
The SPATIAL_REF_SYS
table used by PostGIS is an OGC-compliant database table that defines the available spatial reference systems. It holds the numeric SRIDs and textual descriptions of the coordinate systems.
The spatial_ref_sys
table definition is:
CREATE TABLE spatial_ref_sys ( srid INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, auth_name VARCHAR(256), auth_srid INTEGER, srtext VARCHAR(2048), proj4text VARCHAR(2048) )
The columns are:
srid
An integer code that uniquely identifies the Spatial Reference System (SRS) within the database.
auth_name
The name of the standard or standards body that is being cited for this reference system. For example, "EPSG" is a valid auth_name
.
auth_srid
The ID of the Spatial Reference System as defined by the Authority cited in the auth_name
. In the case of EPSG, this is the EPSG code.
srtext
The Well-Known Text representation of the Spatial Reference System. An example of a WKT SRS representation is:
PROJCS["NAD83 / UTM Zone 10N", GEOGCS["NAD83", DATUM["North_American_Datum_1983", SPHEROID["GRS 1980",6378137,298.257222101] ], PRIMEM["Greenwich",0], UNIT["degree",0.0174532925199433] ], PROJECTION["Transverse_Mercator"], PARAMETER["latitude_of_origin",0], PARAMETER["central_meridian",-123], PARAMETER["scale_factor",0.9996], PARAMETER["false_easting",500000], PARAMETER["false_northing",0], UNIT["metre",1] ]
For a discussion of SRS WKT, see the OGC standard Well-known text representation of coordinate reference systems.
proj4text
PostGIS uses the PROJ library to provide coordinate transformation capabilities. The proj4text
column contains the PROJ coordinate definition string for a particular SRID. For example:
+proj=utm +zone=10 +ellps=clrk66 +datum=NAD27 +units=m
For more information see the PROJ web site. The spatial_ref_sys.sql
file contains both srtext
and proj4text
definitions for all EPSG projections.
When retrieving spatial reference system definitions for use in transformations, PostGIS uses fhe following strategy:
If auth_name
and auth_srid
are present (non-NULL) use the PROJ SRS based on those entries (if one exists).
If srtext
is present create a SRS using it, if possible.
If proj4text
is present create a SRS using it, if possible.
The PostGIS spatial_ref_sys
table contains over 3000 of the most common spatial reference system definitions that are handled by the PROJ projection library. But there are many coordinate systems that it does not contain. You can add SRS definitions to the table if you have the required information about the spatial reference system. Or, you can define your own custom spatial reference system if you are familiar with PROJ constructs. Keep in mind that most spatial reference systems are regional and have no meaning when used outside of the bounds they were intended for.
A resource for finding spatial reference systems not defined in the core set is http://spatialreference.org/
Some commonly used spatial reference systems are: 4326 - WGS 84 Long Lat, 4269 - NAD 83 Long Lat, 3395 - WGS 84 World Mercator, 2163 - US National Atlas Equal Area, and the 60 WGS84 UTM zones. UTM zones are one of the most ideal for measurement, but only cover 6-degree regions. (To determine which UTM zone to use for your area of interest, see the utmzone PostGIS plpgsql helper function.)
US states use State Plane spatial reference systems (meter or feet based) - usually one or 2 exists per state. Most of the meter-based ones are in the core set, but many of the feet-based ones or ESRI-created ones will need to be copied from spatialreference.org.
You can even define non-Earth-based coordinate systems, such as Mars 2000 This Mars coordinate system is non-planar (it's in degrees spheroidal), but you can use it with the geography
type to obtain length and proximity measurements in meters instead of degrees.
Here is an example of loading a custom coordinate system using an unassigned SRID and the PROJ definition for a US-centric Lambert Conformal projection:
INSERT INTO spatial_ref_sys (srid, proj4text) VALUES ( 990000, '+proj=lcc +lon_0=-95 +lat_0=25 +lat_1=25 +lat_2=25 +x_0=0 +y_0=0 +datum=WGS84 +units=m +no_defs' );
You can create a table to store geometry data using the CREATE TABLE SQL statement with a column of type geometry
. The following example creates a table with a geometry column storing 2D (XY) LineStrings in the BC-Albers coordinate system (SRID 3005):
CREATE TABLE roads ( id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY, name VARCHAR(64), geom geometry(LINESTRING,3005) );
The geometry
type supports two optional type modifiers:
the spatial type modifier restricts the kind of shapes and dimensions allowed in the column. The value can be any of the supported geometry subtypes (e.g. POINT, LINESTRING, POLYGON, MULTIPOINT, MULTILINESTRING, MULTIPOLYGON, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, etc). The modifier supports coordinate dimensionality restrictions by adding suffixes: Z, M and ZM. For example, a modifier of 'LINESTRINGM' allows only linestrings with three dimensions, and treats the third dimension as a measure. Similarly, 'POINTZM' requires four dimensional (XYZM) data.
the SRID modifier restricts the spatial reference system SRID to a particular number. If omitted, the SRID defaults to 0.
Examples of creating tables with geometry columns:
Create a table holding any kind of geometry with the default SRID:
CREATE TABLE geoms(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geom geometry );
Create a table with 2D POINT geometry with the default SRID:
CREATE TABLE pts(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geom geometry(POINT) );
Create a table with 3D (XYZ) POINTs and an explicit SRID of 3005:
CREATE TABLE pts(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geom geometry(POINTZ,3005) );
Create a table with 4D (XYZM) LINESTRING geometry with the default SRID:
CREATE TABLE lines(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geom geometry(LINESTRINGZM) );
Create a table with 2D POLYGON geometry with the SRID 4267 (NAD 1927 long lat):
CREATE TABLE polys(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, geom geometry(POLYGON,4267) );
It is possible to have more than one geometry column in a table. This can be specified when the table is created, or a column can be added using the ALTER TABLE SQL statement. This example adds a column that can hold 3D LineStrings:
ALTER TABLE roads ADD COLUMN geom2 geometry(LINESTRINGZ,4326);
The OGC Simple Features Specification for SQL defines the GEOMETRY_COLUMNS
metadata table to describe geometry table structure. In PostGIS geometry_columns
is a view reading from database system catalog tables. This ensures that the spatial metadata information is always consistent with the currently defined tables and views. The view structure is:
\d geometry_columns
View "public.geometry_columns" Column | Type | Modifiers -------------------+------------------------+----------- f_table_catalog | character varying(256) | f_table_schema | character varying(256) | f_table_name | character varying(256) | f_geometry_column | character varying(256) | coord_dimension | integer | srid | integer | type | character varying(30) |
The columns are:
f_table_catalog, f_table_schema, f_table_name
The fully qualified name of the feature table containing the geometry column. There is no PostgreSQL analogue of "catalog" so that column is left blank. For "schema" the PostgreSQL schema name is used (public
is the default).
f_geometry_column
The name of the geometry column in the feature table.
coord_dimension
The coordinate dimension (2, 3 or 4) of the column.
srid
The ID of the spatial reference system used for the coordinate geometry in this table. It is a foreign key reference to the spatial_ref_sys
table (see Section 4.5.1, “SPATIAL_REF_SYS Table”).
type
The type of the spatial object. To restrict the spatial column to a single type, use one of: POINT, LINESTRING, POLYGON, MULTIPOINT, MULTILINESTRING, MULTIPOLYGON, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION or corresponding XYM versions POINTM, LINESTRINGM, POLYGONM, MULTIPOINTM, MULTILINESTRINGM, MULTIPOLYGONM, GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONM. For heterogeneous (mixed-type) collections, you can use "GEOMETRY" as the type.
Two of the cases where you may need this are the case of SQL Views and bulk inserts. For bulk insert case, you can correct the registration in the geometry_columns table by constraining the column or doing an alter table. For views, you could expose using a CAST operation. Note, if your column is typmod based, the creation process would register it correctly, so no need to do anything. Also views that have no spatial function applied to the geometry will register the same as the underlying table geometry column.
-- Lets say you have a view created like this CREATE VIEW public.vwmytablemercator AS SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom, 3395) As geom, f_name FROM public.mytable; -- For it to register correctly -- You need to cast the geometry -- DROP VIEW public.vwmytablemercator; CREATE VIEW public.vwmytablemercator AS SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom, 3395)::geometry(Geometry, 3395) As geom, f_name FROM public.mytable; -- If you know the geometry type for sure is a 2D POLYGON then you could do DROP VIEW public.vwmytablemercator; CREATE VIEW public.vwmytablemercator AS SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom,3395)::geometry(Polygon, 3395) As geom, f_name FROM public.mytable;
--Lets say you created a derivative table by doing a bulk insert SELECT poi.gid, poi.geom, citybounds.city_name INTO myschema.my_special_pois FROM poi INNER JOIN citybounds ON ST_Intersects(citybounds.geom, poi.geom); -- Create 2D index on new table CREATE INDEX idx_myschema_myspecialpois_geom_gist ON myschema.my_special_pois USING gist(geom); -- If your points are 3D points or 3M points, -- then you might want to create an nd index instead of a 2D index CREATE INDEX my_special_pois_geom_gist_nd ON my_special_pois USING gist(geom gist_geometry_ops_nd); -- To manually register this new table's geometry column in geometry_columns. -- Note it will also change the underlying structure of the table to -- to make the column typmod based. SELECT populate_geometry_columns('myschema.my_special_pois'::regclass); -- If you are using PostGIS 2.0 and for whatever reason, you -- you need the constraint based definition behavior -- (such as case of inherited tables where all children do not have the same type and srid) -- set optional use_typmod argument to false SELECT populate_geometry_columns('myschema.my_special_pois'::regclass, false);
Although the old-constraint based method is still supported, a constraint-based geometry column used directly in a view, will not register correctly in geometry_columns, as will a typmod one. In this example we define a column using typmod and another using constraints.
CREATE TABLE pois_ny(gid SERIAL PRIMARY KEY, poi_name text, cat text, geom geometry(POINT,4326)); SELECT AddGeometryColumn('pois_ny', 'geom_2160', 2160, 'POINT', 2, false);
If we run in psql
\d pois_ny;
We observe they are defined differently -- one is typmod, one is constraint
Table "public.pois_ny" Column | Type | Modifiers -----------+-----------------------+------------------------------------------------------ gid | integer | not null default nextval('pois_ny_gid_seq'::regclass) poi_name | text | cat | character varying(20) | geom | geometry(Point,4326) | geom_2160 | geometry | Indexes: "pois_ny_pkey" PRIMARY KEY, btree (gid) Check constraints: "enforce_dims_geom_2160" CHECK (st_ndims(geom_2160) = 2) "enforce_geotype_geom_2160" CHECK (geometrytype(geom_2160) = 'POINT'::text OR geom_2160 IS NULL) "enforce_srid_geom_2160" CHECK (st_srid(geom_2160) = 2160)
In geometry_columns, they both register correctly
SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type FROM geometry_columns WHERE f_table_name = 'pois_ny';
f_table_name | f_geometry_column | srid | type -------------+-------------------+------+------- pois_ny | geom | 4326 | POINT pois_ny | geom_2160 | 2160 | POINT
However -- if we were to create a view like this
CREATE VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks AS SELECT * FROM pois_ny WHERE cat='park'; SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type FROM geometry_columns WHERE f_table_name = 'vw_pois_ny_parks';
The typmod based geom view column registers correctly, but the constraint based one does not.
f_table_name | f_geometry_column | srid | type ------------------+-------------------+------+---------- vw_pois_ny_parks | geom | 4326 | POINT vw_pois_ny_parks | geom_2160 | 0 | GEOMETRY
This may change in future versions of PostGIS, but for now to force the constraint-based view column to register correctly, you need to do this:
DROP VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks; CREATE VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks AS SELECT gid, poi_name, cat, geom, geom_2160::geometry(POINT,2160) As geom_2160 FROM pois_ny WHERE cat = 'park'; SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type FROM geometry_columns WHERE f_table_name = 'vw_pois_ny_parks';
f_table_name | f_geometry_column | srid | type ------------------+-------------------+------+------- vw_pois_ny_parks | geom | 4326 | POINT vw_pois_ny_parks | geom_2160 | 2160 | POINT
Once you have created a spatial table, you are ready to upload spatial data to the database. There are two built-in ways to get spatial data into a PostGIS/PostgreSQL database: using formatted SQL statements or using the Shapefile loader.
If spatial data can be converted to a text representation (as either WKT or WKB), then using SQL might be the easiest way to get data into PostGIS. Data can be bulk-loaded into PostGIS/PostgreSQL by loading a text file of SQL INSERT
statements using the psql
SQL utility.
A SQL load file (roads.sql
for example) might look like this:
BEGIN; INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (1,'LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242)','Jeff Rd'); INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (2,'LINESTRING(189141 244158,189265 244817)','Geordie Rd'); INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (3,'LINESTRING(192783 228138,192612 229814)','Paul St'); INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (4,'LINESTRING(189412 252431,189631 259122)','Graeme Ave'); INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (5,'LINESTRING(190131 224148,190871 228134)','Phil Tce'); INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name) VALUES (6,'LINESTRING(198231 263418,198213 268322)','Dave Cres'); COMMIT;
The SQL file can be loaded into PostgreSQL using psql
:
psql -d [database] -f roads.sql
The shp2pgsql
data loader converts Shapefiles into SQL suitable for insertion into a PostGIS/PostgreSQL database either in geometry or geography format. The loader has several operating modes selected by command line flags.
There is also a shp2pgsql-gui
graphical interface with most of the options as the command-line loader. This may be easier to use for one-off non-scripted loading or if you are new to PostGIS. It can also be configured as a plugin to PgAdminIII.
-c
Creates a new table and populates it from the Shapefile. This is the default mode.
-a
Appends data from the Shapefile into the database table. Note that to use this option to load multiple files, the files must have the same attributes and same data types.
-d
Drops the database table before creating a new table with the data in the Shapefile.
-p
Only produces the table creation SQL code, without adding any actual data. This can be used if you need to completely separate the table creation and data loading steps.
-?
Display help screen.
-D
Use the PostgreSQL "dump" format for the output data. This can be combined with -a, -c and -d. It is much faster to load than the default "insert" SQL format. Use this for very large data sets.
-s [<FROM_SRID>:]<SRID>
Creates and populates the geometry tables with the specified SRID. Optionally specifies that the input shapefile uses the given FROM_SRID, in which case the geometries will be reprojected to the target SRID.
-k
Keep identifiers' case (column, schema and attributes). Note that attributes in Shapefile are all UPPERCASE.
-i
Coerce all integers to standard 32-bit integers, do not create 64-bit bigints, even if the DBF header signature appears to warrant it.
-I
Create a GiST index on the geometry column.
-m
-m a_file_name
Specify a file containing a set of mappings of (long) column names to 10 character DBF column names. The content of the file is one or more lines of two names separated by white space and no trailing or leading space. For example:
COLUMNNAME DBFFIELD1 AVERYLONGCOLUMNNAME DBFFIELD2
-S
Generate simple geometries instead of MULTI geometries. Will only succeed if all the geometries are actually single (I.E. a MULTIPOLYGON with a single shell, or or a MULTIPOINT with a single vertex).
-t <dimensionality>
Force the output geometry to have the specified dimensionality. Use the following strings to indicate the dimensionality: 2D, 3DZ, 3DM, 4D.
If the input has fewer dimensions that specified, the output will have those dimensions filled in with zeroes. If the input has more dimensions that specified, the unwanted dimensions will be stripped.
-w
Output WKT format, instead of WKB. Note that this can introduce coordinate drifts due to loss of precision.
-e
Execute each statement on its own, without using a transaction. This allows loading of the majority of good data when there are some bad geometries that generate errors. Note that this cannot be used with the -D flag as the "dump" format always uses a transaction.
-W <encoding>
Specify encoding of the input data (dbf file). When used, all attributes of the dbf are converted from the specified encoding to UTF8. The resulting SQL output will contain a SET CLIENT_ENCODING to UTF8
command, so that the backend will be able to reconvert from UTF8 to whatever encoding the database is configured to use internally.
-N <policy>
NULL geometries handling policy (insert*,skip,abort)
-n
-n Only import DBF file. If your data has no corresponding shapefile, it will automatically switch to this mode and load just the dbf. So setting this flag is only needed if you have a full shapefile set, and you only want the attribute data and no geometry.
-G
Use geography type instead of geometry (requires lon/lat data) in WGS84 long lat (SRID=4326)
-T <tablespace>
Specify the tablespace for the new table. Indexes will still use the default tablespace unless the -X parameter is also used. The PostgreSQL documentation has a good description on when to use custom tablespaces.
-X <tablespace>
Specify the tablespace for the new table's indexes. This applies to the primary key index, and the GIST spatial index if -I is also used.
-Z
When used, this flag will prevent the generation of ANALYZE
statements. Without the -Z flag (default behavior), the ANALYZE
statements will be generated.
An example session using the loader to create an input file and loading it might look like this:
# shp2pgsql -c -D -s 4269 -i -I shaperoads.shp myschema.roadstable > roads.sql # psql -d roadsdb -f roads.sql
A conversion and load can be done in one step using UNIX pipes:
# shp2pgsql shaperoads.shp myschema.roadstable | psql -d roadsdb
Spatial data can be extracted from the database using either SQL or the Shapefile dumper. The section on SQL presents some of the functions available to do comparisons and queries on spatial tables.
The most straightforward way of extracting spatial data out of the database is to use a SQL SELECT
query to define the data set to be extracted and dump the resulting columns into a parsable text file:
db=# SELECT road_id, ST_AsText(road_geom) AS geom, road_name FROM roads; road_id | geom | road_name --------+-----------------------------------------+----------- 1 | LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242) | Jeff Rd 2 | LINESTRING(189141 244158,189265 244817) | Geordie Rd 3 | LINESTRING(192783 228138,192612 229814) | Paul St 4 | LINESTRING(189412 252431,189631 259122) | Graeme Ave 5 | LINESTRING(190131 224148,190871 228134) | Phil Tce 6 | LINESTRING(198231 263418,198213 268322) | Dave Cres 7 | LINESTRING(218421 284121,224123 241231) | Chris Way (6 rows)
There will be times when some kind of restriction is necessary to cut down the number of records returned. In the case of attribute-based restrictions, use the same SQL syntax as used with a non-spatial table. In the case of spatial restrictions, the following functions are useful:
ST_Intersects
This function tells whether two geometries share any space.
=
This tests whether two geometries are geometrically identical. For example, if 'POLYGON((0 0,1 1,1 0,0 0))' is the same as 'POLYGON((0 0,1 1,1 0,0 0))' (it is).
Next, you can use these operators in queries. Note that when specifying geometries and boxes on the SQL command line, you must explicitly turn the string representations into geometries function. The 312 is a fictitious spatial reference system that matches our data. So, for example:
SELECT road_id, road_name FROM roads WHERE roads_geom='SRID=312;LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242)'::geometry;
The above query would return the single record from the "ROADS_GEOM" table in which the geometry was equal to that value.
To check whether some of the roads passes in the area defined by a polygon:
SELECT road_id, road_name FROM roads WHERE ST_Intersects(roads_geom, 'SRID=312;POLYGON((...))');
The most common spatial query will probably be a "frame-based" query, used by client software, like data browsers and web mappers, to grab a "map frame" worth of data for display.
When using the "&&" operator, you can specify either a BOX3D as the comparison feature or a GEOMETRY. When you specify a GEOMETRY, however, its bounding box will be used for the comparison.
Using a "BOX3D" object for the frame, such a query looks like this:
SELECT ST_AsText(roads_geom) AS geom FROM roads WHERE roads_geom && ST_MakeEnvelope(191232, 243117,191232, 243119,312);
Note the use of the SRID 312, to specify the projection of the envelope.
The pgsql2shp
table dumper connects to the database and converts a table (possibly defined by a query) into a shape file. The basic syntax is:
pgsql2shp [<options >] <database > [<schema >.]<table>
pgsql2shp [<options >] <database > <query>
The commandline options are:
-f <filename>
Write the output to a particular filename.
-h <host>
The database host to connect to.
-p <port>
The port to connect to on the database host.
-P <password>
The password to use when connecting to the database.
-u <user>
The username to use when connecting to the database.
-g <geometry column>
In the case of tables with multiple geometry columns, the geometry column to use when writing the shape file.
-b
Use a binary cursor. This will make the operation faster, but will not work if any NON-geometry attribute in the table lacks a cast to text.
-r
Raw mode. Do not drop the gid
field, or escape column names.
-m filename
Remap identifiers to ten character names. The content of the file is lines of two symbols separated by a single white space and no trailing or leading space: VERYLONGSYMBOL SHORTONE ANOTHERVERYLONGSYMBOL SHORTER etc.
Spatial indexes make using a spatial database for large data sets possible. Without indexing, a search for features requires a sequential scan of every record in the database. Indexing speeds up searching by organizing the data into a structure which can be quickly traversed to find matching records.
The B-tree index method commonly used for attribute data is not very useful for spatial data, since it only supports storing and querying data in a single dimension. Data such as geometry (which has 2 or more dimensions) requires an index method that supports range query across all the data dimensions. One of the key advantages of PostgreSQL for spatial data handling is that it offers several kinds of index methods which work well for multi-dimensional data: GiST, BRIN and SP-GiST indexes.
GiST (Generalized Search Tree) indexes break up data into "things to one side", "things which overlap", "things which are inside" and can be used on a wide range of data-types, including GIS data. PostGIS uses an R-Tree index implemented on top of GiST to index spatial data. GiST is the most commonly-used and versatile spatial index method, and offers very good query performance.
BRIN (Block Range Index) indexes operate by summarizing the spatial extent of ranges of table records. Search is done via a scan of the ranges. BRIN is only appropriate for use for some kinds of data (spatially sorted, with infrequent or no update). But it provides much faster index create time, and much smaller index size.
SP-GiST (Space-Partitioned Generalized Search Tree) is a generic index method that supports partitioned search trees such as quad-trees, k-d trees, and radix trees (tries).
Spatial indexes store only the bounding box of geometries. Spatial queries use the index as a primary filter to quickly determine a set of geometries potentially matching the query condition. Most spatial queries require a secondary filter that uses a spatial predicate function to test a more specific spatial condition. For more information on queying with spatial predicates see Section 5.2, “Using Spatial Indexes”.
See also the PostGIS Workshop section on spatial indexes, and the PostgreSQL manual.
GiST stands for "Generalized Search Tree" and is a generic form of indexing for multi-dimensional data. PostGIS uses an R-Tree index implemented on top of GiST to index spatial data. GiST is the most commonly-used and versatile spatial index method, and offers very good query performance. Other implementations of GiST are used to speed up searches on all kinds of irregular data structures (integer arrays, spectral data, etc) which are not amenable to normal B-Tree indexing. For more information see the PostgreSQL manual.
Once a spatial data table exceeds a few thousand rows, you will want to build an index to speed up spatial searches of the data (unless all your searches are based on attributes, in which case you'll want to build a normal index on the attribute fields).
The syntax for building a GiST index on a "geometry" column is as follows:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ( [geometryfield] );
The above syntax will always build a 2D-index. To get the an n-dimensional index for the geometry type, you can create one using this syntax:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ([geometryfield] gist_geometry_ops_nd);
Building a spatial index is a computationally intensive exercise. It also blocks write access to your table for the time it creates, so on a production system you may want to do in in a slower CONCURRENTLY-aware way:
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ( [geometryfield] );
After building an index, it is sometimes helpful to force PostgreSQL to collect table statistics, which are used to optimize query plans:
VACUUM ANALYZE [table_name] [(column_name)];
BRIN stands for "Block Range Index". It is a general-purpose index method introduced in PostgreSQL 9.5. BRIN is a lossy index method, meaning that a secondary check is required to confirm that a record matches a given search condition (which is the case for all provided spatial indexes). It provides much faster index creation and much smaller index size, with reasonable read performance. Its primary purpose is to support indexing very large tables on columns which have a correlation with their physical location within the table. In addition to spatial indexing, BRIN can speed up searches on various kinds of attribute data structures (integer, arrays etc). For more information see the PostgreSQL manual.
Once a spatial table exceeds a few thousand rows, you will want to build an index to speed up spatial searches of the data. GiST indexes are very performant as long as their size doesn't exceed the amount of RAM available for the database, and as long as you can afford the index storage size, and the cost of index update on write. Otherwise, for very large tables BRIN index can be considered as an alternative.
A BRIN index stores the bounding box enclosing all the geometries contained in the rows in a contiguous set of table blocks, called a block range. When executing a query using the index the block ranges are scanned to find the ones that intersect the query extent. This is efficient only if the data is physically ordered so that the bounding boxes for block ranges have minimal overlap (and ideally are mutually exclusive). The resulting index is very small in size, but is typically less performant for read than a GiST index over the same data.
Building a BRIN index is much less CPU-intensive than building a GiST index. It's common to find that a BRIN index is ten times faster to build than a GiST index over the same data. And because a BRIN index stores only one bounding box for each range of table blocks, it's common to use up to a thousand times less disk space than a GiST index.
You can choose the number of blocks to summarize in a range. If you decrease this number, the index will be bigger but will probably provide better performance.
For BRIN to be effective, the table data should be stored in a physical order which minimizes the amount of block extent overlap. It may be that the data is already sorted appropriately (for instance, if it is loaded from another dataset that is already sorted in spatial order). Otherwise, this can be accomplished by sorting the data by a one-dimensional spatial key. One way to do this is to create a new table sorted by the geometry values (which in recent PostGIS versions uses an efficient Hilbert curve ordering):
CREATE TABLE table_sorted AS SELECT * FROM table ORDER BY geom;
Alternatively, data can be sorted in-place by using a GeoHash as a (temporary) index, and clustering on that index:
CREATE INDEX idx_temp_geohash ON table USING btree (ST_GeoHash( ST_Transform( geom, 4326 ), 20)); CLUSTER table USING idx_temp_geohash;
The syntax for building a BRIN index on a geometry
column is:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geome_col] );
The above syntax builds a 2D index. To build a 3D-dimensional index, use this syntax:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ([geome_col] brin_geometry_inclusion_ops_3d);
You can also get a 4D-dimensional index using the 4D operator class:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ([geome_col] brin_geometry_inclusion_ops_4d);
The above commands use the default number of blocks in a range, which is 128. To specify the number of blocks to summarise in a range, use this syntax
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geome_col] ) WITH (pages_per_range = [number]);
Keep in mind that a BRIN index only stores one index entry for a large number of rows. If your table stores geometries with a mixed number of dimensions, it's likely that the resulting index will have poor performance. You can avoid this performance penalty by choosing the operator class with the least number of dimensions of the stored geometries
The geography
datatype is supported for BRIN indexing. The syntax for building a BRIN index on a geography column is:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geog_col] );
The above syntax builds a 2D-index for geospatial objects on the spheroid.
Currently, only "inclusion support" is provided, meaning that just the &&
, ~
and @
operators can be used for the 2D cases (for both geometry
and geography
), and just the &&&
operator for 3D geometries. There is currently no support for kNN searches.
An important difference between BRIN and other index types is that the database does not maintain the index dynamically. Changes to spatial data in the table are simply appended to the end of the index. This will cause index search performance to degrade over time. The index can be updated by performing a VACUUM
, or by using a special function brin_summarize_new_values(regclass)
. For this reason BRIN may be most appropriate for use with data that is read-only, or only rarely changing. For more information refer to the manual.
To summarize using BRIN for spatial data:
Index build time is very fast, and index size is very small.
Index query time is slower than GiST, but can still be very acceptable.
Requires table data to be sorted in a spatial ordering.
Requires manual index maintenance.
Most appropriate for very large tables, with low or no overlap (e.g. points), which are static or change infrequently.
More effective for queries which return relatively large numbers of data records.
SP-GiST stands for "Space-Partitioned Generalized Search Tree" and is a generic form of indexing for multi-dimensional data types that supports partitioned search trees, such as quad-trees, k-d trees, and radix trees (tries). The common feature of these data structures is that they repeatedly divide the search space into partitions that need not be of equal size. In addition to spatial indexing, SP-GiST is used to speed up searches on many kinds of data, such as phone routing, ip routing, substring search, etc. For more information see the PostgreSQL manual.
As it is the case for GiST indexes, SP-GiST indexes are lossy, in the sense that they store the bounding box enclosing spatial objects. SP-GiST indexes can be considered as an alternative to GiST indexes.
Once a GIS data table exceeds a few thousand rows, an SP-GiST index may be used to speed up spatial searches of the data. The syntax for building an SP-GiST index on a "geometry" column is as follows:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING SPGIST ( [geometryfield] );
The above syntax will build a 2-dimensional index. A 3-dimensional index for the geometry type can be created using the 3D operator class:
CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING SPGIST ([geometryfield] spgist_geometry_ops_3d);
Building a spatial index is a computationally intensive operation. It also blocks write access to your table for the time it creates, so on a production system you may want to do in in a slower CONCURRENTLY-aware way:
CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY [indexname] ON [tablename] USING SPGIST ( [geometryfield] );
After building an index, it is sometimes helpful to force PostgreSQL to collect table statistics, which are used to optimize query plans:
VACUUM ANALYZE [table_name] [(column_name)];
An SP-GiST index can accelerate queries involving the following operators:
<<, &<, &>, >>, <<|, &<|, |&>, |>>, &&, @>, <@, and ~=, for 2-dimensional indexes,
&/&, ~==, @>>, and <<@, for 3-dimensional indexes.
There is no support for kNN searches at the moment.
Ordinarily, indexes invisibly speed up data access: once an index is built, the PostgreSQL query planner automatically decides when to use it to improve query performance. But there are some situations where the planner does not choose to use existing indexes, so queries end up using slow sequential scans instead of a spatial index.
If you find your spatial indexes are not being used, there are a few things you can do:
Examine the query plan and check your query actually computes the thing you need. An erroneous JOIN, either forgotten or to the wrong table, can unexpectedly retrieve table records multiple times. To get the query plan, execute with EXPLAIN
in front of the query.
Make sure statistics are gathered about the number and distributions of values in a table, to provide the query planner with better information to make decisions around index usage. VACUUM ANALYZE will compute both.
You should regularly vacuum your databases anyways. Many PostgreSQL DBAs run VACUUM as an off-peak cron job on a regular basis.
If vacuuming does not help, you can temporarily force the planner to use the index information by using the command SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF;. This way you can check whether the planner is at all able to generate an index-accelerated query plan for your query. You should only use this command for debugging; generally speaking, the planner knows better than you do about when to use indexes. Once you have run your query, do not forget to run SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO ON; so that the planner will operate normally for other queries.
If SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF; helps your query to run faster, your Postgres is likely not tuned for your hardware. If you find the planner wrong about the cost of sequential versus index scans try reducing the value of RANDOM_PAGE_COST
in postgresql.conf
, or use SET RANDOM_PAGE_COST TO 1.1;. The default value for RANDOM_PAGE_COST
is 4.0. Try setting it to 1.1 (for SSD) or 2.0 (for fast magnetic disks). Decreasing the value makes the planner more likely to use index scans.
If SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN TO OFF; does not help your query, the query may be using a SQL construct that the Postgres planner is not yet able to optimize. It may be possible to rewrite the query in a way that the planner is able to handle. For example, a subquery with an inline SELECT may not produce an efficient plan, but could possibly be rewritten using a LATERAL JOIN.
For more information see the Postgres manual section on Query Planning.
La ragion d'essere delle basi di dati spaziali è quella di effettuare all'interno del database le interrogazioni che normalmente richiederebbero l'impiego di un sistema GIS desktop. Usare PostGIS in maniera efficace richiede la conoscienza di quali funzioni sono disponibili, come usarle nelle interrogazioni e la creazione di indici che garantiscano una buona performance.
Le relazioni spaziali indicano come due geometrie interagiscono tra loro. Rappresentano la principale capacità di interrogazione delle geometries.
Secondo la specifica OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL, "l'approccio di base per comparare due geometrie è quello di determinare l'interesezione tra gli interni, i confini e gli esterni di ognuna, classificando così la relazione tra le due geometrie attraverso la risultante matrice di 'intersezione'."
Nella teoria della topologia degli insiemi di punti, i punti di una geometria nello spazio bidimensionale sono categorizzate in 3 insiemi:
Il confine di una geometria è l'insieme di geometrie della dimensione immediatamente inferiore. Per i POINT
, che hanno dimensione 0, il confine è l'insieme vuoto. Il confine di una LINESTRING
è l'insieme dei due punti estremi. Per i POLYGON
, il confine è l'insieme delle linee che ne formano il ring esterno e i ring interni.
L'interno di una geometria è costituito da quei punti della geometria che non sono parte del confine. Per i POINT
, l'interno è il punto stesso. L'interno di una LINESTRING
è l'insieme dei punti tra i due estremi. Per i POLYGON
, l'interno è la superficie all'interno del poligono.
L'esterno di una geometria è lo spazio attorno al quale la geometria è immersa; in altre parole, tutti i punti che non fanno parte dell'interno o del confine della geometria. È una superficie non chiusa a 2 dimensioni.
L'articolo Dimensionally Extended 9-Intersection Model (DE-9IM) descrive la relazione spatiale tra due geometrie specificando le dimensioni delle 9 intersezioni tra gli insiemi di punti sopracitati di ogni geometria. La dimensione dell'intersezione può essere formalmente rappresentata in una matrice d'intersezione 3x3.
Per una geometria g Interno, Confine e Esterno si denotano usando la notazione I(g), B(g) ed E(g). Inoltre, dim(s) denota la dimensione di un insieme s nel dominio {0,1,2,F}
:
0
=> point
1
=> line
2
=> area
F
=> empty set
Usando questa notazione, la matrice d'intersezione per due geometrie a e b è:
Interno | Confine | Esterno | |
---|---|---|---|
Interno | dim( I(a) ∩ I(b) ) | dim( I(a) ∩ B(b) ) | dim( I(a) ∩ E(b) ) |
Confine | dim( B(a) ∩ I(b) ) | dim( B(a) ∩ B(b) ) | dim( B(a) ∩ E(b) ) |
Esterno | dim( E(a) ∩ I(b) ) | dim( E(a) ∩ B(b) ) | dim( E(a) ∩ E(b) ) |
Visivamente, per due geometrie poligonali parzialmente sovrapposte, avrà questo aspetto:
|
Leggendola da sinistra a destra e dall'alto verso il basso, la matrice d'intersezione viene rappresentata come la stringa di testo '212101212'.
Per maggiori informazioni si veda:
To make it easy to determine common spatial relationships, the OGC SFS defines a set of named spatial relationship predicates. PostGIS provides these as the functions ST_Contains, ST_Crosses, ST_Disjoint, ST_Equals, ST_Intersects, ST_Overlaps, ST_Touches, ST_Within. It also defines the non-standard relationship predicates ST_Covers, ST_CoveredBy, and ST_ContainsProperly.
Spatial predicates are usually used as conditions in SQL WHERE
or JOIN
clauses. The named spatial predicates automatically use a spatial index if one is available, so there is no need to use the bounding box operator &&
as well. For example:
SELECT city.name, state.name, city.geom FROM city JOIN state ON ST_Intersects(city.geom, state.geom);
For more details and illustrations, see the PostGIS Workshop.
In some cases the named spatial relationships are insufficient to provide a desired spatial filter condition.
For example, consider a linear dataset representing a road network. It may be required to identify all road segments that cross each other, not at a point, but in a line (perhaps to validate some business rule). In this case ST_Crosses does not provide the necessary spatial filter, since for linear features it returns A two-step solution would be to first compute the actual intersection (ST_Intersection) of pairs of road lines that spatially intersect (ST_Intersects), and then check if the intersection's ST_GeometryType is ' Clearly, a simpler and faster solution is desirable. |
A second example is locating wharves that intersect a lake's boundary on a line and where one end of the wharf is up on shore. In other words, where a wharf is within but not completely contained by a lake, intersects the boundary of a lake on a line, and where exactly one of the wharf's endpoints is within or on the boundary of the lake. It is possible to use a combination of spatial predicates to find the required features:
|
These requirements can be met by computing the full DE-9IM intersection matrix. PostGIS provides the ST_Relate function to do this:
SELECT ST_Relate( 'LINESTRING (1 1, 5 5)', 'POLYGON ((3 3, 3 7, 7 7, 7 3, 3 3))' ); st_relate ----------- 1010F0212
To test a particular spatial relationship, an intersection matrix pattern is used. This is the matrix representation augmented with the additional symbols {T,*}
:
T
=> intersection dimension is non-empty; i.e. is in {0,1,2}
*
=> don't care
Using intersection matrix patterns, specific spatial relationships can be evaluated in a more succinct way. The ST_Relate and the ST_RelateMatch functions can be used to test intersection matrix patterns. For the first example above, the intersection matrix pattern specifying two lines intersecting in a line is '1*1***1**':
-- Find road segments that intersect in a line SELECT a.id FROM roads a, roads b WHERE a.id != b.id AND a.geom && b.geom AND ST_Relate(a.geom, b.geom, '1*1***1**');
For the second example, the intersection matrix pattern specifying a line partly inside and partly outside a polygon is '102101FF2':
-- Find wharves partly on a lake's shoreline SELECT a.lake_id, b.wharf_id FROM lakes a, wharfs b WHERE a.geom && b.geom AND ST_Relate(a.geom, b.geom, '102101FF2');
When constructing queries using spatial conditions, for best performance it is important to ensure that a spatial index is used, if one exists (see Section 4.9, “Spatial Indexes”). To do this, a spatial operator or index-aware function must be used in a WHERE
or ON
clause of the query.
Spatial operators include the bounding box operators (of which the most commonly used is &&; see Section 7.10.1, “Bounding Box Operators” for the full list) and the distance operators used in nearest-neighbor queries (the most common being <->; see Section 7.10.2, “Operatori” for the full list.)
Index-aware functions automatically add a bounding box operator to the spatial condition. Index-aware functions include the named spatial relationship predicates ST_Contains, ST_ContainsProperly, ST_CoveredBy, ST_Covers, ST_Crosses, ST_Intersects, ST_Overlaps, ST_Touches, ST_Within, ST_Within, and ST_3DIntersects, and the distance predicates ST_DWithin, ST_DFullyWithin, ST_3DDFullyWithin, and ST_3DDWithin .)
Functions such as ST_Distance do not use indexes to optimize their operation. For example, the following query would be quite slow on a large table:
SELECT geom FROM geom_table WHERE ST_Distance( geom, 'SRID=312;POINT(100000 200000)' ) < 100
This query selects all the geometries in geom_table
which are within 100 units of the point (100000, 200000). It will be slow because it is calculating the distance between each point in the table and the specified point, ie. one ST_Distance()
calculation is computed for every row in the table.
The number of rows processed can be reduced substantially by using the index-aware function ST_DWithin:
SELECT geom FROM geom_table WHERE ST_DWithin( geom, 'SRID=312;POINT(100000 200000)', 100 )
This query selects the same geometries, but it does it in a more efficient way. This is enabled by ST_DWithin()
using the &&
operator internally on an expanded bounding box of the query geometry. If there is a spatial index on geom
, the query planner will recognize that it can use the index to reduce the number of rows scanned before calculating the distance. The spatial index allows retrieving only records with geometries whose bounding boxes overlap the expanded extent and hence which might be within the required distance. The actual distance is then computed to confirm whether to include the record in the result set.
For more information and examples see the PostGIS Workshop.
The examples in this section make use of a table of linear roads, and a table of polygonal municipality boundaries. The definition of the bc_roads
table is:
Column | Type | Description ----------+-------------------+------------------- gid | integer | Unique ID name | character varying | Road Name geom | geometry | Location Geometry (Linestring)
The definition of the bc_municipality
table is:
Column | Type | Description ---------+-------------------+------------------- gid | integer | Unique ID code | integer | Unique ID name | character varying | City / Town Name geom | geometry | Location Geometry (Polygon)
5.3.1. | What is the total length of all roads, expressed in kilometers? |
You can answer this question with a very simple piece of SQL: SELECT sum(ST_Length(geom))/1000 AS km_roads FROM bc_roads; km_roads ------------------ 70842.1243039643 | |
5.3.2. | How large is the city of Prince George, in hectares? |
This query combines an attribute condition (on the municipality name) with a spatial calculation (of the polygon area): SELECT ST_Area(geom)/10000 AS hectares FROM bc_municipality WHERE name = 'PRINCE GEORGE'; hectares ------------------ 32657.9103824927 | |
5.3.3. | What is the largest municipality in the province, by area? |
This query uses a spatial measurement as an ordering value. There are several ways of approaching this problem, but the most efficient is below: SELECT name, ST_Area(geom)/10000 AS hectares FROM bc_municipality ORDER BY hectares DESC LIMIT 1; name | hectares ---------------+----------------- TUMBLER RIDGE | 155020.02556131 Note that in order to answer this query we have to calculate the area of every polygon. If we were doing this a lot it would make sense to add an area column to the table that could be indexed for performance. By ordering the results in a descending direction, and them using the PostgreSQL "LIMIT" command we can easily select just the largest value without using an aggregate function like MAX(). | |
5.3.4. | What is the length of roads fully contained within each municipality? |
This is an example of a "spatial join", which brings together data from two tables (with a join) using a spatial interaction ("contained") as the join condition (rather than the usual relational approach of joining on a common key): SELECT m.name, sum(ST_Length(r.geom))/1000 as roads_km FROM bc_roads AS r JOIN bc_municipality AS m ON ST_Contains(m.geom, r.geom) GROUP BY m.name ORDER BY roads_km; name | roads_km ----------------------------+------------------ SURREY | 1539.47553551242 VANCOUVER | 1450.33093486576 LANGLEY DISTRICT | 833.793392535662 BURNABY | 773.769091404338 PRINCE GEORGE | 694.37554369147 ... This query takes a while, because every road in the table is summarized into the final result (about 250K roads for the example table). For smaller datasets (several thousand records on several hundred) the response can be very fast. | |
5.3.5. | Create a new table with all the roads within the city of Prince George. |
This is an example of an "overlay", which takes in two tables and outputs a new table that consists of spatially clipped or cut resultants. Unlike the "spatial join" demonstrated above, this query creates new geometries. An overlay is like a turbo-charged spatial join, and is useful for more exact analysis work: CREATE TABLE pg_roads as SELECT ST_Intersection(r.geom, m.geom) AS intersection_geom, ST_Length(r.geom) AS rd_orig_length, r.* FROM bc_roads AS r JOIN bc_municipality AS m ON ST_Intersects(r.geom, m.geom) WHERE m.name = 'PRINCE GEORGE'; | |
5.3.6. | What is the length in kilometers of "Douglas St" in Victoria? |
SELECT sum(ST_Length(r.geom))/1000 AS kilometers FROM bc_roads r JOIN bc_municipality m ON ST_Intersects(m.geom, r.geom WHERE r.name = 'Douglas St' AND m.name = 'VICTORIA'; kilometers ------------------ 4.89151904172838 | |
5.3.7. | What is the largest municipality polygon that has a hole? |
SELECT gid, name, ST_Area(geom) AS area FROM bc_municipality WHERE ST_NRings(geom) > 1 ORDER BY area DESC LIMIT 1; gid | name | area -----+--------------+------------------ 12 | SPALLUMCHEEN | 257374619.430216 |
Le versioni attuali di PostgreSQL (compresa la 9.6) soffrono di una debolezza dell'ottimizzatore di query per quanto riguarda le tabelle TOAST. Le tabelle TOAST sono una sorta di "stanza di estensione" utilizzata per memorizzare valori di grandi dimensioni (nel senso della dimensione dei dati) che non si adattano alle normali pagine di dati (come testi lunghi, immagini o geometrie complesse con molti vertici), si veda la documentazione PostgreSQL per TOAST per maggiori informazioni).
Il problema si presenta se si ha una tabella con geometrie piuttosto grandi, ma non troppe righe (come una tabella contenente i confini di tutti i paesi europei in alta risoluzione). In questo caso, la tabella stessa è piccola, ma utilizza molto spazio TOAST. Nel nostro caso di esempio, la tabella stessa aveva circa 80 righe e utilizzava solo 3 pagine di dati, ma la tabella TOAST utilizzava 8225 pagine.
Ora si lanci una query che usi l'operatore && e che trovi solo poche righe. L'ottimizzatore di query ora vede che la tabella ha solo 3 pagine e 80 record. Stima che una scansione sequenziale su una tabella cosi' piccola e' molto piu' veloce rispetto all'uso di un indice, e quindi decide di ignorare l'indice GiST. Normalmente questa stima e' corretta, ma nel nostro caso l'operatorore && deve estrarre ogni geometria dal disco per confrontare i bounding box finendo con il leggere anche tutte le pagine TOAST.
Per controllare se i propri dati sono interessati da questo bug, si può usare il comando PostgreSQL "EXPLAIN ANALYZE". Per maggiori informazioni e dettagli tecnici consultare il corrispondente thread sulla mailing list di PostgreSQL: http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-performance/2005-02/msg00030.php
e una discussione più recente su PostGIS https://lists.osgeo.org/pipermail/postgis-devel/2017-June/026209.html
Gli sviluppatori di PostgreSQL stanno cercando di risolvere il problema rendendo la valutazione della query indipendente dalla tabella TOAST. Per ora ci sono due possibili soluzioni alternative:
La è forzare il query planner ad usare l'indice spaziale usando il comando "SET enable_seqscan TO off;" prima di lanciare la query. Questo comando impedisce al query planner di usare lo scan sequenziale della tabella se possibile e lo forza quindi ad usare l'indice GIST. Tuttavia il comando deve essere lanciato ad ogni connessione e, per evitare di confondere il query planner in altri casi, il parametro deve essere resettato dopo l'esecuzione della query interessata con il comando "SET enable_seqscan TO on;" .
Il secondo metodo è rendere lo scan sequenziale così veloce come il query planner si aspetta che sia. Questo può essere raggiunto aggiungendo una colonna addizionale in cui salvare la bounding box di ogni geometria. Nel nostro esempio i comandi sarebbero:
SELECT AddGeometryColumn('myschema','mytable','bbox','4326','GEOMETRY','2'); UPDATE mytable SET bbox = ST_Envelope(ST_Force2D(geom));
Ora la query deve essere modificata in modo da usare l'operatore && con la colonna bbox piuttosto che con la colonna geom_column:
SELECT geom_column FROM mytable WHERE bbox && ST_SetSRID('BOX3D(0 0,1 1)'::box3d,4326);
Ovviamente la colonna bbox deve essere mantenuta attuale quando si modificano o si aggiungono geometrie. La via più semplice per fare questo sarebbe con un trigger, oppure l'applicazione può essere modificata in modo da attualizzare anche la colonna bbox oppure si può lanciare l'UPDATE precedente dopo ogni modifica.
Per tabelle che vengono per lo più solo lette, e dove un singolo indice è usato dalla maggior parte delle query, PostgreSQL offre il comando CLUSTER. Questo comando riordina fisicamente le righe in modo che l'ordine corrisponda a quello dell'indice. Con questo metodo si migliorano le prestazioni per due motivi: primo, il numero delle ricerche nella tabella dei dati è ridotto drasticamente. Secondo, se i dati interessati dalla query sono concentrati in un piccolo intervallo sull'indice, il processo di mettere in cache sarà più efficiente perché le righe saranno distribuite all'interno di poche pagine. (si invita a leggere la documentazione di PostgreSQL riguardante il comando CLUSTER).
Attualmente però, PostgreSQL non permette di usare il clustering con indici GIST, perché gli indici GIST ignorano i valori nulli:
lwgeom=# CLUSTER my_geom_index ON my_table; ERROR: cannot cluster when index access method does not handle null values HINT: You may be able to work around this by marking column "geom" NOT NULL.
Come suggerito dal messaggio di errore, è possibile aggirare il problema aggiungendo un vincolo "NOT NULL" alla tabella:
lwgeom=# ALTER TABLE my_table ALTER COLUMN geom SET not null; ALTER TABLE
Ovviamente questo non funzionerà se la colonna the_geom già contiene valori nulli. Inoltre il vincolo dev'essere definito usando il comando precedente. Usare un vincolo CHECK del tipo "ALTER TABLE blubb ADD CHECK (geometry is not null);" non funzionerà.
A volte può accadere di avere dati in 3D o 4D, ma di accederli sempre usando funzioni che danno in output solo geometrie 2D come ST_AsText() oppure ST_AsBinary(). Queste funzioni processano internamente le geometrie eseguendo ST_Force2D() e questo può risultare in un peggioramento delle prestazioni significativo nel caso di geometrie di grandi dimensioni. Per evitare questo problema è consigliabile eliminare le dimensioni non utilizzate una volte e per sempre:
UPDATE mytable SET geom = ST_Force2D(geom); VACUUM FULL ANALYZE mytable;
Se la colonna di tipo geometry è stata aggiunta usando la funzione AddGeometryColumn(), verrà creato anche un vincolo dimensionale sulla geometria. Per aggirare il vincolo sarà necessario cancellarlo. Ricorda di attualizzare il record nella tabella geometry_columns e di ricreare il vincolo successivamente.
Nel caso di tabelle di grandi dimensioni, può essere opportuno dividere l'UPDATE in porzioni più piccole, vincolando l'UPDATE a una parte della tabella tramite una clausola WHERE e la chiave primaria o un altro criterio fattibile ed eseguendo un semplice "VACUUM;" tra gli UPDATE. In questo modo si riduce drasticamente la necessità di spazio temporaneo su disco. Inoltre, se si hanno geometrie di dimensioni miste, limitando l'AGGIORNAMENTO con "WHERE dimension(geom)>2" si evita di riscrivere le geometrie che sono già in 2D.
Le funzioni elencate sotto sono quelle di cui un utente PostGIS avrà più probabilmente bisogno. Ci sono altre funzioni, di supporto agli oggetti PostGIS, che non sono utili all'utente comune.
PostGIS ha iniziato una transizione dalla namin convention esistente a una convenzione SQL-MM-centrica. Di conseguenza, molte funzioni di uso comune sono state rinominate usando il prefisso standard "spatial type" (ST). Le funzioni precedenti sono tuttora disponibili, anche se non elencate nel presente documento. Al loro posto sono presenti le funzioni aggiornate corrispondenti. Le funzioni non ST_ che mancano in questo documento sono deprecate e verranno eliminate in una futura release, quindi NON VANNO PIÙ USATE. |
Questa sezione elenca i tipi di dati PostgreSQL personalizzati installati da PostGIS per rappresentare i dati spaziali.
Ogni tipo di dati descrive il suo comportamento di conversione di tipo. Un cast di tipo converte i valori di un tipo di dati in un altro tipo. PostgreSQL consente di definire il comportamento di conversione per i tipi personalizzati, insieme alle funzioni utilizzate per convertire i valori del tipo. I cast possono avere un comportamento automatico, che consente la conversione automatica di un argomento di funzione in un tipo supportato dalla funzione.
Alcuni cast hanno un comportamento esplicito, il che significa che il cast deve essere specificato usando la sintassi CAST(myval As sometype)
o myval::sometype
. Il casting esplicito evita il problema dei cast ambigui, che possono verificarsi quando si utilizza una funzione sovraccaricata che non supporta un determinato tipo. Ad esempio, una funzione può accettare un box2d o un box3d, ma non una geometria. Poiché la geometria ha un cast automatico per entrambi i tipi di box, questo produce un errore di "funzione ambigua". Per evitare l'errore, utilizzare un cast esplicito al tipo di box desiderato.
Tutti i tipi di dati possono essere convertiti in text
, quindi non è necessario specificarlo esplicitamente.
box2d — The type representing a 2-dimensional bounding box.
box2d
è un tipo di dato spaziale usato per rappresentare il rettangolo contente una geometria o un insieme di geometrie. La funzione aggregata ST_Extent, ad esempio, restituisce un oggetto box2d
.
The representation contains the values xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax
. These are the minimum and maximum values of the X and Y extents.
box2d
objects have a text representation which looks like BOX(1 2,5 6)
.
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
box3d | automatico |
geometry | automatico |
box3d — The type representing a 3-dimensional bounding box.
box3d
è un tipo di dato spaziale di PostGIS usato per rappresentare il parallelepipedo contente una geometria o un insieme di geometrie. La funzione aggregata ST_3DExtent, ad esempio, ritorna un oggetto box3d
.
The representation contains the values xmin, ymin, zmin, xmax, ymax, zmax
. These are the minimum and maximum values of the X, Y and Z extents.
box3d
objects have a text representation which looks like BOX3D(1 2 3,5 6 5)
.
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
box | automatico |
box2d | automatico |
geometry | automatico |
geometry — geography è un tipo spaziale usato per rappresentare un'entità in un sistema di coordinate sferico valido per l'intero pianeta.
Il tipo di dato geometry
è un fondamentale tipo spaziale di PostGIS usato per rappresentare una entità in un sistema di coordinate euclideo.
All spatial operations on geometry use the units of the Spatial Reference System the geometry is in.
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
box | automatico |
box2d | automatico |
box3d | automatico |
bytea | automatico |
geography | automatico |
text | automatico |
geometry_dump — A composite type used to describe the parts of complex geometry.
geometry_dump
is a composite data type containing the fields:
geom
- a geometry representing a component of the dumped geometry. The geometry type depends on the originating function.
path[]
- an integer array that defines the navigation path within the dumped geometry to the geom
component. The path array is 1-based (i.e. path[1]
is the first element.)
It is used by the ST_Dump*
family of functions as an output type to explode a complex geometry into its constituent parts.
geography — The type representing spatial features with geodetic (ellipsoidal) coordinate systems.
geography
è un tipo spaziale usato per rappresentare un'entità in un sistema di coordinate geodetico. I sistemi di coordinate geodetici utilizzano un modello ellipsoidale per il pianeta terra.
Spatial operations on the geography type provide more accurate results by taking the ellipsoidal model into account.
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
geometry | Esplicito |
Queste funzioni aiutano a definire tabelle contenenti colonne geometriche.
AddGeometryColumn — Aggiunge una colonna geometrica a una tabella esistente.
text AddGeometryColumn(
varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true)
;
text AddGeometryColumn(
varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true)
;
text AddGeometryColumn(
varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true)
;
Aggiunge una colonna di tipo geometry ad una tabella già esistente. schema_name
è il nome dello schema contenente la tabella. srid
deve essere un numero intero che si riferisce a un record presente nella tabella SPATIAL_REF_SYS. type
deve essere una stringa corrispondente al tipo di geometria, per esempio 'POLYGON' oppure 'MULTILINESTRING'. La funzione produce un errore se lo schema non esiste (oppure non è visibile nel search_path attual), o la SRID specificata, il tipo di geometria o la dimensione sono invalidi.
Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione non aggiorna più geometry_columns perché geometry_columns non è più una tabella ma una vista che estrae automaticamente le informazioni necessarie dal system catalog. Inoltre per default la funzione non crea vincoli ma usa il modificatore di tipi integrato in PostgreSQL. Per esempio: creare una colonna con tipo POINT e con SRID 4326 con questa funzione, ora è equivalente a: Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: il vecchio funzionamento con i vincoli può essere attivato passando alla funzione l'argomento |
Cambiamento in versione 2.0.0: le viste non possono più essere registrate in geometry_columns, a meno che le colonne geometry a cui fanno riferimento non siano state generate con typmod e usate senza funzioni wrapper. In questo caso la vista sarà registrata correttamente in geometry_columns perché eredita il typmod dalla colonna geometry originale. Le viste che usano funzioni che ritornano geometrie verranno registrate correttamente se il tipo dell'output della funzione verrà definito esplicitamente con la funzione CAST come typmod geometry. Si veda Section 4.6.3, “Manually Registering Geometry Columns”. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il parametro use_typmod. Se settato su true (o se omesso) la funzione genererà una colonna geometry basata su typmod. Se settato su "false", la funzione genererà una colonna geometry con basata su vincoli geometrici.
-- Create schema to hold data CREATE SCHEMA my_schema; -- Create a new simple PostgreSQL table CREATE TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table (id serial); -- Describing the table shows a simple table with a single "id" column. postgis=# \d my_schema.my_spatial_table Table "my_schema.my_spatial_table" Column | Type | Modifiers --------+---------+------------------------------------------------------------------------- id | integer | not null default nextval('my_schema.my_spatial_table_id_seq'::regclass) -- Add a spatial column to the table SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom',4326,'POINT',2); -- Add a point using the old constraint based behavior SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom_c',4326,'POINT',2, false); --Add a curvepolygon using old constraint behavior SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geomcp_c',4326,'CURVEPOLYGON',2, false); -- Describe the table again reveals the addition of a new geometry columns. \d my_schema.my_spatial_table addgeometrycolumn ------------------------------------------------------------------------- my_schema.my_spatial_table.geomcp_c SRID:4326 TYPE:CURVEPOLYGON DIMS:2 (1 row) Table "my_schema.my_spatial_table" Column | Type | Modifiers ----------+----------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------- id | integer | not null default nextval('my_schema.my_spatial_table_id_seq'::regclass) geom | geometry(Point,4326) | geom_c | geometry | geomcp_c | geometry | Check constraints: "enforce_dims_geom_c" CHECK (st_ndims(geom_c) = 2) "enforce_dims_geomcp_c" CHECK (st_ndims(geomcp_c) = 2) "enforce_geotype_geom_c" CHECK (geometrytype(geom_c) = 'POINT'::text OR geom_c IS NULL) "enforce_geotype_geomcp_c" CHECK (geometrytype(geomcp_c) = 'CURVEPOLYGON'::text OR geomcp_c IS NULL) "enforce_srid_geom_c" CHECK (st_srid(geom_c) = 4326) "enforce_srid_geomcp_c" CHECK (st_srid(geomcp_c) = 4326) -- geometry_columns view also registers the new columns -- SELECT f_geometry_column As col_name, type, srid, coord_dimension As ndims FROM geometry_columns WHERE f_table_name = 'my_spatial_table' AND f_table_schema = 'my_schema'; col_name | type | srid | ndims ----------+--------------+------+------- geom | Point | 4326 | 2 geom_c | Point | 4326 | 2 geomcp_c | CurvePolygon | 4326 | 2
DropGeometryColumn — Rimuove una colonna geometry da una tabella spaziale
text DropGeometryColumn(
varchar table_name, varchar column_name)
;
text DropGeometryColumn(
varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name)
;
text DropGeometryColumn(
varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name)
;
Rimuove una colonna geometry da una tabella spaziale. Il campo schema_name deve corrispondere al campo f_table_schema in geometry_columns.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione è mantenuta per retrocompatibilità. Attualmente, essendo geometry_columns una vista basata sul system catalog, una colonna geometry può essere rimossa come qualsiasi altra colonna con |
SELECT DropGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom'); ----RESULT output --- dropgeometrycolumn ------------------------------------------------------ my_schema.my_spatial_table.geom effectively removed. -- In PostGIS 2.0+ the above is also equivalent to the standard -- the standard alter table. Both will deregister from geometry_columns ALTER TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table DROP column geom;
DropGeometryTable — Rimuove una tabella e tutte le sue referenze da geometry_columns
boolean DropGeometryTable(
varchar table_name)
;
boolean DropGeometryTable(
varchar schema_name, varchar table_name)
;
boolean DropGeometryTable(
varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name)
;
Rimuove una tabella spaziale e tutte le sue referenze da geometry_columns. Nota: utilizza la funzione PostgreSQL current_schema() se lo schema non è passato come argomento.
Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione è mantenuta per retrocompatibilità. Attualmente, essendo geometry_columns una vista basata sul system catalog, una tabella spaziale può essere rimossa come qualsiasi altra tabella con |
SELECT DropGeometryTable ('my_schema','my_spatial_table'); ----RESULT output --- my_schema.my_spatial_table dropped. -- The above is now equivalent to -- DROP TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table;
Find_SRID — Restituisce lo SRID di una colonna di tipo geometrico.
integer Find_SRID(
varchar a_schema_name, varchar a_table_name, varchar a_geomfield_name)
;
Restituisce lo SRID (un intero) della colonna geometrica specificata cercandolo nella tabella GEOMETRY_COLUMNS. Se la colonna geometrica non e' stata aggiunta correttamente (ad esempio con la funzione AddGeometryColumn), questa chiamata non funzionera'.
SELECT Find_SRID('public', 'tiger_us_state_2007', 'geom_4269'); find_srid ---------- 4269
Populate_Geometry_Columns — Garantisce che le colonne di tipo geometrico siano definite con dei modificatori di tipo o abbiano dei vincoli spaziali appropriati.
text Populate_Geometry_Columns(
boolean use_typmod=true)
;
int Populate_Geometry_Columns(
oid relation_oid, boolean use_typmod=true)
;
Si accerta che le colonne geometry siano definite con typemod oppure abbiano gli appropriati vincoli spaziali e conseguentemente siano correttamente registrate nella vista geometry_columns
. Per default la funzione converte tutte le colonne geometry definite senza typemod in geometry con typemod.
Per retrocompatibilita' e per necessita' spaziali come l'ereditarieta' tabellare, in cui ogni tabella figlia puo' avere tipi geometrici differenti, il vecchio comportamento basato sui vincoli e' ancora sopportato. Se ti serve il vecchio comportamento puoi passare l'argomento opzionale use_typmod=false
. In questo modo la colonna geometrica verra' creata senza modificatore di tipo ma avra' 3 vincoli definiti. In particolare questo vuol dire che ogni colonna geometrica appartenente ad una tabella avra' al meno tre vincoli:
enforce_dims_geom
- assicura che ogni geometria abbia la stessa dimensione (vedere ST_NDims)
enforce_geotype_the_geom
- assicura che tutte le geometrie sono dello stesso tipo (vedi GeometryType)
enforce_srid_the_geom
- - assicura che tutte le geometrie hanno la stessa proiezione (vedi ST_SRID)
Se alla funzione viene passato l' oid
di una tabella, questa cerca di determinare srid, dimensione e tipo della geometria di tutte le colonne geometry della tabella, aggiungendo i vincoli se necessario. In caso di successo, una riga viene inserita nella tabella geometry_columns, altrimenti viene lanciata un'eccezione con un messaggio che descrive il problema.
Se alla funzione viene passato l'oid
di una vista, questa cerca di determinare srid, dimensione e tipo della geometria di tutte le colonne geometry della vista, inserendo le appropriate righe nella tabella geometry_columns
. I vincoli spaziali non vengono controllati né definiti.
La variante senza parametri è un semplice wrapper per la variante parametrizzata, che prima svuota e poi riempie la tabella geometry_columns per ogni vista e tabella spaziale nel database, aggiungendo gli appropriate vincoli spaziali. La funzione ritorna un sommario con il numero delle colonne geometry trovate e di quelle inserite in geometry_columns
. La versione parametrizzata ritorna semplicemente il numero di righe inserite nella tabella geometry_columns
.
Disponibilità: 1.4.0
Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: Per default la funzione utilizza ora type modifier invece di controllare i vincoli spaziali. il meccanismo con i vincoli può essere comunque attivato passando il parametro use_typmod
e settandolo come false.
Miglioramento nelle version 2.0.0: Il parametro opzionale use_typmod
è stato introdotto per permettere di controllare se le colonne devono essere create con typmodifier oppure con i vincoli spaziali.
CREATE TABLE public.myspatial_table(gid serial, geom geometry); INSERT INTO myspatial_table(geom) VALUES(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)',4326) ); -- This will now use typ modifiers. For this to work, there must exist data SELECT Populate_Geometry_Columns('public.myspatial_table'::regclass); populate_geometry_columns -------------------------- 1 \d myspatial_table Table "public.myspatial_table" Column | Type | Modifiers --------+---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------- gid | integer | not null default nextval('myspatial_table_gid_seq'::regclass) geom | geometry(LineString,4326) |
-- This will change the geometry columns to use constraints if they are not typmod or have constraints already. --For this to work, there must exist data CREATE TABLE public.myspatial_table_cs(gid serial, geom geometry); INSERT INTO myspatial_table_cs(geom) VALUES(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)',4326) ); SELECT Populate_Geometry_Columns('public.myspatial_table_cs'::regclass, false); populate_geometry_columns -------------------------- 1 \d myspatial_table_cs Table "public.myspatial_table_cs" Column | Type | Modifiers --------+----------+------------------------------------------------------------------ gid | integer | not null default nextval('myspatial_table_cs_gid_seq'::regclass) geom | geometry | Check constraints: "enforce_dims_geom" CHECK (st_ndims(geom) = 2) "enforce_geotype_geom" CHECK (geometrytype(geom) = 'LINESTRING'::text OR geom IS NULL) "enforce_srid_geom" CHECK (st_srid(geom) = 4326)
UpdateGeometrySRID — Aggiorna lo SRID e di tutte le geometrie nella colonna specificata e i metadati di tabella.
text UpdateGeometrySRID(
varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid)
;
text UpdateGeometrySRID(
varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid)
;
text UpdateGeometrySRID(
varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid)
;
Aggiorna lo SRID di tutti i record in una colonna geometry, aggiornando anche geometry_columns e il vincolo SRID della colonna. Se la colonna era vincolata da una defininizione di tipo, tale definizione verrà cambiata. Nota: usa la funzione current_schema() se lo schema non è passato come argomento.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Insertisce geometrie nella tabella delle strade con uno SRID già specificato usando il formato EWKT:
COPY roads (geom) FROM STDIN; SRID=4326;LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10) SRID=4326;LINESTRING(10 10, 15 0) \.
Cambierà lo SRID della tabella delle strade a 4326 da qualunque valore abbia avuto prima:
SELECT UpdateGeometrySRID('roads','geom',4326);
L'esempio precedente è equivalente a questa dichiarazione DDL:
ALTER TABLE roads ALTER COLUMN geom TYPE geometry(MULTILINESTRING, 4326) USING ST_SetSRID(geom,4326);
Se si è sbagliata la proiezione (o la si è inserita come sconosciuta) nel caricamento e si vuole trasformare in web mercator in un colpo solo, è possibile farlo con il DDL, ma non esiste una funzione equivalente di gestione di PostGIS per farlo in un colpo solo.
ALTER TABLE roads ALTER COLUMN geom TYPE geometry(MULTILINESTRING, 3857) USING ST_Transform(ST_SetSRID(geom,4326),3857) ;
ST_Collect — Creates a GeometryCollection or Multi* geometry from a set of geometries.
geometry ST_Collect(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
geometry ST_Collect(
geometry[] g1_array)
;
geometry ST_Collect(
geometry set g1field)
;
Collects geometries into a geometry collection. The result is either a Multi* or a GeometryCollection, depending on whether the input geometries have the same or different types (homogeneous or heterogeneous). The input geometries are left unchanged within the collection.
Variant 1: accepts two input geometries
Variant 2: accepts an array of geometries
Variant 3: aggregate function accepting a rowset of geometries.
If any of the input geometries are collections (Multi* or GeometryCollection) ST_Collect returns a GeometryCollection (since that is the only type which can contain nested collections). To prevent this, use ST_Dump in a subquery to expand the input collections to their atomic elements (see example below). |
ST_Collect and ST_Union appear similar, but in fact operate quite differently. ST_Collect aggregates geometries into a collection without changing them in any way. ST_Union geometrically merges geometries where they overlap, and splits linestrings at intersections. It may return single geometries when it dissolves boundaries. |
Availability: 1.4.0 - ST_Collect(geomarray) was introduced. ST_Collect was enhanced to handle more geometries faster.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Collect 2D points.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-2 3)') )); st_astext ---------- MULTIPOINT((1 2),(-2 3))
Collect 3D points.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3)'), ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 4)') ) ); st_asewkt ------------------------- MULTIPOINT(1 2 3,1 2 4)
Collect curves.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Collect( 'CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)', 'CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406)')); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MULTICURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406), CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406))
Using an array constructor for a subquery.
SELECT ST_Collect( ARRAY( SELECT geom FROM sometable ) );
Using an array constructor for values.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Collect( ARRAY[ ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(3 4, 4 5)') ] )) As wktcollect; --wkt collect -- MULTILINESTRING((1 2,3 4),(3 4,4 5))
Creating multiple collections by grouping geometries in a table.
SELECT stusps, ST_Collect(f.geom) as geom FROM (SELECT stusps, (ST_Dump(geom)).geom As geom FROM somestatetable ) As f GROUP BY stusps
ST_LineFromMultiPoint — Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.
geometry ST_LineFromMultiPoint(
geometry aMultiPoint)
;
Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.
Use ST_MakeLine to create lines from Point or LineString inputs.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Crea una LineString 3D da una geometria MultiPoint 3D.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_LineFromMultiPoint('MULTIPOINT(1 2 3, 4 5 6, 7 8 9)') ); --result-- LINESTRING(1 2 3,4 5 6,7 8 9)
ST_MakeEnvelope — Creates a rectangular Polygon from minimum and maximum coordinates.
geometry ST_MakeEnvelope(
float xmin, float ymin, float xmax, float ymax, integer srid=unknown)
;
Creates a rectangular Polygon from the minimum and maximum values for X and Y. Input values must be in the spatial reference system specified by the SRID. If no SRID is specified the unknown spatial reference system (SRID 0) is used.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
Enhanced: 2.0: Ability to specify an envelope without specifying an SRID was introduced.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_MakeEnvelope(10, 10, 11, 11, 4326) ); st_asewkt ----------- POLYGON((10 10, 10 11, 11 11, 11 10, 10 10))
ST_MakeLine — Crea una LineString da una geometria Point, MultiPoint o un set di LineString
geometry ST_MakeLine(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
geometry ST_MakeLine(
geometry[] geoms_array)
;
geometry ST_MakeLine(
geometry set geoms)
;
Creates a LineString containing the points of Point, MultiPoint, or LineString geometries. Other geometry types cause an error.
Variant 1: accepts two input geometries
Variant 2: accepts an array of geometries
Variant 3: aggregate function accepting a rowset of geometries. To ensure the order of the input geometries use ORDER BY
in the function call, or a subquery with an ORDER BY
clause.
Repeated nodes at the beginning of input LineStrings are collapsed to a single point. Repeated points in Point and MultiPoint inputs are not collapsed. ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints can be used to collapse repeated points from the output LineString.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Availability: 2.3.0 - Support for MultiPoint input elements was introduced
Availability: 2.0.0 - Support for LineString input elements was introduced
Availability: 1.4.0 - ST_MakeLine(geomarray) was introduced. ST_MakeLine aggregate functions was enhanced to handle more points faster.
Create a line composed of two points.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,2), ST_Point(3,4)) ); st_astext --------------------- LINESTRING(1 2,3 4)
Crea una BOX3D definita dalle geometrie dei punti 3d dati.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePoint(1,2,3), ST_MakePoint(3,4,5) )); st_asewkt ------------------------- LINESTRING(1 2 3,3 4 5)
Create a line from two disjoint LineStrings.
select ST_AsText( ST_MakeLine( 'LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)', 'LINESTRING(2 2, 3 3)' ) ); st_astext ----------------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,2 2,3 3)
Create a line from an array formed by a subquery with ordering.
SELECT ST_MakeLine( ARRAY( SELECT ST_Centroid(geom) FROM visit_locations ORDER BY visit_time) );
Create a 3D line from an array of 3D points
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_MakeLine( ARRAY[ ST_MakePoint(1,2,3), ST_MakePoint(3,4,5), ST_MakePoint(6,6,6) ] )); st_asewkt ------------------------- LINESTRING(1 2 3,3 4 5,6 6 6)
This example queries time-based sequences of GPS points from a set of tracks and creates one record for each track. The result geometries are LineStrings composed of the GPS track points in the order of travel.
Using aggregate ORDER BY
provides a correctly-ordered LineString.
SELECT gps.track_id, ST_MakeLine(gps.geom ORDER BY gps_time) As geom FROM gps_points As gps GROUP BY track_id;
Prior to PostgreSQL 9, ordering in a subquery can be used. However, sometimes the query plan may not respect the order of the subquery.
SELECT gps.track_id, ST_MakeLine(gps.geom) As geom FROM ( SELECT track_id, gps_time, geom FROM gps_points ORDER BY track_id, gps_time ) As gps GROUP BY track_id;
ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints, ST_AsEWKT, ST_AsText, ST_GeomFromText, ST_MakePoint, ST_Point
ST_MakePoint — Creates a 2D, 3DZ or 4D Point.
geometry ST_MakePoint(
float x, float y)
;
geometry ST_MakePoint(
float x, float y, float z)
;
geometry ST_MakePoint(
float x, float y, float z, float m)
;
Creates a 2D XY, 3D XYZ or 4D XYZM Point geometry. Use ST_MakePointM to make points with XYM coordinates.
Use ST_SetSRID to specify a SRID for the created point.
While not OGC-compliant, ST_MakePoint
is faster than ST_GeomFromText and ST_PointFromText. It is also easier to use for numeric coordinate values.
For geodetic coordinates, |
The functions ST_Point, ST_PointZ, ST_PointM, and ST_PointZM can be used to create points with a given SRID. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- Create a point with unknown SRID SELECT ST_MakePoint(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829); -- Create a point in the WGS 84 geodetic CRS SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_MakePoint(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829),4326); -- Create a 3D point (e.g. has altitude) SELECT ST_MakePoint(1, 2,1.5); -- Get z of point SELECT ST_Z(ST_MakePoint(1, 2,1.5)); result ------- 1.5
ST_GeomFromText, ST_PointFromText, ST_SetSRID, ST_MakePointM, ST_Point, ST_PointZ, ST_PointM, ST_PointZM
ST_MakePointM — Creates a Point from X, Y and M values.
geometry ST_MakePointM(
float x, float y, float m)
;
Creates a point with X, Y and M (measure) ordinates. Use ST_MakePoint to make points with XY, XYZ, or XYZM coordinates.
Use ST_SetSRID to specify a SRID for the created point.
For geodetic coordinates, |
The functions ST_PointM, and ST_PointZM can be used to create points with an M value and a given SRID. |
Create point with unknown SRID.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_MakePointM(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829, 10) ); st_asewkt ----------------------------------------------- POINTM(-71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829 10)
Create point with a measure in the WGS 84 geodetic coordinate system.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_SetSRID( ST_MakePointM(-71.104, 42.315, 10), 4326)); st_asewkt --------------------------------------------------------- SRID=4326;POINTM(-71.104 42.315 10)
Get measure of created point.
SELECT ST_M( ST_MakePointM(-71.104, 42.315, 10) ); result ------- 10
ST_MakePolygon — Creates a Polygon from a shell and optional list of holes.
geometry ST_MakePolygon(
geometry linestring)
;
geometry ST_MakePolygon(
geometry outerlinestring, geometry[] interiorlinestrings)
;
Creates a Polygon formed by the given shell and optional array of holes. Input geometries must be closed LineStrings (rings).
Variant 1: Accepts one shell LineString.
Variant 2: Accepts a shell LineString and an array of inner (hole) LineStrings. A geometry array can be constructed using the PostgreSQL array_agg(), ARRAY[] or ARRAY() constructs.
This function does not accept MultiLineStrings. Use ST_LineMerge to generate a LineString, or ST_Dump to extract LineStrings. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Create a Polygon from a 2D LineString.
SELECT ST_MakePolygon( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75 29,77 29,77 29, 75 29)'));
Create a Polygon from an open LineString, using ST_StartPoint and ST_AddPoint to close it.
SELECT ST_MakePolygon( ST_AddPoint(foo.open_line, ST_StartPoint(foo.open_line)) ) FROM ( SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75 29,77 29,77 29, 75 29)') As open_line) As foo;
Create a Polygon from a 3D LineString
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_MakePolygon( 'LINESTRING(75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1, 75.15 29.53 1)')); st_asewkt ----------- POLYGON((75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1,75.15 29.53 1))
Create a Polygon from a LineString with measures
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_MakePolygon( 'LINESTRINGM(75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 2, 75.15 29.53 2)' )); st_asewkt ---------- POLYGONM((75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 2,75.15 29.53 2))
Create a donut Polygon with an extra hole
SELECT ST_MakePolygon( ST_ExteriorRing( ST_Buffer(ring.line,10)), ARRAY[ ST_Translate(ring.line, 1, 1), ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(20,20),1)) ] ) FROM (SELECT ST_ExteriorRing( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(10,10),10,10)) AS line ) AS ring;
Create a set of province boundaries with holes representing lakes. The input is a table of province Polygons/MultiPolygons and a table of water linestrings. Lines forming lakes are determined by using ST_IsClosed. The province linework is extracted by using ST_Boundary. As required by ST_MakePolygon
, the boundary is forced to be a single LineString by using ST_LineMerge. (However, note that if a province has more than one region or has islands this will produce an invalid polygon.) Using a LEFT JOIN ensures all provinces are included even if they have no lakes.
The CASE construct is used because passing a null array into ST_MakePolygon results in a NULL return value. |
SELECT p.gid, p.province_name, CASE WHEN array_agg(w.geom) IS NULL THEN p.geom ELSE ST_MakePolygon( ST_LineMerge(ST_Boundary(p.geom)), array_agg(w.geom)) END FROM provinces p LEFT JOIN waterlines w ON (ST_Within(w.geom, p.geom) AND ST_IsClosed(w.geom)) GROUP BY p.gid, p.province_name, p.geom;
Another technique is to utilize a correlated subquery and the ARRAY() constructor that converts a row set to an array.
SELECT p.gid, p.province_name, CASE WHEN EXISTS( SELECT w.geom FROM waterlines w WHERE ST_Within(w.geom, p.geom) AND ST_IsClosed(w.geom)) THEN ST_MakePolygon( ST_LineMerge(ST_Boundary(p.geom)), ARRAY( SELECT w.geom FROM waterlines w WHERE ST_Within(w.geom, p.geom) AND ST_IsClosed(w.geom))) ELSE p.geom END AS geom FROM provinces p;
ST_Point — Creates a Point with X, Y and SRID values.
geometry ST_Point(
float x, float y)
;
geometry ST_Point(
float x, float y, integer srid=unknown)
;
Returns a Point with the given X and Y coordinate values. This is the SQL-MM equivalent for ST_MakePoint that takes just X and Y.
For geodetic coordinates, |
Enhanced: 3.2.0 srid as an extra optional argument was added. Older installs require combining with ST_SetSRID to mark the srid on the geometry.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.2
SELECT ST_Point( -71.104, 42.315);
Creating a point with SRID specified:
SELECT ST_Point( -71.104, 42.315, 4326);
Alternative way of specifying SRID:
SELECT ST_SetSRID( ST_Point( -71.104, 42.315), 4326);
Create geography points using the ::
cast syntax:
SELECT ST_Point( -71.104, 42.315, 4326)::geography;
Pre-PostGIS 3.2 code, using CAST
:
SELECT CAST( ST_SetSRID(ST_Point( -71.104, 42.315), 4326) AS geography);
If the point coordinates are not in a geodetic coordinate system (such as WGS84), then they must be reprojected before casting to a geography. In this example a point in Pennsylvania State Plane feet (SRID 2273) is projected to WGS84 (SRID 4326).
SELECT ST_Transform( ST_Point( 3637510, 3014852, 2273), 4326)::geography;
ST_MakePoint, ST_PointZ, ST_PointM, ST_PointZM, ST_SetSRID, ST_Transform
ST_PointZ — Creates a Point with X, Y, Z and SRID values.
geometry ST_PointZ(
float x, float y, float z, integer srid=unknown)
;
Returns an Point with the given X, Y and Z coordinate values, and optionally an SRID number.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 srid as an extra optional argument was added. Older installs require combining with ST_SetSRID to mark the srid on the geometry.
SELECT ST_PointZ(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, 4326)
SELECT ST_PointZ(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, srid => 4326)
SELECT ST_PointZ(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4)
ST_PointM — Creates a Point with X, Y, M and SRID values.
geometry ST_PointM(
float x, float y, float m, integer srid=unknown)
;
Returns an Point with the given X, Y and M coordinate values, and optionally an SRID number.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 srid as an extra optional argument was added. Older installs require combining with ST_SetSRID to mark the srid on the geometry.
SELECT ST_PointM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, 4326)
SELECT ST_PointM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, srid => 4326)
SELECT ST_PointM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4)
ST_PointZM — Creates a Point with X, Y, Z, M and SRID values.
geometry ST_PointZM(
float x, float y, float z, float m, integer srid=unknown)
;
Returns an Point with the given X, Y, Z and M coordinate values, and optionally an SRID number.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 srid as an extra optional argument was added. Older installs require combining with ST_SetSRID to mark the srid on the geometry.
SELECT ST_PointZM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, 4.5, 4326)
SELECT ST_PointZM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, 4.5, srid => 4326)
SELECT ST_PointZM(-71.104, 42.315, 3.4, 4.5)
ST_Polygon — Creates a Polygon from a LineString with a specified SRID.
geometry ST_Polygon(
geometry lineString, integer srid)
;
Returns a polygon built from the given LineString and sets the spatial reference system from the srid
.
ST_Polygon is similar to ST_MakePolygon Variant 1 with the addition of setting the SRID.
This function does not accept MultiLineStrings. Use ST_LineMerge to generate a LineString, or ST_Dump to extract LineStrings. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.3.2
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Create a 2D polygon.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Polygon('LINESTRING(75 29, 77 29, 77 29, 75 29)'::geometry, 4326) ); -- result -- POLYGON((75 29, 77 29, 77 29, 75 29))
Create a 3D polygon.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_Polygon( ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(75 29 1, 77 29 2, 77 29 3, 75 29 1)'), 4326) ); -- result -- SRID=4326;POLYGON((75 29 1, 77 29 2, 77 29 3, 75 29 1))
ST_AsEWKT, ST_AsText, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_GeomFromText, ST_LineMerge, ST_MakePolygon
ST_TileEnvelope — Creates a rectangular Polygon in Web Mercator (SRID:3857) using the XYZ tile system.
geometry ST_TileEnvelope(
integer tileZoom, integer tileX, integer tileY, geometry bounds=SRID=3857;LINESTRING(-20037508.342789 -20037508.342789,20037508.342789 20037508.342789), float margin=0.0)
;
Creates a rectangular Polygon giving the extent of a tile in the XYZ tile system. The tile is specified by the zoom level Z and the XY index of the tile in the grid at that level. Can be used to define the tile bounds required by ST_AsMVTGeom to convert geometry into the MVT tile coordinate space.
By default, the tile envelope is in the Web Mercator coordinate system (SRID:3857) using the standard range of the Web Mercator system (-20037508.342789, 20037508.342789). This is the most common coordinate system used for MVT tiles. The optional bounds
parameter can be used to generate tiles in any coordinate system. It is a geometry that has the SRID and extent of the "Zoom Level zero" square within which the XYZ tile system is inscribed.
The optional margin
parameter can be used to expand a tile by the given percentage. E.g. margin=0.125
expands the tile by 12.5%, which is equivalent to buffer=512 when the tile extent size is 4096, as used in ST_AsMVTGeom. This is useful to create a tile buffer to include data lying outside of the tile's visible area, but whose existence affects the tile rendering. For example, a city name (a point) could be near an edge of a tile, so its label should be rendered on two tiles, even though the point is located in the visible area of just one tile. Using expanded tiles in a query will include the city point in both tiles. Use a negative value to shrink the tile instead. Values less than -0.5 are prohibited because that would eliminate the tile completely. Do not specify a margin when using with ST_AsMVTGeom
. See the example for ST_AsMVT.
Miglioramento nella versione: 2.0.0 introdotto opzionale parametro SRID.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_TileEnvelope(2, 1, 1) ); st_astext ------------------------------ POLYGON((-10018754.1713945 0,-10018754.1713945 10018754.1713945,0 10018754.1713945,0 0,-10018754.1713945 0)) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_TileEnvelope(3, 1, 1, ST_MakeEnvelope(-180, -90, 180, 90, 4326) ) ); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------ POLYGON((-135 45,-135 67.5,-90 67.5,-90 45,-135 45))
ST_HexagonGrid — Returns a set of hexagons and cell indices that completely cover the bounds of the geometry argument.
setof record ST_HexagonGrid(
float8 size, geometry bounds)
;
Starts with the concept of a hexagon tiling of the plane. (Not a hexagon tiling of the globe, this is not the H3 tiling scheme.) For a given planar SRS, and a given edge size, starting at the origin of the SRS, there is one unique hexagonal tiling of the plane, Tiling(SRS, Size). This function answers the question: what hexagons in a given Tiling(SRS, Size) overlap with a given bounds.
The SRS for the output hexagons is the SRS provided by the bounds geometry.
Doubling or tripling the edge size of the hexagon generates a new parent tiling that fits with the origin tiling. Unfortunately, it is not possible to generate parent hexagon tilings that the child tiles perfectly fit inside.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
To do a point summary against a hexagonal tiling, generate a hexagon grid using the extent of the points as the bounds, then spatially join to that grid.
SELECT COUNT(*), hexes.geom FROM ST_HexagonGrid( 10000, ST_SetSRID(ST_EstimatedExtent('pointtable', 'geom'), 3857) ) AS hexes INNER JOIN pointtable AS pts ON ST_Intersects(pts.geom, hexes.geom) GROUP BY hexes.geom;
If we generate a set of hexagons for each polygon boundary and filter out those that do not intersect their hexagons, we end up with a tiling for each polygon.
Tiling states results in a hexagon coverage of each state, and multiple hexagons overlapping at the borders between states.
The LATERAL keyword is implied for set-returning functions when referring to a prior table in the FROM list. So CROSS JOIN LATERAL, CROSS JOIN, or just plain , are equivalent constructs for this example. |
SELECT admin1.gid, hex.geom FROM admin1 CROSS JOIN ST_HexagonGrid(100000, admin1.geom) AS hex WHERE adm0_a3 = 'USA' AND ST_Intersects(admin1.geom, hex.geom)
ST_Hexagon — Returns a single hexagon, using the provided edge size and cell coordinate within the hexagon grid space.
geometry ST_Hexagon(
float8 size, integer cell_i, integer cell_j, geometry origin)
;
Uses the same hexagon tiling concept as ST_HexagonGrid, but generates just one hexagon at the desired cell coordinate. Optionally, can adjust origin coordinate of the tiling, the default origin is at 0,0.
Hexagons are generated with no SRID set, so use ST_SetSRID to set the SRID to the one you expect.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetSRID(ST_Hexagon(1.0, 0, 0), 3857)); POLYGON((-1 0,-0.5 -0.866025403784439,0.5 -0.866025403784439,1 0,0.5 0.866025403784439,-0.5 0.866025403784439,-1 0))
ST_SquareGrid — Returns a set of grid squares and cell indices that completely cover the bounds of the geometry argument.
setof record ST_SquareGrid(
float8 size, geometry bounds)
;
Starts with the concept of a square tiling of the plane. For a given planar SRS, and a given edge size, starting at the origin of the SRS, there is one unique square tiling of the plane, Tiling(SRS, Size). This function answers the question: what grids in a given Tiling(SRS, Size) overlap with a given bounds.
The SRS for the output squares is the SRS provided by the bounds geometry.
Doubling or edge size of the square generates a new parent tiling that perfectly fits with the original tiling. Standard web map tilings in mercator are just powers-of-two square grids in the mercator plane.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
The grid will fill the whole bounds of the country, so if you want just squares that touch the country you will have to filter afterwards with ST_Intersects.
WITH grid AS ( SELECT (ST_SquareGrid(1, ST_Transform(geom,4326))).* FROM admin0 WHERE name = 'Canada' ) SELEcT ST_AsText(geom) FROM grid
To do a point summary against a square tiling, generate a square grid using the extent of the points as the bounds, then spatially join to that grid. Note the estimated extent might be off from actual extent, so be cautious and at very least make sure you've analyzed your table.
SELECT COUNT(*), squares.geom FROM pointtable AS pts INNER JOIN ST_SquareGrid( 1000, ST_SetSRID(ST_EstimatedExtent('pointtable', 'geom'), 3857) ) AS squares ON ST_Intersects(pts.geom, squares.geom) GROUP BY squares.geom
This yields the same result as the first example but will be slower for a large number of points
SELECT COUNT(*), squares.geom FROM pointtable AS pts INNER JOIN ST_SquareGrid( 1000, pts.geom ) AS squares ON ST_Intersects(pts.geom, squares.geom) GROUP BY squares.geom
ST_Square — Returns a single square, using the provided edge size and cell coordinate within the square grid space.
geometry ST_Square(
float8 size, integer cell_i, integer cell_j, geometry origin='POINT(0 0)')
;
Uses the same square tiling concept as ST_SquareGrid, but generates just one square at the desired cell coordinate. Optionally, can adjust origin coordinate of the tiling, the default origin is at 0,0.
Squares are generated with the SRID of the given origin. Use ST_SetSRID to set the SRID if the given origin has an unknown SRID (as is the case by default).
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetSRID(ST_Square(1.0, 0, 0), 3857)); POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))
ST_Letters — Returns the input letters rendered as geometry with a default start position at the origin and default text height of 100.
geometry ST_Letters(
text letters, json font)
;
Uses a built-in font to render out a string as a multipolygon geometry. The default text height is 100.0, the distance from the bottom of a descender to the top of a capital. The default start position places the start of the baseline at the origin. Over-riding the font involves passing in a json map, with a character as the key, and base64 encoded TWKB for the font shape, with the fonts having a height of 1000 units from the bottom of the descenders to the tops of the capitals.
The text is generated at the origin by default, so to reposition and resize the text, first apply the ST_Scale
function and then apply the ST_Translate
function.
Availability: 3.3.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Letters('Yo'), 1);
SELECT ST_Translate(ST_Scale(ST_Letters('Yo'), 10, 10), 100,100);
geometry_dump
rows for the components of a geometry.geometry_dump
rows for the coordinates in a geometry.geometry_dump
rows for the segments in a geometry.geometry_dump
rows for the exterior and interior rings of a Polygon.TRUE
se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING
coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indica una superficie chiusa (volumetrica). GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria come testo.
text GeometryType(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. Ad esempio: 'LINESTRING', 'POLYGON', 'MULTIPOINT', ecc.
OGC SPEC s2.1.1.1 - Restituisce il nome del sottotipo istanziabile di Geometry di cui questa istanza di Geometry è membro. Il nome del sottotipo istanziabile di Geometry viene restituito come stringa.
Questa funzione indica anche se la geometria è misurata, restituendo una stringa nella forma 'POINTM'. |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT GeometryType(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)')); geometrytype -------------- LINESTRING
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); --result POLYHEDRALSURFACE
SELECT GeometryType(geom) as result FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )') AS geom ) AS g; result -------- TIN
ST_Boundary — Restituisce il confine di una geometria.
geometry ST_Boundary(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce la chiusura del confine combinatorio di questa geometria. Il confine combinatorio è definito come descritto nella sezione 3.12.3.2 di OGC SPEC. Poiché il risultato di questa funzione è una chiusura, e quindi topologicamente chiusa, il confine risultante può essere rappresentato utilizzando le primitive della geometria rappresentativa descritte nella sezione 3.12.2 di OGC SPEC.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Prma della 2.0.0, questa funzione dava un'eccezione se usata con |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. OGC SPEC s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1.17
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.1.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per Triangle
Modificato: dalla versione 3.2.0 supporta TIN, non usa geos, non linearizza le curve
SELECT ST_Boundary(geom) FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(100 150,50 60, 70 80, 160 170)'::geometry As geom) As f;
ST_AsText output
MULTIPOINT((100 150),(160 170))
|
SELECT ST_Boundary(geom) FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON (( 10 130, 50 190, 110 190, 140 150, 150 80, 100 10, 20 40, 10 130 ), ( 70 40, 100 50, 120 80, 80 110, 50 90, 70 40 ))'::geometry As geom) As f;
ST_AsText output
MULTILINESTRING((10 130,50 190,110 190,140 150,150 80,100 10,20 40,10 130),
(70 40,100 50,120 80,80 110,50 90,70 40))
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 1,0 0, -1 1)'))); st_astext ----------- MULTIPOINT((1 1),(-1 1)) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 1,0 0, -1 1, 1 1))'))); st_astext ---------- LINESTRING(1 1,0 0,-1 1,1 1) --Using a 3d polygon SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((1 1 1,0 0 1, -1 1 1, 1 1 1))'))); st_asewkt ----------------------------------- LINESTRING(1 1 1,0 0 1,-1 1 1,1 1 1) --Using a 3d multilinestring SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((1 1 1,0 0 0.5, -1 1 1),(1 1 0.5,0 0 0.5, -1 1 0.5, 1 1 0.5) )'))); st_asewkt ---------- MULTIPOINT((-1 1 1),(1 1 0.75))
ST_BoundingDiagonal — Restituisce la diagonale del rettangolo di confine di una geometria.
geometry ST_BoundingDiagonal(
geometry geom, boolean fits=false)
;
Restituisce la diagonale del rettangolo di selezione della geometria fornita come una LineString. La diagonale è una LineString a 2 punti con i valori minimi di ciascuna dimensione nel punto iniziale e i valori massimi nel punto finale. Se la geometria di input è vuota, la diagonale è una LINESTRING EMPTY.
Il parametro opzionale fits
specifica se è necessario il miglior adattamento. Se false, può essere accettata la diagonale di un rettangolo di selezione un po' più grande (che è più veloce da calcolare per geometrie con molti vertici). In entrambi i casi, il rettangolo di selezione della linea diagonale restituita copre sempre la geometria in ingresso.
La geometria restituita conserva il SRID e la dimensionalità (presenza di Z e M) della geometria di input.
Nei casi degenerati (cioè con un solo vertice in ingresso) la linestring restituita sarà formalmente non valida (nessun interno). Il risultato è comunque topologicamente valido. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
-- Get the minimum X in a buffer around a point SELECT ST_X(ST_StartPoint(ST_BoundingDiagonal( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(0,0),10) ))); st_x ------ -10
ST_StartPoint, ST_EndPoint, ST_X, ST_Y, ST_Z, ST_M, ST_Envelope
ST_CoordDim — Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate di una geometrie.
integer ST_CoordDim(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate del valore della ST_Geometry.
Questo è il nome dell'alias conforme a MM per ST_NDims
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.3
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_CoordDim('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2 3, 1 3 4, 5 6 7, 8 9 10, 11 12 13)'); ---result-- 3 SELECT ST_CoordDim(ST_Point(1,2)); --result-- 2
ST_Dimension — Restituisce la dimensione topologica di una geometria.
integer ST_Dimension(
geometry g)
;
La dimensione inerente a questo oggetto Geometry, che deve essere minore o uguale alla dimensione delle coordinate. La specifica OGC s2.1.1.1 restituisce 0 per POINT
, 1 per LINESTRING
, 2 per POLYGON
, e la maggiore fra le dimensioni dei componenti di una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
. Se la geometria è sconosciuta (ad esempio per una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
vuota), viene restituito il valore 0.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.2
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche e i TIN. Non viene più generata un'eccezione se viene data una geometria vuota.
Prima della 2.0.0, questa funzione dava un'eccezione se usata con una geometria vuota. |
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_Dimension('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(1 1,0 0),POINT(0 0))'); ST_Dimension ----------- 1
ST_Dump — Returns a set of geometry_dump
rows for the components of a geometry.
geometry_dump[] ST_Dump(
geometry g1)
;
A set-returning function (SRF) that extracts the components of a geometry. It returns a set of geometry_dump rows, each containing a geometry (geom
field) and an array of integers (path
field).
For an atomic geometry type (POINT,LINESTRING,POLYGON) a single record is returned with an empty path
array and the input geometry as geom
. For a collection or multi-geometry a record is returned for each of the collection components, and the path
denotes the position of the component inside the collection.
ST_Dump is useful for expanding geometries. It is the inverse of a ST_Collect / GROUP BY, in that it creates new rows. For example it can be use to expand MULTIPOLYGONS into POLYGONS.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Availability: PostGIS 1.0.0RC1. Requires PostgreSQL 7.3 or higher.
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT sometable.field1, sometable.field1, (ST_Dump(sometable.geom)).geom AS geom FROM sometable; -- Break a compound curve into its constituent linestrings and circularstrings SELECT ST_AsEWKT(a.geom), ST_HasArc(a.geom) FROM ( SELECT (ST_Dump(p_geom)).geom AS geom FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('COMPOUNDCURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 1 1, 1 0),(1 0, 0 1))') AS p_geom) AS b ) AS a; st_asewkt | st_hasarc -----------------------------+---------- CIRCULARSTRING(0 0,1 1,1 0) | t LINESTRING(1 0,0 1) | f (2 rows)
-- Polyhedral surface example -- Break a Polyhedral surface into its faces SELECT (a.p_geom).path[1] As path, ST_AsEWKT((a.p_geom).geom) As geom_ewkt FROM (SELECT ST_Dump(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )') ) AS p_geom ) AS a; path | geom_ewkt ------+------------------------------------------ 1 | POLYGON((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)) 2 | POLYGON((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)) 3 | POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)) 4 | POLYGON((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)) 5 | POLYGON((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)) 6 | POLYGON((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1))
-- TIN -- SELECT (g.gdump).path, ST_AsEWKT((g.gdump).geom) as wkt FROM (SELECT ST_Dump( ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )') ) AS gdump ) AS g; -- result -- path | wkt ------+------------------------------------- {1} | TRIANGLE((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)) {2} | TRIANGLE((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,0 0 0))
ST_DumpPoints — Returns a set of geometry_dump
rows for the coordinates in a geometry.
geometry_dump[] ST_DumpPoints(
geometry geom)
;
A set-returning function (SRF) that extracts the coordinates (vertices) of a geometry. It returns a set of geometry_dump rows, each containing a geometry (geom
field) and an array of integers (path
field).
the geom
field POINT
s represent the coordinates of the supplied geometry.
the path
field (an integer[]
) is an index enumerating the coordinate positions in the elements of the supplied geometry. The indices are 1-based. For example, for a LINESTRING
the paths are {i}
where i
is the nth
coordinate in the LINESTRING
. For a POLYGON
the paths are {i,j}
where i
is the ring number (1 is outer; inner rings follow) and j
is the coordinate position in the ring.
To obtain a single geometry containing the coordinates use ST_Points.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Faster speed. Reimplemented as native-C.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT edge_id, (dp).path[1] As index, ST_AsText((dp).geom) As wktnode FROM (SELECT 1 As edge_id , ST_DumpPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 10 10)')) AS dp UNION ALL SELECT 2 As edge_id , ST_DumpPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(3 5, 5 6, 9 10)')) AS dp ) As foo; edge_id | index | wktnode ---------+-------+-------------- 1 | 1 | POINT(1 2) 1 | 2 | POINT(3 4) 1 | 3 | POINT(10 10) 2 | 1 | POINT(3 5) 2 | 2 | POINT(5 6) 2 | 3 | POINT(9 10)
SELECT path, ST_AsText(geom) FROM ( SELECT (ST_DumpPoints(g.geom)).* FROM (SELECT 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( POINT ( 0 1 ), LINESTRING ( 0 3, 3 4 ), POLYGON (( 2 0, 2 3, 0 2, 2 0 )), POLYGON (( 3 0, 3 3, 6 3, 6 0, 3 0 ), ( 5 1, 4 2, 5 2, 5 1 )), MULTIPOLYGON ( (( 0 5, 0 8, 4 8, 4 5, 0 5 ), ( 1 6, 3 6, 2 7, 1 6 )), (( 5 4, 5 8, 6 7, 5 4 )) ) )'::geometry AS geom ) AS g ) j; path | st_astext -----------+------------ {1,1} | POINT(0 1) {2,1} | POINT(0 3) {2,2} | POINT(3 4) {3,1,1} | POINT(2 0) {3,1,2} | POINT(2 3) {3,1,3} | POINT(0 2) {3,1,4} | POINT(2 0) {4,1,1} | POINT(3 0) {4,1,2} | POINT(3 3) {4,1,3} | POINT(6 3) {4,1,4} | POINT(6 0) {4,1,5} | POINT(3 0) {4,2,1} | POINT(5 1) {4,2,2} | POINT(4 2) {4,2,3} | POINT(5 2) {4,2,4} | POINT(5 1) {5,1,1,1} | POINT(0 5) {5,1,1,2} | POINT(0 8) {5,1,1,3} | POINT(4 8) {5,1,1,4} | POINT(4 5) {5,1,1,5} | POINT(0 5) {5,1,2,1} | POINT(1 6) {5,1,2,2} | POINT(3 6) {5,1,2,3} | POINT(2 7) {5,1,2,4} | POINT(1 6) {5,2,1,1} | POINT(5 4) {5,2,1,2} | POINT(5 8) {5,2,1,3} | POINT(6 7) {5,2,1,4} | POINT(5 4) (29 rows)
-- Polyhedral surface cube -- SELECT (g.gdump).path, ST_AsEWKT((g.gdump).geom) as wkt FROM (SELECT ST_DumpPoints(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )') ) AS gdump ) AS g; -- result -- path | wkt ---------+-------------- {1,1,1} | POINT(0 0 0) {1,1,2} | POINT(0 0 1) {1,1,3} | POINT(0 1 1) {1,1,4} | POINT(0 1 0) {1,1,5} | POINT(0 0 0) {2,1,1} | POINT(0 0 0) {2,1,2} | POINT(0 1 0) {2,1,3} | POINT(1 1 0) {2,1,4} | POINT(1 0 0) {2,1,5} | POINT(0 0 0) {3,1,1} | POINT(0 0 0) {3,1,2} | POINT(1 0 0) {3,1,3} | POINT(1 0 1) {3,1,4} | POINT(0 0 1) {3,1,5} | POINT(0 0 0) {4,1,1} | POINT(1 1 0) {4,1,2} | POINT(1 1 1) {4,1,3} | POINT(1 0 1) {4,1,4} | POINT(1 0 0) {4,1,5} | POINT(1 1 0) {5,1,1} | POINT(0 1 0) {5,1,2} | POINT(0 1 1) {5,1,3} | POINT(1 1 1) {5,1,4} | POINT(1 1 0) {5,1,5} | POINT(0 1 0) {6,1,1} | POINT(0 0 1) {6,1,2} | POINT(1 0 1) {6,1,3} | POINT(1 1 1) {6,1,4} | POINT(0 1 1) {6,1,5} | POINT(0 0 1) (30 rows)
-- Triangle -- SELECT (g.gdump).path, ST_AsText((g.gdump).geom) as wkt FROM (SELECT ST_DumpPoints( ST_GeomFromEWKT('TRIANGLE (( 0 0, 0 9, 9 0, 0 0 ))') ) AS gdump ) AS g; -- result -- path | wkt ------+------------ {1} | POINT(0 0) {2} | POINT(0 9) {3} | POINT(9 0) {4} | POINT(0 0)
-- TIN -- SELECT (g.gdump).path, ST_AsEWKT((g.gdump).geom) as wkt FROM (SELECT ST_DumpPoints( ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )') ) AS gdump ) AS g; -- result -- path | wkt ---------+-------------- {1,1,1} | POINT(0 0 0) {1,1,2} | POINT(0 0 1) {1,1,3} | POINT(0 1 0) {1,1,4} | POINT(0 0 0) {2,1,1} | POINT(0 0 0) {2,1,2} | POINT(0 1 0) {2,1,3} | POINT(1 1 0) {2,1,4} | POINT(0 0 0) (8 rows)
geometry_dump, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_Dump, ST_GeometryN, ST_NumGeometries
ST_DumpSegments — Returns a set of geometry_dump
rows for the segments in a geometry.
geometry_dump[] ST_DumpSegments(
geometry geom)
;
A set-returning function (SRF) that extracts the segments of a geometry. It returns a set of geometry_dump rows, each containing a geometry (geom
field) and an array of integers (path
field).
the geom
field LINESTRING
s represent the linear segments of the supplied geometry, while the CIRCULARSTRING
s represent the arc segments.
the path
field (an integer[]
) is an index enumerating the segment start point positions in the elements of the supplied geometry. The indices are 1-based. For example, for a LINESTRING
the paths are {i}
where i
is the nth
segment start point in the LINESTRING
. For a POLYGON
the paths are {i,j}
where i
is the ring number (1 is outer; inner rings follow) and j
is the segment start point position in the ring.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT path, ST_AsText(geom) FROM ( SELECT (ST_DumpSegments(g.geom)).* FROM (SELECT 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( LINESTRING(1 1, 3 3, 4 4), POLYGON((5 5, 6 6, 7 7, 5 5)) )'::geometry AS geom ) AS g ) j; path │ st_astext --------------------------------- {1,1} │ LINESTRING(1 1,3 3) {1,2} │ LINESTRING(3 3,4 4) {2,1,1} │ LINESTRING(5 5,6 6) {2,1,2} │ LINESTRING(6 6,7 7) {2,1,3} │ LINESTRING(7 7,5 5) (5 rows)
-- Triangle -- SELECT path, ST_AsText(geom) FROM ( SELECT (ST_DumpSegments(g.geom)).* FROM (SELECT 'TRIANGLE(( 0 0, 0 9, 9 0, 0 0 ))'::geometry AS geom ) AS g ) j; path │ st_astext --------------------------------- {1,1} │ LINESTRING(0 0,0 9) {1,2} │ LINESTRING(0 9,9 0) {1,3} │ LINESTRING(9 0,0 0) (3 rows)
-- TIN -- SELECT path, ST_AsEWKT(geom) FROM ( SELECT (ST_DumpSegments(g.geom)).* FROM (SELECT 'TIN((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )'::geometry AS geom ) AS g ) j; path │ st_asewkt --------------------------------- {1,1,1} │ LINESTRING(0 0 0,0 0 1) {1,1,2} │ LINESTRING(0 0 1,0 1 0) {1,1,3} │ LINESTRING(0 1 0,0 0 0) {2,1,1} │ LINESTRING(0 0 0,0 1 0) {2,1,2} │ LINESTRING(0 1 0,1 1 0) {2,1,3} │ LINESTRING(1 1 0,0 0 0) (6 rows)
ST_DumpRings — Returns a set of geometry_dump
rows for the exterior and interior rings of a Polygon.
geometry_dump[] ST_DumpRings(
geometry a_polygon)
;
A set-returning function (SRF) that extracts the rings of a polygon. It returns a set of geometry_dump rows, each containing a geometry (geom
field) and an array of integers (path
field).
The geom
field contains each ring as a POLYGON. The path
field is an integer array of length 1 containing the polygon ring index. The exterior ring (shell) has index 0. The interior rings (holes) have indices of 1 and higher.
Non funzionerà per i MULTIPOLYGON. Da utilizzare assieme a ST_Dump per i MULTIPOLYGON |
Availability: PostGIS 1.1.3. Requires PostgreSQL 7.3 or higher.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
General form of query.
SELECT polyTable.field1, polyTable.field1, (ST_DumpRings(polyTable.geom)).geom As geom FROM polyTable;
A polygon with a single hole.
SELECT path, ST_AsEWKT(geom) As geom FROM ST_DumpRings( ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((-8149064 5133092 1,-8149064 5132986 1,-8148996 5132839 1,-8148972 5132767 1,-8148958 5132508 1,-8148941 5132466 1,-8148924 5132394 1, -8148903 5132210 1,-8148930 5131967 1,-8148992 5131978 1,-8149237 5132093 1,-8149404 5132211 1,-8149647 5132310 1,-8149757 5132394 1, -8150305 5132788 1,-8149064 5133092 1), (-8149362 5132394 1,-8149446 5132501 1,-8149548 5132597 1,-8149695 5132675 1,-8149362 5132394 1))') ) as foo; path | geom ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- {0} | POLYGON((-8149064 5133092 1,-8149064 5132986 1,-8148996 5132839 1,-8148972 5132767 1,-8148958 5132508 1, | -8148941 5132466 1,-8148924 5132394 1, | -8148903 5132210 1,-8148930 5131967 1, | -8148992 5131978 1,-8149237 5132093 1, | -8149404 5132211 1,-8149647 5132310 1,-8149757 5132394 1,-8150305 5132788 1,-8149064 5133092 1)) {1} | POLYGON((-8149362 5132394 1,-8149446 5132501 1, | -8149548 5132597 1,-8149695 5132675 1,-8149362 5132394 1))
geometry_dump, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_Dump, ST_GeometryN, ST_NumGeometries
ST_EndPoint — Returns the last point of a LineString or CircularLineString.
geometry ST_EndPoint(
geometry g)
;
Restituisce l'ultimo punto di una geometria LINESTRING
o CIRCULARLINESTRING
come un POINT
. Restituisce NULL
se il parametro di input non è una LINESTRING
o CIRCULARLINESTRING
.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.4
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Modifica: La versione 2.0.0 non funziona più con geometrie singole di stringhe multilinea. Nelle versioni precedenti di PostGIS una stringa multilinea con una sola linea avrebbe funzionato tranquillamente con questa funzione, restituendo il punto di inizio. Nella versione 2.0.0 la funzione restituisce NULL come per qualsiasi altra stringa multilinea. Il comportamento precedente non era documentato, ma le persone che presumevano di avere i dati memorizzati come LINESTRING potrebbero trovare che questi ora restituiscono il valore NULL. |
End point of a LineString
postgis=# SELECT ST_AsText(ST_EndPoint('LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2, 3 3)'::geometry)); st_astext ------------ POINT(3 3)
End point of a non-LineString is NULL
SELECT ST_EndPoint('POINT(1 1)'::geometry) IS NULL AS is_null; is_null ---------- t
End point of a 3D LineString
--3d endpoint SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_EndPoint('LINESTRING(1 1 2, 1 2 3, 0 0 5)')); st_asewkt -------------- POINT(0 0 5)
End point of a CircularString
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_EndPoint('CIRCULARSTRING(5 2,-3 1.999999, -2 1, -4 2, 6 3)'::geometry)); st_astext ------------ POINT(6 3)
ST_Envelope — Returns a geometry representing the bounding box of a geometry.
geometry ST_Envelope(
geometry g1)
;
Returns the double-precision (float8) minimum bounding box for the supplied geometry, as a geometry. The polygon is defined by the corner points of the bounding box ((MINX
, MINY
), (MINX
, MAXY
), (MAXX
, MAXY
), (MAXX
, MINY
), (MINX
, MINY
)). (PostGIS will add a ZMIN
/ZMAX
coordinate as well).
I casi degeneri (linee verticali, punti) restituiranno una geometria di dimensione inferiore al POLYGON
, cioè POINT
o LINESTRING
.
Disponibilità: il comportamento nella 1.5.0 è stato cambiato per dare in uscita numeri in precisione doppia anziche float4
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.19
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POINT(1 3)'::geometry)); st_astext ------------ POINT(1 3) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 3)'::geometry)); st_astext -------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 3,1 3,1 0,0 0)) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1.0000001 1, 1.0000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry)); st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1.00000011920929 1,1.00000011920929 0,0 0)) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1.0000000001 1, 1.0000000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry)); st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1.00000011920929 1,1.00000011920929 0,0 0)) (1 row) SELECT Box3D(geom), Box2D(geom), ST_AsText(ST_Envelope(geom)) As envelopewkt FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON((0 0, 0 1000012333334.34545678, 1.0000001 1, 1.0000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry As geom) As foo;
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(55 75,125 150)'), ST_Point(20, 80)) )) As wktenv; wktenv ----------- POLYGON((20 75,20 150,125 150,125 75,20 75))
ST_ExteriorRing — Returns a LineString representing the exterior ring of a Polygon.
geometry ST_ExteriorRing(
geometry a_polygon)
;
Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON
. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON
Non funzionerà per i MULTIPOLYGON. Da utilizzare assieme a ST_GeometryN o ST_Dump per i MULTIPOLYGON |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 2.1.5.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.3, 8.3.3
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
--If you have a table of polygons SELECT gid, ST_ExteriorRing(geom) AS ering FROM sometable; --If you have a table of MULTIPOLYGONs --and want to return a MULTILINESTRING composed of the exterior rings of each polygon SELECT gid, ST_Collect(ST_ExteriorRing(geom)) AS erings FROM (SELECT gid, (ST_Dump(geom)).geom As geom FROM sometable) As foo GROUP BY gid; --3d Example SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_ExteriorRing( ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((0 0 1, 1 1 1, 1 2 1, 1 1 1, 0 0 1))') ) ); st_asewkt --------- LINESTRING(0 0 1,1 1 1,1 2 1,1 1 1,0 0 1)
ST_GeometryN — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
geometry ST_GeometryN(
geometry geomA, integer n)
;
Restituisce la geometria numero N (a partire da 1) se la geometria è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, (MULTI)POINT, (MULTI)LINESTRING, MULTICURVE o (MULTI)POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACE. Altrimenti restituisce il valore NULL.
L'indice parte da 1, come per le specifiche OGC a partire dalla versione 0.8.0. Le precedenti versioni invece implementavano un indice a partire da zero. |
Se volete estrarre tutte le geometria, ST_Dump è più efficiente e funziona anche nel caso di geometrie singole. |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Changed: 2.0.0 Prior versions would return NULL for singular geometries. This was changed to return the geometry for ST_GeometryN(..,1) case.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 9.1.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Extracting a subset of points from a 3d multipoint SELECT n, ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(geom, n)) As geomewkt FROM ( VALUES (ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTIPOINT((1 2 7), (3 4 7), (5 6 7), (8 9 10))') ), ( ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTICURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5,4.5 2.5, 3.5 3.5), (10 11, 12 11))') ) )As foo(geom) CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,100) n WHERE n <= ST_NumGeometries(geom); n | geomewkt ---+----------------------------------------- 1 | POINT(1 2 7) 2 | POINT(3 4 7) 3 | POINT(5 6 7) 4 | POINT(8 9 10) 1 | CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5,4.5 2.5,3.5 3.5) 2 | LINESTRING(10 11,12 11) --Extracting all geometries (useful when you want to assign an id) SELECT gid, n, ST_GeometryN(geom, n) FROM sometable CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,100) n WHERE n <= ST_NumGeometries(geom);
-- Polyhedral surface example -- Break a Polyhedral surface into its faces SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(p_geom,3)) As geom_ewkt FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )') AS p_geom ) AS a; geom_ewkt ------------------------------------------ POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0))
-- TIN -- SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(geom,2)) as wkt FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )') AS geom ) AS g; -- result -- wkt ------------------------------------- TRIANGLE((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,0 0 0))
ST_GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
text ST_GeometryType(
geometry g1)
;
Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. P. es.: 'ST_LineString', 'ST_Polygon','ST_MultiPolygon' ecc. Questa funzione differisce da GeometryType(geometry) per il prefisso ST che viene restituito, così come per il fatto che non indica se la geometria è misurata.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.4
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)')); --result ST_LineString
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); --result ST_PolyhedralSurface
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); --result ST_PolyhedralSurface
SELECT ST_GeometryType(geom) as result FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )') AS geom ) AS g; result -------- ST_Tin
ST_HasArc — Tests if a geometry contains a circular arc
boolean ST_HasArc(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_HasArc(ST_Collect('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 5 6)', 'CIRCULARSTRING(1 1, 2 3, 4 5, 6 7, 5 6)')); st_hasarc -------- t
ST_InteriorRingN — Returns the Nth interior ring (hole) of a Polygon.
geometry ST_InteriorRingN(
geometry a_polygon, integer n)
;
Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON
. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON
Non funzionerà per i MULTIPOLYGON. Da utilizzare assieme a ST_GeometryN o ST_Dump per i MULTIPOLYGON |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.6, 8.3.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_InteriorRingN(geom, 1)) As geom FROM (SELECT ST_BuildArea( ST_Collect(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,2), 20,3), ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1, 2), 10,3))) As geom ) as foo;
ST_NumCurves — Return the number of component curves in a CompoundCurve.
integer ST_NumCurves(
geometry a_compoundcurve)
;
Return the number of component curves in a CompoundCurve, zero for an empty CompoundCurve, or NULL for a non-CompoundCurve input.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.6, 8.3.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- Returns 3 SELECT ST_NumCurves('COMPOUNDCURVE( (2 2, 2.5 2.5), CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5, 4.5 2.5, 3.5 3.5), (3.5 3.5, 2.5 4.5, 3 5, 2 2) )'); -- Returns 0 SELECT ST_NumCurves('COMPOUNDCURVE EMPTY');
ST_CurveN, ST_Dump, ST_ExteriorRing, ST_NumInteriorRings, ST_NumGeometries
ST_CurveN — Returns the Nth component curve geometry of a CompoundCurve.
geometry ST_CurveN(
geometry a_compoundcurve, integer index)
;
Returns the Nth component curve geometry of a CompoundCurve. The index starts at 1. Returns NULL if the geometry is not a CompoundCurve or the index is out of range.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.6, 8.3.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CurveN('COMPOUNDCURVE( (2 2, 2.5 2.5), CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5, 4.5 2.5, 3.5 3.5), (3.5 3.5, 2.5 4.5, 3 5, 2 2) )', 1));
ST_NumCurves, ST_Dump, ST_ExteriorRing, ST_NumInteriorRings, ST_NumGeometries
ST_IsClosed — Restituisce TRUE
se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING
coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indica una superficie chiusa (volumetrica).
boolean ST_IsClosed(
geometry g)
;
Restituisce TRUE
se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING
coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indicase la superficie è un'area (aperta) o un volume (chiusa).
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.5, 9.3.3
SQL-MM defines the result of |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry); st_isclosed ------------- f (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 0 0)'::geometry); st_isclosed ------------- t (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 0 0),(0 0, 1 1))'::geometry); st_isclosed ------------- f (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('POINT(0 0)'::geometry); st_isclosed ------------- t (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('MULTIPOINT((0 0), (1 1))'::geometry); st_isclosed ------------- t (1 row)
-- A cube -- SELECT ST_IsClosed(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); st_isclosed ------------- t -- Same as cube but missing a side -- SELECT ST_IsClosed(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)) )')); st_isclosed ------------- f
ST_IsCollection — Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.
boolean ST_IsCollection(
geometry g)
;
Restituisce TRUE
se il tipo di geometria è uno tra:
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
MULTI{POINT,POLYGON,LINESTRING,CURVE,SURFACE}
COMPOUNDCURVE
Questa funzione analizza il tipo di geometria. Significa che restituirà |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry); st_iscollection ------------- f (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT EMPTY'::geometry); st_iscollection ------------- t (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT((0 0))'::geometry); st_iscollection ------------- t (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT((0 0), (42 42))'::geometry); st_iscollection ------------- t (1 row) postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0))'::geometry); st_iscollection ------------- t (1 row)
ST_IsEmpty — Tests if a geometry is empty.
boolean ST_IsEmpty(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce TRUE se la Geometry è una geometria vuota. Se è TRUE, allora questa Geometry rappresenta una geometria vuota (una collezione, un poligono, un punto, ecc.)
SQL-MM definisce il risultato di ST_IsEmpty(NULL) come 0, mentre PostGIS restituisce NULL. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.7
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions of PostGIS ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(EMPTY)') was allowed. This is now illegal in PostGIS 2.0.0 to better conform with SQL/MM standards |
SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY')); st_isempty ------------ t (1 row) SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON EMPTY')); st_isempty ------------ t (1 row) SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))')); st_isempty ------------ f (1 row) SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))')) = false; ?column? ---------- t (1 row) SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING EMPTY')); st_isempty ------------ t (1 row)
ST_IsPolygonCCW — Tests if Polygons have exterior rings oriented counter-clockwise and interior rings oriented clockwise.
boolean ST_IsPolygonCCW (
geometry geom )
;
Returns true if all polygonal components of the input geometry use a counter-clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a clockwise direction for all interior rings.
Returns true if the geometry has no polygonal components.
Closed linestrings are not considered polygonal components, so you would still get a true return by passing a single closed linestring no matter its orientation. |
If a polygonal geometry does not use reversed orientation for interior rings (i.e., if one or more interior rings are oriented in the same direction as an exterior ring) then both ST_IsPolygonCW and ST_IsPolygonCCW will return false. |
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
ST_IsPolygonCW — Tests if Polygons have exterior rings oriented clockwise and interior rings oriented counter-clockwise.
boolean ST_IsPolygonCW (
geometry geom )
;
Returns true if all polygonal components of the input geometry use a clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a counter-clockwise direction for all interior rings.
Returns true if the geometry has no polygonal components.
Closed linestrings are not considered polygonal components, so you would still get a true return by passing a single closed linestring no matter its orientation. |
If a polygonal geometry does not use reversed orientation for interior rings (i.e., if one or more interior rings are oriented in the same direction as an exterior ring) then both ST_IsPolygonCW and ST_IsPolygonCCW will return false. |
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
ST_IsRing — Tests if a LineString is closed and simple.
boolean ST_IsRing(
geometry g)
;
Returns TRUE
if this LINESTRING
is both ST_IsClosed (ST_StartPoint(g) ~= ST_Endpoint(g)
) and ST_IsSimple (does not self intersect).
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 2.1.5.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.6
SQL-MM defines the result of |
SELECT ST_IsRing(geom), ST_IsClosed(geom), ST_IsSimple(geom) FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 1 0, 0 0)'::geometry AS geom) AS foo; st_isring | st_isclosed | st_issimple -----------+-------------+------------- t | t | t (1 row) SELECT ST_IsRing(geom), ST_IsClosed(geom), ST_IsSimple(geom) FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 0, 1 1, 0 0)'::geometry AS geom) AS foo; st_isring | st_isclosed | st_issimple -----------+-------------+------------- f | t | f (1 row)
ST_IsSimple — Tests if a geometry has no points of self-intersection or self-tangency.
boolean ST_IsSimple(
geometry geomA)
;
Returns true if this Geometry has no anomalous geometric points, such as self-intersection or self-tangency. For more information on the OGC's definition of geometry simplicity and validity, refer to "Ensuring OpenGIS compliance of geometries"
SQL-MM defines the result of ST_IsSimple(NULL) to be 0, while PostGIS returns NULL. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.8
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_IsSimple(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))')); st_issimple ------------- f (1 row) SELECT ST_IsSimple(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 1,2 2,2 3.5,1 3,1 2,2 1)')); st_issimple ------------- f (1 row)
ST_M — Returns the M coordinate of a Point.
float ST_M(
geometry a_point)
;
Restituisce la coordinata M del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.
This is not (yet) part of the OGC spec, but is listed here to complete the point coordinate extractor function list. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_M(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)')); st_m ------ 4 (1 row)
ST_MemSize — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
integer ST_MemSize(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
This complements the PostgreSQL built-in database object functions pg_column_size, pg_size_pretty, pg_relation_size, pg_total_relation_size.
pg_relation_size which gives the byte size of a table may return byte size lower than ST_MemSize. This is because pg_relation_size does not add toasted table contribution and large geometries are stored in TOAST tables. pg_total_relation_size - includes, the table, the toasted tables, and the indexes. pg_column_size returns how much space a geometry would take in a column considering compression, so may be lower than ST_MemSize |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Changed: 2.2.0 name changed to ST_MemSize to follow naming convention.
--Return how much byte space Boston takes up in our Mass data set SELECT pg_size_pretty(SUM(ST_MemSize(geom))) as totgeomsum, pg_size_pretty(SUM(CASE WHEN town = 'BOSTON' THEN ST_MemSize(geom) ELSE 0 END)) As bossum, CAST(SUM(CASE WHEN town = 'BOSTON' THEN ST_MemSize(geom) ELSE 0 END)*1.00 / SUM(ST_MemSize(geom))*100 As numeric(10,2)) As perbos FROM towns; totgeomsum bossum perbos ---------- ------ ------ 1522 kB 30 kB 1.99 SELECT ST_MemSize(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)')); --- 73 --What percentage of our table is taken up by just the geometry SELECT pg_total_relation_size('public.neighborhoods') As fulltable_size, sum(ST_MemSize(geom)) As geomsize, sum(ST_MemSize(geom))*1.00/pg_total_relation_size('public.neighborhoods')*100 As pergeom FROM neighborhoods; fulltable_size geomsize pergeom ------------------------------------------------ 262144 96238 36.71188354492187500000
ST_NDims — Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate di una geometria.
integer ST_NDims(
geometry g1)
;
Returns the coordinate dimension of the geometry. PostGIS supports 2 - (x,y) , 3 - (x,y,z) or 2D with measure - x,y,m, and 4 - 3D with measure space x,y,z,m
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)')) As d2point, ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 1 2)')) As d3point, ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINTM(1 1 0.5)')) As d2pointm; d2point | d3point | d2pointm ---------+---------+---------- 2 | 3 | 3
ST_NPoints — Returns the number of points (vertices) in a geometry.
integer ST_NPoints(
geometry g1)
;
Return the number of points in a geometry. Works for all geometries.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_NPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)')); --result 4 --Polygon in 3D space SELECT ST_NPoints(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07 1,77.42 29.26 0,77.27 29.31 -1,77.29 29.07 3)')) --result 4
ST_NRings — Returns the number of rings in a polygonal geometry.
integer ST_NRings(
geometry geomA)
;
If the geometry is a polygon or multi-polygon returns the number of rings. Unlike NumInteriorRings, it counts the outer rings as well.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_NRings(geom) As Nrings, ST_NumInteriorRings(geom) As ninterrings FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))') As geom) As foo; nrings | ninterrings --------+------------- 1 | 0 (1 row)
ST_NumGeometries — Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.
integer ST_NumGeometries(
geometry geom)
;
Returns the number of elements in a geometry collection (GEOMETRYCOLLECTION or MULTI*). For non-empty atomic geometries returns 1. For empty geometries returns 0.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this would return NULL if the geometry was not a collection/MULTI type. 2.0.0+ now returns 1 for single geometries e.g POLYGON, LINESTRING, POINT.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 9.1.4
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Prior versions would have returned NULL for this -- in 2.0.0 this returns 1 SELECT ST_NumGeometries(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)')); --result 1 --Geometry Collection Example - multis count as one geom in a collection SELECT ST_NumGeometries(ST_GeomFromEWKT('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(MULTIPOINT((-2 3),(-2 2)), LINESTRING(5 5 ,10 10), POLYGON((-7 4.2,-7.1 5,-7.1 4.3,-7 4.2)))')); --result 3
ST_NumInteriorRings — Returns the number of interior rings (holes) of a Polygon.
integer ST_NumInteriorRings(
geometry a_polygon)
;
Return the number of interior rings of a polygon geometry. Return NULL if the geometry is not a polygon.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.5
Changed: 2.0.0 - in prior versions it would allow passing a MULTIPOLYGON, returning the number of interior rings of first POLYGON.
--If you have a regular polygon SELECT gid, field1, field2, ST_NumInteriorRings(geom) AS numholes FROM sometable; --If you have multipolygons --And you want to know the total number of interior rings in the MULTIPOLYGON SELECT gid, field1, field2, SUM(ST_NumInteriorRings(geom)) AS numholes FROM (SELECT gid, field1, field2, (ST_Dump(geom)).geom As geom FROM sometable) As foo GROUP BY gid, field1,field2;
ST_NumInteriorRing — Returns the number of interior rings (holes) of a Polygon. Aias for ST_NumInteriorRings
integer ST_NumInteriorRing(
geometry a_polygon)
;
ST_NumPatches — Return the number of faces on a Polyhedral Surface. Will return null for non-polyhedral geometries.
integer ST_NumPatches(
geometry g1)
;
Return the number of faces on a Polyhedral Surface. Will return null for non-polyhedral geometries. This is an alias for ST_NumGeometries to support MM naming. Faster to use ST_NumGeometries if you don't care about MM convention.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM ISO/IEC 13249-3: 8.5
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_NumPatches(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); --result 6
ST_NumPoints — Returns the number of points in a LineString or CircularString.
integer ST_NumPoints(
geometry g1)
;
Return the number of points in an ST_LineString or ST_CircularString value. Prior to 1.4 only works with linestrings as the specs state. From 1.4 forward this is an alias for ST_NPoints which returns number of vertices for not just linestrings. Consider using ST_NPoints instead which is multi-purpose and works with many geometry types.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.4
SELECT ST_NumPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)')); --result 4
ST_PatchN — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
geometry ST_PatchN(
geometry geomA, integer n)
;
Returns the 1-based Nth geometry (face) if the geometry is a POLYHEDRALSURFACE or POLYHEDRALSURFACEM. Otherwise, returns NULL. This returns the same answer as ST_GeometryN for PolyhedralSurfaces. Using ST_GeometryN is faster.
L'indice parte da 1. |
Se volete estrarre tutte le geometria, ST_Dump è più efficiente e funziona anche nel caso di geometrie singole. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM ISO/IEC 13249-3: 8.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
--Extract the 2nd face of the polyhedral surface SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_PatchN(geom, 2)) As geomewkt FROM ( VALUES (ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')) ) As foo(geom); geomewkt ---+----------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0))
ST_AsEWKT, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_Dump, ST_GeometryN, ST_NumGeometries
ST_PointN — Returns the Nth point in the first LineString or circular LineString in a geometry.
geometry ST_PointN(
geometry a_linestring, integer n)
;
Return the Nth point in a single linestring or circular linestring in the geometry. Negative values are counted backwards from the end of the LineString, so that -1 is the last point. Returns NULL if there is no linestring in the geometry.
Index is 1-based as for OGC specs since version 0.8.0. Backward indexing (negative index) is not in OGC Previous versions implemented this as 0-based instead. |
If you want to get the Nth point of each LineString in a MultiLineString, use in conjunction with ST_Dump |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.5, 7.3.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Changed: 2.0.0 no longer works with single geometry multilinestrings. In older versions of PostGIS -- a single line multilinestring would work happily with this function and return the start point. In 2.0.0 it just returns NULL like any other multilinestring. Changed: 2.3.0 : negative indexing available (-1 is last point) |
-- Extract all POINTs from a LINESTRING SELECT ST_AsText( ST_PointN( column1, generate_series(1, ST_NPoints(column1)) )) FROM ( VALUES ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 2 2)'::geometry) ) AS foo; st_astext ------------ POINT(0 0) POINT(1 1) POINT(2 2) (3 rows) --Example circular string SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointN(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2, 3 2, 1 2)'), 2)); st_astext ------------ POINT(3 2) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(f) FROM ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0 0, 1 1 1, 2 2 2)') AS g ,ST_PointN(g, -2) AS f; -- 1 based index st_astext ----------------- POINT Z (1 1 1) (1 row)
ST_Points — Restituisce un MultiPoint contenente le coordinate di una geometria.
geometry ST_Points(
geometry geom )
;
Returns a MultiPoint containing all the coordinates of a geometry. Duplicate points are preserved, including the start and end points of ring geometries. (If desired, duplicate points can be removed by calling ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints on the result).
To obtain information about the position of each coordinate in the parent geometry use ST_DumpPoints.
M and Z coordinates are preserved if present.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Points('POLYGON Z ((30 10 4,10 30 5,40 40 6, 30 10))')); --result MULTIPOINT Z ((30 10 4),(10 30 5),(40 40 6),(30 10 4))
ST_StartPoint — Returns the first point of a LineString.
geometry ST_StartPoint(
geometry geomA)
;
Returns the first point of a LINESTRING
or CIRCULARLINESTRING
geometry as a POINT
. Returns NULL
if the input is not a LINESTRING
or CIRCULARLINESTRING
.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.3
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 returns a point for all geometries. Prior behavior returns NULLs if input was not a LineString. Modifica: La versione 2.0.0 non funziona più con geometrie singole di stringhe multilinea. Nelle versioni precedenti di PostGIS una stringa multilinea con una sola linea avrebbe funzionato tranquillamente con questa funzione, restituendo il punto di inizio. Nella versione 2.0.0 la funzione restituisce NULL come per qualsiasi altra stringa multilinea. Il comportamento precedente non era documentato, ma le persone che presumevano di avere i dati memorizzati come LINESTRING potrebbero trovare che questi ora restituiscono il valore NULL. |
Start point of a LineString
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_StartPoint('LINESTRING(0 1, 0 2)'::geometry)); st_astext ------------ POINT(0 1)
Start point of a non-LineString is NULL
SELECT ST_StartPoint('POINT(0 1)'::geometry) IS NULL AS is_null; is_null ---------- t
Start point of a 3D LineString
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_StartPoint('LINESTRING(0 1 1, 0 2 2)'::geometry)); st_asewkt ------------ POINT(0 1 1)
Start point of a CircularString
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_StartPoint('CIRCULARSTRING(5 2,-3 1.999999, -2 1, -4 2, 6 3)'::geometry)); st_astext ------------ POINT(5 2)
ST_Summary — Returns a text summary of the contents of a geometry.
text ST_Summary(
geometry g)
;
text ST_Summary(
geography g)
;
Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
Flags shown square brackets after the geometry type have the following meaning:
M: has M coordinate
Z: has Z coordinate
B: has a cached bounding box
G: is geodetic (geography)
S: has spatial reference system
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Availability: 1.2.2
Enhanced: 2.0.0 added support for geography
Enhanced: 2.1.0 S flag to denote if has a known spatial reference system
Enhanced: 2.2.0 Added support for TIN and Curves
=# SELECT ST_Summary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')) as geom, ST_Summary(ST_GeogFromText('POLYGON((0 0, 1 1, 1 2, 1 1, 0 0))')) geog; geom | geog -----------------------------+-------------------------- LineString[B] with 2 points | Polygon[BGS] with 1 rings | ring 0 has 5 points : (1 row) =# SELECT ST_Summary(ST_GeogFromText('LINESTRING(0 0 1, 1 1 1)')) As geog_line, ST_Summary(ST_GeomFromText('SRID=4326;POLYGON((0 0 1, 1 1 2, 1 2 3, 1 1 1, 0 0 1))')) As geom_poly; ; geog_line | geom_poly -------------------------------- +-------------------------- LineString[ZBGS] with 2 points | Polygon[ZBS] with 1 rings : ring 0 has 5 points : (1 row)
ST_X — Returns the X coordinate of a Point.
float ST_X(
geometry a_point)
;
Restituisce la coordinata X del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.
To get the minimum and maximum X value of geometry coordinates use the functions ST_XMin and ST_XMax. |
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.3
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_X(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)')); st_x ------ 1 (1 row) SELECT ST_Y(ST_Centroid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)'))); st_y ------ 1.5 (1 row)
ST_Centroid, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_M, ST_XMax, ST_XMin, ST_Y, ST_Z
ST_Y — Returns the Y coordinate of a Point.
float ST_Y(
geometry a_point)
;
Restituisce la coordinata Y del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.
To get the minimum and maximum Y value of geometry coordinates use the functions ST_YMin and ST_YMax. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.4
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_Y(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)')); st_y ------ 2 (1 row) SELECT ST_Y(ST_Centroid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)'))); st_y ------ 1.5 (1 row)
ST_Centroid, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_M, ST_X, ST_YMax, ST_YMin, ST_Z
ST_Z — Returns the Z coordinate of a Point.
float ST_Z(
geometry a_point)
;
Restituisce la coordinata Z del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.
To get the minimum and maximum Z value of geometry coordinates use the functions ST_ZMin and ST_ZMax. |
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_Z(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)')); st_z ------ 3 (1 row)
ST_Zmflag — Restituisce un codice indicante le dimensioni ZM di una geometria.
smallint ST_Zmflag(
geometry geomA)
;
Restituisce un codice indicante le dimensioni ZM di una geometria.
Values are: 0 = 2D, 1 = 3D-M, 2 = 3D-Z, 3 = 4D.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)')); st_zmflag ----------- 0 SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRINGM(1 2 3, 3 4 3)')); st_zmflag ----------- 1 SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2 3, 3 4 3, 5 6 3)')); st_zmflag ----------- 2 SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)')); st_zmflag ----------- 3
ST_HasZ — Checks if a geometry has a Z dimension.
boolean ST_HasZ(
geometry geom)
;
Checks if the input geometry has a Z dimension and returns a boolean value. If the geometry has a Z dimension, it returns true; otherwise, it returns false.
Geometry objects with a Z dimension typically represent three-dimensional (3D) geometries, while those without it are two-dimensional (2D) geometries.
This function is useful for determining if a geometry has elevation or height information.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
SELECT ST_HasZ(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2 3)')); --result true
SELECT ST_HasZ(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')); --result false
ST_HasM — Checks if a geometry has an M (measure) dimension.
boolean ST_HasM(
geometry geom)
;
Checks if the input geometry has an M (measure) dimension and returns a boolean value. If the geometry has an M dimension, it returns true; otherwise, it returns false.
Geometry objects with an M dimension typically represent measurements or additional data associated with spatial features.
This function is useful for determining if a geometry includes measure information.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
SELECT ST_HasM(ST_GeomFromText('POINTM(1 2 3)')); --result true
SELECT ST_HasM(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')); --result false
Queste funzioni creano geometrie modificate cambiando tipo, struttura o vertici.
ST_AddPoint — Aggiunge un punto a una stringa di linee.
geometry ST_AddPoint(
geometry linestring, geometry point)
;
geometry ST_AddPoint(
geometry linestring, geometry point, integer position = -1)
;
Aggiunge un punto a una stringa di linee prima dell'indice position
(utilizzando un indice basato su 0). Se il parametro position
è omesso o è -1, il punto viene aggiunto alla fine della stringa di linee.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Add a point to the end of a 3D line
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_AddPoint('LINESTRING(0 0 1, 1 1 1)', ST_MakePoint(1, 2, 3))); st_asewkt ---------- LINESTRING(0 0 1,1 1 1,1 2 3)
Guarantee all lines in a table are closed by adding the start point of each line to the end of the line only for those that are not closed.
UPDATE sometable SET geom = ST_AddPoint(geom, ST_StartPoint(geom)) FROM sometable WHERE ST_IsClosed(geom) = false;
ST_CollectionExtract — Given a geometry collection, returns a multi-geometry containing only elements of a specified type.
geometry ST_CollectionExtract(
geometry collection)
;
geometry ST_CollectionExtract(
geometry collection, integer type)
;
Given a geometry collection, returns a homogeneous multi-geometry.
Se il tipo non è specificato, restituisce una multigeometria contenente solo geometrie della dimensione più alta. Quindi i poligoni sono preferiti alle linee, che sono preferite ai punti.
Se è specificato il tipo , restituisce una multigeometria contenente solo quel tipo. Se non ci sono sottogeometrie del tipo giusto, viene restituita una geometria VUOTA. Sono supportati solo punti, linee e poligoni. I numeri di tipo sono:
1 == POINT
2 == LINESTRING
3 == POLYGON
For atomic geometry inputs, the geometry is returned unchanged if the input type matches the requested type. Otherwise, the result is an EMPTY geometry of the specified type. If required, these can be converted to multi-geometries using ST_Multi.
MultiPolygon results are not checked for validity. If the polygon components are adjacent or overlapping the result will be invalid. (For example, this can occur when applying this function to an ST_Split result.) This situation can be checked with ST_IsValid and repaired with ST_MakeValid. |
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
Prior to 1.5.3 this function returned atomic inputs unchanged, no matter type. In 1.5.3 non-matching single geometries returned a NULL result. In 2.0.0 non-matching single geometries return an EMPTY result of the requested type. |
Extract highest-dimension type:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionExtract( 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( POINT(0 0), LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2) )')); st_astext --------------- MULTILINESTRING((1 1, 2 2))
Extract points (type 1 == POINT):
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionExtract( 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0)))', 1 )); st_astext --------------- MULTIPOINT((0 0))
Extract lines (type 2 == LINESTRING):
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionExtract( 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)),LINESTRING(2 2, 3 3))', 2 )); st_astext --------------- MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 1 1), (2 2, 3 3))
ST_CollectionHomogenize — Returns the simplest representation of a geometry collection.
geometry ST_CollectionHomogenize(
geometry collection)
;
Given a geometry collection, returns the "simplest" representation of the contents.
Homogeneous (uniform) collections are returned as the appropriate multi-geometry.
Heterogeneous (mixed) collections are flattened into a single GeometryCollection.
Collections containing a single atomic element are returned as that element.
Atomic geometries are returned unchanged. If required, these can be converted to a multi-geometry using ST_Multi.
This function does not ensure that the result is valid. In particular, a collection containing adjacent or overlapping Polygons will create an invalid MultiPolygon. This situation can be checked with ST_IsValid and repaired with ST_MakeValid. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Single-element collection converted to an atomic geometry
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0))')); st_astext ------------ POINT(0 0)
Nested single-element collection converted to an atomic geometry:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(MULTIPOINT((0 0)))')); st_astext ------------ POINT(0 0)
Collection converted to a multi-geometry:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0),POINT(1 1))')); st_astext --------------------- MULTIPOINT((0 0),(1 1))
Nested heterogeneous collection flattened to a GeometryCollection:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0), GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2)))')); st_astext --------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0),LINESTRING(1 1,2 2))
Collection of Polygons converted to an (invalid) MultiPolygon:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (POLYGON ((10 50, 50 50, 50 10, 10 10, 10 50)), POLYGON ((90 50, 90 10, 50 10, 50 50, 90 50)))')); st_astext --------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((10 50,50 50,50 10,10 10,10 50)),((90 50,90 10,50 10,50 50,90 50)))
ST_CurveToLine — Converts a geometry containing curves to a linear geometry.
geometry ST_CurveToLine(
geometry curveGeom, float tolerance, integer tolerance_type, integer flags)
;
Converts a CIRCULAR STRING to regular LINESTRING or CURVEPOLYGON to POLYGON or MULTISURFACE to MULTIPOLYGON. Useful for outputting to devices that can't support CIRCULARSTRING geometry types
Converts a given geometry to a linear geometry. Each curved geometry or segment is converted into a linear approximation using the given `tolerance` and options (32 segments per quadrant and no options by default).
The 'tolerance_type' argument determines interpretation of the `tolerance` argument. It can take the following values:
0 (default): Tolerance is max segments per quadrant.
1: Tolerance is max-deviation of line from curve, in source units.
2: Tolerance is max-angle, in radians, between generating radii.
The 'flags' argument is a bitfield. 0 by default. Supported bits are:
1: Symmetric (orientation idependent) output.
2: Retain angle, avoids reducing angles (segment lengths) when producing symmetric output. Has no effect when Symmetric flag is off.
Availability: 1.3.0
Enhanced: 2.4.0 added support for max-deviation and max-angle tolerance, and for symmetric output.
Enhanced: 3.0.0 implemented a minimum number of segments per linearized arc to prevent topological collapse.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.7
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CurveToLine(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)'))); --Result -- LINESTRING(220268 150415,220269.95064912 150416.539364228,220271.823415575 150418.17258804,220273.613787707 150419.895736857, 220275.317452352 150421.704659462,220276.930305234 150423.594998003,220278.448460847 150425.562198489, 220279.868261823 150427.60152176,220281.186287736 150429.708054909,220282.399363347 150431.876723113, 220283.50456625 150434.10230186,220284.499233914 150436.379429536,220285.380970099 150438.702620341,220286.147650624 150441.066277505, 220286.797428488 150443.464706771,220287.328738321 150445.892130112,220287.740300149 150448.342699654, 220288.031122486 150450.810511759,220288.200504713 150453.289621251,220288.248038775 150455.77405574, 220288.173610157 150458.257830005,220287.977398166 150460.734960415,220287.659875492 150463.199479347, 220287.221807076 150465.64544956,220286.664248262 150468.066978495,220285.988542259 150470.458232479,220285.196316903 150472.81345077, 220284.289480732 150475.126959442,220283.270218395 150477.39318505,220282.140985384 150479.606668057, 220280.90450212 150481.762075989,220279.5637474 150483.85421628,220278.12195122 150485.87804878, 220276.582586992 150487.828697901,220274.949363179 150489.701464356,220273.226214362 150491.491836488, 220271.417291757 150493.195501133,220269.526953216 150494.808354014,220267.559752731 150496.326509628, 220265.520429459 150497.746310603,220263.41389631 150499.064336517,220261.245228106 150500.277412127, 220259.019649359 150501.38261503,220256.742521683 150502.377282695,220254.419330878 150503.259018879, 220252.055673714 150504.025699404,220249.657244448 150504.675477269,220247.229821107 150505.206787101, 220244.779251566 150505.61834893,220242.311439461 150505.909171266,220239.832329968 150506.078553494, 220237.347895479 150506.126087555,220234.864121215 150506.051658938,220232.386990804 150505.855446946, 220229.922471872 150505.537924272,220227.47650166 150505.099855856,220225.054972724 150504.542297043, 220222.663718741 150503.86659104,220220.308500449 150503.074365683, 220217.994991777 150502.167529512,220215.72876617 150501.148267175, 220213.515283163 150500.019034164,220211.35987523 150498.7825509, 220209.267734939 150497.441796181,220207.243902439 150496, 220205.293253319 150494.460635772,220203.420486864 150492.82741196,220201.630114732 150491.104263143, 220199.926450087 150489.295340538,220198.313597205 150487.405001997,220196.795441592 150485.437801511, 220195.375640616 150483.39847824,220194.057614703 150481.291945091,220192.844539092 150479.123276887,220191.739336189 150476.89769814, 220190.744668525 150474.620570464,220189.86293234 150472.297379659,220189.096251815 150469.933722495, 220188.446473951 150467.535293229,220187.915164118 150465.107869888,220187.50360229 150462.657300346, 220187.212779953 150460.189488241,220187.043397726 150457.710378749,220186.995863664 150455.22594426, 220187.070292282 150452.742169995,220187.266504273 150450.265039585,220187.584026947 150447.800520653, 220188.022095363 150445.35455044,220188.579654177 150442.933021505,220189.25536018 150440.541767521, 220190.047585536 150438.18654923,220190.954421707 150435.873040558,220191.973684044 150433.60681495, 220193.102917055 150431.393331943,220194.339400319 150429.237924011,220195.680155039 150427.14578372,220197.12195122 150425.12195122, 220198.661315447 150423.171302099,220200.29453926 150421.298535644,220202.017688077 150419.508163512,220203.826610682 150417.804498867, 220205.716949223 150416.191645986,220207.684149708 150414.673490372,220209.72347298 150413.253689397,220211.830006129 150411.935663483, 220213.998674333 150410.722587873,220216.22425308 150409.61738497,220218.501380756 150408.622717305,220220.824571561 150407.740981121, 220223.188228725 150406.974300596,220225.586657991 150406.324522731,220227 150406) --3d example SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_CurveToLine(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'))); Output ------ LINESTRING(220268 150415 1,220269.95064912 150416.539364228 1.0181172856673, 220271.823415575 150418.17258804 1.03623457133459,220273.613787707 150419.895736857 1.05435185700189,....AD INFINITUM .... 220225.586657991 150406.324522731 1.32611114201132,220227 150406 3) --use only 2 segments to approximate quarter circle SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CurveToLine(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)'),2)); st_astext ------------------------------ LINESTRING(220268 150415,220287.740300149 150448.342699654,220278.12195122 150485.87804878, 220244.779251566 150505.61834893,220207.243902439 150496,220187.50360229 150462.657300346, 220197.12195122 150425.12195122,220227 150406) -- Ensure approximated line is no further than 20 units away from -- original curve, and make the result direction-neutral SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CurveToLine( 'CIRCULARSTRING(0 0,100 -100,200 0)'::geometry, 20, -- Tolerance 1, -- Above is max distance between curve and line 1 -- Symmetric flag )); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,50 -86.6025403784438,150 -86.6025403784439,200 -1.1331077795296e-13,200 0)
ST_Scroll — Change start point of a closed LineString.
geometry ST_Scroll(
geometry linestring, geometry point)
;
Changes the start/end point of a closed LineString to the given vertex point
.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
Make e closed line start at its 3rd vertex
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scroll('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(0 0 0 1, 10 0 2 0, 5 5 4 2,0 0 0 1)', 'POINT(5 5 4 2)')); st_asewkt ---------- SRID=4326;LINESTRING(5 5 4 2,0 0 0 1,10 0 2 0,5 5 4 2)
ST_FlipCoordinates — Returns a version of a geometry with X and Y axis flipped.
geometry ST_FlipCoordinates(
geometry geom)
;
Returns a version of the given geometry with X and Y axis flipped. Useful for fixing geometries which contain coordinates expressed as latitude/longitude (Y,X).
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_FlipCoordinates(GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2)'))); st_asewkt ------------ POINT(2 1)
ST_Force2D — Force the geometries into a "2-dimensional mode".
geometry ST_Force2D(
geometry geomA)
;
Forces the geometries into a "2-dimensional mode" so that all output representations will only have the X and Y coordinates. This is useful for force OGC-compliant output (since OGC only specifies 2-D geometries).
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_2D.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force2D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)'))); st_asewkt ------------------------------------- CIRCULARSTRING(1 1,2 3,4 5,6 7,5 6) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force2D('POLYGON((0 0 2,0 5 2,5 0 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,3 1 2,1 3 2,1 1 2))')); st_asewkt ---------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))
ST_Force3D — Force the geometries into XYZ mode. This is an alias for ST_Force3DZ.
geometry ST_Force3D(
geometry geomA, float Zvalue = 0.0)
;
Forces the geometries into XYZ mode. This is an alias for ST_Force3DZ. If a geometry has no Z component, then a Zvalue
Z coordinate is tacked on.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3D.
Changed: 3.1.0. Added support for supplying a non-zero Z value.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)'))); st_asewkt ----------------------------------------------- CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2,2 3 2,4 5 2,6 7 2,5 6 2) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3D('POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))')); st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))
ST_Force3DZ — Force the geometries into XYZ mode.
geometry ST_Force3DZ(
geometry geomA, float Zvalue = 0.0)
;
Forces the geometries into XYZ mode. If a geometry has no Z component, then a Zvalue
Z coordinate is tacked on.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3DZ.
Changed: 3.1.0. Added support for supplying a non-zero Z value.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DZ(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)'))); st_asewkt ----------------------------------------------- CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2,2 3 2,4 5 2,6 7 2,5 6 2) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DZ('POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))')); st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))
ST_Force3DM — Force the geometries into XYM mode.
geometry ST_Force3DM(
geometry geomA, float Mvalue = 0.0)
;
Forces the geometries into XYM mode. If a geometry has no M component, then a Mvalue
M coordinate is tacked on. If it has a Z component, then Z is removed
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3DM.
Changed: 3.1.0. Added support for supplying a non-zero M value.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DM(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)'))); st_asewkt ------------------------------------------------ CIRCULARSTRINGM(1 1 0,2 3 0,4 5 0,6 7 0,5 6 0) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DM('POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))')); st_asewkt --------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGONM((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))
ST_AsEWKT, ST_Force2D, ST_Force3DM, ST_Force3D, ST_GeomFromEWKT
ST_Force4D — Force the geometries into XYZM mode.
geometry ST_Force4D(
geometry geomA, float Zvalue = 0.0, float Mvalue = 0.0)
;
Forces the geometries into XYZM mode. Zvalue
and Mvalue
is tacked on for missing Z and M dimensions, respectively.
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_4D.
Changed: 3.1.0. Added support for supplying non-zero Z and M values.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force4D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)'))); st_asewkt --------------------------------------------------------- CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2 0,2 3 2 0,4 5 2 0,6 7 2 0,5 6 2 0) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force4D('MULTILINESTRINGM((0 0 1,0 5 2,5 0 3,0 0 4),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))')); st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MULTILINESTRING((0 0 0 1,0 5 0 2,5 0 0 3,0 0 0 4),(1 1 0 1,3 1 0 1,1 3 0 1,1 1 0 1))
ST_ForceCollection — Convert the geometry into a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION.
geometry ST_ForceCollection(
geometry geomA)
;
Converts the geometry into a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION. This is useful for simplifying the WKB representation.
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Availability: 1.2.2, prior to 1.3.4 this function will crash with Curves. This is fixed in 1.3.4+
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_Collection.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_ForceCollection('POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))')); st_asewkt ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ForceCollection('CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406)')); st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406)) (1 row)
-- POLYHEDRAL example -- SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_ForceCollection('POLYHEDRALSURFACE(((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)), ((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)), ((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)), ((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)), ((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)), ((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1)))')) st_asewkt ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( POLYGON((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)), POLYGON((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)), POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)), POLYGON((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)), POLYGON((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)), POLYGON((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1)) )
ST_AsEWKT, ST_Force2D, ST_Force3DM, ST_Force3D, ST_GeomFromEWKT
ST_ForceCurve — Upcast a geometry into its curved type, if applicable.
geometry ST_ForceCurve(
geometry g)
;
Turns a geometry into its curved representation, if applicable: lines become compoundcurves, multilines become multicurves polygons become curvepolygons multipolygons become multisurfaces. If the geometry input is already a curved representation returns back same as input.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ForceCurve( 'POLYGON((0 0 2, 5 0 2, 0 5 2, 0 0 2),(1 1 2, 1 3 2, 3 1 2, 1 1 2))'::geometry ) ); st_astext ---------------------------------------------------------------------- CURVEPOLYGON Z ((0 0 2,5 0 2,0 5 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,1 3 2,3 1 2,1 1 2)) (1 row)
ST_ForcePolygonCCW — Orients all exterior rings counter-clockwise and all interior rings clockwise.
geometry ST_ForcePolygonCCW (
geometry geom )
;
Forces (Multi)Polygons to use a counter-clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a clockwise orientation for their interior rings. Non-polygonal geometries are returned unchanged.
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
ST_ForcePolygonCW — Orients all exterior rings clockwise and all interior rings counter-clockwise.
geometry ST_ForcePolygonCW (
geometry geom )
;
Forces (Multi)Polygons to use a clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a counter-clockwise orientation for their interior rings. Non-polygonal geometries are returned unchanged.
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
ST_ForceSFS — Force the geometries to use SFS 1.1 geometry types only.
geometry ST_ForceSFS(
geometry geomA)
;
geometry ST_ForceSFS(
geometry geomA, text version)
;
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
ST_ForceRHR — Force the orientation of the vertices in a polygon to follow the Right-Hand-Rule.
geometry ST_ForceRHR(
geometry g)
;
Forces the orientation of the vertices in a polygon to follow a Right-Hand-Rule, in which the area that is bounded by the polygon is to the right of the boundary. In particular, the exterior ring is orientated in a clockwise direction and the interior rings in a counter-clockwise direction. This function is a synonym for ST_ForcePolygonCW
The above definition of the Right-Hand-Rule conflicts with definitions used in other contexts. To avoid confusion, it is recommended to use ST_ForcePolygonCW. |
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_ForceRHR( 'POLYGON((0 0 2, 5 0 2, 0 5 2, 0 0 2),(1 1 2, 1 3 2, 3 1 2, 1 1 2))' ) ); st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0 2,0 5 2,5 0 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,3 1 2,1 3 2,1 1 2)) (1 row)
ST_ForcePolygonCCW , ST_ForcePolygonCW , ST_IsPolygonCCW , ST_IsPolygonCW , ST_BuildArea, ST_Polygonize, ST_Reverse
ST_LineExtend — Returns a line extended forwards and backwards by specified distances.
geometry ST_LineExtend(
geometry line, float distance_forward, float distance_backward=0.0)
;
Returns a line extended forwards and backwards by adding new start (and end) points at the given distance(s). A distance of zero does not add a point. Only non-negative distances are allowed. The direction(s) of the added point(s) is determined by the first (and last) two distinct points of the line. Duplicate points are ignored.
Availability: 3.4.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineExtend('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 10)'::geometry, 5, 6)); -------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(0 -6,0 0,0 10,0 15)
ST_LineToCurve — Converts a linear geometry to a curved geometry.
geometry ST_LineToCurve(
geometry geomANoncircular)
;
Converts plain LINESTRING/POLYGON to CIRCULAR STRINGs and Curved Polygons. Note much fewer points are needed to describe the curved equivalent.
If the input LINESTRING/POLYGON is not curved enough to clearly represent a curve, the function will return the same input geometry. |
Availability: 1.3.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
-- 2D Example SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineToCurve(foo.geom)) As curvedastext,ST_AsText(foo.geom) As non_curvedastext FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer('POINT(1 3)'::geometry, 3) As geom) As foo; curvedatext non_curvedastext --------------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------- CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(4 3,3.12132034355964 0.878679656440359, | POLYGON((4 3,3.94235584120969 2.41472903395162,3.77163859753386 1.85194970290473, 1 0,-1.12132034355965 5.12132034355963,4 3)) | 3.49440883690764 1.33328930094119,3.12132034355964 0.878679656440359, | 2.66671069905881 0.505591163092366,2.14805029709527 0.228361402466141, | 1.58527096604839 0.0576441587903094,1 0, | 0.414729033951621 0.0576441587903077,-0.148050297095264 0.228361402466137, | -0.666710699058802 0.505591163092361,-1.12132034355964 0.878679656440353, | -1.49440883690763 1.33328930094119,-1.77163859753386 1.85194970290472 | --ETC-- ,3.94235584120969 3.58527096604839,4 3)) --3D example SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineToCurve(geom)) As curved, ST_AsText(geom) AS not_curved FROM (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_Force3D(ST_Boundary(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,3), 2,2))),0,0,3) AS geom) AS foo; curved | not_curved ------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------- CIRCULARSTRING Z (3 3 3,-1 2.99999999999999 3,3 3 3) | LINESTRING Z (3 3 3,2.4142135623731 1.58578643762691 3,1 1 3, | -0.414213562373092 1.5857864376269 3,-1 2.99999999999999 3, | -0.414213562373101 4.41421356237309 3, | 0.999999999999991 5 3,2.41421356237309 4.4142135623731 3,3 3 3) (1 row)
ST_Multi — Return the geometry as a MULTI* geometry.
geometry ST_Multi(
geometry geom)
;
Returns the geometry as a MULTI* geometry collection. If the geometry is already a collection, it is returned unchanged.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Multi('POLYGON ((10 30, 30 30, 30 10, 10 10, 10 30))')); st_astext ------------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((10 30,30 30,30 10,10 10,10 30)))
ST_Normalize — Return the geometry in its canonical form.
geometry ST_Normalize(
geometry geom)
;
Returns the geometry in its normalized/canonical form. May reorder vertices in polygon rings, rings in a polygon, elements in a multi-geometry complex.
Mostly only useful for testing purposes (comparing expected and obtained results).
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Normalize(ST_GeomFromText( 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( POINT(2 3), MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 1 1),(2 2, 3 3)), POLYGON( (0 10,0 0,10 0,10 10,0 10), (4 2,2 2,2 4,4 4,4 2), (6 8,8 8,8 6,6 6,6 8) ) )' ))); st_astext ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((0 0,0 10,10 10,10 0,0 0),(6 6,8 6,8 8,6 8,6 6),(2 2,4 2,4 4,2 4,2 2)),MULTILINESTRING((2 2,3 3),(0 0,1 1)),POINT(2 3)) (1 row)
ST_Project — Returns a point projected from a start point by a distance and bearing (azimuth).
geometry ST_Project(
geometry g1, float distance, float azimuth)
;
geometry ST_Project(
geometry g1, geometry g2, float distance)
;
geography ST_Project(
geography g1, float distance, float azimuth)
;
geography ST_Project(
geography g1, geography g2, float distance)
;
Returns a point projected from a point along a geodesic using a given distance and azimuth (bearing). This is known as the direct geodesic problem.
The two-point version uses the path from the first to the second point to implicitly define the azimuth and uses the distance as before.
The distance is given in meters. Negative values are supported.
The azimuth (also known as heading or bearing) is given in radians. It is measured clockwise from true north.
North is azimuth zero (0 degrees)
East is azimuth π/2 (90 degrees)
South is azimuth π (180 degrees)
West is azimuth 3π/2 (270 degrees)
Negative azimuth values and values greater than 2π (360 degrees) are supported.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.4.0 Allow negative distance and non-normalized azimuth.
Enhanced: 3.4.0 Allow geometry arguments and two-point form omitting azimuth.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Project('POINT(0 0)'::geography, 100000, radians(45.0))); -------------------------------------------- POINT(0.635231029125537 0.639472334729198)
ST_QuantizeCoordinates — Sets least significant bits of coordinates to zero
geometry ST_QuantizeCoordinates (
geometry g , int prec_x , int prec_y , int prec_z , int prec_m )
;
ST_QuantizeCoordinates
determines the number of bits (N
) required to represent a coordinate value with a specified number of digits after the decimal point, and then sets all but the N
most significant bits to zero. The resulting coordinate value will still round to the original value, but will have improved compressiblity. This can result in a significant disk usage reduction provided that the geometry column is using a compressible storage type. The function allows specification of a different number of digits after the decimal point in each dimension; unspecified dimensions are assumed to have the precision of the x
dimension. Negative digits are interpreted to refer digits to the left of the decimal point, (i.e., prec_x=-2
will preserve coordinate values to the nearest 100.
The coordinates produced by ST_QuantizeCoordinates
are independent of the geometry that contains those coordinates and the relative position of those coordinates within the geometry. As a result, existing topological relationships between geometries are unaffected by use of this function. The function may produce invalid geometry when it is called with a number of digits lower than the intrinsic precision of the geometry.
Availability: 2.5.0
PostGIS stores all coordinate values as double-precision floating point integers, which can reliably represent 15 significant digits. However, PostGIS may be used to manage data that intrinsically has fewer than 15 significant digits. An example is TIGER data, which is provided as geographic coordinates with six digits of precision after the decimal point (thus requiring only nine significant digits of longitude and eight significant digits of latitude.)
When 15 significant digits are available, there are many possible representations of a number with 9 significant digits. A double precision floating point number uses 52 explicit bits to represent the significand (mantissa) of the coordinate. Only 30 bits are needed to represent a mantissa with 9 significant digits, leaving 22 insignificant bits; we can set their value to anything we like and still end up with a number that rounds to our input value. For example, the value 100.123456 can be represented by the floating point numbers closest to 100.123456000000, 100.123456000001, and 100.123456432199. All are equally valid, in that ST_AsText(geom, 6)
will return the same result with any of these inputs. As we can set these bits to any value, ST_QuantizeCoordinates
sets the 22 insignificant bits to zero. For a long coordinate sequence this creates a pattern of blocks of consecutive zeros that is compressed by PostgreSQL more efficiently.
Only the on-disk size of the geometry is potentially affected by |
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_QuantizeCoordinates('POINT (100.123456 0)'::geometry, 4)); st_astext ------------------------- POINT(100.123455047607 0)
WITH test AS (SELECT 'POINT (123.456789123456 123.456789123456)'::geometry AS geom) SELECT digits, encode(ST_QuantizeCoordinates(geom, digits), 'hex'), ST_AsText(ST_QuantizeCoordinates(geom, digits)) FROM test, generate_series(15, -15, -1) AS digits; digits | encode | st_astext --------+--------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------ 15 | 01010000005f9a72083cdd5e405f9a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123456 123.456789123456) 14 | 01010000005f9a72083cdd5e405f9a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123456 123.456789123456) 13 | 01010000005f9a72083cdd5e405f9a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123456 123.456789123456) 12 | 01010000005c9a72083cdd5e405c9a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123456 123.456789123456) 11 | 0101000000409a72083cdd5e40409a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123456 123.456789123456) 10 | 0101000000009a72083cdd5e40009a72083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123455 123.456789123455) 9 | 0101000000009072083cdd5e40009072083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789123418 123.456789123418) 8 | 0101000000008072083cdd5e40008072083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.45678912336 123.45678912336) 7 | 0101000000000070083cdd5e40000070083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789121032 123.456789121032) 6 | 0101000000000040083cdd5e40000040083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789076328 123.456789076328) 5 | 0101000000000000083cdd5e40000000083cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456789016724 123.456789016724) 4 | 0101000000000000003cdd5e40000000003cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456787109375 123.456787109375) 3 | 0101000000000000003cdd5e40000000003cdd5e40 | POINT(123.456787109375 123.456787109375) 2 | 01010000000000000038dd5e400000000038dd5e40 | POINT(123.45654296875 123.45654296875) 1 | 01010000000000000000dd5e400000000000dd5e40 | POINT(123.453125 123.453125) 0 | 01010000000000000000dc5e400000000000dc5e40 | POINT(123.4375 123.4375) -1 | 01010000000000000000c05e400000000000c05e40 | POINT(123 123) -2 | 01010000000000000000005e400000000000005e40 | POINT(120 120) -3 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -4 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -5 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -6 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -7 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -8 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -9 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -10 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -11 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -12 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -13 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -14 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96) -15 | 010100000000000000000058400000000000005840 | POINT(96 96)
ST_RemovePoint — Remove a point from a linestring.
geometry ST_RemovePoint(
geometry linestring, integer offset)
;
Removes a point from a LineString, given its index (0-based). Useful for turning a closed line (ring) into an open linestring.
Enhanced: 3.2.0
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Guarantees no lines are closed by removing the end point of closed lines (rings). Assumes geom is of type LINESTRING
UPDATE sometable SET geom = ST_RemovePoint(geom, ST_NPoints(geom) - 1) FROM sometable WHERE ST_IsClosed(geom);
ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints — Returns a version of a geometry with duplicate points removed.
geometry ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints(
geometry geom, float8 tolerance)
;
Returns a version of the given geometry with duplicate consecutive points removed. The function processes only (Multi)LineStrings, (Multi)Polygons and MultiPoints but it can be called with any kind of geometry. Elements of GeometryCollections are processed individually. The endpoints of LineStrings are preserved.
If the tolerance
parameter is provided, vertices within the tolerance distance of one another are considered to be duplicates.
Enhanced: 3.2.0
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints( 'MULTIPOINT ((1 1), (2 2), (3 3), (2 2))')); ------------------------- MULTIPOINT(1 1,2 2,3 3)
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints( 'LINESTRING (0 0, 0 0, 1 1, 0 0, 1 1, 2 2)')); --------------------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,0 0,1 1,2 2)
Example: Collection elements are processed individually.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints( 'GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (LINESTRING (1 1, 2 2, 2 2, 3 3), POINT (4 4), POINT (4 4), POINT (5 5))')); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(1 1,2 2,3 3),POINT(4 4),POINT(4 4),POINT(5 5))
Example: Repeated point removal with a distance tolerance.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints( 'LINESTRING (0 0, 0 0, 1 1, 5 5, 1 1, 2 2)', 2)); ------------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,5 5,2 2)
ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView — Removes points that are irrelevant for rendering a specific rectangluar view of a geometry.
geometry ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView(
geometry geom, box2d bounds, boolean cartesian_hint = false)
;
Returns a geometry without points being irrelevant for rendering the geometry within a given rectangluar view.
This function can be used to quickly preprocess geometries that should be rendered only within certain bounds.
Only geometries of type (MULTI)POLYGON and (MULTI)LINESTRING are evaluated. Other geometries keep unchanged.
In contrast to ST_ClipByBox2D()
this function
sorts out points without computing new intersection points which avoids rounding errors and usually increases performance,
returns a geometry with equal or similar point number,
leads to the same rendering result within the specified view, and
may introduce self-intersections which would make the resulting geometry invalid (see example below).
If cartesian_hint
is set to true
, the algorithm applies additional optimizations involving cartesian math to further reduce the resulting point number. Please note that using this option might introduce rendering artifacts if the resulting coordinates are projected into another (non-cartesian) coordinate system before rendering.
For polygons, this function does currently not ensure that the result is valid. This situation can be checked with ST_IsValid and repaired with ST_MakeValid. |
Availability: 3.5.0
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView( ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((10 10, 20 10, 30 10, 40 10, 20 20, 10 20, 10 10)),((10 10, 20 10, 20 20, 10 20, 10 10)))'), ST_MakeEnvelope(12,12,18,18), true)); st_astext --------- MULTIPOLYGON(((10 10,40 10,20 20,10 20,10 10)),((10 10,20 10,20 20,10 20,10 10)))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView( ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 10 0,20 0,30 0), (0 15, 5 15, 10 15, 15 15, 20 15, 25 15, 30 15, 40 15), (13 13,15 15,17 17))'), ST_MakeEnvelope(12,12,18,18), true)); st_astext --------- MULTILINESTRING((10 15,15 15,20 15),(13 13,15 15,17 17))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 0,20 0,30 0)'), ST_MakeEnvelope(12,12,18,18), true)); st_astext --------- LINESTRING EMPTY
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView( ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 30, 15 30, 30 30, 30 0, 0 0, 0 30))'), ST_MakeEnvelope(12,12,18,18), true)); st_astext --------- POLYGON((15 30,30 0,0 0,15 30))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveIrrelevantPointsForView( ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 30, 15 30, 30 30, 30 0, 0 0, 0 30))'), ST_MakeEnvelope(12,12,18,18))); st_astext --------- POLYGON((0 30,30 30,30 0,0 0,0 30))
ST_RemoveSmallParts — Removes small parts (polygon rings or linestrings) of a geometry.
geometry ST_RemoveSmallParts(
geometry geom, double precision minSizeX, double precision minSizeY)
;
Returns a geometry without small parts (exterior or interior polygon rings, or linestrings).
This function can be used as preprocessing step for creating simplified maps, e. g. to remove small islands or holes.
It evaluates only geometries of type (MULTI)POLYGON and (MULTI)LINESTRING. Other geometries remain unchanged.
If minSizeX
is greater than 0, parts are sorted out if their width is smaller than minSizeX
.
If minSizeY
is greater than 0, parts are sorted out if their height is smaller than minSizeY
.
Both minSizeX
and minSizeY
are measured in coordinate system units of the geometry.
For polygon types, evaluation is done separately for each ring which can lead to one of the following results:
the original geometry,
a POLYGON with all rings with less vertices,
a POLYGON with a reduced number of interior rings (having possibly less vertices),
a POLYGON EMPTY, or
a MULTIPOLYGON with a reduced number of polygons (having possibly less interior rings or vertices), or
a MULTIPOLYGON EMPTY.
For linestring types, evaluation is done for each linestring which can lead to one of the following results:
the original geometry,
a LINESTRING with a reduced number of vertices,
a LINESTRING EMPTY,
a MULTILINESTRING with a reduced number of linestrings (having possibly less vertices), or
a MULTILINESTRING EMPTY.
Availability: 3.5.0
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveSmallParts( ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON( ((60 160, 120 160, 120 220, 60 220, 60 160), (70 170, 70 210, 110 210, 110 170, 70 170)), ((85 75, 155 75, 155 145, 85 145, 85 75)), ((50 110, 70 110, 70 130, 50 130, 50 110)))'), 50, 50)); st_astext --------- MULTIPOLYGON(((60 160,120 160,120 220,60 220,60 160)),((85 75,155 75,155 145,85 145,85 75)))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_RemoveSmallParts( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(10 10, 20 20)'), 50, 50)); st_astext --------- LINESTRING EMPTY
ST_Reverse — Return the geometry with vertex order reversed.
geometry ST_Reverse(
geometry g1)
;
Can be used on any geometry and reverses the order of the vertices.
Enhanced: 2.4.0 support for curves was introduced.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_AsText(geom) as line, ST_AsText(ST_Reverse(geom)) As reverseline FROM (SELECT ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,2), ST_Point(1,10)) As geom) as foo; --result line | reverseline ---------------------+---------------------- LINESTRING(1 2,1 10) | LINESTRING(1 10,1 2)
ST_Segmentize — Returns a modified geometry/geography having no segment longer than a given distance.
geometry ST_Segmentize(
geometry geom, float max_segment_length)
;
geography ST_Segmentize(
geography geog, float max_segment_length)
;
Returns a modified geometry/geography having no segment longer than max_segment_length
. Length is computed in 2D. Segments are always split into equal-length subsegments.
For geometry, the maximum length is in the units of the spatial reference system.
For geography, the maximum length is in meters. Distances are computed on the sphere. Added vertices are created along the spherical great-circle arcs defined by segment endpoints.
This only shortens long segments. It does not lengthen segments shorter than the maximum length. |
For inputs containing long segments, specifying a relatively short |
Availability: 1.2.2
Enhanced: 3.0.0 Segmentize geometry now produces equal-length subsegments
Enhanced: 2.3.0 Segmentize geography now produces equal-length subsegments
Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for geography was introduced.
Changed: 2.1.0 As a result of the introduction of geography support, the usage ST_Segmentize('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)', 0.5)
causes an ambiguous function error. The input needs to be properly typed as a geometry or geography. Use ST_GeomFromText, ST_GeogFromText or a cast to the required type (e.g. ST_Segmentize('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'::geometry, 0.5) )
Segmentizing a line. Long segments are split evenly, and short segments are not split.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Segmentize( 'MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 0 1, 0 9),(1 10, 1 18))'::geometry, 5 ) ); --------------------------------------------------- MULTILINESTRING((0 0,0 1,0 5,0 9),(1 10,1 14,1 18))
Segmentizing a polygon:
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Segmentize(('POLYGON((0 0, 0 8, 30 0, 0 0))'::geometry), 10)); ------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 8,7.5 6,15 4,22.5 2,30 0,20 0,10 0,0 0))
Segmentizing a geographic line, using a maximum segment length of 2000 kilometers. Vertices are added along the great-circle arc connecting the endpoints.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Segmentize(('LINESTRING (0 0, 60 60)'::geography), 2000000)); ------------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,4.252632294621186 8.43596525986862,8.69579947419404 16.824093489701564,13.550465473227048 25.107950473646188,19.1066053508691 33.21091076089908,25.779290201459894 41.01711439406505,34.188839517966954 48.337222885886,45.238153936612264 54.84733442373889,60 60)
ST_SetPoint — Replace point of a linestring with a given point.
geometry ST_SetPoint(
geometry linestring, integer zerobasedposition, geometry point)
;
Replace point N of linestring with given point. Index is 0-based.Negative index are counted backwards, so that -1 is last point. This is especially useful in triggers when trying to maintain relationship of joints when one vertex moves.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Updated 2.3.0 : negative indexing
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
--Change first point in line string from -1 3 to -1 1 SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetPoint('LINESTRING(-1 2,-1 3)', 0, 'POINT(-1 1)')); st_astext ----------------------- LINESTRING(-1 1,-1 3) ---Change last point in a line string (lets play with 3d linestring this time) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SetPoint(foo.geom, ST_NumPoints(foo.geom) - 1, ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(-1 1 3)'))) FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1 2 3,-1 3 4, 5 6 7)') As geom) As foo; st_asewkt ----------------------- LINESTRING(-1 2 3,-1 3 4,-1 1 3) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetPoint(g, -3, p)) FROM ST_GEomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 2 2, 3 3, 4 4)') AS g , ST_PointN(g,1) as p; st_astext ----------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,0 0,3 3,4 4)
ST_AddPoint, ST_NPoints, ST_NumPoints, ST_PointN, ST_RemovePoint
ST_ShiftLongitude — Shifts the longitude coordinates of a geometry between -180..180 and 0..360.
geometry ST_ShiftLongitude(
geometry geom)
;
Reads every point/vertex in a geometry, and shifts its longitude coordinate from -180..0 to 180..360 and vice versa if between these ranges. This function is symmetrical so the result is a 0..360 representation of a -180..180 data and a -180..180 representation of a 0..360 data.
This is only useful for data with coordinates in longitude/latitude; e.g. SRID 4326 (WGS 84 geographic) |
Pre-1.3.4 bug prevented this from working for MULTIPOINT. 1.3.4+ works with MULTIPOINT as well. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.
NOTE: this function was renamed from "ST_Shift_Longitude" in 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--single point forward transformation SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ShiftLongitude('SRID=4326;POINT(270 0)'::geometry)) st_astext ---------- POINT(-90 0) --single point reverse transformation SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ShiftLongitude('SRID=4326;POINT(-90 0)'::geometry)) st_astext ---------- POINT(270 0) --for linestrings the functions affects only to the sufficient coordinates SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ShiftLongitude('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(174 12, 182 13)'::geometry)) st_astext ---------- LINESTRING(174 12,-178 13)
ST_WrapX — Wrap a geometry around an X value.
geometry ST_WrapX(
geometry geom, float8 wrap, float8 move)
;
This function splits the input geometries and then moves every resulting component falling on the right (for negative 'move') or on the left (for positive 'move') of given 'wrap' line in the direction specified by the 'move' parameter, finally re-unioning the pieces together.
This is useful to "recenter" long-lat input to have features of interest not spawned from one side to the other. |
Availability: 2.3.0 requires GEOS
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- Move all components of the given geometries whose bounding box -- falls completely on the left of x=0 to +360 select ST_WrapX(geom, 0, 360); -- Move all components of the given geometries whose bounding box -- falls completely on the left of x=-30 to +360 select ST_WrapX(geom, -30, 360);
ST_SnapToGrid — Snap all points of the input geometry to a regular grid.
geometry ST_SnapToGrid(
geometry geomA, float originX, float originY, float sizeX, float sizeY)
;
geometry ST_SnapToGrid(
geometry geomA, float sizeX, float sizeY)
;
geometry ST_SnapToGrid(
geometry geomA, float size)
;
geometry ST_SnapToGrid(
geometry geomA, geometry pointOrigin, float sizeX, float sizeY, float sizeZ, float sizeM)
;
Variant 1,2,3: Snap all points of the input geometry to the grid defined by its origin and cell size. Remove consecutive points falling on the same cell, eventually returning NULL if output points are not enough to define a geometry of the given type. Collapsed geometries in a collection are stripped from it. Useful for reducing precision.
Variant 4: Introduced 1.1.0 - Snap all points of the input geometry to the grid defined by its origin (the second argument, must be a point) and cell sizes. Specify 0 as size for any dimension you don't want to snap to a grid.
The returned geometry might lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple). |
Before release 1.1.0 this function always returned a 2d geometry. Starting at 1.1.0 the returned geometry will have same dimensionality as the input one with higher dimension values untouched. Use the version taking a second geometry argument to define all grid dimensions. |
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.0.0RC1
Availability: 1.1.0 - Z and M support
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
--Snap your geometries to a precision grid of 10^-3 UPDATE mytable SET geom = ST_SnapToGrid(geom, 0.001); SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SnapToGrid( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1.1115678 2.123, 4.111111 3.2374897, 4.11112 3.23748667)'), 0.001) ); st_astext ------------------------------------- LINESTRING(1.112 2.123,4.111 3.237) --Snap a 4d geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SnapToGrid( ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1.1115678 2.123 2.3456 1.11111, 4.111111 3.2374897 3.1234 1.1111, -1.11111112 2.123 2.3456 1.1111112)'), ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1.12 2.22 3.2 4.4444)'), 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.01) ); st_asewkt ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LINESTRING(-1.08 2.12 2.3 1.1144,4.12 3.22 3.1 1.1144,-1.08 2.12 2.3 1.1144) --With a 4d geometry - the ST_SnapToGrid(geom,size) only touches x and y coords but keeps m and z the same SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SnapToGrid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1.1115678 2.123 3 2.3456, 4.111111 3.2374897 3.1234 1.1111)'), 0.01) ); st_asewkt --------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(-1.11 2.12 3 2.3456,4.11 3.24 3.1234 1.1111)
ST_Snap, ST_AsEWKT, ST_AsText, ST_GeomFromText, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_Simplify
ST_Snap — Snap segments and vertices of input geometry to vertices of a reference geometry.
geometry ST_Snap(
geometry input, geometry reference, float tolerance)
;
Snaps the vertices and segments of a geometry to another Geometry's vertices. A snap distance tolerance is used to control where snapping is performed. The result geometry is the input geometry with the vertices snapped. If no snapping occurs then the input geometry is returned unchanged.
Snapping one geometry to another can improve robustness for overlay operations by eliminating nearly-coincident edges (which cause problems during noding and intersection calculation).
Too much snapping can result in invalid topology being created, so the number and location of snapped vertices is decided using heuristics to determine when it is safe to snap. This can result in some potential snaps being omitted, however.
The returned geometry might lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple) and validity (see ST_IsValid). |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Snap(poly,line, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.01)) AS polysnapped FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON( ((26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ), ( 51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), (( 151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line ) As foo; polysnapped --------------------------------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((26 125,26 200,126 200,126 125,101 100,26 125), (51 150,101 150,76 175,51 150)),((151 100,151 200,176 175,151 100))) |
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Snap(poly,line, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.25) ) AS polysnapped FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON( (( 26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ), ( 51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), (( 151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line ) As foo; polysnapped --------------------------------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((5 107,26 200,126 200,126 125,101 100,54 84,5 107), (51 150,101 150,76 175,51 150)),((151 100,151 200,176 175,151 100))) |
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Snap(line, poly, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.01) ) AS linesnapped FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON( ((26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125), (51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), ((151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100)))') As poly, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line ) As foo; linesnapped ---------------------------------------- LINESTRING(5 107,26 125,54 84,101 100)
|
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Snap(line, poly, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.25) ) AS linesnapped FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON( (( 26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ), (51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), ((151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line ) As foo; linesnapped --------------------------------------- LINESTRING(26 125,54 84,101 100) |
ST_SwapOrdinates — Returns a version of the given geometry with given ordinate values swapped.
geometry ST_SwapOrdinates(
geometry geom, cstring ords)
;
Returns a version of the given geometry with given ordinates swapped.
The ords
parameter is a 2-characters string naming the ordinates to swap. Valid names are: x,y,z and m.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
-- Scale M value by 2 SELECT ST_AsText( ST_SwapOrdinates( ST_Scale( ST_SwapOrdinates(g,'xm'), 2, 1 ), 'xm') ) FROM ( SELECT 'POINT ZM (0 0 0 2)'::geometry g ) foo; st_astext -------------------- POINT ZM (0 0 0 4)
These functions test whether geometries are valid according to the OGC SFS standard. They also provide information about the nature and location of invalidity. There is also a function to create a valid geometry out of an invalid one.
valid_detail
row stating if a geometry is valid or if not a reason and a location.ST_IsValid — Tests if a geometry is well-formed in 2D.
boolean ST_IsValid(
geometry g)
;
boolean ST_IsValid(
geometry g, integer flags)
;
Tests if an ST_Geometry value is well-formed and valid in 2D according to the OGC rules. For geometries with 3 and 4 dimensions, the validity is still only tested in 2 dimensions. For geometries that are invalid, a PostgreSQL NOTICE is emitted providing details of why it is not valid.
For the version with the flags
parameter, supported values are documented in ST_IsValidDetail This version does not print a NOTICE explaining invalidity.
For more information on the definition of geometry validity, refer to Section 4.4, “Geometry Validation”
SQL-MM defines the result of ST_IsValid(NULL) to be 0, while PostGIS returns NULL. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
The version accepting flags is available starting with 2.0.0.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.9
Neither OGC-SFS nor SQL-MM specifications include a flag argument for ST_IsValid. The flag is a PostGIS extension. |
SELECT ST_IsValid(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')) As good_line, ST_IsValid(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0, 1 1, 1 2, 1 1, 0 0))')) As bad_poly --results NOTICE: Self-intersection at or near point 0 0 good_line | bad_poly -----------+---------- t | f
ST_IsValidDetail — Returns a valid_detail
row stating if a geometry is valid or if not a reason and a location.
valid_detail ST_IsValidDetail(
geometry geom, integer flags)
;
Returns a valid_detail
row, containing a boolean (valid
) stating if a geometry is valid, a varchar (reason
) stating a reason why it is invalid and a geometry (location
) pointing out where it is invalid.
Useful to improve on the combination of ST_IsValid and ST_IsValidReason to generate a detailed report of invalid geometries.
The optional flags
parameter is a bitfield. It can have the following values:
0: Use usual OGC SFS validity semantics.
1: Consider certain kinds of self-touching rings (inverted shells and exverted holes) as valid. This is also known as "the ESRI flag", since this is the validity model used by those tools. Note that this is invalid under the OGC model.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
--First 3 Rejects from a successful quintuplet experiment SELECT gid, reason(ST_IsValidDetail(geom)), ST_AsText(location(ST_IsValidDetail(geom))) as location FROM (SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_ExteriorRing(e.buff), array_agg(f.line)) As geom, gid FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_Point(x1*10,y1), z1) As buff, x1*10 + y1*100 + z1*1000 As gid FROM generate_series(-4,6) x1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,8) z1 WHERE x1 > y1*0.5 AND z1 < x1*y1) As e INNER JOIN (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(x1*10,y1), z1)),y1*1, z1*2) As line FROM generate_series(-3,6) x1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,10) z1 WHERE x1 > y1*0.75 AND z1 < x1*y1) As f ON (ST_Area(e.buff) > 78 AND ST_Contains(e.buff, f.line)) GROUP BY gid, e.buff) As quintuplet_experiment WHERE ST_IsValid(geom) = false ORDER BY gid LIMIT 3; gid | reason | location ------+-------------------+------------- 5330 | Self-intersection | POINT(32 5) 5340 | Self-intersection | POINT(42 5) 5350 | Self-intersection | POINT(52 5) --simple example SELECT * FROM ST_IsValidDetail('LINESTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,222020 150410)'); valid | reason | location -------+--------+---------- t | |
ST_IsValidReason — Returns text stating if a geometry is valid, or a reason for invalidity.
text ST_IsValidReason(
geometry geomA)
;
text ST_IsValidReason(
geometry geomA, integer flags)
;
Returns text stating if a geometry is valid, or if invalid a reason why.
Useful in combination with ST_IsValid to generate a detailed report of invalid geometries and reasons.
Allowed flags
are documented in ST_IsValidDetail.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 1.4
Availability: 2.0 version taking flags.
-- invalid bow-tie polygon SELECT ST_IsValidReason( 'POLYGON ((100 200, 100 100, 200 200, 200 100, 100 200))'::geometry) as validity_info; validity_info -------------------------- Self-intersection[150 150]
--First 3 Rejects from a successful quintuplet experiment SELECT gid, ST_IsValidReason(geom) as validity_info FROM (SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_ExteriorRing(e.buff), array_agg(f.line)) As geom, gid FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_Point(x1*10,y1), z1) As buff, x1*10 + y1*100 + z1*1000 As gid FROM generate_series(-4,6) x1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,8) z1 WHERE x1 > y1*0.5 AND z1 < x1*y1) As e INNER JOIN (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(x1*10,y1), z1)),y1*1, z1*2) As line FROM generate_series(-3,6) x1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1 CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,10) z1 WHERE x1 > y1*0.75 AND z1 < x1*y1) As f ON (ST_Area(e.buff) > 78 AND ST_Contains(e.buff, f.line)) GROUP BY gid, e.buff) As quintuplet_experiment WHERE ST_IsValid(geom) = false ORDER BY gid LIMIT 3; gid | validity_info ------+-------------------------- 5330 | Self-intersection [32 5] 5340 | Self-intersection [42 5] 5350 | Self-intersection [52 5] --simple example SELECT ST_IsValidReason('LINESTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,222020 150410)'); st_isvalidreason ------------------ Valid Geometry
ST_MakeValid — Attempts to make an invalid geometry valid without losing vertices.
geometry ST_MakeValid(
geometry input)
;
geometry ST_MakeValid(
geometry input, text params)
;
The function attempts to create a valid representation of a given invalid geometry without losing any of the input vertices. Valid geometries are returned unchanged.
Supported inputs are: POINTS, MULTIPOINTS, LINESTRINGS, MULTILINESTRINGS, POLYGONS, MULTIPOLYGONS and GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONS containing any mix of them.
In case of full or partial dimensional collapses, the output geometry may be a collection of lower-to-equal dimension geometries, or a geometry of lower dimension.
Single polygons may become multi-geometries in case of self-intersections.
The params
argument can be used to supply an options string to select the method to use for building valid geometry. The options string is in the format "method=linework|structure keepcollapsed=true|false". If no "params" argument is provided, the "linework" algorithm will be used as the default.
The "method" key has two values.
"linework" is the original algorithm, and builds valid geometries by first extracting all lines, noding that linework together, then building a value output from the linework.
"structure" is an algorithm that distinguishes between interior and exterior rings, building new geometry by unioning exterior rings, and then differencing all interior rings.
The "keepcollapsed" key is only valid for the "structure" algorithm, and takes a value of "true" or "false". When set to "false", geometry components that collapse to a lower dimensionality, for example a one-point linestring would be dropped.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.0.1, speed improvements
Enhanced: 2.1.0, added support for GEOMETRYCOLLECTION and MULTIPOINT.
Enhanced: 3.1.0, added removal of Coordinates with NaN values.
Enhanced: 3.2.0, added algorithm options, 'linework' and 'structure' which requires GEOS >= 3.10.0.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT f.geom AS before_geom, ST_MakeValid(f.geom) AS after_geom, ST_MakeValid(f.geom, 'method=structure') AS after_geom_structure FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOLYGON(((186 194,187 194,188 195,189 195,190 195, 191 195,192 195,193 194,194 194,194 193,195 192,195 191, 195 190,195 189,195 188,194 187,194 186,14 6,13 6,12 5,11 5, 10 5,9 5,8 5,7 6,6 6,6 7,5 8,5 9,5 10,5 11,5 12,6 13,6 14,186 194)), ((150 90,149 80,146 71,142 62,135 55,128 48,119 44,110 41,100 40, 90 41,81 44,72 48,65 55,58 62,54 71,51 80,50 90,51 100, 54 109,58 118,65 125,72 132,81 136,90 139,100 140,110 139, 119 136,128 132,135 125,142 118,146 109,149 100,150 90)))'::geometry AS geom) AS f;
|
SELECT c.geom AS before_geom, ST_MakeValid(c.geom) AS after_geom, ST_MakeValid(c.geom, 'method=structure') AS after_geom_structure FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOLYGON(((91 50,79 22,51 10,23 22,11 50,23 78,51 90,79 78,91 50)), ((91 100,79 72,51 60,23 72,11 100,23 128,51 140,79 128,91 100)), ((91 150,79 122,51 110,23 122,11 150,23 178,51 190,79 178,91 150)), ((141 50,129 22,101 10,73 22,61 50,73 78,101 90,129 78,141 50)), ((141 100,129 72,101 60,73 72,61 100,73 128,101 140,129 128,141 100)), ((141 150,129 122,101 110,73 122,61 150,73 178,101 190,129 178,141 150)))'::geometry AS geom) AS c;
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MakeValid( 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0)', 'method=structure keepcollapsed=true' )); st_astext ------------ POINT(0 0) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MakeValid( 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0)', 'method=structure keepcollapsed=false' )); st_astext ------------------ LINESTRING EMPTY
These functions work with the Spatial Reference System of geometries as defined in the spatial_ref_sys
table.
ST_InverseTransformPipeline — Return a new geometry with coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system using the inverse of a defined coordinate transformation pipeline.
geometry ST_InverseTransformPipeline(
geometry geom, text pipeline, integer to_srid)
;
Return a new geometry with coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system using a defined coordinate transformation pipeline to go in the inverse direction.
Refer to ST_TransformPipeline for details on writing a transformation pipeline.
Availability: 3.4.0
The SRID of the input geometry is ignored, and the SRID of the output geometry will be set to zero unless a value is provided via the optional to_srid
parameter. When using ST_TransformPipeline the pipeline is executed in a forward direction. Using `ST_InverseTransformPipeline()` the pipeline is executed in the inverse direction.
Transforms using pipelines are a specialised version of ST_Transform. In most cases `ST_Transform` will choose the correct operations to convert between coordinate systems, and should be preferred.
Change WGS 84 long lat to UTM 31N using the EPSG:16031 conversion
-- Inverse direction SELECT ST_AsText(ST_InverseTransformPipeline('POINT(426857.9877165967 5427937.523342293)'::geometry, 'urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation:EPSG::16031')) AS wgs_geom; wgs_geom ---------------------------- POINT(2 48.99999999999999) (1 row)
GDA2020 example.
-- using ST_Transform with automatic selection of a conversion pipeline. SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transform('SRID=4939;POINT(143.0 -37.0)'::geometry, 7844)) AS gda2020_auto; gda2020_auto ----------------------------------------------- POINT(143.00000635638918 -36.999986706128176) (1 row)
ST_SetSRID — Set the SRID on a geometry.
geometry ST_SetSRID(
geometry geom, integer srid)
;
Sets the SRID on a geometry to a particular integer value. Useful in constructing bounding boxes for queries.
This function does not transform the geometry coordinates in any way - it simply sets the meta data defining the spatial reference system the geometry is assumed to be in. Use ST_Transform if you want to transform the geometry into a new projection. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
-- Mark a point as WGS 84 long lat --
SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-123.365556, 48.428611),4326) As wgs84long_lat; -- the ewkt representation (wrap with ST_AsEWKT) - SRID=4326;POINT(-123.365556 48.428611)
-- Mark a point as WGS 84 long lat and then transform to web mercator (Spherical Mercator) --
SELECT ST_Transform(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-123.365556, 48.428611),4326),3785) As spere_merc; -- the ewkt representation (wrap with ST_AsEWKT) - SRID=3785;POINT(-13732990.8753491 6178458.96425423)
ST_SRID — Returns the spatial reference identifier for a geometry.
integer ST_SRID(
geometry g1)
;
Returns the spatial reference identifier for the ST_Geometry as defined in spatial_ref_sys table. Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”
spatial_ref_sys table is a table that catalogs all spatial reference systems known to PostGIS and is used for transformations from one spatial reference system to another. So verifying you have the right spatial reference system identifier is important if you plan to ever transform your geometries. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.5
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_SRID(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.1043 42.315)',4326)); --result 4326
Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”, ST_SetSRID, ST_Transform, ST_SRID, ST_SRID
ST_Transform — Return a new geometry with coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system.
geometry ST_Transform(
geometry g1, integer srid)
;
geometry ST_Transform(
geometry geom, text to_proj)
;
geometry ST_Transform(
geometry geom, text from_proj, text to_proj)
;
geometry ST_Transform(
geometry geom, text from_proj, integer to_srid)
;
Returns a new geometry with its coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system. The destination spatial reference to_srid
may be identified by a valid SRID integer parameter (i.e. it must exist in the spatial_ref_sys
table). Alternatively, a spatial reference defined as a PROJ.4 string can be used for to_proj
and/or from_proj
, however these methods are not optimized. If the destination spatial reference system is expressed with a PROJ.4 string instead of an SRID, the SRID of the output geometry will be set to zero. With the exception of functions with from_proj
, input geometries must have a defined SRID.
ST_Transform is often confused with ST_SetSRID. ST_Transform actually changes the coordinates of a geometry from one spatial reference system to another, while ST_SetSRID() simply changes the SRID identifier of the geometry.
ST_Transform automatically selects a suitable conversion pipeline given the source and target spatial reference systems. To use a specific conversion method, use ST_TransformPipeline.
Requires PostGIS be compiled with PROJ support. Use PostGIS_Full_Version to confirm you have PROJ support compiled in. |
If using more than one transformation, it is useful to have a functional index on the commonly used transformations to take advantage of index usage. |
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Enhanced: 2.3.0 support for direct PROJ.4 text was introduced.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.6
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Change Massachusetts state plane US feet geometry to WGS 84 long lat
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450, 743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))',2249),4326)) As wgs_geom; wgs_geom --------------------------- POLYGON((-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902,-71.1776843766326 42.3903829478009, -71.1775844305465 42.3903826677917,-71.1775825927231 42.3902893647987,-71.177684 8522251 42.3902896512902)); (1 row) --3D Circular String example SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=2249;CIRCULARSTRING(743238 2967416 1,743238 2967450 2,743265 2967450 3,743265.625 2967416 3,743238 2967416 4)'),4326)); st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SRID=4326;CIRCULARSTRING(-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902 1,-71.1776843766326 42.3903829478009 2, -71.1775844305465 42.3903826677917 3, -71.1775825927231 42.3902893647987 3,-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902 4)
Example of creating a partial functional index. For tables where you are not sure all the geometries will be filled in, its best to use a partial index that leaves out null geometries which will both conserve space and make your index smaller and more efficient.
CREATE INDEX idx_geom_26986_parcels ON parcels USING gist (ST_Transform(geom, 26986)) WHERE geom IS NOT NULL;
Examples of using PROJ.4 text to transform with custom spatial references.
-- Find intersection of two polygons near the North pole, using a custom Gnomic projection -- See http://boundlessgeo.com/2012/02/flattening-the-peel/ WITH data AS ( SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((170 50,170 72,-130 72,-130 50,170 50))', 4326) AS p1, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((-170 68,-170 90,-141 90,-141 68,-170 68))', 4326) AS p2, '+proj=gnom +ellps=WGS84 +lat_0=70 +lon_0=-160 +no_defs'::text AS gnom ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Transform( ST_Intersection(ST_Transform(p1, gnom), ST_Transform(p2, gnom)), gnom, 4326)) FROM data; st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((-170 74.053793645338,-141 73.4268621378904,-141 68,-170 68,-170 74.053793645338))
Sometimes coordinate transformation involving a grid-shift can fail, for example if PROJ.4 has not been built with grid-shift files or the coordinate does not lie within the range for which the grid shift is defined. By default, PostGIS will throw an error if a grid shift file is not present, but this behavior can be configured on a per-SRID basis either by testing different to_proj
values of PROJ.4 text, or altering the proj4text
value within the spatial_ref_sys
table.
For example, the proj4text parameter +datum=NAD87 is a shorthand form for the following +nadgrids parameter:
+nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat
The @ prefix means no error is reported if the files are not present, but if the end of the list is reached with no file having been appropriate (ie. found and overlapping) then an error is issued.
If, conversely, you wanted to ensure that at least the standard files were present, but that if all files were scanned without a hit a null transformation is applied you could use:
+nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat,null
The null grid shift file is a valid grid shift file covering the whole world and applying no shift. So for a complete example, if you wanted to alter PostGIS so that transformations to SRID 4267 that didn't lie within the correct range did not throw an ERROR, you would use the following:
UPDATE spatial_ref_sys SET proj4text = '+proj=longlat +ellps=clrk66 +nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat,null +no_defs' WHERE srid = 4267;
ST_TransformPipeline — Return a new geometry with coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system using a defined coordinate transformation pipeline.
geometry ST_TransformPipeline(
geometry g1, text pipeline, integer to_srid)
;
Return a new geometry with coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system using a defined coordinate transformation pipeline.
Transformation pipelines are defined using any of the following string formats:
urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation:AUTHORITY::CODE
. Note that a simple EPSG:CODE
string does not uniquely identify a coordinate operation: the same EPSG code can be used for a CRS definition.
A PROJ pipeline string of the form: +proj=pipeline ...
. Automatic axis normalisation will not be applied, and if necessary the caller will need to add an additional pipeline step, or remove axisswap
steps.
Concatenated operations of the form: urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation,coordinateOperation:EPSG::3895,coordinateOperation:EPSG::1618
.
Availability: 3.4.0
The SRID of the input geometry is ignored, and the SRID of the output geometry will be set to zero unless a value is provided via the optional to_srid
parameter. When using `ST_TransformPipeline()` the pipeline is executed in a forward direction. Using ST_InverseTransformPipeline the pipeline is executed in the inverse direction.
Transforms using pipelines are a specialised version of ST_Transform. In most cases `ST_Transform` will choose the correct operations to convert between coordinate systems, and should be preferred.
Change WGS 84 long lat to UTM 31N using the EPSG:16031 conversion
-- Forward direction SELECT ST_AsText(ST_TransformPipeline('SRID=4326;POINT(2 49)'::geometry, 'urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation:EPSG::16031')) AS utm_geom; utm_geom -------------------------------------------- POINT(426857.9877165967 5427937.523342293) (1 row) -- Inverse direction SELECT ST_AsText(ST_InverseTransformPipeline('POINT(426857.9877165967 5427937.523342293)'::geometry, 'urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation:EPSG::16031')) AS wgs_geom; wgs_geom ---------------------------- POINT(2 48.99999999999999) (1 row)
GDA2020 example.
-- using ST_Transform with automatic selection of a conversion pipeline. SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transform('SRID=4939;POINT(143.0 -37.0)'::geometry, 7844)) AS gda2020_auto; gda2020_auto ----------------------------------------------- POINT(143.00000635638918 -36.999986706128176) (1 row) -- using a defined conversion (EPSG:8447) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_TransformPipeline('SRID=4939;POINT(143.0 -37.0)'::geometry, 'urn:ogc:def:coordinateOperation:EPSG::8447')) AS gda2020_code; gda2020_code ---------------------------------------------- POINT(143.0000063280214 -36.999986718287545) (1 row) -- using a PROJ pipeline definition matching EPSG:8447, as returned from -- 'projinfo -s EPSG:4939 -t EPSG:7844'. -- NOTE: any 'axisswap' steps must be removed. SELECT ST_AsText(ST_TransformPipeline('SRID=4939;POINT(143.0 -37.0)'::geometry, '+proj=pipeline +step +proj=unitconvert +xy_in=deg +xy_out=rad +step +proj=hgridshift +grids=au_icsm_GDA94_GDA2020_conformal_and_distortion.tif +step +proj=unitconvert +xy_in=rad +xy_out=deg')) AS gda2020_pipeline; gda2020_pipeline ---------------------------------------------- POINT(143.0000063280214 -36.999986718287545) (1 row)
postgis_srs_codes — Return the list of SRS codes associated with the given authority.
setof text postgis_srs_codes(
text auth_name)
;
Returns a set of all auth_srid
for the given auth_name
.
Availability: 3.4.0
Proj version 6+
List the first ten codes associated with the EPSG authority.
SELECT * FROM postgis_srs_codes('EPSG') LIMIT 10; postgis_srs_codes ------------------- 2000 20004 20005 20006 20007 20008 20009 2001 20010 20011
postgis_srs — Return a metadata record for the requested authority and srid.
setof record postgis_srs(
text auth_name, text auth_srid)
;
Returns a metadata record for the requested auth_srid
for the given auth_name
. The record will have the auth_name
, auth_srid
, srname
, srtext
, proj4text
, and the corners of the area of usage, point_sw
and point_ne
.
Availability: 3.4.0
Proj version 6+
Get the metadata for EPSG:3005.
SELECT * FROM postgis_srs('EPSG', '3005'); auth_name | EPSG auth_srid | 3005 srname | NAD83 / BC Albers srtext | PROJCS["NAD83 / BC Albers", ... ]] proj4text | +proj=aea +lat_0=45 +lon_0=-126 +lat_1=50 +lat_2=58.5 +x_0=1000000 +y_0=0 +datum=NAD83 +units=m +no_defs +type=crs point_sw | 0101000020E6100000E17A14AE476161C00000000000204840 point_ne | 0101000020E610000085EB51B81E855CC0E17A14AE47014E40
postgis_srs_all — Return metadata records for every spatial reference system in the underlying Proj database.
setof record postgis_srs_all(
void)
;
Returns a set of all metadata records in the underlying Proj database. The records will have the auth_name
, auth_srid
, srname
, srtext
, proj4text
, and the corners of the area of usage, point_sw
and point_ne
.
Availability: 3.4.0
Proj version 6+
Get the first 10 metadata records from the Proj database.
SELECT auth_name, auth_srid, srname FROM postgis_srs_all() LIMIT 10; auth_name | auth_srid | srname -----------+-----------+------------------------------------------ EPSG | 2000 | Anguilla 1957 / British West Indies Grid EPSG | 20004 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 4 EPSG | 20005 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 5 EPSG | 20006 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 6 EPSG | 20007 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 7 EPSG | 20008 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 8 EPSG | 20009 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 9 EPSG | 2001 | Antigua 1943 / British West Indies Grid EPSG | 20010 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 10 EPSG | 20011 | Pulkovo 1995 / Gauss-Kruger zone 11
postgis_srs_search — Return metadata records for projected coordinate systems that have areas of usage that fully contain the bounds parameter.
setof record postgis_srs_search(
geometry bounds, text auth_name=EPSG)
;
Return a set of metadata records for projected coordinate systems that have areas of usage that fully contain the bounds parameter. Each record will have the auth_name
, auth_srid
, srname
, srtext
, proj4text
, and the corners of the area of usage, point_sw
and point_ne
.
The search only looks for projected coordinate systems, and is intended for users to explore the possible systems that work for the extent of their data.
Availability: 3.4.0
Proj version 6+
Search for projected coordinate systems in Louisiana.
SELECT auth_name, auth_srid, srname, ST_AsText(point_sw) AS point_sw, ST_AsText(point_ne) AS point_ne FROM postgis_srs_search('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-90 30, -91 31)') LIMIT 3; auth_name | auth_srid | srname | point_sw | point_ne -----------+-----------+--------------------------------------+---------------------+--------------------- EPSG | 2801 | NAD83(HARN) / Louisiana South | POINT(-93.94 28.85) | POINT(-88.75 31.07) EPSG | 3452 | NAD83 / Louisiana South (ftUS) | POINT(-93.94 28.85) | POINT(-88.75 31.07) EPSG | 3457 | NAD83(HARN) / Louisiana South (ftUS) | POINT(-93.94 28.85) | POINT(-88.75 31.07)
Scan a table for max extent and find projected coordinate systems that might suit.
WITH ext AS ( SELECT ST_Extent(geom) AS geom, Max(ST_SRID(geom)) AS srid FROM foo ) SELECT auth_name, auth_srid, srname, ST_AsText(point_sw) AS point_sw, ST_AsText(point_ne) AS point_ne FROM ext CROSS JOIN postgis_srs_search(ST_SetSRID(ext.geom, ext.srid)) LIMIT 3;
Queste funzioni creano oggetti geometrici da vari formati testuali o binari.
ST_BdPolyFromText — Costruisce un poligono an partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse in forma di multilinee rappresentate come testo Well-Known
geometry ST_BdPolyFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Costruisce un poligono an partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse in forma di multilinee rappresentate come testo Well-Known
Ritorna un errore se il testo WKT non è una MULTILINESTRING oppure se l'output è un MULTIPOLYGON; in questo caso si può usare ST_BdMPolyFromText oppure ST_BuildArea() per un approccio specifica postgis. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
ST_BdMPolyFromText — Costruisce un MultiPolygon a partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse sotto forma di MultiLineString in formato Well-Known-Text.
geometry ST_BdMPolyFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Costruisse un poligono a partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse, poligoni e MultiLineString in formato Well-Known-Text.
Ritorna un errore se il WKT non è una MULTILINESTRING. L'output è MULTIPOLYGON anche se il risultato è un singolo poligono. Usare ST_BdPolyFromText se si è sicuri che il risultato è un singolo poligono oppure vedere ST_BuildArea() per un approccio specifico postgis. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
ST_GeogFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)
geography ST_GeogFromText(
text EWKT)
;
Restituisce un oggetto geografico dal testo noto o dalla rappresentazione nota estesa. Se non specificato, viene assunto il codice SRID 4326. Si tratta di un alias di ST_GeographyFromText. I punti sono sempre espressi in long lat.
--- converting lon lat coords to geography ALTER TABLE sometable ADD COLUMN geog geography(POINT,4326); UPDATE sometable SET geog = ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(' || lon || ' ' || lat || ')'); --- specify a geography point using EPSG:4267, NAD27 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4267;POINT(-77.0092 38.889588)'));
ST_GeographyFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)
geography ST_GeographyFromText(
text EWKT)
;
Restituisce un oggetto geografico dalla rappresentazione testuale nota. Se non specificato, si assume il codice SRID 4326.
ST_GeomCollFromText — Crea una collezione Geometria dalla collezione WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
geometry ST_GeomCollFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
geometry ST_GeomCollFromText(
text WKT)
;
Crea una collezione di geometrie dalla rappresentazione Well-Known-Text (WKT) con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite
Ritorna null se il WKT in input non è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
Se si è sicuri che tutti i WKT in input sono effettivamente GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, è sconsigliato usare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText perché effettua anche una validazione della geometria. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM.
SELECT ST_GeomCollFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(1 2),LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4))');
ST_GeomFromEWKT — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Extended Well-Known Text (EWKT).
geometry ST_GeomFromEWKT(
text EWKT)
;
Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione OGC Extended Well-Known Text (EWKT).
Il formato EWKT non è uno standard OGC ma un formato specifico di PostGIS che include il codice del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID). |
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)'); SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;MULTILINESTRING((-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932))'); SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)'); SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239, -71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))'); SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;MULTIPOLYGON(((-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236, -71.1031627617667 42.3152960829043,-71.102923838298 42.3149156848307, -71.1023097974109 42.3151969047397,-71.1019285062273 42.3147384934248, -71.102505233663 42.3144722937587,-71.10277487471 42.3141658254797, -71.103113945163 42.3142739188902,-71.10324876416 42.31402489987, -71.1033002961013 42.3140393340215,-71.1033488797549 42.3139495090772, -71.103396240451 42.3138632439557,-71.1041521907712 42.3141153348029, -71.1041411411543 42.3141545014533,-71.1041287795912 42.3142114839058, -71.1041188134329 42.3142693656241,-71.1041112482575 42.3143272556118, -71.1041072845732 42.3143851580048,-71.1041057218871 42.3144430686681, -71.1041065602059 42.3145009876017,-71.1041097995362 42.3145589148055, -71.1041166403905 42.3146168544148,-71.1041258822717 42.3146748022936, -71.1041375307579 42.3147318674446,-71.1041492906949 42.3147711126569, -71.1041598612795 42.314808571739,-71.1042515013869 42.3151287620809, -71.1041173835118 42.3150739481917,-71.1040809891419 42.3151344119048, -71.1040438678912 42.3151191367447,-71.1040194562988 42.3151832057859, -71.1038734225584 42.3151140942995,-71.1038446938243 42.3151006300338, -71.1038315271889 42.315094347535,-71.1037393329282 42.315054824985, -71.1035447555574 42.3152608696313,-71.1033436658644 42.3151648370544, -71.1032580383161 42.3152269126061,-71.103223066939 42.3152517403219, -71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236)), ((-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546,-71.1043583974082 42.3151211109857, -71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829,-71.1043850704575 42.3150793250568,-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546)))');
--3d circular string SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)');
--Polyhedral Surface example SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )');
ST_GeomFromMARC21 — Prende in input i dati geografici MARC21/XML e restituisce un oggetto geometrico PostGIS.
geometry ST_GeomFromMARC21 (
text marcxml )
;
Questa funzione crea una geometria PostGIS da un record MARC21/XML, che può contenere un POINT
o un POLYGON
. In caso di più voci di dati geografici nello stesso record MARC21/XML, verrà restituito un MULTIPOINT
o MULTIPOLYGON
. Se il record contiene tipi di geometria misti, viene restituito un GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
. Se il record MARC21/XML non contiene dati geografici, restituisce NULL (campo dati:034).
Versioni LOC MARC21/XML supportate:
Disponibilità: 3.3.0, richiede libxml2 2.6+
I dati cartografici matematici codificati MARC21/XML non forniscono attualmente alcun mezzo per descrivere il sistema di riferimento spaziale delle coordinate codificate, pertanto questa funzione restituirà sempre una geometria con |
Le geometrie |
Conversione di dati geografici MARC21/XML contenenti un singolo POINT
codificato come hddd.dddddd
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_GeomFromMARC21(' <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <leader >00000nz a2200000nc 4500</leader> <controlfield tag="001" >040277569</controlfield> <datafield tag="034" ind1=" " ind2=" "> <subfield code="d" >W004.500000</subfield> <subfield code="e" >W004.500000</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N054.250000</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N054.250000</subfield> </datafield> </record >')); st_astext ------------------- POINT(-4.5 54.25) (1 row)
Conversione di dati geografici MARC21/XML contenenti un singolo POLYGON
codificato come hdddmmss
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_GeomFromMARC21(' <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <leader >01062cem a2200241 a 4500</leader> <controlfield tag="001" > 84696781 </controlfield> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="b" >50000</subfield> <subfield code="d" >E0130600</subfield> <subfield code="e" >E0133100</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N0523900</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N0522300</subfield> </datafield> </record >')); st_astext ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((13.1 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.65)) (1 row)
Conversione di dati geografici MARC21/XML contenenti un POLIGON
e un POINT
:
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_GeomFromMARC21(' <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="b" >50000</subfield> <subfield code="d" >E0130600</subfield> <subfield code="e" >E0133100</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N0523900</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N0522300</subfield> </datafield> <datafield tag="034" ind1=" " ind2=" "> <subfield code="d" >W004.500000</subfield> <subfield code="e" >W004.500000</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N054.250000</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N054.250000</subfield> </datafield> </record >')); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((13.1 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.65)),POINT(-4.5 54.25)) (1 row)
ST_GeometryFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText
geometry ST_GeometryFromText(
text WKT)
;
geometry ST_GeometryFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.40
ST_GeomFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Well-Known-Text (WKT)
geometry ST_GeomFromText(
text WKT)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da geometria in formato OGC Well-Known-Text
Esistono due varianti della funzione ST_GeomFromText. La prima non accetta alcun SRID e restituisce una geometria senza sistema di riferimento spaziale definito (SRID=0). La seconda accetta un SRID come secondo argomento e restituisce una geometria che include questo SRID come parte dei suoi metadati. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2 - l'opzione SRID proviene dalla suite di conformità.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.40
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Pur non essendo conforme a OGC, ST_MakePoint è più veloce di ST_GeomFromText e ST_PointFromText. È anche più facile da usare per i valori delle coordinate numeriche. ST_Point è un'altra opzione simile per velocità a ST_MakePoint ed è conforme a OGC, ma non supporta altro che i punti 2D. |
Modificato: 2.0.0 Nelle versioni precedenti di PostGIS era consentito ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(EMPTY)'). Questo è ora illegale in PostGIS 2.0.0 per conformarsi meglio agli standard SQL/MM. Ora si dovrebbe scrivere ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY') |
SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)'); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)',4269); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932))'); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)'); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239, -71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))'); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236, -71.1031627617667 42.3152960829043,-71.102923838298 42.3149156848307, -71.1023097974109 42.3151969047397,-71.1019285062273 42.3147384934248, -71.102505233663 42.3144722937587,-71.10277487471 42.3141658254797, -71.103113945163 42.3142739188902,-71.10324876416 42.31402489987, -71.1033002961013 42.3140393340215,-71.1033488797549 42.3139495090772, -71.103396240451 42.3138632439557,-71.1041521907712 42.3141153348029, -71.1041411411543 42.3141545014533,-71.1041287795912 42.3142114839058, -71.1041188134329 42.3142693656241,-71.1041112482575 42.3143272556118, -71.1041072845732 42.3143851580048,-71.1041057218871 42.3144430686681, -71.1041065602059 42.3145009876017,-71.1041097995362 42.3145589148055, -71.1041166403905 42.3146168544148,-71.1041258822717 42.3146748022936, -71.1041375307579 42.3147318674446,-71.1041492906949 42.3147711126569, -71.1041598612795 42.314808571739,-71.1042515013869 42.3151287620809, -71.1041173835118 42.3150739481917,-71.1040809891419 42.3151344119048, -71.1040438678912 42.3151191367447,-71.1040194562988 42.3151832057859, -71.1038734225584 42.3151140942995,-71.1038446938243 42.3151006300338, -71.1038315271889 42.315094347535,-71.1037393329282 42.315054824985, -71.1035447555574 42.3152608696313,-71.1033436658644 42.3151648370544, -71.1032580383161 42.3152269126061,-71.103223066939 42.3152517403219, -71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236)), ((-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546,-71.1043583974082 42.3151211109857, -71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829,-71.1043850704575 42.3150793250568,-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546)))',4326); SELECT ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)');
ST_LineFromText — Crea una geometria dalla rappresentazione WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non viene indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
geometry ST_LineFromText(
text WKT)
;
geometry ST_LineFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Crea una geometria da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è 0. Se WKT passato non è una LINESTRING, viene restituito null.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - l'opzione SRID proviene dalla suite di conformità. |
Se si sa che tutte le geometrie sono LINESTRINGS, è più efficiente usare ST_GeomFromText. Questo richiama semplicemente ST_GeomFromText e aggiunge un'ulteriore convalida che restituisce una stringa di linee. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.8
SELECT ST_LineFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)') AS aline, ST_LineFromText('POINT(1 2)') AS null_return; aline | null_return ------------------------------------------------ 010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t
ST_MLineFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_MultiLineString specificato dalla rappresentazione WKT.
geometry ST_MLineFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
geometry ST_MLineFromText(
text WKT)
;
Crea una geometria dal Well-Known-Text (WKT) con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, l'impostazione predefinita è 0.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite
Restituisce null se il WKT non è un MULTILINESTRING
Se si è assolutamente certi che tutte le geometrie WKT siano punti, non utilizzare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText poiché aggiunge un ulteriore passaggio di convalida. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 9.4.4
SELECT ST_MLineFromText('MULTILINESTRING((1 2, 3 4), (4 5, 6 7))');
ST_MPointFromText — Crea una geometria da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non viene indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
geometry ST_MPointFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
geometry ST_MPointFromText(
text WKT)
;
Crea una geometria da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non viene indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite
Restituisce null se il WKT non è un MULTIPOINT
Se si è assolutamente certi che tutte le geometrie WKT siano punti, non utilizzare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText poiché aggiunge un ulteriore passaggio di convalida. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 9.2.4
SELECT ST_MPointFromText('MULTIPOINT((1 2),(3 4))'); SELECT ST_MPointFromText('MULTIPOINT((-70.9590 42.1180),(-70.9611 42.1223))', 4326);
ST_MPolyFromText — Crea una geometria multipoligono da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, l'impostazione predefinita è 0.
geometry ST_MPolyFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
geometry ST_MPolyFromText(
text WKT)
;
Crea un multipoligono da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non viene indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite
Lancia un errore se il WKT non è un MULTIPOLIGONO
Se si è assolutamente certi che tutte le geometrie WKT siano multipoligoni, non utilizzare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText perché aggiunge un ulteriore passaggio di convalida. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 9.6.4
SELECT ST_MPolyFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0 1,20 0 1,20 20 1,0 20 1,0 0 1),(5 5 3,5 7 3,7 7 3,7 5 3,5 5 3)))'); SELECt ST_MPolyFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((-70.916 42.1002,-70.9468 42.0946,-70.9765 42.0872,-70.9754 42.0875,-70.9749 42.0879,-70.9752 42.0881,-70.9754 42.0891,-70.9758 42.0894,-70.9759 42.0897,-70.9759 42.0899,-70.9754 42.0902,-70.9756 42.0906,-70.9753 42.0907,-70.9753 42.0917,-70.9757 42.0924,-70.9755 42.0928,-70.9755 42.0942,-70.9751 42.0948,-70.9755 42.0953,-70.9751 42.0958,-70.9751 42.0962,-70.9759 42.0983,-70.9767 42.0987,-70.9768 42.0991,-70.9771 42.0997,-70.9771 42.1003,-70.9768 42.1005,-70.977 42.1011,-70.9766 42.1019,-70.9768 42.1026,-70.9769 42.1033,-70.9775 42.1042,-70.9773 42.1043,-70.9776 42.1043,-70.9778 42.1048,-70.9773 42.1058,-70.9774 42.1061,-70.9779 42.1065,-70.9782 42.1078,-70.9788 42.1085,-70.9798 42.1087,-70.9806 42.109,-70.9807 42.1093,-70.9806 42.1099,-70.9809 42.1109,-70.9808 42.1112,-70.9798 42.1116,-70.9792 42.1127,-70.979 42.1129,-70.9787 42.1134,-70.979 42.1139,-70.9791 42.1141,-70.9987 42.1116,-71.0022 42.1273, -70.9408 42.1513,-70.9315 42.1165,-70.916 42.1002)))',4326);
ST_PointFromText — Crea una geometria di punti da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è sconosciuto.
geometry ST_PointFromText(
text WKT)
;
geometry ST_PointFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Costruisce un oggetto punto PostGIS ST_Geometry dalla rappresentazione testuale OGC Well-Known. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è sconosciuto (attualmente 0). Se la geometria non è una rappresentazione di punto WKT, restituisce null. Se la WKT non è completamente valida, viene lanciato un errore.
Esistono due varianti della funzione ST_PointFromText: la prima non accetta alcun SRID e restituisce una geometria senza sistema di riferimento spaziale definito. La seconda accetta un id di riferimento spaziale come secondo argomento e restituisce una ST_Geometry che include questo srid come parte dei suoi meta-dati. Il sistema di riferimento spaziale deve essere definito nella tabella spatial_ref_sys. |
Se si è assolutamente certi che tutte le geometrie WKT siano punti, non utilizzare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText poiché aggiunge un'ulteriore fase di convalida. Se si costruiscono punti da coordinate long lat e si è più attenti alle prestazioni e all'accuratezza che alla conformità OGC, utilizzare ST_MakePoint o l'alias conforme a OGC ST_Point. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2 - l'opzione SRID proviene dalla suite di conformità.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.8
SELECT ST_PointFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)'); SELECT ST_PointFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)', 4326);
ST_PolygonFromText — Crea una geometria da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non viene indicato, il valore predefinito è 0.
geometry ST_PolygonFromText(
text WKT)
;
geometry ST_PolygonFromText(
text WKT, integer srid)
;
Crea una geometria da WKT con il SRID indicato. Se SRID non è indicato, il valore predefinito è 0. Restituisce null se WKT non è un poligono.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite
Se si è assolutamente certi che tutte le geometrie WKT siano poligoni, non utilizzare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText poiché aggiunge un ulteriore passaggio di convalida. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.3.6
SELECT ST_PolygonFromText('POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239, -71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))'); st_polygonfromtext ------------------ 010300000001000000050000006... SELECT ST_PolygonFromText('POINT(1 2)') IS NULL as point_is_notpoly; point_is_not_poly ---------- t
ST_WKTToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText
geometry ST_WKTToSQL(
text WKT)
;
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.34
LINESTRING
da WKB con il SRID indicatoST_GeogFromWKB — Crea un oggetto geography a partire da una geometria in Well-Known Binary (WKB) oppure Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).
geography ST_GeogFromWKB(
bytea wkb)
;
La funzione ST_GeogFromWKB
accetta come argomento una geometria POstGIS in formato Well-Known-Binary (WKB) oppure Extended WKB a crea un oggetto dell'appropriato tipo geography. Questa funzione ha un ruolo nella Geometry Factory in SQL.
Se non specificato, lo SRID di default è 4326 (WGS 84 long lat).
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Although bytea rep contains single \, these need to be escaped when inserting into a table SELECT ST_AsText( ST_GeogFromWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000\\000\\002\\000\\000\\000\\037\\205\\353Q\\270~\\\\\\300\\323Mb\\020X\\231C@\\020X9\\264\\310~\\\\\\300)\\\\\\217\\302\\365\\230C@') ); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------ LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195) (1 row)
ST_GeomFromEWKB — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).
geometry ST_GeomFromEWKB(
bytea EWKB)
;
Costruisce una ST_Geometry PostGIS a partire da OGC Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKT).
Il EWKB non è uno standard OGC ma uno specifico formato di Postgis che include il codice del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID). |
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Rappresentazione binaria di LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932) in NAD 83 long lat (4269).
NOTA: Anche se gli array di byte sono delimitati con \ e possono avere ', è necessario eseguire l'escape di entrambi con \ e '' se standard_conforming_strings è disattivato. Quindi non appare esattamente come la sua rappresentazione AsEWKB. |
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000 \\255\\020\\000\\000\\003\\000\\000\\000\\344J= \\013B\\312Q\\300n\\303(\\010\\036!E@''\\277E''K \\312Q\\300\\366{b\\235*!E@\\225|\\354.P\\312Q \\300p\\231\\323e1!E@');
In PostgreSQL 9.1+ - standard_conforming_strings è impostato su on per impostazione predefinita, mentre nelle versioni precedenti era impostato su off. È possibile modificare i valori predefiniti a seconda delle necessità per una singola query o a livello di database o di server. Di seguito viene illustrata la procedura da seguire con standard_conforming_strings = on. In questo caso si esegue l'escape di ' con lo standard ansi ', ma non si esegue l'escape degli slash |
set standard_conforming_strings = on; SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKB('\001\002\000\000 \255\020\000\000\003\000\000\000\344J=\012\013B \312Q\300n\303(\010\036!E@''\277E''K\012\312Q\300\366{b\235*!E@\225|\354.P\312Q\012\300p\231\323e1')
ST_GeomFromWKB — Crea un'istanza di geometria da una rappresentazione geometrica Well-Known Binary (WKB) e da un SRID opzionale.
geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(
bytea geom)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(
bytea geom, integer srid)
;
La funzione ST_GeomFromWKB
prende una rappresentazione binaria nota di una geometria e un ID del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID
) e crea un'istanza del tipo di geometria appropriato. Questa funzione svolge il ruolo di Geometry Factory in SQL. È un nome alternativo per ST_WKBToSQL.
Se SRID non è specificato, il valore predefinito è 0 (Sconosciuto).
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.7.2 - l'SRID opzionale proviene dalla suite di conformità
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.41
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Although bytea rep contains single \, these need to be escaped when inserting into a table -- unless standard_conforming_strings is set to on. SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_GeomFromWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000\\000\\002\\000\\000\\000\\037\\205\\353Q\\270~\\\\\\300\\323Mb\\020X\\231C@\\020X9\\264\\310~\\\\\\300)\\\\\\217\\302\\365\\230C@',4326) ); st_asewkt ------------------------------------------------------ SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_GeomFromWKB( ST_AsEWKB('POINT(2 5)'::geometry) ) ); st_astext ------------ POINT(2 5) (1 row)
ST_LineFromWKB — Crea un LINESTRING
da WKB con il SRID indicato
geometry ST_LineFromWKB(
bytea WKB)
;
geometry ST_LineFromWKB(
bytea WKB, integer srid)
;
La funzione ST_LineFromWKB
prende una rappresentazione binaria nota della geometria e un ID del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID
) e crea un'istanza del tipo di geometria appropriato, in questo caso una geometria LINESTRING
. Questa funzione svolge il ruolo di Geometry Factory in SQL.
Se non viene specificato un SRID, il valore predefinito è 0. NULL
viene restituito se il bytea di ingresso
non rappresenta un LINESTRING
.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - l'opzione SRID proviene dalla suite di conformità. |
Se si sa che tutte le geometrie sono |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.9
SELECT ST_LineFromWKB(ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'))) AS aline, ST_LineFromWKB(ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'))) IS NULL AS null_return; aline | null_return ------------------------------------------------ 010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t
ST_LinestringFromWKB — Crea una geometria da WKB con il SRID indicato.
geometry ST_LinestringFromWKB(
bytea WKB)
;
geometry ST_LinestringFromWKB(
bytea WKB, integer srid)
;
La funzione ST_LinestringFromWKB
prende una rappresentazione binaria ben nota della geometria e un ID del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID
) e crea un'istanza del tipo di geometria appropriato, in questo caso una geometria LINESTRING
. Questa funzione svolge il ruolo di Geometry Factory in SQL.
Se non viene specificato un SRID, il valore predefinito è 0. NULL
viene restituito se il bytea di ingresso
non rappresenta una geometria LINESTRING
. È un alias di ST_LineFromWKB.
OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - il SRID opzionale proviene dalla suite di conformità. |
Se si sa che tutte le geometrie sono |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.9
SELECT ST_LineStringFromWKB( ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)')) ) AS aline, ST_LinestringFromWKB( ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)')) ) IS NULL AS null_return; aline | null_return ------------------------------------------------ 010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t
ST_PointFromWKB — Crea una geometria da WKB con il SRID indicato
geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(
bytea geom)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(
bytea geom, integer srid)
;
La funzione ST_PointFromWKB
prende una rappresentazione binaria nota della geometria e un ID del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID
) e crea un'istanza del tipo di geometria appropriato, in questo caso una geometria POINT
. Questa funzione svolge il ruolo di Geometry Factory in SQL.
Se non viene specificato un SRID, il valore predefinito è 0. NULL
viene restituito se il bytea di ingresso
non rappresenta una geometria POINT
.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.7.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.9
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_PointFromWKB( ST_AsEWKB('POINT(2 5)'::geometry) ) ); st_astext ------------ POINT(2 5) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_PointFromWKB( ST_AsEWKB('LINESTRING(2 5, 2 6)'::geometry) ) ); st_astext ----------- (1 row)
ST_WKBToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry specificato dalla rappresentazione Well-Known Binary (WKB). Si tratta di un nome alias per ST_GeomFromWKB che non accetta srid
geometry ST_WKBToSQL(
bytea WKB)
;
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.36
ST_Box2dFromGeoHash — Restituisce un BOX2D da una stringa GeoHash.
box2d ST_Box2dFromGeoHash(
text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash)
;
Restituisce un BOX2D da una stringa GeoHash.
Se non viene specificata la precisione ST_Box2dFromGeoHash restituisce un BOX2D basato sulla precisione completa della stringa GeoHash in ingresso.
Se viene specificata la precisione ST_Box2dFromGeoHash utilizzerà il numero di caratteri del GeoHash per creare il BOX2D. Valori di precisione più bassi producono BOX2D più grandi e valori più grandi aumentano la precisione.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0'); st_geomfromgeohash -------------------------------------------------- BOX(-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646) SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 0); st_box2dfromgeohash ---------------------- BOX(-180 -90,180 90) SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10); st_box2dfromgeohash --------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX(-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473,-115.172810554504 36.1146461963654)
ST_GeomFromGeoHash — Restituisce una geometria da una stringa GeoHash.
geometry ST_GeomFromGeoHash(
text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash)
;
Restituisce una geometria da una stringa GeoHash. La geometria sarà un poligono che rappresenta i limiti di GeoHash.
Se non viene specificata la precisione ST_GeomFromGeoHash restituisce un poligono basato sulla precisione completa della stringa GeoHash in ingresso.
Se viene specificata la precisione ST_GeomFromGeoHash utilizzerà il numero di caratteri del GeoHash per creare il poligono.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0')); st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646)) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 4)); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ POLYGON((-115.3125 36.03515625,-115.3125 36.2109375,-114.9609375 36.2109375,-114.9609375 36.03515625,-115.3125 36.03515625)) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10)); st_astext ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473,-115.17282128334 36.1146461963654,-115.172810554504 36.1146461963654,-115.172810554504 36.1146408319473,-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473))
ST_GeomFromGML — Accetta una geometria in formato GML come input e restituisce un oggetto PostGIS geometry
geometry ST_GeomFromGML(
text geomgml)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromGML(
text geomgml, integer srid)
;
Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione OGC GML
ST_GeomFromGML supporta solo singole geometrie in formato GML. Ritorna un errore se si cerca di usare l'intero documento GML.
Versioni di OGC GML supportate:
GML 3.2.1 Namespace
GML 3.1.1 Simple Features profile SF-2 (con retrocompatibilità GML 3.1.0 e 3.0.0)
GML 2.1.2
OGC GML standards, cf: http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/gml:
Disponibilità: 1.5, richiede libxml2 1.6+
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.
Miglioramento nella versione: 2.0.0 introdotto opzionale parametro SRID.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
In formato GML permette di combinare diverse dimensioni (per esempio la stessa multigeometria può contenere elementi in 2D e 3D contemporaneamente). Siccome le geometrie PostGIS non supportano la combinazione di diverse dimensioni, la funzione ST_GeomFromGML converte l'intera geometria in 2D se almeno un elemento è in 2D.
Il formato GML supporta la combinazione di diversi SRID all'interno della stessa multigeometria. Siccome le geometrie PostGIS non supportano questa combinazione, la funzione ST_GeomFromGML riproietta tutte le sottogeometrie nello SRID del nodo root. Se il nodo root non contiene l'attributo srsName, la funzione restituisce un errore.
La funzione ST_GeomFromGML non richiede dell'indicazione esplicita di un namespace GML. Nell'uso comune una indicazione specifica. non è necessaria. Il namespace deve però essere indicato esplicitamente se si vuole usare la feature XLink all'interno di GML.
ST_GeomFromGML non supporta geometrie curve SQL/MM. |
SELECT ST_GeomFromGML($$ <gml:LineString xmlns:gml="http://www.opengis.net/gml" srsName="EPSG:4269"> <gml:coordinates> -71.16028,42.258729 -71.160837,42.259112 -71.161143,42.25932 </gml:coordinates> </gml:LineString> $$);
SELECT ST_GeomFromGML($$ <gml:LineString xmlns:gml="http://www.opengis.net/gml" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4269"> <gml:pointProperty> <gml:Point gml:id="p1" ><gml:pos >42.258729 -71.16028</gml:pos ></gml:Point> </gml:pointProperty> <gml:pos >42.259112 -71.160837</gml:pos> <gml:pointProperty> <gml:Point xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#p1"/> </gml:pointProperty> </gml:LineString> $$);
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeomFromGML(' <gml:PolyhedralSurface xmlns:gml="http://www.opengis.net/gml"> <gml:polygonPatches> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing ><gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1</gml:posList ></gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> </gml:polygonPatches> </gml:PolyhedralSurface >')); -- result -- POLYHEDRALSURFACE(((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)), ((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)), ((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)), ((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)), ((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)), ((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1)))
ST_GeomFromGeoJSON — Accetta come input la rappresentazione geojson di una geometria e restituisce una geometria PostGIS
geometry ST_GeomFromGeoJSON(
text geomjson)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromGeoJSON(
json geomjson)
;
geometry ST_GeomFromGeoJSON(
jsonb geomjson)
;
Costruisce una geometria PostGIS a partire a una rappresentazione GeoJson
ST_GeomFromGeoJSON funzione solo con frammenti di geometrie GeoJson. Ritorna un errore se si cerca di usare un completo documento json.
Migliorato: 3.0.0 la geometria analizzata viene impostata come predefinita su SRID=4326 se non specificato altrimenti.
Miglioramento: 2.5.0 può ora accettare json e jsonb come input.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0. Richiede - JSON-C >= 0.9
Se supporto JSON-C non è attivato, viene restituito un errore invece dell'output. Per attivare il supporto JSON-C, usare configure --with-jsondir=/path/to/json-c. Vedi Section 2.2.3, “Configurazione della compilazione” per dettagli. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoJSON('{"type":"Point","coordinates":[-48.23456,20.12345]}')) As wkt; wkt ------ POINT(-48.23456 20.12345)
-- a 3D linestring SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoJSON('{"type":"LineString","coordinates":[[1,2,3],[4,5,6],[7,8,9]]}')) As wkt; wkt ------------------- LINESTRING(1 2,4 5,7 8)
ST_GeomFromKML — Accetta come input una geometria in formato KML e restituisce una geometria PostGIS.
geometry ST_GeomFromKML(
text geomkml)
;
Costruisce un oggetto PostSIG ST_Geometry a partire da una geometria in formato OGC KML.
ST_GeomFromKML accetta solo frammenti di geometrie KML. Restituisce un errore se l'input consiste in un intero documento KML.
Versioni di OGC KML supportate:
KML 2.2.0 Namespace
OGC KML standards, cf: http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/kml:
Disponibilità: 1.5, richiede libxml2 2.6+
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
La funzione ST_GeomFromKML non supporta geometrie curve SQL/MM. |
SELECT ST_GeomFromKML($$ <LineString> <coordinates >-71.1663,42.2614 -71.1667,42.2616</coordinates> </LineString> $$);
Section 2.2.3, “Configurazione della compilazione”, ST_AsKML
ST_GeomFromTWKB — Crea un'istanza di geometria da una rappresentazione geometrica TWKB ("Tiny Well Known Binary").
geometry ST_GeomFromTWKB(
bytea twkb)
;
La funzione ST_GeomFromTWKB
prende una rappresentazione geometrica TWKB ("Tiny Well-Known Binary") e crea un'istanza del tipo di geometria appropriato.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromTWKB(ST_AsTWKB('LINESTRING(126 34, 127 35)'::geometry))); st_astext ----------------------------- LINESTRING(126 34, 127 35) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_GeomFromTWKB(E'\\x620002f7f40dbce4040105') ); st_asewkt ------------------------------------------------------ LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195) (1 row)
ST_GMLToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione GML. Questo è solo un alias per la funzione ST_GeomFromGML.
geometry ST_GMLToSQL(
text geomgml)
;
geometry ST_GMLToSQL(
text geomgml, integer srid)
;
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.50 (tranne che il supporto per le curve).
Disponibilità: 1.5, richiede libxml2 1.6+
Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.
Miglioramento nella versione: 2.0.0 introdotto opzionale parametro SRID.
ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline — Crea una stringa di linee da una polilinea codificata.
geometry ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline(
text polyline, integer precision=5)
;
Crea una stringa di linea da una stringa di polilinea codificata.
Opzionale precision
specifica quante cifre decimali saranno conservate nella polilinea codificata. Il valore deve essere lo stesso nella codifica e nella decodifica, altrimenti le coordinate non saranno corrette.
Vedere http://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/utilities/polylinealgorithm
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
-- Create a line string from a polyline SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline('_p~iF~ps|U_ulLnnqC_mqNvxq`@')); -- result -- SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-120.2 38.5,-120.95 40.7,-126.453 43.252) -- Select different precision that was used for polyline encoding SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline('_p~iF~ps|U_ulLnnqC_mqNvxq`@',6)); -- result -- SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-12.02 3.85,-12.095 4.07,-12.6453 4.3252)
ST_PointFromGeoHash — Restituisce un punto da una stringa GeoHash.
point ST_PointFromGeoHash(
text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash)
;
Restituisce un punto da una stringa GeoHash. Il punto rappresenta il punto centrale del GeoHash.
Se non viene specificata la precisione ST_PointFromGeoHash restituisce un punto basato sulla precisione completa della stringa GeoHash in ingresso.
Se viene specificata la precisione ST_PointFromGeoHash utilizzerà il numero di caratteri del GeoHash per creare il punto.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0')); st_astext ------------------------------ POINT(-115.172816 36.114646) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 4)); st_astext ----------------------------------- POINT(-115.13671875 36.123046875) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10)); st_astext ------------------------------------------- POINT(-115.172815918922 36.1146435141563)
ST_FromFlatGeobufToTable — Crea una tabella basata sulla struttura dei dati di FlatGeobuf.
void ST_FromFlatGeobufToTable(
text schemaname, text tablename, bytea FlatGeobuf input data)
;
Crea una tabella basata sulla struttura dei dati di FlatGeobuf. (http://flatgeobuf.org).
schema
Nome dello schema.
table
Nome della tabella.
dati
Dati FlatGeobuf in ingresso.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
ST_FromFlatGeobuf — Legge i dati di FlatGeobuf.
setof anyelement ST_FromFlatGeobuf(
anyelement Table reference, bytea FlatGeobuf input data)
;
Legge i dati FlatGeobuf (http://flatgeobuf.org). NOTA: i bytea di PostgreSQL non possono superare 1 GB.
tabletype
riferimento a un tipo di tabella.
data
dati FlatGeobuf in ingresso.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
Queste funzioni convertono gli oggetti geometrici in vari formati testuali o binari.
ST_AsEWKT — Ritorna la rappresentazione Well-Known Text (WKT) della geometria con incluso lo SRID.
text ST_AsEWKT(
geometry g1)
;
text ST_AsEWKT(
geometry g1, integer maxdecimaldigits=15)
;
text ST_AsEWKT(
geography g1)
;
text ST_AsEWKT(
geography g1, integer maxdecimaldigits=15)
;
Returns the Well-Known Text representation of the geometry prefixed with the SRID. The optional maxdecimaldigits
argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal digits after floating point used in output (defaults to 15).
To perform the inverse conversion of EWKT representation to PostGIS geometry use ST_GeomFromEWKT.
Using the |
The WKT spec does not include the SRID. To get the OGC WKT format use ST_AsText. |
WKT format does not maintain precision so to prevent floating truncation, use ST_AsBinary or ST_AsEWKB format for transport. |
Enhanced: 3.1.0 support for optional precision parameter.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Geography, Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsEWKT('0103000020E61000000100000005000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03 F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000'::geometry); st_asewkt -------------------------------- SRID=4326;POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0)) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsEWKT('0108000080030000000000000060E30A4100000000785C0241000000000000F03F0000000018 E20A4100000000485F024100000000000000400000000018 E20A4100000000305C02410000000000000840') --st_asewkt--- CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)
ST_AsText — Return the Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID metadata.
text ST_AsText(
geometry g1)
;
text ST_AsText(
geometry g1, integer maxdecimaldigits = 15)
;
text ST_AsText(
geography g1)
;
text ST_AsText(
geography g1, integer maxdecimaldigits = 15)
;
Returns the OGC Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry/geography. The optional maxdecimaldigits
argument may be used to limit the number of digits after the decimal point in output ordinates (defaults to 15).
To perform the inverse conversion of WKT representation to PostGIS geometry use ST_GeomFromText.
The standard OGC WKT representation does not include the SRID. To include the SRID as part of the output representation, use the non-standard PostGIS function ST_AsEWKT |
The textual representation of numbers in WKT may not maintain full floating-point precision. To ensure full accuracy for data storage or transport it is best to use Well-Known Binary (WKB) format (see ST_AsBinary and |
Using the |
Availability: 1.5 - support for geography was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.5 - optional parameter precision introduced.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.25
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsText('01030000000100000005000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03 F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000'); st_astext -------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))
Full precision output is the default.
SELECT ST_AsText('POINT(111.1111111 1.1111111)')); st_astext ------------------------------ POINT(111.1111111 1.1111111)
The maxdecimaldigits
argument can be used to limit output precision.
SELECT ST_AsText('POINT(111.1111111 1.1111111)'), 2); st_astext -------------------- POINT(111.11 1.11)
ST_AsBinary — Return the OGC/ISO Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID meta data.
bytea ST_AsBinary(
geometry g1)
;
bytea ST_AsBinary(
geometry g1, text NDR_or_XDR)
;
bytea ST_AsBinary(
geography g1)
;
bytea ST_AsBinary(
geography g1, text NDR_or_XDR)
;
Returns the OGC/ISO Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry. The first function variant defaults to encoding using server machine endian. The second function variant takes a text argument specifying the endian encoding, either little-endian ('NDR') or big-endian ('XDR').
WKB format is useful to read geometry data from the database and maintaining full numeric precision. This avoids the precision rounding that can happen with text formats such as WKT.
To perform the inverse conversion of WKB to PostGIS geometry use ST_GeomFromWKB.
The OGC/ISO WKB format does not include the SRID. To get the EWKB format which does include the SRID use ST_AsEWKB |
The default behavior in PostgreSQL 9.0 has been changed to output bytea in hex encoding. If your GUI tools require the old behavior, then SET bytea_output='escape' in your database. |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for higher coordinate dimensions was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for specifying endian with geography was introduced.
Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.
Changed: 2.0.0 Inputs to this function can not be unknown -- must be geometry. Constructs such as ST_AsBinary('POINT(1 2)')
are no longer valid and you will get an n st_asbinary(unknown) is not unique error
. Code like that needs to be changed to ST_AsBinary('POINT(1 2)'::geometry);
. If that is not possible, then install legacy.sql
.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.37
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)); st_asbinary -------------------------------- \x01030000000100000005000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000000f03f000000000000f03f000000000000f03f000000000000f03f0000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000
SELECT ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326), 'XDR'); st_asbinary -------------------------------- \x000000000300000001000000050000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff000 00000000003ff00000000000003ff00000000000003ff00000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000
ST_AsEWKB — Return the Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB) representation of the geometry with SRID meta data.
bytea ST_AsEWKB(
geometry g1)
;
bytea ST_AsEWKB(
geometry g1, text NDR_or_XDR)
;
Returns the Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB) representation of the geometry with SRID metadata. The first function variant defaults to encoding using server machine endian. The second function variant takes a text argument specifying the endian encoding, either little-endian ('NDR') or big-endian ('XDR').
WKB format is useful to read geometry data from the database and maintaining full numeric precision. This avoids the precision rounding that can happen with text formats such as WKT.
To perform the inverse conversion of EWKB to PostGIS geometry use ST_GeomFromEWKB.
To get the OGC/ISO WKB format use ST_AsBinary. Note that OGC/ISO WKB format does not include the SRID. |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)); st_asewkb -------------------------------- \x0103000020e610000001000000050000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000f03f000000000000f03f000000000000f03f000000000000f03f00000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000
SELECT ST_AsEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326), 'XDR'); st_asewkb -------------------------------- \x0020000003000010e600000001000000050000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 003ff00000000000003ff00000000000003ff00000000000003ff000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000
ST_AsHEXEWKB — Returns a Geometry in HEXEWKB format (as text) using either little-endian (NDR) or big-endian (XDR) encoding.
text ST_AsHEXEWKB(
geometry g1, text NDRorXDR)
;
text ST_AsHEXEWKB(
geometry g1)
;
Returns a Geometry in HEXEWKB format (as text) using either little-endian (NDR) or big-endian (XDR) encoding. If no encoding is specified, then NDR is used.
Availability: 1.2.2 |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsHEXEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)); which gives same answer as SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)::text; st_ashexewkb -------- 0103000020E6100000010000000500 00000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000F03F 000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03 F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
ST_AsEncodedPolyline — Returns an Encoded Polyline from a LineString geometry.
text ST_AsEncodedPolyline(
geometry geom, integer precision=5)
;
Returns the geometry as an Encoded Polyline. This format is used by Google Maps with precision=5 and by Open Source Routing Machine with precision=5 and 6.
Opzionale precision
specifica quante cifre decimali saranno conservate nella polilinea codificata. Il valore deve essere lo stesso nella codifica e nella decodifica, altrimenti le coordinate non saranno corrette.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Di base
SELECT ST_AsEncodedPolyline(GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-120.2 38.5,-120.95 40.7,-126.453 43.252)')); --result-- |_p~iF~ps|U_ulLnnqC_mqNvxq`@
Use in conjunction with geography linestring and geography segmentize, and put on google maps
-- the SQL for Boston to San Francisco, segments every 100 KM SELECT ST_AsEncodedPolyline( ST_Segmentize( ST_GeogFromText('LINESTRING(-71.0519 42.4935,-122.4483 37.64)'), 100000)::geometry) As encodedFlightPath;
javascript will look something like this where $ variable you replace with query result
<script type="text/javascript" src="http://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?libraries=geometry" ></script> <script type="text/javascript"> flightPath = new google.maps.Polyline({ path: google.maps.geometry.encoding.decodePath("$encodedFlightPath"), map: map, strokeColor: '#0000CC', strokeOpacity: 1.0, strokeWeight: 4 }); </script>
ST_AsFlatGeobuf — Return a FlatGeobuf representation of a set of rows.
bytea ST_AsFlatGeobuf(
anyelement set row)
;
bytea ST_AsFlatGeobuf(
anyelement row, bool index)
;
bytea ST_AsFlatGeobuf(
anyelement row, bool index, text geom_name)
;
Return a FlatGeobuf representation (http://flatgeobuf.org) of a set of rows corresponding to a FeatureCollection. NOTE: PostgreSQL bytea cannot exceed 1GB.
row
row data with at least a geometry column.
index
toggle spatial index creation. Default is false.
geom_name
is the name of the geometry column in the row data. If NULL it will default to the first found geometry column.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
ST_AsGeobuf — Return a Geobuf representation of a set of rows.
bytea ST_AsGeobuf(
anyelement set row)
;
bytea ST_AsGeobuf(
anyelement row, text geom_name)
;
Return a Geobuf representation (https://github.com/mapbox/geobuf) of a set of rows corresponding to a FeatureCollection. Every input geometry is analyzed to determine maximum precision for optimal storage. Note that Geobuf in its current form cannot be streamed so the full output will be assembled in memory.
row
row data with at least a geometry column.
geom_name
is the name of the geometry column in the row data. If NULL it will default to the first found geometry column.
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
SELECT encode(ST_AsGeobuf(q, 'geom'), 'base64') FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))') AS geom) AS q; st_asgeobuf ---------------------------------- GAAiEAoOCgwIBBoIAAAAAgIAAAE=
ST_AsGeoJSON — Return a geometry or feature in GeoJSON format.
text ST_AsGeoJSON(
record feature, text geom_column="", integer maxdecimaldigits=9, boolean pretty_bool=false, text id_column='')
;
text ST_AsGeoJSON(
geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=9, integer options=8)
;
text ST_AsGeoJSON(
geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=9, integer options=0)
;
Returns a geometry as a GeoJSON "geometry" object, or a row as a GeoJSON "feature" object.
The resulting GeoJSON geometry and feature representations conform with the GeoJSON specifications RFC 7946, except when the parsed geometries are referenced with a CRS other than WGS84 longitude and latitude (EPSG:4326, urn:ogc:def:crs:OGC::CRS84); the GeoJSON geometry object will then have a short CRS SRID identifier attached by default. 2D and 3D Geometries are both supported. GeoJSON only supports SFS 1.1 geometry types (no curve support for example).
The geom_column
parameter is used to distinguish between multiple geometry columns. If omitted, the first geometry column in the record will be determined. Conversely, passing the parameter will save column type lookups.
The maxdecimaldigits
argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal places used in output (defaults to 9). If you are using EPSG:4326 and are outputting the geometry only for display, maxdecimaldigits
=6 can be a good choice for many maps.
Using the |
The options
argument can be used to add BBOX or CRS in GeoJSON output:
0: means no option
1: GeoJSON BBOX
2: GeoJSON Short CRS (e.g EPSG:4326)
4: GeoJSON Long CRS (e.g urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326)
8: GeoJSON Short CRS if not EPSG:4326 (default)
The id_column
parameter is used to set the "id" member of the returned GeoJSON features. As per GeoJSON RFC, this SHOULD be used whenever a feature has a commonly used identifier, such as a primary key. When not specified, the produced features will not get an "id" member and any columns other than the geometry, including any potential keys, will just end up inside the feature’s "properties" member.
The GeoJSON specification states that polygons are oriented using the Right-Hand Rule, and some clients require this orientation. This can be ensured by using ST_ForcePolygonCCW . The specification also requires that geometry be in the WGS84 coordinate system (SRID = 4326). If necessary geometry can be projected into WGS84 using ST_Transform: ST_Transform( geom, 4326 )
.
GeoJSON can be tested and viewed online at geojson.io and geojsonlint.com. It is widely supported by web mapping frameworks:
Disponibilità: 1.3.4
Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.
Changed: 2.0.0 support default args and named args.
Changed: 3.0.0 support records as input
Changed: 3.0.0 output SRID if not EPSG:4326.
Changed: 3.5.0 allow specifying the column containing the feature id
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Generate a FeatureCollection:
SELECT json_build_object( 'type', 'FeatureCollection', 'features', json_agg(ST_AsGeoJSON(t.*, id_column = > 'id')::json) ) FROM ( VALUES (1, 'one', 'POINT(1 1)'::geometry), (2, 'two', 'POINT(2 2)'), (3, 'three', 'POINT(3 3)') ) as t(id, name, geom);
{"type" : "FeatureCollection", "features" : [{"type": "Feature", "geometry": {"type":"Point","coordinates":[1,1]}, "id": 1, "properties": {"name": "one"}}, {"type": "Feature", "geometry": {"type":"Point","coordinates":[2,2]}, "id": 2, "properties": {"name": "two"}}, {"type": "Feature", "geometry": {"type":"Point","coordinates":[3,3]}, "id": 3, "properties": {"name": "three"}}]}
Generate a Feature:
SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON(t.*, id_column = > 'id') FROM (VALUES (1, 'one', 'POINT(1 1)'::geometry)) AS t(id, name, geom);
st_asgeojson ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- {"type": "Feature", "geometry": {"type":"Point","coordinates":[1,1]}, "id": 1, "properties": {"name": "one"}}
Don't forget to transform your data to WGS84 longitude, latitude to conform with the GeoJSON specification:
SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON(ST_Transform(geom,4326)) from fe_edges limit 1;
st_asgeojson ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- {"type":"MultiLineString","coordinates":[[[-89.734634999999997,31.492072000000000], [-89.734955999999997,31.492237999999997]]]}
3D geometries are supported:
SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
{"type":"LineString","coordinates":[[1,2,3],[4,5,6]]}
Options argument can be used to add BBOX and CRS in GeoJSON output:
SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON(ST_SetSRID('POINT(1 1)'::geometry, 4326), 9, 4|1);
{"type":"Point","crs":{"type":"name","properties":{"name":"urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326"}},"bbox":[1.000000000,1.000000000,1.000000000,1.000000000],"coordinates":[1,1]}
ST_AsGML — Return the geometry as a GML version 2 or 3 element.
text ST_AsGML(
geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0)
;
text ST_AsGML(
geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0, text nprefix=null, text id=null)
;
text ST_AsGML(
integer version, geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0, text nprefix=null, text id=null)
;
text ST_AsGML(
integer version, geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0, text nprefix=null, text id=null)
;
Return the geometry as a Geography Markup Language (GML) element. The version parameter, if specified, may be either 2 or 3. If no version parameter is specified then the default is assumed to be 2. The maxdecimaldigits
argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal places used in output (defaults to 15).
Using the |
GML 2 refer to 2.1.2 version, GML 3 to 3.1.1 version
The 'options' argument is a bitfield. It could be used to define CRS output type in GML output, and to declare data as lat/lon:
0: GML Short CRS (e.g EPSG:4326), default value
1: GML Long CRS (e.g urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326)
2: For GML 3 only, remove srsDimension attribute from output.
4: For GML 3 only, use <LineString> rather than <Curve> tag for lines.
16: Declare that data are lat/lon (e.g srid=4326). Default is to assume that data are planars. This option is useful for GML 3.1.1 output only, related to axis order. So if you set it, it will swap the coordinates so order is lat lon instead of database lon lat.
32: Output the box of the geometry (envelope).
The 'namespace prefix' argument may be used to specify a custom namespace prefix or no prefix (if empty). If null or omitted 'gml' prefix is used
Disponibilità: 1.3.2
Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 prefix support was introduced. Option 4 for GML3 was introduced to allow using LineString instead of Curve tag for lines. GML3 Support for Polyhedral surfaces and TINS was introduced. Option 32 was introduced to output the box.
Changed: 2.0.0 use default named args
Enhanced: 2.1.0 id support was introduced, for GML 3.
Only version 3+ of ST_AsGML supports Polyhedral Surfaces and TINS. |
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 17.2
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsGML(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)); st_asgml -------- <gml:Polygon srsName="EPSG:4326" ><gml:outerBoundaryIs ><gml:LinearRing ><gml:coordinates >0,0 0,1 1,1 1,0 0,0</gml:coordinates ></gml:LinearRing ></gml:outerBoundaryIs ></gml:Polygon>
-- Flip coordinates and output extended EPSG (16 | 1)-- SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(5.234234233242 6.34534534534)',4326), 5, 17); st_asgml -------- <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326" ><gml:pos >6.34535 5.23423</gml:pos ></gml:Point>
-- Output the envelope (32) -- SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 10 20)',4326), 5, 32); st_asgml -------- <gml:Envelope srsName="EPSG:4326"> <gml:lowerCorner >1 2</gml:lowerCorner> <gml:upperCorner >10 20</gml:upperCorner> </gml:Envelope>
-- Output the envelope (32) , reverse (lat lon instead of lon lat) (16), long srs (1)= 32 | 16 | 1 = 49 -- SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 10 20)',4326), 5, 49); st_asgml -------- <gml:Envelope srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326"> <gml:lowerCorner >2 1</gml:lowerCorner> <gml:upperCorner >20 10</gml:upperCorner> </gml:Envelope>
-- Polyhedral Example -- SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); st_asgml -------- <gml:PolyhedralSurface> <gml:polygonPatches> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:PolygonPatch> <gml:exterior> <gml:LinearRing> <gml:posList srsDimension="3" >0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1</gml:posList> </gml:LinearRing> </gml:exterior> </gml:PolygonPatch> </gml:polygonPatches> </gml:PolyhedralSurface>
ST_AsKML — Return the geometry as a KML element.
text ST_AsKML(
geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL)
;
text ST_AsKML(
geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL)
;
Return the geometry as a Keyhole Markup Language (KML) element. default maximum number of decimal places is 15, default namespace is no prefix.
Using the |
Requires PostGIS be compiled with Proj support. Use PostGIS_Full_Version to confirm you have proj support compiled in. |
Availability: 1.2.2 - later variants that include version param came in 1.3.2 |
Enhanced: 2.0.0 - Add prefix namespace, use default and named args |
Changed: 3.0.0 - Removed the "versioned" variant signature |
AsKML output will not work with geometries that do not have an SRID |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsKML(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)); st_askml -------- <Polygon ><outerBoundaryIs ><LinearRing ><coordinates >0,0 0,1 1,1 1,0 0,0</coordinates ></LinearRing ></outerBoundaryIs ></Polygon> --3d linestring SELECT ST_AsKML('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); <LineString ><coordinates >1,2,3 4,5,6</coordinates ></LineString>
ST_AsLatLonText — Return the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds representation of the given point.
text ST_AsLatLonText(
geometry pt, text format='')
;
Returns the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds representation of the point.
It is assumed the point is in a lat/lon projection. The X (lon) and Y (lat) coordinates are normalized in the output to the "normal" range (-180 to +180 for lon, -90 to +90 for lat). |
The text parameter is a format string containing the format for the resulting text, similar to a date format string. Valid tokens are "D" for degrees, "M" for minutes, "S" for seconds, and "C" for cardinal direction (NSEW). DMS tokens may be repeated to indicate desired width and precision ("SSS.SSSS" means " 1.0023").
"M", "S", and "C" are optional. If "C" is omitted, degrees are shown with a "-" sign if south or west. If "S" is omitted, minutes will be shown as decimal with as many digits of precision as you specify. If "M" is also omitted, degrees are shown as decimal with as many digits precision as you specify.
If the format string is omitted (or zero-length) a default format will be used.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Default format.
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)')); st_aslatlontext ---------------------------- 2°19'29.928"S 3°14'3.243"W
Providing a format (same as the default).
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D°M''S.SSS"C')); st_aslatlontext ---------------------------- 2°19'29.928"S 3°14'3.243"W
Characters other than D, M, S, C and . are just passed through.
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D degrees, M minutes, S seconds to the C')); st_aslatlontext -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 degrees, 19 minutes, 30 seconds to the S 3 degrees, 14 minutes, 3 seconds to the W
Signed degrees instead of cardinal directions.
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D°M''S.SSS"')); st_aslatlontext ---------------------------- -2°19'29.928" -3°14'3.243"
Decimal degrees.
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D.DDDD degrees C')); st_aslatlontext ----------------------------------- 2.3250 degrees S 3.2342 degrees W
Excessively large values are normalized.
SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-302.2342342 -792.32498)')); st_aslatlontext ------------------------------- 72°19'29.928"S 57°45'56.757"E
ST_AsMARC21 — Returns geometry as a MARC21/XML record with a geographic datafield (034).
text ST_AsMARC21 (
geometry geom , text format='hdddmmss' )
;
This function returns a MARC21/XML record with Coded Cartographic Mathematical Data representing the bounding box of a given geometry. The format
parameter allows to encode the coordinates in subfields $d
,$e
,$f
and $g
in all formats supported by the MARC21/XML standard. Valid formats are:
cardinal direction, degrees, minutes and seconds (default): hdddmmss
decimal degrees with cardinal direction: hddd.dddddd
decimal degrees without cardinal direction: ddd.dddddd
decimal minutes with cardinal direction: hdddmm.mmmm
decimal minutes without cardinal direction: dddmm.mmmm
decimal seconds with cardinal direction: hdddmmss.sss
The decimal sign may be also a comma, e.g. hdddmm,mmmm
.
The precision of decimal formats can be limited by the number of characters after the decimal sign, e.g. hdddmm.mm
for decimal minutes with a precision of two decimals.
This function ignores the Z and M dimensions.
Versioni LOC MARC21/XML supportate:
Availability: 3.3.0
This function does not support non lon/lat geometries, as they are not supported by the MARC21/XML standard (Coded Cartographic Mathematical Data). |
The MARC21/XML Standard does not provide any means to annotate the spatial reference system for Coded Cartographic Mathematical Data, which means that this information will be lost after conversion to MARC21/XML. |
Converting a POINT
to MARC21/XML formatted as hdddmmss (default)
SELECT ST_AsMARC21('SRID=4326;POINT(-4.504289 54.253312)'::geometry); st_asmarc21 ------------------------------------------------- <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="d" >W0043015</subfield> <subfield code="e" >W0043015</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N0541512</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N0541512</subfield> </datafield> </record>
Converting a POLYGON
to MARC21/XML formatted in decimal degrees
SELECT ST_AsMARC21('SRID=4326;POLYGON((-4.5792388916015625 54.18172660239091,-4.56756591796875 54.196993557130355,-4.546623229980469 54.18313300502024,-4.5792388916015625 54.18172660239091))'::geometry,'hddd.dddd'); <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="d" >W004.5792</subfield> <subfield code="e" >W004.5466</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N054.1970</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N054.1817</subfield> </datafield> </record>
Converting a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
to MARC21/XML formatted in decimal minutes. The geometries order in the MARC21/XML output correspond to their order in the collection.
SELECT ST_AsMARC21('SRID=4326;GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((13.1 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.65,13.516666666666667 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.38333333333333,13.1 52.65)),POINT(-4.5 54.25))'::geometry,'hdddmm.mmmm'); st_asmarc21 ------------------------------------------------- <record xmlns="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim"> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="d" >E01307.0000</subfield> <subfield code="e" >E01331.0000</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N05240.0000</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N05224.0000</subfield> </datafield> <datafield tag="034" ind1="1" ind2=" "> <subfield code="a" >a</subfield> <subfield code="d" >W00430.0000</subfield> <subfield code="e" >W00430.0000</subfield> <subfield code="f" >N05415.0000</subfield> <subfield code="g" >N05415.0000</subfield> </datafield> </record>
ST_AsMVTGeom — Transforms a geometry into the coordinate space of a MVT tile.
geometry ST_AsMVTGeom(
geometry geom, box2d bounds, integer extent=4096, integer buffer=256, boolean clip_geom=true)
;
Transforms a geometry into the coordinate space of a MVT (Mapbox Vector Tile) tile, clipping it to the tile bounds if required. The geometry must be in the coordinate system of the target map (using ST_Transform if needed). Commonly this is Web Mercator (SRID:3857).
The function attempts to preserve geometry validity, and corrects it if needed. This may cause the result geometry to collapse to a lower dimension.
The rectangular bounds of the tile in the target map coordinate space must be provided, so the geometry can be transformed, and clipped if required. The bounds can be generated using ST_TileEnvelope.
This function is used to convert geometry into the tile coordinate space required by ST_AsMVT.
geom
is the geometry to transform, in the coordinate system of the target map.
bounds
is the rectangular bounds of the tile in map coordinate space, with no buffer.
extent
is the tile extent size in tile coordinate space as defined by the MVT specification. Defaults to 4096.
buffer
is the buffer size in tile coordinate space for geometry clippig. Defaults to 256.
clip_geom
is a boolean to control if geometries are clipped or encoded as-is. Defaults to true.
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
From 3.0, Wagyu can be chosen at configure time to clip and validate MVT polygons. This library is faster and produces more correct results than the GEOS default, but it might drop small polygons. |
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AsMVTGeom( ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((0 0, 10 0, 10 5, 0 -5, 0 0))'), ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0, 0), ST_Point(4096, 4096)), 4096, 0, false)); st_astext -------------------------------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((5 4096,10 4091,10 4096,5 4096)),((5 4096,0 4101,0 4096,5 4096)))
Canonical example for a Web Mercator tile using a computed tile bounds to query and clip geometry.
SELECT ST_AsMVTGeom( ST_Transform( geom, 3857 ), ST_TileEnvelope(12, 513, 412), extent = > 4096, buffer = > 64) AS geom FROM data WHERE geom && ST_TileEnvelope(12, 513, 412, margin = > (64.0 / 4096))
ST_AsMVT — Aggregate function returning a MVT representation of a set of rows.
bytea ST_AsMVT(
anyelement set row)
;
bytea ST_AsMVT(
anyelement row, text name)
;
bytea ST_AsMVT(
anyelement row, text name, integer extent)
;
bytea ST_AsMVT(
anyelement row, text name, integer extent, text geom_name)
;
bytea ST_AsMVT(
anyelement row, text name, integer extent, text geom_name, text feature_id_name)
;
An aggregate function which returns a binary Mapbox Vector Tile representation of a set of rows corresponding to a tile layer. The rows must contain a geometry column which will be encoded as a feature geometry. The geometry must be in tile coordinate space and valid as per the MVT specification. ST_AsMVTGeom can be used to transform geometry into tile coordinate space. Other row columns are encoded as feature attributes.
The Mapbox Vector Tile format can store features with varying sets of attributes. To use this capability supply a JSONB column in the row data containing Json objects one level deep. The keys and values in the JSONB values will be encoded as feature attributes.
Tiles with multiple layers can be created by concatenating multiple calls to this function using ||
or STRING_AGG
.
Do not call with a |
row
row data with at least a geometry column.
name
is the name of the layer. Default is the string "default".
extent
is the tile extent in screen space as defined by the specification. Default is 4096.
geom_name
is the name of the geometry column in the row data. Default is the first geometry column. Note that PostgreSQL by default automatically folds unquoted identifiers to lower case, which means that unless the geometry column is quoted, e.g. "MyMVTGeom"
, this parameter must be provided as lowercase.
feature_id_name
is the name of the Feature ID column in the row data. If NULL or negative the Feature ID is not set. The first column matching name and valid type (smallint, integer, bigint) will be used as Feature ID, and any subsequent column will be added as a property. JSON properties are not supported.
Enhanced: 3.0 - added support for Feature ID.
Enhanced: 2.5.0 - added support parallel query.
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
WITH mvtgeom AS ( SELECT ST_AsMVTGeom(geom, ST_TileEnvelope(12, 513, 412), extent = > 4096, buffer = > 64) AS geom, name, description FROM points_of_interest WHERE geom && ST_TileEnvelope(12, 513, 412, margin = > (64.0 / 4096)) ) SELECT ST_AsMVT(mvtgeom.*) FROM mvtgeom;
ST_AsSVG — Returns SVG path data for a geometry.
text ST_AsSVG(
geometry geom, integer rel=0, integer maxdecimaldigits=15)
;
text ST_AsSVG(
geography geog, integer rel=0, integer maxdecimaldigits=15)
;
Return the geometry as Scalar Vector Graphics (SVG) path data. Use 1 as second argument to have the path data implemented in terms of relative moves, the default (or 0) uses absolute moves. Third argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal digits used in output (defaults to 15). Point geometries will be rendered as cx/cy when 'rel' arg is 0, x/y when 'rel' is 1. Multipoint geometries are delimited by commas (","), GeometryCollection geometries are delimited by semicolons (";").
For working with PostGIS SVG graphics, checkout pg_svg library which provides plpgsql functions for working with outputs from ST_AsSVG.
Enhanced: 3.4.0 to support all curve types
Changed: 2.0.0 to use default args and support named args
Availability: 1.2.2. Availability: 1.4.0 Changed in PostGIS 1.4.0 to include L command in absolute path to conform to http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataBNF |
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsSVG('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))'::geometry); st_assvg -------- M 0 0 L 0 -1 1 -1 1 0 Z
Circular string
SELECT ST_AsSVG( ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(-2 0,0 2,2 0,0 2,2 4)') ); st_assvg -------- M -2 0 A 2 2 0 0 1 2 0 A 2 2 0 0 1 2 -4
Multi-curve
SELECT ST_AsSVG('MULTICURVE((5 5,3 5,3 3,0 3), CIRCULARSTRING(0 0,2 1,2 2))'::geometry, 0, 0); st_assvg ------------------------------------------------ M 5 -5 L 3 -5 3 -3 0 -3 M 0 0 A 2 2 0 0 0 2 -2
Multi-surface
SELECT ST_AsSVG('MULTISURFACE( CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(-2 0,-1 -1,0 0,1 -1,2 0,0 2,-2 0), (-1 0,0 0.5,1 0,0 1,-1 0)), ((7 8,10 10,6 14,4 11,7 8)))'::geometry, 0, 2); st_assvg --------------------------------------------------------- M -2 0 A 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 A 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 A 2 2 0 0 0 -2 0 Z M -1 0 L 0 -0.5 1 0 0 -1 -1 0 Z M 7 -8 L 10 -10 6 -14 4 -11 Z
ST_AsTWKB — Returns the geometry as TWKB, aka "Tiny Well-Known Binary"
bytea ST_AsTWKB(
geometry geom, integer prec=0, integer prec_z=0, integer prec_m=0, boolean with_sizes=false, boolean with_boxes=false)
;
bytea ST_AsTWKB(
geometry[] geom, bigint[] ids, integer prec=0, integer prec_z=0, integer prec_m=0, boolean with_sizes=false, boolean with_boxes=false)
;
Returns the geometry in TWKB (Tiny Well-Known Binary) format. TWKB is a compressed binary format with a focus on minimizing the size of the output.
The decimal digits parameters control how much precision is stored in the output. By default, values are rounded to the nearest unit before encoding. If you want to transfer more precision, increase the number. For example, a value of 1 implies that the first digit to the right of the decimal point will be preserved.
The sizes and bounding boxes parameters control whether optional information about the encoded length of the object and the bounds of the object are included in the output. By default they are not. Do not turn them on unless your client software has a use for them, as they just use up space (and saving space is the point of TWKB).
The array-input form of the function is used to convert a collection of geometries and unique identifiers into a TWKB collection that preserves the identifiers. This is useful for clients that expect to unpack a collection and then access further information about the objects inside. You can create the arrays using the array_agg function. The other parameters operate the same as for the simple form of the function.
The format specification is available online at https://github.com/TWKB/Specification, and code for building a JavaScript client can be found at https://github.com/TWKB/twkb.js. |
Enhanced: 2.4.0 memory and speed improvements.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
SELECT ST_AsTWKB('LINESTRING(1 1,5 5)'::geometry); st_astwkb -------------------------------------------- \x02000202020808
To create an aggregate TWKB object including identifiers aggregate the desired geometries and objects first, using "array_agg()", then call the appropriate TWKB function.
SELECT ST_AsTWKB(array_agg(geom), array_agg(gid)) FROM mytable; st_astwkb -------------------------------------------- \x040402020400000202
ST_GeomFromTWKB, ST_AsBinary, ST_AsEWKB, ST_AsEWKT, ST_GeomFromText
ST_AsX3D — Returns a Geometry in X3D xml node element format: ISO-IEC-19776-1.2-X3DEncodings-XML
text ST_AsX3D(
geometry g1, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0)
;
Returns a geometry as an X3D xml formatted node element http://www.web3d.org/standards/number/19776-1. If maxdecimaldigits
(precision) is not specified then defaults to 15.
There are various options for translating PostGIS geometries to X3D since X3D geometry types don't map directly to PostGIS geometry types and some newer X3D types that might be better mappings we have avoided since most rendering tools don't currently support them. These are the mappings we have settled on. Feel free to post a bug ticket if you have thoughts on the idea or ways we can allow people to denote their preferred mappings. Below is how we currently map PostGIS 2D/3D types to X3D types |
The 'options' argument is a bitfield. For PostGIS 2.2+, this is used to denote whether to represent coordinates with X3D GeoCoordinates Geospatial node and also whether to flip the x/y axis. By default, ST_AsX3D
outputs in database form (long,lat or X,Y), but X3D default of lat/lon, y/x may be preferred.
0: X/Y in database order (e.g. long/lat = X,Y is standard database order), default value, and non-spatial coordinates (just regular old Coordinate tag).
1: Flip X and Y. If used in conjunction with the GeoCoordinate option switch, then output will be default "latitude_first" and coordinates will be flipped as well.
2: Output coordinates in GeoSpatial GeoCoordinates. This option will throw an error if geometries are not in WGS 84 long lat (srid: 4326). This is currently the only GeoCoordinate type supported. Refer to X3D specs specifying a spatial reference system.. Default output will be GeoCoordinate geoSystem='"GD" "WE" "longitude_first"'
. If you prefer the X3D default of GeoCoordinate geoSystem='"GD" "WE" "latitude_first"'
use (2 + 1)
= 3
PostGIS Type | 2D X3D Type | 3D X3D Type |
---|---|---|
LINESTRING | not yet implemented - will be PolyLine2D | LineSet |
MULTILINESTRING | not yet implemented - will be PolyLine2D | IndexedLineSet |
MULTIPOINT | Polypoint2D | PointSet |
POINT | outputs the space delimited coordinates | outputs the space delimited coordinates |
(MULTI) POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACE | Invalid X3D markup | IndexedFaceSet (inner rings currently output as another faceset) |
TIN | TriangleSet2D (Not Yet Implemented) | IndexedTriangleSet |
2D geometry support not yet complete. Inner rings currently just drawn as separate polygons. We are working on these. |
Lots of advancements happening in 3D space particularly with X3D Integration with HTML5
There is also a nice open source X3D viewer you can use to view rendered geometries. Free Wrl http://freewrl.sourceforge.net/ binaries available for Mac, Linux, and Windows. Use the FreeWRL_Launcher packaged to view the geometries.
Also check out PostGIS minimalist X3D viewer that utilizes this function and x3dDom html/js open source toolkit.
Availability: 2.0.0: ISO-IEC-19776-1.2-X3DEncodings-XML
Enhanced: 2.2.0: Support for GeoCoordinates and axis (x/y, long/lat) flipping. Look at options for details.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT '<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE X3D PUBLIC "ISO//Web3D//DTD X3D 3.0//EN" "http://www.web3d.org/specifications/x3d-3.0.dtd"> <X3D> <Scene> <Transform> <Shape> <Appearance> <Material emissiveColor=''0 0 1''/> </Appearance > ' || ST_AsX3D( ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')) || '</Shape> </Transform> </Scene> </X3D >' As x3ddoc; x3ddoc -------- <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE X3D PUBLIC "ISO//Web3D//DTD X3D 3.0//EN" "http://www.web3d.org/specifications/x3d-3.0.dtd"> <X3D> <Scene> <Transform> <Shape> <Appearance> <Material emissiveColor='0 0 1'/> </Appearance> <IndexedFaceSet coordIndex='0 1 2 3 -1 4 5 6 7 -1 8 9 10 11 -1 12 13 14 15 -1 16 17 18 19 -1 20 21 22 23'> <Coordinate point='0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1' /> </IndexedFaceSet> </Shape> </Transform> </Scene> </X3D>
Copy and paste the output of this query to x3d scene viewer and click Show
SELECT string_agg('<Shape >' || ST_AsX3D(ST_Extrude(geom, 0,0, i*0.5)) || '<Appearance> <Material diffuseColor="' || (0.01*i)::text || ' 0.8 0.2" specularColor="' || (0.05*i)::text || ' 0 0.5"/> </Appearance> </Shape >', '') FROM ST_Subdivide(ST_Letters('PostGIS'),20) WITH ORDINALITY AS f(geom,i);
SELECT ST_AsX3D( ST_Translate( ST_Force_3d( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(10,10),5, 'quad_segs=2')), 0,0, 3) ,6) As x3dfrag; x3dfrag -------- <IndexedFaceSet coordIndex="0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7"> <Coordinate point="15 10 3 13.535534 6.464466 3 10 5 3 6.464466 6.464466 3 5 10 3 6.464466 13.535534 3 10 15 3 13.535534 13.535534 3 " /> </IndexedFaceSet>
SELECT ST_AsX3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN ((( 0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0 )), (( 0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0 )) )')) As x3dfrag; x3dfrag -------- <IndexedTriangleSet index='0 1 2 3 4 5' ><Coordinate point='0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0'/></IndexedTriangleSet>
SELECT ST_AsX3D( ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((20 0 10,16 -12 10,0 -16 10,-12 -12 10,-20 0 10,-12 16 10,0 24 10,16 16 10,20 0 10), (12 0 10,8 8 10,0 12 10,-8 8 10,-8 0 10,-8 -4 10,0 -8 10,8 -4 10,12 0 10))') ) As x3dfrag; x3dfrag -------- <IndexedLineSet coordIndex='0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 -1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8'> <Coordinate point='20 0 10 16 -12 10 0 -16 10 -12 -12 10 -20 0 10 -12 16 10 0 24 10 16 16 10 12 0 10 8 8 10 0 12 10 -8 8 10 -8 0 10 -8 -4 10 0 -8 10 8 -4 10 ' /> </IndexedLineSet>
ST_GeoHash — Return a GeoHash representation of the geometry.
text ST_GeoHash(
geometry geom, integer maxchars=full_precision_of_point)
;
Computes a GeoHash representation of a geometry. A GeoHash encodes a geographic Point into a text form that is sortable and searchable based on prefixing. A shorter GeoHash is a less precise representation of a point. It can be thought of as a box that contains the point.
Non-point geometry values with non-zero extent can also be mapped to GeoHash codes. The precision of the code depends on the geographic extent of the geometry.
If maxchars
is not specified, the returned GeoHash code is for the smallest cell containing the input geometry. Points return a GeoHash with 20 characters of precision (about enough to hold the full double precision of the input). Other geometric types may return a GeoHash with less precision, depending on the extent of the geometry. Larger geometries are represented with less precision, smaller ones with more precision. The box determined by the GeoHash code always contains the input feature.
If maxchars
is specified the returned GeoHash code has at most that many characters. It maps to a (possibly) lower precision representation of the input geometry. For non-points, the starting point of the calculation is the center of the bounding box of the geometry.
Disponibilità: 1.4.0
ST_GeoHash requires input geometry to be in geographic (lon/lat) coordinates. |
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_GeoHash( ST_Point(-126,48) ); st_geohash ---------------------- c0w3hf1s70w3hf1s70w3 SELECT ST_GeoHash( ST_Point(-126,48), 5); st_geohash ------------ c0w3h -- This line contains the point, so the GeoHash is a prefix of the point code SELECT ST_GeoHash('LINESTRING(-126 48, -126.1 48.1)'::geometry); st_geohash ------------ c0w3
ST_GeomFromGeoHash, ST_PointFromGeoHash, ST_Box2dFromGeoHash
TRUE
if A's 2D bounding box intersects B's 2D bounding box.TRUE
if a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box intersects a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) intersects a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box.TRUE
if two 2D float precision bounding boxes (BOX2DF) intersect each other.TRUE
if A's n-D bounding box intersects B's n-D bounding box.TRUE
if a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box intersects a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX).TRUE
if a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX) intersects a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box.TRUE
if two n-D float precision bounding boxes (GIDX) intersect each other.TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is to the left of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is below B's.TRUE
if A' bounding box overlaps or is to the right of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly to the left of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly below B's.TRUE
if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B.TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly to the right of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is contained by B's.TRUE
if a geometry's 2D bounding box is contained into a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into a geometry's 2D bounding box.TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into another 2D float precision bounding box.TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is above B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly above B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box contains B's.TRUE
if a geometry's 2D bonding box contains a 2D float precision bounding box (GIDX).TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains a geometry's 2D bonding box.TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains another 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's.&& — Returns TRUE
if A's 2D bounding box intersects B's 2D bounding box.
boolean &&(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
boolean &&(
geography A , geography B )
;
The &&
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box of geometry A intersects the 2D bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.
Availability: 1.5.0 support for geography was introduced.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry), (2, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (3, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overlaps ---------+---------+---------- 1 | 3 | t 2 | 3 | f (2 rows)
&&(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box intersects a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
boolean &&(
geometry A , box2df B )
;
The &&
operator returns TRUE
if the cached 2D bounding box of geometry A intersects the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_Point(1,1) && ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(2,2)) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&&(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) intersects a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box.
boolean &&(
box2df A , geometry B )
;
The &&
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box A intersects the cached 2D bounding box of geometry B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(2,2)) && ST_Point(1,1) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&&(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if two 2D float precision bounding boxes (BOX2DF) intersect each other.
boolean &&(
box2df A , box2df B )
;
The &&
operator returns TRUE
if two 2D bounding boxes A and B intersect each other, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(2,2)) && ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(1,1), ST_Point(3,3)) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&&& — Returns TRUE
if A's n-D bounding box intersects B's n-D bounding box.
boolean &&&(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The &&&
operator returns TRUE
if the n-D bounding box of geometry A intersects the n-D bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &&& tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_3d, tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_2d FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING Z(0 0 1, 3 3 2)'::geometry), (2, 'LINESTRING Z(1 2 0, 0 5 -1)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (3, 'LINESTRING Z(1 2 1, 4 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overlaps_3d | overlaps_2d ---------+---------+-------------+------------- 1 | 3 | t | t 2 | 3 | f | t
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &&& tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_3zm, tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_2d FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING M(0 0 1, 3 3 2)'::geometry), (2, 'LINESTRING M(1 2 0, 0 5 -1)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (3, 'LINESTRING M(1 2 1, 4 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overlaps_3zm | overlaps_2d ---------+---------+-------------+------------- 1 | 3 | t | t 2 | 3 | f | t
&&&(geometry,gidx) — Returns TRUE
if a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box intersects a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX).
boolean &&&(
geometry A , gidx B )
;
The &&&
operator returns TRUE
if the cached n-D bounding box of geometry A intersects the n-D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)
This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_MakePoint(1,1,1) &&& ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&&&(gidx,geometry) — Returns TRUE
if a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX) intersects a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box.
boolean &&&(
gidx A , geometry B )
;
The &&&
operator returns TRUE
if the n-D bounding box A intersects the cached n-D bounding box of geometry B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)
This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) &&& ST_MakePoint(1,1,1) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&&&(gidx,gidx) — Returns TRUE
if two n-D float precision bounding boxes (GIDX) intersect each other.
boolean &&&(
gidx A , gidx B )
;
The &&&
operator returns TRUE
if two n-D bounding boxes A and B intersect each other, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)
This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) &&& ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(1,1,1), ST_MakePoint(3,3,3)) AS overlaps; overlaps ---------- t (1 row)
&< — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is to the left of B's.
boolean &<(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The &<
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is to the left of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the right of the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &< tbl2.column2 AS overleft FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overleft ---------+---------+---------- 1 | 2 | f 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | t (3 rows)
&<| — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is below B's.
boolean &<|(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The &<|
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is below of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT above the bounding box of geometry B.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &<| tbl2.column2 AS overbelow FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 4)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overbelow ---------+---------+----------- 1 | 2 | f 1 | 3 | t 1 | 4 | t (3 rows)
&> — Returns TRUE
if A' bounding box overlaps or is to the right of B's.
boolean &>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The &>
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is to the right of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the left of the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 & > tbl2.column2 AS overright FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overright ---------+---------+----------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | t 1 | 4 | f (3 rows)
<< — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly to the left of B's.
boolean <<(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The <<
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly to the left of the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 << tbl2.column2 AS left FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (1 2, 1 5)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 0, 6 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (2 2, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | left ---------+---------+------ 1 | 2 | f 1 | 3 | t 1 | 4 | t (3 rows)
<<| — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly below B's.
boolean <<|(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The <<|
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly below the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 <<| tbl2.column2 AS below FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | below ---------+---------+------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | f (3 rows)
= — Returns TRUE
if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B.
boolean =(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
boolean =(
geography A , geography B )
;
The =
operator returns TRUE
if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B. PostgreSQL uses the =, <, and > operators defined for geometries to perform internal orderings and comparison of geometries (ie. in a GROUP BY or ORDER BY clause).
Only geometry/geography that are exactly equal in all respects, with the same coordinates, in the same order, are considered equal by this operator. For "spatial equality", that ignores things like coordinate order, and can detect features that cover the same spatial area with different representations, use ST_OrderingEquals or ST_Equals |
This operand will NOT make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. For an index assisted exact equality test, combine = with &&. |
Changed: 2.4.0, in prior versions this was bounding box equality not a geometric equality. If you need bounding box equality, use ~= instead.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 0)'::geometry = 'LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry; ?column? ---------- f (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(column1) FROM ( VALUES ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry), ('LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry)) AS foo; st_astext --------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,1 1) LINESTRING(1 1,0 0) (2 rows) -- Note: the GROUP BY uses the "=" to compare for geometry equivalency. SELECT ST_AsText(column1) FROM ( VALUES ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry), ('LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry)) AS foo GROUP BY column1; st_astext --------------------- LINESTRING(0 0,1 1) LINESTRING(1 1,0 0) (2 rows) -- In versions prior to 2.0, this used to return true -- SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1707296.37 4820536.77)') = ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1707296.27 4820536.87)') As pt_intersect; --pt_intersect -- f
>> — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly to the right of B's.
boolean >>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The >>
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly to the right of the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 > > tbl2.column2 AS right FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | right ---------+---------+------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | f (3 rows)
@ — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is contained by B's.
boolean @(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The @
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A is completely contained by the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 @ tbl2.column2 AS contained FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 4)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (2 2, 4 4)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | contained ---------+---------+----------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | t (3 rows)
@(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if a geometry's 2D bounding box is contained into a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
boolean @(
geometry A , box2df B )
;
The @
operator returns TRUE
if the A geometry's 2D bounding box is contained the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(2 2)'), 1) @ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(5,5)) AS is_contained; is_contained -------------- t (1 row)
@(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into a geometry's 2D bounding box.
boolean @(
box2df A , geometry B )
;
The @
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box A is contained into the B geometry's 2D bounding box, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(2,2), ST_Point(3,3)) @ ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)'), 10) AS is_contained; is_contained -------------- t (1 row)
@(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into another 2D float precision bounding box.
boolean @(
box2df A , box2df B )
;
The @
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box A is contained into the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(2,2), ST_Point(3,3)) @ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(5,5)) AS is_contained; is_contained -------------- t (1 row)
|&> — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box overlaps or is above B's.
boolean |&>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The |&>
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is above the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT below the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 |& > tbl2.column2 AS overabove FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 4)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | overabove ---------+---------+----------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | f (3 rows)
|>> — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is strictly above B's.
boolean |>>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The |>>
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly above the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 |>> tbl2.column2 AS above FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 2)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | above ---------+---------+------- 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | f 1 | 4 | f (3 rows)
~ — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box contains B's.
boolean ~(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The ~
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry A completely contains the bounding box of geometry B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 ~ tbl2.column2 AS contains FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1, ( VALUES (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 4)'::geometry), (3, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 2 2)'::geometry), (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2; column1 | column1 | contains ---------+---------+---------- 1 | 2 | f 1 | 3 | t 1 | 4 | t (3 rows)
~(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if a geometry's 2D bonding box contains a 2D float precision bounding box (GIDX).
boolean ~(
geometry A , box2df B )
;
The ~
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box of a geometry A contains the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)'), 10) ~ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(2,2)) AS contains; contains ---------- t (1 row)
~(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains a geometry's 2D bonding box.
boolean ~(
box2df A , geometry B )
;
The ~
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box A contains the B geometry's bounding box, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(5,5)) ~ ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(2 2)'), 1) AS contains; contains ---------- t (1 row)
~(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE
if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains another 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
boolean ~(
box2df A , box2df B )
;
The ~
operator returns TRUE
if the 2D bounding box A contains the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)
This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users. |
Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0,0), ST_Point(5,5)) ~ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(2,2), ST_Point(3,3)) AS contains; contains ---------- t (1 row)
~= — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's.
boolean ~=(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The ~=
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of geometry/geography A is the same as the bounding box of geometry/geography B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
Availability: 1.5.0 changed behavior
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
This operator has changed behavior in PostGIS 1.5 from testing for actual geometric equality to only checking for bounding box equality. To complicate things it also depends on if you have done a hard or soft upgrade which behavior your database has. To find out which behavior your database has you can run the query below. To check for true equality use ST_OrderingEquals or ST_Equals. |
select 'LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry ~= 'LINESTRING(0 1, 1 0)'::geometry as equality; equality | -----------------+ t |
<-> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B.
double precision <->(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
double precision <->(
geography A , geography B )
;
The <->
operator returns the 2D distance between two geometries. Used in the "ORDER BY" clause provides index-assisted nearest-neighbor result sets. For PostgreSQL below 9.5 only gives centroid distance of bounding boxes and for PostgreSQL 9.5+, does true KNN distance search giving true distance between geometries, and distance sphere for geographies.
This operand will make use of 2D GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause. |
Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry instead of a.geom |
Refer to PostGIS workshop: Nearest-Neighbor Searching for a detailed example.
Enhanced: 2.2.0 -- True KNN ("K nearest neighbor") behavior for geometry and geography for PostgreSQL 9.5+. Note for geography KNN is based on sphere rather than spheroid. For PostgreSQL 9.4 and below, geography support is new but only supports centroid box.
Changed: 2.2.0 -- For PostgreSQL 9.5 users, old Hybrid syntax may be slower, so you'll want to get rid of that hack if you are running your code only on PostGIS 2.2+ 9.5+. See examples below.
Availability: 2.0.0 -- Weak KNN provides nearest neighbors based on geometry centroid distances instead of true distances. Exact results for points, inexact for all other types. Available for PostgreSQL 9.1+
SELECT ST_Distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr FROM va2005 ORDER BY d limit 10; d | edabbr | vaabbr ------------------+--------+-------- 0 | ALQ | 128 5541.57712511724 | ALQ | 129A 5579.67450712005 | ALQ | 001 6083.4207708641 | ALQ | 131 7691.2205404848 | ALQ | 003 7900.75451037313 | ALQ | 122 8694.20710669982 | ALQ | 129B 9564.24289057111 | ALQ | 130 12089.665931705 | ALQ | 127 18472.5531479404 | ALQ | 002 (10 rows)
Then the KNN raw answer:
SELECT st_distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr FROM va2005 ORDER BY geom <-> 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry limit 10; d | edabbr | vaabbr ------------------+--------+-------- 0 | ALQ | 128 5541.57712511724 | ALQ | 129A 5579.67450712005 | ALQ | 001 6083.4207708641 | ALQ | 131 7691.2205404848 | ALQ | 003 7900.75451037313 | ALQ | 122 8694.20710669982 | ALQ | 129B 9564.24289057111 | ALQ | 130 12089.665931705 | ALQ | 127 18472.5531479404 | ALQ | 002 (10 rows)
If you run "EXPLAIN ANALYZE" on the two queries you would see a performance improvement for the second.
For users running with PostgreSQL < 9.5, use a hybrid query to find the true nearest neighbors. First a CTE query using the index-assisted KNN, then an exact query to get correct ordering:
WITH index_query AS ( SELECT ST_Distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr FROM va2005 ORDER BY geom <-> 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry LIMIT 100) SELECT * FROM index_query ORDER BY d limit 10; d | edabbr | vaabbr ------------------+--------+-------- 0 | ALQ | 128 5541.57712511724 | ALQ | 129A 5579.67450712005 | ALQ | 001 6083.4207708641 | ALQ | 131 7691.2205404848 | ALQ | 003 7900.75451037313 | ALQ | 122 8694.20710669982 | ALQ | 129B 9564.24289057111 | ALQ | 130 12089.665931705 | ALQ | 127 18472.5531479404 | ALQ | 002 (10 rows)
|=| — Returns the distance between A and B trajectories at their closest point of approach.
double precision |=|(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The |=|
operator returns the 3D distance between two trajectories (See ST_IsValidTrajectory). This is the same as ST_DistanceCPA but as an operator it can be used for doing nearest neighbor searches using an N-dimensional index (requires PostgreSQL 9.5.0 or higher).
This operand will make use of ND GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause. |
Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;LINESTRINGM(0 0 0,0 0 1)'::geometry instead of a.geom |
Availability: 2.2.0. Index-supported only available for PostgreSQL 9.5+
-- Save a literal query trajectory in a psql variable... \set qt 'ST_AddMeasure(ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePointM(-350,300,0),ST_MakePointM(-410,490,0)),10,20)' -- Run the query ! SELECT track_id, dist FROM ( SELECT track_id, ST_DistanceCPA(tr,:qt) dist FROM trajectories ORDER BY tr |=| :qt LIMIT 5 ) foo; track_id dist ----------+------------------- 395 | 0.576496831518066 380 | 5.06797130410151 390 | 7.72262293958322 385 | 9.8004461358071 405 | 10.9534397988433 (5 rows)
ST_DistanceCPA, ST_ClosestPointOfApproach, ST_IsValidTrajectory
<#> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B bounding boxes.
double precision <#>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The <#>
operator returns distance between two floating point bounding boxes, possibly reading them from a spatial index (PostgreSQL 9.1+ required). Useful for doing nearest neighbor approximate distance ordering.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause. |
Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant e.g. ORDER BY (ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)') <#> geom) instead of g1.geom <#>. |
Availability: 2.0.0 -- KNN only available for PostgreSQL 9.1+
SELECT * FROM ( SELECT b.tlid, b.mtfcc, b.geom <# > ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(746149 2948672,745954 2948576, 745787 2948499,745740 2948468,745712 2948438, 745690 2948384,745677 2948319)',2249) As b_dist, ST_Distance(b.geom, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(746149 2948672,745954 2948576, 745787 2948499,745740 2948468,745712 2948438, 745690 2948384,745677 2948319)',2249)) As act_dist FROM bos_roads As b ORDER BY b_dist, b.tlid LIMIT 100) As foo ORDER BY act_dist, tlid LIMIT 10; tlid | mtfcc | b_dist | act_dist -----------+-------+------------------+------------------ 85732027 | S1400 | 0 | 0 85732029 | S1400 | 0 | 0 85732031 | S1400 | 0 | 0 85734335 | S1400 | 0 | 0 85736037 | S1400 | 0 | 0 624683742 | S1400 | 0 | 128.528874268666 85719343 | S1400 | 260.839270432962 | 260.839270432962 85741826 | S1400 | 164.759294123275 | 260.839270432962 85732032 | S1400 | 277.75 | 311.830282365264 85735592 | S1400 | 222.25 | 311.830282365264 (10 rows)
<<->> — Returns the n-D distance between the A and B geometries or bounding boxes
double precision <<->>(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
The <<->>
operator returns the n-D (euclidean) distance between the centroids of the bounding boxes of two geometries. Useful for doing nearest neighbor approximate distance ordering.
This operand will make use of n-D GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause. |
Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry instead of a.geom |
Availability: 2.2.0 -- KNN only available for PostgreSQL 9.1+
Queste funzioni determinano la relazione spaziale tra due geometrie.
ST_3DIntersects — Tests if two geometries spatially intersect in 3D - only for points, linestrings, polygons, polyhedral surface (area)
boolean ST_3DIntersects(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Overlaps, Touches, Within all imply spatial intersection. If any of the aforementioned returns true, then the geometries also spatially intersect. Disjoint implies false for spatial intersection.
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Because of floating robustness failures, geometries don't always intersect as you'd expect them to after geometric processing. For example the closest point on a linestring to a geometry may not lie on the linestring. For these kind of issues where a distance of a centimeter you want to just consider as intersecting, use ST_3DDWithin. |
Changed: 3.0.0 SFCGAL backend removed, GEOS backend supports TINs.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
SELECT ST_3DIntersects(pt, line), ST_Intersects(pt, line) FROM (SELECT 'POINT(0 0 2)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (0 0 1, 0 2 3)'::geometry As line) As foo; st_3dintersects | st_intersects -----------------+--------------- f | t (1 row)
SELECT ST_3DIntersects('TIN(((0 0 0,1 0 0,0 1 0,0 0 0)))'::geometry, 'POINT(.1 .1 0)'::geometry); st_3dintersects ----------------- t
ST_Contains — Tests if every point of B lies in A, and their interiors have a point in common
boolean ST_Contains(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB)
;
Returns TRUE if geometry A contains geometry B. A contains B if and only if all points of B lie inside (i.e. in the interior or boundary of) A (or equivalently, no points of B lie in the exterior of A), and the interiors of A and B have at least one point in common.
In mathematical terms: ST_Contains(A, B) ⇔ (A ⋂ B = B) ∧ (Int(A) ⋂ Int(B) ≠ ∅)
The contains relationship is reflexive: every geometry contains itself. (In contrast, in the ST_ContainsProperly predicate a geometry does not properly contain itself.) The relationship is antisymmetric: if ST_Contains(A,B) = true
and ST_Contains(B,A) = true
, then the two geometries must be topologically equal (ST_Equals(A,B) = true
).
ST_Contains is the converse of ST_Within. So, ST_Contains(A,B) = ST_Within(B,A)
.
Because the interiors must have a common point, a subtlety of the definition is that polygons and lines do not contain lines and points lying fully in their boundary. For further details see Subtleties of OGC Covers, Contains, Within. The ST_Covers predicate provides a more inclusive relationship. |
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results. |
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3 - same as within(geometry B, geometry A)
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.31
ST_Contains
returns TRUE
in the following situations:
ST_Contains
returns FALSE
in the following situations:
Due to the interior intersection condition ST_Contains
returns FALSE
in the following situations (whereas ST_Covers
returns TRUE
):
-- A circle within a circle SELECT ST_Contains(smallc, bigc) As smallcontainsbig, ST_Contains(bigc,smallc) As bigcontainssmall, ST_Contains(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigcontainsunion, ST_Equals(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigisunion, ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior, ST_Contains(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo; -- Result smallcontainsbig | bigcontainssmall | bigcontainsunion | bigisunion | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior ------------------+------------------+------------------+------------+-------------------+--------------------- f | t | t | t | t | f -- Example demonstrating difference between contains and contains properly SELECT ST_GeometryType(geomA) As geomtype, ST_Contains(geomA,geomA) AS acontainsa, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, geomA) AS acontainspropa, ST_Contains(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainsba, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainspropba FROM (VALUES ( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,1), 5,1) ), ( ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,1), ST_Point(-1,-1) ) ), ( ST_Point(1,1) ) ) As foo(geomA); geomtype | acontainsa | acontainspropa | acontainsba | acontainspropba --------------+------------+----------------+-------------+----------------- ST_Polygon | t | f | f | f ST_LineString | t | f | f | f ST_Point | t | t | f | f
ST_Boundary, ST_ContainsProperly, ST_Covers, ST_CoveredBy, ST_Equals, ST_Within
ST_ContainsProperly — Tests if every point of B lies in the interior of A
boolean ST_ContainsProperly(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB)
;
Returns true
if every point of B lies in the interior of A (or equivalently, no point of B lies in the the boundary or exterior of A).
In mathematical terms: ST_ContainsProperly(A, B) ⇔ Int(A) ⋂ B = B
A contains B properly if the DE-9IM Intersection Matrix for the two geometries matches [T**FF*FF*]
A does not properly contain itself, but does contain itself.
A use for this predicate is computing the intersections of a set of geometries with a large polygonal geometry. Since intersection is a fairly slow operation, it can be more efficient to use containsProperly to filter out test geometries which lie fully inside the area. In these cases the intersection is known a priori to be exactly the original test geometry.
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
The advantage of this predicate over ST_Contains and ST_Intersects is that it can be computed more efficiently, with no need to compute topology at individual points. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 1.4.0
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results. |
--a circle within a circle SELECT ST_ContainsProperly(smallc, bigc) As smallcontainspropbig, ST_ContainsProperly(bigc,smallc) As bigcontainspropsmall, ST_ContainsProperly(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigcontainspropunion, ST_Equals(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigisunion, ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior, ST_ContainsProperly(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo; --Result smallcontainspropbig | bigcontainspropsmall | bigcontainspropunion | bigisunion | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior ------------------+------------------+------------------+------------+-------------------+--------------------- f | t | f | t | t | f --example demonstrating difference between contains and contains properly SELECT ST_GeometryType(geomA) As geomtype, ST_Contains(geomA,geomA) AS acontainsa, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, geomA) AS acontainspropa, ST_Contains(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainsba, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainspropba FROM (VALUES ( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,1), 5,1) ), ( ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,1), ST_Point(-1,-1) ) ), ( ST_Point(1,1) ) ) As foo(geomA); geomtype | acontainsa | acontainspropa | acontainsba | acontainspropba --------------+------------+----------------+-------------+----------------- ST_Polygon | t | f | f | f ST_LineString | t | f | f | f ST_Point | t | t | f | f
ST_GeometryType, ST_Boundary, ST_Contains, ST_Covers, ST_CoveredBy, ST_Equals, ST_Relate, ST_Within
ST_CoveredBy — Tests if every point of A lies in B
boolean ST_CoveredBy(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB)
;
boolean ST_CoveredBy(
geography geogA, geography geogB)
;
Returns true
if every point in Geometry/Geography A lies inside (i.e. intersects the interior or boundary of) Geometry/Geography B. Equivalently, tests that no point of A lies outside (in the exterior of) B.
In mathematical terms: ST_CoveredBy(A, B) ⇔ A ⋂ B = A
ST_CoveredBy is the converse of ST_Covers. So, ST_CoveredBy(A,B) = ST_Covers(B,A)
.
Generally this function should be used instead of ST_Within, since it has a simpler definition which does not have the quirk that "boundaries are not within their geometry".
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Availability: 1.2.2
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.
Not an OGC standard, but Oracle has it too.
--a circle coveredby a circle SELECT ST_CoveredBy(smallc,smallc) As smallinsmall, ST_CoveredBy(smallc, bigc) As smallcoveredbybig, ST_CoveredBy(ST_ExteriorRing(bigc), bigc) As exteriorcoveredbybig, ST_Within(ST_ExteriorRing(bigc),bigc) As exeriorwithinbig FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo; --Result smallinsmall | smallcoveredbybig | exteriorcoveredbybig | exeriorwithinbig --------------+-------------------+----------------------+------------------ t | t | t | f (1 row)
ST_Covers — Tests if every point of B lies in A
boolean ST_Covers(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB)
;
boolean ST_Covers(
geography geogpolyA, geography geogpointB)
;
Returns true
if every point in Geometry/Geography B lies inside (i.e. intersects the interior or boundary of) Geometry/Geography A. Equivalently, tests that no point of B lies outside (in the exterior of) A.
In mathematical terms: ST_Covers(A, B) ⇔ A ⋂ B = B
ST_Covers is the converse of ST_CoveredBy. So, ST_Covers(A,B) = ST_CoveredBy(B,A)
.
Generally this function should be used instead of ST_Contains, since it has a simpler definition which does not have the quirk that "geometries do not contain their boundary".
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 2.4.0 Support for polygon in polygon and line in polygon added for geography type
Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit for geometry extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.
Availability: 1.5 - support for geography was introduced.
Availability: 1.2.2
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.
Not an OGC standard, but Oracle has it too.
Geometry example
--a circle covering a circle SELECT ST_Covers(smallc,smallc) As smallinsmall, ST_Covers(smallc, bigc) As smallcoversbig, ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior, ST_Contains(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo; --Result smallinsmall | smallcoversbig | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior --------------+----------------+-------------------+--------------------- t | f | t | f (1 row)
Geeography Example
-- a point with a 300 meter buffer compared to a point, a point and its 10 meter buffer SELECT ST_Covers(geog_poly, geog_pt) As poly_covers_pt, ST_Covers(ST_Buffer(geog_pt,10), geog_pt) As buff_10m_covers_cent FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-99.327 31.4821)'), 300) As geog_poly, ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-99.33 31.483)') As geog_pt ) As foo; poly_covers_pt | buff_10m_covers_cent ----------------+------------------ f | t
ST_Crosses — Tests if two geometries have some, but not all, interior points in common
boolean ST_Crosses(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Compares two geometry objects and returns true
if their intersection "spatially crosses"; that is, the geometries have some, but not all interior points in common. The intersection of the interiors of the geometries must be non-empty and must have dimension less than the maximum dimension of the two input geometries, and the intersection of the two geometries must not equal either geometry. Otherwise, it returns false
. The crosses relation is symmetric and irreflexive.
In mathematical terms: ST_Crosses(A, B) ⇔ (dim( Int(A) ⋂ Int(B) ) < max( dim( Int(A) ), dim( Int(B) ) )) ∧ (A ⋂ B ≠ A) ∧ (A ⋂ B ≠ B)
Geometries cross if their DE-9IM Intersection Matrix matches:
T*T******
for Point/Line, Point/Area, and Line/Area situations
T*****T**
for Line/Point, Area/Point, and Area/Line situations
0********
for Line/Line situations
the result is false
for Point/Point and Area/Area situations
The OpenGIS Simple Features Specification defines this predicate only for Point/Line, Point/Area, Line/Line, and Line/Area situations. JTS / GEOS extends the definition to apply to Line/Point, Area/Point and Area/Line situations as well. This makes the relation symmetric. |
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.13.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.29
The following situations all return true
.
Consider a situation where a user has two tables: a table of roads and a table of highways.
CREATE TABLE roads ( id serial NOT NULL, geom geometry, CONSTRAINT roads_pkey PRIMARY KEY (road_id) );
|
CREATE TABLE highways ( id serial NOT NULL, the_gem geometry, CONSTRAINT roads_pkey PRIMARY KEY (road_id) );
|
To determine a list of roads that cross a highway, use a query similar to:
SELECT roads.id FROM roads, highways WHERE ST_Crosses(roads.geom, highways.geom);
ST_Disjoint — Tests if two geometries have no points in common
boolean ST_Disjoint(
geometry A , geometry B )
;
Returns true
if two geometries are disjoint. Geometries are disjoint if they have no point in common.
If any other spatial relationship is true for a pair of geometries, they are not disjoint. Disjoint implies that ST_Intersects is false.
In mathematical terms: ST_Disjoint(A, B) ⇔ A ⋂ B = ∅
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
This function call does not use indexes. A negated ST_Intersects predicate can be used as a more performant alternative that uses indexes: |
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 //s2.1.13.3 - a.Relate(b, 'FF*FF****')
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.26
SELECT ST_Disjoint('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); st_disjoint --------------- t (1 row) SELECT ST_Disjoint('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 0 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); st_disjoint --------------- f (1 row)
ST_Equals — Tests if two geometries include the same set of points
boolean ST_Equals(
geometry A, geometry B)
;
Returns true
if the given geometries are "topologically equal". Use this for a 'better' answer than '='. Topological equality means that the geometries have the same dimension, and their point-sets occupy the same space. This means that the order of vertices may be different in topologically equal geometries. To verify the order of points is consistent use ST_OrderingEquals (it must be noted ST_OrderingEquals is a little more stringent than simply verifying order of points are the same).
In mathematical terms: ST_Equals(A, B) ⇔ A = B
The following relation holds: ST_Equals(A, B) ⇔ ST_Within(A,B) ∧ ST_Within(B,A)
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.24
Changed: 2.2.0 Returns true even for invalid geometries if they are binary equal
SELECT ST_Equals(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 5 5, 10 10)')); st_equals ----------- t (1 row) SELECT ST_Equals(ST_Reverse(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10)')), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 5 5, 10 10)')); st_equals ----------- t (1 row)
ST_Intersects — Tests if two geometries intersect (they have at least one point in common)
boolean ST_Intersects(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
boolean ST_Intersects(
geography geogA , geography geogB )
;
Returns true
if two geometries intersect. Geometries intersect if they have any point in common.
For geography, a distance tolerance of 0.00001 meters is used (so points that are very close are considered to intersect).
In mathematical terms: ST_Intersects(A, B) ⇔ A ⋂ B ≠ ∅
Geometries intersect if their DE-9IM Intersection Matrix matches one of:
T********
*T*******
***T*****
****T****
Spatial intersection is implied by all the other spatial relationship tests, except ST_Disjoint, which tests that geometries do NOT intersect.
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Changed: 3.0.0 SFCGAL version removed and native support for 2D TINS added.
Enhanced: 2.5.0 Supports GEOMETRYCOLLECTION.
Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.
Performed by the GEOS module (for geometry), geography is native
Availability: 1.5 support for geography was introduced.
For geography, this function has a distance tolerance of about 0.00001 meters and uses the sphere rather than spheroid calculation. |
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 //s2.1.13.3 - ST_Intersects(g1, g2 ) --> Not (ST_Disjoint(g1, g2 ))
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.27
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_Intersects('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); st_intersects --------------- f (1 row) SELECT ST_Intersects('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 0 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); st_intersects --------------- t (1 row) -- Look up in table. Make sure table has a GiST index on geometry column for faster lookup. SELECT id, name FROM cities WHERE ST_Intersects(geom, 'SRID=4326;POLYGON((28 53,27.707 52.293,27 52,26.293 52.293,26 53,26.293 53.707,27 54,27.707 53.707,28 53))'); id | name ----+------- 2 | Minsk (1 row)
SELECT ST_Intersects( 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-43.23456 72.4567,-43.23456 72.4568)'::geography, 'SRID=4326;POINT(-43.23456 72.4567772)'::geography ); st_intersects --------------- t
ST_LineCrossingDirection — Returns a number indicating the crossing behavior of two LineStrings
integer ST_LineCrossingDirection(
geometry linestringA, geometry linestringB)
;
Given two linestrings returns an integer between -3 and 3 indicating what kind of crossing behavior exists between them. 0 indicates no crossing. This is only supported for LINESTRING
s.
The crossing number has the following meaning:
0: LINE NO CROSS
-1: LINE CROSS LEFT
1: LINE CROSS RIGHT
-2: LINE MULTICROSS END LEFT
2: LINE MULTICROSS END RIGHT
-3: LINE MULTICROSS END SAME FIRST LEFT
3: LINE MULTICROSS END SAME FIRST RIGHT
Availability: 1.4
Example: LINE CROSS LEFT and LINE CROSS RIGHT
SELECT ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineA, lineB) As A_cross_B, ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineB, lineA) As B_cross_A FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(25 169,89 114,40 70,86 43)') As lineA, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (20 140, 71 74, 161 53)') As lineB ) As foo; A_cross_B | B_cross_A -----------+----------- -1 | 1
Example: LINE MULTICROSS END SAME FIRST LEFT and LINE MULTICROSS END SAME FIRST RIGHT
SELECT ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineA, lineB) As A_cross_B, ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineB, lineA) As B_cross_A FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(25 169,89 114,40 70,86 43)') As lineA, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(171 154,20 140,71 74,161 53)') As lineB ) As foo; A_cross_B | B_cross_A -----------+----------- 3 | -3
Example: LINE MULTICROSS END LEFT and LINE MULTICROSS END RIGHT
SELECT ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineA, lineB) As A_cross_B, ST_LineCrossingDirection(lineB, lineA) As B_cross_A FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(25 169,89 114,40 70,86 43)') As lineA, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(5 90, 71 74, 20 140, 171 154)') As lineB ) As foo; A_cross_B | B_cross_A -----------+----------- -2 | 2
Example: Finds all streets that cross
SELECT s1.gid, s2.gid, ST_LineCrossingDirection(s1.geom, s2.geom) FROM streets s1 CROSS JOIN streets s2 ON (s1.gid != s2.gid AND s1.geom && s2.geom ) WHERE ST_LineCrossingDirection(s1.geom, s2.geom) > 0;
ST_OrderingEquals — Tests if two geometries represent the same geometry and have points in the same directional order
boolean ST_OrderingEquals(
geometry A, geometry B)
;
ST_OrderingEquals compares two geometries and returns t (TRUE) if the geometries are equal and the coordinates are in the same order; otherwise it returns f (FALSE).
This function is implemented as per the ArcSDE SQL specification rather than SQL-MM. http://edndoc.esri.com/arcsde/9.1/sql_api/sqlapi3.htm#ST_OrderingEquals |
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.43
SELECT ST_OrderingEquals(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 5 5, 10 10)')); st_orderingequals ----------- f (1 row) SELECT ST_OrderingEquals(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0, 10 10)')); st_orderingequals ----------- t (1 row) SELECT ST_OrderingEquals(ST_Reverse(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 10 10)')), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0, 10 10)')); st_orderingequals ----------- f (1 row)
ST_Overlaps — Tests if two geometries have the same dimension and intersect, but each has at least one point not in the other
boolean ST_Overlaps(
geometry A, geometry B)
;
Returns TRUE if geometry A and B "spatially overlap". Two geometries overlap if they have the same dimension, their interiors intersect in that dimension. and each has at least one point inside the other (or equivalently, neither one covers the other). The overlaps relation is symmetric and irreflexive.
In mathematical terms: ST_Overlaps(A, B) ⇔ ( dim(A) = dim(B) = dim( Int(A) ⋂ Int(B) )) ∧ (A ⋂ B ≠ A) ∧ (A ⋂ B ≠ B)
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.32
ST_Overlaps
returns TRUE
in the following situations:
A Point on a LineString is contained, but since it has lower dimension it does not overlap or cross.
SELECT ST_Overlaps(a,b) AS overlaps, ST_Crosses(a,b) AS crosses, ST_Intersects(a, b) AS intersects, ST_Contains(b,a) AS b_contains_a FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POINT (100 100)') As a, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (30 50, 40 160, 160 40, 180 160)') AS b) AS t overlaps | crosses | intersects | b_contains_a ---------+----------------------+-------------- f | f | t | t
A LineString that partly covers a Polygon intersects and crosses, but does not overlap since it has different dimension.
SELECT ST_Overlaps(a,b) AS overlaps, ST_Crosses(a,b) AS crosses, ST_Intersects(a, b) AS intersects, ST_Contains(a,b) AS contains FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((40 170, 90 30, 180 100, 40 170))') AS a, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(10 10, 190 190)') AS b) AS t; overlap | crosses | intersects | contains ---------+---------+------------+-------------- f | t | t | f
Two Polygons that intersect but with neither contained by the other overlap, but do not cross because their intersection has the same dimension.
SELECT ST_Overlaps(a,b) AS overlaps, ST_Crosses(a,b) AS crosses, ST_Intersects(a, b) AS intersects, ST_Contains(b, a) AS b_contains_a, ST_Dimension(a) AS dim_a, ST_Dimension(b) AS dim_b, ST_Dimension(ST_Intersection(a,b)) AS dim_int FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((40 170, 90 30, 180 100, 40 170))') AS a, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((110 180, 20 60, 130 90, 110 180))') AS b) As t; overlaps | crosses | intersects | b_contains_a | dim_a | dim_b | dim_int ----------+---------+------------+--------------+-------+-------+----------- t | f | t | f | 2 | 2 | 2
ST_Relate — Tests if two geometries have a topological relationship matching an Intersection Matrix pattern, or computes their Intersection Matrix
boolean ST_Relate(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB, text intersectionMatrixPattern)
;
text ST_Relate(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB)
;
text ST_Relate(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB, integer boundaryNodeRule)
;
These functions allow testing and evaluating the spatial (topological) relationship between two geometries, as defined by the Dimensionally Extended 9-Intersection Model (DE-9IM).
The DE-9IM is specified as a 9-element matrix indicating the dimension of the intersections between the Interior, Boundary and Exterior of two geometries. It is represented by a 9-character text string using the symbols 'F', '0', '1', '2' (e.g. 'FF1FF0102'
).
A specific kind of spatial relationship can be tested by matching the intersection matrix to an intersection matrix pattern. Patterns can include the additional symbols 'T' (meaning "intersection is non-empty") and '*' (meaning "any value"). Common spatial relationships are provided by the named functions ST_Contains, ST_ContainsProperly, ST_Covers, ST_CoveredBy, ST_Crosses, ST_Disjoint, ST_Equals, ST_Intersects, ST_Overlaps, ST_Touches, and ST_Within. Using an explicit pattern allows testing multiple conditions of intersects, crosses, etc in one step. It also allows testing spatial relationships which do not have a named spatial relationship function. For example, the relationship "Interior-Intersects" has the DE-9IM pattern T********
, which is not evaluated by any named predicate.
For more information refer to Section 5.1, “Determinare le relazioni spaziali”.
Variant 1: Tests if two geometries are spatially related according to the given intersectionMatrixPattern
.
Unlike most of the named spatial relationship predicates, this does NOT automatically include an index call. The reason is that some relationships are true for geometries which do NOT intersect (e.g. Disjoint). If you are using a relationship pattern that requires intersection, then include the && index call. |
It is better to use a named relationship function if available, since they automatically use a spatial index where one exists. Also, they may implement performance optimizations which are not available with full relate evaluation. |
Variant 2: Returns the DE-9IM matrix string for the spatial relationship between the two input geometries. The matrix string can be tested for matching a DE-9IM pattern using ST_RelateMatch.
Variant 3: Like variant 2, but allows specifying a Boundary Node Rule. A boundary node rule allows finer control over whether the endpoints of MultiLineStrings are considered to lie in the DE-9IM Interior or Boundary. The boundaryNodeRule
values are:
1
: OGC-Mod2 - line endpoints are in the Boundary if they occur an odd number of times. This is the rule defined by the OGC SFS standard, and is the default for ST_Relate
.
2
: Endpoint - all endpoints are in the Boundary.
3
: MultivalentEndpoint - endpoints are in the Boundary if they occur more than once. In other words, the boundary is all the "attached" or "inner" endpoints (but not the "unattached/outer" ones).
4
: MonovalentEndpoint - endpoints are in the Boundary if they occur only once. In other words, the boundary is all the "unattached" or "outer" endpoints.
This function is not in the OGC spec, but is implied. see s2.1.13.2
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.25
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 2.0.0 - added support for specifying boundary node rule.
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Using the boolean-valued function to test spatial relationships.
SELECT ST_Relate('POINT(1 2)', ST_Buffer( 'POINT(1 2)', 2), '0FFFFF212'); st_relate ----------- t SELECT ST_Relate(POINT(1 2)', ST_Buffer( 'POINT(1 2)', 2), '*FF*FF212'); st_relate ----------- t
Testing a custom spatial relationship pattern as a query condition, with &&
to enable using a spatial index.
-- Find compounds that properly intersect (not just touch) a poly (Interior Intersects) SELECT c.* , p.name As poly_name FROM polys AS p INNER JOIN compounds As c ON c.geom && p.geom AND ST_Relate(p.geom, c.geom,'T********');
Computing the intersection matrix for spatial relationships.
SELECT ST_Relate( 'POINT(1 2)', ST_Buffer( 'POINT(1 2)', 2)); ----------- 0FFFFF212 SELECT ST_Relate( 'LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)', 'LINESTRING(5 6, 7 8)' ); ----------- FF1FF0102
Using different Boundary Node Rules to compute the spatial relationship between a LineString and a MultiLineString with a duplicate endpoint (3 3)
:
Using the OGC-Mod2 rule (1) the duplicate endpoint is in the interior of the MultiLineString, so the DE-9IM matrix entry [aB:bI] is 0
and [aB:bB] is F
.
Using the Endpoint rule (2) the duplicate endpoint is in the boundary of the MultiLineString, so the DE-9IM matrix entry [aB:bI] is F
and [aB:bB] is 0
.
WITH data AS (SELECT 'LINESTRING(1 1, 3 3)'::geometry AS a_line, 'MULTILINESTRING((3 3, 3 5), (3 3, 5 3))':: geometry AS b_multiline ) SELECT ST_Relate( a_line, b_multiline, 1) AS bnr_mod2, ST_Relate( a_line, b_multiline, 2) AS bnr_endpoint FROM data; bnr_mod2 | bnr_endpoint -----------+-------------- FF10F0102 | FF1F00102
ST_RelateMatch — Tests if a DE-9IM Intersection Matrix matches an Intersection Matrix pattern
boolean ST_RelateMatch(
text intersectionMatrix, text intersectionMatrixPattern)
;
Tests if a Dimensionally Extended 9-Intersection Model (DE-9IM) intersectionMatrix
value satisfies an intersectionMatrixPattern
. Intersection matrix values can be computed by ST_Relate.
For more information refer to Section 5.1, “Determinare le relazioni spaziali”.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT ST_RelateMatch('101202FFF', 'TTTTTTFFF') ; -- result -- t
Patterns for common spatial relationships matched against intersection matrix values, for a line in various positions relative to a polygon
SELECT pat.name AS relationship, pat.val AS pattern, mat.name AS position, mat.val AS matrix, ST_RelateMatch(mat.val, pat.val) AS match FROM (VALUES ( 'Equality', 'T1FF1FFF1' ), ( 'Overlaps', 'T*T***T**' ), ( 'Within', 'T*F**F***' ), ( 'Disjoint', 'FF*FF****' )) AS pat(name,val) CROSS JOIN (VALUES ('non-intersecting', 'FF1FF0212'), ('overlapping', '1010F0212'), ('inside', '1FF0FF212')) AS mat(name,val); relationship | pattern | position | matrix | match --------------+-----------+------------------+-----------+------- Equality | T1FF1FFF1 | non-intersecting | FF1FF0212 | f Equality | T1FF1FFF1 | overlapping | 1010F0212 | f Equality | T1FF1FFF1 | inside | 1FF0FF212 | f Overlaps | T*T***T** | non-intersecting | FF1FF0212 | f Overlaps | T*T***T** | overlapping | 1010F0212 | t Overlaps | T*T***T** | inside | 1FF0FF212 | f Within | T*F**F*** | non-intersecting | FF1FF0212 | f Within | T*F**F*** | overlapping | 1010F0212 | f Within | T*F**F*** | inside | 1FF0FF212 | t Disjoint | FF*FF**** | non-intersecting | FF1FF0212 | t Disjoint | FF*FF**** | overlapping | 1010F0212 | f Disjoint | FF*FF**** | inside | 1FF0FF212 | f
ST_Touches — Tests if two geometries have at least one point in common, but their interiors do not intersect
boolean ST_Touches(
geometry A, geometry B)
;
Returns TRUE
if A and B intersect, but their interiors do not intersect. Equivalently, A and B have at least one point in common, and the common points lie in at least one boundary. For Point/Point inputs the relationship is always FALSE
, since points do not have a boundary.
In mathematical terms: ST_Touches(A, B) ⇔ (Int(A) ⋂ Int(B) = ∅) ∧ (A ⋂ B ≠ ∅)
This relationship holds if the DE-9IM Intersection Matrix for the two geometries matches one of:
FT*******
F**T*****
F***T****
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid using an index, use |
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.28
The ST_Touches
predicate returns TRUE
in the following examples.
SELECT ST_Touches('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 0 2)'::geometry, 'POINT(1 1)'::geometry); st_touches ------------ f (1 row) SELECT ST_Touches('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 0 2)'::geometry, 'POINT(0 2)'::geometry); st_touches ------------ t (1 row)
ST_Within — Tests if every point of A lies in B, and their interiors have a point in common
boolean ST_Within(
geometry A, geometry B)
;
Returns TRUE if geometry A is within geometry B. A is within B if and only if all points of A lie inside (i.e. in the interior or boundary of) B (or equivalently, no points of A lie in the exterior of B), and the interiors of A and B have at least one point in common.
For this function to make sense, the source geometries must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID.
In mathematical terms: ST_Within(A, B) ⇔ (A ⋂ B = A) ∧ (Int(A) ⋂ Int(B) ≠ ∅)
The within relation is reflexive: every geometry is within itself. The relation is antisymmetric: if ST_Within(A,B) = true
and ST_Within(B,A) = true
, then the two geometries must be topologically equal (ST_Equals(A,B) = true
).
ST_Within is the converse of ST_Contains. So, ST_Within(A,B) = ST_Contains(B,A)
.
Because the interiors must have a common point, a subtlety of the definition is that lines and points lying fully in the boundary of polygons or lines are not within the geometry. For further details see Subtleties of OGC Covers, Contains, Within. The ST_CoveredBy predicate provides a more inclusive relationship. |
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. To avoid index use, use the function |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit for geometry extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.
Enhanced: 3.0.0 enabled support for |
Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results. |
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3 - a.Relate(b, 'T*F**F***')
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.30
--a circle within a circle SELECT ST_Within(smallc,smallc) As smallinsmall, ST_Within(smallc, bigc) As smallinbig, ST_Within(bigc,smallc) As biginsmall, ST_Within(ST_Union(smallc, bigc), bigc) as unioninbig, ST_Within(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as biginunion, ST_Equals(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigisunion FROM ( SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(50 50)'), 20) As smallc, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(50 50)'), 40) As bigc) As foo; --Result smallinsmall | smallinbig | biginsmall | unioninbig | biginunion | bigisunion --------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------ t | t | f | t | t | t (1 row)
ST_3DDWithin — Tests if two 3D geometries are within a given 3D distance
boolean ST_3DDWithin(
geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance_of_srid)
;
Returns true if the 3D distance between two geometry values is no larger than distance distance_of_srid
. The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the geometries. For this function to make sense the source geometries must be in the same coordinate system (have the same SRID).
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM ?
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line) -- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final. SELECT ST_3DDWithin( ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'),2163), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163), 126.8 ) As within_dist_3d, ST_DWithin( ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'),2163), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163), 126.8 ) As within_dist_2d; within_dist_3d | within_dist_2d ----------------+---------------- f | t
ST_3DDFullyWithin, ST_DWithin, ST_DFullyWithin, ST_3DDistance, ST_Distance, ST_3DMaxDistance, ST_Transform
ST_3DDFullyWithin — Tests if two 3D geometries are entirely within a given 3D distance
boolean ST_3DDFullyWithin(
geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance)
;
Returns true if the 3D geometries are fully within the specified distance of one another. The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the geometries. For this function to make sense, the source geometries must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID.
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
-- This compares the difference between fully within and distance within as well -- as the distance fully within for the 2D footprint of the line/point vs. the 3d fully within SELECT ST_3DDFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) as D3DFullyWithin10, ST_3DDWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) as D3DWithin10, ST_DFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 20) as D2DFullyWithin20, ST_3DDFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 20) as D3DFullyWithin20 from (select ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 1 2)') as geom_a, ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 5 2, 2 7 20, 1 9 100, 14 12 3)') as geom_b) t1; d3dfullywithin10 | d3dwithin10 | d2dfullywithin20 | d3dfullywithin20 ------------------+-------------+------------------+------------------ f | t | t | f
ST_DFullyWithin — Tests if a geometry is entirely inside a distance of another
boolean ST_DFullyWithin(
geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance)
;
Returns true if g2
is entirely within distance
of g1
. Visually, the condition is true if g2
is contained within a distance
buffer of g1
. The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the geometries.
Questa funzione incorpora l'uso di una comparazione tra i bounding box in modo da usare qualunque indice spaziale disponibile sulle geometrie. |
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
Changed: 3.5.0 : the logic behind the function now uses a test of containment within a buffer, rather than the ST_MaxDistance algorithm. Results will differ from prior versions, but should be closer to user expectations.
SELECT ST_DFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) AS DFullyWithin10, ST_DWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) AS DWithin10, ST_DFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 20) AS DFullyWithin20 FROM (VALUES ('POINT(1 1)', 'LINESTRING(1 5, 2 7, 1 9, 14 12)') ) AS v(geom_a, geom_b) dfullywithin10 | dwithin10 | dfullywithin20 ----------------+-----------+---------------- f | t | t
ST_DWithin — Tests if two geometries are within a given distance
boolean ST_DWithin(
geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance_of_srid)
;
boolean ST_DWithin(
geography gg1, geography gg2, double precision distance_meters, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns true if the geometries are within a given distance
For geometry: The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the geometries. For this function to make sense, the source geometries must be in the same coordinate system (have the same SRID).
For geography: units are in meters and distance measurement defaults to use_spheroid = true
. For faster evaluation use use_spheroid = false
to measure on the sphere.
Use ST_3DDWithin for 3D geometries. |
This function call includes a bounding box comparison that makes use of any indexes that are available on the geometries. |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Availability: 1.5.0 support for geography was introduced
Enhanced: 2.1.0 improved speed for geography. See Making Geography faster for details.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for curved geometries was introduced.
Prior to 1.3, ST_Expand was commonly used in conjunction with && and ST_Distance to test for distance, and in pre-1.3.4 this function used that logic. From 1.3.4, ST_DWithin uses a faster short-circuit distance function.
-- Find the nearest hospital to each school -- that is within 3000 units of the school. -- We do an ST_DWithin search to utilize indexes to limit our search list -- that the non-indexable ST_Distance needs to process -- If the units of the spatial reference is meters then units would be meters SELECT DISTINCT ON (s.gid) s.gid, s.school_name, s.geom, h.hospital_name FROM schools s LEFT JOIN hospitals h ON ST_DWithin(s.geom, h.geom, 3000) ORDER BY s.gid, ST_Distance(s.geom, h.geom); -- The schools with no close hospitals -- Find all schools with no hospital within 3000 units -- away from the school. Units is in units of spatial ref (e.g. meters, feet, degrees) SELECT s.gid, s.school_name FROM schools s LEFT JOIN hospitals h ON ST_DWithin(s.geom, h.geom, 3000) WHERE h.gid IS NULL; -- Find broadcasting towers that receiver with limited range can receive. -- Data is geometry in Spherical Mercator (SRID=3857), ranges are approximate. -- Create geometry index that will check proximity limit of user to tower CREATE INDEX ON broadcasting_towers using gist (geom); -- Create geometry index that will check proximity limit of tower to user CREATE INDEX ON broadcasting_towers using gist (ST_Expand(geom, sending_range)); -- Query towers that 4-kilometer receiver in Minsk Hackerspace can get -- Note: two conditions, because shorter LEAST(b.sending_range, 4000) will not use index. SELECT b.tower_id, b.geom FROM broadcasting_towers b WHERE ST_DWithin(b.geom, 'SRID=3857;POINT(3072163.4 7159374.1)', 4000) AND ST_DWithin(b.geom, 'SRID=3857;POINT(3072163.4 7159374.1)', b.sending_range);
ST_PointInsideCircle — Tests if a point geometry is inside a circle defined by a center and radius
boolean ST_PointInsideCircle(
geometry a_point, float center_x, float center_y, float radius)
;
Returns true if the geometry is a point and is inside the circle with center center_x
,center_y
and radius radius
.
Does not use spatial indexes. Use ST_DWithin instead. |
Availability: 1.2
Changed: 2.2.0 In prior versions this was called ST_Point_Inside_Circle
SELECT ST_PointInsideCircle(ST_Point(1,2), 0.5, 2, 3); st_pointinsidecircle ------------------------ t
These functions compute measurements of distance, area and angles. There are also functions to compute geometry values determined by measurements.
ST_Length
ST_Perimeter
.ST_Area — Returns the area of a polygonal geometry.
float ST_Area(
geometry g1)
;
float ST_Area(
geography geog, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns the area of a polygonal geometry. For geometry types a 2D Cartesian (planar) area is computed, with units specified by the SRID. For geography types by default area is determined on a spheroid with units in square meters. To compute the area using the faster but less accurate spherical model use ST_Area(geog,false)
.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 - support for 2D polyhedral surfaces was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.2.0 - measurement on spheroid performed with GeographicLib for improved accuracy and robustness. Requires PROJ >= 4.9.0 to take advantage of the new feature.
Changed: 3.0.0 - does not depend on SFCGAL anymore.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.2, 9.5.3
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
For polyhedral surfaces, only supports 2D polyhedral surfaces (not 2.5D). For 2.5D, may give a non-zero answer, but only for the faces that sit completely in XY plane. |
Return area in square feet for a plot of Massachusetts land and multiply by conversion to get square meters. Note this is in square feet because EPSG:2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet
select ST_Area(geom) sqft, ST_Area(geom) * 0.3048 ^ 2 sqm from ( select 'SRID=2249;POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450, 743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))' :: geometry geom ) subquery; ┌─────────┬─────────────┐ │ sqft │ sqm │ ├─────────┼─────────────┤ │ 928.625 │ 86.27208552 │ └─────────┴─────────────┘
Return area square feet and transform to Massachusetts state plane meters (EPSG:26986) to get square meters. Note this is in square feet because 2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet and transformed area is in square meters since EPSG:26986 is state plane Massachusetts meters
select ST_Area(geom) sqft, ST_Area(ST_Transform(geom, 26986)) As sqm from ( select 'SRID=2249;POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450, 743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))' :: geometry geom ) subquery; ┌─────────┬─────────────────┐ │ sqft │ sqm │ ├─────────┼─────────────────┤ │ 928.625 │ 86.272430607008 │ └─────────┴─────────────────┘
Return area square feet and square meters using geography data type. Note that we transform to our geometry to geography (before you can do that make sure your geometry is in WGS 84 long lat 4326). Geography always measures in meters. This is just for demonstration to compare. Normally your table will be stored in geography data type already.
select ST_Area(geog) / 0.3048 ^ 2 sqft_spheroid, ST_Area(geog, false) / 0.3048 ^ 2 sqft_sphere, ST_Area(geog) sqm_spheroid from ( select ST_Transform( 'SRID=2249;POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))'::geometry, 4326 ) :: geography geog ) as subquery; ┌──────────────────┬──────────────────┬──────────────────┐ │ sqft_spheroid │ sqft_sphere │ sqm_spheroid │ ├──────────────────┼──────────────────┼──────────────────┤ │ 928.684405784452 │ 927.049336105925 │ 86.2776044979692 │ └──────────────────┴──────────────────┴──────────────────┘
If your data is in geography already:
select ST_Area(geog) / 0.3048 ^ 2 sqft, ST_Area(the_geog) sqm from somegeogtable;
ST_3DArea, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_LengthSpheroid, ST_Perimeter, ST_Transform
ST_Azimuth — Returns the north-based azimuth of a line between two points.
float ST_Azimuth(
geometry origin, geometry target)
;
float ST_Azimuth(
geography origin, geography target)
;
Returns the azimuth in radians of the target point from the origin point, or NULL if the two points are coincident. The azimuth angle is a positive clockwise angle referenced from the positive Y axis (geometry) or the North meridian (geography): North = 0; Northeast = π/4; East = π/2; Southeast = 3π/4; South = π; Southwest 5π/4; West = 3π/2; Northwest = 7π/4.
For the geography type, the azimuth solution is known as the inverse geodesic problem.
The azimuth is a mathematical concept defined as the angle between a reference vector and a point, with angular units in radians. The result value in radians can be converted to degrees using the PostgreSQL function degrees()
.
Azimuth can be used in conjunction with ST_Translate to shift an object along its perpendicular axis. See the upgis_lineshift()
function in the PostGIS wiki for an implementation of this.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for geography was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.2.0 measurement on spheroid performed with GeographicLib for improved accuracy and robustness. Requires PROJ >= 4.9.0 to take advantage of the new feature.
Geometry Azimuth in degrees
SELECT degrees(ST_Azimuth( ST_Point(25, 45), ST_Point(75, 100))) AS degA_B, degrees(ST_Azimuth( ST_Point(75, 100), ST_Point(25, 45) )) AS degB_A; dega_b | degb_a ------------------+------------------ 42.2736890060937 | 222.273689006094
|
|
ST_Angle, ST_Point, ST_Translate, ST_Project, PostgreSQL Math Functions
ST_Angle — Returns the angle between two vectors defined by 3 or 4 points, or 2 lines.
float ST_Angle(
geometry point1, geometry point2, geometry point3, geometry point4)
;
float ST_Angle(
geometry line1, geometry line2)
;
Computes the clockwise angle between two vectors.
Variant 1: computes the angle enclosed by the points P1-P2-P3. If a 4th point provided computes the angle points P1-P2 and P3-P4
Variant 2: computes the angle between two vectors S1-E1 and S2-E2, defined by the start and end points of the input lines
The result is a positive angle between 0 and 2π radians. The radian result can be converted to degrees using the PostgreSQL function degrees()
.
Note that ST_Angle(P1,P2,P3) = ST_Angle(P2,P1,P2,P3)
.
Availability: 2.5.0
Angle between three points
SELECT degrees( ST_Angle('POINT(0 0)', 'POINT(10 10)', 'POINT(20 0)') ); degrees --------- 270
Angle between vectors defined by four points
SELECT degrees( ST_Angle('POINT (10 10)', 'POINT (0 0)', 'POINT(90 90)', 'POINT (100 80)') ); degrees ------------------- 269.9999999999999
Angle between vectors defined by the start and end points of lines
SELECT degrees( ST_Angle('LINESTRING(0 0, 0.3 0.7, 1 1)', 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0.2 0.5, 1 0)') ); degrees -------------- 45
ST_ClosestPoint — Returns the 2D point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the shortest line from one geometry to the other.
geometry ST_ClosestPoint(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
geography ST_ClosestPoint(
geography geom1, geography geom2, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns the 2-dimensional point on geom1
that is closest to geom2
. This is the first point of the shortest line between the geometries (as computed by ST_ShortestLine).
If you have a 3D Geometry, you may prefer to use ST_3DClosestPoint. |
Enhanced: 3.4.0 - Support for geography.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ClosestPoint(pt,line)) AS cp_pt_line, ST_AsText( ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) AS cp_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'POINT (160 40)'::geometry AS pt, 'LINESTRING (10 30, 50 50, 30 110, 70 90, 180 140, 130 190)'::geometry AS line ) AS t; cp_pt_line | cp_line_pt ----------------+------------------------------------------ POINT(160 40) | POINT(125.75342465753425 115.34246575342466)
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ClosestPoint( 'POLYGON ((190 150, 20 10, 160 70, 190 150))', ST_Buffer('POINT(80 160)', 30) )) As ptwkt; ------------------------------------------ POINT(131.59149149528952 101.89887534906197)
ST_3DClosestPoint, ST_Distance, ST_LongestLine, ST_ShortestLine, ST_MaxDistance
ST_3DClosestPoint — Returns the 3D point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the 3D shortest line.
geometry ST_3DClosestPoint(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the 3D shortest line. The 3D length of the 3D shortest line is the 3D distance.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.
linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d closest point SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(line,pt)) AS cp3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) As cp2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line ) As foo; cp3d_line_pt | cp2d_line_pt -----------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------ POINT(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606) | POINT(73.0769230769231 115.384615384615)
|
linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d closest point SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(line,pt)) AS cp3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) As cp2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line ) As foo; cp3d_line_pt | cp2d_line_pt -----------------------------------------------------------+-------------- POINT(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606) | POINT(50 75)
|
Multilinestring and polygon both 3d and 2d closest point SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp3d, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp2d FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly, ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1), (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo; cp3d | cp2d -------------------------------------------+-------------- POINT(39.993580415989 54.1889925532825 5) | POINT(20 40)
|
ST_AsEWKT, ST_ClosestPoint, ST_3DDistance, ST_3DShortestLine
ST_Distance — Returns the distance between two geometry or geography values.
float ST_Distance(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
float ST_Distance(
geography geog1, geography geog2, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
For geometry types returns the minimum 2D Cartesian (planar) distance between two geometries, in projected units (spatial ref units).
For geography types defaults to return the minimum geodesic distance between two geographies in meters, compute on the spheroid determined by the SRID. If use_spheroid
is false, a faster spherical calculation is used.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.23
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced in 1.5. Speed improvements for planar to better handle large or many vertex geometries
Enhanced: 2.1.0 improved speed for geography. See Making Geography faster for details.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 - support for curved geometries was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.2.0 - measurement on spheroid performed with GeographicLib for improved accuracy and robustness. Requires PROJ >= 4.9.0 to take advantage of the new feature.
Changed: 3.0.0 - does not depend on SFCGAL anymore.
Geometry example - units in planar degrees 4326 is WGS 84 long lat, units are degrees.
SELECT ST_Distance( 'SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry, 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry ); ----------------- 0.00150567726382282
Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 3857, proportional to pixels on popular web maps). Although the value is off, nearby ones can be compared correctly, which makes it a good choice for algorithms like KNN or KMeans.
SELECT ST_Distance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry, 3857), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry, 3857) ); ----------------- 167.441410065196
Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 3857 as above, but corrected by cos(lat) to account for distortion)
SELECT ST_Distance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry, 3857), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry, 3857) ) * cosd(42.3521); ----------------- 123.742351254151
Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 26986 Massachusetts state plane meters) (most accurate for Massachusetts)
SELECT ST_Distance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry, 26986), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry, 26986) ); ----------------- 123.797937878454
Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (least accurate)
SELECT ST_Distance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry, 2163), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry, 2163) ); ------------------ 126.664256056812
Same as geometry example but note units in meters - use sphere for slightly faster and less accurate computation.
SELECT ST_Distance(gg1, gg2) As spheroid_dist, ST_Distance(gg1, gg2, false) As sphere_dist FROM (SELECT 'SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geography as gg1, 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geography as gg2 ) As foo ; spheroid_dist | sphere_dist ------------------+------------------ 123.802076746848 | 123.475736916397
ST_3DDistance, ST_Boundary, ST_Contains, ST_Covers, ST_CoveredBy, ST_Equals, ST_Relate, ST_Within
ST_3DDistance — Returns the 3D cartesian minimum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.
float ST_3DDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional minimum cartesian distance between two geometries in projected units (spatial ref units).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM ISO/IEC 13249-3
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.2.0 - In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.
Changed: 3.0.0 - SFCGAL version removed
-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line) -- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final. SELECT ST_3DDistance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'::geometry,2163), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'::geometry,2163) ) As dist_3d, ST_Distance( ST_Transform('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)'::geometry,2163), ST_Transform('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)'::geometry,2163) ) As dist_2d; dist_3d | dist_2d ------------------+----------------- 127.295059324629 | 126.66425605671
-- Multilinestring and polygon both 3d and 2d distance -- Same example as 3D closest point example SELECT ST_3DDistance(poly, mline) As dist3d, ST_Distance(poly, mline) As dist2d FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))'::geometry as poly, 'MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1), (1 10 2, 5 20 1))'::geometry as mline) as foo; dist3d | dist2d -------------------+-------- 0.716635696066337 | 0
ST_Distance, ST_3DClosestPoint, ST_3DDWithin, ST_3DMaxDistance, ST_3DShortestLine, ST_Transform
ST_DistanceSphere — Returns minimum distance in meters between two lon/lat geometries using a spherical earth model.
float ST_DistanceSphere(
geometry geomlonlatA, geometry geomlonlatB, float8 radius=6371008)
;
Returns minimum distance in meters between two lon/lat points. Uses a spherical earth and radius derived from the spheroid defined by the SRID. Faster than ST_DistanceSpheroid, but less accurate. PostGIS Versions prior to 1.5 only implemented for points.
Availability: 1.5 - support for other geometry types besides points was introduced. Prior versions only work with points.
Changed: 2.2.0 In prior versions this used to be called ST_Distance_Sphere
SELECT round(CAST(ST_DistanceSphere(ST_Centroid(geom), ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)',4326)) As numeric),2) As dist_meters, round(CAST(ST_Distance(ST_Transform(ST_Centroid(geom),32611), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)', 4326),32611)) As numeric),2) As dist_utm11_meters, round(CAST(ST_Distance(ST_Centroid(geom), ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)', 4326)) As numeric),5) As dist_degrees, round(CAST(ST_Distance(ST_Transform(geom,32611), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)', 4326),32611)) As numeric),2) As min_dist_line_point_meters FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-118.584 38.374,-118.583 38.5)', 4326) As geom) as foo; dist_meters | dist_utm11_meters | dist_degrees | min_dist_line_point_meters -------------+-------------------+--------------+---------------------------- 70424.47 | 70438.00 | 0.72900 | 65871.18
ST_DistanceSpheroid — Returns the minimum distance between two lon/lat geometries using a spheroidal earth model.
float ST_DistanceSpheroid(
geometry geomlonlatA, geometry geomlonlatB, spheroid measurement_spheroid=WGS84)
;
Returns minimum distance in meters between two lon/lat geometries given a particular spheroid. See the explanation of spheroids given for ST_LengthSpheroid.
This function does not look at the SRID of the geometry. It assumes the geometry coordinates are based on the provided spheroid. |
Availability: 1.5 - support for other geometry types besides points was introduced. Prior versions only work with points.
Changed: 2.2.0 In prior versions this was called ST_Distance_Spheroid
SELECT round(CAST( ST_DistanceSpheroid(ST_Centroid(geom), ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)',4326), 'SPHEROID["WGS 84",6378137,298.257223563]') As numeric),2) As dist_meters_spheroid, round(CAST(ST_DistanceSphere(ST_Centroid(geom), ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)',4326)) As numeric),2) As dist_meters_sphere, round(CAST(ST_Distance(ST_Transform(ST_Centroid(geom),32611), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-118 38)', 4326),32611)) As numeric),2) As dist_utm11_meters FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-118.584 38.374,-118.583 38.5)', 4326) As geom) as foo; dist_meters_spheroid | dist_meters_sphere | dist_utm11_meters ----------------------+--------------------+------------------- 70454.92 | 70424.47 | 70438.00
ST_FrechetDistance — Returns the Fréchet distance between two geometries.
float ST_FrechetDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2, float densifyFrac = -1)
;
Implements algorithm for computing the Fréchet distance restricted to discrete points for both geometries, based on Computing Discrete Fréchet Distance. The Fréchet distance is a measure of similarity between curves that takes into account the location and ordering of the points along the curves. Therefore it is often better than the Hausdorff distance.
When the optional densifyFrac is specified, this function performs a segment densification before computing the discrete Fréchet distance. The densifyFrac parameter sets the fraction by which to densify each segment. Each segment will be split into a number of equal-length subsegments, whose fraction of the total length is closest to the given fraction.
Units are in the units of the spatial reference system of the geometries.
The current implementation supports only vertices as the discrete locations. This could be extended to allow an arbitrary density of points to be used. |
The smaller densifyFrac we specify, the more accurate Fréchet distance we get. But, the computation time and the memory usage increase with the square of the number of subsegments. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0
postgres=# SELECT st_frechetdistance('LINESTRING (0 0, 100 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 50 50, 100 0)'::geometry); st_frechetdistance -------------------- 70.7106781186548 (1 row)
SELECT st_frechetdistance('LINESTRING (0 0, 100 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 50 50, 100 0)'::geometry, 0.5); st_frechetdistance -------------------- 50 (1 row)
ST_HausdorffDistance — Returns the Hausdorff distance between two geometries.
float ST_HausdorffDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
float ST_HausdorffDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2, float densifyFrac)
;
Returns the Hausdorff distance between two geometries. The Hausdorff distance is a measure of how similar or dissimilar 2 geometries are.
The function actually computes the "Discrete Hausdorff Distance". This is the Hausdorff distance computed at discrete points on the geometries. The densifyFrac
parameter can be specified, to provide a more accurate answer by densifying segments before computing the discrete Hausdorff distance. Each segment is split into a number of equal-length subsegments whose fraction of the segment length is closest to the given fraction.
Units are in the units of the spatial reference system of the geometries.
This algorithm is NOT equivalent to the standard Hausdorff distance. However, it computes an approximation that is correct for a large subset of useful cases. One important case is Linestrings that are roughly parallel to each other, and roughly equal in length. This is a useful metric for line matching. |
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
SELECT ST_HausdorffDistance(geomA, geomB), ST_Distance(geomA, geomB) FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING (20 70, 70 60, 110 70, 170 70)'::geometry AS geomA, 'LINESTRING (20 90, 130 90, 60 100, 190 100)'::geometry AS geomB) AS t; st_hausdorffdistance | st_distance ----------------------+------------- 37.26206567625497 | 20
Example: Hausdorff distance with densification.
SELECT ST_HausdorffDistance( 'LINESTRING (130 0, 0 0, 0 150)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (10 10, 10 150, 130 10)'::geometry, 0.5); ---------------------- 70
Example: For each building, find the parcel that best represents it. First we require that the parcel intersect with the building geometry. DISTINCT ON
guarantees we get each building listed only once. ORDER BY .. ST_HausdorffDistance
selects the parcel that is most similar to the building.
SELECT DISTINCT ON (buildings.gid) buildings.gid, parcels.parcel_id FROM buildings INNER JOIN parcels ON ST_Intersects(buildings.geom, parcels.geom) ORDER BY buildings.gid, ST_HausdorffDistance(buildings.geom, parcels.geom);
ST_Length — Returns the 2D length of a linear geometry.
float ST_Length(
geometry a_2dlinestring)
;
float ST_Length(
geography geog, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
For geometry types: returns the 2D Cartesian length of the geometry if it is a LineString, MultiLineString, ST_Curve, ST_MultiCurve. For areal geometries 0 is returned; use ST_Perimeter instead. The units of length is determined by the spatial reference system of the geometry.
For geography types: computation is performed using the inverse geodesic calculation. Units of length are in meters. If PostGIS is compiled with PROJ version 4.8.0 or later, the spheroid is specified by the SRID, otherwise it is exclusive to WGS84. If use_spheroid = false
, then the calculation is based on a sphere instead of a spheroid.
Currently for geometry this is an alias for ST_Length2D, but this may change to support higher dimensions.
Changed: 2.0.0 Breaking change -- in prior versions applying this to a MULTI/POLYGON of type geography would give you the perimeter of the POLYGON/MULTIPOLYGON. In 2.0.0 this was changed to return 0 to be in line with geometry behavior. Please use ST_Perimeter if you want the perimeter of a polygon |
For geography the calculation defaults to using a spheroidal model. To use the faster but less accurate spherical calculation use ST_Length(gg,false); |
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.5.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.2, 9.3.4
Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced in 1.5.
Return length in feet for line string. Note this is in feet because EPSG:2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet
SELECT ST_Length(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(743238 2967416,743238 2967450,743265 2967450, 743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416)',2249)); st_length --------- 122.630744000095 --Transforming WGS 84 LineString to Massachusetts state plane meters SELECT ST_Length( ST_Transform( ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.1240 42.45666, -72.123 42.1546)'), 26986 ) ); st_length --------- 34309.4563576191
Return length of WGS 84 geography line
-- the default calculation uses a spheroid SELECT ST_Length(the_geog) As length_spheroid, ST_Length(the_geog,false) As length_sphere FROM (SELECT ST_GeographyFromText( 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.1240 42.45666, -72.123 42.1546)') As the_geog) As foo; length_spheroid | length_sphere ------------------+------------------ 34310.5703627288 | 34346.2060960742
ST_GeographyFromText, ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_LengthSpheroid, ST_Perimeter, ST_Transform
ST_Length2D — Returns the 2D length of a linear geometry. Alias for ST_Length
float ST_Length2D(
geometry a_2dlinestring)
;
Returns the 2D length of the geometry if it is a linestring or multi-linestring. This is an alias for ST_Length
ST_3DLength — Returns the 3D length of a linear geometry.
float ST_3DLength(
geometry a_3dlinestring)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional or 2-dimensional length of the geometry if it is a LineString or MultiLineString. For 2-d lines it will just return the 2-d length (same as ST_Length and ST_Length2D)
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 7.1, 10.3
Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this used to be called ST_Length3D
Return length in feet for a 3D cable. Note this is in feet because EPSG:2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet
SELECT ST_3DLength(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(743238 2967416 1,743238 2967450 1,743265 2967450 3, 743265.625 2967416 3,743238 2967416 3)',2249)); ST_3DLength ----------- 122.704716741457
ST_LengthSpheroid — Returns the 2D or 3D length/perimeter of a lon/lat geometry on a spheroid.
float ST_LengthSpheroid(
geometry a_geometry, spheroid a_spheroid)
;
Calculates the length or perimeter of a geometry on an ellipsoid. This is useful if the coordinates of the geometry are in longitude/latitude and a length is desired without reprojection. The spheroid is specified by a text value as follows:
SPHEROID[<NAME
>,<SEMI-MAJOR AXIS
>,<INVERSE FLATTENING
>]
Esempi
SPHEROID["GRS_1980",6378137,298.257222101]
Availability: 1.2.2
Changed: 2.2.0 In prior versions this was called ST_Length_Spheroid and had the alias ST_3DLength_Spheroid
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_LengthSpheroid( geometry_column, 'SPHEROID["GRS_1980",6378137,298.257222101]' ) FROM geometry_table; SELECT ST_LengthSpheroid( geom, sph_m ) As tot_len, ST_LengthSpheroid(ST_GeometryN(geom,1), sph_m) As len_line1, ST_LengthSpheroid(ST_GeometryN(geom,2), sph_m) As len_line2 FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-118.584 38.374,-118.583 38.5), (-71.05957 42.3589 , -71.061 43))') As geom, CAST('SPHEROID["GRS_1980",6378137,298.257222101]' As spheroid) As sph_m) as foo; tot_len | len_line1 | len_line2 ------------------+------------------+------------------ 85204.5207562955 | 13986.8725229309 | 71217.6482333646 --3D SELECT ST_LengthSpheroid( geom, sph_m ) As tot_len, ST_LengthSpheroid(ST_GeometryN(geom,1), sph_m) As len_line1, ST_LengthSpheroid(ST_GeometryN(geom,2), sph_m) As len_line2 FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((-118.584 38.374 20,-118.583 38.5 30), (-71.05957 42.3589 75, -71.061 43 90))') As geom, CAST('SPHEROID["GRS_1980",6378137,298.257222101]' As spheroid) As sph_m) as foo; tot_len | len_line1 | len_line2 ------------------+-----------------+------------------ 85204.5259107402 | 13986.876097711 | 71217.6498130292
ST_LongestLine — Returns the 2D longest line between two geometries.
geometry ST_LongestLine(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 2-dimensional longest line between the points of two geometries. The line returned starts on g1
and ends on g2
.
The longest line always occurs between two vertices. The function returns the first longest line if more than one is found. The length of the line is equal to the distance returned by ST_MaxDistance.
If g1 and g2 are the same geometry, returns the line between the two vertices farthest apart in the geometry. The endpoints of the line lie on the circle computed by ST_MinimumBoundingCircle.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LongestLine( 'POINT (160 40)', 'LINESTRING (10 30, 50 50, 30 110, 70 90, 180 140, 130 190)' ) ) AS lline; ----------------- LINESTRING(160 40,130 190)
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LongestLine( 'POLYGON ((190 150, 20 10, 160 70, 190 150))', ST_Buffer('POINT(80 160)', 30) ) ) AS llinewkt; ----------------- LINESTRING(20 10,105.3073372946034 186.95518130045156)
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LongestLine( geom, geom)) AS llinewkt, ST_MaxDistance( geom, geom) AS max_dist, ST_Length( ST_LongestLine(geom, geom)) AS lenll FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON ((40 180, 110 160, 180 180, 180 120, 140 90, 160 40, 80 10, 70 40, 20 50, 40 180), (60 140, 99 77.5, 90 140, 60 140))'::geometry AS geom) AS t; llinewkt | max_dist | lenll ---------------------------+--------------------+-------------------- LINESTRING(20 50,180 180) | 206.15528128088303 | 206.15528128088303
ST_MaxDistance, ST_ShortestLine, ST_3DLongestLine, ST_MinimumBoundingCircle
ST_3DLongestLine — Returns the 3D longest line between two geometries
geometry ST_3DLongestLine(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional longest line between two geometries. The function returns the first longest line if more than one. The line returned starts in g1 and ends in g2. The 3D length of the line is equal to the distance returned by ST_3DMaxDistance.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d longest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(line,pt)) AS lol3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(line,pt)) As lol2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line ) As foo; lol3d_line_pt | lol2d_line_pt -----------------------------------+---------------------------- LINESTRING(50 75 1000,100 100 30) | LINESTRING(98 190,100 100)
|
linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d longest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(line,pt)) AS lol3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(line,pt)) As lol2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line ) As foo; lol3d_line_pt | lol2d_line_pt ---------------------------------+-------------------------- LINESTRING(98 190 1,50 74 1000) | LINESTRING(98 190,50 74)
|
MultiLineString and Polygon both 3d and 2d longest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol3d, ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol2d FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly, ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1), (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo; lol3d | lol2d ------------------------------+-------------------------- LINESTRING(175 150 5,1 10 2) | LINESTRING(175 150,1 10)
|
ST_3DClosestPoint, ST_3DDistance, ST_LongestLine, ST_3DShortestLine, ST_3DMaxDistance
ST_MaxDistance — Returns the 2D largest distance between two geometries in projected units.
float ST_MaxDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 2-dimensional maximum distance between two geometries, in projected units. The maximum distance always occurs between two vertices. This is the length of the line returned by ST_LongestLine.
If g1 and g2 are the same geometry, returns the distance between the two vertices farthest apart in that geometry.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
Maximum distance between a point and lines.
SELECT ST_MaxDistance('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); ----------------- 2 SELECT ST_MaxDistance('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 2, 2 2 )'::geometry); ------------------ 2.82842712474619
Maximum distance between vertices of a single geometry.
SELECT ST_MaxDistance('POLYGON ((10 10, 10 0, 0 0, 10 10))'::geometry, 'POLYGON ((10 10, 10 0, 0 0, 10 10))'::geometry); ------------------ 14.142135623730951
ST_3DMaxDistance — Returns the 3D cartesian maximum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.
float ST_3DMaxDistance(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional maximum cartesian distance between two geometries in projected units (spatial ref units).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.2.0 - In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.
-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line) -- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final. SELECT ST_3DMaxDistance( ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 10000)'),2163), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163) ) As dist_3d, ST_MaxDistance( ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 10000)'),2163), ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163) ) As dist_2d; dist_3d | dist_2d ------------------+------------------ 24383.7467488441 | 22247.8472107251
ST_MinimumClearance — Returns the minimum clearance of a geometry, a measure of a geometry's robustness.
float ST_MinimumClearance(
geometry g)
;
It is possible for a geometry to meet the criteria for validity according to ST_IsValid (polygons) or ST_IsSimple (lines), but to become invalid if one of its vertices is moved by a small distance. This can happen due to loss of precision during conversion to text formats (such as WKT, KML, GML, GeoJSON), or binary formats that do not use double-precision floating point coordinates (e.g. MapInfo TAB).
The minimum clearance is a quantitative measure of a geometry's robustness to change in coordinate precision. It is the largest distance by which vertices of the geometry can be moved without creating an invalid geometry. Larger values of minimum clearance indicate greater robustness.
If a geometry has a minimum clearance of e
, then:
No two distinct vertices in the geometry are closer than the distance e
.
No vertex is closer than e
to a line segment of which it is not an endpoint.
If no minimum clearance exists for a geometry (e.g. a single point, or a MultiPoint whose points are identical), the return value is Infinity
.
To avoid validity issues caused by precision loss, ST_ReducePrecision can reduce coordinate precision while ensuring that polygonal geometry remains valid.
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_MinimumClearance('POLYGON ((0 0, 1 0, 1 1, 0.5 3.2e-4, 0 0))'); st_minimumclearance --------------------- 0.00032
ST_MinimumClearanceLine, ST_Crosses, ST_Dimension, ST_Intersects
ST_MinimumClearanceLine — Returns the two-point LineString spanning a geometry's minimum clearance.
Geometry ST_MinimumClearanceLine(
geometry g)
;
Returns the two-point LineString spanning a geometry's minimum clearance. If the geometry does not have a minimum clearance, LINESTRING EMPTY
is returned.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 2.3.0 - requires GEOS >= 3.6.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MinimumClearanceLine('POLYGON ((0 0, 1 0, 1 1, 0.5 3.2e-4, 0 0))')); ------------------------------- LINESTRING(0.5 0.00032,0.5 0)
ST_Perimeter — Returns the length of the boundary of a polygonal geometry or geography.
float ST_Perimeter(
geometry g1)
;
float ST_Perimeter(
geography geog, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns the 2D perimeter of the geometry/geography if it is a ST_Surface, ST_MultiSurface (Polygon, MultiPolygon). 0 is returned for non-areal geometries. For linear geometries use ST_Length. For geometry types, units for perimeter measures are specified by the spatial reference system of the geometry.
For geography types, the calculations are performed using the inverse geodesic problem, where perimeter units are in meters. If PostGIS is compiled with PROJ version 4.8.0 or later, the spheroid is specified by the SRID, otherwise it is exclusive to WGS84. If use_spheroid = false
, then calculations will approximate a sphere instead of a spheroid.
Currently this is an alias for ST_Perimeter2D, but this may change to support higher dimensions.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.5.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.3, 9.5.4
Availability 2.0.0: Support for geography was introduced
Return perimeter in feet for Polygon and MultiPolygon. Note this is in feet because EPSG:2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet
SELECT ST_Perimeter(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,743265 2967450, 743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))', 2249)); st_perimeter --------- 122.630744000095 (1 row) SELECT ST_Perimeter(ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((763104.471273676 2949418.44119003, 763104.477769673 2949418.42538203, 763104.189609677 2949418.22343004,763104.471273676 2949418.44119003)), ((763104.471273676 2949418.44119003,763095.804579742 2949436.33850239, 763086.132105649 2949451.46730207,763078.452329651 2949462.11549407, 763075.354136904 2949466.17407812,763064.362142565 2949477.64291974, 763059.953961626 2949481.28983009,762994.637609571 2949532.04103014, 762990.568508415 2949535.06640477,762986.710889563 2949539.61421415, 763117.237897679 2949709.50493431,763235.236617789 2949617.95619822, 763287.718121842 2949562.20592617,763111.553321674 2949423.91664605, 763104.471273676 2949418.44119003)))', 2249)); st_perimeter --------- 845.227713366825 (1 row)
Return perimeter in meters and feet for Polygon and MultiPolygon. Note this is geography (WGS 84 long lat)
SELECT ST_Perimeter(geog) As per_meters, ST_Perimeter(geog)/0.3048 As per_ft FROM ST_GeogFromText('POLYGON((-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902,-71.1776843766326 42.3903829478009, -71.1775844305465 42.3903826677917,-71.1775825927231 42.3902893647987,-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902))') As geog; per_meters | per_ft -----------------+------------------ 37.3790462565251 | 122.634666195949 -- MultiPolygon example -- SELECT ST_Perimeter(geog) As per_meters, ST_Perimeter(geog,false) As per_sphere_meters, ST_Perimeter(geog)/0.3048 As per_ft FROM ST_GeogFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((-71.1044543107478 42.340674480411,-71.1044542869917 42.3406744369506, -71.1044553562977 42.340673886454,-71.1044543107478 42.340674480411)), ((-71.1044543107478 42.340674480411,-71.1044860600303 42.3407237015564,-71.1045215770124 42.3407653385914, -71.1045498002983 42.3407946553165,-71.1045611902745 42.3408058316308,-71.1046016507427 42.340837442371, -71.104617893173 42.3408475056957,-71.1048586153981 42.3409875993595,-71.1048736143677 42.3409959528211, -71.1048878050242 42.3410084812078,-71.1044020965803 42.3414730072048, -71.1039672113619 42.3412202916693,-71.1037740497748 42.3410666421308, -71.1044280218456 42.3406894151355,-71.1044543107478 42.340674480411)))') As geog; per_meters | per_sphere_meters | per_ft ------------------+-------------------+------------------ 257.634283683311 | 257.412311446337 | 845.256836231335
ST_Perimeter2D — Returns the 2D perimeter of a polygonal geometry. Alias for ST_Perimeter
.
float ST_Perimeter2D(
geometry geomA)
;
Returns the 2-dimensional perimeter of a polygonal geometry.
This is currently an alias for ST_Perimeter. In future versions ST_Perimeter may return the highest dimension perimeter for a geometry. This is still under consideration |
ST_3DPerimeter — Returns the 3D perimeter of a polygonal geometry.
float ST_3DPerimeter(
geometry geomA)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional perimeter of the geometry, if it is a polygon or multi-polygon. If the geometry is 2-dimensional, then the 2-dimensional perimeter is returned.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM ISO/IEC 13249-3: 8.1, 10.5
Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this used to be called ST_Perimeter3D
Perimeter of a slightly elevated polygon in the air in Massachusetts state plane feet
SELECT ST_3DPerimeter(geom), ST_Perimeter2d(geom), ST_Perimeter(geom) FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=2249;POLYGON((743238 2967416 2,743238 2967450 1, 743265.625 2967416 1,743238 2967416 2))') As geom) As foo; ST_3DPerimeter | st_perimeter2d | st_perimeter ------------------+------------------+------------------ 105.465793597674 | 105.432997272188 | 105.432997272188
ST_ShortestLine — Returns the 2D shortest line between two geometries
geometry ST_ShortestLine(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
geography ST_ShortestLine(
geography geom1, geography geom2, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns the 2-dimensional shortest line between two geometries. The line returned starts in geom1
and ends in geom2
. If geom1
and geom2
intersect the result is a line with start and end at an intersection point. The length of the line is the same as ST_Distance returns for g1 and g2.
Enhanced: 3.4.0 - support for geography.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ShortestLine( 'POINT (160 40)', 'LINESTRING (10 30, 50 50, 30 110, 70 90, 180 140, 130 190)') ) As sline; --------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(160 40,125.75342465753425 115.34246575342466)
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ShortestLine( 'POLYGON ((190 150, 20 10, 160 70, 190 150))', ST_Buffer('POINT(80 160)', 30) ) ) AS llinewkt; ----------------- LINESTRING(131.59149149528952 101.89887534906197,101.21320343559644 138.78679656440357)
ST_ClosestPoint, ST_Distance, ST_LongestLine, ST_MaxDistance
ST_3DShortestLine — Returns the 3D shortest line between two geometries
geometry ST_3DShortestLine(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
Returns the 3-dimensional shortest line between two geometries. The function will only return the first shortest line if more than one, that the function finds. If g1 and g2 intersects in just one point the function will return a line with both start and end in that intersection-point. If g1 and g2 are intersecting with more than one point the function will return a line with start and end in the same point but it can be any of the intersecting points. The line returned will always start in g1 and end in g2. The 3D length of the line this function returns will always be the same as ST_3DDistance returns for g1 and g2.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d shortest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DShortestLine(line,pt)) AS shl3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ShortestLine(line,pt)) As shl2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line ) As foo; shl3d_line_pt | shl2d_line_pt ----------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------ LINESTRING(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606,100 100 30) | LINESTRING(73.0769230769231 115.384615384615,100 100)
|
linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d shortest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DShortestLine(line,pt)) AS shl3d_line_pt, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ShortestLine(line,pt)) As shl2d_line_pt FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line ) As foo; shl3d_line_pt | shl2d_line_pt ---------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------ LINESTRING(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606,100 100 30) | LINESTRING(50 75,50 74)
|
MultiLineString and polygon both 3d and 2d shortest line SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DShortestLine(poly, mline)) As shl3d, ST_AsEWKT(ST_ShortestLine(poly, mline)) As shl2d FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly, ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1), (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo; shl3d | shl2d ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------ LINESTRING(39.993580415989 54.1889925532825 5,40.4078575708294 53.6052383805529 5.03423778139177) | LINESTRING(20 40,20 40)
|
ST_3DClosestPoint, ST_3DDistance, ST_LongestLine, ST_ShortestLine, ST_3DMaxDistance
These functions compute results arising from the overlay of two geometries. These are also known as point-set theoretic boolean operations. Some related functions are also provided.
ST_ClipByBox2D — Computes the portion of a geometry falling within a rectangle.
geometry ST_ClipByBox2D(
geometry geom, box2d box)
;
Clips a geometry by a 2D box in a fast and tolerant but possibly invalid way. Topologically invalid input geometries do not result in exceptions being thrown. The output geometry is not guaranteed to be valid (in particular, self-intersections for a polygon may be introduced).
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
-- Rely on implicit cast from geometry to box2d for the second parameter SELECT ST_ClipByBox2D(geom, ST_MakeEnvelope(0,0,10,10)) FROM mytab;
ST_Difference — Computes a geometry representing the part of geometry A that does not intersect geometry B.
geometry ST_Difference(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB, float8 gridSize = -1)
;
Returns a geometry representing the part of geometry A that does not intersect geometry B. This is equivalent to A - ST_Intersection(A,B)
. If A is completely contained in B then an empty atomic geometry of appropriate type is returned.
This is the only overlay function where input order matters. ST_Difference(A, B) always returns a portion of A. |
If the optional gridSize
argument is provided, the inputs are snapped to a grid of the given size, and the result vertices are computed on that same grid. (Requires GEOS-3.9.0 or higher)
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.20
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
|
|
The difference of 2D linestrings.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Difference( 'LINESTRING(50 100, 50 200)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING(50 50, 50 150)'::geometry ) ); st_astext --------- LINESTRING(50 150,50 200)
The difference of 3D points.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_Difference( 'MULTIPOINT(-118.58 38.38 5,-118.60 38.329 6,-118.614 38.281 7)' :: geometry, 'POINT(-118.614 38.281 5)' :: geometry ) ); st_asewkt --------- MULTIPOINT(-118.6 38.329 6,-118.58 38.38 5)
ST_Intersection — Computes a geometry representing the shared portion of geometries A and B.
geometry ST_Intersection(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB , float8 gridSize = -1 )
;
geography ST_Intersection(
geography geogA , geography geogB )
;
Returns a geometry representing the point-set intersection of two geometries. In other words, that portion of geometry A and geometry B that is shared between the two geometries.
If the geometries have no points in common (i.e. are disjoint) then an empty atomic geometry of appropriate type is returned.
If the optional gridSize
argument is provided, the inputs are snapped to a grid of the given size, and the result vertices are computed on that same grid. (Requires GEOS-3.9.0 or higher)
ST_Intersection in conjunction with ST_Intersects is useful for clipping geometries such as in bounding box, buffer, or region queries where you only require the portion of a geometry that is inside a country or region of interest.
Per la geografia si tratta di un sottile involucro attorno all'implementazione della geometria. It first determines the best SRID that fits the bounding box of the 2 geography objects (if geography objects are within one half zone UTM but not same UTM will pick one of those) (favoring UTM or Lambert Azimuthal Equal Area (LAEA) north/south pole, and falling back on mercator in worst case scenario) and then intersection in that best fit planar spatial ref and retransforms back to WGS84 geography. |
This function will drop the M coordinate values if present. |
If working with 3D geometries, you may want to use SFGCAL based ST_3DIntersection which does a proper 3D intersection for 3D geometries. Although this function works with Z-coordinate, it does an averaging of Z-Coordinate. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter
Changed: 3.0.0 does not depend on SFCGAL.
Availability: 1.5 support for geography data type was introduced.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.18
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Intersection('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 0, 0 2 )'::geometry)); st_astext --------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Intersection('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 0 0, 0 2 )'::geometry)); st_astext --------------- POINT(0 0)
Clip all lines (trails) by country. Here we assume country geom are POLYGON or MULTIPOLYGONS. NOTE: we are only keeping intersections that result in a LINESTRING or MULTILINESTRING because we don't care about trails that just share a point. The dump is needed to expand a geometry collection into individual single MULT* parts. The below is fairly generic and will work for polys, etc. by just changing the where clause.
select clipped.gid, clipped.f_name, clipped_geom from ( select trails.gid, trails.f_name, (ST_Dump(ST_Intersection(country.geom, trails.geom))).geom clipped_geom from country inner join trails on ST_Intersects(country.geom, trails.geom) ) as clipped where ST_Dimension(clipped.clipped_geom) = 1;
For polys e.g. polygon landmarks, you can also use the sometimes faster hack that buffering anything by 0.0 except a polygon results in an empty geometry collection. (So a geometry collection containing polys, lines and points buffered by 0.0 would only leave the polygons and dissolve the collection shell.)
select poly.gid, ST_Multi( ST_Buffer( ST_Intersection(country.geom, poly.geom), 0.0 ) ) clipped_geom from country inner join poly on ST_Intersects(country.geom, poly.geom) where not ST_IsEmpty(ST_Buffer(ST_Intersection(country.geom, poly.geom), 0.0));
Note this is not a true intersection, compare to the same example using ST_3DIntersection.
select ST_AsText(ST_Intersection(linestring, polygon)) As wkt from ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING Z (2 2 6,1.5 1.5 7,1 1 8,0.5 0.5 8,0 0 10)') AS linestring CROSS JOIN ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0 8, 0 1 8, 1 1 8, 1 0 8, 0 0 8))') AS polygon; st_astext --------------------------------------- LINESTRING Z (1 1 8,0.5 0.5 8,0 0 10)
ST_3DIntersection, ST_Difference, ST_Union, ST_Dimension, ST_Dump, ST_Force2D, ST_SymDifference, ST_Intersects, ST_Multi
ST_MemUnion — Aggregate function which unions geometries in a memory-efficent but slower way
geometry ST_MemUnion(
geometry set geomfield)
;
An aggregate function that unions the input geometries, merging them to produce a result geometry with no overlaps. The output may be a single geometry, a MultiGeometry, or a Geometry Collection.
Produces the same result as ST_Union, but uses less memory and more processor time. This aggregate function works by unioning the geometries incrementally, as opposed to the ST_Union aggregate which first accumulates an array and then unions the contents using a fast algorithm. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
SELECT id, ST_MemUnion(geom) as singlegeom FROM sometable f GROUP BY id;
ST_Node — Nodes a collection of lines.
geometry ST_Node(
geometry geom)
;
Returns a (Multi)LineString representing the fully noded version of a collection of linestrings. The noding preserves all of the input nodes, and introduces the least possible number of new nodes. The resulting linework is dissolved (duplicate lines are removed).
This is a good way to create fully-noded linework suitable for use as input to ST_Polygonize.
ST_UnaryUnion can also be used to node and dissolve linework. It provides an option to specify a gridSize, which can provide simpler and more robust output. See also ST_Union for an aggregate variant.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Changed: 2.4.0 this function uses GEOSNode internally instead of GEOSUnaryUnion. This may cause the resulting linestrings to have a different order and direction compared to PostGIS < 2.4.
Noding a 3D LineString which self-intersects
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Node('LINESTRINGZ(0 0 0, 10 10 10, 0 10 5, 10 0 3)'::geometry) ) As output; output ----------- MULTILINESTRING Z ((0 0 0,5 5 4.5),(5 5 4.5,10 10 10,0 10 5,5 5 4.5),(5 5 4.5,10 0 3))
Noding two LineStrings which share common linework. Note that the result linework is dissolved.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Node('MULTILINESTRING ((2 5, 2 1, 7 1), (6 1, 4 1, 2 3, 2 5))'::geometry) ) As output; output ----------- MULTILINESTRING((2 5,2 3),(2 3,2 1,4 1),(4 1,2 3),(4 1,6 1),(6 1,7 1))
ST_Split — Returns a collection of geometries created by splitting a geometry by another geometry.
geometry ST_Split(
geometry input, geometry blade)
;
The function supports splitting a LineString by a (Multi)Point, (Multi)LineString or (Multi)Polygon boundary, or a (Multi)Polygon by a LineString. When a (Multi)Polygon is used as as the blade, its linear components (the boundary) are used for splitting the input. The result geometry is always a collection.
This function is in a sense the opposite of ST_Union. Applying ST_Union to the returned collection should theoretically yield the original geometry (although due to numerical rounding this may not be exactly the case).
If the the input and blade do not intersect due to numerical precision issues, the input may not be split as expected. To avoid this situation it may be necessary to snap the input to the blade first, using ST_Snap with a small tolerance. |
Availability: 2.0.0 requires GEOS
Enhanced: 2.2.0 support for splitting a line by a multiline, a multipoint or (multi)polygon boundary was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.5.0 support for splitting a polygon by a multiline was introduced.
Split a Polygon by a Line.
|
|
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Split( ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50), -- circle ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(10, 10),ST_Point(190, 190)) -- line )); -- result -- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( POLYGON((150 90,149.039264020162 80.2454838991936,146.193976625564 70.8658283817455,..), POLYGON(..)) )
Split a MultiLineString by a Point, where the point lies exactly on both LineStrings elements.
|
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Split( 'MULTILINESTRING((10 10, 190 190), (15 15, 30 30, 100 90))', ST_Point(30,30))) As split; split ------ GEOMETRYCOLLECTION( LINESTRING(10 10,30 30), LINESTRING(30 30,190 190), LINESTRING(15 15,30 30), LINESTRING(30 30,100 90) )
Split a LineString by a Point, where the point does not lie exactly on the line. Shows using ST_Snap to snap the line to the point to allow it to be split.
WITH data AS (SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 100 100)'::geometry AS line, 'POINT(51 50)':: geometry AS point ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Split( ST_Snap(line, point, 1), point)) AS snapped_split, ST_AsText( ST_Split(line, point)) AS not_snapped_not_split FROM data; snapped_split | not_snapped_not_split ---------------------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,51 50),LINESTRING(51 50,100 100)) | GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,100 100))
ST_Subdivide — Computes a rectilinear subdivision of a geometry.
setof geometry ST_Subdivide(
geometry geom, integer max_vertices=256, float8 gridSize = -1)
;
Returns a set of geometries that are the result of dividing geom
into parts using rectilinear lines, with each part containing no more than max_vertices
.
max_vertices
must be 5 or more, as 5 points are needed to represent a closed box. gridSize
can be specified to have clipping work in fixed-precision space (requires GEOS-3.9.0+).
Point-in-polygon and other spatial operations are normally faster for indexed subdivided datasets. Since the bounding boxes for the parts usually cover a smaller area than the original geometry bbox, index queries produce fewer "hit" cases. The "hit" cases are faster because the spatial operations executed by the index recheck process fewer points.
This is a set-returning function (SRF) that return a set of rows containing single geometry values. It can be used in a SELECT list or a FROM clause to produce a result set with one record for each result geometry. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Enhanced: 2.5.0 reuses existing points on polygon split, vertex count is lowered from 8 to 5.
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter
Example: Subdivide a polygon into parts with no more than 10 vertices, and assign each part a unique id.
SELECT row_number() OVER() As rn, ST_AsText(geom) As wkt FROM (SELECT ST_SubDivide( 'POLYGON((132 10,119 23,85 35,68 29,66 28,49 42,32 56,22 64,32 110,40 119,36 150, 57 158,75 171,92 182,114 184,132 186,146 178,176 184,179 162,184 141,190 122, 190 100,185 79,186 56,186 52,178 34,168 18,147 13,132 10))'::geometry,10)) AS f(geom);
rn │ wkt ────┼──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── 1 │ POLYGON((119 23,85 35,68 29,66 28,32 56,22 64,29.8260869565217 100,119 100,119 23)) 2 │ POLYGON((132 10,119 23,119 56,186 56,186 52,178 34,168 18,147 13,132 10)) 3 │ POLYGON((119 56,119 100,190 100,185 79,186 56,119 56)) 4 │ POLYGON((29.8260869565217 100,32 110,40 119,36 150,57 158,75 171,92 182,114 184,114 100,29.8260869565217 100)) 5 │ POLYGON((114 184,132 186,146 178,176 184,179 162,184 141,190 122,190 100,114 100,114 184))
Example: Densify a long geography line using ST_Segmentize(geography, distance), and use ST_Subdivide to split the resulting line into sublines of 8 vertices.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Subdivide( ST_Segmentize('LINESTRING(0 0, 85 85)'::geography, 1200000)::geometry, 8));
LINESTRING(0 0,0.487578359029357 5.57659056746196,0.984542144675897 11.1527721155093,1.50101059639722 16.7281035483571,1.94532113630331 21.25) LINESTRING(1.94532113630331 21.25,2.04869538062779 22.3020741387339,2.64204641967673 27.8740533545155,3.29994062412787 33.443216802941,4.04836719489742 39.0084282520239,4.59890468420694 42.5) LINESTRING(4.59890468420694 42.5,4.92498503922732 44.5680389206321,5.98737409390639 50.1195229244701,7.3290919767674 55.6587646879025,8.79638749938413 60.1969505994924) LINESTRING(8.79638749938413 60.1969505994924,9.11375579533779 61.1785363177625,11.6558166691368 66.6648504160202,15.642041247655 72.0867690601745,22.8716627200212 77.3609628116894,24.6991785131552 77.8939011989848) LINESTRING(24.6991785131552 77.8939011989848,39.4046096622744 82.1822848017636,44.7994523421035 82.5156766227011) LINESTRING(44.7994523421035 82.5156766227011,85 85)
Example: Subdivide the complex geometries of a table in-place. The original geometry records are deleted from the source table, and new records for each subdivided result geometry are inserted.
WITH complex_areas_to_subdivide AS ( DELETE from polygons_table WHERE ST_NPoints(geom) > 255 RETURNING id, column1, column2, column3, geom ) INSERT INTO polygons_table (fid, column1, column2, column3, geom) SELECT fid, column1, column2, column3, ST_Subdivide(geom, 255) as geom FROM complex_areas_to_subdivide;
Example: Create a new table containing subdivided geometries, retaining the key of the original geometry so that the new table can be joined to the source table. Since ST_Subdivide is a set-returning (table) function that returns a set of single-value rows, this syntax automatically produces a table with one row for each result part.
CREATE TABLE subdivided_geoms AS SELECT pkey, ST_Subdivide(geom) AS geom FROM original_geoms;
ST_SymDifference — Computes a geometry representing the portions of geometries A and B that do not intersect.
geometry ST_SymDifference(
geometry geomA, geometry geomB, float8 gridSize = -1)
;
Returns a geometry representing the portions of geonetries A and B that do not intersect. This is equivalent to ST_Union(A,B) - ST_Intersection(A,B)
. It is called a symmetric difference because ST_SymDifference(A,B) = ST_SymDifference(B,A)
.
If the optional gridSize
argument is provided, the inputs are snapped to a grid of the given size, and the result vertices are computed on that same grid. (Requires GEOS-3.9.0 or higher)
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.21
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
|
|
--Safe for 2d - symmetric difference of 2 linestrings SELECT ST_AsText( ST_SymDifference( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 100, 50 200)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50, 50 150)') ) ); st_astext --------- MULTILINESTRING((50 150,50 200),(50 50,50 100))
--When used in 3d doesn't quite do the right thing SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SymDifference(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 1, 1 4 2)'), ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 1 3, 1 3 4)'))) st_astext ------------ MULTILINESTRING((1 3 2.75,1 4 2),(1 1 3,1 2 2.25))
ST_UnaryUnion — Computes the union of the components of a single geometry.
geometry ST_UnaryUnion(
geometry geom, float8 gridSize = -1)
;
A single-input variant of ST_Union. The input may be a single geometry, a MultiGeometry, or a GeometryCollection. The union is applied to the individual elements of the input.
This function can be used to fix MultiPolygons which are invalid due to overlapping components. However, the input components must each be valid. An invalid input component such as a bow-tie polygon may cause an error. For this reason it may be better to use ST_MakeValid.
Another use of this function is to node and dissolve a collection of linestrings which cross or overlap to make them simple. (ST_Node also does this, but it does not provide the gridSize
option.)
It is possible to combine ST_UnaryUnion with ST_Collect to fine-tune how many geometries are be unioned at once. This allows trading off between memory usage and compute time, striking a balance between ST_Union and ST_MemUnion.
If the optional gridSize
argument is provided, the inputs are snapped to a grid of the given size, and the result vertices are computed on that same grid. (Requires GEOS-3.9.0 or higher)
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
ST_Union — Computes a geometry representing the point-set union of the input geometries.
geometry ST_Union(
geometry g1, geometry g2)
;
geometry ST_Union(
geometry g1, geometry g2, float8 gridSize)
;
geometry ST_Union(
geometry[] g1_array)
;
geometry ST_Union(
geometry set g1field)
;
geometry ST_Union(
geometry set g1field, float8 gridSize)
;
Unions the input geometries, merging geometry to produce a result geometry with no overlaps. The output may be an atomic geometry, a MultiGeometry, or a Geometry Collection. Comes in several variants:
Two-input variant: returns a geometry that is the union of two input geometries. If either input is NULL, then NULL is returned.
Array variant: returns a geometry that is the union of an array of geometries.
Aggregate variant: returns a geometry that is the union of a rowset of geometries. The ST_Union() function is an "aggregate" function in the terminology of PostgreSQL. That means that it operates on rows of data, in the same way the SUM() and AVG() functions do and like most aggregates, it also ignores NULL geometries.
See ST_UnaryUnion for a non-aggregate, single-input variant.
The ST_Union array and set variants use the fast Cascaded Union algorithm described in http://blog.cleverelephant.ca/2009/01/must-faster-unions-in-postgis-14.html
A gridSize
can be specified to work in fixed-precision space. The inputs are snapped to a grid of the given size, and the result vertices are computed on that same grid. (Requires GEOS-3.9.0 or higher)
ST_Collect may sometimes be used in place of ST_Union, if the result is not required to be non-overlapping. ST_Collect is usually faster than ST_Union because it performs no processing on the collected geometries. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
ST_Union creates MultiLineString and does not sew LineStrings into a single LineString. Use ST_LineMerge to sew LineStrings.
NOTE: this function was formerly called GeomUnion(), which was renamed from "Union" because UNION is an SQL reserved word.
Enhanced: 3.1.0 accept a gridSize parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0 to use the gridSize parameter
Changed: 3.0.0 does not depend on SFCGAL.
Availability: 1.4.0 - ST_Union was enhanced. ST_Union(geomarray) was introduced and also faster aggregate collection in PostgreSQL.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Aggregate version is not explicitly defined in OGC SPEC. |
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.19 the z-index (elevation) when polygons are involved.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index. However, the result is computed using XY only. The result Z values are copied, averaged or interpolated.
Aggregate example
SELECT id, ST_Union(geom) as singlegeom FROM sometable f GROUP BY id;
Non-Aggregate example
select ST_AsText(ST_Union('POINT(1 2)' :: geometry, 'POINT(-2 3)' :: geometry)) st_astext ---------- MULTIPOINT(-2 3,1 2) select ST_AsText(ST_Union('POINT(1 2)' :: geometry, 'POINT(1 2)' :: geometry)) st_astext ---------- POINT(1 2)
3D example - sort of supports 3D (and with mixed dimensions!)
select ST_AsEWKT(ST_Union(geom)) from ( select 'POLYGON((-7 4.2,-7.1 4.2,-7.1 4.3, -7 4.2))'::geometry geom union all select 'POINT(5 5 5)'::geometry geom union all select 'POINT(-2 3 1)'::geometry geom union all select 'LINESTRING(5 5 5, 10 10 10)'::geometry geom ) as foo; st_asewkt --------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(-2 3 1),LINESTRING(5 5 5,10 10 10),POLYGON((-7 4.2 5,-7.1 4.2 5,-7.1 4.3 5,-7 4.2 5)));
3d example not mixing dimensions
select ST_AsEWKT(ST_Union(geom)) from ( select 'POLYGON((-7 4.2 2,-7.1 4.2 3,-7.1 4.3 2, -7 4.2 2))'::geometry geom union all select 'POINT(5 5 5)'::geometry geom union all select 'POINT(-2 3 1)'::geometry geom union all select 'LINESTRING(5 5 5, 10 10 10)'::geometry geom ) as foo; st_asewkt --------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(-2 3 1),LINESTRING(5 5 5,10 10 10),POLYGON((-7 4.2 2,-7.1 4.2 3,-7.1 4.3 2,-7 4.2 2))) --Examples using new Array construct SELECT ST_Union(ARRAY(SELECT geom FROM sometable)); SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Union(ARRAY[ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'), ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(3 4, 4 5)')])) As wktunion; --wktunion--- MULTILINESTRING((3 4,4 5),(1 2,3 4))
ST_Collect, ST_UnaryUnion, ST_MemUnion, ST_Intersection, ST_Difference, ST_SymDifference
These functions compute geometric constructions, or alter geometry size or shape.
ST_Buffer — Computes a geometry covering all points within a given distance from a geometry.
geometry ST_Buffer(
geometry g1, float radius_of_buffer, text buffer_style_parameters = '')
;
geometry ST_Buffer(
geometry g1, float radius_of_buffer, integer num_seg_quarter_circle)
;
geography ST_Buffer(
geography g1, float radius_of_buffer, text buffer_style_parameters)
;
geography ST_Buffer(
geography g1, float radius_of_buffer, integer num_seg_quarter_circle)
;
Computes a POLYGON or MULTIPOLYGON that represents all points whose distance from a geometry/geography is less than or equal to a given distance. A negative distance shrinks the geometry rather than expanding it. A negative distance may shrink a polygon completely, in which case POLYGON EMPTY is returned. For points and lines negative distances always return empty results.
For geometry, the distance is specified in the units of the Spatial Reference System of the geometry. For geography, the distance is specified in meters.
The optional third parameter controls the buffer accuracy and style. The accuracy of circular arcs in the buffer is specified as the number of line segments used to approximate a quarter circle (default is 8). The buffer style can be specified by providing a list of blank-separated key=value pairs as follows:
'quad_segs=#' : number of line segments used to approximate a quarter circle (default is 8).
'endcap=round|flat|square' : endcap style (defaults to "round"). 'butt' is accepted as a synonym for 'flat'.
'join=round|mitre|bevel' : join style (defaults to "round"). 'miter' is accepted as a synonym for 'mitre'.
'mitre_limit=#.#' : mitre ratio limit (only affects mitered join style). 'miter_limit' is accepted as a synonym for 'mitre_limit'.
'side=both|left|right' : 'left' or 'right' performs a single-sided buffer on the geometry, with the buffered side relative to the direction of the line. This is only applicable to LINESTRING geometry and does not affect POINT or POLYGON geometries. By default end caps are square.
Per la geografia si tratta di un sottile involucro attorno all'implementazione della geometria. It determines a planar spatial reference system that best fits the bounding box of the geography object (trying UTM, Lambert Azimuthal Equal Area (LAEA) North/South pole, and finally Mercator ). The buffer is computed in the planar space, and then transformed back to WGS84. This may not produce the desired behavior if the input object is much larger than a UTM zone or crosses the dateline |
Buffer output is always a valid polygonal geometry. Buffer can handle invalid inputs, so buffering by distance 0 is sometimes used as a way of repairing invalid polygons. ST_MakeValid can also be used for this purpose. |
Buffering is sometimes used to perform a within-distance search. For this use case it is more efficient to use ST_DWithin. |
This function ignores the Z dimension. It always gives a 2D result even when used on a 3D geometry. |
Enhanced: 2.5.0 - ST_Buffer geometry support was enhanced to allow for side buffering specification side=both|left|right
.
Availability: 1.5 - ST_Buffer was enhanced to support different endcaps and join types. These are useful for example to convert road linestrings into polygon roads with flat or square edges instead of rounded edges. Thin wrapper for geography was added.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1.30
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=8');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2');
| |
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'endcap=round join=round');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'endcap=square join=round');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'endcap=flat join=round');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'join=bevel');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'join=mitre mitre_limit=5.0');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'join=mitre mitre_limit=1.0');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'side=left');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'side=right');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10, 'side=left join=mitre');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_ForceRHR( ST_Boundary( ST_GeomFromText( 'POLYGON ((50 50, 50 150, 150 150, 150 50, 50 50))'))), ), 20, 'side=left');
|
SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_ForceRHR( ST_Boundary( ST_GeomFromText( 'POLYGON ((50 50, 50 150, 150 150, 150 50, 50 50))')) ), 20,'side=right')
|
--A buffered point approximates a circle -- A buffered point forcing approximation of (see diagram) -- 2 points per quarter circle is poly with 8 sides (see diagram) SELECT ST_NPoints(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50)) As promisingcircle_pcount, ST_NPoints(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 2)) As lamecircle_pcount; promisingcircle_pcount | lamecircle_pcount ------------------------+------------------- 33 | 9 --A lighter but lamer circle -- only 2 points per quarter circle is an octagon --Below is a 100 meter octagon -- Note coordinates are in NAD 83 long lat which we transform to Mass state plane meter and then buffer to get measurements in meters; SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Buffer( ST_Transform( ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-71.063526, 42.35785),4269), 26986) ,100,2)) As octagon; ---------------------- POLYGON((236057.59057465 900908.759918696,236028.301252769 900838.049240578,235 957.59057465 900808.759918696,235886.879896532 900838.049240578,235857.59057465 900908.759918696,235886.879896532 900979.470596815,235957.59057465 901008.759918 696,236028.301252769 900979.470596815,236057.59057465 900908.759918696))
ST_Collect, ST_DWithin, ST_SetSRID, ST_Transform, ST_Union, ST_MakeValid
ST_BuildArea — Creates a polygonal geometry formed by the linework of a geometry.
geometry ST_BuildArea(
geometry geom)
;
Creates an areal geometry formed by the constituent linework of the input geometry. The input can be a LineString, MultiLineString, Polygon, MultiPolygon or a GeometryCollection. The result is a Polygon or MultiPolygon, depending on input. If the input linework does not form polygons, NULL is returned.
Unlike ST_MakePolygon, this function accepts rings formed by multiple lines, and can form any number of polygons.
This function converts inner rings into holes. To turn inner rings into polygons as well, use ST_Polygonize.
Input linework must be correctly noded for this function to work properly. ST_Node can be used to node lines. If the input linework crosses, this function will produce invalid polygons. ST_MakeValid can be used to ensure the output is valid. |
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
|
|
WITH data(geom) AS (VALUES ('LINESTRING (180 40, 30 20, 20 90)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (180 40, 160 160)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (160 160, 80 190, 80 120, 20 90)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (80 60, 120 130, 150 80)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (80 60, 150 80)'::geometry) ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_BuildArea( ST_Collect( geom ))) FROM data; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ POLYGON((180 40,30 20,20 90,80 120,80 190,160 160,180 40),(150 80,120 130,80 60,150 80))
SELECT ST_BuildArea(ST_Collect(inring,outring)) FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer('POINT(100 90)', 25) As inring, ST_Buffer('POINT(100 90)', 50) As outring) As t;
ST_Collect, ST_MakePolygon, ST_MakeValid, ST_Node, ST_Polygonize, ST_BdPolyFromText, ST_BdMPolyFromText (wrapper a questa funzione con interfaccia standard OGC)
ST_Centroid — Restituisce il centro geometrico di una geometria.
geometry ST_Centroid(
geometry g1)
;
geography ST_Centroid(
geography g1, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Calcola un punto che è il centro di massa geometrico di una geometria. Per [MULTI
]POINT
s, il centroide è la media aritmetica delle coordinate immesse. Per [MULTI
]LINESTRING
s, il centroide viene calcolato utilizzando la lunghezza ponderata di ciascun segmento di linea. Per [MULTI
]POLYGON
s, il centroide viene calcolato in termini di area. Se viene fornita una geometria vuota, viene restituita una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION
vuota. Se viene fornito NULL
viene restituito NULL
. Se vengono fornite CIRCULARSTRING
o COMPOUNDCURVE
, queste vengono convertite in linestring con CurveToLine e poi come per LINESTRING
Per gli input a dimensione mista, il risultato è uguale al centroide delle geometrie componenti di dimensione più elevata (poiché le geometrie di dimensione inferiore contribuiscono al centroide con un "peso" nullo).
Si noti che per le geometrie poligonali il centroide non si trova necessariamente all'interno del poligono. Ad esempio, si veda la figura seguente del centroide di un poligono a forma di C. Per costruire un punto con garanzia di giacenza nell'interno di un poligono si usa ST_PointOnSurface.
New in 2.3.0 : supports CIRCULARSTRING
and COMPOUNDCURVE
(using CurveToLine)
Availability: 2.4.0 support for geography was introduced.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.4, 9.5.5
In the following illustrations the red dot is the centroid of the source geometry.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Centroid('MULTIPOINT ( -1 0, -1 2, -1 3, -1 4, -1 7, 0 1, 0 3, 1 1, 2 0, 6 0, 7 8, 9 8, 10 6 )')); st_astext ------------------------------------------ POINT(2.30769230769231 3.30769230769231) (1 row) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_centroid(g)) FROM ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(0 2, -1 1,0 0, 0.5 0, 1 0, 2 1, 1 2, 0.5 2, 0 2)') AS g ; ------------------------------------------ POINT(0.5 1) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_centroid(g)) FROM ST_GeomFromText('COMPOUNDCURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(0 2, -1 1,0 0),(0 0, 0.5 0, 1 0),CIRCULARSTRING( 1 0, 2 1, 1 2),(1 2, 0.5 2, 0 2))' ) AS g; ------------------------------------------ POINT(0.5 1)
ST_ChaikinSmoothing — Returns a smoothed version of a geometry, using the Chaikin algorithm
geometry ST_ChaikinSmoothing(
geometry geom, integer nIterations = 1, boolean preserveEndPoints = false)
;
Smoothes a linear or polygonal geometry using Chaikin's algorithm. The degree of smoothing is controlled by the nIterations
parameter. On each iteration, each interior vertex is replaced by two vertices located at 1/4 of the length of the line segments before and after the vertex. A reasonable degree of smoothing is provided by 3 iterations; the maximum is limited to 5.
Se preserveEndPoints
è vero, i punti finali degli anelli poligonali non vengono smussati. I punti finali delle stringhe di linee sono sempre conservati.
Il numero di vertici raddoppia a ogni iterazione, quindi la geometria risultante può avere molti più punti di quella in ingresso. Per ridurre il numero di punti, utilizzare una funzione di semplificazione sul risultato (vedere ST_Simplify, ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology e ST_SimplifyVW). |
The result has interpolated values for the Z and M dimensions when present.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Availability: 2.5.0
Smoothing a triangle:
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ChaikinSmoothing(geom)) smoothed FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON((0 0, 8 8, 0 16, 0 0))'::geometry geom) AS foo; smoothed ─────────────────────────────────────────── POLYGON((2 2,6 6,6 10,2 14,0 12,0 4,2 2))
Lisciatura di un poligono con 1, 2 e 3 iterazioni:
SELECT ST_ChaikinSmoothing( 'POLYGON ((20 20, 60 90, 10 150, 100 190, 190 160, 130 120, 190 50, 140 70, 120 10, 90 60, 20 20))', generate_series(1, 3) );
Smoothing a LineString using 1, 2 and 3 iterations:
SELECT ST_ChaikinSmoothing( 'LINESTRING (10 140, 80 130, 100 190, 190 150, 140 20, 120 120, 50 30, 30 100)', generate_series(1, 3) );
ST_ConcaveHull — Computes a possibly concave geometry that contains all input geometry vertices
geometry ST_ConcaveHull(
geometry param_geom, float param_pctconvex, boolean param_allow_holes = false)
;
A concave hull is a (usually) concave geometry which contains the input, and whose vertices are a subset of the input vertices. In the general case the concave hull is a Polygon. The concave hull of two or more collinear points is a two-point LineString. The concave hull of one or more identical points is a Point. The polygon will not contain holes unless the optional param_allow_holes
argument is specified as true.
One can think of a concave hull as "shrink-wrapping" a set of points. This is different to the convex hull, which is more like wrapping a rubber band around the points. A concave hull generally has a smaller area and represents a more natural boundary for the input points.
The param_pctconvex
controls the concaveness of the computed hull. A value of 1 produces the convex hull. Values between 1 and 0 produce hulls of increasing concaveness. A value of 0 produces a hull with maximum concaveness (but still a single polygon). Choosing a suitable value depends on the nature of the input data, but often values between 0.3 and 0.1 produce reasonable results.
Technically, the |
For point and linear inputs, the hull will enclose all the points of the inputs. For polygonal inputs, the hull will enclose all the points of the input and also all the areas covered by the input. If you want a point-wise hull of a polygonal input, convert it to points first using ST_Points.
This is not an aggregate function. To compute the concave hull of a set of geometries use ST_Collect (e.g. ST_ConcaveHull( ST_Collect( geom ), 0.80)
.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 3.3.0, GEOS native implementation enabled for GEOS 3.11+
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ConcaveHull( 'MULTIPOINT ((10 72), (53 76), (56 66), (63 58), (71 51), (81 48), (91 46), (101 45), (111 46), (121 47), (131 50), (140 55), (145 64), (144 74), (135 80), (125 83), (115 85), (105 87), (95 89), (85 91), (75 93), (65 95), (55 98), (45 102), (37 107), (29 114), (22 122), (19 132), (18 142), (21 151), (27 160), (35 167), (44 172), (54 175), (64 178), (74 180), (84 181), (94 181), (104 181), (114 181), (124 181), (134 179), (144 177), (153 173), (162 168), (171 162), (177 154), (182 145), (184 135), (139 132), (136 142), (128 149), (119 153), (109 155), (99 155), (89 155), (79 153), (69 150), (61 144), (63 134), (72 128), (82 125), (92 123), (102 121), (112 119), (122 118), (132 116), (142 113), (151 110), (161 106), (170 102), (178 96), (185 88), (189 78), (190 68), (189 58), (185 49), (179 41), (171 34), (162 29), (153 25), (143 23), (133 21), (123 19), (113 19), (102 19), (92 19), (82 19), (72 21), (62 22), (52 25), (43 29), (33 34), (25 41), (19 49), (14 58), (21 73), (31 74), (42 74), (173 134), (161 134), (150 133), (97 104), (52 117), (157 156), (94 171), (112 106), (169 73), (58 165), (149 40), (70 33), (147 157), (48 153), (140 96), (47 129), (173 55), (144 86), (159 67), (150 146), (38 136), (111 170), (124 94), (26 59), (60 41), (71 162), (41 64), (88 110), (122 34), (151 97), (157 56), (39 146), (88 33), (159 45), (47 56), (138 40), (129 165), (33 48), (106 31), (169 147), (37 122), (71 109), (163 89), (37 156), (82 170), (180 72), (29 142), (46 41), (59 155), (124 106), (157 80), (175 82), (56 50), (62 116), (113 95), (144 167))', 0.1 ) ); ---st_astext-- POLYGON ((18 142, 21 151, 27 160, 35 167, 44 172, 54 175, 64 178, 74 180, 84 181, 94 181, 104 181, 114 181, 124 181, 134 179, 144 177, 153 173, 162 168, 171 162, 177 154, 182 145, 184 135, 173 134, 161 134, 150 133, 139 132, 136 142, 128 149, 119 153, 109 155, 99 155, 89 155, 79 153, 69 150, 61 144, 63 134, 72 128, 82 125, 92 123, 102 121, 112 119, 122 118, 132 116, 142 113, 151 110, 161 106, 170 102, 178 96, 185 88, 189 78, 190 68, 189 58, 185 49, 179 41, 171 34, 162 29, 153 25, 143 23, 133 21, 123 19, 113 19, 102 19, 92 19, 82 19, 72 21, 62 22, 52 25, 43 29, 33 34, 25 41, 19 49, 14 58, 10 72, 21 73, 31 74, 42 74, 53 76, 56 66, 63 58, 71 51, 81 48, 91 46, 101 45, 111 46, 121 47, 131 50, 140 55, 145 64, 144 74, 135 80, 125 83, 115 85, 105 87, 95 89, 85 91, 75 93, 65 95, 55 98, 45 102, 37 107, 29 114, 22 122, 19 132, 18 142))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_ConcaveHull( 'MULTIPOINT ((132 64), (114 64), (99 64), (81 64), (63 64), (57 49), (52 36), (46 20), (37 20), (26 20), (32 36), (39 55), (43 69), (50 84), (57 100), (63 118), (68 133), (74 149), (81 164), (88 180), (101 180), (112 180), (119 164), (126 149), (132 131), (139 113), (143 100), (150 84), (157 69), (163 51), (168 36), (174 20), (163 20), (150 20), (143 36), (139 49), (132 64), (99 151), (92 138), (88 124), (81 109), (74 93), (70 82), (83 82), (99 82), (112 82), (126 82), (121 96), (114 109), (110 122), (103 138), (99 151), (34 27), (43 31), (48 44), (46 58), (52 73), (63 73), (61 84), (72 71), (90 69), (101 76), (123 71), (141 62), (166 27), (150 33), (159 36), (146 44), (154 53), (152 62), (146 73), (134 76), (143 82), (141 91), (130 98), (126 104), (132 113), (128 127), (117 122), (112 133), (119 144), (108 147), (119 153), (110 171), (103 164), (92 171), (86 160), (88 142), (79 140), (72 124), (83 131), (79 118), (68 113), (63 102), (68 93), (35 45))', 0.15, true ) ); ---st_astext-- POLYGON ((43 69, 50 84, 57 100, 63 118, 68 133, 74 149, 81 164, 88 180, 101 180, 112 180, 119 164, 126 149, 132 131, 139 113, 143 100, 150 84, 157 69, 163 51, 168 36, 174 20, 163 20, 150 20, 143 36, 139 49, 132 64, 114 64, 99 64, 81 64, 63 64, 57 49, 52 36, 46 20, 37 20, 26 20, 32 36, 35 45, 39 55, 43 69), (88 124, 81 109, 74 93, 83 82, 99 82, 112 82, 121 96, 114 109, 110 122, 103 138, 92 138, 88 124))
Comparing a concave hull of a Polygon to the concave hull of the constituent points. The hull respects the boundary of the polygon, whereas the points-based hull does not.
WITH data(geom) AS (VALUES ('POLYGON ((10 90, 39 85, 61 79, 50 90, 80 80, 95 55, 25 60, 90 45, 70 16, 63 38, 60 10, 50 30, 43 27, 30 10, 20 20, 10 90))'::geometry) ) SELECT ST_ConcaveHull( geom, 0.1) AS polygon_hull, ST_ConcaveHull( ST_Points(geom), 0.1) AS points_hull FROM data;
Using with ST_Collect to compute the concave hull of a geometry set.
-- Compute estimate of infected area based on point observations SELECT disease_type, ST_ConcaveHull( ST_Collect(obs_pnt), 0.3 ) AS geom FROM disease_obs GROUP BY disease_type;
ST_ConvexHull, ST_Collect, ST_AlphaShape, ST_OptimalAlphaShape
ST_ConvexHull — Computes the convex hull of a geometry.
geometry ST_ConvexHull(
geometry geomA)
;
Computes the convex hull of a geometry. The convex hull is the smallest convex geometry that encloses all geometries in the input.
One can think of the convex hull as the geometry obtained by wrapping an rubber band around a set of geometries. This is different from a concave hull which is analogous to "shrink-wrapping" the geometries. A convex hull is often used to determine an affected area based on a set of point observations.
In the general case the convex hull is a Polygon. The convex hull of two or more collinear points is a two-point LineString. The convex hull of one or more identical points is a Point.
This is not an aggregate function. To compute the convex hull of a set of geometries, use ST_Collect to aggregate them into a geometry collection (e.g. ST_ConvexHull(ST_Collect(geom))
.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.3
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1.16
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ConvexHull( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((100 190,10 8),(150 10, 20 30))'), ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOINT(50 5, 150 30, 50 10, 10 10)') )) ); ---st_astext-- POLYGON((50 5,10 8,10 10,100 190,150 30,150 10,50 5))
Using with ST_Collect to compute the convex hulls of geometry sets.
--Get estimate of infected area based on point observations SELECT d.disease_type, ST_ConvexHull(ST_Collect(d.geom)) As geom FROM disease_obs As d GROUP BY d.disease_type;
ST_DelaunayTriangles — Returns the Delaunay triangulation of the vertices of a geometry.
geometry ST_DelaunayTriangles(
geometry g1, float tolerance = 0.0, int4 flags = 0)
;
Computes the Delaunay triangulation of the vertices of the input geometry. The optional tolerance
can be used to snap nearby input vertices together, which improves robustness in some situations. The result geometry is bounded by the convex hull of the input vertices. The result geometry representation is determined by the flags
code:
0
- a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION of triangular POLYGONs (default)
1
- a MULTILINESTRING of the edges of the triangulation
2
- A TIN of the triangulation
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
our original geometry
ST_Union(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((175 150, 20 40,
50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'),
ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(110 170)'), 20)
) |
geometries overlaid multilinestring triangles
SELECT
ST_DelaunayTriangles(
ST_Union(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((175 150, 20 40,
50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'),
ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(110 170)'), 20)
))
As dtriag;
|
SELECT ST_DelaunayTriangles( ST_Union(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((175 150, 20 40, 50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'), ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(110 170)'), 20) ),0.001,1) As dtriag;
|
this produces a table of 42 points that form an L shape SELECT (ST_DumpPoints(ST_GeomFromText( 'MULTIPOINT(14 14,34 14,54 14,74 14,94 14,114 14,134 14, 150 14,154 14,154 6,134 6,114 6,94 6,74 6,54 6,34 6, 14 6,10 6,8 6,7 7,6 8,6 10,6 30,6 50,6 70,6 90,6 110,6 130, 6 150,6 170,6 190,6 194,14 194,14 174,14 154,14 134,14 114, 14 94,14 74,14 54,14 34,14 14)'))).geom INTO TABLE l_shape; output as individual polygon triangles SELECT ST_AsText((ST_Dump(geom)).geom) As wkt FROM ( SELECT ST_DelaunayTriangles(ST_Collect(geom)) As geom FROM l_shape) As foo; wkt POLYGON((6 194,6 190,14 194,6 194)) POLYGON((14 194,6 190,14 174,14 194)) POLYGON((14 194,14 174,154 14,14 194)) POLYGON((154 14,14 174,14 154,154 14)) POLYGON((154 14,14 154,150 14,154 14)) POLYGON((154 14,150 14,154 6,154 14))
|
Example using vertices with Z values.
3D multipoint SELECT ST_AsText(ST_DelaunayTriangles(ST_GeomFromText( 'MULTIPOINT Z(14 14 10, 150 14 100,34 6 25, 20 10 150)'))) As wkt; wkt GEOMETRYCOLLECTION Z (POLYGON Z ((14 14 10,20 10 150,34 6 25,14 14 10)) ,POLYGON Z ((14 14 10,34 6 25,150 14 100,14 14 10)))
ST_FilterByM — Removes vertices based on their M value
geometry ST_FilterByM(
geometry geom, double precision min, double precision max = null, boolean returnM = false)
;
Filters out vertex points based on their M-value. Returns a geometry with only vertex points that have a M-value larger or equal to the min value and smaller or equal to the max value. If max-value argument is left out only min value is considered. If fourth argument is left out the m-value will not be in the resulting geometry. If resulting geometry have too few vertex points left for its geometry type an empty geometry will be returned. In a geometry collection geometries without enough points will just be left out silently.
This function is mainly intended to be used in conjunction with ST_SetEffectiveArea. ST_EffectiveArea sets the effective area of a vertex in its m-value. With ST_FilterByM it then is possible to get a simplified version of the geometry without any calculations, just by filtering
There is a difference in what ST_SimplifyVW returns when not enough points meet the criteria compared to ST_FilterByM. ST_SimplifyVW returns the geometry with enough points while ST_FilterByM returns an empty geometry |
Note that the returned geometry might be invalid |
This function returns all dimensions, including the Z and M values |
Availability: 2.5.0
A linestring is filtered
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_FilterByM(geom,30)) simplified
FROM (SELECT ST_SetEffectiveArea('LINESTRING(5 2, 3 8, 6 20, 7 25, 10 10)'::geometry) geom) As foo;
result
simplified
----------------------------
LINESTRING(5 2,7 25,10 10)
ST_GeneratePoints — Generates a multipoint of random points contained in a Polygon or MultiPolygon.
geometry ST_GeneratePoints(
geometry g, integer npoints, integer seed = 0)
;
ST_GeneratePoints generates a multipoint consisting of a given number of pseudo-random points which lie within the input area. The optional seed
is used to regenerate a deterministic sequence of points, and must be greater than zero.
Availability: 2.3.0
Enhanced: 3.0.0, added seed parameter
SELECT ST_GeneratePoints(geom, 12, 1996) FROM ( SELECT ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)'), 10, 'endcap=round join=round') AS geom ) AS s;
Given a table of polygons s, return 12 individual points per polygon. Results will be different each time you run.
SELECT s.id, dp.path[1] AS pt_id, dp.geom FROM s, ST_DumpPoints(ST_GeneratePoints(s.geom,12)) AS dp;
ST_GeometricMedian — Returns the geometric median of a MultiPoint.
geometry ST_GeometricMedian (
geometry geom, float8 tolerance = NULL, int max_iter = 10000, boolean fail_if_not_converged = false)
;
Computes the approximate geometric median of a MultiPoint geometry using the Weiszfeld algorithm. The geometric median is the point minimizing the sum of distances to the input points. It provides a centrality measure that is less sensitive to outlier points than the centroid (center of mass).
The algorithm iterates until the distance change between successive iterations is less than the supplied tolerance
parameter. If this condition has not been met after max_iterations
iterations, the function produces an error and exits, unless fail_if_not_converged
is set to false
(the default).
If a tolerance
argument is not provided, the tolerance value is calculated based on the extent of the input geometry.
If present, the input point M values are interpreted as their relative weights.
Availability: 2.3.0
Enhanced: 2.5.0 Added support for M as weight of points.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
WITH test AS ( SELECT 'MULTIPOINT((10 10), (10 40), (40 10), (190 190))'::geometry geom) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Centroid(geom)) centroid, ST_AsText(ST_GeometricMedian(geom)) median FROM test; centroid | median --------------------+---------------------------------------- POINT(62.5 62.5) | POINT(25.01778421249728 25.01778421249728) (1 row)
ST_LineMerge — Return the lines formed by sewing together a MultiLineString.
geometry ST_LineMerge(
geometry amultilinestring)
;
geometry ST_LineMerge(
geometry amultilinestring, boolean directed)
;
Returns a LineString or MultiLineString formed by joining together the line elements of a MultiLineString. Lines are joined at their endpoints at 2-way intersections. Lines are not joined across intersections of 3-way or greater degree.
If directed is TRUE, then ST_LineMerge will not change point order within LineStrings, so lines with opposite directions will not be merged
Only use with MultiLineString/LineStrings. Other geometry types return an empty GeometryCollection |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Enhanced: 3.3.0 accept a directed parameter.
Requires GEOS >= 3.11.0 to use the directed parameter.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
This function strips the M dimension. |
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge( 'MULTILINESTRING((10 160, 60 120), (120 140, 60 120), (120 140, 180 120))' )); -------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(10 160,60 120,120 140,180 120)
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge( 'MULTILINESTRING((10 160, 60 120), (120 140, 60 120), (120 140, 180 120), (100 180, 120 140))' )); -------------------------------------------- MULTILINESTRING((10 160,60 120,120 140),(100 180,120 140),(120 140,180 120))
If merging is not possible due to non-touching lines, the original MultiLineString is returned.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge( 'MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33),(-45.2 -33.2,-46 -32))' )); ---------------- MULTILINESTRING((-45.2 -33.2,-46 -32),(-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33))
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge( 'MULTILINESTRING((60 30, 10 70), (120 50, 60 30), (120 50, 180 30))', TRUE)); ------------------------------------------------------- MULTILINESTRING((120 50,60 30,10 70),(120 50,180 30))
Example showing Z-dimension handling.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge( 'MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27 11,-30 -29.7 10,-36 -31 5,-45 -33 6), (-29 -27 12,-30 -29.7 5), (-45 -33 1,-46 -32 11))' )); -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING Z (-30 -29.7 5,-29 -27 11,-30 -29.7 10,-36 -31 5,-45 -33 1,-46 -32 11)
ST_MaximumInscribedCircle — Computes the largest circle contained within a geometry.
(geometry, geometry, double precision) ST_MaximumInscribedCircle(
geometry geom)
;
Finds the largest circle that is contained within a (multi)polygon, or which does not overlap any lines and points. Returns a record with fields:
center
- center point of the circle
nearest
- a point on the geometry nearest to the center
radius
- radius of the circle
For polygonal inputs, the circle is inscribed within the boundary rings, using the internal rings as boundaries. For linear and point inputs, the circle is inscribed within the convex hull of the input, using the input lines and points as further boundaries.
Availability: 3.1.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0.
SELECT radius, ST_AsText(center) AS center, ST_AsText(nearest) AS nearest FROM ST_MaximumInscribedCircle( 'POLYGON ((40 180, 110 160, 180 180, 180 120, 140 90, 160 40, 80 10, 70 40, 20 50, 40 180), (60 140, 50 90, 90 140, 60 140))'); radius | center | nearest -----------------+----------------------------+--------------- 45.165845650018 | POINT(96.953125 76.328125) | POINT(140 90)
ST_LargestEmptyCircle — Computes the largest circle not overlapping a geometry.
(geometry, geometry, double precision) ST_LargestEmptyCircle(
geometry geom, double precision tolerance=0.0, geometry boundary=POINT EMPTY)
;
Finds the largest circle which does not overlap a set of point and line obstacles. (Polygonal geometries may be included as obstacles, but only their boundary lines are used.) The center of the circle is constrained to lie inside a polygonal boundary, which by default is the convex hull of the input geometry. The circle center is the point in the interior of the boundary which has the farthest distance from the obstacles. The circle itself is provided by the center point and a nearest point lying on an obstacle determining the circle radius.
Il centro del cerchio viene determinato con una determinata precisione specificata da una distanza di tolleranza, utilizzando un algoritmo iterativo. Se la distanza di precisione non è specificata, viene utilizzato un valore predefinito ragionevole.
Restituisce un record con i campi:
center
- center point of the circle
nearest
- a point on the geometry nearest to the center
radius
- radius of the circle
Per trovare il cerchio vuoto più grande all'interno di un poligono, vedere ST_MaximumInscribedCircle.
Disponibilità: 3.4.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0.
SELECT radius, center, nearest FROM ST_LargestEmptyCircle( 'MULTILINESTRING ( (10 100, 60 180, 130 150, 190 160), (20 50, 70 70, 90 20, 110 40), (160 30, 100 100, 180 100))');
SELECT radius, center, nearest FROM ST_LargestEmptyCircle( ST_Collect( 'MULTIPOINT ((70 50), (60 130), (130 150), (80 90))'::geometry, 'POLYGON ((90 190, 10 100, 60 10, 190 40, 120 100, 190 180, 90 190))'::geometry), 0, 'POLYGON ((90 190, 10 100, 60 10, 190 40, 120 100, 190 180, 90 190))'::geometry );
ST_MinimumBoundingCircle — Returns the smallest circle polygon that contains a geometry.
geometry ST_MinimumBoundingCircle(
geometry geomA, integer num_segs_per_qt_circ=48)
;
Returns the smallest circle polygon that contains a geometry.
Il cerchio di delimitazione è approssimato da un poligono con un valore predefinito di 48 segmenti per quarto di cerchio. Poiché il poligono è un'approssimazione del cerchio limite minimo, alcuni punti della geometria di input potrebbero non essere contenuti nel poligono. L'approssimazione può essere migliorata aumentando il numero di segmenti. Per le applicazioni in cui un'approssimazione non è adatta si può utilizzare ST_MinimumBoundingRadius. |
Si può usare con ST_Collect per ottenere il cerchio minimo di delimitazione di un insieme di geometrie.
Per calcolare due punti che giacciono sulla circonferenza minima (il "diametro massimo") si può usare ST_LongestLine.
Il rapporto tra l'area di un poligono divisa per l'area del suo Circolo Minimo Vincolato è indicato come il punteggio di compattezza Reock.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 1.4.0
SELECT d.disease_type, ST_MinimumBoundingCircle(ST_Collect(d.geom)) As geom FROM disease_obs As d GROUP BY d.disease_type;
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MinimumBoundingCircle( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(55 75,125 150)'), ST_Point(20, 80)), 8 )) As wktmbc; wktmbc ----------- POLYGON((135.59714732062 115,134.384753327498 102.690357210921,130.79416296937 90.8537670908995,124.963360620072 79.9451031602111,117.116420743937 70.3835792560632,107.554896839789 62.5366393799277,96.6462329091006 56.70583703063,84.8096427890789 53.115246672502,72.5000000000001 51.9028526793802,60.1903572109213 53.1152466725019,48.3537670908996 56.7058370306299,37.4451031602112 62.5366393799276,27.8835792560632 70.383579256063,20.0366393799278 79.9451031602109,14.20583703063 90.8537670908993,10.615246672502 102.690357210921,9.40285267938019 115,10.6152466725019 127.309642789079,14.2058370306299 139.1462329091,20.0366393799275 150.054896839789,27.883579256063 159.616420743937, 37.4451031602108 167.463360620072,48.3537670908992 173.29416296937,60.190357210921 176.884753327498, 72.4999999999998 178.09714732062,84.8096427890786 176.884753327498,96.6462329091003 173.29416296937,107.554896839789 167.463360620072, 117.116420743937 159.616420743937,124.963360620072 150.054896839789,130.79416296937 139.146232909101,134.384753327498 127.309642789079,135.59714732062 115))
ST_Collect, ST_MinimumBoundingRadius, ST_LargestEmptyCircle, ST_LongestLine
ST_MinimumBoundingRadius — Restituisce il punto centrale e il raggio del cerchio più piccolo che contiene una geometria.
(geometry, double precision) ST_MinimumBoundingRadius(
geometry geom)
;
Calcola il punto centrale e il raggio del cerchio più piccolo che contiene una geometria. Restituisce un record con i campi:
center
- center point of the circle
radius
- radius of the circle
Si può usare con ST_Collect per ottenere il cerchio minimo di delimitazione di un insieme di geometrie.
Per calcolare due punti che giacciono sulla circonferenza minima (il "diametro massimo") si può usare ST_LongestLine.
Disponibilità: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_AsText(center), radius FROM ST_MinimumBoundingRadius('POLYGON((26426 65078,26531 65242,26075 65136,26096 65427,26426 65078))'); st_astext | radius ------------------------------------------+------------------ POINT(26284.8418027133 65267.1145090825) | 247.436045591407
ST_OrientedEnvelope — Returns a minimum-area rectangle containing a geometry.
geometry ST_OrientedEnvelope(
geometry geom )
;
Returns the minimum-area rotated rectangle enclosing a geometry. Note that more than one such rectangle may exist. May return a Point or LineString in the case of degenerate inputs.
Availability: 2.5.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.6.0.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OrientedEnvelope('MULTIPOINT ((0 0), (-1 -1), (3 2))')); st_astext ------------------------------------------------ POLYGON((3 2,2.88 2.16,-1.12 -0.84,-1 -1,3 2))
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OrientedEnvelope( ST_Collect( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(55 75,125 150)'), ST_Point(20, 80)) )) As wktenv; wktenv ----------- POLYGON((19.9999999999997 79.9999999999999,33.0769230769229 60.3846153846152,138.076923076924 130.384615384616,125.000000000001 150.000000000001,19.9999999999997 79.9999999999999))
ST_OffsetCurve — Returns an offset line at a given distance and side from an input line.
geometry ST_OffsetCurve(
geometry line, float signed_distance, text style_parameters='')
;
Return an offset line at a given distance and side from an input line. All points of the returned geometries are not further than the given distance from the input geometry. Useful for computing parallel lines about a center line.
For positive distance the offset is on the left side of the input line and retains the same direction. For a negative distance it is on the right side and in the opposite direction.
Units of distance are measured in units of the spatial reference system.
Note that output may be a MULTILINESTRING or EMPTY for some jigsaw-shaped input geometries.
The optional third parameter allows specifying a list of blank-separated key=value pairs to tweak operations as follows:
'quad_segs=#' : number of segments used to approximate a quarter circle (defaults to 8).
'join=round|mitre|bevel' : join style (defaults to "round"). 'miter' is also accepted as a synonym for 'mitre'.
'mitre_limit=#.#' : mitre ratio limit (only affects mitred join style). 'miter_limit' is also accepted as a synonym for 'mitre_limit'.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Behavior changed in GEOS 3.11 so offset curves now have the same direction as the input line, for both positive and negative offsets.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Migliorato: 2.5 - aggiunto il supporto per GEOMETRYCOLLECTION e MULTILINESTRING
This function ignores the Z dimension. It always gives a 2D result even when used on a 3D geometry. |
Calcolo di un buffer aperto intorno alle strade
SELECT ST_Union( ST_OffsetCurve(f.geom, f.width/2, 'quad_segs=4 join=round'), ST_OffsetCurve(f.geom, -f.width/2, 'quad_segs=4 join=round') ) as track FROM someroadstable;
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OffsetCurve(ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)'),
15, 'quad_segs=4 join=round'));
output
LINESTRING(164 1,18 1,12.2597485145237 2.1418070123307,
7.39339828220179 5.39339828220179,
5.39339828220179 7.39339828220179,
2.14180701233067 12.2597485145237,1 18,1 195)
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OffsetCurve(geom,
-15, 'quad_segs=4 join=round')) As notsocurvy
FROM ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)') As geom;
notsocurvy
LINESTRING(31 195,31 31,164 31)
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OffsetCurve(ST_OffsetCurve(geom,
-30, 'quad_segs=4 join=round'), -15, 'quad_segs=4 join=round')) As morecurvy
FROM ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)') As geom;
morecurvy
LINESTRING(164 31,46 31,40.2597485145236 32.1418070123307,
35.3933982822018 35.3933982822018,
32.1418070123307 40.2597485145237,31 46,31 195)
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Collect(
ST_OffsetCurve(geom, 15, 'quad_segs=4 join=round'),
ST_OffsetCurve(ST_OffsetCurve(geom,
-30, 'quad_segs=4 join=round'), -15, 'quad_segs=4 join=round')
)
) As parallel_curves
FROM ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)') As geom;
parallel curves
MULTILINESTRING((164 1,18 1,12.2597485145237 2.1418070123307,
7.39339828220179 5.39339828220179,5.39339828220179 7.39339828220179,
2.14180701233067 12.2597485145237,1 18,1 195),
(164 31,46 31,40.2597485145236 32.1418070123307,35.3933982822018 35.3933982822018,
32.1418070123307 40.2597485145237,31 46,31 195))
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_OffsetCurve(ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)'),
15, 'quad_segs=4 join=bevel'));
output
LINESTRING(164 1,18 1,7.39339828220179 5.39339828220179,
5.39339828220179 7.39339828220179,1 18,1 195)
|
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Collect(
ST_OffsetCurve(geom, 15, 'quad_segs=4 join=mitre mitre_limit=2.2'),
ST_OffsetCurve(geom, -15, 'quad_segs=4 join=mitre mitre_limit=2.2')
) )
FROM ST_GeomFromText(
'LINESTRING(164 16,144 16,124 16,104 16,84 16,64 16,
44 16,24 16,20 16,18 16,17 17,
16 18,16 20,16 40,16 60,16 80,16 100,
16 120,16 140,16 160,16 180,16 195)') As geom;
output
MULTILINESTRING((164 1,11.7867965644036 1,1 11.7867965644036,1 195),
(31 195,31 31,164 31))
|
ST_PointOnSurface — Calcola un punto che si trova in un poligono o su una geometria.
geometry ST_PointOnSurface(
geometry g1)
;
Returns a POINT
which is guaranteed to lie in the interior of a surface (POLYGON
, MULTIPOLYGON
, and CURVEPOLYGON
). In PostGIS this function also works on line and point geometries.
Questo metodo implementa le OGC Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.14.2 // s3.2.18.2
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.5, 9.5.6. Le specifiche definiscono ST_PointOnSurface solo per le geometrie di superficie. PostGIS estende la funzione per supportare tutti i tipi di geometria più comuni. Altri database (Oracle, DB2, ArcSDE) sembrano supportare questa funzione solo per le superfici. SQL Server 2008 supporta tutti i tipi di geometria più comuni.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointOnSurface('POINT(0 5)'::geometry)); ------------ POINT(0 5) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointOnSurface('LINESTRING(0 5, 0 10)'::geometry)); ------------ POINT(0 5) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointOnSurface('POLYGON((0 0, 0 5, 5 5, 5 0, 0 0))'::geometry)); ---------------- POINT(2.5 2.5) SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_PointOnSurface(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(0 5 1, 0 0 1, 0 10 2)'))); ---------------- POINT(0 0 1)
Esempio: Il risultato di ST_PointOnSurface è garantito all'interno dei poligoni, mentre il punto calcolato da ST_Centroid può essere esterno.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointOnSurface(geom)) AS pt_on_surf, ST_AsText(ST_Centroid(geom)) AS centroid FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON ((130 120, 120 190, 30 140, 50 20, 190 20, 170 100, 90 60, 90 130, 130 120))'::geometry AS geom) AS t; pt_on_surf | centroid -----------------+--------------------------------------------- POINT(62.5 110) | POINT(100.18264840182648 85.11415525114155)
ST_Polygonize — Calcola un insieme di poligoni formati dalle linee di un insieme di geometrie.
geometry ST_Polygonize(
geometry set geomfield)
;
geometry ST_Polygonize(
geometry[] geom_array)
;
Crea una GeometryCollection contenente i poligoni formati dalle linee di un insieme di geometrie. Se le linee di input non formano alcun poligono, viene restituita una GeometryCollection vuota.
Questa funzione crea poligoni che coprono tutte le aree delimitate. Se il risultato è destinato a formare una geometria poligonale valida, utilizzare ST_BuildArea per evitare che vengano riempiti dei buchi.
Affinché questa funzione funzioni correttamente, il tracciato di input deve essere nodato. Per assicurarsi che lo sia, utilizzare ST_Node sulla geometria di input prima di poligonare. |
Le GeometryCollections possono essere difficili da gestire con strumenti esterni. Utilizzare ST_Dump per convertire il risultato poligonizzato in poligoni separati. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.0.0RC1
|
|
WITH data(geom) AS (VALUES ('LINESTRING (180 40, 30 20, 20 90)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (180 40, 160 160)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (80 60, 120 130, 150 80)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (80 60, 150 80)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (20 90, 70 70, 80 130)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (80 130, 160 160)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (20 90, 20 160, 70 190)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (70 190, 80 130)'::geometry) ,('LINESTRING (70 190, 160 160)'::geometry) ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Polygonize( geom )) FROM data; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (POLYGON ((180 40, 30 20, 20 90, 70 70, 80 130, 160 160, 180 40), (150 80, 120 130, 80 60, 150 80)), POLYGON ((20 90, 20 160, 70 190, 80 130, 70 70, 20 90)), POLYGON ((160 160, 80 130, 70 190, 160 160)), POLYGON ((80 60, 120 130, 150 80, 80 60)))
Poligonatura di una tabella di linee:
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Polygonize(geom_4269)) As geomtextrep FROM (SELECT geom_4269 FROM ma.suffolk_edges) As foo; ------------------------------------- SRID=4269;GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((-71.040878 42.285678,-71.040943 42.2856,-71.04096 42.285752,-71.040878 42.285678)), POLYGON((-71.17166 42.353675,-71.172026 42.354044,-71.17239 42.354358,-71.171794 42.354971,-71.170511 42.354855, -71.17112 42.354238,-71.17166 42.353675))) --Use ST_Dump to dump out the polygonize geoms into individual polygons SELECT ST_AsEWKT((ST_Dump(t.polycoll)).geom) AS geomtextrep FROM (SELECT ST_Polygonize(geom_4269) AS polycoll FROM (SELECT geom_4269 FROM ma.suffolk_edges) As foo) AS t; ------------------------ SRID=4269;POLYGON((-71.040878 42.285678,-71.040943 42.2856,-71.04096 42.285752, -71.040878 42.285678)) SRID=4269;POLYGON((-71.17166 42.353675,-71.172026 42.354044,-71.17239 42.354358 ,-71.171794 42.354971,-71.170511 42.354855,-71.17112 42.354238,-71.17166 42.353675))
ST_ReducePrecision — Restituisce una geometria valida con punti arrotondati alla tolleranza della griglia.
geometry ST_ReducePrecision(
geometry g, float8 gridsize)
;
Restituisce una geometria valida con tutti i punti arrotondati alla tolleranza della griglia fornita e gli elementi al di sotto della tolleranza rimossi.
A differenza di ST_SnapToGrid, la geometria restituita sarà valida, senza autointersecazioni di anelli o componenti collassati.
La riduzione di precisione può essere utilizzata per:
abbinare la precisione delle coordinate all'accuratezza dei dati
ridurre il numero di coordinate necessarie per rappresentare una geometria
garantire un output geometrico valido in formati che utilizzano una precisione inferiore (ad esempio, formati di testo come WKT, GeoJSON o KML quando il numero di cifre decimali in uscita è limitato).
esportare geometrie valide in sistemi che utilizzano una precisione inferiore o limitata (ad es. SDE, valore di tolleranza Oracle)
Availability: 3.1.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.9.0.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ReducePrecision('POINT(1.412 19.323)', 0.1)); st_astext ----------------- POINT(1.4 19.3) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ReducePrecision('POINT(1.412 19.323)', 1.0)); st_astext ------------- POINT(1 19) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ReducePrecision('POINT(1.412 19.323)', 10)); st_astext ------------- POINT(0 20)
La riduzione della precisione può ridurre il numero di vertici
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ReducePrecision('LINESTRING (10 10, 19.6 30.1, 20 30, 20.3 30, 40 40)', 1)); st_astext ------------- LINESTRING (10 10, 20 30, 40 40)
La riduzione di precisione divide i poligoni, se necessario, per garantire la validità
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ReducePrecision('POLYGON ((10 10, 60 60.1, 70 30, 40 40, 50 10, 10 10))', 10)); st_astext ------------- MULTIPOLYGON (((60 60, 70 30, 40 40, 60 60)), ((40 40, 50 10, 10 10, 40 40)))
ST_Simplify — Returns a simplified representation of a geometry, using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm.
geometry ST_Simplify(
geometry geom, float tolerance)
;
geometry ST_Simplify(
geometry geom, float tolerance, boolean preserveCollapsed)
;
Computes a simplified representation of a geometry using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm. The simplification tolerance
is a distance value, in the units of the input SRS. Simplification removes vertices which are within the tolerance distance of the simplified linework. The result may not be valid even if the input is.
The function can be called with any kind of geometry (including GeometryCollections), but only line and polygon elements are simplified. Endpoints of linear geometry are preserved.
The preserveCollapsed
flag retains small geometries that would otherwise be removed at the given tolerance. For example, if a 1m long line is simplified with a 10m tolerance, when preserveCollapsed
is true the line will not disappear. This flag is useful for rendering purposes, to prevent very small features disappearing from a map.
The returned geometry may lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple), topology may not be preserved, and polygonal results may be invalid (see ST_IsValid). Use ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology to preserve topology and ensure validity. |
This function does not preserve boundaries shared between polygons. Use ST_CoverageSimplify if this is required. |
Availability: 1.2.2
A circle simplified too much becomes a triangle, medium an octagon,
SELECT ST_Npoints(geom) AS np_before, ST_NPoints(ST_Simplify(geom, 0.1)) AS np01_notbadcircle, ST_NPoints(ST_Simplify(geom, 0.5)) AS np05_notquitecircle, ST_NPoints(ST_Simplify(geom, 1)) AS np1_octagon, ST_NPoints(ST_Simplify(geom, 10)) AS np10_triangle, (ST_Simplify(geom, 100) is null) AS np100_geometrygoesaway FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer('POINT(1 3)', 10,12) As geom) AS t; np_before | np01_notbadcircle | np05_notquitecircle | np1_octagon | np10_triangle | np100_geometrygoesaway -----------+-------------------+---------------------+-------------+---------------+------------------------ 49 | 33 | 17 | 9 | 4 | t
Simplifying a set of lines. Lines may intersect after simplification.
SELECT ST_Simplify( 'MULTILINESTRING ((20 180, 20 150, 50 150, 50 100, 110 150, 150 140, 170 120), (20 10, 80 30, 90 120), (90 120, 130 130), (130 130, 130 70, 160 40, 180 60, 180 90, 140 80), (50 40, 70 40, 80 70, 70 60, 60 60, 50 50, 50 40))', 40);
Simplifying a MultiPolygon. Polygonal results may be invalid.
SELECT ST_Simplify( 'MULTIPOLYGON (((90 110, 80 180, 50 160, 10 170, 10 140, 20 110, 90 110)), ((40 80, 100 100, 120 160, 170 180, 190 70, 140 10, 110 40, 60 40, 40 80), (180 70, 170 110, 142.5 128.5, 128.5 77.5, 90 60, 180 70)))', 40);
ST_IsSimple, ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology, ST_SimplifyVW, ST_CoverageSimplify, Topology ST_Simplify
ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology — Returns a simplified and valid representation of a geometry, using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm.
geometry ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(
geometry geom, float tolerance)
;
Computes a simplified representation of a geometry using a variant of the Douglas-Peucker algorithm which limits simplification to ensure the result has the same topology as the input. The simplification tolerance
is a distance value, in the units of the input SRS. Simplification removes vertices which are within the tolerance distance of the simplified linework, as long as topology is preserved. The result will be valid and simple if the input is.
The function can be called with any kind of geometry (including GeometryCollections), but only line and polygon elements are simplified. For polygonal inputs, the result will have the same number of rings (shells and holes), and the rings will not cross. Ring endpoints may be simplified. For linear inputs, the result will have the same number of lines, and lines will not intersect if they did not do so in the original geometry. Endpoints of linear geometry are preserved.
This function does not preserve boundaries shared between polygons. Use ST_CoverageSimplify if this is required. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 1.3.3
For the same example as ST_Simplify, ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology prevents oversimplification. The circle can at most become a square.
SELECT ST_Npoints(geom) AS np_before, ST_NPoints(ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(geom, 0.1)) AS np01_notbadcircle, ST_NPoints(ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(geom, 0.5)) AS np05_notquitecircle, ST_NPoints(ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(geom, 1)) AS np1_octagon, ST_NPoints(ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(geom, 10)) AS np10_square, ST_NPoints(ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology(geom, 100)) AS np100_stillsquare FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer('POINT(1 3)', 10,12) AS geom) AS t; np_before | np01_notbadcircle | np05_notquitecircle | np1_octagon | np10_square | np100_stillsquare -----------+-------------------+---------------------+-------------+-------------+------------------- 49 | 33 | 17 | 9 | 5 | 5
Simplifying a set of lines, preserving topology of non-intersecting lines.
SELECT ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology( 'MULTILINESTRING ((20 180, 20 150, 50 150, 50 100, 110 150, 150 140, 170 120), (20 10, 80 30, 90 120), (90 120, 130 130), (130 130, 130 70, 160 40, 180 60, 180 90, 140 80), (50 40, 70 40, 80 70, 70 60, 60 60, 50 50, 50 40))', 40);
Simplifying a MultiPolygon, preserving topology of shells and holes.
SELECT ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology( 'MULTIPOLYGON (((90 110, 80 180, 50 160, 10 170, 10 140, 20 110, 90 110)), ((40 80, 100 100, 120 160, 170 180, 190 70, 140 10, 110 40, 60 40, 40 80), (180 70, 170 110, 142.5 128.5, 128.5 77.5, 90 60, 180 70)))', 40);
ST_SimplifyPolygonHull — Computes a simplifed topology-preserving outer or inner hull of a polygonal geometry.
geometry ST_SimplifyPolygonHull(
geometry param_geom, float vertex_fraction, boolean is_outer = true)
;
Computes a simplified topology-preserving outer or inner hull of a polygonal geometry. An outer hull completely covers the input geometry. An inner hull is completely covered by the input geometry. The result is a polygonal geometry formed by a subset of the input vertices. MultiPolygons and holes are handled and produce a result with the same structure as the input.
The reduction in vertex count is controlled by the vertex_fraction
parameter, which is a number in the range 0 to 1. Lower values produce simpler results, with smaller vertex count and less concaveness. For both outer and inner hulls a vertex fraction of 1.0 produces the original geometry. For outer hulls a value of 0.0 produces the convex hull (for a single polygon); for inner hulls it produces a triangle.
The simplification process operates by progressively removing concave corners that contain the least amount of area, until the vertex count target is reached. It prevents edges from crossing, so the result is always a valid polygonal geometry.
To get better results with geometries that contain relatively long line segments, it might be necessary to "segmentize" the input, as shown below.
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 3.3.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.11.0.
SELECT ST_SimplifyPolygonHull( 'POLYGON ((131 158, 136 163, 161 165, 173 156, 179 148, 169 140, 186 144, 190 137, 185 131, 174 128, 174 124, 166 119, 158 121, 158 115, 165 107, 161 97, 166 88, 166 79, 158 57, 145 57, 112 53, 111 47, 93 43, 90 48, 88 40, 80 39, 68 32, 51 33, 40 31, 39 34, 49 38, 34 38, 25 34, 28 39, 36 40, 44 46, 24 41, 17 41, 14 46, 19 50, 33 54, 21 55, 13 52, 11 57, 22 60, 34 59, 41 68, 75 72, 62 77, 56 70, 46 72, 31 69, 46 76, 52 82, 47 84, 56 90, 66 90, 64 94, 56 91, 33 97, 36 100, 23 100, 22 107, 29 106, 31 112, 46 116, 36 118, 28 131, 53 132, 59 127, 62 131, 76 130, 80 135, 89 137, 87 143, 73 145, 80 150, 88 150, 85 157, 99 162, 116 158, 115 165, 123 165, 122 170, 134 164, 131 158))', 0.3);
SELECT ST_SimplifyPolygonHull( 'POLYGON ((131 158, 136 163, 161 165, 173 156, 179 148, 169 140, 186 144, 190 137, 185 131, 174 128, 174 124, 166 119, 158 121, 158 115, 165 107, 161 97, 166 88, 166 79, 158 57, 145 57, 112 53, 111 47, 93 43, 90 48, 88 40, 80 39, 68 32, 51 33, 40 31, 39 34, 49 38, 34 38, 25 34, 28 39, 36 40, 44 46, 24 41, 17 41, 14 46, 19 50, 33 54, 21 55, 13 52, 11 57, 22 60, 34 59, 41 68, 75 72, 62 77, 56 70, 46 72, 31 69, 46 76, 52 82, 47 84, 56 90, 66 90, 64 94, 56 91, 33 97, 36 100, 23 100, 22 107, 29 106, 31 112, 46 116, 36 118, 28 131, 53 132, 59 127, 62 131, 76 130, 80 135, 89 137, 87 143, 73 145, 80 150, 88 150, 85 157, 99 162, 116 158, 115 165, 123 165, 122 170, 134 164, 131 158))', 0.3, false);
SELECT ST_SimplifyPolygonHull( ST_Segmentize(ST_Letters('xt'), 2.0), 0.1);
ST_SimplifyVW — Returns a simplified representation of a geometry, using the Visvalingam-Whyatt algorithm
geometry ST_SimplifyVW(
geometry geom, float tolerance)
;
Returns a simplified representation of a geometry using the Visvalingam-Whyatt algorithm. The simplification tolerance
is an area value, in the units of the input SRS. Simplification removes vertices which form "corners" with area less than the tolerance. The result may not be valid even if the input is.
The function can be called with any kind of geometry (including GeometryCollections), but only line and polygon elements are simplified. Endpoints of linear geometry are preserved.
The returned geometry may lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple), topology may not be preserved, and polygonal results may be invalid (see ST_IsValid). Use ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology to preserve topology and ensure validity. ST_CoverageSimplify also preserves topology and validity. |
This function does not preserve boundaries shared between polygons. Use ST_CoverageSimplify if this is required. |
This function handles 3D and the third dimension will affect the result. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
A LineString is simplified with a minimum-area tolerance of 30.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SimplifyVW(geom,30)) simplified FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(5 2, 3 8, 6 20, 7 25, 10 10)'::geometry AS geom) AS t; simplified ------------------------------ LINESTRING(5 2,7 25,10 10)
Simplifying a line.
SELECT ST_SimplifyVW( 'LINESTRING (10 10, 50 40, 30 70, 50 60, 70 80, 50 110, 100 100, 90 140, 100 180, 150 170, 170 140, 190 90, 180 40, 110 40, 150 20)', 1600);
Simplifying a polygon.
SELECT ST_SimplifyVW( 'MULTIPOLYGON (((90 110, 80 180, 50 160, 10 170, 10 140, 20 110, 90 110)), ((40 80, 100 100, 120 160, 170 180, 190 70, 140 10, 110 40, 60 40, 40 80), (180 70, 170 110, 142.5 128.5, 128.5 77.5, 90 60, 180 70)))', 40);
ST_SetEffectiveArea, ST_Simplify, ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology, ST_CoverageSimplify, Topology ST_Simplify
ST_SetEffectiveArea — Sets the effective area for each vertex, using the Visvalingam-Whyatt algorithm.
geometry ST_SetEffectiveArea(
geometry geom, float threshold = 0, integer set_area = 1)
;
Sets the effective area for each vertex, using the Visvalingam-Whyatt algorithm. The effective area is stored as the M-value of the vertex. If the optional "threshold" parameter is used, a simplified geometry will be returned, containing only vertices with an effective area greater than or equal to the threshold value.
This function can be used for server-side simplification when a threshold is specified. Another option is to use a threshold value of zero. In this case, the full geometry will be returned with effective areas as M-values, which can be used by the client to simplify very quickly.
Will actually do something only with (multi)lines and (multi)polygons but you can safely call it with any kind of geometry. Since simplification occurs on a object-by-object basis you can also feed a GeometryCollection to this function.
Si noti che la geometria restituita potrebbe perdere la sua semplicità (si veda ST_IsSimple) |
Note topology may not be preserved and may result in invalid geometries. Use (see ST_SimplifyPreserveTopology) to preserve topology. |
The output geometry will lose all previous information in the M-values |
This function handles 3D and the third dimension will affect the effective area |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Calculating the effective area of a LineString. Because we use a threshold value of zero, all vertices in the input geometry are returned.
select ST_AsText(ST_SetEffectiveArea(geom)) all_pts, ST_AsText(ST_SetEffectiveArea(geom,30) ) thrshld_30 FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(5 2, 3 8, 6 20, 7 25, 10 10)'::geometry geom) As foo; -result all_pts | thrshld_30 -----------+-------------------+ LINESTRING M (5 2 3.40282346638529e+38,3 8 29,6 20 1.5,7 25 49.5,10 10 3.40282346638529e+38) | LINESTRING M (5 2 3.40282346638529e+38,7 25 49.5,10 10 3.40282346638529e+38)
ST_TriangulatePolygon — Computes the constrained Delaunay triangulation of polygons
geometry ST_TriangulatePolygon(
geometry geom)
;
Computes the constrained Delaunay triangulation of polygons. Holes and Multipolygons are supported.
The "constrained Delaunay triangulation" of a polygon is a set of triangles formed from the vertices of the polygon, and covering it exactly, with the maximum total interior angle over all possible triangulations. It provides the "best quality" triangulation of the polygon.
Availability: 3.3.0.
Requires GEOS >= 3.11.0.
Triangulation of a square.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_TriangulatePolygon('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 1 0, 0 0))')); st_astext --------------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,0 0)),POLYGON((1 1,1 0,0 0,1 1)))
Triangulation of the letter P.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_TriangulatePolygon( 'POLYGON ((26 17, 31 19, 34 21, 37 24, 38 29, 39 43, 39 161, 38 172, 36 176, 34 179, 30 181, 25 183, 10 185, 10 190, 100 190, 121 189, 139 187, 154 182, 167 177, 177 169, 184 161, 189 152, 190 141, 188 128, 186 123, 184 117, 180 113, 176 108, 170 104, 164 101, 151 96, 136 92, 119 89, 100 89, 86 89, 73 89, 73 39, 74 32, 75 27, 77 23, 79 20, 83 18, 89 17, 106 15, 106 10, 10 10, 10 15, 26 17), (152 147, 151 152, 149 157, 146 162, 142 166, 137 169, 132 172, 126 175, 118 177, 109 179, 99 180, 89 180, 80 179, 76 178, 74 176, 73 171, 73 100, 85 99, 91 99, 102 99, 112 100, 121 102, 128 104, 134 107, 139 110, 143 114, 147 118, 149 123, 151 128, 153 141, 152 147))' ));
SELECT ST_TriangulatePolygon( 'POLYGON (( 10 190, 10 70, 80 70, 80 130, 50 160, 120 160, 120 190, 10 190 ))'::geometry );
ST_AsText output
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((50 160,120 190,120 160,50 160)) ,POLYGON((10 70,80 130,80 70,10 70)) ,POLYGON((50 160,10 70,10 190,50 160)) ,POLYGON((120 190,50 160,10 190,120 190)) ,POLYGON((80 130,10 70,50 160,80 130)))
|
|
ST_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles, ST_DelaunayTriangles, ST_Tesselate
ST_VoronoiLines — Returns the boundaries of the Voronoi diagram of the vertices of a geometry.
geometry ST_VoronoiLines(
geometry geom , float8 tolerance = 0.0 , geometry extend_to = NULL )
;
Computes a two-dimensional Voronoi diagram from the vertices of the supplied geometry and returns the boundaries between cells in the diagram as a MultiLineString. Returns null if input geometry is null. Returns an empty geometry collection if the input geometry contains only one vertex. Returns an empty geometry collection if the extend_to
envelope has zero area.
Optional parameters:
tolerance
: The distance within which vertices will be considered equivalent. Robustness of the algorithm can be improved by supplying a nonzero tolerance distance. (default = 0.0)
extend_to
: If present, the diagram is extended to cover the envelope of the supplied geometry, unless smaller than the default envelope (default = NULL, default envelope is the bounding box of the input expanded by about 50%).
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_VoronoiLines( 'MULTIPOINT (50 30, 60 30, 100 100,10 150, 110 120)'::geometry, 30) AS geom;
ST_AsText output
MULTILINESTRING((135.555555555556 270,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273),(36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,-110 43.3333333333333),(230 -45.7142857142858,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273))
ST_VoronoiPolygons — Returns the cells of the Voronoi diagram of the vertices of a geometry.
geometry ST_VoronoiPolygons(
geometry geom , float8 tolerance = 0.0 , geometry extend_to = NULL )
;
Computes a two-dimensional Voronoi diagram from the vertices of the supplied geometry. The result is a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION of POLYGONs that covers an envelope larger than the extent of the input vertices. Returns null if input geometry is null. Returns an empty geometry collection if the input geometry contains only one vertex. Returns an empty geometry collection if the extend_to
envelope has zero area.
Optional parameters:
tolerance
: The distance within which vertices will be considered equivalent. Robustness of the algorithm can be improved by supplying a nonzero tolerance distance. (default = 0.0)
extend_to
: If present, the diagram is extended to cover the envelope of the supplied geometry, unless smaller than the default envelope (default = NULL, default envelope is the bounding box of the input expanded by about 50%).
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT ST_VoronoiPolygons( 'MULTIPOINT (50 30, 60 30, 100 100,10 150, 110 120)'::geometry ) AS geom;
ST_AsText output
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((-110 43.3333333333333,-110 270,100.5 270,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,-110 43.3333333333333)),
POLYGON((55 -90,-110 -90,-110 43.3333333333333,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,55 79.2857142857143,55 -90)),
POLYGON((230 47.5,230 -20.7142857142857,55 79.2857142857143,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,230 47.5)),POLYGON((230 -20.7142857142857,230 -90,55 -90,55 79.2857142857143,230 -20.7142857142857)),
POLYGON((100.5 270,230 270,230 47.5,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,100.5 270)))
SELECT ST_VoronoiPolygons( 'MULTIPOINT (50 30, 60 30, 100 100,10 150, 110 120)'::geometry, 30) AS geom;
ST_AsText output
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((-110 43.3333333333333,-110 270,100.5 270,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,-110 43.3333333333333)),
POLYGON((230 47.5,230 -45.7142857142858,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,230 47.5)),POLYGON((230 -45.7142857142858,230 -90,-110 -90,-110 43.3333333333333,36.8181818181818 92.2727272727273,230 -45.7142857142858)),
POLYGON((100.5 270,230 270,230 47.5,59.3478260869565 132.826086956522,100.5 270)))
These functions operate on sets of polygonal geometry that form "implicit coverages". To form a valid coverage polygons must not overlap, and the vertices of adjacent edges must match exactly. Coverages are fast to process, and can be operated on with window functions, which retain the coverage topology inside the window partition while altering the edges.
ST_CoverageInvalidEdges — Window function that finds locations where polygons fail to form a valid coverage.
geometry ST_CoverageInvalidEdges(
geometry winset geom, float8 tolerance = 0)
;
A window function which checks if the polygons in the window partition form a valid polygonal coverage. It returns linear indicators showing the location of invalid edges (if any) in each polygon.
A set of valid polygons is a valid coverage if the following conditions hold:
Non-overlapping - polygons do not overlap (their interiors do not intersect)
Edge-Matched - vertices along shared edges are identical
As a window function a value is returned for every input polygon. For polygons which violate one or more of the validity conditions the return value is a MULTILINESTRING containing the problematic edges. Coverage-valid polygons return the value NULL. Non-polygonal or empty geometries also produce NULL values.
The conditions allow a valid coverage to contain holes (gaps between polygons), as long as the surrounding polygons are edge-matched. However, very narrow gaps are often undesirable. If the tolerance
parameter is specified with a non-zero distance, edges forming narrower gaps will also be returned as invalid.
The polygons being checked for coverage validity must also be valid geometries. This can be checked with ST_IsValid.
Availability: 3.4.0
Requires GEOS >= 3.12.0
WITH coverage(id, geom) AS (VALUES (1, 'POLYGON ((10 190, 30 160, 40 110, 100 70, 120 10, 10 10, 10 190))'::geometry), (2, 'POLYGON ((100 190, 10 190, 30 160, 40 110, 50 80, 74 110.5, 100 130, 140 120, 140 160, 100 190))'::geometry), (3, 'POLYGON ((140 190, 190 190, 190 80, 140 80, 140 190))'::geometry), (4, 'POLYGON ((180 40, 120 10, 100 70, 140 80, 190 80, 180 40))'::geometry) ) SELECT id, ST_AsText(ST_CoverageInvalidEdges(geom) OVER ()) FROM coverage; id | st_astext ----+--------------------------------------- 1 | LINESTRING (40 110, 100 70) 2 | MULTILINESTRING ((100 130, 140 120, 140 160, 100 190), (40 110, 50 80, 74 110.5)) 3 | LINESTRING (140 80, 140 190) 4 | null
-- Test entire table for coverage validity SELECT true = ALL ( SELECT ST_CoverageInvalidEdges(geom) OVER () IS NULL FROM coverage );
ST_CoverageSimplify — Window function that simplifies the edges of a polygonal coverage.
geometry ST_CoverageSimplify(
geometry winset geom, float8 tolerance, boolean simplifyBoundary = true)
;
A window function which simplifies the edges of polygons in a polygonal coverage. The simplification preserves the coverage topology. This means the simplified output polygons are consistent along shared edges, and still form a valid coverage.
The simplification uses a variant of the Visvalingam–Whyatt algorithm. The tolerance
parameter has units of distance, and is roughly equal to the square root of triangular areas to be simplified.
To simplify only the "internal" edges of the coverage (those that are shared by two polygons) set the simplifyBoundary
parameter to false.
If the input is not a valid coverage there may be unexpected artifacts in the output (such as boundary intersections, or separated boundaries which appeared to be shared). Use ST_CoverageInvalidEdges to determine if a coverage is valid. |
Availability: 3.4.0
Requires GEOS >= 3.12.0
|
|
WITH coverage(id, geom) AS (VALUES (1, 'POLYGON ((160 150, 110 130, 90 100, 90 70, 60 60, 50 10, 30 30, 40 50, 25 40, 10 60, 30 100, 30 120, 20 170, 60 180, 90 190, 130 180, 130 160, 160 150), (40 160, 50 140, 66 125, 60 100, 80 140, 90 170, 60 160, 40 160))'::geometry), (2, 'POLYGON ((40 160, 60 160, 90 170, 80 140, 60 100, 66 125, 50 140, 40 160))'::geometry), (3, 'POLYGON ((110 130, 160 50, 140 50, 120 33, 90 30, 50 10, 60 60, 90 70, 90 100, 110 130))'::geometry), (4, 'POLYGON ((160 150, 150 120, 160 90, 160 50, 110 130, 160 150))'::geometry) ) SELECT id, ST_AsText(ST_CoverageSimplify(geom, 30) OVER ()) FROM coverage; id | st_astext ----+--------------------------------------- 1 | POLYGON ((160 150, 110 130, 50 10, 10 60, 20 170, 90 190, 160 150), (40 160, 66 125, 90 170, 40 160)) 2 | POLYGON ((40 160, 66 125, 90 170, 40 160)) 3 | POLYGON ((110 130, 160 50, 50 10, 110 130)) 4 | POLYGON ((160 150, 160 50, 110 130, 160 150))
ST_CoverageUnion — Computes the union of a set of polygons forming a coverage by removing shared edges.
geometry ST_CoverageUnion(
geometry set geom)
;
An aggregate function which unions a set of polygons forming a polygonal coverage. The result is a polygonal geometry covering the same area as the coverage. This function produces the same result as ST_Union, but uses the coverage structure to compute the union much faster.
If the input is not a valid coverage there may be unexpected artifacts in the output (such as unmerged or overlapping polygons). Use ST_CoverageInvalidEdges to determine if a coverage is valid. |
Availability: 3.4.0 - requires GEOS >= 3.8.0
|
|
WITH coverage(id, geom) AS (VALUES (1, 'POLYGON ((10 10, 10 150, 80 190, 110 150, 90 110, 40 110, 50 60, 10 10))'::geometry), (2, 'POLYGON ((120 10, 10 10, 50 60, 100 70, 120 10))'::geometry), (3, 'POLYGON ((140 80, 120 10, 100 70, 40 110, 90 110, 110 150, 140 80))'::geometry), (4, 'POLYGON ((140 190, 120 170, 140 130, 160 150, 140 190))'::geometry), (5, 'POLYGON ((180 160, 170 140, 140 130, 160 150, 140 190, 180 160))'::geometry) ) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CoverageUnion(geom)) FROM coverage; -------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON (((10 150, 80 190, 110 150, 140 80, 120 10, 10 10, 10 150), (50 60, 100 70, 40 110, 50 60)), ((120 170, 140 190, 180 160, 170 140, 140 130, 120 170)))
These functions change the position and shape of geometries using affine transformations.
ST_Affine — Apply a 3D affine transformation to a geometry.
geometry ST_Affine(
geometry geomA, float a, float b, float c, float d, float e, float f, float g, float h, float i, float xoff, float yoff, float zoff)
;
geometry ST_Affine(
geometry geomA, float a, float b, float d, float e, float xoff, float yoff)
;
Applies a 3D affine transformation to the geometry to do things like translate, rotate, scale in one step.
Version 1: The call
ST_Affine(geom, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, xoff, yoff, zoff)
represents the transformation matrix
/ a b c xoff \ | d e f yoff | | g h i zoff | \ 0 0 0 1 /
and the vertices are transformed as follows:
x' = a*x + b*y + c*z + xoff y' = d*x + e*y + f*z + yoff z' = g*x + h*y + i*z + zoff
All of the translate / scale functions below are expressed via such an affine transformation.
Version 2: Applies a 2d affine transformation to the geometry. The call
ST_Affine(geom, a, b, d, e, xoff, yoff)
represents the transformation matrix
/ a b 0 xoff \ / a b xoff \ | d e 0 yoff | rsp. | d e yoff | | 0 0 1 0 | \ 0 0 1 / \ 0 0 0 1 /
and the vertices are transformed as follows:
x' = a*x + b*y + xoff y' = d*x + e*y + yoff z' = z
This method is a subcase of the 3D method above.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from Affine to ST_Affine in 1.2.2
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--Rotate a 3d line 180 degrees about the z axis. Note this is long-hand for doing ST_Rotate(); SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Affine(geom, cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0, sin(pi()), cos(pi()), 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)) As using_affine, ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate(geom, pi())) As using_rotate FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 4 3)') As geom) As foo; using_affine | using_rotate -----------------------------+----------------------------- LINESTRING(-1 -2 3,-1 -4 3) | LINESTRING(-1 -2 3,-1 -4 3) (1 row) --Rotate a 3d line 180 degrees in both the x and z axis SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Affine(geom, cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0, sin(pi()), cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0, sin(pi()), cos(pi()), 0, 0, 0)) FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 4 3)') As geom) As foo; st_asewkt ------------------------------- LINESTRING(-1 -2 -3,-1 -4 -3) (1 row)
ST_Rotate — Rotates a geometry about an origin point.
geometry ST_Rotate(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians)
;
geometry ST_Rotate(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians, float x0, float y0)
;
geometry ST_Rotate(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians, geometry pointOrigin)
;
Rotates geometry rotRadians counter-clockwise about the origin point. The rotation origin can be specified either as a POINT geometry, or as x and y coordinates. If the origin is not specified, the geometry is rotated about POINT(0 0).
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 additional parameters for specifying the origin of rotation were added.
Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from Rotate to ST_Rotate in 1.2.2
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Rotate 180 degrees SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate('LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)', pi())); st_asewkt --------------------------------------- LINESTRING(-50 -160,-50 -50,-100 -50) (1 row) --Rotate 30 degrees counter-clockwise at x=50, y=160 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate('LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)', pi()/6, 50, 160)); st_asewkt --------------------------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(50 160,105 64.7372055837117,148.301270189222 89.7372055837117) (1 row) --Rotate 60 degrees clockwise from centroid SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate(geom, -pi()/3, ST_Centroid(geom))) FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)'::geometry AS geom) AS foo; st_asewkt -------------------------------------------------------------- LINESTRING(116.4225 130.6721,21.1597 75.6721,46.1597 32.3708) (1 row)
ST_RotateX — Rotates a geometry about the X axis.
geometry ST_RotateX(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians)
;
Rotates a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the X axis.
|
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateX to ST_RotateX in 1.2.2
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Rotate a line 90 degrees along x-axis SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateX(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2)); st_asewkt --------------------------- LINESTRING(1 -3 2,1 -1 1)
ST_RotateY — Rotates a geometry about the Y axis.
geometry ST_RotateY(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians)
;
Rotates a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the y axis.
|
Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateY to ST_RotateY in 1.2.2
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Rotate a line 90 degrees along y-axis SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateY(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2)); st_asewkt --------------------------- LINESTRING(3 2 -1,1 1 -1)
ST_RotateZ — Rotates a geometry about the Z axis.
geometry ST_RotateZ(
geometry geomA, float rotRadians)
;
Rotates a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the Z axis.
This is a synonym for ST_Rotate |
|
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateZ to ST_RotateZ in 1.2.2
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
--Rotate a line 90 degrees along z-axis SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateZ(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2)); st_asewkt --------------------------- LINESTRING(-2 1 3,-1 1 1) --Rotate a curved circle around z-axis SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateZ(geom, pi()/2)) FROM (SELECT ST_LineToCurve(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(234 567)'), 3)) As geom) As foo; st_asewkt ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(-567 237,-564.87867965644 236.12132034356,-564 234,-569.12132034356 231.87867965644,-567 237))
ST_Scale — Scales a geometry by given factors.
geometry ST_Scale(
geometry geomA, float XFactor, float YFactor, float ZFactor)
;
geometry ST_Scale(
geometry geomA, float XFactor, float YFactor)
;
geometry ST_Scale(
geometry geom, geometry factor)
;
geometry ST_Scale(
geometry geom, geometry factor, geometry origin)
;
Scales the geometry to a new size by multiplying the ordinates with the corresponding factor parameters.
The version taking a geometry as the factor
parameter allows passing a 2d, 3dm, 3dz or 4d point to set scaling factor for all supported dimensions. Missing dimensions in the factor
point are equivalent to no scaling the corresponding dimension.
The three-geometry variant allows a "false origin" for the scaling to be passed in. This allows "scaling in place", for example using the centroid of the geometry as the false origin. Without a false origin, scaling takes place relative to the actual origin, so all coordinates are just multiplied by the scale factor.
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Availability: 1.1.0.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Enhanced: 2.2.0 support for scaling all dimension (factor
parameter) was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.5.0 support for scaling relative to a local origin (origin
parameter) was introduced.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
--Version 1: scale X, Y, Z SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 0.75, 0.8)); st_asewkt -------------------------------------- LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 2.4,0.5 0.75 0.8) --Version 2: Scale X Y SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 0.75)); st_asewkt ---------------------------------- LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 3,0.5 0.75 1) --Version 3: Scale X Y Z M SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)'), ST_MakePoint(0.5, 0.75, 2, -1))); st_asewkt ---------------------------------------- LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 6 -4,0.5 0.75 2 -1) --Version 4: Scale X Y using false origin SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Scale('LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2)', 'POINT(2 2)', 'POINT(1 1)'::geometry)); st_astext --------------------- LINESTRING(1 1,3 3)
ST_Translate — Translates a geometry by given offsets.
geometry ST_Translate(
geometry g1, float deltax, float deltay)
;
geometry ST_Translate(
geometry g1, float deltax, float deltay, float deltaz)
;
Returns a new geometry whose coordinates are translated delta x,delta y,delta z units. Units are based on the units defined in spatial reference (SRID) for this geometry.
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Availability: 1.2.2
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Move a point 1 degree longitude
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.01 42.37)',4326),1,0)) As wgs_transgeomtxt; wgs_transgeomtxt --------------------- POINT(-70.01 42.37)
Move a linestring 1 degree longitude and 1/2 degree latitude
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.01 42.37,-71.11 42.38)',4326),1,0.5)) As wgs_transgeomtxt; wgs_transgeomtxt --------------------------------------- LINESTRING(-70.01 42.87,-70.11 42.88)
Move a 3d point
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Translate(CAST('POINT(0 0 0)' As geometry), 5, 12,3)); st_asewkt --------- POINT(5 12 3)
Move a curve and a point
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_Collect('CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(4 3,3.12 0.878,1 0,-1.121 5.1213,6 7, 8 9,4 3))','POINT(1 3)'),1,2)); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(5 5,4.12 2.878,2 2,-0.121 7.1213,7 9,9 11,5 5)),POINT(2 5))
ST_TransScale — Translates and scales a geometry by given offsets and factors.
geometry ST_TransScale(
geometry geomA, float deltaX, float deltaY, float XFactor, float YFactor)
;
Translates the geometry using the deltaX and deltaY args, then scales it using the XFactor, YFactor args, working in 2D only.
|
Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+ |
Availability: 1.1.0.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_TransScale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 1, 1, 2)); st_asewkt ----------------------------- LINESTRING(1.5 6 3,1.5 4 1) --Buffer a point to get an approximation of a circle, convert to curve and then translate 1,2 and scale it 3,4 SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transscale(ST_LineToCurve(ST_Buffer('POINT(234 567)', 3)),1,2,3,4)); st_astext ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(714 2276,711.363961030679 2267.51471862576,705 2264,698.636038969321 2284.48528137424,714 2276))
These functions implement clustering algorithms for sets of geometries.
ST_ClusterDBSCAN — Window function that returns a cluster id for each input geometry using the DBSCAN algorithm.
integer ST_ClusterDBSCAN(
geometry winset geom, float8 eps, integer minpoints)
;
A window function that returns a cluster number for each input geometry, using the 2D Density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (DBSCAN) algorithm. Unlike ST_ClusterKMeans, it does not require the number of clusters to be specified, but instead uses the desired distance (eps
) and density (minpoints
) parameters to determine each cluster.
An input geometry is added to a cluster if it is either:
Note that border geometries may be within eps
distance of core geometries in more than one cluster. Either assignment would be correct, so the border geometry will be arbitrarily asssigned to one of the available clusters. In this situation it is possible for a correct cluster to be generated with fewer than minpoints
geometries. To ensure deterministic assignment of border geometries (so that repeated calls to ST_ClusterDBSCAN will produce identical results) use an ORDER BY
clause in the window definition. Ambiguous cluster assignments may differ from other DBSCAN implementations.
Geometries that do not meet the criteria to join any cluster are assigned a cluster number of NULL. |
Availability: 2.3.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Clustering polygon within 50 meters of each other, and requiring at least 2 polygons per cluster.
SELECT name, ST_ClusterDBSCAN(geom, eps = > 50, minpoints = > 2) over () AS cid FROM boston_polys WHERE name > '' AND building > '' AND ST_DWithin(geom, ST_Transform( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.04054 42.35141)', 4326), 26986), 500);
| name | bucket -------------------------------------+-------- Manulife Tower | 0 Park Lane Seaport I | 0 Park Lane Seaport II | 0 Renaissance Boston Waterfront Hotel | 0 Seaport Boston Hotel | 0 Seaport Hotel & World Trade Center | 0 Waterside Place | 0 World Trade Center East | 0 100 Northern Avenue | 1 100 Pier 4 | 1 The Institute of Contemporary Art | 1 101 Seaport | 2 District Hall | 2 One Marina Park Drive | 2 Twenty Two Liberty | 2 Vertex | 2 Vertex | 2 Watermark Seaport | 2 Blue Hills Bank Pavilion | NULL World Trade Center West | NULL (20 rows) |
A example showing combining parcels with the same cluster number into geometry collections.
SELECT cid, ST_Collect(geom) AS cluster_geom, array_agg(parcel_id) AS ids_in_cluster FROM ( SELECT parcel_id, ST_ClusterDBSCAN(geom, eps => 0.5, minpoints => 5) over () AS cid, geom FROM parcels) sq GROUP BY cid;
ST_ClusterIntersecting — Aggregate function that clusters input geometries into connected sets.
geometry[] ST_ClusterIntersecting(
geometry set g)
;
An aggregate function that returns an array of GeometryCollections partitioning the input geometries into connected clusters that are disjoint. Each geometry in a cluster intersects at least one other geometry in the cluster, and does not intersect any geometry in other clusters.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
WITH testdata AS (SELECT unnest(ARRAY['LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'::geometry, 'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))'::geometry]) AS geom) SELECT ST_AsText(unnest(ST_ClusterIntersecting(geom))) FROM testdata; --result st_astext --------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,1 1),LINESTRING(5 5,4 4),LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1),POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0))) GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(6 6,7 7))
ST_ClusterIntersectingWin, ST_ClusterWithin, ST_ClusterWithinWin
ST_ClusterIntersectingWin — Window function that returns a cluster id for each input geometry, clustering input geometries into connected sets.
integer ST_ClusterIntersectingWin(
geometry winset geom)
;
A window function that builds connected clusters of geometries that intersect. It is possible to traverse all geometries in a cluster without leaving the cluster. The return value is the cluster number that the geometry argument participates in, or null for null inputs.
Availability: 3.4.0
WITH testdata AS ( SELECT id, geom::geometry FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'), (2, 'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'), (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'), (5, 'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))')) AS t(id, geom) ) SELECT id, ST_AsText(geom), ST_ClusterIntersectingWin(geom) OVER () AS cluster FROM testdata; id | st_astext | cluster ----+--------------------------------+--------- 1 | LINESTRING(0 0,1 1) | 0 2 | LINESTRING(5 5,4 4) | 0 3 | LINESTRING(6 6,7 7) | 1 4 | LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1) | 0 5 | POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0)) | 0
ST_ClusterIntersecting, ST_ClusterWithin, ST_ClusterWithinWin
ST_ClusterKMeans — Window function that returns a cluster id for each input geometry using the K-means algorithm.
integer ST_ClusterKMeans(
geometry winset geom , integer k , float8 max_radius )
;
Returns K-means cluster number for each input geometry. The distance used for clustering is the distance between the centroids for 2D geometries, and distance between bounding box centers for 3D geometries. For POINT inputs, M coordinate will be treated as weight of input and has to be larger than 0.
max_radius
, if set, will cause ST_ClusterKMeans to generate more clusters than k
ensuring that no cluster in output has radius larger than max_radius
. This is useful in reachability analysis.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 Support for max_radius
Enhanced: 3.1.0 Support for 3D geometries and weights
Availability: 2.3.0
Generate dummy set of parcels for examples:
CREATE TABLE parcels AS SELECT lpad((row_number() over())::text,3,'0') As parcel_id, geom, ('{residential, commercial}'::text[])[1 + mod(row_number()OVER(),2)] As type FROM ST_Subdivide(ST_Buffer('SRID=3857;LINESTRING(40 100, 98 100, 100 150, 60 90)'::geometry, 40, 'endcap=square'),12) As geom;
SELECT ST_ClusterKMeans(geom, 3) OVER() AS cid, parcel_id, geom FROM parcels;
cid | parcel_id | geom -----+-----------+--------------- 0 | 001 | 0103000000... 0 | 002 | 0103000000... 1 | 003 | 0103000000... 0 | 004 | 0103000000... 1 | 005 | 0103000000... 2 | 006 | 0103000000... 2 | 007 | 0103000000...
Partitioning parcel clusters by type:
SELECT ST_ClusterKMeans(geom, 3) over (PARTITION BY type) AS cid, parcel_id, type FROM parcels;
cid | parcel_id | type -----+-----------+------------- 1 | 005 | commercial 1 | 003 | commercial 2 | 007 | commercial 0 | 001 | commercial 1 | 004 | residential 0 | 002 | residential 2 | 006 | residential
Example: Clustering a preaggregated planetary-scale data population dataset using 3D clusering and weighting. Identify at least 20 regions based on Kontur Population Data that do not span more than 3000 km from their center:
create table kontur_population_3000km_clusters as select geom, ST_ClusterKMeans( ST_Force4D( ST_Transform(ST_Force3D(geom), 4978), -- cluster in 3D XYZ CRS mvalue => population -- set clustering to be weighed by population ), 20, -- aim to generate at least 20 clusters max_radius => 3000000 -- but generate more to make each under 3000 km radius ) over () as cid from kontur_population;
ST_ClusterWithin — Aggregate function that clusters geometries by separation distance.
geometry[] ST_ClusterWithin(
geometry set g, float8 distance)
;
An aggregate function that returns an array of GeometryCollections, where each collection is a cluster containing some input geometries. Clustering partitions the input geometries into sets in which each geometry is within the specified distance
of at least one other geometry in the same cluster. Distances are Cartesian distances in the units of the SRID.
ST_ClusterWithin is equivalent to running ST_ClusterDBSCAN with minpoints => 0
.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
WITH testdata AS (SELECT unnest(ARRAY['LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'::geometry, 'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))'::geometry]) AS geom) SELECT ST_AsText(unnest(ST_ClusterWithin(geom, 1.4))) FROM testdata; --result st_astext --------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,1 1),LINESTRING(5 5,4 4),LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1),POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0))) GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(6 6,7 7))
ST_ClusterWithinWin — Window function that returns a cluster id for each input geometry, clustering using separation distance.
integer ST_ClusterWithinWin(
geometry winset geom, float8 distance)
;
A window function that returns a cluster number for each input geometry. Clustering partitions the geometries into sets in which each geometry is within the specified distance
of at least one other geometry in the same cluster. Distances are Cartesian distances in the units of the SRID.
ST_ClusterWithinWin is equivalent to running ST_ClusterDBSCAN with minpoints => 0
.
Availability: 3.4.0
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
WITH testdata AS ( SELECT id, geom::geometry FROM ( VALUES (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'), (2, 'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'), (3, 'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'), (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'), (5, 'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))')) AS t(id, geom) ) SELECT id, ST_AsText(geom), ST_ClusterWithinWin(geom, 1.4) OVER () AS cluster FROM testdata; id | st_astext | cluster ----+--------------------------------+--------- 1 | LINESTRING(0 0,1 1) | 0 2 | LINESTRING(5 5,4 4) | 0 3 | LINESTRING(6 6,7 7) | 1 4 | LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1) | 0 5 | POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0)) | 0
ST_ClusterWithin, ST_ClusterDBSCAN, ST_ClusterIntersecting, ST_ClusterIntersectingWin,
These functions produce or operate on bounding boxes. They can also provide and accept geometry values, by using automatic or explicit casts.
See also Section 13.7, “Funzioni del box PostGIS”.
Box2D — Returns a BOX2D representing the 2D extent of a geometry.
box2d Box2D(
geometry geom)
;
Returns a box2d representing the 2D extent of the geometry.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT Box2D(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 5 6)')); box2d --------- BOX(1 2,5 6)
SELECT Box2D(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)')); box2d -------- BOX(220186.984375 150406,220288.25 150506.140625)
Box3D — Returns a BOX3D representing the 3D extent of a geometry.
box3d Box3D(
geometry geom)
;
Returns a box3d representing the 3D extent of the geometry.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT Box3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 3 4 5, 5 6 5)')); Box3d --------- BOX3D(1 2 3,5 6 5)
SELECT Box3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 1,220227 150406 1)')); Box3d -------- BOX3D(220227 150406 1,220268 150415 1)
ST_EstimatedExtent — Returns the estimated extent of a spatial table.
box2d ST_EstimatedExtent(
text schema_name, text table_name, text geocolumn_name, boolean parent_only)
;
box2d ST_EstimatedExtent(
text schema_name, text table_name, text geocolumn_name)
;
box2d ST_EstimatedExtent(
text table_name, text geocolumn_name)
;
Returns the estimated extent of a spatial table as a box2d. The current schema is used if not specified. The estimated extent is taken from the geometry column's statistics. This is usually much faster than computing the exact extent of the table using ST_Extent or ST_3DExtent.
The default behavior is to also use statistics collected from child tables (tables with INHERITS) if available. If parent_only
is set to TRUE, only statistics for the given table are used and child tables are ignored.
For PostgreSQL >= 8.0.0 statistics are gathered by VACUUM ANALYZE and the result extent will be about 95% of the actual one. For PostgreSQL < 8.0.0 statistics are gathered by running update_geometry_stats()
and the result extent is exact.
In the absence of statistics (empty table or no ANALYZE called) this function returns NULL. Prior to version 1.5.4 an exception was thrown instead. |
Escaping names for tables and/or namespaces that include special characters and quotes may require special handling. A user notes: "For schemas and tables, use identifier escaping rules to produce a double-quoted string, and afterwards remove the first and last double-quote character. For geometry column pass as is." |
Availability: 1.0.0
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Estimated_Extent.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_EstimatedExtent('ny', 'edges', 'geom'); --result-- BOX(-8877653 4912316,-8010225.5 5589284) SELECT ST_EstimatedExtent('feature_poly', 'geom'); --result-- BOX(-124.659652709961 24.6830825805664,-67.7798080444336 49.0012092590332)
ST_Expand — Returns a bounding box expanded from another bounding box or a geometry.
geometry ST_Expand(
geometry geom, float units_to_expand)
;
geometry ST_Expand(
geometry geom, float dx, float dy, float dz=0, float dm=0)
;
box2d ST_Expand(
box2d box, float units_to_expand)
;
box2d ST_Expand(
box2d box, float dx, float dy)
;
box3d ST_Expand(
box3d box, float units_to_expand)
;
box3d ST_Expand(
box3d box, float dx, float dy, float dz=0)
;
Returns a bounding box expanded from the bounding box of the input, either by specifying a single distance with which the box should be expanded on both axes, or by specifying an expansion distance for each axis. Uses double-precision. Can be used for distance queries, or to add a bounding box filter to a query to take advantage of a spatial index.
In addition to the version of ST_Expand accepting and returning a geometry, variants are provided that accept and return box2d and box3d data types.
Distances are in the units of the spatial reference system of the input.
ST_Expand è simile a ST_Buffer, solo che mentre il buffering espande una geometria in tutte le direzioni, ST_Expand espande il rettangolo di selezione lungo ogni asse.
Prima della versione 1.3, ST_Expand veniva utilizzato insieme a ST_Distance per eseguire query di distanza indicizzabili. Ad esempio, |
Disponibilità: 1.5.0 il comportamento è stato modificato per produrre coordinate a doppia precisione anziché float4.
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Enhanced: 2.3.0 support was added to expand a box by different amounts in different dimensions.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Examples below use US National Atlas Equal Area (SRID=2163) which is a meter projection |
--10 meter expanded box around bbox of a linestring SELECT CAST(ST_Expand(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(2312980 110676,2312923 110701,2312892 110714)', 2163),10) As box2d); st_expand ------------------------------------ BOX(2312882 110666,2312990 110724) --10 meter expanded 3D box of a 3D box SELECT ST_Expand(CAST('BOX3D(778783 2951741 1,794875 2970042.61545891 10)' As box3d),10) st_expand ----------------------------------------------------- BOX3D(778773 2951731 -9,794885 2970052.61545891 20) --10 meter geometry astext rep of a expand box around a point geometry SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Expand(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=2163;POINT(2312980 110676)'),10)); st_asewkt ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SRID=2163;POLYGON((2312970 110666,2312970 110686,2312990 110686,2312990 110666,2312970 110666))
ST_Extent — Funzione aggregata che restituisce il rettangolo di selezione delle geometrie.
box2d ST_Extent(
geometry set geomfield)
;
Una funzione aggregata che restituisce un rettangolo di selezione box2d che delimita un insieme di geometrie.
Le coordinate del rettangolo di selezione sono nel sistema di riferimento spaziale delle geometrie in ingresso.
ST_Extent è simile nel concetto a SDO_AGGR_MBR di Oracle Spatial/Locator.
ST_Extent restituisce rettangoli con le sole ordinate X e Y anche con le geometrie 3D. Per restituire le ordinate XYZ, utilizzare ST_3DExtent. |
Il valore |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Examples below use Massachusetts State Plane ft (SRID=2249) |
SELECT ST_Extent(geom) as bextent FROM sometable; st_bextent ------------------------------------ BOX(739651.875 2908247.25,794875.8125 2970042.75) --Return extent of each category of geometries SELECT ST_Extent(geom) as bextent FROM sometable GROUP BY category ORDER BY category; bextent | name ----------------------------------------------------+---------------- BOX(778783.5625 2951741.25,794875.8125 2970042.75) | A BOX(751315.8125 2919164.75,765202.6875 2935417.25) | B BOX(739651.875 2917394.75,756688.375 2935866) | C --Force back into a geometry -- and render the extended text representation of that geometry SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Extent(geom),2249) as bextent FROM sometable; bextent -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SRID=2249;POLYGON((739651.875 2908247.25,739651.875 2970042.75,794875.8125 2970042.75, 794875.8125 2908247.25,739651.875 2908247.25))
ST_3DExtent — Funzione aggregata che restituisce il rettangolo di selezione 3D delle geometrie.
box3d ST_3DExtent(
geometry set geomfield)
;
Una funzione aggregata che restituisce un rettangolo di selezione box3d (include l'ordinata Z) che delimita un insieme di geometrie.
Le coordinate del rettangolo di selezione sono nel sistema di riferimento spaziale delle geometrie in ingresso.
Il valore |
Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.
Modificato nella versione 2.0.0. Nelle versioni precedenti era chiamato ST_Extent3D
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_3DExtent(foo.geom) As b3extent FROM (SELECT ST_MakePoint(x,y,z) As geom FROM generate_series(1,3) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,2) As y CROSS JOIN generate_series(0,2) As Z) As foo; b3extent -------------------- BOX3D(1 1 0,3 2 2) --Get the extent of various elevated circular strings SELECT ST_3DExtent(foo.geom) As b3extent FROM (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_Force_3DZ(ST_LineToCurve(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(x,y),1))),0,0,z) As geom FROM generate_series(1,3) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,2) As y CROSS JOIN generate_series(0,2) As Z) As foo; b3extent -------------------- BOX3D(1 0 0,4 2 2)
ST_MakeBox2D — Crea un BOX2D definito da due geometrie di punti 2D.
box2d ST_MakeBox2D(
geometry pointLowLeft, geometry pointUpRight)
;
Creates a box2d defined by two Point geometries. This is useful for doing range queries.
--Return all features that fall reside or partly reside in a US national atlas coordinate bounding box --It is assumed here that the geometries are stored with SRID = 2163 (US National atlas equal area) SELECT feature_id, feature_name, geom FROM features WHERE geom && ST_SetSRID(ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(-989502.1875, 528439.5625), ST_Point(-987121.375 ,529933.1875)),2163)
ST_3DMakeBox — Creates a BOX3D defined by two 3D point geometries.
box3d ST_3DMakeBox(
geometry point3DLowLeftBottom, geometry point3DUpRightTop)
;
Creates a box3d defined by two 3D Point geometries.
This function supports 3D and will not drop the z-index.
Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this used to be called ST_MakeBox3D
SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(-989502.1875, 528439.5625, 10), ST_MakePoint(-987121.375 ,529933.1875, 10)) As abb3d --bb3d-- -------- BOX3D(-989502.1875 528439.5625 10,-987121.375 529933.1875 10)
ST_XMax — Returns the X maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_XMax(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the X maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However, it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_XMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_xmax ------- 4 SELECT ST_XMax(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_xmax ------- 5 SELECT ST_XMax(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d)); st_xmax ------- 3 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_XMax('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_XMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_xmax -------- 220288.248780547
ST_XMin — Returns the X minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_XMin(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the X minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_XMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_xmin ------- 1 SELECT ST_XMin(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_xmin ------- 1 SELECT ST_XMin(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d)); st_xmin ------- -3 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_XMin('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_XMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_xmin -------- 220186.995121892
ST_YMax — Returns the Y maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_YMax(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the Y maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_YMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_ymax ------- 5 SELECT ST_YMax(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_ymax ------- 6 SELECT ST_YMax(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d)); st_ymax ------- 4 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_YMax('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_YMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_ymax -------- 150506.126829327
ST_YMin — Returns the Y minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_YMin(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the Y minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_YMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_ymin ------- 2 SELECT ST_YMin(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_ymin ------- 3 SELECT ST_YMin(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d)); st_ymin ------- 2 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_YMin('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_YMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_ymin -------- 150406
ST_ZMax — Returns the Z maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_ZMax(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the Z maxima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_ZMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_zmax ------- 6 SELECT ST_ZMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_zmax ------- 7 SELECT ST_ZMax('BOX3D(-3 2 1, 3 4 1)' ); st_zmax ------- 1 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_ZMax('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_ZMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_zmax -------- 3
ST_ZMin — Returns the Z minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
float ST_ZMin(
box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D)
;
Returns the Z minima of a 2D or 3D bounding box or a geometry.
Although this function is only defined for box3d, it also works for box2d and geometry values due to automatic casting. However it will not accept a geometry or box2d text representation, since those do not auto-cast. |
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT ST_ZMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'); st_zmin ------- 3 SELECT ST_ZMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)')); st_zmin ------- 4 SELECT ST_ZMin('BOX3D(-3 2 1, 3 4 1)' ); st_zmin ------- 1 --Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to auto-cast the string representation to a BOX3D SELECT ST_ZMin('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'); --ERROR: BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D( SELECT ST_ZMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)')); st_zmin -------- 1
ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_GeomFromText, ST_XMin, ST_XMax, ST_YMax, ST_YMin, ST_ZMax
ST_LineInterpolatePoint — Returns a point interpolated along a line at a fractional location.
geometry ST_LineInterpolatePoint(
geometry a_linestring, float8 a_fraction)
;
geography ST_LineInterpolatePoint(
geography a_linestring, float8 a_fraction, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns a point interpolated along a line at a fractional location. First argument must be a LINESTRING. Second argument is a float between 0 and 1 representing the fraction of line length where the point is to be located. The Z and M values are interpolated if present.
See ST_LineLocatePoint for computing the line location nearest to a Point.
This function computes points in 2D and then interpolates values for Z and M, while ST_3DLineInterpolatePoint computes points in 3D and only interpolates the M value. |
Since release 1.1.1 this function also interpolates M and Z values (when present), while prior releases set them to 0.0. |
Availability: 0.8.2, Z and M supported added in 1.1.1
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Line_Interpolate_Point.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- The point 20% along a line SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_LineInterpolatePoint( 'LINESTRING(25 50, 100 125, 150 190)', 0.2 )); ---------------- POINT(51.5974135047432 76.5974135047432)
The mid-point of a 3D line:
SELECT ST_AsEWKT( ST_LineInterpolatePoint(' LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6, 6 7 8)', 0.5 )); -------------------- POINT(3.5 4.5 5.5)
The closest point on a line to a point:
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LineInterpolatePoint( line.geom, ST_LineLocatePoint( line.geom, 'POINT(4 3)'))) FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 4 5, 6 7)') As geom) AS line; ------------ POINT(3 4)
ST_3DLineInterpolatePoint — Returns a point interpolated along a 3D line at a fractional location.
geometry ST_3DLineInterpolatePoint(
geometry a_linestring, float8 a_fraction)
;
Returns a point interpolated along a 3D line at a fractional location. First argument must be a LINESTRING. Second argument is a float between 0 and 1 representing the point location as a fraction of line length. The M value is interpolated if present.
ST_LineInterpolatePoint computes points in 2D and then interpolates the values for Z and M, while this function computes points in 3D and only interpolates the M value. |
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Return point 20% along 3D line
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_3DLineInterpolatePoint('LINESTRING(25 50 70, 100 125 90, 150 190 200)', 0.20)); st_asetext ---------------- POINT Z (59.0675892910822 84.0675892910822 79.0846904776219)
ST_LineInterpolatePoints — Returns points interpolated along a line at a fractional interval.
geometry ST_LineInterpolatePoints(
geometry a_linestring, float8 a_fraction, boolean repeat)
;
geography ST_LineInterpolatePoints(
geography a_linestring, float8 a_fraction, boolean use_spheroid = true, boolean repeat = true)
;
Returns one or more points interpolated along a line at a fractional interval. The first argument must be a LINESTRING. The second argument is a float8 between 0 and 1 representing the spacing between the points as a fraction of line length. If the third argument is false, at most one point will be constructed (which is equivalent to ST_LineInterpolatePoint.)
If the result has zero or one points, it is returned as a POINT. If it has two or more points, it is returned as a MULTIPOINT.
Availability: 2.5.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
--Return points each 20% along a 2D line SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineInterpolatePoints('LINESTRING(25 50, 100 125, 150 190)', 0.20)) ---------------- MULTIPOINT((51.5974135047432 76.5974135047432),(78.1948270094864 103.194827009486),(104.132163186446 130.37181214238),(127.066081593223 160.18590607119),(150 190))
ST_LineLocatePoint — Returns the fractional location of the closest point on a line to a point.
float8 ST_LineLocatePoint(
geometry a_linestring, geometry a_point)
;
float8 ST_LineLocatePoint(
geography a_linestring, geography a_point, boolean use_spheroid = true)
;
Returns a float between 0 and 1 representing the location of the closest point on a LineString to the given Point, as a fraction of 2d line length.
You can use the returned location to extract a Point (ST_LineInterpolatePoint) or a substring (ST_LineSubstring).
This is useful for approximating numbers of addresses
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Line_Locate_Point.
--Rough approximation of finding the street number of a point along the street --Note the whole foo thing is just to generate dummy data that looks --like house centroids and street --We use ST_DWithin to exclude --houses too far away from the street to be considered on the street SELECT ST_AsText(house_loc) As as_text_house_loc, startstreet_num + CAST( (endstreet_num - startstreet_num) * ST_LineLocatePoint(street_line, house_loc) As integer) As street_num FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)') As street_line, ST_Point(x*1.01,y*1.03) As house_loc, 10 As startstreet_num, 20 As endstreet_num FROM generate_series(1,3) x CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,4) As y) As foo WHERE ST_DWithin(street_line, house_loc, 0.2); as_text_house_loc | street_num -------------------+------------ POINT(1.01 2.06) | 10 POINT(2.02 3.09) | 15 POINT(3.03 4.12) | 20 --find closest point on a line to a point or other geometry SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineInterpolatePoint(foo.the_line, ST_LineLocatePoint(foo.the_line, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(4 3)')))) FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 4 5, 6 7)') As the_line) As foo; st_astext ---------------- POINT(3 4)
ST_DWithin, ST_Length2D, ST_LineInterpolatePoint, ST_LineSubstring
ST_LineSubstring — Returns the part of a line between two fractional locations.
geometry ST_LineSubstring(
geometry a_linestring, float8 startfraction, float8 endfraction)
;
geography ST_LineSubstring(
geography a_linestring, float8 startfraction, float8 endfraction)
;
Computes the line which is the section of the input line starting and ending at the given fractional locations. The first argument must be a LINESTRING. The second and third arguments are values in the range [0, 1] representing the start and end locations as fractions of line length. The Z and M values are interpolated for added endpoints if present.
If startfraction
and endfraction
have the same value this is equivalent to ST_LineInterpolatePoint.
This only works with LINESTRINGs. To use on contiguous MULTILINESTRINGs first join them with ST_LineMerge. |
Since release 1.1.1 this function interpolates M and Z values. Prior releases set Z and M to unspecified values. |
Enhanced: 3.4.0 - Support for geography was introduced.
Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Line_Substring.
Availability: 1.1.0, Z and M supported added in 1.1.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineSubstring( 'LINESTRING (20 180, 50 20, 90 80, 120 40, 180 150)', 0.333, 0.666)); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ LINESTRING (45.17311810399485 45.74337011202746, 50 20, 90 80, 112.97593050157862 49.36542599789519)
If start and end locations are the same, the result is a POINT.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineSubstring( 'LINESTRING(25 50, 100 125, 150 190)', 0.333, 0.333)); ------------------------------------------ POINT(69.2846934853974 94.2846934853974)
A query to cut a LineString into sections of length 100 or shorter. It uses generate_series()
with a CROSS JOIN LATERAL to produce the equivalent of a FOR loop.
WITH data(id, geom) AS (VALUES ( 'A', 'LINESTRING( 0 0, 200 0)'::geometry ), ( 'B', 'LINESTRING( 0 100, 350 100)'::geometry ), ( 'C', 'LINESTRING( 0 200, 50 200)'::geometry ) ) SELECT id, i, ST_AsText( ST_LineSubstring( geom, startfrac, LEAST( endfrac, 1 )) ) AS geom FROM ( SELECT id, geom, ST_Length(geom) len, 100 sublen FROM data ) AS d CROSS JOIN LATERAL ( SELECT i, (sublen * i) / len AS startfrac, (sublen * (i+1)) / len AS endfrac FROM generate_series(0, floor( len / sublen )::integer ) AS t(i) -- skip last i if line length is exact multiple of sublen WHERE (sublen * i) / len < > 1.0 ) AS d2; id | i | geom ----+---+----------------------------- A | 0 | LINESTRING(0 0,100 0) A | 1 | LINESTRING(100 0,200 0) B | 0 | LINESTRING(0 100,100 100) B | 1 | LINESTRING(100 100,200 100) B | 2 | LINESTRING(200 100,300 100) B | 3 | LINESTRING(300 100,350 100) C | 0 | LINESTRING(0 200,50 200)
Geography implementation measures along a spheroid, geometry along a line
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineSubstring( 'LINESTRING(-118.2436 34.0522, -71.0570 42.3611)'::geography, 0.333, 0.666),6) AS geog_sub , ST_AsText(ST_LineSubstring('LINESTRING(-118.2436 34.0522, -71.0570 42.3611)'::geometry, 0.333, 0.666),6) AS geom_sub; --------------------------------------------------------------- geog_sub | LINESTRING(-104.167064 38.854691,-87.674646 41.849854) geom_sub | LINESTRING(-102.530462 36.819064,-86.817324 39.585927)
ST_Length, ST_LineExtend, ST_LineInterpolatePoint, ST_LineMerge
ST_LocateAlong — Returns the point(s) on a geometry that match a measure value.
geometry ST_LocateAlong(
geometry geom_with_measure, float8 measure, float8 offset = 0)
;
Returns the location(s) along a measured geometry that have the given measure values. The result is a Point or MultiPoint. Polygonal inputs are not supported.
If offset
is provided, the result is offset to the left or right of the input line by the specified distance. A positive offset will be to the left, and a negative one to the right.
Use this function only for linear geometries with an M component |
The semantic is specified by the ISO/IEC 13249-3 SQL/MM Spatial standard.
Availability: 1.1.0 by old name ST_Locate_Along_Measure.
Changed: 2.0.0 in prior versions this used to be called ST_Locate_Along_Measure.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1.13
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LocateAlong( 'MULTILINESTRINGM((1 2 3, 3 4 2, 9 4 3),(1 2 3, 5 4 5))'::geometry, 3 )); ---------------------------------- MULTIPOINT M ((1 2 3),(9 4 3),(1 2 3))
ST_LocateBetween, ST_LocateBetweenElevations, ST_InterpolatePoint
ST_LocateBetween — Returns the portions of a geometry that match a measure range.
geometry ST_LocateBetween(
geometry geom, float8 measure_start, float8 measure_end, float8 offset = 0)
;
Return a geometry (collection) with the portions of the input measured geometry that match the specified measure range (inclusively).
If the offset
is provided, the result is offset to the left or right of the input line by the specified distance. A positive offset will be to the left, and a negative one to the right.
Clipping a non-convex POLYGON may produce invalid geometry.
The semantic is specified by the ISO/IEC 13249-3 SQL/MM Spatial standard.
Availability: 1.1.0 by old name ST_Locate_Between_Measures.
Changed: 2.0.0 - in prior versions this used to be called ST_Locate_Between_Measures.
Enhanced: 3.0.0 - added support for POLYGON, TIN, TRIANGLE.
Questa funzione supporta le coordinate M.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LocateBetween( 'MULTILINESTRING M ((1 2 3, 3 4 2, 9 4 3),(1 2 3, 5 4 5))':: geometry, 1.5, 3 )); ------------------------------------------------------------------------ GEOMETRYCOLLECTION M (LINESTRING M (1 2 3,3 4 2,9 4 3),POINT M (1 2 3))
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LocateBetween( ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING (20 180, 50 20, 100 120, 180 20)', 0, 10), 2, 8, 20 )); ------------------------------------------------------------------------ MULTILINESTRING((54.49835019899045 104.53426957938231,58.70056060327303 82.12248075654186,69.16695286779743 103.05526528559065,82.11145618000168 128.94427190999915,84.24893681714357 132.32493442618113,87.01636951231555 135.21267035596549,90.30307285299679 137.49198684843182,93.97759758337769 139.07172433557758,97.89298381958797 139.8887023914453,101.89263860095893 139.9102465862721,105.81659870902816 139.13549527600819,109.50792827749828 137.5954340631298,112.81899532549731 135.351656550512,115.6173761888606 132.49390095108848,145.31017306064817 95.37790486135405))
ST_LocateBetweenElevations — Returns the portions of a geometry that lie in an elevation (Z) range.
geometry ST_LocateBetweenElevations(
geometry geom, float8 elevation_start, float8 elevation_end)
;
Returns a geometry (collection) with the portions of a geometry that lie in an elevation (Z) range.
Clipping a non-convex POLYGON may produce invalid geometry.
Disponibilità: 1.4.0
Enhanced: 3.0.0 - added support for POLYGON, TIN, TRIANGLE.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LocateBetweenElevations( 'LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6)'::geometry, 2, 4 )); st_astext ----------------------------------- MULTILINESTRING Z ((1 2 3,2 3 4)) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_LocateBetweenElevations( 'LINESTRING(1 2 6, 4 5 -1, 7 8 9)', 6, 9)) As ewelev; ewelev ----------------------------------------------------------------------- GEOMETRYCOLLECTION Z (POINT Z (1 2 6),LINESTRING Z (6.1 7.1 6,7 8 9))
ST_InterpolatePoint — Returns the interpolated measure of a geometry closest to a point.
float8 ST_InterpolatePoint(
geometry linear_geom_with_measure, geometry point)
;
Returns an interpolated measure value of a linear measured geometry at the location closest to the given point.
Use this function only for linear geometries with an M component |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_InterpolatePoint('LINESTRING M (0 0 0, 10 0 20)', 'POINT(5 5)'); --------------------- 10
ST_AddMeasure — Interpolates measures along a linear geometry.
geometry ST_AddMeasure(
geometry geom_mline, float8 measure_start, float8 measure_end)
;
Return a derived geometry with measure values linearly interpolated between the start and end points. If the geometry has no measure dimension, one is added. If the geometry has a measure dimension, it is over-written with new values. Only LINESTRINGS and MULTILINESTRINGS are supported.
Disponibilità: 1.5.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AddMeasure( ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 0, 2 0, 4 0)'),1,4)) As ewelev; ewelev -------------------------------- LINESTRINGM(1 0 1,2 0 2,4 0 4) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AddMeasure( ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 0 4, 2 0 4, 4 0 4)'),10,40)) As ewelev; ewelev ---------------------------------------- LINESTRING(1 0 4 10,2 0 4 20,4 0 4 40) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AddMeasure( ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRINGM(1 0 4, 2 0 4, 4 0 4)'),10,40)) As ewelev; ewelev ---------------------------------------- LINESTRINGM(1 0 10,2 0 20,4 0 40) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AddMeasure( ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRINGM((1 0 4, 2 0 4, 4 0 4),(1 0 4, 2 0 4, 4 0 4))'),10,70)) As ewelev; ewelev ----------------------------------------------------------------- MULTILINESTRINGM((1 0 10,2 0 20,4 0 40),(1 0 40,2 0 50,4 0 70))
These functions support working with trajectories. A trajectory is a linear geometry with increasing measures (M value) on each coordinate. Spatio-temporal data can be modeled by using relative times (such as the epoch) as the measure values.
ST_IsValidTrajectory — Tests if the geometry is a valid trajectory.
boolean ST_IsValidTrajectory(
geometry line)
;
Tests if a geometry encodes a valid trajectory. A valid trajectory is represented as a LINESTRING
with measures (M values). The measure values must increase from each vertex to the next.
Valid trajectories are expected as input to spatio-temporal functions like ST_ClosestPointOfApproach
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- A valid trajectory SELECT ST_IsValidTrajectory(ST_MakeLine( ST_MakePointM(0,0,1), ST_MakePointM(0,1,2)) ); t -- An invalid trajectory SELECT ST_IsValidTrajectory(ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePointM(0,0,1), ST_MakePointM(0,1,0))); NOTICE: Measure of vertex 1 (0) not bigger than measure of vertex 0 (1) st_isvalidtrajectory ---------------------- f
ST_ClosestPointOfApproach — Returns a measure at the closest point of approach of two trajectories.
float8 ST_ClosestPointOfApproach(
geometry track1, geometry track2)
;
Returns the smallest measure at which points interpolated along the given trajectories are the least distance apart.
Inputs must be valid trajectories as checked by ST_IsValidTrajectory. Null is returned if the trajectories do not overlap in their M ranges.
To obtain the actual points at the computed measure use ST_LocateAlong .
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- Return the time in which two objects moving between 10:00 and 11:00 -- are closest to each other and their distance at that point WITH inp AS ( SELECT ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 0 0, 10 0 5)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) a, ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 2 10, 12 1 2)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) b ), cpa AS ( SELECT ST_ClosestPointOfApproach(a,b) m FROM inp ), points AS ( SELECT ST_GeometryN(ST_LocateAlong(a,m),1) pa, ST_GeometryN(ST_LocateAlong(b,m),1) pb FROM inp, cpa ) SELECT to_timestamp(m) t, ST_Distance(pa,pb) distance, ST_AsText(pa, 2) AS pa, ST_AsText(pb, 2) AS pb FROM points, cpa; t | distance | pa | pb -------------------------------+--------------------+--------------------------------------+---------------------------------------- 2015-05-26 10:45:31.034483-07 | 1.9603683315139542 | POINT ZM (7.59 0 3.79 1432662331.03) | POINT ZM (9.1 1.24 3.93 1432662331.03)
ST_IsValidTrajectory, ST_DistanceCPA, ST_LocateAlong, ST_AddMeasure
ST_DistanceCPA — Returns the distance between the closest point of approach of two trajectories.
float8 ST_DistanceCPA(
geometry track1, geometry track2)
;
Returns the distance (in 2D) between two trajectories at their closest point of approach.
Inputs must be valid trajectories as checked by ST_IsValidTrajectory. Null is returned if the trajectories do not overlap in their M ranges.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
-- Return the minimum distance of two objects moving between 10:00 and 11:00 WITH inp AS ( SELECT ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 0 0, 10 0 5)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) a, ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 2 10, 12 1 2)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) b ) SELECT ST_DistanceCPA(a,b) distance FROM inp; distance ------------------ 1.96036833151395
ST_IsValidTrajectory, ST_ClosestPointOfApproach, ST_AddMeasure, |=|
ST_CPAWithin — Tests if the closest point of approach of two trajectories is within the specified distance.
boolean ST_CPAWithin(
geometry track1, geometry track2, float8 dist)
;
Tests whether two moving objects have ever been closer than the specified distance.
Inputs must be valid trajectories as checked by ST_IsValidTrajectory. False is returned if the trajectories do not overlap in their M ranges.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
WITH inp AS ( SELECT ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 0 0, 10 0 5)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) a, ST_AddMeasure('LINESTRING Z (0 2 10, 12 1 2)'::geometry, extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 10:00'::timestamptz), extract(epoch from '2015-05-26 11:00'::timestamptz) ) b ) SELECT ST_CPAWithin(a,b,2), ST_DistanceCPA(a,b) distance FROM inp; st_cpawithin | distance --------------+------------------ t | 1.96521473776207
ST_IsValidTrajectory, ST_ClosestPointOfApproach, ST_DistanceCPA, |=|
These functions report and upgrade PostGIS versions.
PostGIS_Extensions_Upgrade — Packages and upgrades PostGIS extensions (e.g. postgis_raster, postgis_topology, postgis_sfcgal) to given or latest version.
text PostGIS_Extensions_Upgrade(
text target_version=null)
;
Packages and upgrades PostGIS extensions to given or latest version. Only extensions you have installed in the database will be packaged and upgraded if needed. Reports full PostGIS version and build configuration infos after. This is short-hand for doing multiple CREATE EXTENSION .. FROM unpackaged and ALTER EXTENSION .. UPDATE for each PostGIS extension. Currently only tries to upgrade extensions postgis, postgis_raster, postgis_sfcgal, postgis_topology, and postgis_tiger_geocoder.
Availability: 2.5.0
Changed: 3.4.0 to add target_version argument. Changed: 3.3.0 support for upgrades from any PostGIS version. Does not work on all systems. Changed: 3.0.0 to repackage loose extensions and support postgis_raster. |
SELECT PostGIS_Extensions_Upgrade();
NOTICE: Packaging extension postgis NOTICE: Packaging extension postgis_raster NOTICE: Packaging extension postgis_sfcgal NOTICE: Extension postgis_topology is not available or not packagable for some reason NOTICE: Extension postgis_tiger_geocoder is not available or not packagable for some reason postgis_extensions_upgrade ------------------------------------------------------------------- Upgrade completed, run SELECT postgis_full_version(); for details (1 row)
PostGIS_Full_Version — Reports full PostGIS version and build configuration infos.
text PostGIS_Full_Version(
)
;
Reports full PostGIS version and build configuration infos. Also informs about synchronization between libraries and scripts suggesting upgrades as needed.
Enhanced: 3.4.0 now includes extra PROJ configurations NETWORK_ENABLED, URL_ENDPOINT and DATABASE_PATH of proj.db location
SELECT PostGIS_Full_Version(); postgis_full_version ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POSTGIS="3.4.0dev 3.3.0rc2-993-g61bdf43a7" [EXTENSION] PGSQL="160" GEOS="3.12.0dev-CAPI-1.18.0" SFCGAL="1.3.8" PROJ="7.2.1 NETWORK_ENABLED=OFF URL_ENDPOINT=https://cdn.proj.org USER_WRITABLE_DIRECTORY=/tmp/proj DATABASE_PATH=/usr/share/proj/proj.db" GDAL="GDAL 3.2.2, released 2021/03/05" LIBXML="2.9.10" LIBJSON="0.15" LIBPROTOBUF="1.3.3" WAGYU="0.5.0 (Internal)" TOPOLOGY RASTER (1 row)
PostGIS_GEOS_Version — Returns the version number of the GEOS library.
text PostGIS_GEOS_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the GEOS library, or NULL
if GEOS support is not enabled.
SELECT PostGIS_GEOS_Version(); postgis_geos_version ---------------------- 3.12.0dev-CAPI-1.18.0 (1 row)
PostGIS_GEOS_Compiled_Version — Returns the version number of the GEOS library against which PostGIS was built.
text PostGIS_GEOS_Compiled_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the GEOS library, or against which PostGIS was built.
Availability: 3.4.0
SELECT PostGIS_GEOS_Compiled_Version(); postgis_geos_compiled_version ------------------------------- 3.12.0 (1 row)
PostGIS_Liblwgeom_Version — Returns the version number of the liblwgeom library. This should match the version of PostGIS.
text PostGIS_Liblwgeom_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the liblwgeom library/
SELECT PostGIS_Liblwgeom_Version(); postgis_liblwgeom_version -------------------------- 3.4.0dev 3.3.0rc2-993-g61bdf43a7 (1 row)
PostGIS_LibXML_Version — Returns the version number of the libxml2 library.
text PostGIS_LibXML_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the LibXML2 library.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
SELECT PostGIS_LibXML_Version(); postgis_libxml_version ---------------------- 2.9.10 (1 row)
PostGIS_LibJSON_Version — Returns the version number of the libjson-c library.
text PostGIS_LibJSON_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the LibJSON-C library.
SELECT PostGIS_LibJSON_Version(); postgis_libjson_version ------------------------- 0.17
PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date — Returns build date of the PostGIS library.
text PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date(
)
;
Returns build date of the PostGIS library.
SELECT PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date(); postgis_lib_build_date ------------------------ 2023-06-22 03:56:11 (1 row)
PostGIS_Lib_Version — Returns the version number of the PostGIS library.
text PostGIS_Lib_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the PostGIS library.
SELECT PostGIS_Lib_Version(); postgis_lib_version --------------------- 3.4.0dev (1 row)
PostGIS_PROJ_Version — Returns the version number of the PROJ4 library.
text PostGIS_PROJ_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the PROJ library and some configuration options of proj.
Enhanced: 3.4.0 now includes NETWORK_ENABLED, URL_ENDPOINT and DATABASE_PATH of proj.db location
SELECT PostGIS_PROJ_Version(); postgis_proj_version ------------------------- 7.2.1 NETWORK_ENABLED=OFF URL_ENDPOINT=https://cdn.proj.org USER_WRITABLE_DIRECTORY=/tmp/proj DATABASE_PATH=/usr/share/proj/proj.db (1 row)
PostGIS_PROJ_Compiled_Version — Returns the version number of the PROJ library against which PostGIS was built.
text PostGIS_PROJ_Compiled_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the PROJ library, or against which PostGIS was built.
Availability: 3.5.0
SELECT PostGIS_PROJ_Compiled_Version(); postgis_proj_compiled_version ------------------------------- 9.1.1 (1 row)
PostGIS_Wagyu_Version — Returns the version number of the internal Wagyu library.
text PostGIS_Wagyu_Version(
)
;
Returns the version number of the internal Wagyu library, or NULL
if Wagyu support is not enabled.
SELECT PostGIS_Wagyu_Version(); postgis_wagyu_version ----------------------- 0.5.0 (Internal) (1 row)
PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date — Returns build date of the PostGIS scripts.
text PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date(
)
;
Returns build date of the PostGIS scripts.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.0.0RC1
SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date(); postgis_scripts_build_date ------------------------- 2023-06-22 03:56:11 (1 row)
PostGIS_Scripts_Installed — Returns version of the PostGIS scripts installed in this database.
text PostGIS_Scripts_Installed(
)
;
Returns version of the PostGIS scripts installed in this database.
If the output of this function doesn't match the output of PostGIS_Scripts_Released you probably missed to properly upgrade an existing database. See the Upgrading section for more info. |
Availability: 0.9.0
SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Installed(); postgis_scripts_installed ------------------------- 3.4.0dev 3.3.0rc2-993-g61bdf43a7 (1 row)
PostGIS_Full_Version, PostGIS_Scripts_Released, PostGIS_Version
PostGIS_Scripts_Released — Returns the version number of the postgis.sql script released with the installed PostGIS lib.
text PostGIS_Scripts_Released(
)
;
Returns the version number of the postgis.sql script released with the installed PostGIS lib.
Starting with version 1.1.0 this function returns the same value of PostGIS_Lib_Version. Kept for backward compatibility. |
Availability: 0.9.0
SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Released(); postgis_scripts_released ------------------------- 3.4.0dev 3.3.0rc2-993-g61bdf43a7 (1 row)
PostGIS_Full_Version, PostGIS_Scripts_Installed, PostGIS_Lib_Version
PostGIS_Version — Returns PostGIS version number and compile-time options.
text PostGIS_Version(
)
;
Returns PostGIS version number and compile-time options.
SELECT PostGIS_Version(); postgis_version --------------------------------------- 3.4 USE_GEOS=1 USE_PROJ=1 USE_STATS=1 (1 row)
This section lists custom PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUC). These can be set globally, by database, by session or by transaction. Best set at global or database level.
For more examples of usage refer to SQL SET and SQL ALTER SYSTEM
postgis.backend — The backend to service a function where GEOS and SFCGAL overlap. Options: geos or sfcgal. Defaults to geos.
This GUC is only relevant if you compiled PostGIS with sfcgal support. By default geos
backend is used for functions where both GEOS and SFCGAL have the same named function. This variable allows you to override and make sfcgal the backend to service the request.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Sets backend just for life of connection
set postgis.backend = sfcgal;
Sets backend for new connections to database
ALTER DATABASE mygisdb SET postgis.backend = sfcgal;
postgis.gdal_datapath — A configuration option to assign the value of GDAL's GDAL_DATA option. If not set, the environmentally set GDAL_DATA variable is used.
A PostgreSQL GUC variable for setting the value of GDAL's GDAL_DATA option. The postgis.gdal_datapath
value should be the complete physical path to GDAL's data files.
This configuration option is of most use for Windows platforms where GDAL's data files path is not hard-coded. This option should also be set when GDAL's data files are not located in GDAL's expected path.
This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Additional information about GDAL_DATA is available at GDAL's Configuration Options. |
Set and reset postgis.gdal_datapath
SET postgis.gdal_datapath TO '/usr/local/share/gdal.hidden'; SET postgis.gdal_datapath TO default;
Setting on windows for a particular database
ALTER DATABASE gisdb SET postgis.gdal_datapath = 'C:/Program Files/PostgreSQL/9.3/gdal-data';
postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers — A configuration option to set the enabled GDAL drivers in the PostGIS environment. Affects the GDAL configuration variable GDAL_SKIP.
A configuration option to set the enabled GDAL drivers in the PostGIS environment. Affects the GDAL configuration variable GDAL_SKIP. This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file: postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction.
The initial value of postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers
may also be set by passing the environment variable POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS
with the list of enabled drivers to the process starting PostgreSQL.
Enabled GDAL specified drivers can be specified by the driver's short-name or code. Driver short-names or codes can be found at GDAL Raster Formats. Multiple drivers can be specified by putting a space between each driver.
There are three special codes available for
When |
In the standard PostGIS installation, |
Additional information about GDAL_SKIP is available at GDAL's Configuration Options. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
To set and reset postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers
for current session
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'ENABLE_ALL'; SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = default;
Set for all new connections to a specific database to specific drivers
ALTER DATABASE mygisdb SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'GTiff PNG JPEG';
Setting for whole database cluster to enable all drivers. Requires super user access. Also note that database, session, and user settings override this.
--writes to postgres.auto.conf ALTER SYSTEM SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'ENABLE_ALL'; --Reloads postgres conf SELECT pg_reload_conf();
ST_FromGDALRaster, ST_AsGDALRaster, ST_AsTIFF, ST_AsPNG, ST_AsJPEG, postgis.enable_outdb_rasters
postgis.enable_outdb_rasters — A boolean configuration option to enable access to out-db raster bands.
A boolean configuration option to enable access to out-db raster bands. This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file: postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction.
The initial value of postgis.enable_outdb_rasters
may also be set by passing the environment variable POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS
with a non-zero value to the process starting PostgreSQL.
Even if |
In the standard PostGIS installation, |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Set and reset postgis.enable_outdb_rasters
for current session
SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters TO True; SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = default; SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = True; SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = False;
Set for all new connections to a specific database
ALTER DATABASE gisdb SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = true;
Setting for whole database cluster. Requires super user access. Also note that database, session, and user settings override this.
--writes to postgres.auto.conf ALTER SYSTEM SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = true; --Reloads postgres conf SELECT pg_reload_conf();
postgis.gdal_vsi_options — A string configuration to set options used when working with an out-db raster.
A string configuration to set options used when working with an out-db raster. Configuration options control things like how much space GDAL allocates to local data cache, whether to read overviews, and what access keys to use for remote out-db data sources.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
Set postgis.gdal_vsi_options
for current session:
SET postgis.gdal_vsi_options = 'AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy';
Set postgis.gdal_vsi_options
just for the current transaction using the LOCAL
keyword:
SET LOCAL postgis.gdal_vsi_options = 'AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy';
These functions are utilities for troubleshooting and repairing geometry data. They are only needed if the geometry data is corrupted in some way, which should never happen under normal circumstances.
PostGIS_AddBBox — Add bounding box to the geometry.
geometry PostGIS_AddBBox(
geometry geomA)
;
Add bounding box to the geometry. This would make bounding box based queries faster, but will increase the size of the geometry.
Bounding boxes are automatically added to geometries so in general this is not needed unless the generated bounding box somehow becomes corrupted or you have an old install that is lacking bounding boxes. Then you need to drop the old and re-add. |
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
UPDATE sometable SET geom = PostGIS_AddBBox(geom) WHERE PostGIS_HasBBox(geom) = false;
PostGIS_DropBBox — Drop the bounding box cache from the geometry.
geometry PostGIS_DropBBox(
geometry geomA)
;
Drop the bounding box cache from the geometry. This reduces geometry size, but makes bounding-box based queries slower. It is also used to drop a corrupt bounding box. A tale-tell sign of a corrupt cached bounding box is when your ST_Intersects and other relation queries leave out geometries that rightfully should return true.
Bounding boxes are automatically added to geometries and improve speed of queries so in general this is not needed unless the generated bounding box somehow becomes corrupted or you have an old install that is lacking bounding boxes. Then you need to drop the old and re-add. This kind of corruption has been observed in 8.3-8.3.6 series whereby cached bboxes were not always recalculated when a geometry changed and upgrading to a newer version without a dump reload will not correct already corrupted boxes. So one can manually correct using below and re-add the bbox or do a dump reload. |
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
--This example drops bounding boxes where the cached box is not correct --The force to ST_AsBinary before applying Box2D forces a recalculation of the box, and Box2D applied to the table geometry always -- returns the cached bounding box. UPDATE sometable SET geom = PostGIS_DropBBox(geom) WHERE Not (Box2D(ST_AsBinary(geom)) = Box2D(geom)); UPDATE sometable SET geom = PostGIS_AddBBox(geom) WHERE Not PostGIS_HasBBOX(geom);
PostGIS_HasBBox — Returns TRUE if the bbox of this geometry is cached, FALSE otherwise.
boolean PostGIS_HasBBox(
geometry geomA)
;
Returns TRUE if the bbox of this geometry is cached, FALSE otherwise. Use PostGIS_AddBBox and PostGIS_DropBBox to control caching.
Questo metodo supporta le Curve e le Circular String.
SELECT geom FROM sometable WHERE PostGIS_HasBBox(geom) = false;
SFCGAL is a C++ wrapper library around CGAL that provides advanced 2D and 3D spatial functions. For robustness, geometry coordinates have an exact rational number representation.
Installation instructions for the library can be found on the SFCGAL home page (http://www.sfcgal.org). To enable the functions use create extension postgis_sfcgal
.
This section lists functions for determining version of SFCGAL and library dependencies you are running.
postgis_sfcgal_version — Returns the version of SFCGAL in use
text postgis_sfcgal_version(
void)
;
Returns the version of SFCGAL in use
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
postgis_sfcgal_full_version — Returns the full version of SFCGAL in use including CGAL and Boost versions
text postgis_sfcgal_full_version(
void)
;
Returns the full version of SFCGAL in use including CGAL and Boost versions
Availability: 3.3.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
These functions access or set properties of geometries. Geometries primarily supported by these functions are TINS and Polyhedral Surfaces.
CG_ForceLHR — Forza l'orientazione di tipo LHR
geometry CG_ForceLHR(
geometry geom)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_IsPlanar — Verifica se una superficie è planare o meno.
boolean CG_IsPlanar(
geometry geom)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_IsSolid — Test if the geometry is a solid. No validity check is performed.
boolean CG_IsSolid(
geometry geom1)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_MakeSolid — Cast the geometry into a solid. No check is performed. To obtain a valid solid, the input geometry must be a closed Polyhedral Surface or a closed TIN.
geometry CG_MakeSolid(
geometry geom1)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_Orientation — Determina l'orientazione di una superficie.
integer CG_Orientation(
geometry geom)
;
The function only applies to polygons. It returns -1 if the polygon is counterclockwise oriented and 1 if the polygon is clockwise oriented.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
CG_Area — Calculates the area of a geometry
double precision CG_Area(
geometry geom )
;
Calculates the area of a geometry.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a double precision value representing the area. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT CG_Area('Polygon ((0 0, 0 5, 5 5, 5 0, 0 0), (1 1, 2 1, 2 2, 1 2, 1 1), (3 3, 4 3, 4 4, 3 4, 3 3))'); cg_area -------- 25 (1 row)
CG_3DArea — Computes area of 3D surface geometries. Will return 0 for solids.
floatCG_3DArea(
geometry geom1)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 8.1, 10.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Note: By default a PolyhedralSurface built from WKT is a surface geometry, not solid. It therefore has surface area. Once converted to a solid, no area.
SELECT CG_3DArea(geom) As cube_surface_area, CG_3DArea(CG_MakeSolid(geom)) As solid_surface_area FROM (SELECT 'POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'::geometry) As f(geom); cube_surface_area | solid_surface_area -------------------+-------------------- 6 | 0
CG_Volume — Computes the volume of a 3D solid. If applied to surface (even closed) geometries will return 0.
float CG_Volume(
geometry geom1)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 9.1 (same as CG_3DVolume)
When closed surfaces are created with WKT, they are treated as areal rather than solid. To make them solid, you need to use CG_MakeSolid. Areal geometries have no volume. Here is an example to demonstrate.
SELECT CG_Volume(geom) As cube_surface_vol, CG_Volume(CG_MakeSolid(geom)) As solid_surface_vol FROM (SELECT 'POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'::geometry) As f(geom); cube_surface_vol | solid_surface_vol ------------------+------------------- 0 | 1
ST_ForceLHR — Forza l'orientazione di tipo LHR
geometry ST_ForceLHR(
geometry geom)
;
ST_ForceLHR is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_ForceLHR instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
ST_IsPlanar — Verifica se una superficie è planare o meno.
boolean ST_IsPlanar(
geometry geom)
;
ST_IsPlanar is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_IsPlanar instead. |
Availability: 2.2.0: This was documented in 2.1.0 but got accidentally left out in 2.1 release.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
ST_IsSolid — Test if the geometry is a solid. No validity check is performed.
boolean ST_IsSolid(
geometry geom1)
;
ST_IsSolid is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_IsSolid instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
ST_MakeSolid — Cast the geometry into a solid. No check is performed. To obtain a valid solid, the input geometry must be a closed Polyhedral Surface or a closed TIN.
geometry ST_MakeSolid(
geometry geom1)
;
ST_MakeSolid is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_MakeSolid instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
ST_Orientation — Determina l'orientazione di una superficie.
integer ST_Orientation(
geometry geom)
;
ST_Orientation is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_Orientation instead. |
The function only applies to polygons. It returns -1 if the polygon is counterclockwise oriented and 1 if the polygon is clockwise oriented.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
ST_3DArea — Computes area of 3D surface geometries. Will return 0 for solids.
floatST_3DArea(
geometry geom1)
;
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 8.1, 10.5
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Note: By default a PolyhedralSurface built from WKT is a surface geometry, not solid. It therefore has surface area. Once converted to a solid, no area.
SELECT ST_3DArea(geom) As cube_surface_area, ST_3DArea(ST_MakeSolid(geom)) As solid_surface_area FROM (SELECT 'POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'::geometry) As f(geom); cube_surface_area | solid_surface_area -------------------+-------------------- 6 | 0
ST_Volume — Computes the volume of a 3D solid. If applied to surface (even closed) geometries will return 0.
float ST_Volume(
geometry geom1)
;
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 9.1 (same as ST_3DVolume)
When closed surfaces are created with WKT, they are treated as areal rather than solid. To make them solid, you need to use ST_MakeSolid. Areal geometries have no volume. Here is an example to demonstrate.
SELECT ST_Volume(geom) As cube_surface_vol, ST_Volume(ST_MakeSolid(geom)) As solid_surface_vol FROM (SELECT 'POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'::geometry) As f(geom); cube_surface_vol | solid_surface_vol ------------------+------------------- 0 | 1
CG_Intersection — Computes the intersection of two geometries
geometry CG_Intersection(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Computes the intersection of two geometries.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a geometry representing the intersection. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Intersection('LINESTRING(0 0, 5 5)', 'LINESTRING(5 0, 0 5)')); cg_intersection ----------------- POINT(2.5 2.5) (1 row)
CG_Intersects — Tests if two geometries intersect (they have at least one point in common)
boolean CG_Intersects(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Returns true
if two geometries intersect. Geometries intersect if they have any point in common.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_Intersects('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 2 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); cg_intersects --------------- f (1 row) SELECT CG_Intersects('POINT(0 0)'::geometry, 'LINESTRING ( 0 0, 0 2 )'::geometry); cg_intersects --------------- t (1 row)
CG_3DIntersects, ST_3DIntersects, ST_Intersects, ST_Disjoint
CG_3DIntersects — Tests if two 3D geometries intersect
boolean CG_3DIntersects(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Tests if two 3D geometries intersect. 3D geometries intersect if they have any point in common in the three-dimensional space.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_3DIntersects('POINT(1.2 0.1 0)','POLYHEDRALSURFACE(((0 0 0,0.5 0.5 0,1 0 0,1 1 0,0 1 0,0 0 0)),((1 0 0,2 0 0,2 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0),(1.2 0.2 0,1.2 0.8 0,1.8 0.8 0,1.8 0.2 0,1.2 0.2 0)))'); cg_3dintersects --------------- t (1 row)
CG_Difference — Computes the geometric difference between two geometries
geometry CG_Difference(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Computes the geometric difference between two geometries. The resulting geometry is a set of points that are present in geomA but not in geomB.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a geometry. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Difference('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 1 0, 0 0))'::geometry, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 2 2)'::geometry)); cg_difference --------------- POLYGON((0 0,1 0,1 1,0 1,0 0)) (1 row)
ST_3DDifference — Perform 3D difference
geometry ST_3DDifference(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
ST_3DDifference is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_3DDifference instead. |
Returns that part of geom1 that is not part of geom2.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_3DDifference — Perform 3D difference
geometry CG_3DDifference(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
Returns that part of geom1 that is not part of geom2.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
3D images were generated using PostGIS ST_AsX3D and rendering in HTML using X3Dom HTML Javascript rendering library.
SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2;
|
SELECT CG_3DDifference(geom1,geom2) FROM ( SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2 ) As t;
|
CG_Distance — Computes the minimum distance between two geometries
double precision CG_Distance(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Computes the minimum distance between two geometries.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a double precision value representing the distance. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_Distance('LINESTRING(0.0 0.0,-1.0 -1.0)', 'LINESTRING(3.0 4.0,4.0 5.0)'); cg_distance ------------- 2.0 (1 row)
CG_3DDistance — Computes the minimum 3D distance between two geometries
double precision CG_3DDistance(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Computes the minimum 3D distance between two geometries.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a double precision value representing the 3D distance. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_3DDistance('LINESTRING(-1.0 0.0 2.0,1.0 0.0 3.0)', 'TRIANGLE((-4.0 0.0 1.0,4.0 0.0 1.0,0.0 4.0 1.0,-4.0 0.0 1.0))'); cg_3ddistance ---------------- 1 (1 row)
ST_3DConvexHull — Computes the 3D convex hull of a geometry.
geometry ST_3DConvexHull(
geometry geom1)
;
ST_3DConvexHull is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_3DConvexHull instead. |
Availability: 3.3.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_3DConvexHull — Computes the 3D convex hull of a geometry.
geometry CG_3DConvexHull(
geometry geom1)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_3DConvexHull('LINESTRING Z(0 0 5, 1 5 3, 5 7 6, 9 5 3 , 5 7 5, 6 3 5)'::geometry));
POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z (((1 5 3,9 5 3,0 0 5,1 5 3)),((1 5 3,0 0 5,5 7 6,1 5 3)),((5 7 6,5 7 5,1 5 3,5 7 6)),((0 0 5,6 3 5,5 7 6,0 0 5)),((6 3 5,9 5 3,5 7 6,6 3 5)),((0 0 5,9 5 3,6 3 5,0 0 5)),((9 5 3,5 7 5,5 7 6,9 5 3)),((1 5 3,5 7 5,9 5 3,1 5 3)))
WITH f AS (SELECT i, CG_Extrude(geom, 0,0, i ) AS geom FROM ST_Subdivide(ST_Letters('CH'),5) WITH ORDINALITY AS sd(geom,i) ) SELECT CG_3DConvexHull(ST_Collect(f.geom) ) FROM f;
ST_3DIntersection — Perform 3D intersection
geometry ST_3DIntersection(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
ST_3DIntersection is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_3DIntersection instead. |
Return a geometry that is the shared portion between geom1 and geom2.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_3DIntersection — Perform 3D intersection
geometry CG_3DIntersection(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
Return a geometry that is the shared portion between geom1 and geom2.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
3D images were generated using PostGIS ST_AsX3D and rendering in HTML using X3Dom HTML Javascript rendering library.
SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2;
|
SELECT CG_3DIntersection(geom1,geom2) FROM ( SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2 ) As t;
|
3D linestrings and polygons
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_3DIntersection(linestring, polygon)) As wkt FROM ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING Z (2 2 6,1.5 1.5 7,1 1 8,0.5 0.5 8,0 0 10)') AS linestring CROSS JOIN ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0 8, 0 1 8, 1 1 8, 1 0 8, 0 0 8))') AS polygon; wkt -------------------------------- LINESTRING Z (1 1 8,0.5 0.5 8)
Cube (closed Polyhedral Surface) and Polygon Z
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_3DIntersection( ST_GeomFromText('POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'), 'POLYGON Z ((0 0 0, 0 0 0.5, 0 0.5 0.5, 0 0.5 0, 0 0 0))'::geometry))
TIN Z (((0 0 0,0 0 0.5,0 0.5 0.5,0 0 0)),((0 0.5 0,0 0 0,0 0.5 0.5,0 0.5 0)))
Intersection of 2 solids that result in volumetric intersection is also a solid (ST_Dimension returns 3)
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_3DIntersection( CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer('POINT(10 20)'::geometry,10,1),0,0,30), CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer('POINT(10 20)'::geometry,10,1),2,0,10) ));
POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z (((13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,20 20 0,20 20 10,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10)), ((20 20 10,16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,20 20 10)), ((20 20 0,16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10,20 20 10,20 20 0)), ((13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,10 10 0,20 20 0,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10)), ((16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10,12 28 10,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10)), ((20 20 0,9.99999999999995 30 0,16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10,20 20 0)), ((10 10 0,9.99999999999995 30 0,20 20 0,10 10 0)),((13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,12 12 10,10 10 0,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10)), ((12 28 10,12 12 10,13.3333333333333 13.3333333333333 10,12 28 10)), ((16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10,9.99999999999995 30 0,12 28 10,16.6666666666667 23.3333333333333 10)), ((10 10 0,0 20 0,9.99999999999995 30 0,10 10 0)), ((12 12 10,11 11 10,10 10 0,12 12 10)),((12 28 10,11 11 10,12 12 10,12 28 10)), ((9.99999999999995 30 0,11 29 10,12 28 10,9.99999999999995 30 0)),((0 20 0,2 20 10,9.99999999999995 30 0,0 20 0)), ((10 10 0,2 20 10,0 20 0,10 10 0)),((11 11 10,2 20 10,10 10 0,11 11 10)),((12 28 10,11 29 10,11 11 10,12 28 10)), ((9.99999999999995 30 0,2 20 10,11 29 10,9.99999999999995 30 0)),((11 11 10,11 29 10,2 20 10,11 11 10)))
CG_Union — Computes the union of two geometries
geometry CG_Union(
geometry geomA , geometry geomB )
;
Computes the union of two geometries.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a geometry representing the union. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT CG_Union('POINT(.5 0)', 'LINESTRING(-1 0,1 0)'); cg_union ----------- LINESTRING(-1 0,0.5 0,1 0) (1 row)
ST_3DUnion — Perform 3D union.
geometry ST_3DUnion(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
geometry ST_3DUnion(
geometry set g1field)
;
ST_3DUnion is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_3DUnion instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Availability: 3.3.0 aggregate variant was added
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Aggregate variant: returns a geometry that is the 3D union of a rowset of geometries. The ST_3DUnion() function is an "aggregate" function in the terminology of PostgreSQL. That means that it operates on rows of data, in the same way the SUM() and AVG() functions do and like most aggregates, it also ignores NULL geometries.
CG_3DUnion — Perform 3D union using postgis_sfcgal.
geometry CG_3DUnion(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
geometry CG_3DUnion(
geometry set g1field)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM IEC 13249-3: 5.1
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
Aggregate variant: returns a geometry that is the 3D union of a rowset of geometries. The CG_3DUnion() function is an "aggregate" function in the terminology of PostgreSQL. That means that it operates on rows of data, in the same way the SUM() and AVG() functions do and like most aggregates, it also ignores NULL geometries.
3D images were generated using PostGIS ST_AsX3D and rendering in HTML using X3Dom HTML Javascript rendering library.
SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2;
|
SELECT CG_3DUnion(geom1,geom2) FROM ( SELECT CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30) AS geom1, CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(80 80)'), 50, 'quad_segs=1'),0,0,30) AS geom2 ) As t;
|
ST_AlphaShape — Computes an Alpha-shape enclosing a geometry
geometry ST_AlphaShape(
geometry geom, float alpha, boolean allow_holes = false)
;
ST_AlphaShape is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_AlphaShape instead. |
Computes the Alpha-Shape of the points in a geometry. An alpha-shape is a (usually) concave polygonal geometry which contains all the vertices of the input, and whose vertices are a subset of the input vertices. An alpha-shape provides a closer fit to the shape of the input than the shape produced by the convex hull.
CG_AlphaShape — Computes an Alpha-shape enclosing a geometry
geometry CG_AlphaShape(
geometry geom, float alpha, boolean allow_holes = false)
;
Computes the Alpha-Shape of the points in a geometry. An alpha-shape is a (usually) concave polygonal geometry which contains all the vertices of the input, and whose vertices are a subset of the input vertices. An alpha-shape provides a closer fit to the shape of the input than the shape produced by the convex hull.
The "closeness of fit" is controlled by the alpha
parameter, which can have values from 0 to infinity. Smaller alpha values produce more concave results. Alpha values greater than some data-dependent value produce the convex hull of the input.
Following the CGAL implementation, the alpha value is the square of the radius of the disc used in the Alpha-Shape algorithm to "erode" the Delaunay Triangulation of the input points. See CGAL Alpha-Shapes for more information. This is different from the original definition of alpha-shapes, which defines alpha as the radius of the eroding disc. |
The computed shape does not contain holes unless the optional allow_holes
argument is specified as true.
This function effectively computes a concave hull of a geometry in a similar way to ST_ConcaveHull, but uses CGAL and a different algorithm.
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.4.1.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_AlphaShape('MULTIPOINT((63 84),(76 88),(68 73),(53 18),(91 50),(81 70), (88 29),(24 82),(32 51),(37 23),(27 54),(84 19),(75 87),(44 42),(77 67),(90 30),(36 61),(32 65), (81 47),(88 58),(68 73),(49 95),(81 60),(87 50), (78 16),(79 21),(30 22),(78 43),(26 85),(48 34),(35 35),(36 40),(31 79),(83 29),(27 84),(52 98),(72 95),(85 71), (75 84),(75 77),(81 29),(77 73),(41 42),(83 72),(23 36),(89 53),(27 57),(57 97),(27 77),(39 88),(60 81), (80 72),(54 32),(55 26),(62 22),(70 20),(76 27),(84 35),(87 42),(82 54),(83 64),(69 86),(60 90),(50 86),(43 80),(36 73), (36 68),(40 75),(24 67),(23 60),(26 44),(28 33),(40 32),(43 19),(65 16),(73 16),(38 46),(31 59),(34 86),(45 90),(64 97))'::geometry,80.2));
POLYGON((89 53,91 50,87 42,90 30,88 29,84 19,78 16,73 16,65 16,53 18,43 19, 37 23,30 22,28 33,23 36,26 44,27 54,23 60,24 67,27 77, 24 82,26 85,34 86,39 88,45 90,49 95,52 98,57 97, 64 97,72 95,76 88,75 84,83 72,85 71,88 58,89 53))
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_AlphaShape('MULTIPOINT((63 84),(76 88),(68 73),(53 18),(91 50),(81 70),(88 29),(24 82),(32 51),(37 23),(27 54),(84 19),(75 87),(44 42),(77 67),(90 30),(36 61),(32 65),(81 47),(88 58),(68 73),(49 95),(81 60),(87 50), (78 16),(79 21),(30 22),(78 43),(26 85),(48 34),(35 35),(36 40),(31 79),(83 29),(27 84),(52 98),(72 95),(85 71), (75 84),(75 77),(81 29),(77 73),(41 42),(83 72),(23 36),(89 53),(27 57),(57 97),(27 77),(39 88),(60 81), (80 72),(54 32),(55 26),(62 22),(70 20),(76 27),(84 35),(87 42),(82 54),(83 64),(69 86),(60 90),(50 86),(43 80),(36 73), (36 68),(40 75),(24 67),(23 60),(26 44),(28 33),(40 32),(43 19),(65 16),(73 16),(38 46),(31 59),(34 86),(45 90),(64 97))'::geometry, 100.1,true))
POLYGON((89 53,91 50,87 42,90 30,84 19,78 16,73 16,65 16,53 18,43 19,30 22,28 33,23 36, 26 44,27 54,23 60,24 67,27 77,24 82,26 85,34 86,39 88,45 90,49 95,52 98,57 97,64 97,72 95, 76 88,75 84,83 72,85 71,88 58,89 53),(36 61,36 68,40 75,43 80,60 81,68 73,77 67, 81 60,82 54,81 47,78 43,76 27,62 22,54 32,44 42,38 46,36 61))
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_AlphaShape( 'MULTIPOINT ((132 64), (114 64), (99 64), (81 64), (63 64), (57 49), (52 36), (46 20), (37 20), (26 20), (32 36), (39 55), (43 69), (50 84), (57 100), (63 118), (68 133), (74 149), (81 164), (88 180), (101 180), (112 180), (119 164), (126 149), (132 131), (139 113), (143 100), (150 84), (157 69), (163 51), (168 36), (174 20), (163 20), (150 20), (143 36), (139 49), (132 64), (99 151), (92 138), (88 124), (81 109), (74 93), (70 82), (83 82), (99 82), (112 82), (126 82), (121 96), (114 109), (110 122), (103 138), (99 151), (34 27), (43 31), (48 44), (46 58), (52 73), (63 73), (61 84), (72 71), (90 69), (101 76), (123 71), (141 62), (166 27), (150 33), (159 36), (146 44), (154 53), (152 62), (146 73), (134 76), (143 82), (141 91), (130 98), (126 104), (132 113), (128 127), (117 122), (112 133), (119 144), (108 147), (119 153), (110 171), (103 164), (92 171), (86 160), (88 142), (79 140), (72 124), (83 131), (79 118), (68 113), (63 102), (68 93), (35 45))'::geometry,102.2, true));
POLYGON((26 20,32 36,35 45,39 55,43 69,50 84,57 100,63 118,68 133,74 149,81 164,88 180, 101 180,112 180,119 164,126 149,132 131,139 113,143 100,150 84,157 69,163 51,168 36, 174 20,163 20,150 20,143 36,139 49,132 64,114 64,99 64,90 69,81 64,63 64,57 49,52 36,46 20,37 20,26 20), (74 93,81 109,88 124,92 138,103 138,110 122,114 109,121 96,112 82,99 82,83 82,74 93))
CG_ApproxConvexPartition — Computes approximal convex partition of the polygon geometry
geometry CG_ApproxConvexPartition(
geometry geom)
;
Computes approximal convex partition of the polygon geometry (using a triangulation).
A partition of a polygon P is a set of polygons such that the interiors of the polygons do not intersect and the union of the polygons is equal to the interior of the original polygon P. CG_ApproxConvexPartition and CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition functions produce approximately optimal convex partitions. Both these functions produce convex decompositions by first decomposing the polygon into simpler polygons; CG_ApproxConvexPartition uses a triangulation and CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition a monotone partition. These two functions both guarantee that they will produce no more than four times the optimal number of convex pieces but they differ in their runtime complexities. Though the triangulation-based approximation algorithm often results in fewer convex pieces, this is not always the case. |
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_ApproxConvexPartition('POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,107 61,32 159,0 45,41 86,45 1,177 2,67 24,109 31,170 60,180 110,156 150))'::geometry));
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,156 150)),POLYGON((32 159,0 45,41 86,32 159)),POLYGON((107 61,32 159,41 86,107 61)),POLYGON((45 1,177 2,67 24,45 1)),POLYGON((41 86,45 1,67 24,41 86)),POLYGON((107 61,41 86,67 24,109 31,107 61)),POLYGON((148 120,107 61,109 31,170 60,148 120)),POLYGON((156 150,148 120,170 60,180 110,156 150)))
ST_ApproximateMedialAxis — Compute the approximate medial axis of an areal geometry.
geometry ST_ApproximateMedialAxis(
geometry geom)
;
ST_ApproximateMedialAxis is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_ApproximateMedialAxis instead. |
Return an approximate medial axis for the areal input based on its straight skeleton. Uses an SFCGAL specific API when built against a capable version (1.2.0+). Otherwise the function is just a wrapper around CG_StraightSkeleton (slower case).
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_ApproximateMedialAxis — Compute the approximate medial axis of an areal geometry.
geometry CG_ApproximateMedialAxis(
geometry geom)
;
Return an approximate medial axis for the areal input based on its straight skeleton. Uses an SFCGAL specific API when built against a capable version (1.2.0+). Otherwise the function is just a wrapper around CG_StraightSkeleton (slower case).
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_ApproximateMedialAxis(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON (( 190 190, 10 190, 10 10, 190 10, 190 20, 160 30, 60 30, 60 130, 190 140, 190 190 ))'));
ST_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles — Return a constrained Delaunay triangulation around the given input geometry.
geometry ST_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles(
geometry g1)
;
ST_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles instead. |
Return a Constrained Delaunay triangulation around the vertices of the input geometry. Output is a TIN.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
CG_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles — Return a constrained Delaunay triangulation around the given input geometry.
geometry CG_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles(
geometry g1)
;
Return a Constrained Delaunay triangulation around the vertices of the input geometry. Output is a TIN.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
select CG_ConstrainedDelaunayTriangles( ST_Union( 'POLYGON((175 150, 20 40, 50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'::geometry, ST_Buffer('POINT(110 170)'::geometry, 20) ) );
|
select ST_DelaunayTriangles( ST_Union( 'POLYGON((175 150, 20 40, 50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'::geometry, ST_Buffer('POINT(110 170)'::geometry, 20) ) );
|
ST_DelaunayTriangles, ST_TriangulatePolygon, CG_Tesselate, ST_ConcaveHull, ST_Dump
ST_Extrude — Estrude una superficie a volume
geometry ST_Extrude(
geometry geom, float x, float y, float z)
;
ST_Extrude is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_Extrude instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_Extrude — Estrude una superficie a volume
geometry CG_Extrude(
geometry geom, float x, float y, float z)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
3D images were generated using PostGIS ST_AsX3D and rendering in HTML using X3Dom HTML Javascript rendering library.
SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30);
|
CG_Extrude(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50, 'quad_segs=2'),0,0,30);
|
SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50, 100 90, 95 150)')
|
SELECT CG_Extrude( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50, 100 90, 95 150)'),0,0,10));
|
CG_ExtrudeStraightSkeleton — Straight Skeleton Extrusion
geometry CG_ExtrudeStraightSkeleton(
geometry geom, float roof_height, float body_height = 0)
;
Computes an extrusion with a maximal height of the polygon geometry.
Perhaps the first (historically) use-case of straight skeletons: given a polygonal roof, the straight skeleton directly gives the layout of each tent. If each skeleton edge is lifted from the plane a height equal to its offset distance, the resulting roof is "correct" in that water will always fall down to the contour edges (the roof's border), regardless of where it falls on the roof. The function computes this extrusion aka "roof" on a polygon. If the argument body_height > 0, so the polygon is extruded like with CG_Extrude(polygon, 0, 0, body_height). The result is an union of these polyhedralsurfaces. |
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_ExtrudeStraightSkeleton('POLYGON (( 0 0, 5 0, 5 5, 4 5, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0 ), (1 1, 1 2,2 2, 2 1, 1 1))', 3.0, 2.0));
POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z (((0 0 0,0 4 0,4 4 0,4 5 0,5 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0)),((0 0 0,0 0 2,0 4 2,0 4 0,0 0 0)),((0 4 0,0 4 2,4 4 2,4 4 0,0 4 0)),((4 4 0,4 4 2,4 5 2,4 5 0,4 4 0)),((4 5 0,4 5 2,5 5 2,5 5 0,4 5 0)),((5 5 0,5 5 2,5 0 2,5 0 0,5 5 0)),((5 0 0,5 0 2,0 0 2,0 0 0,5 0 0)),((1 1 0,1 1 2,2 1 2,2 1 0,1 1 0)),((2 1 0,2 1 2,2 2 2,2 2 0,2 1 0)),((2 2 0,2 2 2,1 2 2,1 2 0,2 2 0)),((1 2 0,1 2 2,1 1 2,1 1 0,1 2 0)),((4 5 2,5 5 2,4 4 2,4 5 2)),((2 1 2,5 0 2,0 0 2,2 1 2)),((5 5 2,5 0 2,4 4 2,5 5 2)),((2 1 2,0 0 2,1 1 2,2 1 2)),((1 2 2,1 1 2,0 0 2,1 2 2)),((0 4 2,2 2 2,1 2 2,0 4 2)),((0 4 2,1 2 2,0 0 2,0 4 2)),((4 4 2,5 0 2,2 2 2,4 4 2)),((4 4 2,2 2 2,0 4 2,4 4 2)),((2 2 2,5 0 2,2 1 2,2 2 2)),((0.5 2.5 2.5,0 0 2,0.5 0.5 2.5,0.5 2.5 2.5)),((1 3 3,0 4 2,0.5 2.5 2.5,1 3 3)),((0.5 2.5 2.5,0 4 2,0 0 2,0.5 2.5 2.5)),((2.5 0.5 2.5,5 0 2,3.5 1.5 3.5,2.5 0.5 2.5)),((0 0 2,5 0 2,2.5 0.5 2.5,0 0 2)),((0.5 0.5 2.5,0 0 2,2.5 0.5 2.5,0.5 0.5 2.5)),((4.5 3.5 2.5,5 5 2,4.5 4.5 2.5,4.5 3.5 2.5)),((3.5 2.5 3.5,3.5 1.5 3.5,4.5 3.5 2.5,3.5 2.5 3.5)),((4.5 3.5 2.5,5 0 2,5 5 2,4.5 3.5 2.5)),((3.5 1.5 3.5,5 0 2,4.5 3.5 2.5,3.5 1.5 3.5)),((5 5 2,4 5 2,4.5 4.5 2.5,5 5 2)),((4.5 4.5 2.5,4 4 2,4.5 3.5 2.5,4.5 4.5 2.5)),((4.5 4.5 2.5,4 5 2,4 4 2,4.5 4.5 2.5)),((3 3 3,0 4 2,1 3 3,3 3 3)),((3.5 2.5 3.5,4.5 3.5 2.5,3 3 3,3.5 2.5 3.5)),((3 3 3,4 4 2,0 4 2,3 3 3)),((4.5 3.5 2.5,4 4 2,3 3 3,4.5 3.5 2.5)),((2 1 2,1 1 2,0.5 0.5 2.5,2 1 2)),((2.5 0.5 2.5,2 1 2,0.5 0.5 2.5,2.5 0.5 2.5)),((1 1 2,1 2 2,0.5 2.5 2.5,1 1 2)),((0.5 0.5 2.5,1 1 2,0.5 2.5 2.5,0.5 0.5 2.5)),((1 3 3,2 2 2,3 3 3,1 3 3)),((0.5 2.5 2.5,1 2 2,1 3 3,0.5 2.5 2.5)),((1 3 3,1 2 2,2 2 2,1 3 3)),((2 2 2,2 1 2,2.5 0.5 2.5,2 2 2)),((3.5 2.5 3.5,3 3 3,3.5 1.5 3.5,3.5 2.5 3.5)),((3.5 1.5 3.5,2 2 2,2.5 0.5 2.5,3.5 1.5 3.5)),((3 3 3,2 2 2,3.5 1.5 3.5,3 3 3)))
CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition — Computes approximal convex partition of the polygon geometry
geometry CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition(
geometry geom)
;
Computes approximal monotone convex partition of the polygon geometry.
A partition of a polygon P is a set of polygons such that the interiors of the polygons do not intersect and the union of the polygons is equal to the interior of the original polygon P. CG_ApproxConvexPartition and CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition functions produce approximately optimal convex partitions. Both these functions produce convex decompositions by first decomposing the polygon into simpler polygons; CG_ApproxConvexPartition uses a triangulation and CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition a monotone partition. These two functions both guarantee that they will produce no more than four times the optimal number of convex pieces but they differ in their runtime complexities. Though the triangulation-based approximation algorithm often results in fewer convex pieces, this is not always the case. |
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_GreeneApproxConvexPartition('POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,107 61,32 159,0 45,41 86,45 1,177 2,67 24,109 31,170 60,180 110,156 150))'::geometry));
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((32 159,0 45,41 86,32 159)),POLYGON((45 1,177 2,67 24,45 1)),POLYGON((67 24,109 31,170 60,107 61,67 24)),POLYGON((41 86,45 1,67 24,41 86)),POLYGON((107 61,32 159,41 86,67 24,107 61)),POLYGON((148 120,107 61,170 60,148 120)),POLYGON((148 120,170 60,180 110,156 150,148 120)),POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,156 150)))
ST_MinkowskiSum — Performs Minkowski sum
geometry ST_MinkowskiSum(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
ST_MinkowskiSum is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_MinkowskiSum instead. |
This function performs a 2D minkowski sum of a point, line or polygon with a polygon.
A minkowski sum of two geometries A and B is the set of all points that are the sum of any point in A and B. Minkowski sums are often used in motion planning and computer-aided design. More details on Wikipedia Minkowski addition.
The first parameter can be any 2D geometry (point, linestring, polygon). If a 3D geometry is passed, it will be converted to 2D by forcing Z to 0, leading to possible cases of invalidity. The second parameter must be a 2D polygon.
Implementation utilizes CGAL 2D Minkowskisum.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
CG_MinkowskiSum — Performs Minkowski sum
geometry CG_MinkowskiSum(
geometry geom1, geometry geom2)
;
This function performs a 2D minkowski sum of a point, line or polygon with a polygon.
A minkowski sum of two geometries A and B is the set of all points that are the sum of any point in A and B. Minkowski sums are often used in motion planning and computer-aided design. More details on Wikipedia Minkowski addition.
The first parameter can be any 2D geometry (point, linestring, polygon). If a 3D geometry is passed, it will be converted to 2D by forcing Z to 0, leading to possible cases of invalidity. The second parameter must be a 2D polygon.
Implementation utilizes CGAL 2D Minkowskisum.
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Minkowski Sum of Linestring and circle polygon where Linestring cuts thru the circle
|
|
SELECT CG_MinkowskiSum(line, circle)) FROM (SELECT ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(10, 10),ST_Point(100, 100)) As line, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(50 50)'), 30) As circle) As foo; -- wkt -- MULTIPOLYGON(((30 59.9999999999999,30.5764415879031 54.1472903395161,32.2836140246614 48.5194970290472,35.0559116309237 43.3328930094119,38.7867965644036 38.7867965644035,43.332893009412 35.0559116309236,48.5194970290474 32.2836140246614,54.1472903395162 30.5764415879031,60.0000000000001 30,65.8527096604839 30.5764415879031,71.4805029709527 32.2836140246614,76.6671069905881 35.0559116309237,81.2132034355964 38.7867965644036,171.213203435596 128.786796564404,174.944088369076 133.332893009412,177.716385975339 138.519497029047,179.423558412097 144.147290339516,180 150,179.423558412097 155.852709660484,177.716385975339 161.480502970953,174.944088369076 166.667106990588,171.213203435596 171.213203435596,166.667106990588 174.944088369076, 161.480502970953 177.716385975339,155.852709660484 179.423558412097,150 180,144.147290339516 179.423558412097,138.519497029047 177.716385975339,133.332893009412 174.944088369076,128.786796564403 171.213203435596,38.7867965644035 81.2132034355963,35.0559116309236 76.667106990588,32.2836140246614 71.4805029709526,30.5764415879031 65.8527096604838,30 59.9999999999999)))
Minkowski Sum of a polygon and multipoint
|
|
SELECT CG_MinkowskiSum(mp, poly) FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(25 50,70 25)'::geometry As mp, 'POLYGON((130 150, 20 40, 50 60, 125 100, 130 150))'::geometry As poly ) As foo -- wkt -- MULTIPOLYGON( ((70 115,100 135,175 175,225 225,70 115)), ((120 65,150 85,225 125,275 175,120 65)) )
ST_OptimalAlphaShape — Computes an Alpha-shape enclosing a geometry using an "optimal" alpha value.
geometry ST_OptimalAlphaShape(
geometry geom, boolean allow_holes = false, integer nb_components = 1)
;
ST_OptimalAlphaShape is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_OptimalAlphaShape instead. |
Computes the "optimal" alpha-shape of the points in a geometry. The alpha-shape is computed using a value of α chosen so that:
the number of polygon elements is equal to or smaller than nb_components
(which defaults to 1)
all input points are contained in the shape
The result will not contain holes unless the optional allow_holes
argument is specified as true.
Availability: 3.3.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.4.1.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
CG_OptimalAlphaShape — Computes an Alpha-shape enclosing a geometry using an "optimal" alpha value.
geometry CG_OptimalAlphaShape(
geometry geom, boolean allow_holes = false, integer nb_components = 1)
;
Computes the "optimal" alpha-shape of the points in a geometry. The alpha-shape is computed using a value of α chosen so that:
the number of polygon elements is equal to or smaller than nb_components
(which defaults to 1)
all input points are contained in the shape
The result will not contain holes unless the optional allow_holes
argument is specified as true.
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.4.1.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_OptimalAlphaShape('MULTIPOINT((63 84),(76 88),(68 73),(53 18),(91 50),(81 70), (88 29),(24 82),(32 51),(37 23),(27 54),(84 19),(75 87),(44 42),(77 67),(90 30),(36 61),(32 65), (81 47),(88 58),(68 73),(49 95),(81 60),(87 50), (78 16),(79 21),(30 22),(78 43),(26 85),(48 34),(35 35),(36 40),(31 79),(83 29),(27 84),(52 98),(72 95),(85 71), (75 84),(75 77),(81 29),(77 73),(41 42),(83 72),(23 36),(89 53),(27 57),(57 97),(27 77),(39 88),(60 81), (80 72),(54 32),(55 26),(62 22),(70 20),(76 27),(84 35),(87 42),(82 54),(83 64),(69 86),(60 90),(50 86),(43 80),(36 73), (36 68),(40 75),(24 67),(23 60),(26 44),(28 33),(40 32),(43 19),(65 16),(73 16),(38 46),(31 59),(34 86),(45 90),(64 97))'::geometry));
POLYGON((89 53,91 50,87 42,90 30,88 29,84 19,78 16,73 16,65 16,53 18,43 19,37 23,30 22,28 33,23 36, 26 44,27 54,23 60,24 67,27 77,24 82,26 85,34 86,39 88,45 90,49 95,52 98,57 97,64 97,72 95,76 88,75 84,75 77,83 72,85 71,83 64,88 58,89 53))
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_OptimalAlphaShape('MULTIPOINT((63 84),(76 88),(68 73),(53 18),(91 50),(81 70),(88 29),(24 82),(32 51),(37 23),(27 54),(84 19),(75 87),(44 42),(77 67),(90 30),(36 61),(32 65),(81 47),(88 58),(68 73),(49 95),(81 60),(87 50), (78 16),(79 21),(30 22),(78 43),(26 85),(48 34),(35 35),(36 40),(31 79),(83 29),(27 84),(52 98),(72 95),(85 71), (75 84),(75 77),(81 29),(77 73),(41 42),(83 72),(23 36),(89 53),(27 57),(57 97),(27 77),(39 88),(60 81), (80 72),(54 32),(55 26),(62 22),(70 20),(76 27),(84 35),(87 42),(82 54),(83 64),(69 86),(60 90),(50 86),(43 80),(36 73), (36 68),(40 75),(24 67),(23 60),(26 44),(28 33),(40 32),(43 19),(65 16),(73 16),(38 46),(31 59),(34 86),(45 90),(64 97))'::geometry, allow_holes => true));
POLYGON((89 53,91 50,87 42,90 30,88 29,84 19,78 16,73 16,65 16,53 18,43 19,37 23,30 22,28 33,23 36,26 44,27 54,23 60,24 67,27 77,24 82,26 85,34 86,39 88,45 90,49 95,52 98,57 97,64 97,72 95,76 88,75 84,75 77,83 72,85 71,83 64,88 58,89 53),(36 61,36 68,40 75,43 80,50 86,60 81,68 73,77 67,81 60,82 54,81 47,78 43,81 29,76 27,70 20,62 22,55 26,54 32,48 34,44 42,38 46,36 61))
CG_OptimalConvexPartition — Computes an optimal convex partition of the polygon geometry
geometry CG_OptimalConvexPartition(
geometry geom)
;
Computes an optimal convex partition of the polygon geometry.
A partition of a polygon P is a set of polygons such that the interiors of the polygons do not intersect and the union of the polygons is equal to the interior of the original polygon P. CG_OptimalConvexPartition produces a partition that is optimal in the number of pieces. |
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_OptimalConvexPartition('POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,107 61,32 159,0 45,41 86,45 1,177 2,67 24,109 31,170 60,180 110,156 150))'::geometry));
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,156 150)),POLYGON((32 159,0 45,41 86,32 159)),POLYGON((45 1,177 2,67 24,45 1)),POLYGON((41 86,45 1,67 24,41 86)),POLYGON((107 61,32 159,41 86,67 24,109 31,107 61)),POLYGON((148 120,107 61,109 31,170 60,180 110,148 120)),POLYGON((156 150,148 120,180 110,156 150)))
CG_StraightSkeleton — Compute a straight skeleton from a geometry
geometry CG_StraightSkeleton(
geometry geom, boolean use_distance_as_m = false)
;
Availability: 3.5.0
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.3.8 for option use_distance_as_m
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_StraightSkeleton(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON (( 190 190, 10 190, 10 10, 190 10, 190 20, 160 30, 60 30, 60 130, 190 140, 190 190 ))'));
ST_AsText(CG_StraightSkeleton('POLYGON((0 0,1 0,1 1,0 1,0 0))', true);
MULTILINESTRING M ((0 0 0,0.5 0.5 0.5),(1 0 0,0.5 0.5 0.5),(1 1 0,0.5 0.5 0.5),(0 1 0,0.5 0.5 0.5))
ST_StraightSkeleton — Compute a straight skeleton from a geometry
geometry ST_StraightSkeleton(
geometry geom)
;
ST_StraightSkeleton is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_StraightSkeleton instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_StraightSkeleton(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON (( 190 190, 10 190, 10 10, 190 10, 190 20, 160 30, 60 30, 60 130, 190 140, 190 190 ))'));
ST_Tesselate — Perform surface Tessellation of a polygon or polyhedralsurface and returns as a TIN or collection of TINS
geometry ST_Tesselate(
geometry geom)
;
ST_Tesselate is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use CG_Tesselate instead. |
Takes as input a surface such a MULTI(POLYGON) or POLYHEDRALSURFACE and returns a TIN representation via the process of tessellation using triangles.
ST_TriangulatePolygon does similar to this function except that it returns a geometry collection of polygons instead of a TIN and also only works with 2D geometries. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
CG_Tesselate — Perform surface Tessellation of a polygon or polyhedralsurface and returns as a TIN or collection of TINS
geometry CG_Tesselate(
geometry geom)
;
Takes as input a surface such a MULTI(POLYGON) or POLYHEDRALSURFACE and returns a TIN representation via the process of tessellation using triangles.
ST_TriangulatePolygon does similar to this function except that it returns a geometry collection of polygons instead of a TIN and also only works with 2D geometries. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )');
|
SELECT CG_Tesselate(ST_GeomFromText('POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')); ST_AsText output: TIN Z (((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 0 0)),((0 1 0,0 0 0,0 1 1,0 1 0)), ((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,0 0 0)), ((1 0 0,0 0 0,1 1 0,1 0 0)),((0 0 1,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1)), ((0 0 1,0 0 0,1 0 0,0 0 1)), ((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 1 0)),((1 0 0,1 1 0,1 0 1,1 0 0)), ((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,0 1 0)),((1 1 0,0 1 0,1 1 1,1 1 0)), ((0 1 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1)),((0 1 1,0 0 1,1 0 1,0 1 1)))
|
SELECT 'POLYGON (( 10 190, 10 70, 80 70, 80 130, 50 160, 120 160, 120 190, 10 190 ))'::geometry;
|
SELECT CG_Tesselate('POLYGON (( 10 190, 10 70, 80 70, 80 130, 50 160, 120 160, 120 190, 10 190 ))'::geometry);
ST_AsText output TIN(((80 130,50 160,80 70,80 130)),((50 160,10 190,10 70,50 160)), ((80 70,50 160,10 70,80 70)),((120 160,120 190,50 160,120 160)), ((120 190,10 190,50 160,120 190))) |
CG_Triangulate — Triangulates a polygonal geometry
geometry CG_Triangulate(
geometry geom )
;
Triangulates a polygonal geometry.
Performed by the SFCGAL module
NOTE: this function returns a geometry representing the triangulated result. |
Availability: 3.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT CG_Triangulate('POLYGON((0.0 0.0,1.0 0.0,1.0 1.0,0.0 1.0,0.0 0.0),(0.2 0.2,0.2 0.8,0.8 0.8,0.8 0.2,0.2 0.2))'); cg_triangulate ---------------- TIN(((0.8 0.2,0.2 0.2,1 0,0.8 0.2)),((0.2 0.2,0 0,1 0,0.2 0.2)),((1 1,0.8 0.8,0.8 0.2,1 1)),((0 1,0 0,0.2 0.2,0 1)),((0 1,0.2 0.8,1 1,0 1)),((0 1,0.2 0.2,0.2 0.8,0 1)),((0.2 0.8,0.8 0.8,1 1,0.2 0.8)),((0.2 0.8,0.2 0.2,0.8 0.2,0.2 0.8)),((1 1,0.8 0.2,1 0,1 1)),((0.8 0.8,0.2 0.8,0.8 0.2,0.8 0.8))) (1 row)
CG_Visibility — Compute a visibility polygon from a point or a segment in a polygon geometry
geometry CG_Visibility(
geometry polygon, geometry point)
;
geometry CG_Visibility(
geometry polygon, geometry pointA, geometry pointB)
;
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT CG_Visibility('POLYGON((23.5 23.5,23.5 173.5,173.5 173.5,173.5 23.5,23.5 23.5),(108 98,108 36,156 37,155 99,108 98),(107 157.5,107 106.5,135 107.5,133 127.5,143.5 127.5,143.5 108.5,153.5 109.5,151.5 166,107 157.5),(41 95.5,41 35,100.5 36,98.5 68,78.5 68,77.5 96.5,41 95.5),(39 150,40 104,97.5 106.5,95.5 152,39 150))'::geometry, 'POINT(91 87)'::geometry);
SELECT CG_Visibility('POLYGON((23.5 23.5,23.5 173.5,173.5 173.5,173.5 23.5,23.5 23.5),(108 98,108 36,156 37,155 99,108 98),(107 157.5,107 106.5,135 107.5,133 127.5,143.5 127.5,143.5 108.5,153.5 109.5,151.5 166,107 157.5),(41 95.5,41 35,100.5 36,98.5 68,78.5 68,77.5 96.5,41 95.5),(39 150,40 104,97.5 106.5,95.5 152,39 150))'::geometry,'POINT(78.5 68)'::geometry, 'POINT(98.5 68)'::geometry);
CG_YMonotonePartition — Computes y-monotone partition of the polygon geometry
geometry CG_YMonotonePartition(
geometry geom)
;
Computes y-monotone partition of the polygon geometry.
A partition of a polygon P is a set of polygons such that the interiors of the polygons do not intersect and the union of the polygons is equal to the interior of the original polygon P. A y-monotone polygon is a polygon whose vertices v1,…,vn can be divided into two chains v1,…,vk and vk,…,vn,v1, such that any horizontal line intersects either chain at most once. This algorithm does not guarantee a bound on the number of polygons produced with respect to the optimal number. |
Availability: 3.5.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0.
Requires SFCGAL >= 1.5.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_YMonotonePartition('POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,107 61,32 159,0 45,41 86,45 1,177 2,67 24,109 31,170 60,180 110,156 150))'::geometry));
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((32 159,0 45,41 86,32 159)),POLYGON((107 61,32 159,41 86,45 1,177 2,67 24,109 31,170 60,107 61)),POLYGON((156 150,83 181,89 131,148 120,107 61,170 60,180 110,156 150)))
CG_StraightSkeletonPartition — Computes the straight skeleton partition of a polygon.
geometry CG_StraightSkeletonPartition(
geometry geom, boolean auto_orientation)
;
Computes the straight skeleton partition of the input polygon geometry geom
. The straight skeleton is a partitioning of the polygon into faces formed by tracing the collapse of its edges. If auto_orientation
is set to true, the function will automatically adjust the orientation of the input polygon to ensure correct results.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0.
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_StraightSkeletonPartition('POLYGON((0 0, 4 0, 2 2, 0 0))', true)); -- Result: MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0,2 0.83,2 2)),((4 0,2 0.83,0 0)),((2 2,2 0.83,4 0)))
CG_Buffer3D — Computes a 3D buffer around a geometry.
geometry CG_Buffer3D(
geometry geom, float8 radius, integer segments, integer buffer_type)
;
Generates a 3D buffer around the input geometry geom
with a specified radius
. The buffer is constructed in 3D space, creating a volumetric representation of the geometry's surroundings. The segments
parameter defines the number of segments used to approximate the curved sections of the buffer. The buffer_type
specifies the type of buffer to create: 0: Rounded buffer (default) 1: Flat buffer 2: Square buffer
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Questa funzione supporta le Polyhedral Surface.
Questa funzione supporta i Triangoli e le Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Buffer3D('POINT(0 0 0)', 1, 8, 0)); -- Result: POLYHEDRALSURFACE Z (((0 0 1, 0.5 -0.5 0.71, 0 -0.71 0.71, 0 0 1)), ... )
The following images were rendered pasting the output of the ST_AsX3D query into X3D Viewer.
SELECT string_agg('<Shape >' || ST_AsX3D(cgbuffer3d_output) || '<Appearance> <Material diffuseColor="0 0.8 0.2" specularColor="0 1 0"/> </Appearance> </Shape >', '');
SELECT CG_Buffer3D(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50,32,0);
|
SELECT CG_Buffer3D( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100 90)'), 50,5,0);
|
SELECT CG_Buffer3D( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10,32,0);
|
SELECT CG_Buffer3D( ST_GeomFromText( 'LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)' ), 10,32,2);
|
CG_Rotate — Rotates a geometry by a given angle around the origin (0,0).
geometry CG_Rotate(
geometry geom, float8 angle)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around the origin point (0,0). The rotation is performed in 2D space; Z coordinates are not modified. Positive angles rotate the geometry counter-clockwise.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Rotate('LINESTRING(1 0, 0 1)', pi()/2)); -- Result: LINESTRING(0 1, -1 0)
CG_Rotate2D — Rotates a geometry by a given angle around a specified point in 2D.
geometry CG_Rotate2D(
geometry geom, float8 angle, float8 cx, float8 cy)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around the point (cx
, cy
). The rotation is performed in 2D space; Z coordinates are dropped. Positive angles rotate the geometry counter-clockwise.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Rotate2D('POINT(1 0)', pi()/2, 1, 1)); -- Result: POINT(2 1)
CG_Rotate3D — Rotates a geometry in 3D space around an axis vector.
geometry CG_Rotate3D(
geometry geom, float8 angle, float8 ax, float8 ay, float8 az)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around an axis defined by the vector (ax
, ay
, az
) passing through the origin (0,0,0).
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Rotate3D('POINT(1 0 0)', pi()/2, 0, 0, 1)); -- Result: POINT(0 1 0)
CG_RotateX — Rotates a geometry around the X-axis by a given angle.
geometry CG_RotateX(
geometry geom, float8 angle)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around the X-axis.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_RotateX('POINT(0 1 0)', pi()/2)); -- Result: POINT(0 0 1)
CG_RotateY — Rotates a geometry around the Y-axis by a given angle.
geometry CG_RotateY(
geometry geom, float8 angle)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around the Y-axis passing.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_RotateY('POINT(1 0 0)', pi()/2)); -- Result: POINT(0 0 -1)
CG_RotateZ — Rotates a geometry around the Z-axis by a given angle.
geometry CG_RotateZ(
geometry geom, float8 angle)
;
Rotates the input geometry geom
by angle
radians around the Z-axis.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_RotateZ('POINT(1 0 0)', pi()/2)); -- Result: POINT(0 1 0)
CG_Scale — Scales a geometry uniformly in all dimensions by a given factor.
geometry CG_Scale(
geometry geom, float8 factor)
;
Scales the input geometry geom
by a uniform scale factor
in all dimensions (X, Y, and Z). The scaling is performed relative to the origin point (0,0,0).
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Scale('LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2)', 2)); -- Result: LINESTRING(2 2, 4 4)
CG_Scale3D — Scales a geometry by separate factors along X, Y, and Z axes.
geometry CG_Scale3D(
geometry geom, float8 factorX, float8 factorY, float8 factorZ)
;
Scales the input geometry geom
by different factors along the X, Y, and Z axes. The scaling is performed relative to the origin point (0,0,0).
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Scale3D('POINT(1 1 1)', 2, 3, 4)); -- Result: POINT(2 3 4)
CG_Scale3DAroundCenter — Scales a geometry in 3D space around a specified center point.
geometry CG_Scale3DAroundCenter(
geometry geom, float8 factorX, float8 factorY, float8 factorZ, float8 centerX, float8 centerY, float8 centerZ)
;
Scales the input geometry geom
by different factors along the X, Y, and Z axes, relative to a specified center point (centerX
, centerY
, centerZ
).
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Scale3DAroundCenter('POINT(2 2 2)', 0.5, 0.5, 0.5, 1, 1, 1)); -- Result: POINT(1.5 1.5 1.5)
CG_Translate2D — Translates (moves) a geometry by given offsets in 2D space.
geometry CG_Translate2D(
geometry geom, float8 deltaX, float8 deltaY)
;
Translates the input geometry geom
by adding deltaX
to the X coordinates and deltaY
to the Y coordinates. Z coordinates are dropped.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Translate2D('LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2)', 1, -1)); -- Result: LINESTRING(2 0, 3 1)
CG_Translate3D — Translates (moves) a geometry by given offsets in 3D space.
geometry CG_Translate3D(
geometry geom, float8 deltaX, float8 deltaY, float8 deltaZ)
;
Translates the input geometry geom
by adding deltaX
to the X coordinates, deltaY
to the Y coordinates, and deltaZ
to the Z coordinates.
Availability: 3.6.0 - requires SFCGAL >= 2.0.0
Questo metodo richiede il backend SFCGAL.
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
SELECT ST_AsText(CG_Translate3D('POINT(1 1 1)', 1, -1, 2)); -- Result: POINT(2 0 3)
I tipi e le funzioni della Topologia PostGIS si usano per gestire oggetti topologici quali facce, bordi e nodi.
La presentazione di Sandro Santilli alla conferenza PostGIS Day Paris 2011 fornisce una buona introduzione alla Topologia PostGIS Topology with PostGIS 2.0 slide deck.
Vincent Picavet provides a good synopsis and overview of what is Topology, how is it used, and various FOSS4G tools that support it in PostGIS Topology PGConf EU 2012.
Un esempio di database GIS topologico è il database del US Census Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing System (TIGER). Se vuoi sperimentare con la topologia PostGIS ed hai bisogno di dati, vedi Topology_Load_Tiger.
Il modulo topologico era presente in versioni precedenti di PostGIS ma non era mai stato parte della documentazione ufficiale. A partire da PostGIS 2.0.0 è in corso una ripulitura generale per rimuovere le funzioni deprecate, risolvere noti problemi di usabilità, migliorare la documentazione delle funzioni, aggiungere funzioni e aumentare la conformità con gli standard SQL-MM.
Dettagli del progetto si possono trovare sul PostGIS Topology Wiki
Tutte le funzioni e le tabelle associate con questo modulo sono installate in uno schema chiamato topology
.
Le funzioni definite dallo standard SQL/MM hanno il prefisso ST_ e le funzioni specifiche di PostGIS sono senza prefisso.
Il supporto topologico è incluso di default a partire da PostGIS 2.0, a può essere disabilitato passando l'opzione --without-topology all'invocazione dello script configure al momento della compilazione, come descritto in Chapter 2, Installazione PostGIS
Questa sezione contiene una lista dei tipi di dato PostgreSQL installati dalla Topologia PostGIS. Nota che sono descritti i comportamenti di conversione di questi tipi di dato, informazione molto importante nel progettazione di funzioni proprie.
ValidateTopology
.getfaceedges_returntype — Un tipo di dato composto che consiste in un numero sequenziale e un identificativo di edge.
Un tipo di dato composto che consisten in un numero sequenziale ed un identificativo di edge. Questo è il tipo di dato restituito dalle funzioni ST_GetFaceEdges
e GetNodeEdges
.
sequence
è un intero: si riferisce ad una topologia definita nella tabella topology.topology, che definisce lo schema e lo srid per la topologia.
edge
è un intero: l'identificativo di un bordo.
TopoGeometry — Un tipo di dato composto che rappresenta una geometria definita topologicamente.
Un tipo di dato composto che si riferisce ad una geometria topologica in uno specifico layer topologico, avente uno specifico tipo e identificativo. Gli elementi di una TopoGeometry sono le proprietà: topology_id, layer_id, id integer, type integer.
topology_id
è un numero intero: si riferisce ad una topologia registrata nella tabella topology.topology, dove sono definiti lo schema e lo SRID della topologia.
layer_id
è un numero intero: il layer_id nella tabella dei layer a cui la TopoGeometry appartiene. La combinazione di topology_id e layer_id forniscono un riferimento unico nella tabella topology.layers.
id
è un numero intero: L'identificativo è un numero sequenziale autogenerato che identifica in maniera univoca una TopoGeometry nel rispettivo layer topologico.
type
intero tra 1 e 4 che defnisce il tipo di geometria: 1:[multi]point, 2:[multi]line, 3:[multi]poly, 4:collection
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
geometry | automatico |
validatetopology_returntype — Un tipo di dato composto che consiste in un messaggio di errore e due identificativi (id1 e id2) che denotano la locazione spaziale dell'errore. Questo è il tipo di dato ritornato da ValidateTopology
.
Un tipo di dato composto che consiste in un messaggio di errore e due numeri interi. La funzione ValidateTopology restituisce un insieme di valori di questo tipo per indicare errori di validazione topologica. I due numeri interi id1 e id2 denotano gli identificativi degli oggetti topologici coinvolti nell'errore.
errore
è di tipo varchar: descrive il tipo di errore.
Gli errori descritti sono: coincident nodes, edge crosses node, edge not simple, edge end node geometry mismatch, edge start node geometry mismatch, face overlaps face,face within face,
id1
è un numero intero: Denota l'identificativo di edge / face / nodes nell'errore.
id2
è un numero intero: Per errori che coinvolgono 2 oggetti denota l'identificativo del secondo edge / face / nodes
Questa sezione contiene una lista dei domini PostgreSQL installati dalla Topologia PostGIS. I domini possono essere usati come tipo di dato per gli oggetti ritornati da alcune funzioni o utilizzati come colonne di tabelle. La distinzione tra un dominio e un tipo è che un dominio è un tipo esistente con dei vincoli di controllo associati.
TopoElement — Una array di due interi generalmente usata per identificare una componente di una TopoGeometry.
Una array di due interi usata per rapresentare una componente di una TopoGeometry semplice o gerarchica.
Nel caso di una TopoGeometry semplice il primo elemento dell'array rappresenta l'identificativo della primitiva topologica ed il secondo elemento rappresenta il suo tipo (1:node, 2:edge, 3:face). Nel caso di una TopoGeometry gerarchica il primo elemento dell'array rappresenta l'identificativo di una TopoGeometry figlia e il secondo elemento rappresenta l'identificativo del rispettivo layer.
Per ogni TopoGeometry gerarchica tutti gli elementi TopoGeometry figli verranno dallo stesso layer figlio, come specificato nel record della tabella topology.layer relativo al layer della TopoGeometry definita. |
SELECT te[1] AS id, te[2] AS type FROM ( SELECT ARRAY[1,2]::topology.topoelement AS te ) f; id | type ----+------ 1 | 2
SELECT ARRAY[1,2]::topology.topoelement; te ------- {1,2}
--Example of what happens when you try to case a 3 element array to topoelement -- NOTE: topoement has to be a 2 element array so fails dimension check SELECT ARRAY[1,2,3]::topology.topoelement; ERROR: value for domain topology.topoelement violates check constraint "dimensions"
TopoElementArray — Un'array di oggetti di tipo TopoElement.
Un'array di 1 o più oggetti di tipo TopoElement, generalmente usata per trasferire i componenti di oggetti di tipo TopoGeometry.
SELECT '{{1,2},{4,3}}'::topology.topoelementarray As tea; tea ------- {{1,2},{4,3}} -- more verbose equivalent -- SELECT ARRAY[ARRAY[1,2], ARRAY[4,3]]::topology.topoelementarray As tea; tea ------- {{1,2},{4,3}} --using the array agg function packaged with topology -- SELECT topology.TopoElementArray_Agg(ARRAY[e,t]) As tea FROM generate_series(1,4) As e CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) As t; tea -------------------------------------------------------------------------- {{1,1},{1,2},{1,3},{2,1},{2,2},{2,3},{3,1},{3,2},{3,3},{4,1},{4,2},{4,3}}
SELECT '{{1,2,4},{3,4,5}}'::topology.topoelementarray As tea; ERROR: value for domain topology.topoelementarray violates check constraint "dimensions"
Questa sezione fornisce una lista delle funzioni topologiche usate per costruire nuovi schemi topologici, validare le topologie e gestire le colonne di tipo TopoGeometry
table_name
in schema schema_name
and unregisters the columns from topology.layer table.AddTopoGeometryColumn — Aggiunge una colonna di tipo TopoGeometry ad una tabella esistente, registra la nuova colonna come layer nella tabella topology.layer e restituisce il nuovo layer_id.
integer AddTopoGeometryColumn(
varchar topology_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, varchar feature_type)
;
integer AddTopoGeometryColumn(
varchar topology_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, varchar feature_type, integer child_layer)
;
Ogni oggetto di tipo TopoGeometry appartiene ad uno specifico Layer di una specifica Topologia. Prima di creare un oggetto TopoGeometry devi creare il suo TopologyLayer. Un layer topologico è una associazione tra una tabella di features e la topologia che viene usata per rappresentarle. Contiene anche informazioni di tipo e di gerarchia. Creiamo un layer usando la funzione AddTopoGeometryColumn():
Questa funzione aggiunge la colonna richiesta alla tabella e aggiunge un record nella tabella topology.layer con le informazioni fornite.
Se non specifichi [child_layer] (o lo valorizzi come NULL) questo layer conterrà delle TopoGeometry semplici (composte da elementi topologici primitivi). Altrimenti questo layer conterrà TopoGeometry gerarchiche (composte da TopoGeometry del child_layer).
Una volte che il layer è creato (il suo identificativo è restituito dalla funzione AddTopoGeometryColumn) sei pronto a costruire degli oggetti TopoGeometry appartenenti a tale layer
Valid feature_type
s are: POINT, MULTIPOINT, LINE, MULTILINE, POLYGON, MULTIPOLYGON, COLLECTION
Availability: 1.1
-- Note for this example we created our new table in the ma_topo schema -- though we could have created it in a different schema -- in which case topology_name and schema_name would be different CREATE SCHEMA ma; CREATE TABLE ma.parcels(gid serial, parcel_id varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY, address text); SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn('ma_topo', 'ma', 'parcels', 'topo', 'POLYGON');
CREATE SCHEMA ri; CREATE TABLE ri.roads(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, road_name text); SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn('ri_topo', 'ri', 'roads', 'topo', 'LINE');
DropTopoGeometryColumn, toTopoGeom, CreateTopology, CreateTopoGeom
RenameTopoGeometryColumn — Renames a topogeometry column
topology.layer RenameTopoGeometryColumn(
regclass layer_table, name feature_column, name new_name)
;
This function changes the name of an existing TopoGeometry column ensuring metadata information about it is updated accordingly.
Availability: 3.4.0
SELECT topology.RenameTopoGeometryColumn('public.parcels', 'topogeom', 'tgeom');
DropTopology — Usare con cautela: cancella uno schema topologico e cancella i riferimenti ad esso dalla tabella topology.topology e dalla vista geometry_columns.
integer DropTopology(
varchar topology_schema_name)
;
Cancella uno schema topologico e i riferimenti ad esso dalla tabella topology.topology e dalla vista geometry_columns. Questa funzione dovrebbe essere USATA CON CAUTELA perché potrebbe distruggere dati importanti. Se lo schema non esiste, la funzione rimuoverà solamente i riferimenti dalle tabelle di metadati.
Availability: 1.1
Rimuove a cascata lo schema ma_topo e tutti i riferimenti ad esso da topology.topology e geometry_columns.
SELECT topology.DropTopology('ma_topo');
RenameTopology — Renames a topology
varchar RenameTopology(
varchar old_name, varchar new_name)
;
Renames a topology schema, updating its metadata record in the topology.topology
table.
Availability: 3.4.0
Rename a topology from topo_stage
to topo_prod
.
SELECT topology.RenameTopology('topo_stage', 'topo_prod');
DropTopoGeometryColumn — Drops the topogeometry column from the table named table_name
in schema schema_name
and unregisters the columns from topology.layer table.
text DropTopoGeometryColumn(
varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name)
;
Drops the topogeometry column from the table named table_name
in schema schema_name
and unregisters the columns from topology.layer table. Returns summary of drop status. NOTE: it first sets all values to NULL before dropping to bypass referential integrity checks.
Availability: 1.1
SELECT topology.DropTopoGeometryColumn('ma_topo', 'parcel_topo', 'topo');
Populate_Topology_Layer — Adds missing entries to topology.layer table by reading metadata from topo tables.
setof record Populate_Topology_Layer(
)
;
Adds missing entries to the topology.layer
table by inspecting topology constraints on tables. This function is useful for fixing up entries in topology catalog after restores of schemas with topo data.
It returns the list of entries created. Returned columns are schema_name
, table_name
, feature_column
.
Availability: 2.3.0
SELECT CreateTopology('strk_topo'); CREATE SCHEMA strk; CREATE TABLE strk.parcels(gid serial, parcel_id varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY, address text); SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn('strk_topo', 'strk', 'parcels', 'topo', 'POLYGON'); -- this will return no records because this feature is already registered SELECT * FROM topology.Populate_Topology_Layer(); -- let's rebuild TRUNCATE TABLE topology.layer; SELECT * FROM topology.Populate_Topology_Layer(); SELECT topology_id,layer_id, schema_name As sn, table_name As tn, feature_column As fc FROM topology.layer;
schema_name | table_name | feature_column -------------+------------+---------------- strk | parcels | topo (1 row) topology_id | layer_id | sn | tn | fc -------------+----------+------+---------+------ 2 | 2 | strk | parcels | topo (1 row)
TopologySummary — Takes a topology name and provides summary totals of types of objects in topology.
text TopologySummary(
varchar topology_schema_name)
;
Takes a topology name and provides summary totals of types of objects in topology.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT topology.topologysummary('city_data'); topologysummary -------------------------------------------------------- Topology city_data (329), SRID 4326, precision: 0 22 nodes, 24 edges, 10 faces, 29 topogeoms in 5 layers Layer 1, type Polygonal (3), 9 topogeoms Deploy: features.land_parcels.feature Layer 2, type Puntal (1), 8 topogeoms Deploy: features.traffic_signs.feature Layer 3, type Lineal (2), 8 topogeoms Deploy: features.city_streets.feature Layer 4, type Polygonal (3), 3 topogeoms Hierarchy level 1, child layer 1 Deploy: features.big_parcels.feature Layer 5, type Puntal (1), 1 topogeoms Hierarchy level 1, child layer 2 Deploy: features.big_signs.feature
ValidateTopology — Returns a set of validatetopology_returntype objects detailing issues with topology.
setof validatetopology_returntype ValidateTopology(
varchar toponame, geometry bbox)
;
Returns a set of validatetopology_returntype objects detailing issues with topology, optionally limiting the check to the area specified by the bbox
parameter.
List of possible errors, what they mean and what the returned ids represent are displayed below:
Errore | id1 | id2 | Meaning |
---|---|---|---|
coincident nodes | Identifier of first node. | Identifier of second node. | Two nodes have the same geometry. |
edge crosses node | Identifier of the edge. | Identifier of the node. | An edge has a node in its interior. See ST_Relate. |
invalid edge | Identifier of the edge. | An edge geometry is invalid. See ST_IsValid. | |
edge not simple | Identifier of the edge. | An edge geometry has self-intersections. See ST_IsSimple. | |
edge crosses edge | Identifier of first edge. | Identifier of second edge. | Two edges have an interior intersection. See ST_Relate. |
edge start node geometry mismatch | Identifier of the edge. | Identifier of the indicated start node. | The geometry of the node indicated as the starting node for an edge does not match the first point of the edge geometry. See ST_StartPoint. |
edge end node geometry mismatch | Identifier of the edge. | Identifier of the indicated end node. | The geometry of the node indicated as the ending node for an edge does not match the last point of the edge geometry. See ST_EndPoint. |
face without edges | Identifier of the orphaned face. | No edge reports an existing face on either of its sides (left_face, right_face). | |
face has no rings | Identifier of the partially-defined face. | Edges reporting a face on their sides do not form a ring. | |
face has wrong mbr | Identifier of the face with wrong mbr cache. | Minimum bounding rectangle of a face does not match minimum bounding box of the collection of edges reporting the face on their sides. | |
hole not in advertised face | Signed identifier of an edge, identifying the ring. See GetRingEdges. | A ring of edges reporting a face on its exterior is contained in different face. | |
not-isolated node has not- containing_face | Identifier of the ill-defined node. | A node which is reported as being on the boundary of one or more edges is indicating a containing face. | |
isolated node has containing_face | Identifier of the ill-defined node. | A node which is not reported as being on the boundary of any edges is lacking the indication of a containing face. | |
isolated node has wrong containing_face | Identifier of the misrepresented node. | A node which is not reported as being on the boundary of any edges indicates a containing face which is not the actual face containing it. See GetFaceContainingPoint. | |
invalid next_right_edge | Identifier of the misrepresented edge. | Signed id of the edge which should be indicated as the next right edge. | The edge indicated as the next edge encountered walking on the right side of an edge is wrong. |
invalid next_left_edge | Identifier of the misrepresented edge. | Signed id of the edge which should be indicated as the next left edge. | The edge indicated as the next edge encountered walking on the left side of an edge is wrong. |
mixed face labeling in ring | Signed identifier of an edge, identifying the ring. See GetRingEdges. | Edges in a ring indicate conflicting faces on the walking side. This is also known as a "Side Location Conflict". | |
non-closed ring | Signed identifier of an edge, identifying the ring. See GetRingEdges. | A ring of edges formed by following next_left_edge/next_right_edge attributes starts and ends on different nodes. | |
face has multiple shells | Identifier of the contended face. | Signed identifier of an edge, identifying the ring. See GetRingEdges. | More than a one ring of edges indicate the same face on its interior. |
Availability: 1.0.0
Enhanced: 2.0.0 more efficient edge crossing detection and fixes for false positives that were existent in prior versions.
Changed: 2.2.0 values for id1 and id2 were swapped for 'edge crosses node' to be consistent with error description.
Changed: 3.2.0 added optional bbox parameter, perform face labeling and edge linking checks.
SELECT * FROM topology.ValidateTopology('ma_topo'); error | id1 | id2 -------------------+-----+----- face without edges | 1 |
ValidateTopologyRelation — Returns info about invalid topology relation records
setof record ValidateTopologyRelation(
varchar toponame)
;
Returns a set records giving information about invalidities in the relation table of the topology.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
FindTopology — Returns a topology record by different means.
topology FindTopology(
TopoGeometry topogeom)
;
topology FindTopology(
regclass layerTable, name layerColumn)
;
topology FindTopology(
name layerSchema, name layerTable, name layerColumn)
;
topology FindTopology(
text topoName)
;
topology FindTopology(
int id)
;
Takes a topology identifier or the identifier of a topology-related object and returns a topology.topology record.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
SELECT name(findTopology('features.land_parcels', 'feature')); name ----------- city_data (1 row)
FindLayer — Returns a topology.layer record by different means.
topology.layer FindLayer(
TopoGeometry tg)
;
topology.layer FindLayer(
regclass layer_table, name feature_column)
;
topology.layer FindLayer(
name schema_name, name table_name, name feature_column)
;
topology.layer FindLayer(
integer topology_id, integer layer_id)
;
Takes a layer identifier or the identifier of a topology-related object and returns a topology.layer record.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
SELECT layer_id(findLayer('features.land_parcels', 'feature')); layer_id ---------- 1 (1 row)
This section discusses management of database statistics during topology building.
Adding elements to a topology triggers many database queries for finding existing edges that will be split, adding nodes and updating edges that will node with the new linework. For this reason it is useful that statistics about the data in the topology tables are up-to-date.
PostGIS Topology population and editing functions do not automatically update the statistics because a updating stats after each and every change in a topology would be overkill, so it is the caller's duty to take care of that.
That the statistics updated by autovacuum will NOT be visible to transactions which started before autovacuum process completed, so long-running transactions will need to run ANALYZE themselves, to use updated statistics. |
This section covers the topology functions for creating new topologies.
CreateTopology — Creates a new topology schema and registers it in the topology.topology table.
integer CreateTopology(
varchar topology_schema_name)
;
integer CreateTopology(
varchar topology_schema_name, integer srid)
;
integer CreateTopology(
varchar topology_schema_name, integer srid, double precision prec)
;
integer CreateTopology(
varchar topology_schema_name, integer srid, double precision prec, boolean hasz)
;
Creates a new topology schema with name topology_name
and registers it in the topology.topology
table. Topologies must be uniquely named. The topology tables (edge_data
, face
, node
,and relation
are created in the schema. It returns the id of the topology.
The srid
is the spatial reference system SRID for the topology.
The tolerance prec
is measured in the units of the spatial reference system. The tolerance defaults to 0.
hasz
defaults to false if not specified.
This is similar to the SQL/MM ST_InitTopoGeo but has more functionality.
Availability: 1.1
Enhanced: 2.0 added the signature accepting hasZ
Create a topology schema called ma_topo
that stores edges and nodes in Massachusetts State Plane-meters (SRID = 26986). The tolerance represents 0.5 meters since the spatial reference system is meter-based.
SELECT topology.CreateTopology('ma_topo', 26986, 0.5);
Create a topology for Rhode Island called ri_topo
in spatial reference system State Plane-feet (SRID = 3438)
SELECT topology.CreateTopology('ri_topo', 3438) AS topoid; topoid ------ 2
CopyTopology — Makes a copy of a topology (nodes, edges, faces, layers and TopoGeometries) into a new schema
integer CopyTopology(
varchar existing_topology_name, varchar new_name)
;
Creates a new topology with name new_name
, with SRID and precision copied from existing_topology_name
The nodes, edges and faces in existing_topology_name
are copied into the new topology, as well as Layers and their associated TopoGeometries.
The new rows in the |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Make a backup of a topology called ma_topo
.
SELECT topology.CopyTopology('ma_topo', 'ma_topo_backup');
Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”, CreateTopology, RenameTopology
ST_InitTopoGeo — Creates a new topology schema and registers it in the topology.topology table.
text ST_InitTopoGeo(
varchar topology_schema_name)
;
This is the SQL-MM equivalent of CreateTopology. It lacks options for spatial reference system and tolerance. it returns a text description of the topology creation, instead of the topology id.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3 Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.17
SELECT topology.ST_InitTopoGeo('topo_schema_to_create') AS topocreation; astopocreation ------------------------------------------------------------ Topology-Geometry 'topo_schema_to_create' (id:7) created.
ST_CreateTopoGeo — Adds a collection of geometries to a given empty topology and returns a message detailing success.
text ST_CreateTopoGeo(
varchar atopology, geometry acollection)
;
Adds a collection of geometries to a given empty topology and returns a message detailing success.
Useful for populating an empty topology.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details -- X.3.18
-- Populate topology -- SELECT topology.ST_CreateTopoGeo('ri_topo', ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((384744 236928,384750 236923,384769 236911,384799 236895,384811 236890,384833 236884, 384844 236882,384866 236881,384879 236883,384954 236898,385087 236932,385117 236938, 385167 236938,385203 236941,385224 236946,385233 236950,385241 236956,385254 236971, 385260 236979,385268 236999,385273 237018,385273 237037,385271 237047,385267 237057, 385225 237125,385210 237144,385192 237161,385167 237192,385162 237202,385159 237214, 385159 237227,385162 237241,385166 237256,385196 237324,385209 237345,385234 237375, 385237 237383,385238 237399,385236 237407,385227 237419,385213 237430,385193 237439, 385174 237451,385170 237455,385169 237460,385171 237475,385181 237503,385190 237521, 385200 237533,385206 237538,385213 237541,385221 237542,385235 237540,385242 237541, 385249 237544,385260 237555,385270 237570,385289 237584,385292 237589,385291 237596,385284 237630))',3438) ); st_createtopogeo ---------------------------- Topology ri_topo populated -- create tables and topo geometries -- CREATE TABLE ri.roads(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, road_name text); SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn('ri_topo', 'ri', 'roads', 'topo', 'LINE');
TopoGeo_LoadGeometry, AddTopoGeometryColumn, CreateTopology, DropTopology
TopoGeo_AddPoint — Adds a point to an existing topology using a tolerance and possibly splitting an existing edge.
integer TopoGeo_AddPoint(
varchar atopology, geometry apoint, float8 tolerance)
;
Adds a point to an existing topology and returns its identifier. The given point will snap to existing nodes or edges within given tolerance. An existing edge may be split by the snapped point.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
TopoGeo_AddLineString, TopoGeo_AddPolygon, TopoGeo_LoadGeometry, AddNode, CreateTopology
TopoGeo_AddLineString — Adds a linestring to an existing topology using a tolerance and possibly splitting existing edges/faces.
SETOF integer TopoGeo_AddLineString(
varchar atopology, geometry aline, float8 tolerance)
;
Adds a linestring to an existing topology and returns a set of signed edge identifiers forming it up (negative identifies mean the edge goes in the opposite direction of the input linestring). The given line will snap to existing nodes or edges within given tolerance. Existing edges and faces may be split by the line. New nodes and faces may be added.
Updating statistics about topologies being loaded via this function is up to caller, see maintaining statistics during topology editing and population. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 3.2.0 added support for returning signed identifier.
TopoGeo_AddPoint, TopoGeo_AddPolygon, TopoGeo_LoadGeometry, AddEdge, CreateTopology
TopoGeo_AddPolygon — Adds a polygon to an existing topology using a tolerance and possibly splitting existing edges/faces. Returns face identifiers.
SETOF integer TopoGeo_AddPolygon(
varchar atopology, geometry apoly, float8 tolerance)
;
Adds a polygon to an existing topology and returns a set of face identifiers forming it up. The boundary of the given polygon will snap to existing nodes or edges within given tolerance. Existing edges and faces may be split by the boundary of the new polygon.
Updating statistics about topologies being loaded via this function is up to caller, see maintaining statistics during topology editing and population. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
TopoGeo_AddPoint, TopoGeo_AddLineString, TopoGeo_LoadGeometry, AddFace, CreateTopology
TopoGeo_LoadGeometry — Load a geometry into an existing topology, snapping and splitting as needed.
void TopoGeo_LoadGeometry(
varchar atopology, geometry ageom, float8 tolerance)
;
Loads a geometry into an existing topology. The given geometry will snap to existing nodes or edges within given tolerance. Existing edges and faces may be split as a consequence of the load.
Updating statistics about topologies being loaded via this function is up to caller, see maintaining statistics during topology editing and population. |
Availability: 3.5.0
TopoGeo_AddPoint, TopoGeo_AddLineString, TopoGeo_AddPolygon, CreateTopology
This section covers topology functions for adding, moving, deleting, and splitting edges, faces, and nodes. All of these functions are defined by ISO SQL/MM.
alinestring
to a topology connecting two existing isolated nodes anode
and anothernode
and returns the edge id of the new edge.apoint
geometry exists as a node an error is thrown. Returns description of move.ST_AddIsoNode — Adds an isolated node to a face in a topology and returns the nodeid of the new node. If face is null, the node is still created.
integer ST_AddIsoNode(
varchar atopology, integer aface, geometry apoint)
;
Adds an isolated node with point location apoint
to an existing face with faceid aface
to a topology atopology
and returns the nodeid of the new node.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the point geometry is not the same as the topology, the apoint
is not a point geometry, the point is null, or the point intersects an existing edge (even at the boundaries) then an exception is thrown. If the point already exists as a node, an exception is thrown.
If aface
is not null and the apoint
is not within the face, then an exception is thrown.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Net Routines: X+1.3.1
ST_AddIsoEdge — Adds an isolated edge defined by geometry alinestring
to a topology connecting two existing isolated nodes anode
and anothernode
and returns the edge id of the new edge.
integer ST_AddIsoEdge(
varchar atopology, integer anode, integer anothernode, geometry alinestring)
;
Adds an isolated edge defined by geometry alinestring
to a topology connecting two existing isolated nodes anode
and anothernode
and returns the edge id of the new edge.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the alinestring
geometry is not the same as the topology, any of the input arguments are null, or the nodes are contained in more than one face, or the nodes are start or end nodes of an existing edge, then an exception is thrown.
If the alinestring
is not within the face of the face the anode
and anothernode
belong to, then an exception is thrown.
If the anode
and anothernode
are not the start and end points of the alinestring
then an exception is thrown.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.4
ST_AddEdgeNewFaces — Add a new edge and, if in doing so it splits a face, delete the original face and replace it with two new faces.
integer ST_AddEdgeNewFaces(
varchar atopology, integer anode, integer anothernode, geometry acurve)
;
Add a new edge and, if in doing so it splits a face, delete the original face and replace it with two new faces. Returns the id of the newly added edge.
Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
If any arguments are null, the given nodes are unknown (must already exist in the node
table of the topology schema) , the acurve
is not a LINESTRING
, the anode
and anothernode
are not the start and endpoints of acurve
then an error is thrown.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the acurve
geometry is not the same as the topology an exception is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.12
ST_AddEdgeModFace — Add a new edge and, if in doing so it splits a face, modify the original face and add a new face.
integer ST_AddEdgeModFace(
varchar atopology, integer anode, integer anothernode, geometry acurve)
;
Add a new edge and, if doing so splits a face, modify the original face and add a new one.
If possible, the new face will be created on left side of the new edge. This will not be possible if the face on the left side will need to be the Universe face (unbounded). |
Returns the id of the newly added edge.
Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
If any arguments are null, the given nodes are unknown (must already exist in the node
table of the topology schema) , the acurve
is not a LINESTRING
, the anode
and anothernode
are not the start and endpoints of acurve
then an error is thrown.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the acurve
geometry is not the same as the topology an exception is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.13
ST_RemEdgeNewFace — Removes an edge and, if the removed edge separated two faces, delete the original faces and replace them with a new face.
integer ST_RemEdgeNewFace(
varchar atopology, integer anedge)
;
Removes an edge and, if the removed edge separated two faces, delete the original faces and replace them with a new face.
Returns the id of a newly created face or NULL, if no new face is created. No new face is created when the removed edge is dangling or isolated or confined with the universe face (possibly making the universe flood into the face on the other side).
Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
Refuses to remove an edge participating in the definition of an existing TopoGeometry. Refuses to heal two faces if any TopoGeometry is defined by only one of them (and not the other).
If any arguments are null, the given edge is unknown (must already exist in the edge
table of the topology schema), the topology name is invalid then an error is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.14
ST_RemEdgeModFace — Removes an edge, and if the edge separates two faces deletes one face and modifies the other face to cover the space of both.
integer ST_RemEdgeModFace(
varchar atopology, integer anedge)
;
Removes an edge, and if the removed edge separates two faces deletes one face and modifies the other face to cover the space of both. Preferentially keeps the face on the right, to be consistent with ST_AddEdgeModFace. Returns the id of the face which is preserved.
Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
Refuses to remove an edge participating in the definition of an existing TopoGeometry. Refuses to heal two faces if any TopoGeometry is defined by only one of them (and not the other).
If any arguments are null, the given edge is unknown (must already exist in the edge
table of the topology schema), the topology name is invalid then an error is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.15
ST_ChangeEdgeGeom — Changes the shape of an edge without affecting the topology structure.
text ST_ChangeEdgeGeom(
varchar atopology, integer anedge, geometry acurve)
;
Changes the shape of an edge without affecting the topology structure.
If any arguments are null, the given edge does not exist in the edge
table of the topology schema, the acurve
is not a LINESTRING
, or the modification would change the underlying topology then an error is thrown.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the acurve
geometry is not the same as the topology an exception is thrown.
If the new acurve
is not simple, then an error is thrown.
If moving the edge from old to new position would hit an obstacle then an error is thrown.
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Enhanced: 2.0.0 adds topological consistency enforcement
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details X.3.6
SELECT topology.ST_ChangeEdgeGeom('ma_topo', 1, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227591.9 893900.4,227622.6 893844.3,227641.6 893816.6, 227704.5 893778.5)', 26986) ); ---- Edge 1 changed
ST_ModEdgeSplit — Split an edge by creating a new node along an existing edge, modifying the original edge and adding a new edge.
integer ST_ModEdgeSplit(
varchar atopology, integer anedge, geometry apoint)
;
Split an edge by creating a new node along an existing edge, modifying the original edge and adding a new edge. Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly. Returns the identifier of the newly added node.
Availability: 1.1
Changed: 2.0 - In prior versions, this was misnamed ST_ModEdgesSplit
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.9
-- Add an edge -- SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227592 893910, 227600 893910)', 26986) ) As edgeid; -- edgeid- 3 -- Split the edge -- SELECT topology.ST_ModEdgeSplit('ma_topo', 3, ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(227594,893910),26986) ) As node_id; node_id ------------------------- 7
ST_ModEdgeHeal — Heals two edges by deleting the node connecting them, modifying the first edge and deleting the second edge. Returns the id of the deleted node.
int ST_ModEdgeHeal(
varchar atopology, integer anedge, integer anotheredge)
;
Heals two edges by deleting the node connecting them, modifying the first edge and deleting the second edge. Returns the id of the deleted node. Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.9
ST_NewEdgeHeal — Heals two edges by deleting the node connecting them, deleting both edges, and replacing them with an edge whose direction is the same as the first edge provided.
int ST_NewEdgeHeal(
varchar atopology, integer anedge, integer anotheredge)
;
Heals two edges by deleting the node connecting them, deleting both edges, and replacing them with an edge whose direction is the same as the first edge provided. Returns the id of the new edge replacing the healed ones. Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.9
ST_MoveIsoNode — Moves an isolated node in a topology from one point to another. If new apoint
geometry exists as a node an error is thrown. Returns description of move.
text ST_MoveIsoNode(
varchar atopology, integer anode, geometry apoint)
;
Moves an isolated node in a topology from one point to another. If new apoint
geometry exists as a node an error is thrown.
If any arguments are null, the apoint
is not a point, the existing node is not isolated (is a start or end point of an existing edge), new node location intersects an existing edge (even at the end points) or the new location is in a different face (since 3.2.0) then an exception is thrown.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the point geometry is not the same as the topology an exception is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 3.2.0 ensures the nod cannot be moved in a different face
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Net Routines: X.3.2
-- Add an isolated node with no face -- SELECT topology.ST_AddIsoNode('ma_topo', NULL, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(227579 893916)', 26986) ) As nodeid; nodeid -------- 7 -- Move the new node -- SELECT topology.ST_MoveIsoNode('ma_topo', 7, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(227579.5 893916.5)', 26986) ) As descrip; descrip ---------------------------------------------------- Isolated Node 7 moved to location 227579.5,893916.5
ST_NewEdgesSplit — Split an edge by creating a new node along an existing edge, deleting the original edge and replacing it with two new edges. Returns the id of the new node created that joins the new edges.
integer ST_NewEdgesSplit(
varchar atopology, integer anedge, geometry apoint)
;
Split an edge with edge id anedge
by creating a new node with point location apoint
along current edge, deleting the original edge and replacing it with two new edges. Returns the id of the new node created that joins the new edges. Updates all existing joined edges and relationships accordingly.
If the spatial reference system (srid) of the point geometry is not the same as the topology, the apoint
is not a point geometry, the point is null, the point already exists as a node, the edge does not correspond to an existing edge or the point is not within the edge then an exception is thrown.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Net Routines: X.3.8
-- Add an edge -- SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227575 893917,227592 893900)', 26986) ) As edgeid; -- result- edgeid ------ 2 -- Split the new edge -- SELECT topology.ST_NewEdgesSplit('ma_topo', 2, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(227578.5 893913.5)', 26986) ) As newnodeid; newnodeid --------- 6
ST_RemoveIsoNode — Removes an isolated node and returns description of action. If the node is not isolated (is start or end of an edge), then an exception is thrown.
text ST_RemoveIsoNode(
varchar atopology, integer anode)
;
Removes an isolated node and returns description of action. If the node is not isolated (is start or end of an edge), then an exception is thrown.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X+1.3.3
-- Remove an isolated node with no face -- SELECT topology.ST_RemoveIsoNode('ma_topo', 7 ) As result; result ------------------------- Isolated node 7 removed
ST_RemoveIsoEdge — Removes an isolated edge and returns description of action. If the edge is not isolated, then an exception is thrown.
text ST_RemoveIsoEdge(
varchar atopology, integer anedge)
;
Removes an isolated edge and returns description of action. If the edge is not isolated, then an exception is thrown.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM: Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X+1.3.3
-- Remove an isolated node with no face -- SELECT topology.ST_RemoveIsoNode('ma_topo', 7 ) As result; result ------------------------- Isolated node 7 removed
aface
.GetEdgeByPoint — Finds the edge-id of an edge that intersects a given point.
integer GetEdgeByPoint(
varchar atopology, geometry apoint, float8 tol1)
;
Retrieves the id of an edge that intersects a Point.
The function returns an integer (id-edge) given a topology, a POINT and a tolerance. If tolerance = 0 then the point has to intersect the edge.
If apoint
doesn't intersect an edge, returns 0 (zero).
If use tolerance > 0 and there is more than one edge near the point then an exception is thrown.
If tolerance = 0, the function uses ST_Intersects otherwise uses ST_DWithin. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
These examples use edges we created in AddEdge
SELECT topology.GetEdgeByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 1) As with1mtol, topology.GetEdgeByPoint('ma_topo',geom,0) As withnotol FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=26986;POINT(227622.6 893843)') As geom; with1mtol | withnotol -----------+----------- 2 | 0
SELECT topology.GetEdgeByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 1) As nearnode FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=26986;POINT(227591.9 893900.4)') As geom; -- get error -- ERROR: Two or more edges found
GetFaceByPoint — Finds face intersecting a given point.
integer GetFaceByPoint(
varchar atopology, geometry apoint, float8 tol1)
;
Finds a face referenced by a Point, with given tolerance.
The function will effectively look for a face intersecting a circle having the point as center and the tolerance as radius.
If no face intersects the given query location, 0 is returned (universal face).
If more than one face intersect the query location an exception is thrown.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 3.2.0 more efficient implementation and clearer contract, stops working with invalid topologies.
SELECT topology.GetFaceByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 10) As with1mtol, topology.GetFaceByPoint('ma_topo',geom,0) As withnotol FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(234604.6 899382.0)') As geom; with1mtol | withnotol -----------+----------- 1 | 0
SELECT topology.GetFaceByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 1) As nearnode FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(227591.9 893900.4)') As geom; -- get error -- ERROR: Two or more faces found
GetFaceContainingPoint, AddFace, GetNodeByPoint, GetEdgeByPoint
GetFaceContainingPoint — Finds the face containing a point.
integer GetFaceContainingPoint(
text atopology, geometry apoint)
;
Returns the id of the face containing a point.
An exception is thrown if the point falls on a face boundary.
The function relies on a valid topology, using edge linking and face labeling. |
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
GetNodeByPoint — Finds the node-id of a node at a point location.
integer GetNodeByPoint(
varchar atopology, geometry apoint, float8 tol1)
;
Retrieves the id of a node at a point location.
The function returns an integer (id-node) given a topology, a POINT and a tolerance. If tolerance = 0 means exact intersection, otherwise retrieves the node from an interval.
If apoint
doesn't intersect a node, returns 0 (zero).
If use tolerance > 0 and there is more than one node near the point then an exception is thrown.
If tolerance = 0, the function uses ST_Intersects otherwise uses ST_DWithin. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
These examples use edges we created in AddEdge
SELECT topology.GetNodeByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 1) As nearnode FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=26986;POINT(227591.9 893900.4)') As geom; nearnode ---------- 2
SELECT topology.GetNodeByPoint('ma_topo',geom, 1000) As too_much_tolerance FROM ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=26986;POINT(227591.9 893900.4)') As geom; ----get error-- ERROR: Two or more nodes found
GetTopologyID — Returns the id of a topology in the topology.topology table given the name of the topology.
integer GetTopologyID(
varchar toponame)
;
Returns the id of a topology in the topology.topology table given the name of the topology.
Availability: 1.1
SELECT topology.GetTopologyID('ma_topo') As topo_id; topo_id --------- 1
CreateTopology, DropTopology, GetTopologyName, GetTopologySRID
GetTopologySRID — Returns the SRID of a topology in the topology.topology table given the name of the topology.
integer GetTopologyID(
varchar toponame)
;
Returns the spatial reference id of a topology in the topology.topology table given the name of the topology.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT topology.GetTopologySRID('ma_topo') As SRID; SRID ------- 4326
CreateTopology, DropTopology, GetTopologyName, GetTopologyID
GetTopologyName — Returns the name of a topology (schema) given the id of the topology.
varchar GetTopologyName(
integer topology_id)
;
Returns the topology name (schema) of a topology from the topology.topology table given the topology id of the topology.
Availability: 1.1
SELECT topology.GetTopologyName(1) As topo_name; topo_name ----------- ma_topo
CreateTopology, DropTopology, GetTopologyID, GetTopologySRID
ST_GetFaceEdges — Returns a set of ordered edges that bound aface
.
getfaceedges_returntype ST_GetFaceEdges(
varchar atopology, integer aface)
;
Returns a set of ordered edges that bound aface
. Each output consists of a sequence and edgeid. Sequence numbers start with value 1.
Enumeration of each ring edges start from the edge with smallest identifier. Order of edges follows a left-hand-rule (bound face is on the left of each directed edge).
Disponibilità: 2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3 Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.5
-- Returns the edges bounding face 1 SELECT (topology.ST_GetFaceEdges('tt', 1)).*; -- result -- sequence | edge ----------+------ 1 | -4 2 | 5 3 | 7 4 | -6 5 | 1 6 | 2 7 | 3 (7 rows)
-- Returns the sequence, edge id -- and geometry of the edges that bound face 1 -- If you just need geom and seq, can use ST_GetFaceGeometry SELECT t.seq, t.edge, geom FROM topology.ST_GetFaceEdges('tt',1) As t(seq,edge) INNER JOIN tt.edge AS e ON abs(t.edge) = e.edge_id;
ST_GetFaceGeometry — Returns the polygon in the given topology with the specified face id.
geometry ST_GetFaceGeometry(
varchar atopology, integer aface)
;
Returns the polygon in the given topology with the specified face id. Builds the polygon from the edges making up the face.
Availability: 1.1
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3 Topo-Geo and Topo-Net 3: Routine Details: X.3.16
-- Returns the wkt of the polygon added with AddFace SELECT ST_AsText(topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('ma_topo', 1)) As facegeomwkt; -- result -- facegeomwkt -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POLYGON((234776.9 899563.7,234896.5 899456.7,234914 899436.4,234946.6 899356.9, 234872.5 899328.7,234891 899285.4,234992.5 899145,234890.6 899069, 234755.2 899255.4,234612.7 899379.4,234776.9 899563.7))
GetRingEdges — Returns the ordered set of signed edge identifiers met by walking on an a given edge side.
getfaceedges_returntype GetRingEdges(
varchar atopology, integer aring, integer max_edges=null)
;
Returns the ordered set of signed edge identifiers met by walking on an a given edge side. Each output consists of a sequence and a signed edge id. Sequence numbers start with value 1.
If you pass a positive edge id, the walk starts on the left side of the corresponding edge and follows the edge direction. If you pass a negative edge id, the walk starts on the right side of it and goes backward.
If max_edges
is not null no more than those records are returned by that function. This is meant to be a safety parameter when dealing with possibly invalid topologies.
This function uses edge ring linking metadata. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
GetNodeEdges — Returns an ordered set of edges incident to the given node.
getfaceedges_returntype GetNodeEdges(
varchar atopology, integer anode)
;
Returns an ordered set of edges incident to the given node. Each output consists of a sequence and a signed edge id. Sequence numbers start with value 1. A positive edge starts at the given node. A negative edge ends into the given node. Closed edges will appear twice (with both signs). Order is clockwise starting from northbound.
This function computes ordering rather than deriving from metadata and is thus usable to build edge ring linking. |
Disponibilità: 2.0
This section covers the functions for processing topologies in non-standard ways.
Polygonize — Finds and registers all faces defined by topology edges.
text Polygonize(
varchar toponame)
;
Registers all faces that can be built out a topology edge primitives.
The target topology is assumed to contain no self-intersecting edges.
Already known faces are recognized, so it is safe to call Polygonize multiple times on the same topology. |
This function does not use nor set the next_left_edge and next_right_edge fields of the edge table. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
AddNode — Adds a point node to the node table in the specified topology schema and returns the nodeid of new node. If point already exists as node, the existing nodeid is returned.
integer AddNode(
varchar toponame, geometry apoint, boolean allowEdgeSplitting=false, boolean computeContainingFace=false)
;
Adds a point node to the node table in the specified topology schema. The AddEdge function automatically adds start and end points of an edge when called so not necessary to explicitly add nodes of an edge.
If any edge crossing the node is found either an exception is raised or the edge is split, depending on the allowEdgeSplitting
parameter value.
If computeContainingFace
is true a newly added node would get the correct containing face computed.
If the |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT topology.AddNode('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('POINT(227641.6 893816.5)', 26986) ) As nodeid; -- result -- nodeid -------- 4
AddEdge — Adds a linestring edge to the edge table and associated start and end points to the point nodes table of the specified topology schema using the specified linestring geometry and returns the edgeid of the new (or existing) edge.
integer AddEdge(
varchar toponame, geometry aline)
;
Adds an edge to the edge table and associated nodes to the nodes table of the specified toponame
schema using the specified linestring geometry and returns the edgeid of the new or existing record. The newly added edge has "universe" face on both sides and links to itself.
If the |
The geometry of |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
AddEdge is deprecated as of 3.5.0. Use TopoGeo_AddLineString instead. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227575.8 893917.2,227591.9 893900.4)', 26986) ) As edgeid; -- result- edgeid -------- 1 SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227591.9 893900.4,227622.6 893844.2,227641.6 893816.5, 227704.5 893778.5)', 26986) ) As edgeid; -- result -- edgeid -------- 2 SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(227591.2 893900, 227591.9 893900.4, 227704.5 893778.5)', 26986) ) As edgeid; -- gives error -- ERROR: Edge intersects (not on endpoints) with existing edge 1
AddFace — Registers a face primitive to a topology and gets its identifier.
integer AddFace(
varchar toponame, geometry apolygon, boolean force_new=false)
;
Registers a face primitive to a topology and gets its identifier.
For a newly added face, the edges forming its boundaries and the ones contained in the face will be updated to have correct values in the left_face and right_face fields. Isolated nodes contained in the face will also be updated to have a correct containing_face field value.
This function does not use nor set the next_left_edge and next_right_edge fields of the edge table. |
The target topology is assumed to be valid (containing no self-intersecting edges). An exception is raised if: The polygon boundary is not fully defined by existing edges or the polygon overlaps an existing face.
If the apolygon
geometry already exists as a face, then: if force_new
is false (the default) the face id of the existing face is returned; if force_new
is true a new id will be assigned to the newly registered face.
When a new registration of an existing face is performed (force_new=true), no action will be taken to resolve dangling references to the existing face in the edge, node an relation tables, nor will the MBR field of the existing face record be updated. It is up to the caller to deal with that. |
The |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- first add the edges we use generate_series as an iterator (the below -- will only work for polygons with < 10000 points because of our max in gs) SELECT topology.AddEdge('ma_topo', ST_MakeLine(ST_PointN(geom,i), ST_PointN(geom, i + 1) )) As edgeid FROM (SELECT ST_NPoints(geom) AS npt, geom FROM (SELECT ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((234896.5 899456.7,234914 899436.4,234946.6 899356.9,234872.5 899328.7, 234891 899285.4,234992.5 899145, 234890.6 899069,234755.2 899255.4, 234612.7 899379.4,234776.9 899563.7,234896.5 899456.7))', 26986) ) As geom ) As geoms) As facen CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,10000) As i WHERE i < npt; -- result -- edgeid -------- 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 (10 rows) -- then add the face - SELECT topology.AddFace('ma_topo', ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((234896.5 899456.7,234914 899436.4,234946.6 899356.9,234872.5 899328.7, 234891 899285.4,234992.5 899145, 234890.6 899069,234755.2 899255.4, 234612.7 899379.4,234776.9 899563.7,234896.5 899456.7))', 26986) ) As faceid; -- result -- faceid -------- 1
AddEdge, CreateTopology, Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”
ST_Simplify — Returns a "simplified" geometry version of the given TopoGeometry using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm.
geometry ST_Simplify(
TopoGeometry tg, float8 tolerance)
;
Returns a "simplified" geometry version of the given TopoGeometry using the Douglas-Peucker algorithm on each component edge.
The returned geometry may be non-simple or non-valid. Splitting component edges may help retaining simplicity/validity. |
Eseguito dal modulo GEOS.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Geometry ST_Simplify, ST_IsSimple, ST_IsValid, ST_ModEdgeSplit
RemoveUnusedPrimitives — Removes topology primitives which not needed to define existing TopoGeometry objects.
int RemoveUnusedPrimitives(
text topology_name, geometry bbox)
;
Finds all primitives (nodes, edges, faces) that are not strictly needed to represent existing TopoGeometry objects and removes them, maintaining topology validity (edge linking, face labeling) and TopoGeometry space occupation.
No new primitive identifiers are created, but rather existing primitives are expanded to include merged faces (upon removing edges) or healed edges (upon removing nodes).
Availability: 3.3.0
This section covers the topology functions for creating new topogeometries.
topoelementarray
for a set of element_id, type arrays (topoelements).CreateTopoGeom — Creates a new topo geometry object from topo element array - tg_type: 1:[multi]point, 2:[multi]line, 3:[multi]poly, 4:collection
topogeometry CreateTopoGeom(
varchar toponame, integer tg_type, integer layer_id, topoelementarray tg_objs)
;
topogeometry CreateTopoGeom(
varchar toponame, integer tg_type, integer layer_id)
;
Creates a topogeometry object for layer denoted by layer_id
and registers it in the relations table in the toponame
schema.
tg_type
is an integer: 1:[multi]point (punctal), 2:[multi]line (lineal), 3:[multi]poly (areal), 4:collection. layer_id
is the layer id in the topology.layer table.
punctal layers are formed from set of nodes, lineal layers are formed from a set of edges, areal layers are formed from a set of faces, and collections can be formed from a mixture of nodes, edges, and faces.
Omitting the array of components generates an empty TopoGeometry object.
Availability: 1.1
Create a topogeom in ri_topo schema for layer 2 (our ri_roads), of type (2) LINE, for the first edge (we loaded in ST_CreateTopoGeo
).
INSERT INTO ri.ri_roads(road_name, topo) VALUES('Unknown', topology.CreateTopoGeom('ri_topo',2,2,'{{1,2}}'::topology.topoelementarray);
Lets say we have geometries that should be formed from a collection of faces. We have for example blockgroups table and want to know the topo geometry of each block group. If our data was perfectly aligned, we could do this:
-- create our topo geometry column -- SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn( 'topo_boston', 'boston', 'blockgroups', 'topo', 'POLYGON'); -- addtopgeometrycolumn -- 1 -- update our column assuming -- everything is perfectly aligned with our edges UPDATE boston.blockgroups AS bg SET topo = topology.CreateTopoGeom('topo_boston' ,3,1 , foo.bfaces) FROM (SELECT b.gid, topology.TopoElementArray_Agg(ARRAY[f.face_id,3]) As bfaces FROM boston.blockgroups As b INNER JOIN topo_boston.face As f ON b.geom && f.mbr WHERE ST_Covers(b.geom, topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston', f.face_id)) GROUP BY b.gid) As foo WHERE foo.gid = bg.gid;
--the world is rarely perfect allow for some error --count the face if 50% of it falls -- within what we think is our blockgroup boundary UPDATE boston.blockgroups AS bg SET topo = topology.CreateTopoGeom('topo_boston' ,3,1 , foo.bfaces) FROM (SELECT b.gid, topology.TopoElementArray_Agg(ARRAY[f.face_id,3]) As bfaces FROM boston.blockgroups As b INNER JOIN topo_boston.face As f ON b.geom && f.mbr WHERE ST_Covers(b.geom, topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston', f.face_id)) OR ( ST_Intersects(b.geom, topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston', f.face_id)) AND ST_Area(ST_Intersection(b.geom, topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston', f.face_id) ) ) > ST_Area(topology.ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston', f.face_id))*0.5 ) GROUP BY b.gid) As foo WHERE foo.gid = bg.gid; -- and if we wanted to convert our topogeometry back -- to a denormalized geometry aligned with our faces and edges -- cast the topo to a geometry -- The really cool thing is my new geometries -- are now aligned with my tiger street centerlines UPDATE boston.blockgroups SET new_geom = topo::geometry;
toTopoGeom — Converts a simple Geometry into a topo geometry.
topogeometry toTopoGeom(
geometry geom, varchar toponame, integer layer_id, float8 tolerance)
;
topogeometry toTopoGeom(
geometry geom, topogeometry topogeom, float8 tolerance)
;
Converts a simple Geometry into a TopoGeometry.
Topological primitives required to represent the input geometry will be added to the underlying topology, possibly splitting existing ones, and they will be associated with the output TopoGeometry in the relation
table.
Existing TopoGeometry objects (with the possible exception of topogeom
, if given) will retain their shapes.
When tolerance
is given it will be used to snap the input geometry to existing primitives.
In the first form a new TopoGeometry will be created for the given layer (layer_id
) of the given topology (toponame
).
In the second form the primitives resulting from the conversion will be added to the pre-existing TopoGeometry (topogeom
), possibly adding space to its final shape. To have the new shape completely replace the old one see clearTopoGeom.
Disponibilità: 2.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 adds the version taking an existing TopoGeometry.
This is a full self-contained workflow
-- do this if you don't have a topology setup already -- creates topology not allowing any tolerance SELECT topology.CreateTopology('topo_boston_test', 2249); -- create a new table CREATE TABLE nei_topo(gid serial primary key, nei varchar(30)); --add a topogeometry column to it SELECT topology.AddTopoGeometryColumn('topo_boston_test', 'public', 'nei_topo', 'topo', 'MULTIPOLYGON') As new_layer_id; new_layer_id ----------- 1 --use new layer id in populating the new topogeometry column -- we add the topogeoms to the new layer with 0 tolerance INSERT INTO nei_topo(nei, topo) SELECT nei, topology.toTopoGeom(geom, 'topo_boston_test', 1) FROM neighborhoods WHERE gid BETWEEN 1 and 15; --use to verify what has happened -- SELECT * FROM topology.TopologySummary('topo_boston_test'); -- summary-- Topology topo_boston_test (5), SRID 2249, precision 0 61 nodes, 87 edges, 35 faces, 15 topogeoms in 1 layers Layer 1, type Polygonal (3), 15 topogeoms Deploy: public.nei_topo.topo
-- Shrink all TopoGeometry polygons by 10 meters UPDATE nei_topo SET topo = ST_Buffer(clearTopoGeom(topo), -10); -- Get the no-one-lands left by the above operation -- I think GRASS calls this "polygon0 layer" SELECT ST_GetFaceGeometry('topo_boston_test', f.face_id) FROM topo_boston_test.face f WHERE f.face_id > 0 -- don't consider the universe face AND NOT EXISTS ( -- check that no TopoGeometry references the face SELECT * FROM topo_boston_test.relation WHERE layer_id = 1 AND element_id = f.face_id );
CreateTopology, AddTopoGeometryColumn, CreateTopoGeom, TopologySummary, clearTopoGeom
TopoElementArray_Agg — Returns a topoelementarray
for a set of element_id, type arrays (topoelements).
topoelementarray TopoElementArray_Agg(
topoelement set tefield)
;
SELECT topology.TopoElementArray_Agg(ARRAY[e,t]) As tea FROM generate_series(1,3) As e CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,4) As t; tea -------------------------------------------------------------------------- {{1,1},{1,2},{1,3},{1,4},{2,1},{2,2},{2,3},{2,4},{3,1},{3,2},{3,3},{3,4}}
TopoElement — Converts a topogeometry to a topoelement.
topoelement TopoElement(
topogeometry topo)
;
This is a full self-contained workflow
-- do this if you don't have a topology setup already -- Creates topology not allowing any tolerance SELECT TopoElement(topo) FROM neighborhoods;
-- using as cast SELECT topology.TopoElementArray_Agg(topo::topoelement) FROM neighborhoods GROUP BY city;
This section covers the topology functions for editing existing topogeometries.
clearTopoGeom — Clears the content of a topo geometry.
topogeometry clearTopoGeom(
topogeometry topogeom)
;
Clears the content a TopoGeometry turning it into an empty one. Mostly useful in conjunction with toTopoGeom to replace the shape of existing objects and any dependent object in higher hierarchical levels.
Availability: 2.1
-- Shrink all TopoGeometry polygons by 10 meters UPDATE nei_topo SET topo = ST_Buffer(clearTopoGeom(topo), -10);
TopoGeom_addElement — Adds an element to the definition of a TopoGeometry.
topogeometry TopoGeom_addElement(
topogeometry tg, topoelement el)
;
Adds a TopoElement to the definition of a TopoGeometry object. Does not error out if the element is already part of the definition.
Availability: 2.3
-- Add edge 5 to TopoGeometry tg UPDATE mylayer SET tg = TopoGeom_addElement(tg, '{5,2}');
TopoGeom_remElement — Removes an element from the definition of a TopoGeometry.
topogeometry TopoGeom_remElement(
topogeometry tg, topoelement el)
;
-- Remove face 43 from TopoGeometry tg UPDATE mylayer SET tg = TopoGeom_remElement(tg, '{43,3}');
TopoGeom_addTopoGeom — Adds element of a TopoGeometry to the definition of another TopoGeometry.
topogeometry TopoGeom_addTopoGeom(
topogeometry tgt, topogeometry src)
;
Adds the elements of a TopoGeometry to the definition of another TopoGeometry, possibly changing its cached type (type attribute) to a collection, if needed to hold all elements in the source object.
The two TopoGeometry objects need be defined against the *same* topology and, if hierarchically defined, need be composed by elements of the same child layer.
Availability: 3.2
-- Set an "overall" TopoGeometry value to be composed by all -- elements of specific TopoGeometry values UPDATE mylayer SET tg_overall = TopoGeom_addTopogeom( TopoGeom_addTopoGeom( clearTopoGeom(tg_overall), tg_specific1 ), tg_specific2 );
topoelementarray
(an array of topoelements) containing the topological elements and type of the given TopoGeometry (primitive elements).topoelement
objects containing the topological element_id,element_type of the given TopoGeometry (primitive elements).GetTopoGeomElementArray — Returns a topoelementarray
(an array of topoelements) containing the topological elements and type of the given TopoGeometry (primitive elements).
topoelementarray GetTopoGeomElementArray(
varchar toponame, integer layer_id, integer tg_id)
;
topoelementarray GetTopoGeomElementArray(
topogeometry tg)
;
Returns a TopoElementArray containing the topological elements and type of the given TopoGeometry (primitive elements). This is similar to GetTopoGeomElements except it returns the elements as an array rather than as a dataset.
tg_id is the topogeometry id of the topogeometry object in the topology in the layer denoted by layer_id
in the topology.layer table.
Availability: 1.1
GetTopoGeomElements — Returns a set of topoelement
objects containing the topological element_id,element_type of the given TopoGeometry (primitive elements).
setof topoelement GetTopoGeomElements(
varchar toponame, integer layer_id, integer tg_id)
;
setof topoelement GetTopoGeomElements(
topogeometry tg)
;
Returns a set of element_id,element_type (topoelements) corresponding to primitive topology elements TopoElement (1: nodes, 2: edges, 3: faces) that a given topogeometry object in toponame
schema is composed of.
tg_id is the topogeometry id of the topogeometry object in the topology in the layer denoted by layer_id
in the topology.layer table.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
GetTopoGeomElementArray, TopoElement, TopoGeom_addElement, TopoGeom_remElement
ST_SRID — Returns the spatial reference identifier for a topogeometry.
integer ST_SRID(
topogeometry tg)
;
Returns the spatial reference identifier for the ST_Geometry as defined in spatial_ref_sys table. Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”
spatial_ref_sys table is a table that catalogs all spatial reference systems known to PostGIS and is used for transformations from one spatial reference system to another. So verifying you have the right spatial reference system identifier is important if you plan to ever transform your geometries. |
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
Questo metodo implementa la specifica SQL/MM. SQL-MM 3: 14.1.5
SELECT ST_SRID(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.1043 42.315)',4326)); --result 4326
Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”, ST_SetSRID, ST_Transform, ST_SRID
AsGML — Returns the GML representation of a topogeometry.
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, text nsprefix_in)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, regclass visitedTable)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, regclass visitedTable, text nsprefix)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, text nsprefix_in, integer precision, integer options)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, text nsprefix_in, integer precision, integer options, regclass visitedTable)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, text nsprefix_in, integer precision, integer options, regclass visitedTable, text idprefix)
;
text AsGML(
topogeometry tg, text nsprefix_in, integer precision, integer options, regclass visitedTable, text idprefix, int gmlversion)
;
Returns the GML representation of a topogeometry in version GML3 format. If no nsprefix_in
is specified then gml
is used. Pass in an empty string for nsprefix to get a non-qualified name space. The precision (default: 15) and options (default 1) parameters, if given, are passed untouched to the underlying call to ST_AsGML.
The visitedTable
parameter, if given, is used for keeping track of the visited Node and Edge elements so to use cross-references (xlink:xref) rather than duplicating definitions. The table is expected to have (at least) two integer fields: 'element_type' and 'element_id'. The calling user must have both read and write privileges on the given table. For best performance, an index should be defined on element_type
and element_id
, in that order. Such index would be created automatically by adding a unique constraint to the fields. Example:
CREATE TABLE visited ( element_type integer, element_id integer, unique(element_type, element_id) );
The idprefix
parameter, if given, will be prepended to Edge and Node tag identifiers.
The gmlver
parameter, if given, will be passed to the underlying ST_AsGML. Defaults to 3.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
This uses the topo geometry we created in CreateTopoGeom
SELECT topology.AsGML(topo) As rdgml FROM ri.roads WHERE road_name = 'Unknown'; -- rdgml-- <gml:TopoCurve> <gml:directedEdge> <gml:Edge gml:id="E1"> <gml:directedNode orientation="-"> <gml:Node gml:id="N1"/> </gml:directedNode> <gml:directedNode ></gml:directedNode> <gml:curveProperty> <gml:Curve srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::3438"> <gml:segments> <gml:LineStringSegment> <gml:posList srsDimension="2" >384744 236928 384750 236923 384769 236911 384799 236895 384811 236890 384833 236884 384844 236882 384866 236881 384879 236883 384954 236898 385087 236932 385117 236938 385167 236938 385203 236941 385224 236946 385233 236950 385241 236956 385254 236971 385260 236979 385268 236999 385273 237018 385273 237037 385271 237047 385267 237057 385225 237125 385210 237144 385192 237161 385167 237192 385162 237202 385159 237214 385159 237227 385162 237241 385166 237256 385196 237324 385209 237345 385234 237375 385237 237383 385238 237399 385236 237407 385227 237419 385213 237430 385193 237439 385174 237451 385170 237455 385169 237460 385171 237475 385181 237503 385190 237521 385200 237533 385206 237538 385213 237541 385221 237542 385235 237540 385242 237541 385249 237544 385260 237555 385270 237570 385289 237584 385292 237589 385291 237596 385284 237630</gml:posList> </gml:LineStringSegment> </gml:segments> </gml:Curve> </gml:curveProperty> </gml:Edge> </gml:directedEdge> </gml:TopoCurve>
Same exercise as previous without namespace
SELECT topology.AsGML(topo,'') As rdgml FROM ri.roads WHERE road_name = 'Unknown'; -- rdgml-- <TopoCurve> <directedEdge> <Edge id="E1"> <directedNode orientation="-"> <Node id="N1"/> </directedNode> <directedNode ></directedNode> <curveProperty> <Curve srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::3438"> <segments> <LineStringSegment> <posList srsDimension="2" >384744 236928 384750 236923 384769 236911 384799 236895 384811 236890 384833 236884 384844 236882 384866 236881 384879 236883 384954 236898 385087 236932 385117 236938 385167 236938 385203 236941 385224 236946 385233 236950 385241 236956 385254 236971 385260 236979 385268 236999 385273 237018 385273 237037 385271 237047 385267 237057 385225 237125 385210 237144 385192 237161 385167 237192 385162 237202 385159 237214 385159 237227 385162 237241 385166 237256 385196 237324 385209 237345 385234 237375 385237 237383 385238 237399 385236 237407 385227 237419 385213 237430 385193 237439 385174 237451 385170 237455 385169 237460 385171 237475 385181 237503 385190 237521 385200 237533 385206 237538 385213 237541 385221 237542 385235 237540 385242 237541 385249 237544 385260 237555 385270 237570 385289 237584 385292 237589 385291 237596 385284 237630</posList> </LineStringSegment> </segments> </Curve> </curveProperty> </Edge> </directedEdge> </TopoCurve>
AsTopoJSON — Returns the TopoJSON representation of a topogeometry.
text AsTopoJSON(
topogeometry tg, regclass edgeMapTable)
;
Returns the TopoJSON representation of a topogeometry. If edgeMapTable
is not null, it will be used as a lookup/storage mapping of edge identifiers to arc indices. This is to be able to allow for a compact "arcs" array in the final document.
The table, if given, is expected to have an "arc_id" field of type "serial" and an "edge_id" of type integer; the code will query the table for "edge_id" so it is recommended to add an index on that field.
Arc indices in the TopoJSON output are 0-based but they are 1-based in the "edgeMapTable" table. |
A full TopoJSON document will be need to contain, in addition to the snippets returned by this function, the actual arcs plus some headers. See the TopoJSON specification.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Enhanced: 2.2.1 added support for puntal inputs
CREATE TEMP TABLE edgemap(arc_id serial, edge_id int unique); -- header SELECT '{ "type": "Topology", "transform": { "scale": [1,1], "translate": [0,0] }, "objects": {' -- objects UNION ALL SELECT '"' || feature_name || '": ' || AsTopoJSON(feature, 'edgemap') FROM features.big_parcels WHERE feature_name = 'P3P4'; -- arcs WITH edges AS ( SELECT m.arc_id, e.geom FROM edgemap m, city_data.edge e WHERE e.edge_id = m.edge_id ), points AS ( SELECT arc_id, (st_dumppoints(geom)).* FROM edges ), compare AS ( SELECT p2.arc_id, CASE WHEN p1.path IS NULL THEN p2.geom ELSE ST_Translate(p2.geom, -ST_X(p1.geom), -ST_Y(p1.geom)) END AS geom FROM points p2 LEFT OUTER JOIN points p1 ON ( p1.arc_id = p2.arc_id AND p2.path[1] = p1.path[1]+1 ) ORDER BY arc_id, p2.path ), arcsdump AS ( SELECT arc_id, (regexp_matches( ST_AsGeoJSON(geom), '\[.*\]'))[1] as t FROM compare ), arcs AS ( SELECT arc_id, '[' || array_to_string(array_agg(t), ',') || ']' as a FROM arcsdump GROUP BY arc_id ORDER BY arc_id ) SELECT '}, "arcs": [' UNION ALL SELECT array_to_string(array_agg(a), E',\n') from arcs -- footer UNION ALL SELECT ']}'::text as t; -- Result: { "type": "Topology", "transform": { "scale": [1,1], "translate": [0,0] }, "objects": { "P3P4": { "type": "MultiPolygon", "arcs": [[[-1]],[[6,5,-5,-4,-3,1]]]} }, "arcs": [ [[25,30],[6,0],[0,10],[-14,0],[0,-10],[8,0]], [[35,6],[0,8]], [[35,6],[12,0]], [[47,6],[0,8]], [[47,14],[0,8]], [[35,22],[12,0]], [[35,14],[0,8]] ]}
This section lists the Topology functions used to check relationships between topogeometries and topology primitives
Equals — Returns true if two topogeometries are composed of the same topology primitives.
boolean Equals(
topogeometry tg1, topogeometry tg2)
;
Returns true if two topogeometries are composed of the same topology primitives: faces, edges, nodes.
This function not supported for topogeometries that are geometry collections. It also can not compare topogeometries from different topologies. |
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Intersects — Returns true if any pair of primitives from the two topogeometries intersect.
boolean Intersects(
topogeometry tg1, topogeometry tg2)
;
Returns true if any pair of primitives from the two topogeometries intersect.
This function not supported for topogeometries that are geometry collections. It also can not compare topogeometries from different topologies. Also not currently supported for hierarchical topogeometries (topogeometries composed of other topogeometries). |
Disponibilità: 1.1.0
Questa funzione supporta il 3d e non distrugge gli z-index.
Once you have created topologies, and maybe associated topological layers, you might want to export them into a file-based format for backup or transfer into another database.
Using the standard dump/restore tools of PostgreSQL is problematic because topologies are composed by a set of tables (4 for primitives, an arbitrary number for layers) and records in metadata tables (topology.topology and topology.layer). Additionally, topology identifiers are not univoque across databases so that parameter of your topology will need to be changes upon restoring it.
In order to simplify export/restore of topologies a pair of executables are provided: pgtopo_export
and pgtopo_import
. Example usage:
pgtopo_export dev_db topo1 | pgtopo_import topo1 | psql staging_db
The pgtopo_export
script takes the name of a database and a topology and outputs a dump file which can be used to import the topology (and associated layers) into a new database.
By default pgtopo_export
writes the dump file to the standard output so that it can be piped to pgtopo_import
or redirected to a file (refusing to write to terminal). You can optionally specify an output filename with the -f
commandline switch.
By default pgtopo_export
includes a dump of all layers defined against the given topology. This may be more data than you need, or may be non-working (in case your layer tables have complex dependencies) in which case you can request skipping the layers with the --skip-layers
switch and deal with those separately.
Invoking pgtopo_export
with the --help
(or -h
for short) switch will always print short usage string.
The dump file format is a compressed tar archive of a pgtopo_export
directory containing at least a pgtopo_dump_version
file with format version info. As of version 1
the directory contains tab-delimited CSV files with data of the topology primitive tables (node, edge_data, face, relation), the topology and layer records associated with it and (unless --skip-layers
is given) a custom-format PostgreSQL dump of tables reported as being layers of the given topology.
The pgtopo_import
script takes a pgtopo_export
format topology dump and a name to give to the topology to be created and outputs an SQL script reconstructing the topology and associated layers.
The generated SQL file will contain statements that create a topology with the given name, load primitive data in it, restores and registers all topology layers by properly linking all TopoGeometry values to their correct topology.
By default pgtopo_import
reads the dump from the standard input so that it can be used in conjunction with pgtopo_export
in a pipeline. You can optionally specify an input filename with the -f
commandline switch.
By default pgtopo_import
includes in the output SQL file the code to restore all layers found in the dump.
This may be unwanted or non-working in case your target database already have tables with the same name as the ones in the dump. In that case you can request skipping the layers with the --skip-layers
switch and deal with those separately (or later).
SQL to only load and link layers to a named topology can be generated using the --only-layers
switch. This can be useful to load layers AFTER resolving the naming conflicts or to link layers to a different topology (say a spatially-simplified version of the starting topology).
Nella maggior parte dei casi, creerete i raster PostGIS caricando file esterni tramite il raster loader raster2pgsql
compreso nell'installazione.
The raster2pgsql
is a raster loader executable that loads GDAL supported raster formats into SQL suitable for loading into a PostGIS raster table. It is capable of loading folders of raster files as well as creating overviews of rasters.
Since the raster2pgsql is compiled as part of PostGIS most often (unless you compile your own GDAL library), the raster types supported by the executable will be the same as those compiled in the GDAL dependency library. To get a list of raster types your particular raster2pgsql
supports use the -G
switch.
When creating overviews of a specific factor from a set of rasters that are aligned, it is possible for the overviews to not align. Visit http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/1764 for an example where the overviews do not align. |
Una sessione di esempio che utilizzi il loader per creare un file di input e per caricarlo a pezzi di tile 100x100 potrebbe essere il seguente:
# -s use srid 4326 # -I create spatial index # -C use standard raster constraints # -M vacuum analyze after load # *.tif load all these files # -F include a filename column in the raster table # -t tile the output 100x100 # public.demelevation load into this table raster2pgsql -s 4326 -I -C -M -F -t 100x100 *.tif public.demelevation > elev.sql # -d connect to this database # -f read this file after connecting psql -d gisdb -f elev.sql
If you do not specify the schema as part of the target table name, the table will be created in the default schema of the database or user you are connecting with. |
La conversione e il caricamento possono essere eseguiti in un unico passaggio tramite le pipe UNIX:
raster2pgsql -s 4326 -I -C -M *.tif -F -t 100x100 public.demelevation | psql -d gisdb
Load rasters Massachusetts state plane meters aerial tiles into a schema called aerial
and create a full view, 2 and 4 level overview tables, use copy mode for inserting (no intermediary file just straight to db), and -e don't force everything in a transaction (good if you want to see data in tables right away without waiting). Break up the rasters into 128x128 pixel tiles and apply raster constraints. Use copy mode instead of table insert. (-F) Include a field called filename to hold the name of the file the tiles were cut from.
raster2pgsql -I -C -e -Y -F -s 26986 -t 128x128 -l 2,4 bostonaerials2008/*.jpg aerials.boston | psql -U postgres -d gisdb -h localhost -p 5432
--get a list of raster types supported: raster2pgsql -G
Il parametro -G restituirà un elenco tipo
Available GDAL raster formats: Virtual Raster GeoTIFF National Imagery Transmission Format Raster Product Format TOC format ECRG TOC format Erdas Imagine Images (.img) CEOS SAR Image CEOS Image ... Arc/Info Export E00 GRID ZMap Plus Grid NOAA NGS Geoid Height Grids
-?
Mostra una schermata di aiuto. L'aiuto verra mostrato inoltre se non assegnate alcun parametro.
-G
Elenca i formati raster supportati.
-c
Crea una nuova tabella e carica in questa il/i raster. Questa è la modalita di default
-a
Accoda il o i raster a una tabella esistente.
-d
Elimina la tabella, ne crea una nuova e vi carica il/i dati raster
-p
Modalità di preparazione. Crea solamente la tabella.
-C
Apply raster constraints -- srid, pixelsize etc. to ensure raster is properly registered in raster_columns
view.
-x
Disable setting the max extent constraint. Only applied if -C flag is also used.
-r
Set the constraints (spatially unique and coverage tile) for regular blocking. Only applied if -C flag is also used.
-s <SRID>
Assegna lo SRID specificato al raster in uscita. Se non fornito o uguale a zero, saranno controllati i metadati del raster per determinare uno SRID appropriato.
-b BAND
Indice (a partire da 1) della banda da estrarre dal raster. Per specificare più di un indice di banda, separare con una virgola (,). Se non specificato, saranno estratte tutte le bande.
-t TILE_SIZE
Cut raster into tiles to be inserted one per table row. TILE_SIZE
is expressed as WIDTHxHEIGHT or set to the value "auto" to allow the loader to compute an appropriate tile size using the first raster and applied to all rasters.
-P
Pad right-most and bottom-most tiles to guarantee that all tiles have the same width and height.
-R, --register
Register the raster as a filesystem (out-db) raster.
Nel database vengono salvati solo i metadati e il percorso del raster (non i pixel).
-l OVERVIEW_FACTOR
Create overview of the raster. For more than one factor, separate with comma(,). Overview table name follows the pattern o_overview factor
_table
, where overview factor
is a placeholder for numerical overview factor and table
is replaced with the base table name. Created overview is stored in the database and is not affected by -R. Note that your generated sql file will contain both the main table and overview tables.
-N NODATA
Valore da usare come NODATA per le bande senza un valore NODATA.
-f COLUMN
Specifica il nome della colonna di destinazione per i raster. Il default è 'rast'.
-F
Aggiunge una colonna con il nome del file
-n COLUMN
Specify the name of the filename column. Implies -F.
-q
Wrap PostgreSQL identifiers in quotes.
-I
Crea un indice GiST sulla colonna raster.
-M
Vacuum analyze the raster table.
-k
Keeps empty tiles and skips NODATA value checks for each raster band. Note you save time in checking, but could end up with far more junk rows in your database and those junk rows are not marked as empty tiles.
-T tablespace
Specificare il tablespace per la nuova tabella. Notare che gli indici (compresa la chiave primaria) useranno sempre il tablespace di default, a meno che non venga usato anche il flag -X.
-X tablespace
Specifica il tablespace per il nuovo indice della tabella. Si applica alla chiave primaria e all'indice spaziale se viene usato il flag -I
-Y max_rows_per_copy=50
Use copy statements instead of insert statements. Optionally specify max_rows_per_copy
; default 50 when not specified.
-e
Esegui ogni comando individualmente, non utilizzare una transazione.
-E ENDIAN
Controlla l'ordine dei byte prodotti nell'output binario del raster: specificare 0 per XDR e 1 per NDR (il default). Al momento viene supportato solo lo NDR.
-V version
Specifica la versione del formato in uscita. Il default è 0. Al momento 0 è l'unico supportato.
In varie occasioni vorrete creare raster e tabelle raster direttamente nel database. Per questo esiste una pletora di funzioni. Questi sono i passi generali da seguire.
Creare una tabella con una colonna raster per contenere i nuovi valori raster può essere ottenuto da:
CREATE TABLE myrasters(rid serial primary key, rast raster);
Esistono molte funzioni per assitervi verso questo obiettivo. Se state creando un raster non derivato da altri raster, inizierete con: ST_MakeEmptyRaster, seguito da ST_AddBand
Potete anche creare raster a partire dalle geometria. Per questo userete ST_AsRaster, magari accompagnato da altre funzioni come ST_Union o ST_MapAlgebraFct, o qualsiasi altra delle funzioni di algebra sulle mappe.
Vi sono poi ancora più opzioni per creare nuove tabelle raster a partire da tabelle esistenti. Per esempio potete creare una tabella raster in una proiezione diversa da una tabella esistente usando ST_Transform
Una volta inseriti dei valori iniziali nella tabella, vorrete creare un indice spaziale sulla colonna raster, con un comando tipo:
CREATE INDEX myrasters_rast_st_convexhull_idx ON myrasters USING gist( ST_ConvexHull(rast) );
Note the use of ST_ConvexHull since most raster operators are based on the convex hull of the rasters.
Pre-2.0 versions of PostGIS raster were based on the envelop rather than the convex hull. For the spatial indexes to work properly you'll need to drop those and replace with convex hull based index. |
Apply raster constraints using AddRasterConstraints
The raster2pgsql
tool uses GDAL to access raster data, and can take advantage of a key GDAL feature: the ability to read from rasters that are stored remotely in cloud "object stores" (e.g. AWS S3, Google Cloud Storage).
Efficient use of cloud stored rasters requires the use of a "cloud optimized" format. The most well-known and widely used is the "cloud optimized GeoTIFF" format. Using a non-cloud format, like a JPEG, or an un-tiled TIFF will result in very poor performance, as the system will have to download the entire raster each time it needs to access a subset.
First, load your raster into the cloud storage of your choice. Once it is loaded, you will have a URI to access it with, either an "http" URI, or sometimes a URI specific to the service. (e.g., "s3://bucket/object"). To access non-public buckets, you will need to supply GDAL config options to authenticate your connection. Note that this command is reading from the cloud raster and writing to the database.
AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx \ AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx \ raster2pgsql \ -s 990000 \ -t 256x256 \ -I \ -R \ /vsis3/your.bucket.com/your_file.tif \ your_table \ | psql your_db
Once the table is loaded, you need to give the database permission to read from remote rasters, by setting two permissions, postgis.enable_outdb_rasters and postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers.
SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = true; SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'ENABLE_ALL';
To make the changes sticky, set them directly on your database. You will need to re-connect to experience the new settings.
ALTER DATABASE your_db SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = true; ALTER DATABASE your_db SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'ENABLE_ALL';
For non-public rasters, you may have to provide access keys to read from the cloud rasters. The same keys you used to write the raster2pgsql
call can be set for use inside the database, with the postgis.gdal_vsi_options configuration. Note that multiple options can be set by space-separating the key=value
pairs.
SET postgis.gdal_vsi_options = 'AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx';
Once you have the data loaded and permissions set you can interact with the raster table like any other raster table, using the same functions. The database will handle all the mechanics of connecting to the cloud data when it needs to read pixel data.
Esistono due tipi di viste dei cataloghi raster fornite con PostGIS. Entrambe le viste utilizzano informazioni contenute nei dati sui limiti delle tabelle raster. Da ciò risulta che le viste dei cataloghi sono sempre consistenti con i dati raster nelle tabelle, dato che sono considerati i limiti di queste.
raster_columns
questa vista riporta il catalogo di tutte le colonne raster nel vostro database.
raster_overviews
questa vista elenca tutte le colonne raste di tabelle nel vostro database che sono utilizzate come vista d'insieme per una tabella con maggiori dettagli. Le tabelle di questo tipo sono generate quando utilizzate l'opzione -l
durante il caricamento.
La vista raster_columns
è un catalogo di tutte le colonne di tabelle che nel vostro database sono di tipo raster. È una vista che utilizza i limiti applicati alle tabelle, per cui le informazioni sono sempre congruenti, anche se ripristinate una tabella raster dal backup di un altro database. Il catalogo raster_columns
contiene le seguenti colonne.
Se non avete creato le tabelle con il loader o vi siete dimenticati di specificare l'opzione -C
durante il caricamento, potete far applicare i limiti a cose fatte utilizzando AddRasterConstraints, di modo che il catalogo raster_columns
registri le informazioni sulle vostre tile raster.
r_table_catalog
Il database in cui si trova la tabella. Conterrà sempre il database corrente.
r_table_schema
Lo schema database cui la tabella raster appartiene.
r_table_name
tabella raster
r_raster_column
la colonna nella tabella r_table_name
che è di tipo raster. Nulla in PostGIS vi impedisce di avere più colonne raster per tabella, per cui è possibile avere una tabella raster elencata più volte con il riferimento ogni volta a una colonna raster differente..
srid
L'identificatore del sistema di riferimento spaziale del raster. Dovrebbe essere una voce di Section 4.5, “Spatial Reference Systems”.
scale_x
Il rapporto di scala tra le coordinate geometriche e il pixel, disponibile solo se tutte le tile nella colonna raster hanno lo stesso valore di scale_x
e questo limite è applicato. Si rimanda è ST_ScaleX per ulteriori dettagli.
scale_y
Il rapporto di scala tra le coordinate geometriche e il pixel, disponibile solo se tutte le tile nella colonna raster hanno lo stesso valore di scale_y
e il vincolo su scale_y
è applicato. Si rimanda a ST_ScaleY per ulteriori dettagli.
blocksize_x
La larghezza (come numero di pixel in orizzontale) di ogni tile raster. Si rimanda a ST_Width per ulteriori dettagli.
blocksize_y
L'altezza (number of pixels in verticale) di ogni tile raster. Si rimanda a ST_Height per ulteriori dettagli.
stesso_allineamento
Variabile booleana pari a "vero" se tutte le tile raster hanno lo stesso allineamento. Si rimanda a ST_SameAlignment per ulteriori dettagli.
regular_blocking
If the raster column has the spatially unique and coverage tile constraints, the value with be TRUE. Otherwise, it will be FALSE.
numero_bande
Il numero delle bande in ogni tile del set di raster. Questa è la stessa informazione fornita da ST_NumBands
pixel_types
Un vettore che definisce il tipo di pixel per ciascuna banda. In questo vettore avrete un numero di elementi pari al numero delle bande. I valori di pixel_types possono essere tra quelli definiti in ST_BandPixelType.
nodata_values
Un vettore in doppia precisione che spefica i valori nodata_value
per ciascuna banda. Avrete in questo vettore un numero di elementi pari al numero di bande. Questi numeri definiscono il valore del pixel che per ciascuna banda deve essere ignorato nella maggior parte delle operazioni. L'informazion è simile a quella fornita da ST_BandNoDataValue.
out_db
An array of boolean flags indicating if the raster bands data is maintained outside the database. You will have the same number of elements in this array as you have number of bands.
extent
This is the extent of all the raster rows in your raster set. If you plan to load more data that will change the extent of the set, you'll want to run the DropRasterConstraints function before load and then reapply constraints with AddRasterConstraints after load.
spatial_index
A boolean that is true if raster column has a spatial index.
raster_overviews
catalogs information about raster table columns used for overviews and additional information about them that is useful to know when utilizing overviews. Overview tables are cataloged in both raster_columns
and raster_overviews
because they are rasters in their own right but also serve an additional special purpose of being a lower resolution caricature of a higher resolution table. These are generated along-side the main raster table when you use the -l
switch in raster loading or can be generated manually using AddOverviewConstraints.
Overview tables contain the same constraints as other raster tables as well as additional informational only constraints specific to overviews.
The information in |
Two main reasons for overviews are:
Low resolution representation of the core tables commonly used for fast mapping zoom-out.
Computations are generally faster to do on them than their higher resolution parents because there are fewer records and each pixel covers more territory. Though the computations are not as accurate as the high-res tables they support, they can be sufficient in many rule-of-thumb computations.
The raster_overviews
catalog contains the following columns of information.
o_table_catalog
The database the overview table is in. This will always read the current database.
o_table_schema
The database schema the overview raster table belongs to.
o_table_name
raster overview table name
o_raster_column
the raster column in the overview table.
r_table_catalog
The database the raster table that this overview services is in. This will always read the current database.
r_table_schema
The database schema the raster table that this overview services belongs to.
r_table_name
raster table that this overview services.
r_raster_column
the raster column that this overview column services.
overview_factor
- this is the pyramid level of the overview table. The higher the number the lower the resolution of the table. raster2pgsql if given a folder of images, will compute overview of each image file and load separately. Level 1 is assumed and always the original file. Level 2 is will have each tile represent 4 of the original. So for example if you have a folder of 5000x5000 pixel image files that you chose to chunk 125x125, for each image file your base table will have (5000*5000)/(125*125) records = 1600, your (l=2) o_2
table will have ceiling(1600/Power(2,2)) = 400 rows, your (l=3) o_3
will have ceiling(1600/Power(2,3) ) = 200 rows. If your pixels aren't divisible by the size of your tiles, you'll get some scrap tiles (tiles not completely filled). Note that each overview tile generated by raster2pgsql has the same number of pixels as its parent, but is of a lower resolution where each pixel of it represents (Power(2,overview_factor) pixels of the original).
The fact that PostGIS raster provides you with SQL functions to render rasters in known image formats gives you a lot of options for rendering them. For example you can use OpenOffice / LibreOffice for rendering as demonstrated in Rendering PostGIS Raster graphics with LibreOffice Base Reports. In addition you can use a wide variety of languages as demonstrated in this section.
In questo paragrafo mostreremo come utilizzare il driver PHP PostgreSQL e la famiglia di funzioni ST_AsGDALRaster per estrarre le bande 1,2,3 di un raster a una richiesta PHP che poi può essere inserita in un tag src di un'immagine HTML.
La query di esempio mostra come combinare varie funzioni raster per recuperare tutte le tile che intersecano una data area rettangolare in wgs84, unisce le tile risultanti per tutte le bande con ST_Union, le trasforma in una proiezione specificata dall'utente con ST_Transform e infine crea un PNG in uscita tramite ST_AsPNG.
Andreste a chiamare il codice sotto utilizzando
http://mywebserver/test_raster.php?srid=2249
per ottenere l'immagine raster proiettata nel sistema di riferimento Massachusetts state plane feet.
<?php /** contents of test_raster.php **/ $conn_str ='dbname=mydb host=localhost port=5432 user=myuser password=mypwd'; $dbconn = pg_connect($conn_str); header('Content-Type: image/png'); /**If a particular projection was requested use it otherwise use mass state plane meters **/ if (!empty( $_REQUEST['srid'] ) && is_numeric( $_REQUEST['srid']) ){ $input_srid = intval($_REQUEST['srid']); } else { $input_srid = 26986; } /** The set bytea_output may be needed for PostgreSQL 9.0+, but not for 8.4 **/ $sql = "set bytea_output='escape'; SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_Transform( ST_AddBand(ST_Union(rast,1), ARRAY[ST_Union(rast,2),ST_Union(rast,3)]) ,$input_srid) ) As new_rast FROM aerials.boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_Transform(ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.1217, 42.227, -71.1210, 42.218,4326),26986) )"; $result = pg_query($sql); $row = pg_fetch_row($result); pg_free_result($result); if ($row === false) return; echo pg_unescape_bytea($row[0]); ?>
In questo paragrafo vi mostreremo come usare il driver .NET Npgsql e la famiglia di funzioni ST_AsGDALRaster per inviare in uscita le bande 1,2,3 di un raster a una richiesta PHP che può poi essere inserita nel tag src di un immagine html.
Per questo vi servirà il driver PostgreSQL npgsql .NET. Potete recuperare il più recente da http://npgsql.projects.postgresql.org/. Scaricatelo e salvatelo nella vostra cartella bin di ASP.NET per poter lavorare.
La query di esempio mostra come combinare varie funzioni raster per recuperare tutte le tile che intersecano una data area rettangolare in wgs84, unisce le tile risultanti per tutte le bande con ST_Union, le trasforma in una proiezione specificata dall'utente con ST_Transform e infine crea un PNG in uscita tramite ST_AsPNG.
Questo è lo stesso esempio illustrato in Section 10.3.1, “Esempio di output in PHP, utilizzando ST_AsPNG assieme ad altre funzioni raster”, implementato in C#.
Richiamerete il codice sotto come
http://mywebserver/TestRaster.ashx?srid=2249
per ottenere l'immagine raster nel sistema di riferimento Massachusetts state plane feet.
-- web.config connection string section -- <connectionStrings> <add name="DSN" connectionString="server=localhost;database=mydb;Port=5432;User Id=myuser;password=mypwd"/> </connectionStrings>
// Code for TestRaster.ashx <%@ WebHandler Language="C#" Class="TestRaster" %> using System; using System.Data; using System.Web; using Npgsql; public class TestRaster : IHttpHandler { public void ProcessRequest(HttpContext context) { context.Response.ContentType = "image/png"; context.Response.BinaryWrite(GetResults(context)); } public bool IsReusable { get { return false; } } public byte[] GetResults(HttpContext context) { byte[] result = null; NpgsqlCommand command; string sql = null; int input_srid = 26986; try { using (NpgsqlConnection conn = new NpgsqlConnection(System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings["DSN"].ConnectionString)) { conn.Open(); if (context.Request["srid"] != null) { input_srid = Convert.ToInt32(context.Request["srid"]); } sql = @"SELECT ST_AsPNG( ST_Transform( ST_AddBand( ST_Union(rast,1), ARRAY[ST_Union(rast,2),ST_Union(rast,3)]) ,:input_srid) ) As new_rast FROM aerials.boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_Transform(ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.1217, 42.227, -71.1210, 42.218,4326),26986) )"; command = new NpgsqlCommand(sql, conn); command.Parameters.Add(new NpgsqlParameter("input_srid", input_srid)); result = (byte[]) command.ExecuteScalar(); conn.Close(); } } catch (Exception ex) { result = null; context.Response.Write(ex.Message.Trim()); } return result; } }
Questa è una semplice app per console java che prende una query, ne restituisce la corrispondente immagine e la scrive in un file specificato.
Potete scaricare i driver JDBC per PostgreSQL più recenti da http://jdbc.postgresql.org/download.html
Potete compilare il codice seguente con un comando tipo:
set env CLASSPATH .:..\postgresql-9.0-801.jdbc4.jar javac SaveQueryImage.java jar cfm SaveQueryImage.jar Manifest.txt *.class
E lanciarlo dalla riga di comando con un'istruzione tipo
java -jar SaveQueryImage.jar "SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),10, 'quad_segs=2'),150, 150, '8BUI',100));" "test.png"
-- Manifest.txt -- Class-Path: postgresql-9.0-801.jdbc4.jar Main-Class: SaveQueryImage
// Code for SaveQueryImage.java import java.sql.Connection; import java.sql.SQLException; import java.sql.PreparedStatement; import java.sql.ResultSet; import java.io.*; public class SaveQueryImage { public static void main(String[] argv) { System.out.println("Checking if Driver is registered with DriverManager."); try { //java.sql.DriverManager.registerDriver (new org.postgresql.Driver()); Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver"); } catch (ClassNotFoundException cnfe) { System.out.println("Couldn't find the driver!"); cnfe.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } Connection conn = null; try { conn = DriverManager.getConnection("jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/mydb","myuser", "mypwd"); conn.setAutoCommit(false); PreparedStatement sGetImg = conn.prepareStatement(argv[0]); ResultSet rs = sGetImg.executeQuery(); FileOutputStream fout; try { rs.next(); /** Output to file name requested by user **/ fout = new FileOutputStream(new File(argv[1]) ); fout.write(rs.getBytes(1)); fout.close(); } catch(Exception e) { System.out.println("Can't create file"); e.printStackTrace(); } rs.close(); sGetImg.close(); conn.close(); } catch (SQLException se) { System.out.println("Couldn't connect: print out a stack trace and exit."); se.printStackTrace(); System.exit(1); } } }
Si tratta di una funzione plpython che crea un file per ogni record nella directory del server. Richiede la presenza di plpython. Dovrebbe funzionare bene sia con plpythonu che plpython3u.
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION write_file (param_bytes bytea, param_filepath text) RETURNS text AS $$ f = open(param_filepath, 'wb+') f.write(param_bytes) return param_filepath $$ LANGUAGE plpythonu;
--write out 5 images to the PostgreSQL server in varying sizes -- note the postgresql daemon account needs to have write access to folder -- this echos back the file names created; SELECT write_file(ST_AsPNG( ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),j*5, 'quad_segs=2'),150*j, 150*j, '8BUI',100)), 'C:/temp/slices'|| j || '.png') FROM generate_series(1,5) As j; write_file --------------------- C:/temp/slices1.png C:/temp/slices2.png C:/temp/slices3.png C:/temp/slices4.png C:/temp/slices5.png
Purtroppo PSQL non ha una funzionalità integrata facile da usare per l'output dei binari. Si tratta di un piccolo hack che si appoggia al supporto per gli oggetti di grandi dimensioni di PostgreSQL, piuttosto datato. Per usarlo, lanciate prima la riga di comando di psql collegata al vostro database.
A differenza dell'approcio python, questo sistema crea il file in locale sul vostro computer.
SELECT oid, lowrite(lo_open(oid, 131072), png) As num_bytes FROM ( VALUES (lo_create(0), ST_AsPNG( (SELECT rast FROM aerials.boston WHERE rid=1) ) ) ) As v(oid,png); -- you'll get an output something like -- oid | num_bytes ---------+----------- 2630819 | 74860 -- next note the oid and do this replacing the c:/test.png to file path location -- on your local computer \lo_export 2630819 'C:/temp/aerial_samp.png' -- this deletes the file from large object storage on db SELECT lo_unlink(2630819);
Le funzioni riportate sotto sono quelle che un utente di PostGIS Raster si troverà a utilizzare più frequentemente e che sono disponibili in PostGIS Raster. Esistono altre funzioni che sono di supporto agli oggetti raster e che non servono a un utilizzo generale.
Il tipo raster
è un nuovo tipo di dati PostGIS per archiviare e analizzare dati raster.
Per il caricamento di raster da file raster, fare riferimento a Section 10.1, “Caricare e creare raster”
Per gli esempi di questa guida si utilizzerà una tabella di raster fittizi, formata con il seguente codice
CREATE TABLE dummy_rast(rid integer, rast raster); INSERT INTO dummy_rast(rid, rast) VALUES (1, ('01' -- little endian (uint8 ndr) || '0000' -- version (uint16 0) || '0000' -- nBands (uint16 0) || '0000000000000040' -- scaleX (float64 2) || '0000000000000840' -- scaleY (float64 3) || '000000000000E03F' -- ipX (float64 0.5) || '000000000000E03F' -- ipY (float64 0.5) || '0000000000000000' -- skewX (float64 0) || '0000000000000000' -- skewY (float64 0) || '00000000' -- SRID (int32 0) || '0A00' -- width (uint16 10) || '1400' -- height (uint16 20) )::raster ), -- Raster: 5 x 5 pixels, 3 bands, PT_8BUI pixel type, NODATA = 0 (2, ('01000003009A9999999999A93F9A9999999999A9BF000000E02B274A' || '41000000007719564100000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFF050005000400FDFEFDFEFEFDFEFEFDF9FAFEF' || 'EFCF9FBFDFEFEFDFCFAFEFEFE04004E627AADD16076B4F9FE6370A9F5FE59637AB0E54F58617087040046566487A1506CA2E3FA5A6CAFFBFE4D566DA4CB3E454C5665')::raster);
Questa sezione elenca i tipi di dati PostgreSQL creati appositamente per supportare le funzionalità raster.
geomval — Un tipo di dato spaziale con due campi: geom (che contiene un oggetto geometrico) e val (che contiene un valore di pixel a doppia precisione da una banda raster).
geomval è un tipo di dati composto costituito da un oggetto geometrico referenziato dal campo .geom e da val, un valore a doppia precisione che rappresenta il valore del pixel in una particolare posizione geometrica in una banda raster. Viene utilizzato dalla famiglia di funzioni ST_DumpAsPolygon e Raster intersection come tipo di output per esplodere una banda raster in poligoni geometrici.
addbandarg — Un tipo composito usato come input nella funzione ST_AddBand che definisce gli attributi e il valore iniziale della nuova banda.
Un tipo composito usato come input nella funzione ST_AddBand che definisce gli attributi e il valore iniziale della nuova banda.
index integer
1-based value indicating the position where the new band will be added amongst the raster's bands. If NULL, the new band will be added at the end of the raster's bands.
pixeltype text
Pixel type of the new band. One of defined pixel types as described in ST_BandPixelType.
initialvalue double precision
Initial value that all pixels of new band will be set to.
nodataval double precision
NODATA value of the new band. If NULL, the new band will not have a NODATA value assigned.
rastbandarg — A composite type for use when needing to express a raster and a band index of that raster.
A composite type for use when needing to express a raster and a band index of that raster.
rast raster
The raster in question/
nband integer
1-based value indicating the band of raster
raster — raster spatial data type.
raster is a spatial data type used to represent raster data such as those imported from JPEGs, TIFFs, PNGs, digital elevation models. Each raster has 1 or more bands each having a set of pixel values. Rasters can be georeferenced.
Requires PostGIS be compiled with GDAL support. Currently rasters can be implicitly converted to geometry type, but the conversion returns the ST_ConvexHull of the raster. This auto casting may be removed in the near future so don't rely on it. |
Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato
Cast verso | Comportamento |
geometry | automatico |
reclassarg — A composite type used as input into the ST_Reclass function defining the behavior of reclassification.
A composite type used as input into the ST_Reclass function defining the behavior of reclassification.
nband integer
The band number of band to reclassify.
reclassexpr text
range expression consisting of comma delimited range:map_range mappings. : to define mapping that defines how to map old band values to new band values. ( means >, ) means less than, ] < or equal, [ means > or equal
1. [a-b] = a <= x <= b 2. (a-b] = a < x <= b 3. [a-b) = a <= x < b 4. (a-b) = a < x < b
( notation is optional so a-b means the same as (a-b)
pixeltype text
One of defined pixel types as described in ST_BandPixelType
nodataval double precision
Value to treat as no data. For image outputs that support transparency, these will be blank.
SELECT ROW(2, '0-100:1-10, 101-500:11-150,501 - 10000: 151-254', '8BUI', 255)::reclassarg;
SELECT ROW(1, '0-100]:0, (100-255:1', '1BB', NULL)::reclassarg;
summarystats — A composite type returned by the ST_SummaryStats and ST_SummaryStatsAgg functions.
A composite type returned by the ST_SummaryStats and ST_SummaryStatsAgg functions.
Number of pixels counted for the summary statistics.
Sum of all counted pixel values.
Arithmetic mean of all counted pixel values.
Deviazione standard di tutti i valori dei pixel contati.
Valore minimo dei valori dei pixel contati.
Valore massimo dei valori dei pixel contati.
unionarg — Un tipo composito usato come input nella funzione ST_Union che definisce le bande da elaborare e il comportamento dell'operazione UNION.
Un tipo composito usato come input nella funzione ST_Union che definisce le bande da elaborare e il comportamento dell'operazione UNION.
nband integer
Valore a base 1 che indica la banda di ciascun raster di input da elaborare.
uniontype text
Tipo di operazione UNION. Uno dei tipi definiti, come descritto in ST_Union.
AddRasterConstraints — Aggiunge vincoli raster a una tabella raster caricata per una colonna specifica che vincola il rif spaziale, la scala, la dimensione del blocco, l'allineamento, le bande, il tipo di banda e un flag per indicare se la colonna raster è regolarmente bloccata. La tabella deve essere caricata con i dati per poter dedurre i vincoli. Restituisce true se l'impostazione dei vincoli è stata eseguita, altrimenti emette un avviso.
boolean AddRasterConstraints(
name rasttable, name rastcolumn, boolean srid=true, boolean scale_x=true, boolean scale_y=true, boolean blocksize_x=true, boolean blocksize_y=true, boolean same_alignment=true, boolean regular_blocking=false, boolean num_bands=true , boolean pixel_types=true , boolean nodata_values=true , boolean out_db=true , boolean extent=true )
;
boolean AddRasterConstraints(
name rasttable, name rastcolumn, text[] VARIADIC constraints)
;
boolean AddRasterConstraints(
name rastschema, name rasttable, name rastcolumn, text[] VARIADIC constraints)
;
boolean AddRasterConstraints(
name rastschema, name rasttable, name rastcolumn, boolean srid=true, boolean scale_x=true, boolean scale_y=true, boolean blocksize_x=true, boolean blocksize_y=true, boolean same_alignment=true, boolean regular_blocking=false, boolean num_bands=true, boolean pixel_types=true, boolean nodata_values=true , boolean out_db=true , boolean extent=true )
;
Genera vincoli su una colonna raster che vengono utilizzati per visualizzare le informazioni nel catalogo raster raster_columns
. rastschema
è il nome dello schema della tabella in cui risiede la tabella. srid
deve essere un valore intero di riferimento a una voce della tabella SPATIAL_REF_SYS.
raster2pgsql
loader utilizza questa funzione per registrare le tabelle raster
Nomi di vincoli validi da inserire: fare riferimento a Section 10.2.1, “Catalogo delle colonne raster” per maggiori dettagli.
blocksize
imposta sia la dimensione del blocco X che Y
blocksize_x
imposta il riquadro X (larghezza in pixel di ogni riquadro)
blocksize_y
imposta il riquadro Y (altezza in pixel di ogni riquadro)
extent
calcola l'estensione dell'intera tabella e applica il vincolo che tutti i raster devono rientrare in tale estensione
num_bands
numero di bande
pixel_types
legge l'array di tipi di pixel per ogni banda, assicurando che tutte le bande n abbiano lo stesso tipo di pixel
regular_blocking
imposta i vincoli di unicità spaziale (non ci sono due raster uguali dal punto di vista spaziale) e di copertura (il raster è allineato a una copertura)
same_alignment
assicura che tutte le tessere abbiano lo stesso allineamento, il che significa che ogni due tessere confrontate restituiranno true. Fare riferimento a ST_SameAlignment.
srid
assicura che tutti abbiano lo stesso srid
Altro -- tutti quelli elencati come input delle funzioni precedenti
Questa funzione infonde i vincoli dai dati già presenti nella tabella. Per questo motivo, affinché funzioni, è necessario creare prima la colonna raster e poi caricarla con i dati. |
Se è necessario caricare altri dati nelle tabelle dopo aver applicato i vincoli, è possibile eseguire DropRasterConstraints se l'estensione dei dati è cambiata. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
CREATE TABLE myrasters(rid SERIAL primary key, rast raster); INSERT INTO myrasters(rast) SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0.3, -0.3, 2, 2, 0, 0,4326), 1, '8BSI'::text, -129, NULL); SELECT AddRasterConstraints('myrasters'::name, 'rast'::name); -- verify if registered correctly in the raster_columns view -- SELECT srid, scale_x, scale_y, blocksize_x, blocksize_y, num_bands, pixel_types, nodata_values FROM raster_columns WHERE r_table_name = 'myrasters'; srid | scale_x | scale_y | blocksize_x | blocksize_y | num_bands | pixel_types| nodata_values ------+---------+---------+-------------+-------------+-----------+-------------+--------------- 4326 | 2 | 2 | 1000 | 1000 | 1 | {8BSI} | {0}
CREATE TABLE public.myrasters2(rid SERIAL primary key, rast raster); INSERT INTO myrasters2(rast) SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0.3, -0.3, 2, 2, 0, 0,4326), 1, '8BSI'::text, -129, NULL); SELECT AddRasterConstraints('public'::name, 'myrasters2'::name, 'rast'::name,'regular_blocking', 'blocksize'); -- get notice-- NOTICE: Adding regular blocking constraint NOTICE: Adding blocksize-X constraint NOTICE: Adding blocksize-Y constraint
DropRasterConstraints — Elimina i vincoli raster di PostGIS che fanno riferimento a una colonna della tabella raster. Utile se è necessario ricaricare i dati o aggiornare i dati delle colonne raster.
boolean DropRasterConstraints(
name rasttable, name rastcolumn, boolean srid, boolean scale_x, boolean scale_y, boolean blocksize_x, boolean blocksize_y, boolean same_alignment, boolean regular_blocking, boolean num_bands=true, boolean pixel_types=true, boolean nodata_values=true, boolean out_db=true , boolean extent=true)
;
boolean DropRasterConstraints(
name rastschema, name rasttable, name rastcolumn, boolean srid=true, boolean scale_x=true, boolean scale_y=true, boolean blocksize_x=true, boolean blocksize_y=true, boolean same_alignment=true, boolean regular_blocking=false, boolean num_bands=true, boolean pixel_types=true, boolean nodata_values=true, boolean out_db=true , boolean extent=true)
;
boolean DropRasterConstraints(
name rastschema, name rasttable, name rastcolumn, text[] constraints)
;
Elimina i vincoli raster di PostGIS che fanno riferimento a una colonna della tabella raster, aggiunti da AddRasterConstraints. Utile se è necessario caricare altri dati o aggiornare i dati delle colonne raster. Non è necessario eseguire questa operazione se si vuole eliminare una tabella raster o una colonna raster.
Per eliminare una tabella raster, utilizzare il comando standard
DROP TABLE mytable
Per eliminare solo una colonna raster e lasciare il resto della tabella, utilizzare l'SQL standard
ALTER TABLE mytable DROP COLUMN rast
la tabella scomparirà dal catalogo raster_columns
se la colonna o la tabella vengono eliminate. Tuttavia, se vengono eliminati solo i vincoli, la colonna raster sarà ancora elencata nel catalogo raster_columns
, ma non ci saranno altre informazioni su di essa, a parte il nome della colonna e la tabella.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT DropRasterConstraints ('myrasters','rast'); ----RESULT output --- t -- verify change in raster_columns -- SELECT srid, scale_x, scale_y, blocksize_x, blocksize_y, num_bands, pixel_types, nodata_values FROM raster_columns WHERE r_table_name = 'myrasters'; srid | scale_x | scale_y | blocksize_x | blocksize_y | num_bands | pixel_types| nodata_values ------+---------+---------+-------------+-------------+-----------+-------------+--------------- 0 | | | | | | |
AddOverviewConstraints — Etichetta una colonna raster come panoramica di un'altra.
boolean AddOverviewConstraints(
name ovschema, name ovtable, name ovcolumn, name refschema, name reftable, name refcolumn, int ovfactor)
;
boolean AddOverviewConstraints(
name ovtable, name ovcolumn, name reftable, name refcolumn, int ovfactor)
;
Aggiunge vincoli su una colonna raster che vengono utilizzati per visualizzare le informazioni nel catalogo raster raster_overviews
.
Il parametro ovfactor
rappresenta il moltiplicatore di scala nella colonna della panoramica: fattori di panoramica più alti hanno una risoluzione inferiore.
Quando i parametri ovschema
e refschema
sono omessi, verrà utilizzata la prima tabella trovata scansionando il percorso search_path
.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
CREATE TABLE res1 AS SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0, 0, 2), 1, '8BSI'::text, -129, NULL ) r1; CREATE TABLE res2 AS SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(500, 500, 0, 0, 4), 1, '8BSI'::text, -129, NULL ) r2; SELECT AddOverviewConstraints('res2', 'r2', 'res1', 'r1', 2); -- verify if registered correctly in the raster_overviews view -- SELECT o_table_name ot, o_raster_column oc, r_table_name rt, r_raster_column rc, overview_factor f FROM raster_overviews WHERE o_table_name = 'res2'; ot | oc | rt | rc | f ------+----+------+----+--- res2 | r2 | res1 | r1 | 2 (1 row)
DropOverviewConstraints — Disetichetta una colonna raster come panoramica di un'altra.
boolean DropOverviewConstraints(
name ovschema, name ovtable, name ovcolumn)
;
boolean DropOverviewConstraints(
name ovtable, name ovcolumn)
;
Rimuove da una colonna raster i vincoli utilizzati per mostrarla come panoramica di un'altra nel catalogo raster raster_overviews
.
Quando il parametro ovschema
viene omesso, verrà utilizzata la prima tabella trovata scansionando il percorso search_path
.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
PostGIS_GDAL_Version — Riporta la versione della libreria GDAL utilizzata da PostGIS.
text PostGIS_GDAL_Version(
)
;
Riporta la versione della libreria GDAL in uso da PostGIS. Controlla e segnala anche se GDAL riesce a trovare i suoi file di dati.
SELECT PostGIS_GDAL_Version(); postgis_gdal_version ----------------------------------- GDAL 1.11dev, released 2013/04/13
PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Build_Date — Riporta la data di creazione della libreria raster completa.
text PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Build_Date(
)
;
Riporta la data di creazione del raster
SELECT PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Build_Date(); postgis_raster_lib_build_date ----------------------------- 2010-04-28 21:15:10
PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Version — Riporta la versione completa del raster e le informazioni sulla configurazione della build.
text PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Version(
)
;
Riporta la versione completa del raster e le informazioni sulla configurazione della build.
SELECT PostGIS_Raster_Lib_Version(); postgis_raster_lib_version ----------------------------- 2.0.0
ST_GDALDrivers — Restituisce un elenco dei formati raster supportati da PostGIS attraverso GDAL. Solo i formati con can_write=True possono essere utilizzati da ST_AsGDALRaste
setof record ST_GDALDrivers(
integer OUT idx, text OUT short_name, text OUT long_name, text OUT can_read, text OUT can_write, text OUT create_options)
;
Restituisce un elenco di formati raster nome_corto, nome_lungo e opzioni del creatore di ciascun formato supportato da GDAL. Utilizzare il nome_breve come input nel parametro format
di ST_AsGDALRaster. Le opzioni variano a seconda dei driver con cui è stata compilata libgdal. create_options
restituisce un insieme formattato xml di CreationOptionList/Option composto da nome e tipo
, descrizione
e insieme di VALUE
per ogni opzione di creazione per il driver specifico.
Changed: 2.5.0 - add can_read and can_write columns.
Changed: 2.0.6, 2.1.3 - by default no drivers are enabled, unless GUC or Environment variable gdal_enabled_drivers is set.
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'ENABLE_ALL'; SELECT short_name, long_name, can_write FROM st_gdaldrivers() ORDER BY short_name; short_name | long_name | can_write -----------------+-------------------------------------------------------------+----------- AAIGrid | Arc/Info ASCII Grid | t ACE2 | ACE2 | f ADRG | ARC Digitized Raster Graphics | f AIG | Arc/Info Binary Grid | f AirSAR | AirSAR Polarimetric Image | f ARG | Azavea Raster Grid format | t BAG | Bathymetry Attributed Grid | f BIGGIF | Graphics Interchange Format (.gif) | f BLX | Magellan topo (.blx) | t BMP | MS Windows Device Independent Bitmap | f BSB | Maptech BSB Nautical Charts | f PAux | PCI .aux Labelled | f PCIDSK | PCIDSK Database File | f PCRaster | PCRaster Raster File | f PDF | Geospatial PDF | f PDS | NASA Planetary Data System | f PDS4 | NASA Planetary Data System 4 | t PLMOSAIC | Planet Labs Mosaics API | f PLSCENES | Planet Labs Scenes API | f PNG | Portable Network Graphics | t PNM | Portable Pixmap Format (netpbm) | f PRF | Racurs PHOTOMOD PRF | f R | R Object Data Store | t Rasterlite | Rasterlite | t RDA | DigitalGlobe Raster Data Access driver | f RIK | Swedish Grid RIK (.rik) | f RMF | Raster Matrix Format | f ROI_PAC | ROI_PAC raster | f RPFTOC | Raster Product Format TOC format | f RRASTER | R Raster | f RS2 | RadarSat 2 XML Product | f RST | Idrisi Raster A.1 | t SAFE | Sentinel-1 SAR SAFE Product | f SAGA | SAGA GIS Binary Grid (.sdat, .sg-grd-z) | t SAR_CEOS | CEOS SAR Image | f SDTS | SDTS Raster | f SENTINEL2 | Sentinel 2 | f SGI | SGI Image File Format 1.0 | f SNODAS | Snow Data Assimilation System | f SRP | Standard Raster Product (ASRP/USRP) | f SRTMHGT | SRTMHGT File Format | t Terragen | Terragen heightfield | f TIL | EarthWatch .TIL | f TSX | TerraSAR-X Product | f USGSDEM | USGS Optional ASCII DEM (and CDED) | t VICAR | MIPL VICAR file | f VRT | Virtual Raster | t WCS | OGC Web Coverage Service | f WMS | OGC Web Map Service | t WMTS | OGC Web Map Tile Service | t XPM | X11 PixMap Format | t XYZ | ASCII Gridded XYZ | t ZMap | ZMap Plus Grid | t
-- Output the create options XML column of JPEG as a table -- -- Note you can use these creator options in ST_AsGDALRaster options argument SELECT (xpath('@name', g.opt))[1]::text As oname, (xpath('@type', g.opt))[1]::text As otype, (xpath('@description', g.opt))[1]::text As descrip FROM (SELECT unnest(xpath('/CreationOptionList/Option', create_options::xml)) As opt FROM st_gdaldrivers() WHERE short_name = 'JPEG') As g; oname | otype | descrip --------------------+---------+------------------------------------------------- PROGRESSIVE | boolean | whether to generate a progressive JPEG QUALITY | int | good=100, bad=0, default=75 WORLDFILE | boolean | whether to generate a worldfile INTERNAL_MASK | boolean | whether to generate a validity mask COMMENT | string | Comment SOURCE_ICC_PROFILE | string | ICC profile encoded in Base64 EXIF_THUMBNAIL | boolean | whether to generate an EXIF thumbnail(overview). By default its max dimension will be 128 THUMBNAIL_WIDTH | int | Forced thumbnail width THUMBNAIL_HEIGHT | int | Forced thumbnail height (9 rows)
-- raw xml output for creator options for GeoTiff -- SELECT create_options FROM st_gdaldrivers() WHERE short_name = 'GTiff'; <CreationOptionList> <Option name="COMPRESS" type="string-select"> <Value >NONE</Value> <Value >LZW</Value> <Value >PACKBITS</Value> <Value >JPEG</Value> <Value >CCITTRLE</Value> <Value >CCITTFAX3</Value> <Value >CCITTFAX4</Value> <Value >DEFLATE</Value> </Option> <Option name="PREDICTOR" type="int" description="Predictor Type"/> <Option name="JPEG_QUALITY" type="int" description="JPEG quality 1-100" default="75"/> <Option name="ZLEVEL" type="int" description="DEFLATE compression level 1-9" default="6"/> <Option name="NBITS" type="int" description="BITS for sub-byte files (1-7), sub-uint16 (9-15), sub-uint32 (17-31)"/> <Option name="INTERLEAVE" type="string-select" default="PIXEL"> <Value >BAND</Value> <Value >PIXEL</Value> </Option> <Option name="TILED" type="boolean" description="Switch to tiled format"/> <Option name="TFW" type="boolean" description="Write out world file"/> <Option name="RPB" type="boolean" description="Write out .RPB (RPC) file"/> <Option name="BLOCKXSIZE" type="int" description="Tile Width"/> <Option name="BLOCKYSIZE" type="int" description="Tile/Strip Height"/> <Option name="PHOTOMETRIC" type="string-select"> <Value >MINISBLACK</Value> <Value >MINISWHITE</Value> <Value >PALETTE</Value> <Value >RGB</Value> <Value >CMYK</Value> <Value >YCBCR</Value> <Value >CIELAB</Value> <Value >ICCLAB</Value> <Value >ITULAB</Value> </Option> <Option name="SPARSE_OK" type="boolean" description="Can newly created files have missing blocks?" default="FALSE"/> <Option name="ALPHA" type="boolean" description="Mark first extrasample as being alpha"/> <Option name="PROFILE" type="string-select" default="GDALGeoTIFF"> <Value >GDALGeoTIFF</Value> <Value >GeoTIFF</Value> <Value >BASELINE</Value> </Option> <Option name="PIXELTYPE" type="string-select"> <Value >DEFAULT</Value> <Value >SIGNEDBYTE</Value> </Option> <Option name="BIGTIFF" type="string-select" description="Force creation of BigTIFF file"> <Value >YES</Value> <Value >NO</Value> <Value >IF_NEEDED</Value> <Value >IF_SAFER</Value> </Option> <Option name="ENDIANNESS" type="string-select" default="NATIVE" description="Force endianness of created file. For DEBUG purpose mostly"> <Value >NATIVE</Value> <Value >INVERTED</Value> <Value >LITTLE</Value> <Value >BIG</Value> </Option> <Option name="COPY_SRC_OVERVIEWS" type="boolean" default="NO" description="Force copy of overviews of source dataset (CreateCopy())"/> </CreationOptionList> -- Output the create options XML column for GTiff as a table -- SELECT (xpath('@name', g.opt))[1]::text As oname, (xpath('@type', g.opt))[1]::text As otype, (xpath('@description', g.opt))[1]::text As descrip, array_to_string(xpath('Value/text()', g.opt),', ') As vals FROM (SELECT unnest(xpath('/CreationOptionList/Option', create_options::xml)) As opt FROM st_gdaldrivers() WHERE short_name = 'GTiff') As g; oname | otype | descrip | vals --------------------+---------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------- COMPRESS | string-select | | NONE, LZW, PACKBITS, JPEG, CCITTRLE, CCITTFAX3, CCITTFAX4, DEFLATE PREDICTOR | int | Predictor Type | JPEG_QUALITY | int | JPEG quality 1-100 | ZLEVEL | int | DEFLATE compression level 1-9 | NBITS | int | BITS for sub-byte files (1-7), sub-uint16 (9-15), sub-uint32 (17-31) | INTERLEAVE | string-select | | BAND, PIXEL TILED | boolean | Switch to tiled format | TFW | boolean | Write out world file | RPB | boolean | Write out .RPB (RPC) file | BLOCKXSIZE | int | Tile Width | BLOCKYSIZE | int | Tile/Strip Height | PHOTOMETRIC | string-select | | MINISBLACK, MINISWHITE, PALETTE, RGB, CMYK, YCBCR, CIELAB, ICCLAB, ITULAB SPARSE_OK | boolean | Can newly created files have missing blocks? | ALPHA | boolean | Mark first extrasample as being alpha | PROFILE | string-select | | GDALGeoTIFF, GeoTIFF, BASELINE PIXELTYPE | string-select | | DEFAULT, SIGNEDBYTE BIGTIFF | string-select | Force creation of BigTIFF file | YES, NO, IF_NEEDED, IF_SAFER ENDIANNESS | string-select | Force endianness of created file. For DEBUG purpose mostly | NATIVE, INVERTED, LITTLE, BIG COPY_SRC_OVERVIEWS | boolean | Force copy of overviews of source dataset (CreateCopy()) | (19 rows)
ST_Contour — Generates a set of vector contours from the provided raster band, using the GDAL contouring algorithm.
setof record ST_Contour(
raster rast, integer bandnumber=1, double precision level_interval=100.0, double precision level_base=0.0, double precision[] fixed_levels=ARRAY[], boolean polygonize=false)
;
Generates a set of vector contours from the provided raster band, using the GDAL contouring algorithm.
When the fixed_levels
parameter is a non-empty array, the level_interval
and level_base
parameters are ignored.
Input parameters are:
rast
The raster to generate the contour of
bandnumber
The band to generate the contour of
level_interval
The elevation interval between contours generated
level_base
The "base" relative to which contour intervals are applied, this is normally zero, but could be different. To generate 10m contours at 5, 15, 25, ... the LEVEL_BASE would be 5.
fixed_levels
The elevation interval between contours generated
polygonize
If true
, contour polygons will be created, rather than polygon lines.
Return values are a set of records with the following attributes:
geom
The geometry of the contour line.
id
A unique identifier given to the contour line by GDAL.
value
The raster value the line represents. For an elevation DEM input, this would be the elevation of the output contour.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
WITH c AS ( SELECT (ST_Contour(rast, 1, fixed_levels => ARRAY[100.0, 200.0, 300.0])).* FROM dem_grid WHERE rid = 1 ) SELECT st_astext(geom), id, value FROM c;
ST_InterpolateRaster — Interpolates a gridded surface based on an input set of 3-d points, using the X- and Y-values to position the points on the grid and the Z-value of the points as the surface elevation.
raster ST_InterpolateRaster(
geometry input_points, text algorithm_options, raster template, integer template_band_num=1)
;
Interpolates a gridded surface based on an input set of 3-d points, using the X- and Y-values to position the points on the grid and the Z-value of the points as the surface elevation. There are five interpolation algorithms available: inverse distance, inverse distance nearest-neighbor, moving average, nearest neighbor, and linear interpolation. See the gdal_grid documentation for more details on the algorithms and their parameters. For more information on how interpolations are calculated, see the GDAL grid tutorial.
Input parameters are:
input_points
The points to drive the interpolation. Any geometry with Z-values is acceptable, all points in the input will be used.
algorithm_options
A string defining the algorithm and algorithm options, in the format used by gdal_grid. For example, for an inverse-distance interpolation with a smoothing of 2, you would use "invdist:smoothing=2.0"
template
A raster template to drive the geometry of the output raster. The width, height, pixel size, spatial extent and pixel type will be read from this template.
template_band_num
By default the first band in the template raster is used to drive the output raster, but that can be adjusted with this parameter.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
SELECT ST_InterpolateRaster( 'MULTIPOINT(10.5 9.5 1000, 11.5 8.5 1000, 10.5 8.5 500, 11.5 9.5 500)'::geometry, 'invdist:smoothing:2.0', ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(200, 400, 10, 10, 0.01, -0.005, 0, 0), '16BSI') )
UpdateRasterSRID — Change the SRID of all rasters in the user-specified column and table.
raster UpdateRasterSRID(
name schema_name, name table_name, name column_name, integer new_srid)
;
raster UpdateRasterSRID(
name table_name, name column_name, integer new_srid)
;
Change the SRID of all rasters in the user-specified column and table. The function will drop all appropriate column constraints (extent, alignment and SRID) before changing the SRID of the specified column's rasters.
The data (band pixel values) of the rasters are not touched by this function. Only the raster's metadata is changed. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
ST_CreateOverview — Create an reduced resolution version of a given raster coverage.
regclass ST_CreateOverview(
regclass tab, name col, int factor, text algo='NearestNeighbor')
;
Create an overview table with resampled tiles from the source table. Output tiles will have the same size of input tiles and cover the same spatial extent with a lower resolution (pixel size will be 1/factor
of the original in both directions).
The overview table will be made available in the raster_overviews
catalog and will have raster constraints enforced.
Algorithm options are: 'NearestNeighbor', 'Bilinear', 'Cubic', 'CubicSpline', and 'Lanczos'. Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Output to generally better quality but slower to product format
SELECT ST_CreateOverview('mydata.mytable'::regclass, 'rast', 2, 'Lanczos');
Output to faster to process default nearest neighbor
SELECT ST_CreateOverview('mydata.mytable'::regclass, 'rast', 2);
ST_AddBand — Returns a raster with the new band(s) of given type added with given initial value in the given index location. If no index is specified, the band is added to the end.
(1) raster ST_AddBand(
raster rast, addbandarg[] addbandargset)
;
(2) raster ST_AddBand(
raster rast, integer index, text pixeltype, double precision initialvalue=0, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
(3) raster ST_AddBand(
raster rast, text pixeltype, double precision initialvalue=0, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
(4) raster ST_AddBand(
raster torast, raster fromrast, integer fromband=1, integer torastindex=at_end)
;
(5) raster ST_AddBand(
raster torast, raster[] fromrasts, integer fromband=1, integer torastindex=at_end)
;
(6) raster ST_AddBand(
raster rast, integer index, text outdbfile, integer[] outdbindex, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
(7) raster ST_AddBand(
raster rast, text outdbfile, integer[] outdbindex, integer index=at_end, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
Returns a raster with a new band added in given position (index), of given type, of given initial value, and of given nodata value. If no index is specified, the band is added to the end. If no fromband
is specified, band 1 is assumed. Pixel type is a string representation of one of the pixel types specified in ST_BandPixelType. If an existing index is specified all subsequent bands >= that index are incremented by 1. If an initial value greater than the max of the pixel type is specified, then the initial value is set to the highest value allowed by the pixel type.
For the variant that takes an array of addbandarg (Variant 1), a specific addbandarg's index value is relative to the raster at the time when the band described by that addbandarg is being added to the raster. See the Multiple New Bands example below.
For the variant that takes an array of rasters (Variant 5), if torast
is NULL then the fromband
band of each raster in the array is accumulated into a new raster.
For the variants that take outdbfile
(Variants 6 and 7), the value must include the full path to the raster file. The file must also be accessible to the postgres server process.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for addbandarg added.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for new out-db bands added.
-- Add another band of type 8 bit unsigned integer with pixels initialized to 200 UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_AddBand(rast,'8BUI'::text,200) WHERE rid = 1;
-- Create an empty raster 100x100 units, with upper left right at 0, add 2 bands (band 1 is 0/1 boolean bit switch, band2 allows values 0-15) -- uses addbandargs INSERT INTO dummy_rast(rid,rast) VALUES(10, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), ARRAY[ ROW(1, '1BB'::text, 0, NULL), ROW(2, '4BUI'::text, 0, NULL) ]::addbandarg[] ) ); -- output meta data of raster bands to verify all is right -- SELECT (bmd).* FROM (SELECT ST_BandMetaData(rast,generate_series(1,2)) As bmd FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 10) AS foo; --result -- pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path -----------+----------------+-------------+---------+------ 1BB | | f | 4BUI | | f | -- output meta data of raster - SELECT (rmd).width, (rmd).height, (rmd).numbands FROM (SELECT ST_MetaData(rast) As rmd FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 10) AS foo; -- result -- upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands ------------+------------+-------+--------+------------+------------+-------+-------+------+---------- 0 | 0 | 100 | 100 | 1 | -1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2
SELECT * FROM ST_BandMetadata( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), ARRAY[ ROW(NULL, '8BUI', 255, 0), ROW(NULL, '16BUI', 1, 2), ROW(2, '32BUI', 100, 12), ROW(2, '32BF', 3.14, -1) ]::addbandarg[] ), ARRAY[]::integer[] ); bandnum | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path ---------+-----------+-------------+---------+------ 1 | 8BUI | 0 | f | 2 | 32BF | -1 | f | 3 | 32BUI | 12 | f | 4 | 16BUI | 2 | f |
-- Aggregate the 1st band of a table of like rasters into a single raster -- with as many bands as there are test_types and as many rows (new rasters) as there are mice -- NOTE: The ORDER BY test_type is only supported in PostgreSQL 9.0+ -- for 8.4 and below it usually works to order your data in a subselect (but not guaranteed) -- The resulting raster will have a band for each test_type alphabetical by test_type -- For mouse lovers: No mice were harmed in this exercise SELECT mouse, ST_AddBand(NULL, array_agg(rast ORDER BY test_type), 1) As rast FROM mice_studies GROUP BY mouse;
SELECT * FROM ST_BandMetadata( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '/home/raster/mytestraster.tif'::text, NULL::int[] ), ARRAY[]::integer[] ); bandnum | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path ---------+-----------+-------------+---------+------ 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/raster/mytestraster.tif 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/raster/mytestraster.tif 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/raster/mytestraster.tif
ST_BandMetaData, ST_BandPixelType, ST_MakeEmptyRaster, ST_MetaData, ST_NumBands, ST_Reclass
ST_AsRaster — Converts a PostGIS geometry to a PostGIS raster.
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, raster ref, text pixeltype, double precision value=1, double precision nodataval=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, raster ref, text[] pixeltype=ARRAY['8BUI'], double precision[] value=ARRAY[1], double precision[] nodataval=ARRAY[0], boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, double precision gridx, double precision gridy, text pixeltype, double precision value=1, double precision nodataval=0, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, double precision gridx=NULL, double precision gridy=NULL, text[] pixeltype=ARRAY['8BUI'], double precision[] value=ARRAY[1], double precision[] nodataval=ARRAY[0], double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, text pixeltype, double precision value=1, double precision nodataval=0, double precision upperleftx=NULL, double precision upperlefty=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, text[] pixeltype, double precision[] value=ARRAY[1], double precision[] nodataval=ARRAY[0], double precision upperleftx=NULL, double precision upperlefty=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, integer width, integer height, double precision gridx, double precision gridy, text pixeltype, double precision value=1, double precision nodataval=0, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, integer width, integer height, double precision gridx=NULL, double precision gridy=NULL, text[] pixeltype=ARRAY['8BUI'], double precision[] value=ARRAY[1], double precision[] nodataval=ARRAY[0], double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, integer width, integer height, text pixeltype, double precision value=1, double precision nodataval=0, double precision upperleftx=NULL, double precision upperlefty=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
raster ST_AsRaster(
geometry geom, integer width, integer height, text[] pixeltype, double precision[] value=ARRAY[1], double precision[] nodataval=ARRAY[0], double precision upperleftx=NULL, double precision upperlefty=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, boolean touched=false)
;
Converts a PostGIS geometry to a PostGIS raster. The many variants offers three groups of possibilities for setting the alignment and pixelsize of the resulting raster.
The first group, composed of the two first variants, produce a raster having the same alignment (scalex
, scaley
, gridx
and gridy
), pixel type and nodata value as the provided reference raster. You generally pass this reference raster by joining the table containing the geometry with the table containing the reference raster.
The second group, composed of four variants, let you set the dimensions of the raster by providing the parameters of a pixel size (scalex
& scaley
and skewx
& skewy
). The width
& height
of the resulting raster will be adjusted to fit the extent of the geometry. In most cases, you must cast integer scalex
& scaley
arguments to double precision so that PostgreSQL choose the right variant.
The third group, composed of four variants, let you fix the dimensions of the raster by providing the dimensions of the raster (width
& height
). The parameters of the pixel size (scalex
& scaley
and skewx
& skewy
) of the resulting raster will be adjusted to fit the extent of the geometry.
The two first variants of each of those two last groups let you specify the alignment with an arbitrary corner of the alignment grid (gridx
& gridy
) and the two last variants takes the upper left corner (upperleftx
& upperlefty
).
Each group of variant allows producing a one band raster or a multiple bands raster. To produce a multiple bands raster, you must provide an array of pixel types (pixeltype[]
), an array of initial values (value
) and an array of nodata values (nodataval
). If not provided pixeltyped defaults to 8BUI, values to 1 and nodataval to 0.
Il raster di uscita avrà lo stesso riferimento spaziale della geometria di origine. L'unica eccezione è rappresentata dalle varianti con un raster di riferimento. In questo caso il raster risultante avrà lo stesso SRID del raster di riferimento.
Il parametro opzionale touched
è predefinito a false e corrisponde all'opzione di rasterizzazione GDAL ALL_TOUCHED, che determina se i pixel toccati da linee o poligoni saranno bruciati. Non solo quelli sul percorso di rendering della linea o il cui punto centrale è all'interno del poligono.
È particolarmente utile per il rendering di jpeg e png di geometrie direttamente dal database quando si usa in combinazione con ST_AsPNG e altre funzioni della famiglia ST_AsGDALRaster.
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
Non è ancora in grado di renderizzare tipi di geometrie complesse come curve, TINS e superfici poliedriche, ma dovrebbe esserlo quando GDAL lo farà. |
-- this will output a black circle taking up 150 x 150 pixels -- SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),10),150, 150));
-- the bands map to RGB bands - the value (118,154,118) - teal -- SELECT ST_AsPNG( ST_AsRaster( ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)'), 10,'join=bevel'), 200,200,ARRAY['8BUI', '8BUI', '8BUI'], ARRAY[118,154,118], ARRAY[0,0,0]));
ST_BandPixelType, ST_Buffer, ST_GDALDrivers, ST_AsGDALRaster, ST_AsPNG, ST_AsJPEG, ST_SRID
ST_AsRasterAgg — Aggregate. Renders PostGIS geometries into a new raster.
raster ST_AsRasterAgg(
geometry geom, double precision val, raster ref, text pixeltype, double precision nodataval, text uniontype, boolean touched)
;
Returns a single-band raster containing the rendered version of all incoming geometries, each with its associated value.
Availability: 3.6.0
WITH inp(g,v) AS ( VALUES ( ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(10,0), 10), 1 ), ( ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(20,0), 10), 2 ) ), agg AS ( SELECT ST_AsRasterAgg( g, v, ST_MakeEmptyRaster(0,0,0,0,1.0), '8BUI', 99, 'SUM', true ) r FROM inp ) SELECT ST_Width(r) w, ST_Height(r) h, ST_Value(r,'POINT(5 0)') v5_0, ST_Value(r,'POINT(15 0)') v15_0, ST_Value(r,'POINT(25 0)') v25_0 FROM agg; w | h | v5_0 | v15_0 | v25_0 ----+----+------+-------+------- 30 | 20 | 1 | 3 | 2 (1 row)
ST_Band — Restituisce una o più bande di un raster esistente come un nuovo raster. Utile per costruire nuovi raster da raster esistenti.
raster ST_Band(
raster rast, integer[] nbands = ARRAY[1])
;
raster ST_Band(
raster rast, integer nband)
;
raster ST_Band(
raster rast, text nbands, character delimiter=,)
;
Restituisce una o più bande di un raster esistente come un nuovo raster. Utile per creare nuovi raster da raster esistenti o per esportare solo bande selezionate di un raster o riorganizzare l'ordine delle bande in un raster. Se non viene specificata alcuna banda o se una delle bande specificate non esiste nel raster, vengono restituite tutte le bande. Utilizzata come funzione ausiliaria in varie funzioni, ad esempio per l'eliminazione di una banda.
Per le |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- Make 2 new rasters: 1 containing band 1 of dummy, second containing band 2 of dummy and then reclassified as a 2BUI SELECT ST_NumBands(rast1) As numb1, ST_BandPixelType(rast1) As pix1, ST_NumBands(rast2) As numb2, ST_BandPixelType(rast2) As pix2 FROM ( SELECT ST_Band(rast) As rast1, ST_Reclass(ST_Band(rast,3), '100-200):1, [200-254:2', '2BUI') As rast2 FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2) As foo; numb1 | pix1 | numb2 | pix2 -------+------+-------+------ 1 | 8BUI | 1 | 2BUI
-- Return bands 2 and 3. Using array cast syntax SELECT ST_NumBands(ST_Band(rast, '{2,3}'::int[])) As num_bands FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; num_bands ---------- 2 -- Return bands 2 and 3. Use array to define bands SELECT ST_NumBands(ST_Band(rast, ARRAY[2,3])) As num_bands FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2;
--Make a new raster with 2nd band of original and 1st band repeated twice, and another with just the third band SELECT rast, ST_Band(rast, ARRAY[2,1,1]) As dupe_band, ST_Band(rast, 3) As sing_band FROM samples.than_chunked WHERE rid=35;
ST_AddBand, ST_NumBands, ST_Reclass, Chapter 11, Riferimento raster
ST_MakeEmptyCoverage — Copre l'area georeferenziata con una griglia di tessere raster vuote.
raster ST_MakeEmptyCoverage(
integer tilewidth, integer tileheight, integer width, integer height, double precision upperleftx, double precision upperlefty, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, double precision skewx, double precision skewy, integer srid=unknown)
;
Creare un insieme di mattonelle raster con ST_MakeEmptyRaster. La dimensione della griglia è width
& height
. La dimensione della piastrella è tilewidth
& tileheight
. L'area coperta georeferenziata va dall'angolo superiore sinistro (upperleftx
, upperlefty
) all'angolo inferiore destro (upperleftx
+ width
* scalex
, upperlefty
+ height
* scaley
).
Si noti che scaley è generalmente negativo per i raster e scalex è generalmente positivo. Quindi l'angolo in basso a destra avrà un valore y più basso e un valore x più alto rispetto all'angolo in alto a sinistra. |
Disponibilità: 2.4.0
Creare 16 piastrelle in una griglia 4x4 per coprire l'area WGS84 dall'angolo superiore sinistro (22, 77) all'angolo inferiore destro (55, 33).
SELECT (ST_MetaData(tile)).* FROM ST_MakeEmptyCoverage(1, 1, 4, 4, 22, 33, (55 - 22)/(4)::float, (33 - 77)/(4)::float, 0., 0., 4326) tile; upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 | 33 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 30.25 | 33 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 38.5 | 33 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 46.75 | 33 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 22 | 22 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 30.25 | 22 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 38.5 | 22 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 46.75 | 22 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 22 | 11 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 30.25 | 11 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 38.5 | 11 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 46.75 | 11 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 22 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 30.25 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 38.5 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 46.75 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 8.25 | -11 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0
ST_MakeEmptyRaster — Restituisce un raster vuoto (senza bande) di dimensioni date (larghezza & altezza), X e Y in alto a sinistra, dimensioni dei pixel e rotazione (scalex, scaley, skewx & skewy) e sistema di riferimento (srid). Se viene passato un raster, restituisce un nuovo raster con le stesse dimensioni, allineamento e SRID. Se srid viene omesso, il sistema di riferimento spaziale viene impostato su sconosciuto (0).
raster ST_MakeEmptyRaster(
raster rast)
;
raster ST_MakeEmptyRaster(
integer width, integer height, float8 upperleftx, float8 upperlefty, float8 scalex, float8 scaley, float8 skewx, float8 skewy, integer srid=unknown)
;
raster ST_MakeEmptyRaster(
integer width, integer height, float8 upperleftx, float8 upperlefty, float8 pixelsize)
;
Restituisce un raster vuoto (senza banda) di dimensioni date (larghezza & altezza) e georeferenziato in coordinate spaziali (o mondiali) con X superiore sinistro (upperleftx), Y superiore sinistro (upperlefty), dimensioni dei pixel e rotazione (scalex, scaley, skewx & skewy) e sistema di riferimento (srid).
L'ultima versione utilizza un singolo parametro per specificare la dimensione del pixel (pixelsize). scalex è impostato su questo argomento e scaley è impostato sul valore negativo di questo argomento. skewx e skewy sono impostati a 0.
Se viene passato un raster esistente, viene restituito un nuovo raster con le stesse impostazioni dei metadati (senza le bande).
Se non viene specificata alcuna srid, l'impostazione predefinita è 0. Dopo aver creato un raster vuoto, probabilmente si desidera aggiungervi delle bande e forse modificarlo. Fare riferimento a ST_AddBand per definire le bande e a ST_SetValue per impostare i valori iniziali dei pixel.
INSERT INTO dummy_rast(rid,rast) VALUES(3, ST_MakeEmptyRaster( 100, 100, 0.0005, 0.0005, 1, 1, 0, 0, 4326) ); --use an existing raster as template for new raster INSERT INTO dummy_rast(rid,rast) SELECT 4, ST_MakeEmptyRaster(rast) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 3; -- output meta data of rasters we just added SELECT rid, (md).* FROM (SELECT rid, ST_MetaData(rast) As md FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid IN(3,4)) As foo; -- output -- rid | upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands -----+------------+------------+-------+--------+------------+------------+-------+-------+------+---------- 3 | 0.0005 | 0.0005 | 100 | 100 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0 4 | 0.0005 | 0.0005 | 100 | 100 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 4326 | 0
ST_AddBand, ST_MetaData, ST_ScaleX, ST_ScaleY, ST_SetValue, ST_SkewX, , ST_SkewY
ST_Tile — Restituisce un insieme di raster risultanti dalla suddivisione del raster di input in base alle dimensioni desiderate dei raster di output.
setof raster ST_Tile(
raster rast, int[] nband, integer width, integer height, boolean padwithnodata=FALSE, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
setof raster ST_Tile(
raster rast, integer nband, integer width, integer height, boolean padwithnodata=FALSE, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
setof raster ST_Tile(
raster rast, integer width, integer height, boolean padwithnodata=FALSE, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
Restituisce un insieme di raster risultanti dalla suddivisione del raster di input in base alle dimensioni desiderate dei raster di output.
Se padwithnodata
= FALSE, le tessere dei bordi sui lati destro e inferiore del raster possono avere dimensioni diverse dal resto delle tessere. Se padwithnodata
= TRUE, tutte le tessere avranno le stesse dimensioni, con la possibilità che le tessere dei bordi vengano imbottite con valori NODATA. Se le bande del raster non hanno valori NODATA specificati, è possibile specificarne uno impostando nodataval
.
Se una banda specificata del raster di input è fuori-db, anche la banda corrispondente nei raster di output sarà fuori-db. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 2, 0), 2, '8BUI', 20, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 3, 0), 2, '8BUI', 30, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 4, 0), 2, '8BUI', 40, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 5, 0), 2, '8BUI', 50, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 6, 0), 2, '8BUI', 60, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 7, 0), 2, '8BUI', 70, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 8, 0), 2, '8BUI', 80, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 9, 0), 2, '8BUI', 90, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT ST_Union(rast) AS rast FROM foo ), baz AS ( SELECT ST_Tile(rast, 3, 3, TRUE) AS rast FROM bar ) SELECT ST_DumpValues(rast) FROM baz; st_dumpvalues ------------------------------------------ (1,"{{1,1,1},{1,1,1},{1,1,1}}") (2,"{{10,10,10},{10,10,10},{10,10,10}}") (1,"{{2,2,2},{2,2,2},{2,2,2}}") (2,"{{20,20,20},{20,20,20},{20,20,20}}") (1,"{{3,3,3},{3,3,3},{3,3,3}}") (2,"{{30,30,30},{30,30,30},{30,30,30}}") (1,"{{4,4,4},{4,4,4},{4,4,4}}") (2,"{{40,40,40},{40,40,40},{40,40,40}}") (1,"{{5,5,5},{5,5,5},{5,5,5}}") (2,"{{50,50,50},{50,50,50},{50,50,50}}") (1,"{{6,6,6},{6,6,6},{6,6,6}}") (2,"{{60,60,60},{60,60,60},{60,60,60}}") (1,"{{7,7,7},{7,7,7},{7,7,7}}") (2,"{{70,70,70},{70,70,70},{70,70,70}}") (1,"{{8,8,8},{8,8,8},{8,8,8}}") (2,"{{80,80,80},{80,80,80},{80,80,80}}") (1,"{{9,9,9},{9,9,9},{9,9,9}}") (2,"{{90,90,90},{90,90,90},{90,90,90}}") (18 rows)
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 2, 0), 2, '8BUI', 20, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 3, 0), 2, '8BUI', 30, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 4, 0), 2, '8BUI', 40, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 5, 0), 2, '8BUI', 50, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, -3, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 6, 0), 2, '8BUI', 60, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 7, 0), 2, '8BUI', 70, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 3, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 8, 0), 2, '8BUI', 80, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 6, -6, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 9, 0), 2, '8BUI', 90, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT ST_Union(rast) AS rast FROM foo ), baz AS ( SELECT ST_Tile(rast, 3, 3, 2) AS rast FROM bar ) SELECT ST_DumpValues(rast) FROM baz; st_dumpvalues ------------------------------------------ (1,"{{10,10,10},{10,10,10},{10,10,10}}") (1,"{{20,20,20},{20,20,20},{20,20,20}}") (1,"{{30,30,30},{30,30,30},{30,30,30}}") (1,"{{40,40,40},{40,40,40},{40,40,40}}") (1,"{{50,50,50},{50,50,50},{50,50,50}}") (1,"{{60,60,60},{60,60,60},{60,60,60}}") (1,"{{70,70,70},{70,70,70},{70,70,70}}") (1,"{{80,80,80},{80,80,80},{80,80,80}}") (1,"{{90,90,90},{90,90,90},{90,90,90}}") (9 rows)
ST_Retile — Restituisce un insieme di piastrelle configurate da una copertura raster piastrellata arbitrariamente.
SETOF raster ST_Retile(
regclass tab, name col, geometry ext, float8 sfx, float8 sfy, int tw, int th, text algo='NearestNeighbor')
;
Restituisce un insieme di tessere con la scala specificata (sfx
, sfy
) e la dimensione massima (tw
, th
) e che coprono l'estensione specificata (ext
) con dati provenienti dalla copertura raster specificata (tab
, col
).
Algorithm options are: 'NearestNeighbor', 'Bilinear', 'Cubic', 'CubicSpline', and 'Lanczos'. Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
ST_FromGDALRaster — Restituisce un raster da un file raster GDAL supportato.
raster ST_FromGDALRaster(
bytea gdaldata, integer srid=NULL)
;
Restituisce un raster da un file raster GDAL supportato. gdaldata
è di tipo bytea e deve essere il contenuto del file raster GDAL.
Se srid
è NULL, la funzione cercherà di assegnare automaticamente il SRID dal raster GDAL. Se srid
è fornito, il valore fornito sovrascrive qualsiasi SRID assegnato automaticamente.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 0.1, -0.1, 0, 0, 4326), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 2, 0), 3, '8BUI', 3, 0)) AS png ), bar AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_FromGDALRaster(png) AS rast FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS rid, ST_FromGDALRaster(png, 3310) AS rast FROM foo ) SELECT rid, ST_Metadata(rast) AS metadata, ST_SummaryStats(rast, 1) AS stats1, ST_SummaryStats(rast, 2) AS stats2, ST_SummaryStats(rast, 3) AS stats3 FROM bar ORDER BY rid; rid | metadata | stats1 | stats2 | stats3 -----+---------------------------+---------------+---------------+---------------- 1 | (0,0,2,2,1,-1,0,0,0,3) | (4,4,1,0,1,1) | (4,8,2,0,2,2) | (4,12,3,0,3,3) 2 | (0,0,2,2,1,-1,0,0,3310,3) | (4,4,1,0,1,1) | (4,8,2,0,2,2) | (4,12,3,0,3,3) (2 rows)
ST_GeoReference — Restituisce i metadati di georeferenziazione in formato GDAL o ESRI, come si vede comunemente in un file world. L'impostazione predefinita è GDAL.
text ST_GeoReference(
raster rast, text format=GDAL)
;
Restituisce i meta-dati di georeferenziazione, compreso il ritorno a capo, in formato GDAL o ESRI, come si vede comunemente in un file del mondo. L'impostazione predefinita è GDAL se non viene specificato il tipo. il tipo è la stringa 'GDAL' o 'ESRI'.
La differenza tra le rappresentazioni di formato è la seguente:
GDAL
:
scalex skewy skewx scaley upperleftx upperlefty
ESRI
:
scalex skewy skewx scaley upperleftx + scalex*0.5 upperlefty + scaley*0.5
SELECT ST_GeoReference(rast, 'ESRI') As esri_ref, ST_GeoReference(rast, 'GDAL') As gdal_ref FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; esri_ref | gdal_ref --------------+-------------- 2.0000000000 | 2.0000000000 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 3.0000000000 : 3.0000000000 1.5000000000 : 0.5000000000 2.0000000000 : 0.5000000000
ST_Height — Restituisce l'altezza del raster in pixel.
integer ST_Height(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce l'altezza del raster.
SELECT rid, ST_Height(rast) As rastheight FROM dummy_rast; rid | rastheight -----+------------ 1 | 20 2 | 5
ST_IsEmpty — Restituisce true se il raster è vuoto (larghezza = 0 e altezza = 0). Altrimenti, restituisce false.
boolean ST_IsEmpty(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce true se il raster è vuoto (larghezza = 0 e altezza = 0). Altrimenti, restituisce false.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)) st_isempty | -----------+ f | SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)) st_isempty | -----------+ t |
ST_MemSize — Restituisce la quantità di spazio (in byte) occupato dal raster.
integer ST_MemSize(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce la quantità di spazio (in byte) occupato dal raster.
È un bel complemento alle funzioni di PostgreSQL pg_column_size, pg_size_pretty, pg_relation_size, pg_total_relation_size.
pg_relation_size which gives the byte size of a table may return byte size lower than ST_MemSize. This is because pg_relation_size does not add toasted table contribution and large geometries are stored in TOAST tables. pg_column_size might return lower because it returns the compressed size. pg_total_relation_size - includes, the table, the toasted tables, and the indexes. |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
SELECT ST_MemSize(ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),10,1000),150, 150, '8BUI')) As rast_mem; rast_mem -------- 22568
ST_MetaData — Returns basic meta data about a raster object such as pixel size, rotation (skew), upper, lower left, etc.
record ST_MetaData(
raster rast)
;
Returns basic meta data about a raster object such as pixel size, rotation (skew), upper, lower left, etc. Columns returned: upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands
SELECT rid, (foo.md).* FROM (SELECT rid, ST_MetaData(rast) As md FROM dummy_rast) As foo; rid | upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands ----+------------+------------+-------+--------+--------+-----------+-------+-------+------+------- 1 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 10 | 20 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 2 | 3427927.75 | 5793244 | 5 | 5 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 3
ST_NumBands — Returns the number of bands in the raster object.
integer ST_NumBands(
raster rast)
;
Returns the number of bands in the raster object.
SELECT rid, ST_NumBands(rast) As numbands FROM dummy_rast; rid | numbands ----+---------- 1 | 0 2 | 3
ST_PixelHeight — Returns the pixel height in geometric units of the spatial reference system.
double precision ST_PixelHeight(
raster rast)
;
Returns the height of a pixel in geometric units of the spatial reference system. In the common case where there is no skew, the pixel height is just the scale ratio between geometric coordinates and raster pixels.
Refer to ST_PixelWidth for a diagrammatic visualization of the relationship.
SELECT ST_Height(rast) As rastheight, ST_PixelHeight(rast) As pixheight, ST_ScaleX(rast) As scalex, ST_ScaleY(rast) As scaley, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy FROM dummy_rast; rastheight | pixheight | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy ------------+-----------+--------+--------+-------+---------- 20 | 3 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 5 | 0.05 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0 | 0
SELECT ST_Height(rast) As rastheight, ST_PixelHeight(rast) As pixheight, ST_ScaleX(rast) As scalex, ST_ScaleY(rast) As scaley, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy FROM (SELECT ST_SetSKew(rast,0.5,0.5) As rast FROM dummy_rast) As skewed; rastheight | pixheight | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy -----------+-------------------+--------+--------+-------+---------- 20 | 3.04138126514911 | 2 | 3 | 0.5 | 0.5 5 | 0.502493781056044 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0.5 | 0.5
ST_PixelWidth — Returns the pixel width in geometric units of the spatial reference system.
double precision ST_PixelWidth(
raster rast)
;
Returns the width of a pixel in geometric units of the spatial reference system. In the common case where there is no skew, the pixel width is just the scale ratio between geometric coordinates and raster pixels.
The following diagram demonstrates the relationship:
SELECT ST_Width(rast) As rastwidth, ST_PixelWidth(rast) As pixwidth, ST_ScaleX(rast) As scalex, ST_ScaleY(rast) As scaley, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy FROM dummy_rast; rastwidth | pixwidth | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy -----------+----------+--------+--------+-------+---------- 10 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 5 | 0.05 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0 | 0
SELECT ST_Width(rast) As rastwidth, ST_PixelWidth(rast) As pixwidth, ST_ScaleX(rast) As scalex, ST_ScaleY(rast) As scaley, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy FROM (SELECT ST_SetSkew(rast,0.5,0.5) As rast FROM dummy_rast) As skewed; rastwidth | pixwidth | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy -----------+-------------------+--------+--------+-------+---------- 10 | 2.06155281280883 | 2 | 3 | 0.5 | 0.5 5 | 0.502493781056044 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0.5 | 0.5
ST_ScaleX — Returns the X component of the pixel width in units of coordinate reference system.
float8 ST_ScaleX(
raster rast)
;
Returns the X component of the pixel width in units of coordinate reference system. Refer to World File for more details.
Changed: 2.0.0. In WKTRaster versions this was called ST_PixelSizeX.
SELECT rid, ST_ScaleX(rast) As rastpixwidth FROM dummy_rast; rid | rastpixwidth -----+-------------- 1 | 2 2 | 0.05
ST_ScaleY — Returns the Y component of the pixel height in units of coordinate reference system.
float8 ST_ScaleY(
raster rast)
;
Returns the Y component of the pixel height in units of coordinate reference system. May be negative. Refer to World File for more details.
Changed: 2.0.0. In WKTRaster versions this was called ST_PixelSizeY.
SELECT rid, ST_ScaleY(rast) As rastpixheight FROM dummy_rast; rid | rastpixheight -----+--------------- 1 | 3 2 | -0.05
ST_RasterToWorldCoord — Returns the raster's upper left corner as geometric X and Y (longitude and latitude) given a column and row. Column and row starts at 1.
record ST_RasterToWorldCoord(
raster rast, integer xcolumn, integer yrow)
;
Returns the upper left corner as geometric X and Y (longitude and latitude) given a column and row. Returned X and Y are in geometric units of the georeferenced raster. Numbering of column and row starts at 1 but if either parameter is passed a zero, a negative number or a number greater than the respective dimension of the raster, it will return coordinates outside of the raster assuming the raster's grid is applicable outside the raster's bounds.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- non-skewed raster SELECT rid, (ST_RasterToWorldCoord(rast,1, 1)).*, (ST_RasterToWorldCoord(rast,2, 2)).* FROM dummy_rast rid | longitude | latitude | longitude | latitude -----+------------+----------+-----------+------------ 1 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 2.5 | 3.5 2 | 3427927.75 | 5793244 | 3427927.8 | 5793243.95
-- skewed raster SELECT rid, (ST_RasterToWorldCoord(rast, 1, 1)).*, (ST_RasterToWorldCoord(rast, 2, 3)).* FROM ( SELECT rid, ST_SetSkew(rast, 100.5, 0) As rast FROM dummy_rast ) As foo rid | longitude | latitude | longitude | latitude -----+------------+----------+-----------+----------- 1 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 203.5 | 6.5 2 | 3427927.75 | 5793244 | 3428128.8 | 5793243.9
ST_RasterToWorldCoordX — Returns the geometric X coordinate upper left of a raster, column and row. Numbering of columns and rows starts at 1.
float8 ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(
raster rast, integer xcolumn)
;
float8 ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(
raster rast, integer xcolumn, integer yrow)
;
Returns the upper left X coordinate of a raster column row in geometric units of the georeferenced raster. Numbering of columns and rows starts at 1 but if you pass in a negative number or number higher than number of columns in raster, it will give you coordinates outside of the raster file to left or right with the assumption that the skew and pixel sizes are same as selected raster.
For non-skewed rasters, providing the X column is sufficient. For skewed rasters, the georeferenced coordinate is a function of the ST_ScaleX and ST_SkewX and row and column. An error will be raised if you give just the X column for a skewed raster. |
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, this was called ST_Raster2WorldCoordX
-- non-skewed raster providing column is sufficient SELECT rid, ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(rast,1) As x1coord, ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(rast,2) As x2coord, ST_ScaleX(rast) As pixelx FROM dummy_rast; rid | x1coord | x2coord | pixelx -----+------------+-----------+-------- 1 | 0.5 | 2.5 | 2 2 | 3427927.75 | 3427927.8 | 0.05
-- for fun lets skew it SELECT rid, ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(rast, 1, 1) As x1coord, ST_RasterToWorldCoordX(rast, 2, 3) As x2coord, ST_ScaleX(rast) As pixelx FROM (SELECT rid, ST_SetSkew(rast, 100.5, 0) As rast FROM dummy_rast) As foo; rid | x1coord | x2coord | pixelx -----+------------+-----------+-------- 1 | 0.5 | 203.5 | 2 2 | 3427927.75 | 3428128.8 | 0.05
ST_RasterToWorldCoordY — Returns the geometric Y coordinate upper left corner of a raster, column and row. Numbering of columns and rows starts at 1.
float8 ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(
raster rast, integer yrow)
;
float8 ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(
raster rast, integer xcolumn, integer yrow)
;
Returns the upper left Y coordinate of a raster column row in geometric units of the georeferenced raster. Numbering of columns and rows starts at 1 but if you pass in a negative number or number higher than number of columns/rows in raster, it will give you coordinates outside of the raster file to left or right with the assumption that the skew and pixel sizes are same as selected raster tile.
For non-skewed rasters, providing the Y column is sufficient. For skewed rasters, the georeferenced coordinate is a function of the ST_ScaleY and ST_SkewY and row and column. An error will be raised if you give just the Y row for a skewed raster. |
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, this was called ST_Raster2WorldCoordY
-- non-skewed raster providing row is sufficient SELECT rid, ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(rast,1) As y1coord, ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(rast,3) As y2coord, ST_ScaleY(rast) As pixely FROM dummy_rast; rid | y1coord | y2coord | pixely -----+---------+-----------+-------- 1 | 0.5 | 6.5 | 3 2 | 5793244 | 5793243.9 | -0.05
-- for fun lets skew it SELECT rid, ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(rast,1,1) As y1coord, ST_RasterToWorldCoordY(rast,2,3) As y2coord, ST_ScaleY(rast) As pixely FROM (SELECT rid, ST_SetSkew(rast,0,100.5) As rast FROM dummy_rast) As foo; rid | y1coord | y2coord | pixely -----+---------+-----------+-------- 1 | 0.5 | 107 | 3 2 | 5793244 | 5793344.4 | -0.05
ST_Rotation — Returns the rotation of the raster in radian.
float8 ST_Rotation(
raster rast)
;
Returns the uniform rotation of the raster in radian. If a raster does not have uniform rotation, NaN is returned. Refer to World File for more details.
SELECT rid, ST_Rotation(ST_SetScale(ST_SetSkew(rast, sqrt(2)), sqrt(2))) as rot FROM dummy_rast; rid | rot -----+------------------- 1 | 0.785398163397448 2 | 0.785398163397448
ST_SkewX — Returns the georeference X skew (or rotation parameter).
float8 ST_SkewX(
raster rast)
;
Returns the georeference X skew (or rotation parameter). Refer to World File for more details.
SELECT rid, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy, ST_GeoReference(rast) as georef FROM dummy_rast; rid | skewx | skewy | georef -----+-------+-------+-------------------- 1 | 0 | 0 | 2.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 3.0000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 2 | 0 | 0 | 0.0500000000 : 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : -0.0500000000 : 3427927.7500000000 : 5793244.0000000000
ST_SkewY — Returns the georeference Y skew (or rotation parameter).
float8 ST_SkewY(
raster rast)
;
Returns the georeference Y skew (or rotation parameter). Refer to World File for more details.
SELECT rid, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy, ST_GeoReference(rast) as georef FROM dummy_rast; rid | skewx | skewy | georef -----+-------+-------+-------------------- 1 | 0 | 0 | 2.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 3.0000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 2 | 0 | 0 | 0.0500000000 : 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : -0.0500000000 : 3427927.7500000000 : 5793244.0000000000
ST_SRID — Returns the spatial reference identifier of the raster as defined in spatial_ref_sys table.
integer ST_SRID(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce l'identificatore di riferimento spaziale dell'oggetto raster come definito nella tabella spatial_ref_sys.
Da PostGIS 2.0+ lo srid di un raster/geometria non georeferenziato è 0 invece del precedente -1. |
SELECT ST_SRID(rast) As srid FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; srid ---------------- 0
ST_Summary — Restituisce un testo riassuntivo del contenuto del raster.
text ST_Summary(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce un testo riassuntivo del contenuto del raster.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_Summary( ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0) , 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ) , 2, '32BF', 0, -9999 ) , 3, '16BSI', 0, NULL ) ); st_summary ------------------------------------------------------------------ Raster of 10x10 pixels has 3 bands and extent of BOX(0 -10,10 0)+ band 1 of pixtype 8BUI is in-db with NODATA value of 0 + band 2 of pixtype 32BF is in-db with NODATA value of -9999 + band 3 of pixtype 16BSI is in-db with no NODATA value (1 row)
ST_UpperLeftX — Restituisce la coordinata X superiore sinistra del raster in proiezione spaziale.
float8 ST_UpperLeftX(
raster rast)
;
Restituisce la coordinata X superiore sinistra del raster in proiezione spaziale.
SELECt rid, ST_UpperLeftX(rast) As ulx FROM dummy_rast; rid | ulx -----+------------ 1 | 0.5 2 | 3427927.75
ST_UpperLeftY — Returns the upper left Y coordinate of raster in projected spatial ref.
float8 ST_UpperLeftY(
raster rast)
;
Returns the upper left Y coordinate of raster in projected spatial ref.
SELECT rid, ST_UpperLeftY(rast) As uly FROM dummy_rast; rid | uly -----+--------- 1 | 0.5 2 | 5793244
ST_Width — Returns the width of the raster in pixels.
integer ST_Width(
raster rast)
;
Returns the width of the raster in pixels.
SELECT ST_Width(rast) As rastwidth FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; rastwidth ---------------- 10
ST_WorldToRasterCoord — Returns the upper left corner as column and row given geometric X and Y (longitude and latitude) or a point geometry expressed in the spatial reference coordinate system of the raster.
record ST_WorldToRasterCoord(
raster rast, geometry pt)
;
record ST_WorldToRasterCoord(
raster rast, double precision longitude, double precision latitude)
;
Returns the upper left corner as column and row given geometric X and Y (longitude and latitude) or a point geometry. This function works regardless of whether or not the geometric X and Y or point geometry is outside the extent of the raster. Geometric X and Y must be expressed in the spatial reference coordinate system of the raster.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT rid, (ST_WorldToRasterCoord(rast,3427927.8,20.5)).*, (ST_WorldToRasterCoord(rast,ST_GeomFromText('POINT(3427927.8 20.5)',ST_SRID(rast)))).* FROM dummy_rast; rid | columnx | rowy | columnx | rowy -----+---------+-----------+---------+----------- 1 | 1713964 | 7 | 1713964 | 7 2 | 2 | 115864471 | 2 | 115864471
ST_WorldToRasterCoordX — Returns the column in the raster of the point geometry (pt) or a X and Y world coordinate (xw, yw) represented in world spatial reference system of raster.
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(
raster rast, geometry pt)
;
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(
raster rast, double precision xw)
;
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(
raster rast, double precision xw, double precision yw)
;
Returns the column in the raster of the point geometry (pt) or a X and Y world coordinate (xw, yw). A point, or (both xw and yw world coordinates are required if a raster is skewed). If a raster is not skewed then xw is sufficient. World coordinates are in the spatial reference coordinate system of the raster.
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, this was called ST_World2RasterCoordX
SELECT rid, ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(rast,3427927.8) As xcoord, ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(rast,3427927.8,20.5) As xcoord_xwyw, ST_WorldToRasterCoordX(rast,ST_GeomFromText('POINT(3427927.8 20.5)',ST_SRID(rast))) As ptxcoord FROM dummy_rast; rid | xcoord | xcoord_xwyw | ptxcoord -----+---------+---------+---------- 1 | 1713964 | 1713964 | 1713964 2 | 1 | 1 | 1
ST_WorldToRasterCoordY — Returns the row in the raster of the point geometry (pt) or a X and Y world coordinate (xw, yw) represented in world spatial reference system of raster.
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(
raster rast, geometry pt)
;
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(
raster rast, double precision xw)
;
integer ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(
raster rast, double precision xw, double precision yw)
;
Returns the row in the raster of the point geometry (pt) or a X and Y world coordinate (xw, yw). A point, or (both xw and yw world coordinates are required if a raster is skewed). If a raster is not skewed then xw is sufficient. World coordinates are in the spatial reference coordinate system of the raster.
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, this was called ST_World2RasterCoordY
SELECT rid, ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(rast,20.5) As ycoord, ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(rast,3427927.8,20.5) As ycoord_xwyw, ST_WorldToRasterCoordY(rast,ST_GeomFromText('POINT(3427927.8 20.5)',ST_SRID(rast))) As ptycoord FROM dummy_rast; rid | ycoord | ycoord_xwyw | ptycoord -----+-----------+-------------+----------- 1 | 7 | 7 | 7 2 | 115864471 | 115864471 | 115864471
ST_BandMetaData — Returns basic meta data for a specific raster band. band num 1 is assumed if none-specified.
(1) record ST_BandMetaData(
raster rast, integer band=1)
;
(2) record ST_BandMetaData(
raster rast, integer[] band)
;
Returns basic meta data about a raster band. Columns returned: pixeltype, nodatavalue, isoutdb, path, outdbbandnum, filesize, filetimestamp.
If raster contains no bands then an error is thrown. |
If band has no NODATA value, nodatavalue are NULL. |
If isoutdb is False, path, outdbbandnum, filesize and filetimestamp are NULL. If outdb access is disabled, filesize and filetimestamp will also be NULL. |
Enhanced: 2.5.0 to include outdbbandnum, filesize and filetimestamp for outdb rasters.
SELECT rid, (foo.md).* FROM ( SELECT rid, ST_BandMetaData(rast, 1) AS md FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2 ) As foo; rid | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path | outdbbandnum -----+-----------+---- --------+---------+------+-------------- 2 | 8BUI | 0 | f | |
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(NULL::raster, '/home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif', NULL::int[]) AS rast ) SELECT * FROM ST_BandMetadata( (SELECT rast FROM foo), ARRAY[1,3,2]::int[] ); bandnum | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path | outdbbandnum | filesize | filetimestamp | ---------+-----------+-------------+---------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------+---------------+----------+---------------+- 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 | 12345 | 1521807257 | 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 3 | 12345 | 1521807257 | 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 2 | 12345 | 1521807257 |
ST_BandNoDataValue — Returns the value in a given band that represents no data. If no band num 1 is assumed.
double precision ST_BandNoDataValue(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns the value that represents no data for the band
SELECT ST_BandNoDataValue(rast,1) As bnval1, ST_BandNoDataValue(rast,2) As bnval2, ST_BandNoDataValue(rast,3) As bnval3 FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; bnval1 | bnval2 | bnval3 --------+--------+-------- 0 | 0 | 0
ST_BandIsNoData — Returns true if the band is filled with only nodata values.
boolean ST_BandIsNoData(
raster rast, integer band, boolean forceChecking=true)
;
boolean ST_BandIsNoData(
raster rast, boolean forceChecking=true)
;
Returns true if the band is filled with only nodata values. Band 1 is assumed if not specified. If the last argument is TRUE, the entire band is checked pixel by pixel. Otherwise, the function simply returns the value of the isnodata flag for the band. The default value for this parameter is FALSE, if not specified.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
If the flag is dirty (this is, the result is different using TRUE as last parameter and not using it) you should update the raster to set this flag to true, by using ST_SetBandIsNodata(), or ST_SetBandNodataValue() with TRUE as last argument. See ST_SetBandIsNoData. |
-- Create dummy table with one raster column create table dummy_rast (rid integer, rast raster); -- Add raster with two bands, one pixel/band. In the first band, nodatavalue = pixel value = 3. -- In the second band, nodatavalue = 13, pixel value = 4 insert into dummy_rast values(1, ( '01' -- little endian (uint8 ndr) || '0000' -- version (uint16 0) || '0200' -- nBands (uint16 0) || '17263529ED684A3F' -- scaleX (float64 0.000805965234044584) || 'F9253529ED684ABF' -- scaleY (float64 -0.00080596523404458) || '1C9F33CE69E352C0' -- ipX (float64 -75.5533328537098) || '718F0E9A27A44840' -- ipY (float64 49.2824585505576) || 'ED50EB853EC32B3F' -- skewX (float64 0.000211812383858707) || '7550EB853EC32B3F' -- skewY (float64 0.000211812383858704) || 'E6100000' -- SRID (int32 4326) || '0100' -- width (uint16 1) || '0100' -- height (uint16 1) || '6' -- hasnodatavalue and isnodata value set to true. || '2' -- first band type (4BUI) || '03' -- novalue==3 || '03' -- pixel(0,0)==3 (same that nodata) || '0' -- hasnodatavalue set to false || '5' -- second band type (16BSI) || '0D00' -- novalue==13 || '0400' -- pixel(0,0)==4 )::raster ); select st_bandisnodata(rast, 1) from dummy_rast where rid = 1; -- Expected true select st_bandisnodata(rast, 2) from dummy_rast where rid = 1; -- Expected false
ST_BandNoDataValue, ST_NumBands, ST_SetBandNoDataValue, ST_SetBandIsNoData
ST_BandPath — Returns system file path to a band stored in file system. If no bandnum specified, 1 is assumed.
text ST_BandPath(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns system file path to a band. Throws an error if called with an in db band.
ST_BandFileSize — Returns the file size of a band stored in file system. If no bandnum specified, 1 is assumed.
bigint ST_BandFileSize(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns the file size of a band stored in file system. Throws an error if called with an in db band, or if outdb access is not enabled.
This function is typically used in conjunction with ST_BandPath() and ST_BandFileTimestamp() so a client can determine if the filename of a outdb raster as seen by it is the same as the one seen by the server.
Availability: 2.5.0
SELECT ST_BandFileSize(rast,1) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; st_bandfilesize ----------------- 240574
ST_BandFileTimestamp — Returns the file timestamp of a band stored in file system. If no bandnum specified, 1 is assumed.
bigint ST_BandFileTimestamp(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns the file timestamp (number of seconds since Jan 1st 1970 00:00:00 UTC) of a band stored in file system. Throws an error if called with an in db band, or if outdb access is not enabled.
This function is typically used in conjunction with ST_BandPath() and ST_BandFileSize() so a client can determine if the filename of a outdb raster as seen by it is the same as the one seen by the server.
Availability: 2.5.0
SELECT ST_BandFileTimestamp(rast,1) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; st_bandfiletimestamp ---------------------- 1521807257
ST_BandPixelType — Returns the type of pixel for given band. If no bandnum specified, 1 is assumed.
text ST_BandPixelType(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns name describing data type and size of values stored in each cell of given band.
There are 11 pixel types. Pixel Types supported are as follows:
1BB - 1-bit boolean
2BUI - 2-bit unsigned integer
4BUI - 4-bit unsigned integer
8BSI - 8-bit signed integer
8BUI - 8-bit unsigned integer
16BSI - 16-bit signed integer
16BUI - 16-bit unsigned integer
32BSI - 32-bit signed integer
32BUI - 32-bit unsigned integer
32BF - 32-bit float
64BF - 64-bit float
SELECT ST_BandPixelType(rast,1) As btype1, ST_BandPixelType(rast,2) As btype2, ST_BandPixelType(rast,3) As btype3 FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; btype1 | btype2 | btype3 --------+--------+-------- 8BUI | 8BUI | 8BUI
ST_MinPossibleValue — Returns the minimum value this pixeltype can store.
integer ST_MinPossibleValue(
text pixeltype)
;
Returns the minimum value this pixeltype can store.
SELECT ST_MinPossibleValue('16BSI'); st_minpossiblevalue --------------------- -32768 SELECT ST_MinPossibleValue('8BUI'); st_minpossiblevalue --------------------- 0
ST_HasNoBand — Returns true if there is no band with given band number. If no band number is specified, then band number 1 is assumed.
boolean ST_HasNoBand(
raster rast, integer bandnum=1)
;
Returns true if there is no band with given band number. If no band number is specified, then band number 1 is assumed.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT rid, ST_HasNoBand(rast) As hb1, ST_HasNoBand(rast,2) as hb2, ST_HasNoBand(rast,4) as hb4, ST_NumBands(rast) As numbands FROM dummy_rast; rid | hb1 | hb2 | hb4 | numbands -----+-----+-----+-----+---------- 1 | t | t | t | 0 2 | f | f | t | 3
exclude_nodata_value
is set to false, then all pixels include nodata
pixels are considered to intersect and return value. If exclude_nodata_value
is not passed in then reads it from metadata of raster.NODATA
value of a given band's pixel specified by a columnx and rowy or a geometric point expressed in the same spatial reference coordinate system as the raster. NODATA
values around a given band's pixel specified by either a columnX and rowY or a geometric point expressed in the same spatial reference coordinate system as the raster. ST_PixelAsPolygon — Returns the polygon geometry that bounds the pixel for a particular row and column.
geometry ST_PixelAsPolygon(
raster rast, integer columnx, integer rowy)
;
Returns the polygon geometry that bounds the pixel for a particular row and column.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- get raster pixel polygon SELECT i,j, ST_AsText(ST_PixelAsPolygon(foo.rast, i,j)) As b1pgeom FROM dummy_rast As foo CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,2) As i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1) As j WHERE rid=2; i | j | b1pgeom ---+---+----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | 1 | POLYGON((3427927.75 5793244,3427927.8 5793244,3427927.8 5793243.95,... 2 | 1 | POLYGON((3427927.8 5793244,3427927.85 5793244,3427927.85 5793243.95, ..
ST_PixelAsPolygons — Returns the polygon geometry that bounds every pixel of a raster band along with the value, the X and the Y raster coordinates of each pixel.
setof record ST_PixelAsPolygons(
raster rast, integer band=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=TRUE)
;
Returns the polygon geometry that bounds every pixel of a raster band along with the value (double precision), the X and the Y raster coordinates (integers) of each pixel.
Return record format: geom
geometry, val
double precision, x
integer, y
integers.
When |
ST_PixelAsPolygons returns one polygon geometry for every pixel. This is different than ST_DumpAsPolygons where each geometry represents one or more pixels with the same pixel value. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 exclude_nodata_value optional argument was added.
Changed: 2.1.1 Changed behavior of exclude_nodata_value.
-- get raster pixel polygon SELECT (gv).x, (gv).y, (gv).val, ST_AsText((gv).geom) geom FROM (SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValue(ST_SetValue(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0.001, 0.001, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 2, 2, 10), 1, 1, NULL) ) gv ) foo; x | y | val | geom ---+---+----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | 1 | | POLYGON((0 0,0.001 0.001,0.002 0,0.001 -0.001,0 0)) 1 | 2 | 1 | POLYGON((0.001 -0.001,0.002 0,0.003 -0.001,0.002 -0.002,0.001 -0.001)) 2 | 1 | 1 | POLYGON((0.001 0.001,0.002 0.002,0.003 0.001,0.002 0,0.001 0.001)) 2 | 2 | 10 | POLYGON((0.002 0,0.003 0.001,0.004 0,0.003 -0.001,0.002 0))
ST_PixelAsPoint — Returns a point geometry of the pixel's upper-left corner.
geometry ST_PixelAsPoint(
raster rast, integer columnx, integer rowy)
;
Returns a point geometry of the pixel's upper-left corner.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PixelAsPoint(rast, 1, 1)) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; st_astext ---------------- POINT(0.5 0.5)
ST_PixelAsPoints — Returns a point geometry for each pixel of a raster band along with the value, the X and the Y raster coordinates of each pixel. The coordinates of the point geometry are of the pixel's upper-left corner.
setof record ST_PixelAsPoints(
raster rast, integer band=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=TRUE)
;
Returns a point geometry for each pixel of a raster band along with the value, the X and the Y raster coordinates of each pixel. The coordinates of the point geometry are of the pixel's upper-left corner.
Return record format: geom
geometry, val
double precision, x
integer, y
integers.
When |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Changed: 2.1.1 Changed behavior of exclude_nodata_value.
SELECT x, y, val, ST_AsText(geom) FROM (SELECT (ST_PixelAsPoints(rast, 1)).* FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2) foo; x | y | val | st_astext ---+---+-----+------------------------------ 1 | 1 | 253 | POINT(3427927.75 5793244) 2 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.8 5793244) 3 | 1 | 253 | POINT(3427927.85 5793244) 4 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.9 5793244) 5 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.95 5793244) 1 | 2 | 253 | POINT(3427927.75 5793243.95) 2 | 2 | 254 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.95) 3 | 2 | 254 | POINT(3427927.85 5793243.95) 4 | 2 | 253 | POINT(3427927.9 5793243.95) 5 | 2 | 249 | POINT(3427927.95 5793243.95) 1 | 3 | 250 | POINT(3427927.75 5793243.9) 2 | 3 | 254 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.9) 3 | 3 | 254 | POINT(3427927.85 5793243.9) 4 | 3 | 252 | POINT(3427927.9 5793243.9) 5 | 3 | 249 | POINT(3427927.95 5793243.9) 1 | 4 | 251 | POINT(3427927.75 5793243.85) 2 | 4 | 253 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.85) 3 | 4 | 254 | POINT(3427927.85 5793243.85) 4 | 4 | 254 | POINT(3427927.9 5793243.85) 5 | 4 | 253 | POINT(3427927.95 5793243.85) 1 | 5 | 252 | POINT(3427927.75 5793243.8) 2 | 5 | 250 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.8) 3 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.85 5793243.8) 4 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.9 5793243.8) 5 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.95 5793243.8)
ST_PixelAsCentroid — Returns the centroid (point geometry) of the area represented by a pixel.
geometry ST_PixelAsCentroid(
raster rast, integer x, integer y)
;
Returns the centroid (point geometry) of the area represented by a pixel.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 Faster now implemented in C.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PixelAsCentroid(rast, 1, 1)) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; st_astext -------------- POINT(1.5 2)
ST_PixelAsCentroids — Returns the centroid (point geometry) for each pixel of a raster band along with the value, the X and the Y raster coordinates of each pixel. The point geometry is the centroid of the area represented by a pixel.
setof record ST_PixelAsCentroids(
raster rast, integer band=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=TRUE)
;
Returns the centroid (point geometry) for each pixel of a raster band along with the value, the X and the Y raster coordinates of each pixel. The point geometry is the centroid of the area represented by a pixel.
Return record format: geom
geometry, val
double precision, x
integer, y
integers.
When |
Enhanced: 3.2.0 Faster now implemented in C.
Changed: 2.1.1 Changed behavior of exclude_nodata_value.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
--LATERAL syntax requires PostgreSQL 9.3+ SELECT x, y, val, ST_AsText(geom) FROM (SELECT dp.* FROM dummy_rast, LATERAL ST_PixelAsCentroids(rast, 1) AS dp WHERE rid = 2) foo; x | y | val | st_astext ---+---+-----+-------------------------------- 1 | 1 | 253 | POINT(3427927.775 5793243.975) 2 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.825 5793243.975) 3 | 1 | 253 | POINT(3427927.875 5793243.975) 4 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.925 5793243.975) 5 | 1 | 254 | POINT(3427927.975 5793243.975) 1 | 2 | 253 | POINT(3427927.775 5793243.925) 2 | 2 | 254 | POINT(3427927.825 5793243.925) 3 | 2 | 254 | POINT(3427927.875 5793243.925) 4 | 2 | 253 | POINT(3427927.925 5793243.925) 5 | 2 | 249 | POINT(3427927.975 5793243.925) 1 | 3 | 250 | POINT(3427927.775 5793243.875) 2 | 3 | 254 | POINT(3427927.825 5793243.875) 3 | 3 | 254 | POINT(3427927.875 5793243.875) 4 | 3 | 252 | POINT(3427927.925 5793243.875) 5 | 3 | 249 | POINT(3427927.975 5793243.875) 1 | 4 | 251 | POINT(3427927.775 5793243.825) 2 | 4 | 253 | POINT(3427927.825 5793243.825) 3 | 4 | 254 | POINT(3427927.875 5793243.825) 4 | 4 | 254 | POINT(3427927.925 5793243.825) 5 | 4 | 253 | POINT(3427927.975 5793243.825) 1 | 5 | 252 | POINT(3427927.775 5793243.775) 2 | 5 | 250 | POINT(3427927.825 5793243.775) 3 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.875 5793243.775) 4 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.925 5793243.775) 5 | 5 | 254 | POINT(3427927.975 5793243.775)
ST_Value — Returns the value of a given band in a given columnx, rowy pixel or at a particular geometric point. Band numbers start at 1 and assumed to be 1 if not specified. If exclude_nodata_value
is set to false, then all pixels include nodata
pixels are considered to intersect and return value. If exclude_nodata_value
is not passed in then reads it from metadata of raster.
double precision ST_Value(
raster rast, geometry pt, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision ST_Value(
raster rast, integer band, geometry pt, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true, text resample='nearest')
;
double precision ST_Value(
raster rast, integer x, integer y, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision ST_Value(
raster rast, integer band, integer x, integer y, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
Returns the value of a given band in a given columnx, rowy pixel or at a given geometry point. Band numbers start at 1 and band is assumed to be 1 if not specified.
If exclude_nodata_value
is set to true, then only non nodata
pixels are considered. If exclude_nodata_value
is set to false, then all pixels are considered.
The allowed values of the resample
parameter are "nearest" which performs the default nearest-neighbor resampling, and "bilinear" which performs a bilinear interpolation to estimate the value between pixel centers.
Enhanced: 3.2.0 resample optional argument was added.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 exclude_nodata_value optional argument was added.
-- get raster values at particular postgis geometry points -- the srid of your geometry should be same as for your raster SELECT rid, ST_Value(rast, foo.pt_geom) As b1pval, ST_Value(rast, 2, foo.pt_geom) As b2pval FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN (SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(3427927.77, 5793243.76), 0) As pt_geom) As foo WHERE rid=2; rid | b1pval | b2pval -----+--------+-------- 2 | 252 | 79 -- general fictitious example using a real table SELECT rid, ST_Value(rast, 3, sometable.geom) As b3pval FROM sometable WHERE ST_Intersects(rast,sometable.geom);
SELECT rid, ST_Value(rast, 1, 1, 1) As b1pval, ST_Value(rast, 2, 1, 1) As b2pval, ST_Value(rast, 3, 1, 1) As b3pval FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; rid | b1pval | b2pval | b3pval -----+--------+--------+-------- 2 | 253 | 78 | 70
--- Get all values in bands 1,2,3 of each pixel -- SELECT x, y, ST_Value(rast, 1, x, y) As b1val, ST_Value(rast, 2, x, y) As b2val, ST_Value(rast, 3, x, y) As b3val FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 1000) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 1000) As y WHERE rid = 2 AND x <= ST_Width(rast) AND y <= ST_Height(rast); x | y | b1val | b2val | b3val ---+---+-------+-------+------- 1 | 1 | 253 | 78 | 70 1 | 2 | 253 | 96 | 80 1 | 3 | 250 | 99 | 90 1 | 4 | 251 | 89 | 77 1 | 5 | 252 | 79 | 62 2 | 1 | 254 | 98 | 86 2 | 2 | 254 | 118 | 108 : :
--- Get all values in bands 1,2,3 of each pixel same as above but returning the upper left point point of each pixel -- SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetSRID( ST_Point(ST_UpperLeftX(rast) + ST_ScaleX(rast)*x, ST_UpperLeftY(rast) + ST_ScaleY(rast)*y), ST_SRID(rast))) As uplpt , ST_Value(rast, 1, x, y) As b1val, ST_Value(rast, 2, x, y) As b2val, ST_Value(rast, 3, x, y) As b3val FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000) As y WHERE rid = 2 AND x <= ST_Width(rast) AND y <= ST_Height(rast); uplpt | b1val | b2val | b3val -----------------------------+-------+-------+------- POINT(3427929.25 5793245.5) | 253 | 78 | 70 POINT(3427929.25 5793247) | 253 | 96 | 80 POINT(3427929.25 5793248.5) | 250 | 99 | 90 :
--- Get a polygon formed by union of all pixels that fall in a particular value range and intersect particular polygon -- SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Union(pixpolyg)) As shadow FROM (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_MakeEnvelope( ST_UpperLeftX(rast), ST_UpperLeftY(rast), ST_UpperLeftX(rast) + ST_ScaleX(rast), ST_UpperLeftY(rast) + ST_ScaleY(rast), 0 ), ST_ScaleX(rast)*x, ST_ScaleY(rast)*y ) As pixpolyg, ST_Value(rast, 2, x, y) As b2val FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000) As y WHERE rid = 2 AND x <= ST_Width(rast) AND y <= ST_Height(rast)) As foo WHERE ST_Intersects( pixpolyg, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((3427928 5793244,3427927.75 5793243.75,3427928 5793243.75,3427928 5793244))',0) ) AND b2val != 254; shadow ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MULTIPOLYGON(((3427928 5793243.9,3427928 5793243.85,3427927.95 5793243.85,3427927.95 5793243.9, 3427927.95 5793243.95,3427928 5793243.95,3427928.05 5793243.95,3427928.05 5793243.9,3427928 5793243.9)),((3427927.95 5793243.9,3427927.95 579324 3.85,3427927.9 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.9,3427927.9 5793243.9,3427927.9 5793243.95, 3427927.95 5793243.95,3427927.95 5793243.9)),((3427927.85 5793243.75,3427927.85 5793243.7,3427927.8 5793243.7,3427927.8 5793243.75 ,3427927.8 5793243.8,3427927.8 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.8,3427927.85 5793243.75)), ((3427928.05 5793243.75,3427928.05 5793243.7,3427928 5793243.7,3427927.95 5793243.7,3427927.95 5793243.75,3427927.95 5793243.8,3427 927.95 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.8,3427928.05 5793243.8, 3427928.05 5793243.75)),((3427927.95 5793243.75,3427927.95 5793243.7,3427927.9 5793243.7,3427927.85 5793243.7, 3427927.85 5793243.75,3427927.85 5793243.8,3427927.85 5793243.85,3427927.9 5793243.85, 3427927.95 5793243.85,3427927.95 5793243.8,3427927.95 5793243.75)))
--- Checking all the pixels of a large raster tile can take a long time. --- You can dramatically improve speed at some lose of precision by orders of magnitude -- by sampling pixels using the step optional parameter of generate_series. -- This next example does the same as previous but by checking 1 for every 4 (2x2) pixels and putting in the last checked -- putting in the checked pixel as the value for subsequent 4 SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Union(pixpolyg)) As shadow FROM (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_MakeEnvelope( ST_UpperLeftX(rast), ST_UpperLeftY(rast), ST_UpperLeftX(rast) + ST_ScaleX(rast)*2, ST_UpperLeftY(rast) + ST_ScaleY(rast)*2, 0 ), ST_ScaleX(rast)*x, ST_ScaleY(rast)*y ) As pixpolyg, ST_Value(rast, 2, x, y) As b2val FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000,2) As x CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,1000,2) As y WHERE rid = 2 AND x <= ST_Width(rast) AND y <= ST_Height(rast) ) As foo WHERE ST_Intersects( pixpolyg, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((3427928 5793244,3427927.75 5793243.75,3427928 5793243.75,3427928 5793244))',0) ) AND b2val != 254; shadow ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ MULTIPOLYGON(((3427927.9 5793243.85,3427927.8 5793243.85,3427927.8 5793243.95, 3427927.9 5793243.95,3427928 5793243.95,3427928.1 5793243.95,3427928.1 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.85,3427927.9 5793243.85)), ((3427927.9 5793243.65,3427927.8 5793243.65,3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.85,3427927.9 5793243.85, 3427928 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.75,3427928.1 5793243.75,3427928.1 5793243.65,3427928 5793243.65,3427927.9 5793243.65)))
ST_NearestValue — Returns the nearest non-NODATA
value of a given band's pixel specified by a columnx and rowy or a geometric point expressed in the same spatial reference coordinate system as the raster.
double precision ST_NearestValue(
raster rast, integer bandnum, geometry pt, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision ST_NearestValue(
raster rast, geometry pt, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision ST_NearestValue(
raster rast, integer bandnum, integer columnx, integer rowy, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision ST_NearestValue(
raster rast, integer columnx, integer rowy, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
Returns the nearest non-NODATA
value of a given band in a given columnx, rowy pixel or at a specific geometric point. If the columnx, rowy pixel or the pixel at the specified geometric point is NODATA
, the function will find the nearest pixel to the columnx, rowy pixel or geometric point whose value is not NODATA
.
Band numbers start at 1 and bandnum
is assumed to be 1 if not specified. If exclude_nodata_value
is set to false, then all pixels include nodata
pixels are considered to intersect and return value. If exclude_nodata_value
is not passed in then reads it from metadata of raster.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
ST_NearestValue is a drop-in replacement for ST_Value. |
-- pixel 2x2 has value SELECT ST_Value(rast, 2, 2) AS value, ST_NearestValue(rast, 2, 2) AS nearestvalue FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 0. ), 2, 3, 0. ), 3, 5, 0. ), 4, 2, 0. ), 5, 4, 0. ) AS rast ) AS foo value | nearestvalue -------+-------------- 1 | 1
-- pixel 2x3 is NODATA SELECT ST_Value(rast, 2, 3) AS value, ST_NearestValue(rast, 2, 3) AS nearestvalue FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 0. ), 2, 3, 0. ), 3, 5, 0. ), 4, 2, 0. ), 5, 4, 0. ) AS rast ) AS foo value | nearestvalue -------+-------------- | 1
ST_SetZ — Returns a geometry with the same X/Y coordinates as the input geometry, and values from the raster copied into the Z dimension using the requested resample algorithm.
geometry ST_SetZ(
raster rast, geometry geom, text resample=nearest, integer band=1)
;
Returns a geometry with the same X/Y coordinates as the input geometry, and values from the raster copied into the Z dimensions using the requested resample algorithm.
The resample
parameter can be set to "nearest" to copy the values from the cell each vertex falls within, or "bilinear" to use bilinear interpolation to calculate a value that takes neighboring cells into account also.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
-- -- 2x2 test raster with values -- -- 10 50 -- 40 20 -- WITH test_raster AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(width => 2, height => 2, upperleftx => 0, upperlefty => 2, scalex => 1.0, scaley => -1.0, skewx => 0, skewy => 0, srid => 4326), index => 1, pixeltype => '16BSI', initialvalue => 0, nodataval => -999), 1,1,1, newvalueset =>ARRAY[ARRAY[10.0::float8, 50.0::float8], ARRAY[40.0::float8, 20.0::float8]]) AS rast ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_SetZ( rast, band => 1, geom => 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(1.0 1.9, 1.0 0.2)'::geometry, resample => 'bilinear' )) FROM test_raster st_astext ---------------------------------- LINESTRING Z (1 1.9 38,1 0.2 27)
ST_SetM — Returns a geometry with the same X/Y coordinates as the input geometry, and values from the raster copied into the M dimension using the requested resample algorithm.
geometry ST_SetM(
raster rast, geometry geom, text resample=nearest, integer band=1)
;
Returns a geometry with the same X/Y coordinates as the input geometry, and values from the raster copied into the M dimensions using the requested resample algorithm.
The resample
parameter can be set to "nearest" to copy the values from the cell each vertex falls within, or "bilinear" to use bilinear interpolation to calculate a value that takes neighboring cells into account also.
Disponibilità: 3.2.0
-- -- 2x2 test raster with values -- -- 10 50 -- 40 20 -- WITH test_raster AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(width => 2, height => 2, upperleftx => 0, upperlefty => 2, scalex => 1.0, scaley => -1.0, skewx => 0, skewy => 0, srid => 4326), index => 1, pixeltype => '16BSI', initialvalue => 0, nodataval => -999), 1,1,1, newvalueset =>ARRAY[ARRAY[10.0::float8, 50.0::float8], ARRAY[40.0::float8, 20.0::float8]]) AS rast ) SELECT ST_AsText( ST_SetM( rast, band => 1, geom => 'SRID=4326;LINESTRING(1.0 1.9, 1.0 0.2)'::geometry, resample => 'bilinear' )) FROM test_raster st_astext ---------------------------------- LINESTRING M (1 1.9 38,1 0.2 27)
ST_Neighborhood — Returns a 2-D double precision array of the non-NODATA
values around a given band's pixel specified by either a columnX and rowY or a geometric point expressed in the same spatial reference coordinate system as the raster.
double precision[][] ST_Neighborhood(
raster rast, integer bandnum, integer columnX, integer rowY, integer distanceX, integer distanceY, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision[][] ST_Neighborhood(
raster rast, integer columnX, integer rowY, integer distanceX, integer distanceY, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision[][] ST_Neighborhood(
raster rast, integer bandnum, geometry pt, integer distanceX, integer distanceY, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
double precision[][] ST_Neighborhood(
raster rast, geometry pt, integer distanceX, integer distanceY, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
Returns a 2-D double precision array of the non-NODATA
values around a given band's pixel specified by either a columnX and rowY or a geometric point expressed in the same spatial reference coordinate system as the raster. The distanceX
and distanceY
parameters define the number of pixels around the specified pixel in the X and Y axes, e.g. I want all values within 3 pixel distance along the X axis and 2 pixel distance along the Y axis around my pixel of interest. The center value of the 2-D array will be the value at the pixel specified by the columnX and rowY or the geometric point.
Band numbers start at 1 and bandnum
is assumed to be 1 if not specified. If exclude_nodata_value
is set to false, then all pixels include nodata
pixels are considered to intersect and return value. If exclude_nodata_value
is not passed in then reads it from metadata of raster.
The number of elements along each axis of the returning 2-D array is 2 * ( |
The 2-D array output can be passed to any of the raster processing builtin functions, e.g. ST_Min4ma, ST_Sum4ma, ST_Mean4ma. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- pixel 2x2 has value SELECT ST_Neighborhood(rast, 2, 2, 1, 1) FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [0, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 0, 1], [1, 0, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 0], [1, 1, 0, 1, 1] ]::double precision[], 1 ) AS rast ) AS foo st_neighborhood --------------------------------- {{NULL,1,1},{1,1,1},{1,NULL,1}}
-- pixel 2x3 is NODATA SELECT ST_Neighborhood(rast, 2, 3, 1, 1) FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [0, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 0, 1], [1, 0, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 0], [1, 1, 0, 1, 1] ]::double precision[], 1 ) AS rast ) AS foo st_neighborhood ------------------------------ {{1,1,1},{1,NULL,1},{1,1,1}}
-- pixel 3x3 has value -- exclude_nodata_value = FALSE SELECT ST_Neighborhood(rast, 3, 3, 1, 1, false) FROM ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [0, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 0, 1], [1, 0, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 0], [1, 1, 0, 1, 1] ]::double precision[], 1 ) AS rast st_neighborhood --------------------------- {{1,1,0},{0,1,1},{1,1,1}}
ST_NearestValue, ST_Min4ma, ST_Max4ma, ST_Sum4ma, ST_Mean4ma, ST_Range4ma, ST_Distinct4ma, ST_StdDev4ma
ST_SetValue — Returns modified raster resulting from setting the value of a given band in a given columnx, rowy pixel or the pixels that intersect a particular geometry. Band numbers start at 1 and assumed to be 1 if not specified.
raster ST_SetValue(
raster rast, integer bandnum, geometry geom, double precision newvalue)
;
raster ST_SetValue(
raster rast, geometry geom, double precision newvalue)
;
raster ST_SetValue(
raster rast, integer bandnum, integer columnx, integer rowy, double precision newvalue)
;
raster ST_SetValue(
raster rast, integer columnx, integer rowy, double precision newvalue)
;
Returns modified raster resulting from setting the specified pixels' values to new value for the designated band given the raster's row and column or a geometry. If no band is specified, then band 1 is assumed.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Geometry variant of ST_SetValue() now supports any geometry type, not just point. The geometry variant is a wrapper around the geomval[] variant of ST_SetValues()
-- Geometry example SELECT (foo.geomval).val, ST_AsText(ST_Union((foo.geomval).geom)) FROM (SELECT ST_DumpAsPolygons( ST_SetValue(rast,1, ST_Point(3427927.75, 5793243.95), 50) ) As geomval FROM dummy_rast where rid = 2) As foo WHERE (foo.geomval).val < 250 GROUP BY (foo.geomval).val; val | st_astext -----+------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 | POLYGON((3427927.75 5793244,3427927.75 5793243.95,3427927.8 579324 ... 249 | POLYGON((3427927.95 5793243.95,3427927.95 5793243.85,3427928 57932 ...
-- Store the changed raster -- UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetValue(rast,1, ST_Point(3427927.75, 5793243.95),100) WHERE rid = 2 ;
ST_SetValues — Returns modified raster resulting from setting the values of a given band.
raster ST_SetValues(
raster rast, integer nband, integer columnx, integer rowy, double precision[][] newvalueset, boolean[][] noset=NULL, boolean keepnodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_SetValues(
raster rast, integer nband, integer columnx, integer rowy, double precision[][] newvalueset, double precision nosetvalue, boolean keepnodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_SetValues(
raster rast, integer nband, integer columnx, integer rowy, integer width, integer height, double precision newvalue, boolean keepnodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_SetValues(
raster rast, integer columnx, integer rowy, integer width, integer height, double precision newvalue, boolean keepnodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_SetValues(
raster rast, integer nband, geomval[] geomvalset, boolean keepnodata=FALSE)
;
Returns modified raster resulting from setting specified pixels to new value(s) for the designated band. columnx
and rowy
are 1-indexed.
If keepnodata
is TRUE, those pixels whose values are NODATA will not be set with the corresponding value in newvalueset
.
For Variant 1, the specific pixels to be set are determined by the columnx
, rowy
pixel coordinates and the dimensions of the newvalueset
array. noset
can be used to prevent pixels with values present in newvalueset
from being set (due to PostgreSQL not permitting ragged/jagged arrays). See example Variant 1.
Variant 2 is like Variant 1 but with a simple double precision nosetvalue
instead of a boolean noset
array. Elements in newvalueset
with the nosetvalue
value with be skipped. See example Variant 2.
For Variant 3, the specific pixels to be set are determined by the columnx
, rowy
pixel coordinates, width
and height
. See example Variant 3.
Variant 4 is the same as Variant 3 with the exception that it assumes that the first band's pixels of rast
will be set.
For Variant 5, an array of geomval is used to determine the specific pixels to be set. If all the geometries in the array are of type POINT or MULTIPOINT, the function uses a shortcut where the longitude and latitude of each point is used to set a pixel directly. Otherwise, the geometries are converted to rasters and then iterated through in one pass. See example Variant 5.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | 1 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | = > | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 2, 2, ARRAY[[9, 9], [9, 9]]::double precision[][] ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 1 2 | 1 | 1 2 | 2 | 9 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 1 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 9 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | = > | 9 | | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 9 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[[9, 9, 9], [9, NULL, 9], [9, 9, 9]]::double precision[][] ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 9 1 | 2 | 9 1 | 3 | 9 2 | 1 | 9 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 9 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 9 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | => | 1 | | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 9 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[[9, 9, 9], [9, NULL, 9], [9, 9, 9]]::double precision[][], ARRAY[[false], [true]]::boolean[][] ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 9 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 9 2 | 1 | 9 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 9 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | | 1 | 1 | | | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | => | 1 | | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 9 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, NULL ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[[9, 9, 9], [9, NULL, 9], [9, 9, 9]]::double precision[][], ARRAY[[false], [true]]::boolean[][], TRUE ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 9 2 | 1 | 9 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 9 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | 1 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | => | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[[-1, -1, -1], [-1, 9, 9], [-1, 9, 9]]::double precision[][], -1 ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 1 2 | 1 | 1 2 | 2 | 9 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 1 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* This example is like the previous one. Instead of nosetvalue = -1, nosetvalue = NULL The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | 1 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | => | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[[NULL, NULL, NULL], [NULL, 9, 9], [NULL, 9, 9]]::double precision[][], NULL::double precision ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 1 2 | 1 | 1 2 | 2 | 9 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 1 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | 1 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | => | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 9 ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 1 2 | 1 | 1 2 | 2 | 9 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 1 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
/* The ST_SetValues() does the following... + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 1 | 1 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | | 1 | => | 1 | | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + | 1 | 1 | 1 | | 1 | 9 | 9 | + - + - + - + + - + - + - + */ SELECT (poly).x, (poly).y, (poly).val FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelAsPolygons( ST_SetValues( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0 ), 1, 2, 2, NULL ), 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 9, TRUE ) ) AS poly ) foo ORDER BY 1, 2; x | y | val ---+---+----- 1 | 1 | 1 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 3 | 1 2 | 1 | 1 2 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 9 3 | 1 | 1 3 | 2 | 9 3 | 3 | 9
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 0, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT 1 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POINT(2.5 -2.5)'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((1 -1, 4 -1, 4 -4, 1 -4, 1 -1))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((0 0, 5 0, 5 -1, 1 -1, 1 -4, 0 -4, 0 0))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 4 AS gid, 'SRID=0;MULTIPOINT(0 0, 4 4, 4 -4)'::geometry ) SELECT rid, gid, ST_DumpValues(ST_SetValue(rast, 1, geom, gid)) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN bar t2 ORDER BY rid, gid; rid | gid | st_dumpvalues -----+-----+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | 1 | (1,"{{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,1,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") 1 | 2 | (1,"{{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") 1 | 3 | (1,"{{3,3,3,3,3},{3,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{3,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{3,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") 1 | 4 | (1,"{{4,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,4}}") (4 rows)
The following shows that geomvals later in the array can overwrite prior geomvals
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 0, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT 1 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POINT(2.5 -2.5)'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((1 -1, 4 -1, 4 -4, 1 -4, 1 -1))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((0 0, 5 0, 5 -1, 1 -1, 1 -4, 0 -4, 0 0))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 4 AS gid, 'SRID=0;MULTIPOINT(0 0, 4 4, 4 -4)'::geometry ) SELECT t1.rid, t2.gid, t3.gid, ST_DumpValues(ST_SetValues(rast, 1, ARRAY[ROW(t2.geom, t2.gid), ROW(t3.geom, t3.gid)]::geomval[])) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN bar t2 CROSS JOIN bar t3 WHERE t2.gid = 1 AND t3.gid = 2 ORDER BY t1.rid, t2.gid, t3.gid; rid | gid | gid | st_dumpvalues -----+-----+-----+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | 1 | 2 | (1,"{{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") (1 row)
This example is the opposite of the prior example
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 0, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT 1 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POINT(2.5 -2.5)'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((1 -1, 4 -1, 4 -4, 1 -4, 1 -1))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS gid, 'SRID=0;POLYGON((0 0, 5 0, 5 -1, 1 -1, 1 -4, 0 -4, 0 0))'::geometry geom UNION ALL SELECT 4 AS gid, 'SRID=0;MULTIPOINT(0 0, 4 4, 4 -4)'::geometry ) SELECT t1.rid, t2.gid, t3.gid, ST_DumpValues(ST_SetValues(rast, 1, ARRAY[ROW(t2.geom, t2.gid), ROW(t3.geom, t3.gid)]::geomval[])) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN bar t2 CROSS JOIN bar t3 WHERE t2.gid = 2 AND t3.gid = 1 ORDER BY t1.rid, t2.gid, t3.gid; rid | gid | gid | st_dumpvalues -----+-----+-----+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | 2 | 1 | (1,"{{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,2,1,2,NULL},{NULL,2,2,2,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") (1 row)
ST_DumpValues — Get the values of the specified band as a 2-dimension array.
setof record ST_DumpValues(
raster rast , integer[] nband=NULL , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
double precision[][] ST_DumpValues(
raster rast , integer nband , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
Get the values of the specified band as a 2-dimension array (first index is row, second is column). If nband
is NULL or not provided, all raster bands are processed.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 2, '32BF'::text, 3, -9999), 3, '16BSI', 0, 0) AS rast ) SELECT (ST_DumpValues(rast)).* FROM foo; nband | valarray -------+------------------------------------------------------ 1 | {{1,1,1},{1,1,1},{1,1,1}} 2 | {{3,3,3},{3,3,3},{3,3,3}} 3 | {{NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL}} (3 rows)
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 2, '32BF'::text, 3, -9999), 3, '16BSI', 0, 0) AS rast ) SELECT (ST_DumpValues(rast, ARRAY[3, 1])).* FROM foo; nband | valarray -------+------------------------------------------------------ 3 | {{NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL}} 1 | {{1,1,1},{1,1,1},{1,1,1}} (2 rows)
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_SetValue(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(3, 3, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 1, 0), 1, 2, 5) AS rast ) SELECT (ST_DumpValues(rast, 1))[2][1] FROM foo; st_dumpvalues --------------- 5 (1 row)
ST_PixelOfValue — Get the columnx, rowy coordinates of the pixel whose value equals the search value.
setof record ST_PixelOfValue(
raster rast , integer nband , double precision[] search , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
setof record ST_PixelOfValue(
raster rast , double precision[] search , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
setof record ST_PixelOfValue(
raster rast , integer nband , double precision search , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
setof record ST_PixelOfValue(
raster rast , double precision search , boolean exclude_nodata_value=true )
;
Get the columnx, rowy coordinates of the pixel whose value equals the search value. If no band is specified, then band 1 is assumed.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT (pixels).* FROM ( SELECT ST_PixelOfValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, -2, 2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0 ), 1, 1, 0 ), 2, 3, 0 ), 3, 5, 0 ), 4, 2, 0 ), 5, 4, 255 ) , 1, ARRAY[1, 255]) AS pixels ) AS foo val | x | y -----+---+--- 1 | 1 | 2 1 | 1 | 3 1 | 1 | 4 1 | 1 | 5 1 | 2 | 1 1 | 2 | 2 1 | 2 | 4 1 | 2 | 5 1 | 3 | 1 1 | 3 | 2 1 | 3 | 3 1 | 3 | 4 1 | 4 | 1 1 | 4 | 3 1 | 4 | 4 1 | 4 | 5 1 | 5 | 1 1 | 5 | 2 1 | 5 | 3 255 | 5 | 4 1 | 5 | 5
ST_SetGeoReference — Set Georeference 6 georeference parameters in a single call. Numbers should be separated by white space. Accepts inputs in GDAL or ESRI format. Default is GDAL.
raster ST_SetGeoReference(
raster rast, text georefcoords, text format=GDAL)
;
raster ST_SetGeoReference(
raster rast, double precision upperleftx, double precision upperlefty, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, double precision skewx, double precision skewy)
;
Set Georeference 6 georeference parameters in a single call. Accepts inputs in 'GDAL' or 'ESRI' format. Default is GDAL. If 6 coordinates are not provided will return null.
La differenza tra le rappresentazioni di formato è la seguente:
GDAL
:
scalex skewy skewx scaley upperleftx upperlefty
ESRI
:
scalex skewy skewx scaley upperleftx + scalex*0.5 upperlefty + scaley*0.5
If the raster has out-db bands, changing the georeference may result in incorrect access of the band's externally stored data. |
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of ST_SetGeoReference(raster, double precision, ...) variant
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0) AS rast ) SELECT 0 AS rid, (ST_Metadata(rast)).* FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 1, (ST_Metadata(ST_SetGeoReference(rast, '10 0 0 -10 0.1 0.1', 'GDAL'))).* FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 2, (ST_Metadata(ST_SetGeoReference(rast, '10 0 0 -10 5.1 -4.9', 'ESRI'))).* FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 3, (ST_Metadata(ST_SetGeoReference(rast, 1, 1, 10, -10, 0.001, 0.001))).* FROM foo rid | upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands -----+--------------------+--------------------+-------+--------+--------+--------+-------+-------+------+---------- 0 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5 | 1 | -1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 5 | 5 | 10 | -10 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 2 | 0.0999999999999996 | 0.0999999999999996 | 5 | 5 | 10 | -10 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 3 | 1 | 1 | 5 | 5 | 10 | -10 | 0.001 | 0.001 | 0 | 0
ST_GeoReference, ST_ScaleX, ST_ScaleY, ST_UpperLeftX, ST_UpperLeftY
ST_SetRotation — Set the rotation of the raster in radian.
raster ST_SetRotation(
raster rast, float8 rotation)
;
Uniformly rotate the raster. Rotation is in radian. Refer to World File for more details.
SELECT ST_ScaleX(rast1), ST_ScaleY(rast1), ST_SkewX(rast1), ST_SkewY(rast1), ST_ScaleX(rast2), ST_ScaleY(rast2), ST_SkewX(rast2), ST_SkewY(rast2) FROM ( SELECT ST_SetRotation(rast, 15) AS rast1, rast as rast2 FROM dummy_rast ) AS foo; st_scalex | st_scaley | st_skewx | st_skewy | st_scalex | st_scaley | st_skewx | st_skewy ---------------------+---------------------+--------------------+--------------------+-----------+-----------+----------+---------- -1.51937582571764 | -2.27906373857646 | 1.95086352047135 | 1.30057568031423 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 -0.0379843956429411 | -0.0379843956429411 | 0.0325143920078558 | 0.0325143920078558 | 0.05 | -0.05 | 0 | 0
ST_SetScale — Sets the X and Y size of pixels in units of coordinate reference system. Number units/pixel width/height.
raster ST_SetScale(
raster rast, float8 xy)
;
raster ST_SetScale(
raster rast, float8 x, float8 y)
;
Sets the X and Y size of pixels in units of coordinate reference system. Number units/pixel width/height. If only one unit passed in, assumed X and Y are the same number.
ST_SetScale is different from ST_Rescale in that ST_SetScale do not resample the raster to match the raster extent. It only changes the metadata (or georeference) of the raster to correct an originally mis-specified scaling. ST_Rescale results in a raster having different width and height computed to fit the geographic extent of the input raster. ST_SetScale do not modify the width, nor the height of the raster. |
Changed: 2.0.0 In WKTRaster versions this was called ST_SetPixelSize. This was changed in 2.0.0.
UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetScale(rast, 1.5) WHERE rid = 2; SELECT ST_ScaleX(rast) As pixx, ST_ScaleY(rast) As pixy, Box3D(rast) As newbox FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; pixx | pixy | newbox ------+------+---------------------------------------------- 1.5 | 1.5 | BOX(3427927.75 5793244 0, 3427935.25 5793251.5 0)
UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetScale(rast, 1.5, 0.55) WHERE rid = 2; SELECT ST_ScaleX(rast) As pixx, ST_ScaleY(rast) As pixy, Box3D(rast) As newbox FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; pixx | pixy | newbox ------+------+-------------------------------------------- 1.5 | 0.55 | BOX(3427927.75 5793244 0,3427935.25 5793247 0)
ST_SetSkew — Sets the georeference X and Y skew (or rotation parameter). If only one is passed in, sets X and Y to the same value.
raster ST_SetSkew(
raster rast, float8 skewxy)
;
raster ST_SetSkew(
raster rast, float8 skewx, float8 skewy)
;
Sets the georeference X and Y skew (or rotation parameter). If only one is passed in, sets X and Y to the same value. Refer to World File for more details.
-- Example 1 UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetSkew(rast,1,2) WHERE rid = 1; SELECT rid, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy, ST_GeoReference(rast) as georef FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; rid | skewx | skewy | georef ----+-------+-------+-------------- 1 | 1 | 2 | 2.0000000000 : 2.0000000000 : 1.0000000000 : 3.0000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 0.5000000000
-- Example 2 set both to same number: UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetSkew(rast,0) WHERE rid = 1; SELECT rid, ST_SkewX(rast) As skewx, ST_SkewY(rast) As skewy, ST_GeoReference(rast) as georef FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 1; rid | skewx | skewy | georef -----+-------+-------+-------------- 1 | 0 | 0 | 2.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 0.0000000000 : 3.0000000000 : 0.5000000000 : 0.5000000000
ST_SetSRID — Sets the SRID of a raster to a particular integer srid defined in the spatial_ref_sys table.
raster ST_SetSRID(
raster rast, integer srid)
;
Sets the SRID on a raster to a particular integer value.
This function does not transform the raster in any way - it simply sets meta data defining the spatial ref of the coordinate reference system that it's currently in. Useful for transformations later. |
ST_SetUpperLeft — Sets the value of the upper left corner of the pixel of the raster to projected X and Y coordinates.
raster ST_SetUpperLeft(
raster rast, double precision x, double precision y)
;
Set the value of the upper left corner of raster to the projected X and Y coordinates
SELECT ST_SetUpperLeft(rast,-71.01,42.37) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2;
ST_Resample — Resample a raster using a specified resampling algorithm, new dimensions, an arbitrary grid corner and a set of raster georeferencing attributes defined or borrowed from another raster.
raster ST_Resample(
raster rast, integer width, integer height, double precision gridx=NULL, double precision gridy=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Resample(
raster rast, double precision scalex=0, double precision scaley=0, double precision gridx=NULL, double precision gridy=NULL, double precision skewx=0, double precision skewy=0, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Resample(
raster rast, raster ref, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125, boolean usescale=true)
;
raster ST_Resample(
raster rast, raster ref, boolean usescale, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Resample a raster using a specified resampling algorithm, new dimensions (width & height), a grid corner (gridx & gridy) and a set of raster georeferencing attributes (scalex, scaley, skewx & skewy) defined or borrowed from another raster. If using a reference raster, the two rasters must have the same SRID.
New pixel values are computed using one of the following resampling algorithms:
NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling)
Bilinear
Cubic
CubicSpline
Lanczos
Max
Min
The default is NearestNeighbor which is the fastest but results in the worst interpolation.
A maxerror percent of 0.125 is used if no maxerr
is specified.
Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details. |
Availability: 2.0.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
Enhanced: 3.4.0 max and min resampling options added
SELECT ST_Width(orig) AS orig_width, ST_Width(reduce_100) AS new_width FROM ( SELECT rast AS orig, ST_Resample(rast,100,100) AS reduce_100 FROM aerials.boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_Transform( ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.128, 42.2392,-71.1277, 42.2397, 4326),26986) ) LIMIT 1 ) AS foo; orig_width | new_width ------------+------------- 200 | 100
ST_Rescale — Resample a raster by adjusting only its scale (or pixel size). New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline, Lanczos, Max or Min resampling algorithm. Default is NearestNeighbor.
raster ST_Rescale(
raster rast, double precision scalexy, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Rescale(
raster rast, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Resample a raster by adjusting only its scale (or pixel size). New pixel values are computed using one of the following resampling algorithms:
NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling)
Bilinear
Cubic
CubicSpline
Lanczos
Max
Min
The default is NearestNeighbor which is the fastest but results in the worst interpolation.
scalex
and scaley
define the new pixel size. scaley must often be negative to get well oriented raster.
When the new scalex or scaley is not a divisor of the raster width or height, the extent of the resulting raster is expanded to encompass the extent of the provided raster. If you want to be sure to retain exact input extent see ST_Resize
maxerr
is the threshold for transformation approximation by the resampling algorithm (in pixel units). A default of 0.125 is used if no maxerr
is specified, which is the same value used in GDAL gdalwarp utility. If set to zero, no approximation takes place.
Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details. |
ST_Rescale is different from ST_SetScale in that ST_SetScale do not resample the raster to match the raster extent. ST_SetScale only changes the metadata (or georeference) of the raster to correct an originally mis-specified scaling. ST_Rescale results in a raster having different width and height computed to fit the geographic extent of the input raster. ST_SetScale do not modify the width, nor the height of the raster. |
Availability: 2.0.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
Enhanced: 3.4.0 max and min resampling options added
Changed: 2.1.0 Works on rasters with no SRID
A simple example rescaling a raster from a pixel size of 0.001 degree to a pixel size of 0.0015 degree.
-- the original raster pixel size SELECT ST_PixelWidth(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0)) width width ---------- 0.001 -- the rescaled raster raster pixel size SELECT ST_PixelWidth(ST_Rescale(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 0.0015)) width width ---------- 0.0015
ST_Resize, ST_Resample, ST_SetScale, ST_ScaleX, ST_ScaleY, ST_Transform
ST_Reskew — Resample a raster by adjusting only its skew (or rotation parameters). New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline or Lanczos resampling algorithm. Default is NearestNeighbor.
raster ST_Reskew(
raster rast, double precision skewxy, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Reskew(
raster rast, double precision skewx, double precision skewy, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Resample a raster by adjusting only its skew (or rotation parameters). New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline or Lanczos resampling algorithm. The default is NearestNeighbor which is the fastest but results in the worst interpolation.
skewx
and skewy
define the new skew.
The extent of the new raster will encompass the extent of the provided raster.
A maxerror percent of 0.125 if no maxerr
is specified.
Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details. |
ST_Reskew is different from ST_SetSkew in that ST_SetSkew do not resample the raster to match the raster extent. ST_SetSkew only changes the metadata (or georeference) of the raster to correct an originally mis-specified skew. ST_Reskew results in a raster having different width and height computed to fit the geographic extent of the input raster. ST_SetSkew do not modify the width, nor the height of the raster. |
Availability: 2.0.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
Changed: 2.1.0 Works on rasters with no SRID
A simple example reskewing a raster from a skew of 0.0 to a skew of 0.0015.
-- the original raster non-rotated SELECT ST_Rotation(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0)); -- result 0 -- the reskewed raster raster rotation SELECT ST_Rotation(ST_Reskew(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(100, 100, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 0.0015)); -- result -0.982793723247329
ST_Resample, ST_Rescale, ST_SetSkew, ST_SetRotation, ST_SkewX, ST_SkewY, ST_Transform
ST_SnapToGrid — Resample a raster by snapping it to a grid. New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline or Lanczos resampling algorithm. Default is NearestNeighbor.
raster ST_SnapToGrid(
raster rast, double precision gridx, double precision gridy, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125, double precision scalex=DEFAULT 0, double precision scaley=DEFAULT 0)
;
raster ST_SnapToGrid(
raster rast, double precision gridx, double precision gridy, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_SnapToGrid(
raster rast, double precision gridx, double precision gridy, double precision scalexy, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Resample a raster by snapping it to a grid defined by an arbitrary pixel corner (gridx & gridy) and optionally a pixel size (scalex & scaley). New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline or Lanczos resampling algorithm. The default is NearestNeighbor which is the fastest but results in the worst interpolation.
gridx
and gridy
define any arbitrary pixel corner of the new grid. This is not necessarily the upper left corner of the new raster and it does not have to be inside or on the edge of the new raster extent.
You can optionally define the pixel size of the new grid with scalex
and scaley
.
The extent of the new raster will encompass the extent of the provided raster.
A maxerror percent of 0.125 if no maxerr
is specified.
Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details. |
Use ST_Resample if you need more control over the grid parameters. |
Availability: 2.0.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
Changed: 2.1.0 Works on rasters with no SRID
A simple example snapping a raster to a slightly different grid.
-- the original raster upper left X SELECT ST_UpperLeftX(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0)); -- result 0 -- the upper left of raster after snapping SELECT ST_UpperLeftX(ST_SnapToGrid(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 0.001, -0.001, 0, 0, 4269), '8BUI'::text, 1, 0), 0.0002, 0.0002)); --result -0.0008
ST_Resize — Resize a raster to a new width/height
raster ST_Resize(
raster rast, integer width, integer height, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Resize(
raster rast, double precision percentwidth, double precision percentheight, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Resize(
raster rast, text width, text height, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Resize a raster to a new width/height. The new width/height can be specified in exact number of pixels or a percentage of the raster's width/height. The extent of the the new raster will be the same as the extent of the provided raster.
New pixel values are computed using the NearestNeighbor (english or american spelling), Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline or Lanczos resampling algorithm. The default is NearestNeighbor which is the fastest but results in the worst interpolation.
Variant 1 expects the actual width/height of the output raster.
Variant 2 expects decimal values between zero (0) and one (1) indicating the percentage of the input raster's width/height.
Variant 3 takes either the actual width/height of the output raster or a textual percentage ("20%") indicating the percentage of the input raster's width/height.
Availability: 2.1.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
WITH foo AS( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_Resize( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0) , 1, '8BUI', 255, 0 ) , '50%', '500') AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS rid, ST_Resize( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0) , 1, '8BUI', 255, 0 ) , 500, 100) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS rid, ST_Resize( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1000, 1000, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0) , 1, '8BUI', 255, 0 ) , 0.25, 0.9) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT rid, ST_Metadata(rast) AS meta, rast FROM foo ) SELECT rid, (meta).* FROM bar rid | upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands -----+------------+------------+-------+--------+--------+--------+-------+-------+------+---------- 1 | 0 | 0 | 500 | 500 | 1 | -1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 2 | 0 | 0 | 500 | 100 | 1 | -1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 3 | 0 | 0 | 250 | 900 | 1 | -1 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 (3 rows)
ST_Transform — Reprojects a raster in a known spatial reference system to another known spatial reference system using specified resampling algorithm. Options are NearestNeighbor, Bilinear, Cubic, CubicSpline, Lanczos defaulting to NearestNeighbor.
raster ST_Transform(
raster rast, integer srid, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125, double precision scalex, double precision scaley)
;
raster ST_Transform(
raster rast, integer srid, double precision scalex, double precision scaley, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
raster ST_Transform(
raster rast, raster alignto, text algorithm=NearestNeighbor, double precision maxerr=0.125)
;
Reprojects a raster in a known spatial reference system to another known spatial reference system using specified pixel warping algorithm. Uses 'NearestNeighbor' if no algorithm is specified and maxerror percent of 0.125 if no maxerr is specified.
Algorithm options are: 'NearestNeighbor', 'Bilinear', 'Cubic', 'CubicSpline', and 'Lanczos'. Refer to: GDAL Warp resampling methods for more details.
ST_Transform is often confused with ST_SetSRID(). ST_Transform actually changes the coordinates of a raster (and resamples the pixel values) from one spatial reference system to another, while ST_SetSRID() simply changes the SRID identifier of the raster.
Unlike the other variants, Variant 3 requires a reference raster as alignto
. The transformed raster will be transformed to the spatial reference system (SRID) of the reference raster and be aligned (ST_SameAlignment = TRUE) to the reference raster.
If you find your transformation support is not working right, you may need to set the environment variable PROJSO to the .so or .dll projection library your PostGIS is using. This just needs to have the name of the file. So for example on windows, you would in Control Panel -> System -> Environment Variables add a system variable called |
When transforming a coverage of tiles, you almost always want to use a reference raster to insure same alignment and no gaps in your tiles as demonstrated in example: Variant 3. |
Availability: 2.0.0 Requires GDAL 1.6.1+
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of ST_Transform(rast, alignto) variant
SELECT ST_Width(mass_stm) As w_before, ST_Width(wgs_84) As w_after, ST_Height(mass_stm) As h_before, ST_Height(wgs_84) As h_after FROM ( SELECT rast As mass_stm, ST_Transform(rast,4326) As wgs_84 , ST_Transform(rast,4326, 'Bilinear') AS wgs_84_bilin FROM aerials.o_2_boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_Transform(ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.128, 42.2392,-71.1277, 42.2397, 4326),26986) ) LIMIT 1) As foo; w_before | w_after | h_before | h_after ----------+---------+----------+--------- 200 | 228 | 200 | 170
The following shows the difference between using ST_Transform(raster, srid) and ST_Transform(raster, alignto)
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 0 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -500000, 600000, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 1, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499800, 600000, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499600, 600000, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 3, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 3, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -500000, 599800, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 10, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 4, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499800, 599800, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 20, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 5, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499600, 599800, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 30, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 6, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -500000, 599600, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 7, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499800, 599600, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 200, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 8, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, -499600, 599600, 100, -100, 0, 0, 2163), 1, '16BUI', 300, 0) AS rast ), bar AS ( SELECT ST_Transform(rast, 4269) AS alignto FROM foo LIMIT 1 ), baz AS ( SELECT rid, rast, ST_Transform(rast, 4269) AS not_aligned, ST_Transform(rast, alignto) AS aligned FROM foo CROSS JOIN bar ) SELECT ST_SameAlignment(rast) AS rast, ST_SameAlignment(not_aligned) AS not_aligned, ST_SameAlignment(aligned) AS aligned FROM baz rast | not_aligned | aligned ------+-------------+--------- t | f | t
|
|
ST_SetBandNoDataValue — Sets the value for the given band that represents no data. Band 1 is assumed if no band is specified. To mark a band as having no nodata value, set the nodata value = NULL.
raster ST_SetBandNoDataValue(
raster rast, double precision nodatavalue)
;
raster ST_SetBandNoDataValue(
raster rast, integer band, double precision nodatavalue, boolean forcechecking=false)
;
Sets the value that represents no data for the band. Band 1 is assumed if not specified. This will affect results from ST_Polygon, ST_DumpAsPolygons, and the ST_PixelAs...() functions.
-- change just first band no data value UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,1, 254) WHERE rid = 2; -- change no data band value of bands 1,2,3 UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue( ST_SetBandNoDataValue( ST_SetBandNoDataValue( rast,1, 254) ,2,99), 3,108) WHERE rid = 2; -- wipe out the nodata value this will ensure all pixels are considered for all processing functions UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,1, NULL) WHERE rid = 2;
ST_SetBandIsNoData — Sets the isnodata flag of the band to TRUE.
raster ST_SetBandIsNoData(
raster rast, integer band=1)
;
Sets the isnodata flag for the band to true. Band 1 is assumed if not specified. This function should be called only when the flag is considered dirty. That is, when the result calling ST_BandIsNoData is different using TRUE as last argument and without using it
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- Create dummy table with one raster column create table dummy_rast (rid integer, rast raster); -- Add raster with two bands, one pixel/band. In the first band, nodatavalue = pixel value = 3. -- In the second band, nodatavalue = 13, pixel value = 4 insert into dummy_rast values(1, ( '01' -- little endian (uint8 ndr) || '0000' -- version (uint16 0) || '0200' -- nBands (uint16 0) || '17263529ED684A3F' -- scaleX (float64 0.000805965234044584) || 'F9253529ED684ABF' -- scaleY (float64 -0.00080596523404458) || '1C9F33CE69E352C0' -- ipX (float64 -75.5533328537098) || '718F0E9A27A44840' -- ipY (float64 49.2824585505576) || 'ED50EB853EC32B3F' -- skewX (float64 0.000211812383858707) || '7550EB853EC32B3F' -- skewY (float64 0.000211812383858704) || 'E6100000' -- SRID (int32 4326) || '0100' -- width (uint16 1) || '0100' -- height (uint16 1) || '4' -- hasnodatavalue set to true, isnodata value set to false (when it should be true) || '2' -- first band type (4BUI) || '03' -- novalue==3 || '03' -- pixel(0,0)==3 (same that nodata) || '0' -- hasnodatavalue set to false || '5' -- second band type (16BSI) || '0D00' -- novalue==13 || '0400' -- pixel(0,0)==4 )::raster ); select st_bandisnodata(rast, 1) from dummy_rast where rid = 1; -- Expected false select st_bandisnodata(rast, 1, TRUE) from dummy_rast where rid = 1; -- Expected true -- The isnodata flag is dirty. We are going to set it to true update dummy_rast set rast = st_setbandisnodata(rast, 1) where rid = 1; select st_bandisnodata(rast, 1) from dummy_rast where rid = 1; -- Expected true
ST_BandNoDataValue, ST_NumBands, ST_SetBandNoDataValue, ST_BandIsNoData
ST_SetBandPath — Update the external path and band number of an out-db band
raster ST_SetBandPath(
raster rast, integer band, text outdbpath, integer outdbindex, boolean force=false)
;
Updates an out-db band's external raster file path and external band number.
If |
Availability: 2.5.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(NULL::raster, '/home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif', NULL::int[]) AS rast ) SELECT 1 AS query, * FROM ST_BandMetadata( (SELECT rast FROM foo), ARRAY[1,3,2]::int[] ) UNION ALL SELECT 2, * FROM ST_BandMetadata( ( SELECT ST_SetBandPath( rast, 2, '/home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected2.tif', 1 ) AS rast FROM foo ), ARRAY[1,3,2]::int[] ) ORDER BY 1, 2; query | bandnum | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path | outdbbandnum -------+---------+-----------+-------------+---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------- 1 | 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 1 | 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 2 1 | 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 3 2 | 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 2 | 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected2.tif | 1 2 | 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 3
ST_SetBandIndex — Update the external band number of an out-db band
raster ST_SetBandIndex(
raster rast, integer band, integer outdbindex, boolean force=false)
;
Updates an out-db band's external band number. This does not touch the external raster file associated with the out-db band
If |
Internally, this method replaces the PostGIS raster's band at index |
Availability: 2.5.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(NULL::raster, '/home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif', NULL::int[]) AS rast ) SELECT 1 AS query, * FROM ST_BandMetadata( (SELECT rast FROM foo), ARRAY[1,3,2]::int[] ) UNION ALL SELECT 2, * FROM ST_BandMetadata( ( SELECT ST_SetBandIndex( rast, 2, 1 ) AS rast FROM foo ), ARRAY[1,3,2]::int[] ) ORDER BY 1, 2; query | bandnum | pixeltype | nodatavalue | isoutdb | path | outdbbandnum -------+---------+-----------+-------------+---------+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------+-------------- 1 | 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 1 | 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 2 1 | 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 3 2 | 1 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 2 | 2 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 1 2 | 3 | 8BUI | | t | /home/pele/devel/geo/postgis-git/raster/test/regress/loader/Projected.tif | 3
ST_Count — Returns the number of pixels in a given band of a raster or raster coverage. If no band is specified defaults to band 1. If exclude_nodata_value is set to true, will only count pixels that are not equal to the nodata value.
bigint ST_Count(
raster rast, integer nband=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true)
;
bigint ST_Count(
raster rast, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
Returns the number of pixels in a given band of a raster or raster coverage. If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1.
If |
Changed: 3.1.0 - The ST_Count(rastertable, rastercolumn, ...) variants removed. Use ST_CountAgg instead.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
--example will count all pixels not 249 and one will count all pixels. -- SELECT rid, ST_Count(ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,249)) As exclude_nodata, ST_Count(ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,249),false) As include_nodata FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; rid | exclude_nodata | include_nodata -----+----------------+---------------- 2 | 23 | 25
ST_CountAgg — Aggregate. Returns the number of pixels in a given band of a set of rasters. If no band is specified defaults to band 1. If exclude_nodata_value is set to true, will only count pixels that are not equal to the NODATA value.
bigint ST_CountAgg(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision sample_percent)
;
bigint ST_CountAgg(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
bigint ST_CountAgg(
raster rast, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
Returns the number of pixels in a given band of a set of rasters. If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1.
If exclude_nodata_value
is set to true, will only count pixels with value not equal to the NODATA
value of the raster. Set exclude_nodata_value
to false to get count all pixels
By default will sample all pixels. To get faster response, set sample_percent
to value between zero (0) and one (1)
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT rast.rast FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 10, 10, 2, 2, 0, 0,0) , 1, '64BF', 0, 0 ) , 1, 1, 1, -10 ) , 1, 5, 4, 0 ) , 1, 5, 5, 3.14159 ) AS rast ) AS rast FULL JOIN ( SELECT generate_series(1, 10) AS id ) AS id ON 1 = 1 ) SELECT ST_CountAgg(rast, 1, TRUE) FROM foo; st_countagg ------------- 20 (1 row)
ST_Histogram — Returns a set of record summarizing a raster or raster coverage data distribution separate bin ranges. Number of bins are autocomputed if not specified.
SETOF record ST_Histogram(
raster rast, integer nband=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true, integer bins=autocomputed, double precision[] width=NULL, boolean right=false)
;
SETOF record ST_Histogram(
raster rast, integer nband, integer bins, double precision[] width=NULL, boolean right=false)
;
SETOF record ST_Histogram(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, integer bins, boolean right)
;
SETOF record ST_Histogram(
raster rast, integer nband, integer bins, boolean right)
;
Returns set of records consisting of min, max, count, percent for a given raster band for each bin. If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1.
By default only considers pixel values not equal to the |
width
width: an array indicating the width of each category/bin. If the number of bins is greater than the number of widths, the widths are repeated.
Example: 9 bins, widths are [a, b, c] will have the output be [a, b, c, a, b, c, a, b, c]
bins
Number of breakouts -- this is the number of records you'll get back from the function if specified. If not specified then the number of breakouts is autocomputed.
right
compute the histogram from the right rather than from the left (default). This changes the criteria for evaluating a value x from [a, b) to (a, b]
Changed: 3.1.0 Removed ST_Histogram(table_name, column_name) variant.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT band, (stats).* FROM (SELECT rid, band, ST_Histogram(rast, band) As stats FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) As band WHERE rid=2) As foo; band | min | max | count | percent ------+-------+-------+-------+--------- 1 | 249 | 250 | 2 | 0.08 1 | 250 | 251 | 2 | 0.08 1 | 251 | 252 | 1 | 0.04 1 | 252 | 253 | 2 | 0.08 1 | 253 | 254 | 18 | 0.72 2 | 78 | 113.2 | 11 | 0.44 2 | 113.2 | 148.4 | 4 | 0.16 2 | 148.4 | 183.6 | 4 | 0.16 2 | 183.6 | 218.8 | 1 | 0.04 2 | 218.8 | 254 | 5 | 0.2 3 | 62 | 100.4 | 11 | 0.44 3 | 100.4 | 138.8 | 5 | 0.2 3 | 138.8 | 177.2 | 4 | 0.16 3 | 177.2 | 215.6 | 1 | 0.04 3 | 215.6 | 254 | 4 | 0.16
SELECT (stats).* FROM (SELECT rid, ST_Histogram(rast, 2,6) As stats FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo; min | max | count | percent ------------+------------+-------+--------- 78 | 107.333333 | 9 | 0.36 107.333333 | 136.666667 | 6 | 0.24 136.666667 | 166 | 0 | 0 166 | 195.333333 | 4 | 0.16 195.333333 | 224.666667 | 1 | 0.04 224.666667 | 254 | 5 | 0.2 (6 rows) -- Same as previous but we explicitly control the pixel value range of each bin. SELECT (stats).* FROM (SELECT rid, ST_Histogram(rast, 2,6,ARRAY[0.5,1,4,100,5]) As stats FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo; min | max | count | percent -------+-------+-------+---------- 78 | 78.5 | 1 | 0.08 78.5 | 79.5 | 1 | 0.04 79.5 | 83.5 | 0 | 0 83.5 | 183.5 | 17 | 0.0068 183.5 | 188.5 | 0 | 0 188.5 | 254 | 6 | 0.003664 (6 rows)
ST_Quantile — Compute quantiles for a raster or raster table coverage in the context of the sample or population. Thus, a value could be examined to be at the raster's 25%, 50%, 75% percentile.
SETOF record ST_Quantile(
raster rast, integer nband=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true, double precision[] quantiles=NULL)
;
SETOF record ST_Quantile(
raster rast, double precision[] quantiles)
;
SETOF record ST_Quantile(
raster rast, integer nband, double precision[] quantiles)
;
double precision ST_Quantile(
raster rast, double precision quantile)
;
double precision ST_Quantile(
raster rast, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision quantile=NULL)
;
double precision ST_Quantile(
raster rast, integer nband, double precision quantile)
;
double precision ST_Quantile(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision quantile)
;
double precision ST_Quantile(
raster rast, integer nband, double precision quantile)
;
Compute quantiles for a raster or raster table coverage in the context of the sample or population. Thus, a value could be examined to be at the raster's 25%, 50%, 75% percentile.
If |
Changed: 3.1.0 Removed ST_Quantile(table_name, column_name) variant.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,249) WHERE rid=2; --Example will consider only pixels of band 1 that are not 249 and in named quantiles -- SELECT (pvq).* FROM (SELECT ST_Quantile(rast, ARRAY[0.25,0.75]) As pvq FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo ORDER BY (pvq).quantile; quantile | value ----------+------- 0.25 | 253 0.75 | 254 SELECT ST_Quantile(rast, 0.75) As value FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; value ------ 254
--real live example. Quantile of all pixels in band 2 intersecting a geometry SELECT rid, (ST_Quantile(rast,2)).* As pvc FROM o_4_boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((224486 892151,224486 892200,224706 892200,224706 892151,224486 892151))',26986) ) ORDER BY value, quantile,rid ; rid | quantile | value -----+----------+------- 1 | 0 | 0 2 | 0 | 0 14 | 0 | 1 15 | 0 | 2 14 | 0.25 | 37 1 | 0.25 | 42 15 | 0.25 | 47 2 | 0.25 | 50 14 | 0.5 | 56 1 | 0.5 | 64 15 | 0.5 | 66 2 | 0.5 | 77 14 | 0.75 | 81 15 | 0.75 | 87 1 | 0.75 | 94 2 | 0.75 | 106 14 | 1 | 199 1 | 1 | 244 2 | 1 | 255 15 | 1 | 255
ST_Count, ST_SummaryStats, ST_SummaryStatsAgg, ST_SetBandNoDataValue
ST_SummaryStats — Returns summarystats consisting of count, sum, mean, stddev, min, max for a given raster band of a raster or raster coverage. Band 1 is assumed is no band is specified.
summarystats ST_SummaryStats(
raster rast, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
summarystats ST_SummaryStats(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
Returns summarystats consisting of count, sum, mean, stddev, min, max for a given raster band of a raster or raster coverage. If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1.
By default only considers pixel values not equal to the |
By default will sample all pixels. To get faster response, set |
Changed: 3.1.0 ST_SummaryStats(rastertable, rastercolumn, ...) variants are removed. Use ST_SummaryStatsAgg instead.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT rid, band, (stats).* FROM (SELECT rid, band, ST_SummaryStats(rast, band) As stats FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) As band WHERE rid=2) As foo; rid | band | count | sum | mean | stddev | min | max -----+------+-------+------+------------+-----------+-----+----- 2 | 1 | 23 | 5821 | 253.086957 | 1.248061 | 250 | 254 2 | 2 | 25 | 3682 | 147.28 | 59.862188 | 78 | 254 2 | 3 | 25 | 3290 | 131.6 | 61.647384 | 62 | 254
This example took 574ms on PostGIS windows 64-bit with all of Boston Buildings and aerial Tiles (tiles each 150x150 pixels ~ 134,000 tiles), ~102,000 building records
WITH -- our features of interest feat AS (SELECT gid As building_id, geom_26986 As geom FROM buildings AS b WHERE gid IN(100, 103,150) ), -- clip band 2 of raster tiles to boundaries of builds -- then get stats for these clipped regions b_stats AS (SELECT building_id, (stats).* FROM (SELECT building_id, ST_SummaryStats(ST_Clip(rast,2,geom)) As stats FROM aerials.boston INNER JOIN feat ON ST_Intersects(feat.geom,rast) ) As foo ) -- finally summarize stats SELECT building_id, SUM(count) As num_pixels , MIN(min) As min_pval , MAX(max) As max_pval , SUM(mean*count)/SUM(count) As avg_pval FROM b_stats WHERE count > 0 GROUP BY building_id ORDER BY building_id; building_id | num_pixels | min_pval | max_pval | avg_pval -------------+------------+----------+----------+------------------ 100 | 1090 | 1 | 255 | 61.0697247706422 103 | 655 | 7 | 182 | 70.5038167938931 150 | 895 | 2 | 252 | 185.642458100559
-- stats for each band -- SELECT band, (stats).* FROM (SELECT band, ST_SummaryStats('o_4_boston','rast', band) As stats FROM generate_series(1,3) As band) As foo; band | count | sum | mean | stddev | min | max ------+---------+--------+------------------+------------------+-----+----- 1 | 8450000 | 725799 | 82.7064349112426 | 45.6800222638537 | 0 | 255 2 | 8450000 | 700487 | 81.4197705325444 | 44.2161184161765 | 0 | 255 3 | 8450000 | 575943 | 74.682739408284 | 44.2143885481407 | 0 | 255 -- For a table -- will get better speed if set sampling to less than 100% -- Here we set to 25% and get a much faster answer SELECT band, (stats).* FROM (SELECT band, ST_SummaryStats('o_4_boston','rast', band,true,0.25) As stats FROM generate_series(1,3) As band) As foo; band | count | sum | mean | stddev | min | max ------+---------+--------+------------------+------------------+-----+----- 1 | 2112500 | 180686 | 82.6890480473373 | 45.6961043857248 | 0 | 255 2 | 2112500 | 174571 | 81.448503668639 | 44.2252623171821 | 0 | 255 3 | 2112500 | 144364 | 74.6765884023669 | 44.2014869384578 | 0 | 255
ST_SummaryStatsAgg — Aggregate. Returns summarystats consisting of count, sum, mean, stddev, min, max for a given raster band of a set of raster. Band 1 is assumed is no band is specified.
summarystats ST_SummaryStatsAgg(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision sample_percent)
;
summarystats ST_SummaryStatsAgg(
raster rast, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision sample_percent)
;
summarystats ST_SummaryStatsAgg(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value)
;
Returns summarystats consisting of count, sum, mean, stddev, min, max for a given raster band of a raster or raster coverage. If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1.
By default only considers pixel values not equal to the |
By default will sample all pixels. To get faster response, set |
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT rast.rast FROM ( SELECT ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_SetValue( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 10, 10, 2, 2, 0, 0,0) , 1, '64BF', 0, 0 ) , 1, 1, 1, -10 ) , 1, 5, 4, 0 ) , 1, 5, 5, 3.14159 ) AS rast ) AS rast FULL JOIN ( SELECT generate_series(1, 10) AS id ) AS id ON 1 = 1 ) SELECT (stats).count, round((stats).sum::numeric, 3), round((stats).mean::numeric, 3), round((stats).stddev::numeric, 3), round((stats).min::numeric, 3), round((stats).max::numeric, 3) FROM ( SELECT ST_SummaryStatsAgg(rast, 1, TRUE, 1) AS stats FROM foo ) bar; count | round | round | round | round | round -------+---------+--------+-------+---------+------- 20 | -68.584 | -3.429 | 6.571 | -10.000 | 3.142 (1 row)
ST_ValueCount — Returns a set of records containing a pixel band value and count of the number of pixels in a given band of a raster (or a raster coverage) that have a given set of values. If no band is specified defaults to band 1. By default nodata value pixels are not counted. and all other values in the pixel are output and pixel band values are rounded to the nearest integer.
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, integer nband=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true, double precision[] searchvalues=NULL, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, integer nband, double precision[] searchvalues, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, double precision[] searchvalues, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
bigint ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
bigint ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
bigint ST_ValueCount(
raster rast, integer nband, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, integer nband=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=true, double precision[] searchvalues=NULL, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, double precision[] searchvalues, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
SETOF record ST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, integer nband, double precision[] searchvalues, double precision roundto=0, double precision OUT value, integer OUT count)
;
bigintST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, integer nband, boolean exclude_nodata_value, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
bigint ST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
bigint ST_ValueCount(
text rastertable, text rastercolumn, integer nband, double precision searchvalue, double precision roundto=0)
;
Returns a set of records with columns value
count
which contain the pixel band value and count of pixels in the raster tile or raster coverage of selected band.
If no band is specified nband
defaults to 1. If no searchvalues
are specified, will return all pixel values found in the raster or raster coverage. If one searchvalue is given, will return an integer instead of records denoting the count of pixels having that pixel band value
If |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,249) WHERE rid=2; --Example will count only pixels of band 1 that are not 249. -- SELECT (pvc).* FROM (SELECT ST_ValueCount(rast) As pvc FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo ORDER BY (pvc).value; value | count -------+------- 250 | 2 251 | 1 252 | 2 253 | 6 254 | 12 -- Example will coount all pixels of band 1 including 249 -- SELECT (pvc).* FROM (SELECT ST_ValueCount(rast,1,false) As pvc FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo ORDER BY (pvc).value; value | count -------+------- 249 | 2 250 | 2 251 | 1 252 | 2 253 | 6 254 | 12 -- Example will count only non-nodata value pixels of band 2 SELECT (pvc).* FROM (SELECT ST_ValueCount(rast,2) As pvc FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2) As foo ORDER BY (pvc).value; value | count -------+------- 78 | 1 79 | 1 88 | 1 89 | 1 96 | 1 97 | 1 98 | 1 99 | 2 112 | 2 :
--real live example. Count all the pixels in an aerial raster tile band 2 intersecting a geometry -- and return only the pixel band values that have a count > 500 SELECT (pvc).value, SUM((pvc).count) As total FROM (SELECT ST_ValueCount(rast,2) As pvc FROM o_4_boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((224486 892151,224486 892200,224706 892200,224706 892151,224486 892151))',26986) ) ) As foo GROUP BY (pvc).value HAVING SUM((pvc).count) > 500 ORDER BY (pvc).value; value | total -------+----- 51 | 502 54 | 521
-- Just return count of pixels in each raster tile that have value of 100 of tiles that intersect a specific geometry -- SELECT rid, ST_ValueCount(rast,2,100) As count FROM o_4_boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((224486 892151,224486 892200,224706 892200,224706 892151,224486 892151))',26986) ) ; rid | count -----+------- 1 | 56 2 | 95 14 | 37 15 | 64
ST_RastFromWKB — Return a raster value from a Well-Known Binary (WKB) raster.
raster ST_RastFromWKB(
bytea wkb)
;
Given a Well-Known Binary (WKB) raster, return a raster.
Availability: 2.5.0
SELECT (ST_Metadata( ST_RastFromWKB( '\001\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000@\000\000\000\000\000\000\010@\000\000\000\000\000\000\340?\000\000\000\000\000\000\340?\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\012\000\000\000\012\000\024\000'::bytea ) )).* AS metadata; upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands ------------+------------+-------+--------+--------+--------+-------+-------+------+---------- 0.5 | 0.5 | 10 | 20 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 0
ST_RastFromHexWKB — Return a raster value from a Hex representation of Well-Known Binary (WKB) raster.
raster ST_RastFromHexWKB(
text wkb)
;
Given a Well-Known Binary (WKB) raster in Hex representation, return a raster.
Availability: 2.5.0
SELECT (ST_Metadata( ST_RastFromHexWKB( '010000000000000000000000400000000000000840000000000000E03F000000000000E03F000000000000000000000000000000000A0000000A001400' ) )).* AS metadata; upperleftx | upperlefty | width | height | scalex | scaley | skewx | skewy | srid | numbands ------------+------------+-------+--------+--------+--------+-------+-------+------+---------- 0.5 | 0.5 | 10 | 20 | 2 | 3 | 0 | 0 | 10 | 0
ST_AsBinary/ST_AsWKB — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the raster.
bytea ST_AsBinary(
raster rast, boolean outasin=FALSE)
;
bytea ST_AsWKB(
raster rast, boolean outasin=FALSE)
;
Returns the Binary representation of the raster. If outasin
is TRUE, out-db bands are treated as in-db. Refer to raster/doc/RFC2-WellKnownBinaryFormat located in the PostGIS source folder for details of the representation.
This is useful in binary cursors to pull data out of the database without converting it to a string representation.
By default, WKB output contains the external file path for out-db bands. If the client does not have access to the raster file underlying an out-db band, set |
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of outasin
Enhanced: 2.5.0 Addition of ST_AsWKB
SELECT ST_AsBinary(rast) As rastbin FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; rastbin --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- \001\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000@\000\000\000\000\000\000\010@\000\000\000\000\000\000\340?\000\000\000\000\000\000\340?\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\012\000\000\000\012\000\024\000
ST_AsHexWKB — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) in Hex representation of the raster.
bytea ST_AsHexWKB(
raster rast, boolean outasin=FALSE)
;
Returns the Binary representation in Hex representation of the raster. If outasin
is TRUE, out-db bands are treated as in-db. Refer to raster/doc/RFC2-WellKnownBinaryFormat located in the PostGIS source folder for details of the representation.
By default, Hex WKB output contains the external file path for out-db bands. If the client does not have access to the raster file underlying an out-db band, set |
Availability: 2.5.0
SELECT ST_AsHexWKB(rast) As rastbin FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; st_ashexwkb ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 010000000000000000000000400000000000000840000000000000E03F000000000000E03F000000000000000000000000000000000A0000000A001400
ST_AsGDALRaster — Return the raster tile in the designated GDAL Raster format. Raster formats are one of those supported by your compiled library. Use ST_GDALDrivers() to get a list of formats supported by your library.
bytea ST_AsGDALRaster(
raster rast, text format, text[] options=NULL, integer srid=sameassource)
;
Returns the raster tile in the designated format. Arguments are itemized below:
format
format to output. This is dependent on the drivers compiled in your libgdal library. Generally available are 'JPEG', 'GTIff', 'PNG'. Use ST_GDALDrivers to get a list of formats supported by your library.
options
text array of GDAL options. Valid options are dependent on the format. Refer to GDAL Raster format options for more details.
srs
The proj4text or srtext (from spatial_ref_sys) to embed in the image
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
SELECT ST_AsGDALRaster(ST_Union(rast), 'JPEG', ARRAY['QUALITY=50']) As rastjpg FROM dummy_rast WHERE rast && ST_MakeEnvelope(10, 10, 11, 11);
One way to export raster into another format is using PostgreSQL large object export functions. We'lll repeat the prior example but also exporting. Note for this you'll need to have super user access to db since it uses server side lo functions. It will also export to path on server network. If you need export locally, use the psql equivalent lo_ functions which export to the local file system instead of the server file system.
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS tmp_out ; CREATE TABLE tmp_out AS SELECT lo_from_bytea(0, ST_AsGDALRaster(ST_Union(rast), 'JPEG', ARRAY['QUALITY=50']) ) AS loid FROM dummy_rast WHERE rast && ST_MakeEnvelope(10, 10, 11, 11); SELECT lo_export(loid, '/tmp/dummy.jpg') FROM tmp_out; SELECT lo_unlink(loid) FROM tmp_out;
SELECT ST_AsGDALRaster(rast, 'GTiff') As rastjpg FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; -- Out GeoTiff with jpeg compression, 90% quality SELECT ST_AsGDALRaster(rast, 'GTiff', ARRAY['COMPRESS=JPEG', 'JPEG_QUALITY=90'], 4269) As rasttiff FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2;
ST_AsJPEG — Return the raster tile selected bands as a single Joint Photographic Exports Group (JPEG) image (byte array). If no band is specified and 1 or more than 3 bands, then only the first band is used. If only 3 bands then all 3 bands are used and mapped to RGB.
bytea ST_AsJPEG(
raster rast, text[] options=NULL)
;
bytea ST_AsJPEG(
raster rast, integer nband, integer quality)
;
bytea ST_AsJPEG(
raster rast, integer nband, text[] options=NULL)
;
bytea ST_AsJPEG(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, text[] options=NULL)
;
bytea ST_AsJPEG(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, integer quality)
;
Returns the selected bands of the raster as a single Joint Photographic Exports Group Image (JPEG). Use ST_AsGDALRaster if you need to export as less common raster types. If no band is specified and 1 or more than 3 bands, then only the first band is used. If 3 bands then all 3 bands are used. There are many variants of the function with many options. These are itemized below:
nband
is for single band exports.
nbands
is an array of bands to export (note that max is 3 for JPEG) and the order of the bands is RGB. e.g ARRAY[3,2,1] means map band 3 to Red, band 2 to green and band 1 to blue
quality
number from 0 to 100. The higher the number the crisper the image.
options
text Array of GDAL options as defined for JPEG (look at create_options for JPEG ST_GDALDrivers). For JPEG valid ones are PROGRESSIVE
ON or OFF and QUALITY
a range from 0 to 100 and default to 75. Refer to GDAL Raster format options for more details.
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
-- output first 3 bands 75% quality SELECT ST_AsJPEG(rast) As rastjpg FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; -- output only first band as 90% quality SELECT ST_AsJPEG(rast,1,90) As rastjpg FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; -- output first 3 bands (but make band 2 Red, band 1 green, and band 3 blue, progressive and 90% quality SELECT ST_AsJPEG(rast,ARRAY[2,1,3],ARRAY['QUALITY=90','PROGRESSIVE=ON']) As rastjpg FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2;
ST_AsPNG — Return the raster tile selected bands as a single portable network graphics (PNG) image (byte array). If 1, 3, or 4 bands in raster and no bands are specified, then all bands are used. If more 2 or more than 4 bands and no bands specified, then only band 1 is used. Bands are mapped to RGB or RGBA space.
bytea ST_AsPNG(
raster rast, text[] options=NULL)
;
bytea ST_AsPNG(
raster rast, integer nband, integer compression)
;
bytea ST_AsPNG(
raster rast, integer nband, text[] options=NULL)
;
bytea ST_AsPNG(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, integer compression)
;
bytea ST_AsPNG(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, text[] options=NULL)
;
Returns the selected bands of the raster as a single Portable Network Graphics Image (PNG). Use ST_AsGDALRaster if you need to export as less common raster types. If no band is specified, then the first 3 bands are exported. There are many variants of the function with many options. If no srid
is specified then then srid of the raster is used. These are itemized below:
nband
is for single band exports.
nbands
is an array of bands to export (note that max is 4 for PNG) and the order of the bands is RGBA. e.g ARRAY[3,2,1] means map band 3 to Red, band 2 to green and band 1 to blue
compression
number from 1 to 9. The higher the number the greater the compression.
options
text Array of GDAL options as defined for PNG (look at create_options for PNG of ST_GDALDrivers). For PNG valid one is only ZLEVEL (amount of time to spend on compression -- default 6) e.g. ARRAY['ZLEVEL=9']. WORLDFILE is not allowed since the function would have to output two outputs. Refer to GDAL Raster format options for more details.
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
SELECT ST_AsPNG(rast) As rastpng FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2; -- export the first 3 bands and map band 3 to Red, band 1 to Green, band 2 to blue SELECT ST_AsPNG(rast, ARRAY[3,1,2]) As rastpng FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2;
ST_AsTIFF — Return the raster selected bands as a single TIFF image (byte array). If no band is specified or any of specified bands does not exist in the raster, then will try to use all bands.
bytea ST_AsTIFF(
raster rast, text[] options='', integer srid=sameassource)
;
bytea ST_AsTIFF(
raster rast, text compression='', integer srid=sameassource)
;
bytea ST_AsTIFF(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, text compression='', integer srid=sameassource)
;
bytea ST_AsTIFF(
raster rast, integer[] nbands, text[] options, integer srid=sameassource)
;
Returns the selected bands of the raster as a single Tagged Image File Format (TIFF). If no band is specified, will try to use all bands. This is a wrapper around ST_AsGDALRaster. Use ST_AsGDALRaster if you need to export as less common raster types. There are many variants of the function with many options. If no spatial reference SRS text is present, the spatial reference of the raster is used. These are itemized below:
nbands
is an array of bands to export (note that max is 3 for PNG) and the order of the bands is RGB. e.g ARRAY[3,2,1] means map band 3 to Red, band 2 to green and band 1 to blue
compression
Compression expression -- JPEG90 (or some other percent), LZW, JPEG, DEFLATE9.
options
text Array of GDAL create options as defined for GTiff (look at create_options for GTiff of ST_GDALDrivers). or refer to GDAL Raster format options for more details.
srid
srid of spatial_ref_sys of the raster. This is used to populate the georeference information
Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GDAL >= 1.6.0.
SELECT ST_AsTIFF(rast, 'JPEG90') As rasttiff FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=2;
crop
is not specified or TRUE, the output raster is cropped. If touched
is set to TRUE, then touched pixels are included, otherwise only if the center of the pixel is in the geometry it is included.ST_Clip — Returns the raster clipped by the input geometry. If band number is not specified, all bands are processed. If crop
is not specified or TRUE, the output raster is cropped. If touched
is set to TRUE, then touched pixels are included, otherwise only if the center of the pixel is in the geometry it is included.
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, integer[] nband, geometry geom, double precision[] nodataval=NULL, boolean crop=TRUE, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, integer nband, geometry geom, double precision nodataval, boolean crop=TRUE, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, integer nband, geometry geom, boolean crop, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, geometry geom, double precision[] nodataval=NULL, boolean crop=TRUE, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, geometry geom, double precision nodataval, boolean crop=TRUE, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Clip(
raster rast, geometry geom, boolean crop, boolean touched=FALSE)
;
Returns a raster that is clipped by the input geometry geom
. If band index is not specified, all bands are processed.
Rasters resulting from ST_Clip must have a nodata value assigned for areas clipped, one for each band. If none are provided and the input raster do not have a nodata value defined, nodata values of the resulting raster are set to ST_MinPossibleValue(ST_BandPixelType(rast, band)). When the number of nodata value in the array is smaller than the number of band, the last one in the array is used for the remaining bands. If the number of nodata value is greater than the number of band, the extra nodata values are ignored. All variants accepting an array of nodata values also accept a single value which will be assigned to each band.
If crop
is not specified, true is assumed meaning the output raster is cropped to the intersection of the geom
and rast
extents. If crop
is set to false, the new raster gets the same extent as rast
. If touched
is set to true, then all pixels in the rast
that intersect the geometry are selected.
The default behavior is touched=false, which will only select pixels where the center of the pixel is covered by the geometry. |
Enhanced: 3.5.0 - touched argument added.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Rewritten in C
Examples here use Massachusetts aerial data available on MassGIS site MassGIS Aerial Orthos.
SELECT ST_Count(rast) AS count_pixels_in_orig, ST_Count(rast_touched) AS all_touched_pixels, ST_Count(rast_not_touched) AS default_clip FROM ST_AsRaster(ST_Letters('R'), scalex = > 1.0, scaley = > -1.0) AS r(rast) INNER JOIN ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 1, 5 6, 10 10)') AS g(geom) ON ST_Intersects(r.rast,g.geom) , ST_Clip(r.rast, g.geom, touched = > true) AS rast_touched , ST_Clip(r.rast, g.geom, touched = > false) AS rast_not_touched; count_pixels_in_orig | all_touched_pixels | default_clip ----------------------+--------------------+-------------- 2605 | 16 | 10 (1 row)
-- Clip the first band of an aerial tile by a 20 meter buffer. SELECT ST_Clip(rast, 1, ST_Buffer(ST_Centroid(ST_Envelope(rast)),20) ) from aerials.boston WHERE rid = 4;
-- Demonstrate effect of crop on final dimensions of raster -- Note how final extent is clipped to that of the geometry -- if crop = true SELECT ST_XMax(ST_Envelope(ST_Clip(rast, 1, clipper, true))) As xmax_w_trim, ST_XMax(clipper) As xmax_clipper, ST_XMax(ST_Envelope(ST_Clip(rast, 1, clipper, false))) As xmax_wo_trim, ST_XMax(ST_Envelope(rast)) As xmax_rast_orig FROM (SELECT rast, ST_Buffer(ST_Centroid(ST_Envelope(rast)),6) As clipper FROM aerials.boston WHERE rid = 6) As foo; xmax_w_trim | xmax_clipper | xmax_wo_trim | xmax_rast_orig ------------------+------------------+------------------+------------------ 230657.436173996 | 230657.436173996 | 230666.436173996 | 230666.436173996
|
|
-- Same example as before, but we need to set crop to false to be able to use ST_AddBand -- because ST_AddBand requires all bands be the same Width and height SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_Clip(rast, 1, ST_Buffer(ST_Centroid(ST_Envelope(rast)),20),false ), ARRAY[ST_Band(rast,2),ST_Band(rast,3)] ) from aerials.boston WHERE rid = 6;
|
|
-- Clip all bands of an aerial tile by a 20 meter buffer. -- Only difference is we don't specify a specific band to clip -- so all bands are clipped SELECT ST_Clip(rast, ST_Buffer(ST_Centroid(ST_Envelope(rast)), 20), false ) from aerials.boston WHERE rid = 4;
|
|
ST_AddBand, ST_Count, ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_Intersection
ST_ColorMap — Creates a new raster of up to four 8BUI bands (grayscale, RGB, RGBA) from the source raster and a specified band. Band 1 is assumed if not specified.
raster ST_ColorMap(
raster rast, integer nband=1, text colormap=grayscale, text method=INTERPOLATE)
;
raster ST_ColorMap(
raster rast, text colormap, text method=INTERPOLATE)
;
Apply a colormap
to the band at nband
of rast
resulting a new raster comprised of up to four 8BUI bands. The number of 8BUI bands in the new raster is determined by the number of color components defined in colormap
.
If nband
is not specified, then band 1 is assumed.
colormap
can be a keyword of a pre-defined colormap or a set of lines defining the value and the color components.
Valid pre-defined colormap
keyword:
grayscale
or greyscale
for a one 8BUI band raster of shades of gray.
pseudocolor
for a four 8BUI (RGBA) band raster with colors going from blue to green to red.
fire
for a four 8BUI (RGBA) band raster with colors going from black to red to pale yellow.
bluered
for a four 8BUI (RGBA) band raster with colors going from blue to pale white to red.
Users can pass a set of entries (one per line) to colormap
to specify custom colormaps. Each entry generally consists of five values: the pixel value and corresponding Red, Green, Blue, Alpha components (color components between 0 and 255). Percent values can be used instead of pixel values where 0% and 100% are the minimum and maximum values found in the raster band. Values can be separated with commas (','), tabs, colons (':') and/or spaces. The pixel value can be set to nv, null or nodata for the NODATA value. An example is provided below.
5 0 0 0 255 4 100:50 55 255 1 150,100 150 255 0% 255 255 255 255 nv 0 0 0 0
The syntax of colormap
is similar to that of the color-relief mode of GDAL gdaldem.
Valid keywords for method
:
INTERPOLATE
to use linear interpolation to smoothly blend the colors between the given pixel values
EXACT
to strictly match only those pixels values found in the colormap. Pixels whose value does not match a colormap entry will be set to 0 0 0 0 (RGBA)
NEAREST
to use the colormap entry whose value is closest to the pixel value
A great reference for colormaps is ColorBrewer. |
The resulting bands of new raster will have no NODATA value set. Use ST_SetBandNoDataValue to set a NODATA value if one is needed. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
This is a junk table to play with
-- setup test raster table -- DROP TABLE IF EXISTS funky_shapes; CREATE TABLE funky_shapes(rast raster); INSERT INTO funky_shapes(rast) WITH ref AS ( SELECT ST_MakeEmptyRaster( 200, 200, 0, 200, 1, -1, 0, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_Union(rast) FROM ( SELECT ST_AsRaster( ST_Rotate( ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 2,50 50,150 150,125 50)'), i*2 ), pi() * i * 0.125, ST_Point(50,50) ), ref.rast, '8BUI'::text, i * 5 ) AS rast FROM ref CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 10, 3) AS i ) AS shapes;
SELECT ST_NumBands(rast) As n_orig, ST_NumBands(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'greyscale')) As ngrey, ST_NumBands(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'pseudocolor')) As npseudo, ST_NumBands(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'fire')) As nfire, ST_NumBands(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'bluered')) As nbluered, ST_NumBands(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, ' 100% 255 0 0 80% 160 0 0 50% 130 0 0 30% 30 0 0 20% 60 0 0 0% 0 0 0 nv 255 255 255 ')) As nred FROM funky_shapes;
n_orig | ngrey | npseudo | nfire | nbluered | nred --------+-------+---------+-------+----------+------ 1 | 1 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 3
SELECT ST_AsPNG(rast) As orig_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_ColorMap(rast,1,'greyscale')) As grey_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'pseudocolor')) As pseudo_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'nfire')) As fire_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, 'bluered')) As bluered_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_ColorMap(rast,1, ' 100% 255 0 0 80% 160 0 0 50% 130 0 0 30% 30 0 0 20% 60 0 0 0% 0 0 0 nv 255 255 255 ')) As red_png FROM funky_shapes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
ST_AsPNG, ST_Min4ma, ST_Max4ma, ST_Sum4ma, ST_Mean4ma, ST_Range4ma, ST_Distinct4ma, ST_StdDev4ma
ST_Grayscale — Creates a new one-8BUI band raster from the source raster and specified bands representing Red, Green and Blue
(1) raster ST_Grayscale(
raster rast, integer redband=1, integer greenband=2, integer blueband=3, text extenttype=INTERSECTION)
;
(2) raster ST_Grayscale(
rastbandarg[] rastbandargset, text extenttype=INTERSECTION)
;
Create a raster with one 8BUI band given three input bands (from one or more rasters). Any input band whose pixel type is not 8BUI will be reclassified using ST_Reclass.
This function is not like ST_ColorMap with the |
Availability: 2.5.0
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'ENABLE_ALL'; SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = True; WITH apple AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(350, 246, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '/tmp/apple.png'::text, NULL::int[] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_AsPNG(rast) AS original_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_Grayscale(rast)) AS grayscale_png FROM apple;
|
|
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'ENABLE_ALL'; SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = True; WITH apple AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(350, 246, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), '/tmp/apple.png'::text, NULL::int[] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_AsPNG(rast) AS original_png, ST_AsPNG(ST_Grayscale( ARRAY[ ROW(rast, 1)::rastbandarg, -- red ROW(rast, 2)::rastbandarg, -- green ROW(rast, 3)::rastbandarg, -- blue ]::rastbandarg[] )) AS grayscale_png FROM apple;
ST_Intersection — Returns a raster or a set of geometry-pixelvalue pairs representing the shared portion of two rasters or the geometrical intersection of a vectorization of the raster and a geometry.
setof geomval ST_Intersection(
geometry geom, raster rast, integer band_num=1)
;
setof geomval ST_Intersection(
raster rast, geometry geom)
;
setof geomval ST_Intersection(
raster rast, integer band, geometry geomin)
;
raster ST_Intersection(
raster rast1, raster rast2, double precision[] nodataval)
;
raster ST_Intersection(
raster rast1, raster rast2, text returnband, double precision[] nodataval)
;
raster ST_Intersection(
raster rast1, integer band1, raster rast2, integer band2, double precision[] nodataval)
;
raster ST_Intersection(
raster rast1, integer band1, raster rast2, integer band2, text returnband, double precision[] nodataval)
;
Returns a raster or a set of geometry-pixelvalue pairs representing the shared portion of two rasters or the geometrical intersection of a vectorization of the raster and a geometry.
The first three variants, returning a setof geomval, works in vector space. The raster is first vectorized (using ST_DumpAsPolygons) into a set of geomval rows and those rows are then intersected with the geometry using the ST_Intersection (geometry, geometry) PostGIS function. Geometries intersecting only with a nodata value area of a raster returns an empty geometry. They are normally excluded from the results by the proper usage of ST_Intersects in the WHERE clause.
You can access the geometry and the value parts of the resulting set of geomval by surrounding them with parenthesis and adding '.geom' or '.val' at the end of the expression. e.g. (ST_Intersection(rast, geom)).geom
The other variants, returning a raster, works in raster space. They are using the two rasters version of ST_MapAlgebraExpr to perform the intersection.
The extent of the resulting raster corresponds to the geometrical intersection of the two raster extents. The resulting raster includes 'BAND1', 'BAND2' or 'BOTH' bands, following what is passed as the returnband
parameter. Nodata value areas present in any band results in nodata value areas in every bands of the result. In other words, any pixel intersecting with a nodata value pixel becomes a nodata value pixel in the result.
Rasters resulting from ST_Intersection must have a nodata value assigned for areas not intersecting. You can define or replace the nodata value for any resulting band by providing a nodataval[]
array of one or two nodata values depending if you request 'BAND1', 'BAND2' or 'BOTH' bands. The first value in the array replace the nodata value in the first band and the second value replace the nodata value in the second band. If one input band do not have a nodata value defined and none are provided as an array, one is chosen using the ST_MinPossibleValue function. All variant accepting an array of nodata value can also accept a single value which will be assigned to each requested band.
In all variants, if no band number is specified band 1 is assumed. If you need an intersection between a raster and geometry that returns a raster, refer to ST_Clip.
To get more control on the resulting extent or on what to return when encountering a nodata value, use the two rasters version of ST_MapAlgebraExpr. |
To compute the intersection of a raster band with a geometry in raster space, use ST_Clip. ST_Clip works on multiple bands rasters and does not return a band corresponding to the rasterized geometry. |
ST_Intersection should be used in conjunction with ST_Intersects and an index on the raster column and/or the geometry column. |
Enhanced: 2.0.0 - Intersection in the raster space was introduced. In earlier pre-2.0.0 versions, only intersection performed in vector space were supported.
SELECT foo.rid, foo.gid, ST_AsText((foo.geomval).geom) As geomwkt, (foo.geomval).val FROM ( SELECT A.rid, g.gid, ST_Intersection(A.rast, g.geom) As geomval FROM dummy_rast AS A CROSS JOIN ( VALUES (1, ST_Point(3427928, 5793243.85) ), (2, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(3427927.85 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.8)')), (3, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)')) ) As g(gid,geom) WHERE A.rid = 2 ) As foo; rid | gid | geomwkt | val -----+-----+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 | 1 | POINT(3427928 5793243.85) | 249 2 | 1 | POINT(3427928 5793243.85) | 253 2 | 2 | POINT(3427927.85 5793243.75) | 254 2 | 2 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.8) | 251 2 | 2 | POINT(3427927.8 5793243.8) | 253 2 | 2 | LINESTRING(3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.8) | 252 2 | 2 | MULTILINESTRING((3427927.8 5793243.8,3427927.8 5793243.75),...) | 250 2 | 3 | GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY
geomval, ST_Intersects, ST_MapAlgebraExpr, ST_Clip, ST_AsText
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version) — Callback function version - Returns a one-band raster given one or more input rasters, band indexes and one user-specified callback function.
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
rastbandarg[] rastbandargset, regprocedure callbackfunc, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, raster customextent=NULL, integer distancex=0, integer distancey=0, text[] VARIADIC userargs=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast, integer[] nband, regprocedure callbackfunc, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=FIRST, raster customextent=NULL, integer distancex=0, integer distancey=0, text[] VARIADIC userargs=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast, integer nband, regprocedure callbackfunc, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=FIRST, raster customextent=NULL, integer distancex=0, integer distancey=0, text[] VARIADIC userargs=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast1, integer nband1, raster rast2, integer nband2, regprocedure callbackfunc, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, raster customextent=NULL, integer distancex=0, integer distancey=0, text[] VARIADIC userargs=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast, integer nband, regprocedure callbackfunc, float8[] mask, boolean weighted, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, raster customextent=NULL, text[] VARIADIC userargs=NULL)
;
Returns a one-band raster given one or more input rasters, band indexes and one user-specified callback function.
rast,rast1,rast2, rastbandargset
Rasters on which the map algebra process is evaluated.
rastbandargset
allows the use of a map algebra operation on many rasters and/or many bands. See example Variant 1.
nband, nband1, nband2
Band numbers of the raster to be evaluated. nband can be an integer or integer[] denoting the bands. nband1 is band on rast1 and nband2 is band on rast2 for the 2 raster/2band case.
callbackfunc
The callbackfunc
parameter must be the name and signature of an SQL or PL/pgSQL function, cast to a regprocedure. An example PL/pgSQL function example is:
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION sample_callbackfunc(value double precision[][][], position integer[][], VARIADIC userargs text[]) RETURNS double precision AS $$ BEGIN RETURN 0; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE;
The callbackfunc
must have three arguments: a 3-dimension double precision array, a 2-dimension integer array and a variadic 1-dimension text array. The first argument value
is the set of values (as double precision) from all input rasters. The three dimensions (where indexes are 1-based) are: raster #, row y, column x. The second argument position
is the set of pixel positions from the output raster and input rasters. The outer dimension (where indexes are 0-based) is the raster #. The position at outer dimension index 0 is the output raster's pixel position. For each outer dimension, there are two elements in the inner dimension for X and Y. The third argument userargs
is for passing through any user-specified arguments.
Passing a regprocedure argument to a SQL function requires the full function signature to be passed, then cast to a regprocedure type. To pass the above example PL/pgSQL function as an argument, the SQL for the argument is:
'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], integer[], text[])'::regprocedure
Note that the argument contains the name of the function, the types of the function arguments, quotes around the name and argument types, and a cast to a regprocedure.
mask
An n-dimensional array (matrix) of numbers used to filter what cells get passed to map algebra call-back function. 0 means a neighbor cell value should be treated as no-data and 1 means value should be treated as data. If weight is set to true, then the values, are used as multipliers to multiple the pixel value of that value in the neighborhood position.
weighted
boolean (true/false) to denote if a mask value should be weighted (multiplied by original value) or not (only applies to proto that takes a mask).
pixeltype
If pixeltype
is passed in, the one band of the new raster will be of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL or left out, the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the specified band of the first raster (for extent types: INTERSECTION, UNION, FIRST, CUSTOM) or the specified band of the appropriate raster (for extent types: SECOND, LAST). If in doubt, always specify pixeltype
.
The resulting pixel type of the output raster must be one listed in ST_BandPixelType or left out or set to NULL.
extenttype
Possible values are INTERSECTION (default), UNION, FIRST (default for one raster variants), SECOND, LAST, CUSTOM.
customextent
If extentype
is CUSTOM, a raster must be provided for customextent
. See example 4 of Variant 1.
distancex
The distance in pixels from the reference cell in x direction. So width of resulting matrix would be 2*distancex + 1
.If not specified only the reference cell is considered (neighborhood of 0).
distancey
The distance in pixels from reference cell in y direction. Height of resulting matrix would be 2*distancey + 1
.If not specified only the reference cell is considered (neighborhood of 0).
userargs
The third argument to the callbackfunc
is a variadic text array. All trailing text arguments are passed through to the specified callbackfunc
, and are contained in the userargs
argument.
For more information about the VARIADIC keyword, please refer to the PostgreSQL documentation and the "SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments" section of Query Language (SQL) Functions. |
The text[] argument to the |
Variant 1 accepts an array of rastbandarg
allowing the use of a map algebra operation on many rasters and/or many bands. See example Variant 1.
Variants 2 and 3 operate upon one or more bands of one raster. See example Variant 2 and 3.
Variant 4 operate upon two rasters with one band per raster. See example Variant 4.
Availability: 2.2.0: Ability to add a mask
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
One raster, one band
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( ARRAY[ROW(rast, 1)]::rastbandarg[], 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo
One raster, several bands
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI', 100, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( ARRAY[ROW(rast, 3), ROW(rast, 1), ROW(rast, 3), ROW(rast, 2)]::rastbandarg[], 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo
Several rasters, several bands
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI', 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 1, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0), 2, '8BUI', 20, 0), 3, '32BUI', 300, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( ARRAY[ROW(t1.rast, 3), ROW(t2.rast, 1), ROW(t2.rast, 3), ROW(t1.rast, 2)]::rastbandarg[], 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE t1.rid = 1 AND t2.rid = 2
Complete example of tiles of a coverage with neighborhood. This query only works with PostgreSQL 9.1 or higher.
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 0 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 1, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 3, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 3, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 10, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 4, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 20, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 5, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 30, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 6, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 7, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 200, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 8, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 300, 0) AS rast ) SELECT t1.rid, ST_MapAlgebra( ARRAY[ROW(ST_Union(t2.rast), 1)]::rastbandarg[], 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure, '32BUI', 'CUSTOM', t1.rast, 1, 1 ) AS rast FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE t1.rid = 4 AND t2.rid BETWEEN 0 AND 8 AND ST_Intersects(t1.rast, t2.rast) GROUP BY t1.rid, t1.rast
Example like the prior one for tiles of a coverage with neighborhood but works with PostgreSQL 9.0.
WITH src AS ( SELECT 0 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 1, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 3, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 3, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 10, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 4, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 20, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 5, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, -2, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 30, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 6, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 7, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 2, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 200, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 8, ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 4, -4, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 300, 0) AS rast ) WITH foo AS ( SELECT t1.rid, ST_Union(t2.rast) AS rast FROM src t1 JOIN src t2 ON ST_Intersects(t1.rast, t2.rast) AND t2.rid BETWEEN 0 AND 8 WHERE t1.rid = 4 GROUP BY t1.rid ), bar AS ( SELECT t1.rid, ST_MapAlgebra( ARRAY[ROW(t2.rast, 1)]::rastbandarg[], 'raster_nmapalgebra_test(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure, '32BUI', 'CUSTOM', t1.rast, 1, 1 ) AS rast FROM src t1 JOIN foo t2 ON t1.rid = t2.rid ) SELECT rid, (ST_Metadata(rast)), (ST_BandMetadata(rast, 1)), ST_Value(rast, 1, 1, 1) FROM bar;
One raster, several bands
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI', 100, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( rast, ARRAY[3, 1, 3, 2]::integer[], 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo
One raster, one band
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI', 100, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( rast, 2, 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo
Two rasters, two bands
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI', 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 1, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0), 2, '8BUI', 20, 0), 3, '32BUI', 300, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( t1.rast, 2, t2.rast, 1, 'sample_callbackfunc(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure ) AS rast FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE t1.rid = 1 AND t2.rid = 2
WITH foo AS (SELECT ST_SetBandNoDataValue( ST_SetValue(ST_SetValue(ST_AsRaster( ST_Buffer( ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50,100 90,100 50)'), 5,'join=bevel'), 200,200,ARRAY['8BUI'], ARRAY[100], ARRAY[0]), ST_Buffer('POINT(70 70)'::geometry,10,'quad_segs=1') ,50), 'LINESTRING(20 20, 100 100, 150 98)'::geometry,1),0) AS rast ) SELECT 'original' AS title, rast FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 'no mask mean value' AS title, ST_MapAlgebra(rast,1,'ST_mean4ma(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure) AS rast FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 'mask only consider neighbors, exclude center' AS title, ST_MapAlgebra(rast,1,'ST_mean4ma(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure, '{{1,1,1}, {1,0,1}, {1,1,1}}'::double precision[], false) As rast FROM foo UNION ALL SELECT 'mask weighted only consider neighbors, exclude center multi other pixel values by 2' AS title, ST_MapAlgebra(rast,1,'ST_mean4ma(double precision[], int[], text[])'::regprocedure, '{{2,2,2}, {2,0,2}, {2,2,2}}'::double precision[], true) As rast FROM foo;
|
|
|
|
ST_MapAlgebra (expression version) — Expression version - Returns a one-band raster given one or two input rasters, band indexes and one or more user-specified SQL expressions.
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast, integer nband, text pixeltype, text expression, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast, text pixeltype, text expression, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast1, integer nband1, raster rast2, integer nband2, text expression, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text nodata1expr=NULL, text nodata2expr=NULL, double precision nodatanodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebra(
raster rast1, raster rast2, text expression, text pixeltype=NULL, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text nodata1expr=NULL, text nodata2expr=NULL, double precision nodatanodataval=NULL)
;
Expression version - Returns a one-band raster given one or two input rasters, band indexes and one or more user-specified SQL expressions.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation defined by the expression
on the input raster (rast
). If nband
is not provided, band 1 is assumed. The new raster will have the same georeference, width, and height as the original raster but will only have one band.
If pixeltype
is passed in, then the new raster will have a band of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL, then the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the input rast
band.
Keywords permitted for expression
[rast]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest
[rast.val]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest
[rast.x]
- 1-based pixel column of the pixel of interest
[rast.y]
- 1-based pixel row of the pixel of interest
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation to the two bands defined by the expression
on the two input raster bands rast1
, (rast2
). If no band1
, band2
is specified band 1 is assumed. The resulting raster will be aligned (scale, skew and pixel corners) on the grid defined by the first raster. The resulting raster will have the extent defined by the extenttype
parameter.
expression
A PostgreSQL algebraic expression involving the two rasters and PostgreSQL defined functions/operators that will define the pixel value when pixels intersect. e.g. (([rast1] + [rast2])/2.0)::integer
pixeltype
The resulting pixel type of the output raster. Must be one listed in ST_BandPixelType, left out or set to NULL. If not passed in or set to NULL, will default to the pixeltype of the first raster.
extenttype
Controls the extent of resulting raster
INTERSECTION
- The extent of the new raster is the intersection of the two rasters. This is the default.
UNION
- The extent of the new raster is the union of the two rasters.
FIRST
- The extent of the new raster is the same as the one of the first raster.
SECOND
- The extent of the new raster is the same as the one of the second raster.
nodata1expr
An algebraic expression involving only rast2
or a constant that defines what to return when pixels of rast1
are nodata values and spatially corresponding rast2 pixels have values.
nodata2expr
An algebraic expression involving only rast1
or a constant that defines what to return when pixels of rast2
are nodata values and spatially corresponding rast1 pixels have values.
nodatanodataval
A numeric constant to return when spatially corresponding rast1 and rast2 pixels are both nodata values.
Keywords permitted in expression
, nodata1expr
and nodata2expr
[rast1]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest from rast1
[rast1.val]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest from rast1
[rast1.x]
- 1-based pixel column of the pixel of interest from rast1
[rast1.y]
- 1-based pixel row of the pixel of interest from rast1
[rast2]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest from rast2
[rast2.val]
- Pixel value of the pixel of interest from rast2
[rast2.x]
- 1-based pixel column of the pixel of interest from rast2
[rast2.y]
- 1-based pixel row of the pixel of interest from rast2
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(10, 10, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0), '32BF'::text, 1, -1) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra(rast, 1, NULL, 'ceil([rast]*[rast.x]/[rast.y]+[rast.val])') FROM foo;
WITH foo AS ( SELECT 1 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 1, 0), 2, '8BUI', 10, 0), 3, '32BUI'::text, 100, 0) AS rast UNION ALL SELECT 2 AS rid, ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(2, 2, 0, 1, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '16BUI', 2, 0), 2, '8BUI', 20, 0), 3, '32BUI'::text, 300, 0) AS rast ) SELECT ST_MapAlgebra( t1.rast, 2, t2.rast, 1, '([rast2] + [rast1.val]) / 2' ) AS rast FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE t1.rid = 1 AND t2.rid = 2;
rastbandarg, ST_Union, ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version)
ST_MapAlgebraExpr — 1 raster band version: Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation on the input raster band and of pixeltype provided. Band 1 is assumed if no band is specified.
raster ST_MapAlgebraExpr(
raster rast, integer band, text pixeltype, text expression, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraExpr(
raster rast, text pixeltype, text expression, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
ST_MapAlgebraExpr is deprecated as of 2.1.0. Use ST_MapAlgebra (expression version) instead. |
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation defined by the expression
on the input raster (rast
). If no band
is specified band 1 is assumed. The new raster will have the same georeference, width, and height as the original raster but will only have one band.
If pixeltype
is passed in, then the new raster will have a band of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL, then the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the input rast
band.
In the expression you can use the term [rast]
to refer to the pixel value of the original band, [rast.x]
to refer to the 1-based pixel column index, [rast.y]
to refer to the 1-based pixel row index.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Create a new 1 band raster from our original that is a function of modulo 2 of the original raster band.
ALTER TABLE dummy_rast ADD COLUMN map_rast raster; UPDATE dummy_rast SET map_rast = ST_MapAlgebraExpr(rast,NULL,'mod([rast]::numeric,2)') WHERE rid = 2; SELECT ST_Value(rast,1,i,j) As origval, ST_Value(map_rast, 1, i, j) As mapval FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 3) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) AS j WHERE rid = 2; origval | mapval ---------+-------- 253 | 1 254 | 0 253 | 1 253 | 1 254 | 0 254 | 0 250 | 0 254 | 0 254 | 0
Create a new 1 band raster of pixel-type 2BUI from our original that is reclassified and set the nodata value to be 0.
ALTER TABLE dummy_rast ADD COLUMN map_rast2 raster; UPDATE dummy_rast SET map_rast2 = ST_MapAlgebraExpr(rast,'2BUI'::text,'CASE WHEN [rast] BETWEEN 100 and 250 THEN 1 WHEN [rast] = 252 THEN 2 WHEN [rast] BETWEEN 253 and 254 THEN 3 ELSE 0 END'::text, '0') WHERE rid = 2; SELECT DISTINCT ST_Value(rast,1,i,j) As origval, ST_Value(map_rast2, 1, i, j) As mapval FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 5) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,5) AS j WHERE rid = 2; origval | mapval ---------+-------- 249 | 1 250 | 1 251 | 252 | 2 253 | 3 254 | 3 SELECT ST_BandPixelType(map_rast2) As b1pixtyp FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; b1pixtyp ---------- 2BUI
|
|
Create a new 3 band raster same pixel type from our original 3 band raster with first band altered by map algebra and remaining 2 bands unaltered.
SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(rast_view), ST_MapAlgebraExpr(rast_view,1,NULL,'tan([rast])*[rast]') ), ST_Band(rast_view,2) ), ST_Band(rast_view, 3) ) As rast_view_ma FROM wind WHERE rid=167;
ST_MapAlgebraExpr, ST_MapAlgebraFct, ST_BandPixelType, ST_GeoReference, ST_Value
ST_MapAlgebraExpr — 2 raster band version: Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation on the two input raster bands and of pixeltype provided. band 1 of each raster is assumed if no band numbers are specified. The resulting raster will be aligned (scale, skew and pixel corners) on the grid defined by the first raster and have its extent defined by the "extenttype" parameter. Values for "extenttype" can be: INTERSECTION, UNION, FIRST, SECOND.
raster ST_MapAlgebraExpr(
raster rast1, raster rast2, text expression, text pixeltype=same_as_rast1_band, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text nodata1expr=NULL, text nodata2expr=NULL, double precision nodatanodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraExpr(
raster rast1, integer band1, raster rast2, integer band2, text expression, text pixeltype=same_as_rast1_band, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text nodata1expr=NULL, text nodata2expr=NULL, double precision nodatanodataval=NULL)
;
ST_MapAlgebraExpr is deprecated as of 2.1.0. Use ST_MapAlgebra (expression version) instead. |
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation to the two bands defined by the expression
on the two input raster bands rast1
, (rast2
). If no band1
, band2
is specified band 1 is assumed. The resulting raster will be aligned (scale, skew and pixel corners) on the grid defined by the first raster. The resulting raster will have the extent defined by the extenttype
parameter.
expression
A PostgreSQL algebraic expression involving the two rasters and PostgreSQL defined functions/operators that will define the pixel value when pixels intersect. e.g. (([rast1] + [rast2])/2.0)::integer
pixeltype
The resulting pixel type of the output raster. Must be one listed in ST_BandPixelType, left out or set to NULL. If not passed in or set to NULL, will default to the pixeltype of the first raster.
extenttype
Controls the extent of resulting raster
INTERSECTION
- The extent of the new raster is the intersection of the two rasters. This is the default.
UNION
- The extent of the new raster is the union of the two rasters.
FIRST
- The extent of the new raster is the same as the one of the first raster.
SECOND
- The extent of the new raster is the same as the one of the second raster.
nodata1expr
An algebraic expression involving only rast2
or a constant that defines what to return when pixels of rast1
are nodata values and spatially corresponding rast2 pixels have values.
nodata2expr
An algebraic expression involving only rast1
or a constant that defines what to return when pixels of rast2
are nodata values and spatially corresponding rast1 pixels have values.
nodatanodataval
A numeric constant to return when spatially corresponding rast1 and rast2 pixels are both nodata values.
If pixeltype
is passed in, then the new raster will have a band of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL or no pixel type specified, then the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the input rast1
band.
Use the term [rast1.val]
[rast2.val]
to refer to the pixel value of the original raster bands and [rast1.x]
, [rast1.y]
etc. to refer to the column / row positions of the pixels.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Create a new 1 band raster from our original that is a function of modulo 2 of the original raster band.
--Create a cool set of rasters -- DROP TABLE IF EXISTS fun_shapes; CREATE TABLE fun_shapes(rid serial PRIMARY KEY, fun_name text, rast raster); -- Insert some cool shapes around Boston in Massachusetts state plane meters -- INSERT INTO fun_shapes(fun_name, rast) VALUES ('ref', ST_AsRaster(ST_MakeEnvelope(235229, 899970, 237229, 901930,26986),200,200,'8BUI',0,0)); INSERT INTO fun_shapes(fun_name,rast) WITH ref(rast) AS (SELECT rast FROM fun_shapes WHERE fun_name = 'ref' ) SELECT 'area' AS fun_name, ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(236229, 900930),26986), 1000), ref.rast,'8BUI', 10, 0) As rast FROM ref UNION ALL SELECT 'rand bubbles', ST_AsRaster( (SELECT ST_Collect(geom) FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(236229 + i*random()*100, 900930 + j*random()*100),26986), random()*20) As geom FROM generate_series(1,10) As i, generate_series(1,10) As j ) As foo ), ref.rast,'8BUI', 200, 0) FROM ref; --map them - SELECT ST_MapAlgebraExpr( area.rast, bub.rast, '[rast2.val]', '8BUI', 'INTERSECTION', '[rast2.val]', '[rast1.val]') As interrast, ST_MapAlgebraExpr( area.rast, bub.rast, '[rast2.val]', '8BUI', 'UNION', '[rast2.val]', '[rast1.val]') As unionrast FROM (SELECT rast FROM fun_shapes WHERE fun_name = 'area') As area CROSS JOIN (SELECT rast FROM fun_shapes WHERE fun_name = 'rand bubbles') As bub
|
|
-- we use ST_AsPNG to render the image so all single band ones look grey -- WITH mygeoms AS ( SELECT 2 As bnum, ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),10) As geom UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS bnum, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)'), 10,'join=bevel') As geom UNION ALL SELECT 1 As bnum, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(60 50,150 150,150 50)'), 5,'join=bevel') As geom ), -- define our canvas to be 1 to 1 pixel to geometry canvas AS (SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(200, 200, ST_XMin(e)::integer, ST_YMax(e)::integer, 1, -1, 0, 0) , '8BUI'::text,0) As rast FROM (SELECT ST_Extent(geom) As e, Max(ST_SRID(geom)) As srid from mygeoms ) As foo ), rbands AS (SELECT ARRAY(SELECT ST_MapAlgebraExpr(canvas.rast, ST_AsRaster(m.geom, canvas.rast, '8BUI', 100), '[rast2.val]', '8BUI', 'FIRST', '[rast2.val]', '[rast1.val]') As rast FROM mygeoms AS m CROSS JOIN canvas ORDER BY m.bnum) As rasts ) SELECT rasts[1] As rast1 , rasts[2] As rast2, rasts[3] As rast3, ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand(rasts[1],rasts[2]), rasts[3]) As final_rast FROM rbands;
|
|
|
|
-- Create new 3 band raster composed of first 2 clipped bands, and overlay of 3rd band with our geometry -- This query took 3.6 seconds on PostGIS windows 64-bit install WITH pr AS -- Note the order of operation: we clip all the rasters to dimensions of our region (SELECT ST_Clip(rast,ST_Expand(geom,50) ) As rast, g.geom FROM aerials.o_2_boston AS r INNER JOIN -- union our parcels of interest so they form a single geometry we can later intersect with (SELECT ST_Union(ST_Transform(geom,26986)) AS geom FROM landparcels WHERE pid IN('0303890000', '0303900000')) As g ON ST_Intersects(rast::geometry, ST_Expand(g.geom,50)) ), -- we then union the raster shards together -- ST_Union on raster is kinda of slow but much faster the smaller you can get the rasters -- therefore we want to clip first and then union prunion AS (SELECT ST_AddBand(NULL, ARRAY[ST_Union(rast,1),ST_Union(rast,2),ST_Union(rast,3)] ) As clipped,geom FROM pr GROUP BY geom) -- return our final raster which is the unioned shard with -- with the overlay of our parcel boundaries -- add first 2 bands, then mapalgebra of 3rd band + geometry SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_Band(clipped,ARRAY[1,2]) , ST_MapAlgebraExpr(ST_Band(clipped,3), ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Boundary(geom),2),clipped, '8BUI',250), '[rast2.val]', '8BUI', 'FIRST', '[rast2.val]', '[rast1.val]') ) As rast FROM prunion;
|
ST_MapAlgebraExpr, ST_AddBand, ST_AsPNG, ST_AsRaster, ST_MapAlgebraFct, ST_BandPixelType, ST_GeoReference, ST_Value, ST_Union, ST_Union
ST_MapAlgebraFct — 1 band version - Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL function on the input raster band and of pixeltype prodived. Band 1 is assumed if no band is specified.
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, text pixeltype, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, text pixeltype, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, integer band, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, integer band, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, integer band, text pixeltype, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast, integer band, text pixeltype, regprocedure onerasteruserfunc, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
ST_MapAlgebraFct is deprecated as of 2.1.0. Use ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version) instead. |
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL function specified by the onerasteruserfunc
on the input raster (rast
). If no band
is specified, band 1 is assumed. The new raster will have the same georeference, width, and height as the original raster but will only have one band.
If pixeltype
is passed in, then the new raster will have a band of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL, then the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the input rast
band.
The onerasteruserfunc
parameter must be the name and signature of a SQL or PL/pgSQL function, cast to a regprocedure. A very simple and quite useless PL/pgSQL function example is:
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION simple_function(pixel FLOAT, pos INTEGER[], VARIADIC args TEXT[]) RETURNS FLOAT AS $$ BEGIN RETURN 0.0; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE;
The userfunction
may accept two or three arguments: a float value, an optional integer array, and a variadic text array. The first argument is the value of an individual raster cell (regardless of the raster datatype). The second argument is the position of the current processing cell in the form '{x,y}'. The third argument indicates that all remaining parameters to ST_MapAlgebraFct shall be passed through to the userfunction
.
Passing a regprodedure argument to a SQL function requires the full function signature to be passed, then cast to a regprocedure type. To pass the above example PL/pgSQL function as an argument, the SQL for the argument is:
'simple_function(float,integer[],text[])'::regprocedure
Note that the argument contains the name of the function, the types of the function arguments, quotes around the name and argument types, and a cast to a regprocedure.
The third argument to the userfunction
is a variadic text array. All trailing text arguments to any ST_MapAlgebraFct call are passed through to the specified userfunction
, and are contained in the args
argument.
For more information about the VARIADIC keyword, please refer to the PostgreSQL documentation and the "SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments" section of Query Language (SQL) Functions. |
The text[] argument to the |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Create a new 1 band raster from our original that is a function of modulo 2 of the original raster band.
ALTER TABLE dummy_rast ADD COLUMN map_rast raster; CREATE FUNCTION mod_fct(pixel float, pos integer[], variadic args text[]) RETURNS float AS $$ BEGIN RETURN pixel::integer % 2; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE; UPDATE dummy_rast SET map_rast = ST_MapAlgebraFct(rast,NULL,'mod_fct(float,integer[],text[])'::regprocedure) WHERE rid = 2; SELECT ST_Value(rast,1,i,j) As origval, ST_Value(map_rast, 1, i, j) As mapval FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 3) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) AS j WHERE rid = 2; origval | mapval ---------+-------- 253 | 1 254 | 0 253 | 1 253 | 1 254 | 0 254 | 0 250 | 0 254 | 0 254 | 0
Create a new 1 band raster of pixel-type 2BUI from our original that is reclassified and set the nodata value to a passed parameter to the user function (0).
ALTER TABLE dummy_rast ADD COLUMN map_rast2 raster; CREATE FUNCTION classify_fct(pixel float, pos integer[], variadic args text[]) RETURNS float AS $$ DECLARE nodata float := 0; BEGIN IF NOT args[1] IS NULL THEN nodata := args[1]; END IF; IF pixel < 251 THEN RETURN 1; ELSIF pixel = 252 THEN RETURN 2; ELSIF pixel > 252 THEN RETURN 3; ELSE RETURN nodata; END IF; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql'; UPDATE dummy_rast SET map_rast2 = ST_MapAlgebraFct(rast,'2BUI','classify_fct(float,integer[],text[])'::regprocedure, '0') WHERE rid = 2; SELECT DISTINCT ST_Value(rast,1,i,j) As origval, ST_Value(map_rast2, 1, i, j) As mapval FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 5) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,5) AS j WHERE rid = 2; origval | mapval ---------+-------- 249 | 1 250 | 1 251 | 252 | 2 253 | 3 254 | 3 SELECT ST_BandPixelType(map_rast2) As b1pixtyp FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; b1pixtyp ---------- 2BUI
Create a new 3 band raster same pixel type from our original 3 band raster with first band altered by map algebra and remaining 2 bands unaltered.
CREATE FUNCTION rast_plus_tan(pixel float, pos integer[], variadic args text[]) RETURNS float AS $$ BEGIN RETURN tan(pixel) * pixel; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql'; SELECT ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(rast_view), ST_MapAlgebraFct(rast_view,1,NULL,'rast_plus_tan(float,integer[],text[])'::regprocedure) ), ST_Band(rast_view,2) ), ST_Band(rast_view, 3) As rast_view_ma ) FROM wind WHERE rid=167;
ST_MapAlgebraExpr, ST_BandPixelType, ST_GeoReference, ST_SetValue
ST_MapAlgebraFct — 2 band version - Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL function on the 2 input raster bands and of pixeltype prodived. Band 1 is assumed if no band is specified. Extent type defaults to INTERSECTION if not specified.
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast1, raster rast2, regprocedure tworastuserfunc, text pixeltype=same_as_rast1, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
raster ST_MapAlgebraFct(
raster rast1, integer band1, raster rast2, integer band2, regprocedure tworastuserfunc, text pixeltype=same_as_rast1, text extenttype=INTERSECTION, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
ST_MapAlgebraFct is deprecated as of 2.1.0. Use ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version) instead. |
Creates a new one band raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL function specified by the tworastuserfunc
on the input raster rast1
, rast2
. If no band1
or band2
is specified, band 1 is assumed. The new raster will have the same georeference, width, and height as the original rasters but will only have one band.
If pixeltype
is passed in, then the new raster will have a band of that pixeltype. If pixeltype is passed NULL or left out, then the new raster band will have the same pixeltype as the input rast1
band.
The tworastuserfunc
parameter must be the name and signature of an SQL or PL/pgSQL function, cast to a regprocedure. An example PL/pgSQL function example is:
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION simple_function_for_two_rasters(pixel1 FLOAT, pixel2 FLOAT, pos INTEGER[], VARIADIC args TEXT[]) RETURNS FLOAT AS $$ BEGIN RETURN 0.0; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE;
The tworastuserfunc
may accept three or four arguments: a double precision value, a double precision value, an optional integer array, and a variadic text array. The first argument is the value of an individual raster cell in rast1
(regardless of the raster datatype). The second argument is an individual raster cell value in rast2
. The third argument is the position of the current processing cell in the form '{x,y}'. The fourth argument indicates that all remaining parameters to ST_MapAlgebraFct shall be passed through to the tworastuserfunc
.
Passing a regprodedure argument to a SQL function requires the full function signature to be passed, then cast to a regprocedure type. To pass the above example PL/pgSQL function as an argument, the SQL for the argument is:
'simple_function(double precision, double precision, integer[], text[])'::regprocedure
Note that the argument contains the name of the function, the types of the function arguments, quotes around the name and argument types, and a cast to a regprocedure.
The fourth argument to the tworastuserfunc
is a variadic text array. All trailing text arguments to any ST_MapAlgebraFct call are passed through to the specified tworastuserfunc
, and are contained in the userargs
argument.
For more information about the VARIADIC keyword, please refer to the PostgreSQL documentation and the "SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments" section of Query Language (SQL) Functions. |
The text[] argument to the |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
-- define our user defined function -- CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION raster_mapalgebra_union( rast1 double precision, rast2 double precision, pos integer[], VARIADIC userargs text[] ) RETURNS double precision AS $$ DECLARE BEGIN CASE WHEN rast1 IS NOT NULL AND rast2 IS NOT NULL THEN RETURN ((rast1 + rast2)/2.); WHEN rast1 IS NULL AND rast2 IS NULL THEN RETURN NULL; WHEN rast1 IS NULL THEN RETURN rast2; ELSE RETURN rast1; END CASE; RETURN NULL; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE COST 1000; -- prep our test table of rasters DROP TABLE IF EXISTS map_shapes; CREATE TABLE map_shapes(rid serial PRIMARY KEY, rast raster, bnum integer, descrip text); INSERT INTO map_shapes(rast,bnum, descrip) WITH mygeoms AS ( SELECT 2 As bnum, ST_Buffer(ST_Point(90,90),30) As geom, 'circle' As descrip UNION ALL SELECT 3 AS bnum, ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(50 50,150 150,150 50)'), 15) As geom, 'big road' As descrip UNION ALL SELECT 1 As bnum, ST_Translate(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(60 50,150 150,150 50)'), 8,'join=bevel'), 10,-6) As geom, 'small road' As descrip ), -- define our canvas to be 1 to 1 pixel to geometry canvas AS ( SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(250, 250, ST_XMin(e)::integer, ST_YMax(e)::integer, 1, -1, 0, 0 ) , '8BUI'::text,0) As rast FROM (SELECT ST_Extent(geom) As e, Max(ST_SRID(geom)) As srid from mygeoms ) As foo ) -- return our rasters aligned with our canvas SELECT ST_AsRaster(m.geom, canvas.rast, '8BUI', 240) As rast, bnum, descrip FROM mygeoms AS m CROSS JOIN canvas UNION ALL SELECT canvas.rast, 4, 'canvas' FROM canvas; -- Map algebra on single band rasters and then collect with ST_AddBand INSERT INTO map_shapes(rast,bnum,descrip) SELECT ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(rasts[1], rasts[2]),rasts[3]), 4, 'map bands overlay fct union (canvas)' FROM (SELECT ARRAY(SELECT ST_MapAlgebraFct(m1.rast, m2.rast, 'raster_mapalgebra_union(double precision, double precision, integer[], text[])'::regprocedure, '8BUI', 'FIRST') FROM map_shapes As m1 CROSS JOIN map_shapes As m2 WHERE m1.descrip = 'canvas' AND m2.descrip < > 'canvas' ORDER BY m2.bnum) As rasts) As foo;
|
CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION raster_mapalgebra_userargs( rast1 double precision, rast2 double precision, pos integer[], VARIADIC userargs text[] ) RETURNS double precision AS $$ DECLARE BEGIN CASE WHEN rast1 IS NOT NULL AND rast2 IS NOT NULL THEN RETURN least(userargs[1]::integer,(rast1 + rast2)/2.); WHEN rast1 IS NULL AND rast2 IS NULL THEN RETURN userargs[2]::integer; WHEN rast1 IS NULL THEN RETURN greatest(rast2,random()*userargs[3]::integer)::integer; ELSE RETURN greatest(rast1, random()*userargs[4]::integer)::integer; END CASE; RETURN NULL; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' VOLATILE COST 1000; SELECT ST_MapAlgebraFct(m1.rast, 1, m1.rast, 3, 'raster_mapalgebra_userargs(double precision, double precision, integer[], text[])'::regprocedure, '8BUI', 'INTERSECT', '100','200','200','0') FROM map_shapes As m1 WHERE m1.descrip = 'map bands overlay fct union (canvas)';
ST_MapAlgebraExpr, ST_BandPixelType, ST_GeoReference, ST_SetValue
ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb — 1-band version: Map Algebra Nearest Neighbor using user-defined PostgreSQL function. Return a raster which values are the result of a PLPGSQL user function involving a neighborhood of values from the input raster band.
raster ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb(
raster rast, integer band, text pixeltype, integer ngbwidth, integer ngbheight, regprocedure onerastngbuserfunc, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb is deprecated as of 2.1.0. Use ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version) instead. |
(one raster version) Return a raster which values are the result of a PLPGSQL user function involving a neighborhood of values from the input raster band. The user function takes the neighborhood of pixel values as an array of numbers, for each pixel, returns the result from the user function, replacing pixel value of currently inspected pixel with the function result.
rast
Raster on which the user function is evaluated.
band
Band number of the raster to be evaluated. Default to 1.
pixeltype
The resulting pixel type of the output raster. Must be one listed in ST_BandPixelType or left out or set to NULL. If not passed in or set to NULL, will default to the pixeltype of the rast
. Results are truncated if they are larger than what is allowed for the pixeltype.
ngbwidth
La larghezza dell'intorno, in celle.
ngbheight
L'altezza dell'intorno, in celle.
onerastngbuserfunc
PLPGSQL/psql user function to apply to neighborhood pixels of a single band of a raster. The first element is a 2-dimensional array of numbers representing the rectangular pixel neighborhood
nodatamode
Defines what value to pass to the function for a neighborhood pixel that is nodata or NULL
'ignore': any NODATA values encountered in the neighborhood are ignored by the computation -- this flag must be sent to the user callback function, and the user function decides how to ignore it.
'NULL': any NODATA values encountered in the neighborhood will cause the resulting pixel to be NULL -- the user callback function is skipped in this case.
'value': any NODATA values encountered in the neighborhood are replaced by the reference pixel (the one in the center of the neighborhood). Note that if this value is NODATA, the behavior is the same as 'NULL' (for the affected neighborhood)
args
argomenti da passare alla funzione utente.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Examples utilize the katrina raster loaded as a single tile described in http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/frmts_wtkraster.html and then prepared in the ST_Rescale examples
-- -- A simple 'callback' user function that averages up all the values in a neighborhood. -- CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION rast_avg(matrix float[][], nodatamode text, variadic args text[]) RETURNS float AS $$ DECLARE _matrix float[][]; x1 integer; x2 integer; y1 integer; y2 integer; sum float; BEGIN _matrix := matrix; sum := 0; FOR x in array_lower(matrix, 1)..array_upper(matrix, 1) LOOP FOR y in array_lower(matrix, 2)..array_upper(matrix, 2) LOOP sum := sum + _matrix[x][y]; END LOOP; END LOOP; RETURN (sum*1.0/(array_upper(matrix,1)*array_upper(matrix,2) ))::integer ; END; $$ LANGUAGE 'plpgsql' IMMUTABLE COST 1000; -- now we apply to our raster averaging pixels within 2 pixels of each other in X and Y direction -- SELECT ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb(rast, 1, '8BUI', 4,4, 'rast_avg(float[][], text, text[])'::regprocedure, 'NULL', NULL) As nn_with_border FROM katrinas_rescaled limit 1;
|
|
ST_Reclass — Creates a new raster composed of band types reclassified from original. The nband is the band to be changed. If nband is not specified assumed to be 1. All other bands are returned unchanged. Use case: convert a 16BUI band to a 8BUI and so forth for simpler rendering as viewable formats.
raster ST_Reclass(
raster rast, integer nband, text reclassexpr, text pixeltype, double precision nodataval=NULL)
;
raster ST_Reclass(
raster rast, reclassarg[] VARIADIC reclassargset)
;
raster ST_Reclass(
raster rast, text reclassexpr, text pixeltype)
;
Creates a new raster formed by applying a valid PostgreSQL algebraic operation defined by the reclassexpr
on the input raster (rast
). If no band
is specified band 1 is assumed. The new raster will have the same georeference, width, and height as the original raster. Bands not designated will come back unchanged. Refer to reclassarg for description of valid reclassification expressions.
The bands of the new raster will have pixel type of pixeltype
. If reclassargset
is passed in then each reclassarg defines behavior of each band generated.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Create a new raster from the original where band 2 is converted from 8BUI to 4BUI and all values from 101-254 are set to nodata value.
ALTER TABLE dummy_rast ADD COLUMN reclass_rast raster; UPDATE dummy_rast SET reclass_rast = ST_Reclass(rast,2,'0-87:1-10, 88-100:11-15, 101-254:0-0', '4BUI',0) WHERE rid = 2; SELECT i as col, j as row, ST_Value(rast,2,i,j) As origval, ST_Value(reclass_rast, 2, i, j) As reclassval, ST_Value(reclass_rast, 2, i, j, false) As reclassval_include_nodata FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 3) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) AS j WHERE rid = 2; col | row | origval | reclassval | reclassval_include_nodata -----+-----+---------+------------+--------------------------- 1 | 1 | 78 | 9 | 9 2 | 1 | 98 | 14 | 14 3 | 1 | 122 | | 0 1 | 2 | 96 | 14 | 14 2 | 2 | 118 | | 0 3 | 2 | 180 | | 0 1 | 3 | 99 | 15 | 15 2 | 3 | 112 | | 0 3 | 3 | 169 | | 0
Create a new raster from the original where band 1,2,3 is converted to 1BB,4BUI, 4BUI respectively and reclassified. Note this uses the variadic reclassarg
argument which can take as input an indefinite number of reclassargs (theoretically as many bands as you have)
UPDATE dummy_rast SET reclass_rast = ST_Reclass(rast, ROW(2,'0-87]:1-10, (87-100]:11-15, (101-254]:0-0', '4BUI',NULL)::reclassarg, ROW(1,'0-253]:1, 254:0', '1BB', NULL)::reclassarg, ROW(3,'0-70]:1, (70-86:2, [86-150):3, [150-255:4', '4BUI', NULL)::reclassarg ) WHERE rid = 2; SELECT i as col, j as row,ST_Value(rast,1,i,j) As ov1, ST_Value(reclass_rast, 1, i, j) As rv1, ST_Value(rast,2,i,j) As ov2, ST_Value(reclass_rast, 2, i, j) As rv2, ST_Value(rast,3,i,j) As ov3, ST_Value(reclass_rast, 3, i, j) As rv3 FROM dummy_rast CROSS JOIN generate_series(1, 3) AS i CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,3) AS j WHERE rid = 2; col | row | ov1 | rv1 | ov2 | rv2 | ov3 | rv3 ----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+----- 1 | 1 | 253 | 1 | 78 | 9 | 70 | 1 2 | 1 | 254 | 0 | 98 | 14 | 86 | 3 3 | 1 | 253 | 1 | 122 | 0 | 100 | 3 1 | 2 | 253 | 1 | 96 | 14 | 80 | 2 2 | 2 | 254 | 0 | 118 | 0 | 108 | 3 3 | 2 | 254 | 0 | 180 | 0 | 162 | 4 1 | 3 | 250 | 1 | 99 | 15 | 90 | 3 2 | 3 | 254 | 0 | 112 | 0 | 108 | 3 3 | 3 | 254 | 0 | 169 | 0 | 175 | 4
Create a new 3 band (8BUI,8BUI,8BUI viewable raster) from a raster that has only one 32bf band
ALTER TABLE wind ADD COLUMN rast_view raster; UPDATE wind set rast_view = ST_AddBand( NULL, ARRAY[ ST_Reclass(rast, 1,'0.1-10]:1-10,9-10]:11,(11-33:0'::text, '8BUI'::text,0), ST_Reclass(rast,1, '11-33):0-255,[0-32:0,(34-1000:0'::text, '8BUI'::text,0), ST_Reclass(rast,1,'0-32]:0,(32-100:100-255'::text, '8BUI'::text,0) ] );
ST_AddBand, ST_Band, ST_BandPixelType, ST_MakeEmptyRaster, reclassarg, ST_Value
ST_Union — Returns the union of a set of raster tiles into a single raster composed of 1 or more bands.
raster ST_Union(
setof raster rast)
;
raster ST_Union(
setof raster rast, unionarg[] unionargset)
;
raster ST_Union(
setof raster rast, integer nband)
;
raster ST_Union(
setof raster rast, text uniontype)
;
raster ST_Union(
setof raster rast, integer nband, text uniontype)
;
Returns the union of a set of raster tiles into a single raster composed of at least one band. The resulting raster's extent is the extent of the whole set. In the case of intersection, the resulting value is defined by uniontype
which is one of the following: LAST (default), FIRST, MIN, MAX, COUNT, SUM, MEAN, RANGE.
In order for rasters to be unioned, they must all have the same alignment. Use ST_SameAlignment and ST_NotSameAlignmentReason for more details and help. One way to fix alignment issues is to use ST_Resample and use the same reference raster for alignment. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Improved Speed (fully C-Based).
Availability: 2.1.0 ST_Union(rast, unionarg) variant was introduced.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 ST_Union(rast) (variant 1) unions all bands of all input rasters. Prior versions of PostGIS assumed the first band.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 ST_Union(rast, uniontype) (variant 4) unions all bands of all input rasters.
-- this creates a single band from first band of raster tiles -- that form the original file system tile SELECT filename, ST_Union(rast,1) As file_rast FROM sometable WHERE filename IN('dem01', 'dem02') GROUP BY filename;
-- this creates a multi band raster collecting all the tiles that intersect a line -- Note: In 2.0, this would have just returned a single band raster -- , new union works on all bands by default -- this is equivalent to unionarg: ARRAY[ROW(1, 'LAST'), ROW(2, 'LAST'), ROW(3, 'LAST')]::unionarg[] SELECT ST_Union(rast) FROM aerials.boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(230486 887771, 230500 88772)',26986) );
Here we use the longer syntax if we only wanted a subset of bands or we want to change order of bands
-- this creates a multi band raster collecting all the tiles that intersect a line SELECT ST_Union(rast,ARRAY[ROW(2, 'LAST'), ROW(1, 'LAST'), ROW(3, 'LAST')]::unionarg[]) FROM aerials.boston WHERE ST_Intersects(rast, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(230486 887771, 230500 88772)',26986) );
ST_Distinct4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the number of unique pixel values in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Distinct4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Distinct4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the number of unique pixel values in a neighborhood of pixels.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, NULL, 1, 1, 'st_distinct4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+---------- 2 | 3 (1 row)
ST_InvDistWeight4ma — Raster processing function that interpolates a pixel's value from the pixel's neighborhood.
double precision ST_InvDistWeight4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate an interpolated value for a pixel using the Inverse Distance Weighted method.
There are two optional parameters that can be passed through userargs
. The first parameter is the power factor (variable k in the equation below) between 0 and 1 used in the Inverse Distance Weighted equation. If not specified, default value is 1. The second parameter is the weight percentage applied only when the value of the pixel of interest is included with the interpolated value from the neighborhood. If not specified and the pixel of interest has a value, that value is returned.
The basic inverse distance weight equation is:
This function is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- NEEDS EXAMPLE
ST_Max4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the maximum pixel value in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Max4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Max4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the maximum pixel value in a neighborhood of pixels.
For Variant 2, a substitution value for NODATA pixels can be specified by passing that value to userargs.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, NULL, 1, 1, 'st_max4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+---------- 2 | 254 (1 row)
ST_Mean4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the mean pixel value in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Mean4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Mean4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the mean pixel value in a neighborhood of pixels.
For Variant 2, a substitution value for NODATA pixels can be specified by passing that value to userargs.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, '32BF', 1, 1, 'st_mean4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+------------------ 2 | 253.222229003906 (1 row)
SELECT rid, st_value( ST_MapAlgebra(rast, 1, 'st_mean4ma(double precision[][][], integer[][], text[])'::regprocedure,'32BF', 'FIRST', NULL, 1, 1) , 2, 2) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+------------------ 2 | 253.222229003906 (1 row)
ST_Min4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the minimum pixel value in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Min4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Min4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the minimum pixel value in a neighborhood of pixels.
For Variant 2, a substitution value for NODATA pixels can be specified by passing that value to userargs.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, NULL, 1, 1, 'st_min4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+---------- 2 | 250 (1 row)
ST_MinDist4ma — Raster processing function that returns the minimum distance (in number of pixels) between the pixel of interest and a neighboring pixel with value.
double precision ST_MinDist4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Return the shortest distance (in number of pixels) between the pixel of interest and the closest pixel with value in the neighborhood.
The intent of this function is to provide an informative data point that helps infer the usefulness of the pixel of interest's interpolated value from ST_InvDistWeight4ma. This function is particularly useful when the neighborhood is sparsely populated. |
This function is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- NEEDS EXAMPLE
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_InvDistWeight4ma
ST_Range4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the range of pixel values in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Range4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Range4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the range of pixel values in a neighborhood of pixels.
For Variant 2, a substitution value for NODATA pixels can be specified by passing that value to userargs.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, NULL, 1, 1, 'st_range4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+---------- 2 | 4 (1 row)
ST_StdDev4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the standard deviation of pixel values in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_StdDev4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_StdDev4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the standard deviation of pixel values in a neighborhood of pixels.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, '32BF', 1, 1, 'st_stddev4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+------------------ 2 | 1.30170822143555 (1 row)
ST_Sum4ma — Raster processing function that calculates the sum of all pixel values in a neighborhood.
float8 ST_Sum4ma(
float8[][] matrix, text nodatamode, text[] VARIADIC args)
;
double precision ST_Sum4ma(
double precision[][][] value, integer[][] pos, text[] VARIADIC userargs)
;
Calculate the sum of all pixel values in a neighborhood of pixels.
For Variant 2, a substitution value for NODATA pixels can be specified by passing that value to userargs.
Variant 1 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb. |
Variant 2 is a specialized callback function for use as a callback parameter to ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version). |
Use of Variant 1 is discouraged since ST_MapAlgebraFctNgb has been deprecated as of 2.1.0. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Addition of Variant 2
SELECT rid, st_value( st_mapalgebrafctngb(rast, 1, '32BF', 1, 1, 'st_sum4ma(float[][],text,text[])'::regprocedure, 'ignore', NULL), 2, 2 ) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; rid | st_value -----+---------- 2 | 2279 (1 row)
ST_Aspect — Returns the aspect (in degrees by default) of an elevation raster band. Useful for analyzing terrain.
raster ST_Aspect(
raster rast, integer band=1, text pixeltype=32BF, text units=DEGREES, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Aspect(
raster rast, integer band, raster customextent, text pixeltype=32BF, text units=DEGREES, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
Returns the aspect (in degrees by default) of an elevation raster band. Utilizes map algebra and applies the aspect equation to neighboring pixels.
units
indicates the units of the aspect. Possible values are: RADIANS, DEGREES (default).
When units
= RADIANS, values are between 0 and 2 * pi radians measured clockwise from North.
When units
= DEGREES, values are between 0 and 360 degrees measured clockwise from North.
If slope of pixel is zero, aspect of pixel is -1.
For more information about Slope, Aspect and Hillshade, please refer to ESRI - How hillshade works and ERDAS Field Guide - Aspect Images. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Uses ST_MapAlgebra() and added optional interpolate_nodata
function parameter
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, return values were in radians. Now, return values default to degrees
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 2, 3, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[][] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_DumpValues(ST_Aspect(rast, 1, '32BF')) FROM foo st_dumpvalues ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------- (1,"{{315,341.565063476562,0,18.4349479675293,45},{288.434936523438,315,0,45,71.5650482177734},{270,270,-1,90,90},{251.565048217773,225,180,135,108.434951782227},{225,198.43495178 2227,180,161.565048217773,135}}") (1 row)
Complete example of tiles of a coverage. This query only works with PostgreSQL 9.1 or higher.
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_Tile( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(6, 6, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1], [1, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[] ), 2, 2 ) AS rast ) SELECT t1.rast, ST_Aspect(ST_Union(t2.rast), 1, t1.rast) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE ST_Intersects(t1.rast, t2.rast) GROUP BY t1.rast;
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_TRI, ST_TPI, ST_Roughness, ST_HillShade, ST_Slope
ST_HillShade — Returns the hypothetical illumination of an elevation raster band using provided azimuth, altitude, brightness and scale inputs.
raster ST_HillShade(
raster rast, integer band=1, text pixeltype=32BF, double precision azimuth=315, double precision altitude=45, double precision max_bright=255, double precision scale=1.0, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_HillShade(
raster rast, integer band, raster customextent, text pixeltype=32BF, double precision azimuth=315, double precision altitude=45, double precision max_bright=255, double precision scale=1.0, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
Returns the hypothetical illumination of an elevation raster band using the azimuth, altitude, brightness, and scale inputs. Utilizes map algebra and applies the hill shade equation to neighboring pixels. Return pixel values are between 0 and 255.
azimuth
is a value between 0 and 360 degrees measured clockwise from North.
altitude
is a value between 0 and 90 degrees where 0 degrees is at the horizon and 90 degrees is directly overhead.
max_bright
is a value between 0 and 255 with 0 as no brightness and 255 as max brightness.
scale
is the ratio of vertical units to horizontal. For Feet:LatLon use scale=370400, for Meters:LatLon use scale=111120.
If interpolate_nodata
is TRUE, values for NODATA pixels from the input raster will be interpolated using ST_InvDistWeight4ma before computing the hillshade illumination.
For more information about Hillshade, please refer to How hillshade works. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Uses ST_MapAlgebra() and added optional interpolate_nodata
function parameter
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, azimuth and altitude were expressed in radians. Now, azimuth and altitude are expressed in degrees
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 2, 3, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[][] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_DumpValues(ST_Hillshade(rast, 1, '32BF')) FROM foo st_dumpvalues ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------- (1,"{{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL},{NULL,251.32763671875,220.749786376953,147.224319458008,NULL},{NULL,220.749786376953,180.312225341797,67.7497863769531,NULL},{NULL,147.224319458008 ,67.7497863769531,43.1210060119629,NULL},{NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}}") (1 row)
Complete example of tiles of a coverage. This query only works with PostgreSQL 9.1 or higher.
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_Tile( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(6, 6, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1], [1, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[] ), 2, 2 ) AS rast ) SELECT t1.rast, ST_Hillshade(ST_Union(t2.rast), 1, t1.rast) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE ST_Intersects(t1.rast, t2.rast) GROUP BY t1.rast;
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_TRI, ST_TPI, ST_Roughness, ST_Aspect, ST_Slope
ST_Roughness — Returns a raster with the calculated "roughness" of a DEM.
raster ST_Roughness(
raster rast, integer nband, raster customextent, text pixeltype="32BF" , boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE )
;
Calculates the "roughness" of a DEM, by subtracting the maximum from the minimum for a given area.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- needs examples
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_TRI, ST_TPI, ST_Slope, ST_HillShade, ST_Aspect
ST_Slope — Returns the slope (in degrees by default) of an elevation raster band. Useful for analyzing terrain.
raster ST_Slope(
raster rast, integer nband=1, text pixeltype=32BF, text units=DEGREES, double precision scale=1.0, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
raster ST_Slope(
raster rast, integer nband, raster customextent, text pixeltype=32BF, text units=DEGREES, double precision scale=1.0, boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE)
;
Returns the slope (in degrees by default) of an elevation raster band. Utilizes map algebra and applies the slope equation to neighboring pixels.
units
indicates the units of the slope. Possible values are: RADIANS, DEGREES (default), PERCENT.
scale
is the ratio of vertical units to horizontal. For Feet:LatLon use scale=370400, for Meters:LatLon use scale=111120.
If interpolate_nodata
is TRUE, values for NODATA pixels from the input raster will be interpolated using ST_InvDistWeight4ma before computing the surface slope.
For more information about Slope, Aspect and Hillshade, please refer to ESRI - How hillshade works and ERDAS Field Guide - Slope Images. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Uses ST_MapAlgebra() and added optional units
, scale
, interpolate_nodata
function parameters
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions, return values were in radians. Now, return values default to degrees
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(5, 5, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 2, 3, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[][] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_DumpValues(ST_Slope(rast, 1, '32BF')) FROM foo st_dumpvalues ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------- (1,"{{10.0249881744385,21.5681285858154,26.5650520324707,21.5681285858154,10.0249881744385},{21.5681285858154,35.2643890380859,36.8698959350586,35.2643890380859,21.5681285858154}, {26.5650520324707,36.8698959350586,0,36.8698959350586,26.5650520324707},{21.5681285858154,35.2643890380859,36.8698959350586,35.2643890380859,21.5681285858154},{10.0249881744385,21. 5681285858154,26.5650520324707,21.5681285858154,10.0249881744385}}") (1 row)
Complete example of tiles of a coverage. This query only works with PostgreSQL 9.1 or higher.
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_Tile( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(6, 6, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '32BF', 0, -9999 ), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1], [1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1], [1, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1], [1, 2, 2, 1, 2, 1], [1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1] ]::double precision[] ), 2, 2 ) AS rast ) SELECT t1.rast, ST_Slope(ST_Union(t2.rast), 1, t1.rast) FROM foo t1 CROSS JOIN foo t2 WHERE ST_Intersects(t1.rast, t2.rast) GROUP BY t1.rast;
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_TRI, ST_TPI, ST_Roughness, ST_HillShade, ST_Aspect
ST_TPI — Returns a raster with the calculated Topographic Position Index.
raster ST_TPI(
raster rast, integer nband, raster customextent, text pixeltype="32BF" , boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE )
;
Calculates the Topographic Position Index, which is defined as the focal mean with radius of one minus the center cell.
This function only supports a focalmean radius of one. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- needs examples
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_TRI, ST_Roughness, ST_Slope, ST_HillShade, ST_Aspect
ST_TRI — Returns a raster with the calculated Terrain Ruggedness Index.
raster ST_TRI(
raster rast, integer nband, raster customextent, text pixeltype="32BF" , boolean interpolate_nodata=FALSE )
;
Terrain Ruggedness Index is calculated by comparing a central pixel with its neighbors, taking the absolute values of the differences, and averaging the result.
This function only supports a focalmean radius of one. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- needs examples
ST_MapAlgebra (callback function version), ST_Roughness, ST_TPI, ST_Slope, ST_HillShade, ST_Aspect
Box3D — Returns the box 3d representation of the enclosing box of the raster.
box3d Box3D(
raster rast)
;
Returns the box representing the extent of the raster.
The polygon is defined by the corner points of the bounding box ((MINX
, MINY
), (MAXX
, MAXY
))
Changed: 2.0.0 In pre-2.0 versions, there used to be a box2d instead of box3d. Since box2d is a deprecated type, this was changed to box3d.
SELECT rid, Box3D(rast) AS rastbox FROM dummy_rast; rid | rastbox ----+------------------------------------------------- 1 | BOX3D(0.5 0.5 0,20.5 60.5 0) 2 | BOX3D(3427927.75 5793243.5 0,3427928 5793244 0)
ST_ConvexHull — Return the convex hull geometry of the raster including pixel values equal to BandNoDataValue. For regular shaped and non-skewed rasters, this gives the same result as ST_Envelope so only useful for irregularly shaped or skewed rasters.
geometry ST_ConvexHull(
raster rast)
;
Return the convex hull geometry of the raster including the NoDataBandValue band pixels. For regular shaped and non-skewed rasters, this gives more or less the same result as ST_Envelope so only useful for irregularly shaped or skewed rasters.
ST_Envelope floors the coordinates and hence add a little buffer around the raster so the answer is subtly different from ST_ConvexHull which does not floor. |
Refer to PostGIS Raster Specification for a diagram of this.
-- Note envelope and convexhull are more or less the same SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ConvexHull(rast)) As convhull, ST_AsText(ST_Envelope(rast)) As env FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1; convhull | env --------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------ POLYGON((0.5 0.5,20.5 0.5,20.5 60.5,0.5 60.5,0.5 0.5)) | POLYGON((0 0,20 0,20 60,0 60,0 0))
-- now we skew the raster -- note how the convex hull and envelope are now different SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ConvexHull(rast)) As convhull, ST_AsText(ST_Envelope(rast)) As env FROM (SELECT ST_SetRotation(rast, 0.1, 0.1) As rast FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid=1) As foo; convhull | env --------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------ POLYGON((0.5 0.5,20.5 1.5,22.5 61.5,2.5 60.5,0.5 0.5)) | POLYGON((0 0,22 0,22 61,0 61,0 0))
ST_DumpAsPolygons — Returns a set of geomval (geom,val) rows, from a given raster band. If no band number is specified, band num defaults to 1.
setof geomval ST_DumpAsPolygons(
raster rast, integer band_num=1, boolean exclude_nodata_value=TRUE)
;
This is a set-returning function (SRF). It returns a set of geomval rows, formed by a geometry (geom) and a pixel band value (val). Each polygon is the union of all pixels for that band that have the same pixel value denoted by val.
ST_DumpAsPolygon is useful for polygonizing rasters. It is the reverse of a GROUP BY in that it creates new rows. For example it can be used to expand a single raster into multiple POLYGONS/MULTIPOLYGONS.
Changed 3.3.0, validation and fixing is disabled to improve performance. May result invalid geometries.
Availability: Requires GDAL 1.7 or higher.
If there is a no data value set for a band, pixels with that value will not be returned except in the case of exclude_nodata_value=false. |
If you only care about count of pixels with a given value in a raster, it is faster to use ST_ValueCount. |
This is different than ST_PixelAsPolygons where one geometry is returned for each pixel regardless of pixel value. |
-- this syntax requires PostgreSQL 9.3+ SELECT val, ST_AsText(geom) As geomwkt FROM ( SELECT dp.* FROM dummy_rast, LATERAL ST_DumpAsPolygons(rast) AS dp WHERE rid = 2 ) As foo WHERE val BETWEEN 249 and 251 ORDER BY val; val | geomwkt -----+-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 249 | POLYGON((3427927.95 5793243.95,3427927.95 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.85, 3427928 5793243.95,3427927.95 5793243.95)) 250 | POLYGON((3427927.75 5793243.9,3427927.75 5793243.85,3427927.8 5793243.85, 3427927.8 5793243.9,3427927.75 5793243.9)) 250 | POLYGON((3427927.8 5793243.8,3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.85 5793243.75, 3427927.85 5793243.8, 3427927.8 5793243.8)) 251 | POLYGON((3427927.75 5793243.85,3427927.75 5793243.8,3427927.8 5793243.8, 3427927.8 5793243.85,3427927.75 5793243.85))
geomval, ST_AsRasterAgg, ST_Value, ST_Polygon, ST_ValueCount
ST_Envelope — Returns the polygon representation of the extent of the raster.
geometry ST_Envelope(
raster rast)
;
Returns the polygon representation of the extent of the raster in spatial coordinate units defined by srid. It is a float8 minimum bounding box represented as a polygon.
The polygon is defined by the corner points of the bounding box ((MINX
, MINY
), (MINX
, MAXY
), (MAXX
, MAXY
), (MAXX
, MINY
), (MINX
, MINY
))
SELECT rid, ST_AsText(ST_Envelope(rast)) As envgeomwkt FROM dummy_rast; rid | envgeomwkt -----+-------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 | POLYGON((0 0,20 0,20 60,0 60,0 0)) 2 | POLYGON((3427927 5793243,3427928 5793243, 3427928 5793244,3427927 5793244, 3427927 5793243))
ST_MinConvexHull — Return the convex hull geometry of the raster excluding NODATA pixels.
geometry ST_MinConvexHull(
raster rast, integer nband=NULL)
;
Return the convex hull geometry of the raster excluding NODATA pixels. If nband
is NULL, all bands of the raster are considered.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
WITH foo AS ( SELECT ST_SetValues( ST_SetValues( ST_AddBand(ST_AddBand(ST_MakeEmptyRaster(9, 9, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, 0), 1, '8BUI', 0, 0), 2, '8BUI', 1, 0), 1, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1], [0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] ]::double precision[][] ), 2, 1, 1, ARRAY[ [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0], [0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] ]::double precision[][] ) AS rast ) SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ConvexHull(rast)) AS hull, ST_AsText(ST_MinConvexHull(rast)) AS mhull, ST_AsText(ST_MinConvexHull(rast, 1)) AS mhull_1, ST_AsText(ST_MinConvexHull(rast, 2)) AS mhull_2 FROM foo hull | mhull | mhull_1 | mhull_2 ----------------------------------+-------------------------------------+-------------------------------------+------------------------------------- POLYGON((0 0,9 0,9 -9,0 -9,0 0)) | POLYGON((0 -3,9 -3,9 -9,0 -9,0 -3)) | POLYGON((3 -3,9 -3,9 -6,3 -6,3 -3)) | POLYGON((0 -3,6 -3,6 -9,0 -9,0 -3))
ST_Polygon — Returns a multipolygon geometry formed by the union of pixels that have a pixel value that is not no data value. If no band number is specified, band num defaults to 1.
geometry ST_Polygon(
raster rast, integer band_num=1)
;
Changed 3.3.0, validation and fixing is disabled to improve performance. May result invalid geometries.
Availability: 0.1.6 Requires GDAL 1.7 or higher.
Enhanced: 2.1.0 Improved Speed (fully C-Based) and the returning multipolygon is ensured to be valid.
Changed: 2.1.0 In prior versions would sometimes return a polygon, changed to always return multipolygon.
-- by default no data band value is 0 or not set, so polygon will return a square polygon SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Polygon(rast)) As geomwkt FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; geomwkt -------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((3427927.75 5793244,3427928 5793244,3427928 5793243.75,3427927.75 5793243.75,3427927.75 5793244))) -- now we change the no data value of first band UPDATE dummy_rast SET rast = ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,1,254) WHERE rid = 2; SELECt rid, ST_BandNoDataValue(rast) from dummy_rast where rid = 2; -- ST_Polygon excludes the pixel value 254 and returns a multipolygon SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Polygon(rast)) As geomwkt FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; geomwkt --------------------------------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((3427927.9 5793243.95,3427927.85 5793243.95,3427927.85 5793244,3427927.9 5793244,3427927.9 5793243.95)),((3427928 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.8,3427927.95 5793243.8,3427927.95 5793243.85,3427927.9 5793243.85,3427927.9 5793243.9,3427927.9 5793243.95,3427927.95 5793243.95,3427928 5793243.95,3427928 5793243.85)),((3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.75 5793243.75,3427927.75 5793243.8,3427927.75 5793243.85,3427927.75 5793243.9,3427927.75 5793244,3427927.8 5793244,3427927.8 5793243.9,3427927.8 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.85,3427927.85 5793243.8,3427927.85 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.75))) -- Or if you want the no data value different for just one time SELECT ST_AsText( ST_Polygon( ST_SetBandNoDataValue(rast,1,252) ) ) As geomwkt FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid =2; geomwkt --------------------------------- MULTIPOLYGON(((3427928 5793243.85,3427928 5793243.8,3427928 5793243.75,3427927.85 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.75,3427927.8 5793243.8,3427927.75 5793243.8,3427927.75 5793243.85,3427927.75 5793243.9,3427927.75 5793244,3427927.8 5793244,3427927.85 5793244,3427927.9 5793244,3427928 5793244,3427928 5793243.95,3427928 5793243.85),(3427927.9 5793243.9,3427927.9 5793243.85,3427927.95 5793243.85,3427927.95 5793243.9,3427927.9 5793243.9)))
TRUE
if A's bounding box intersects B's bounding box.TRUE
if A's bounding box is to the left of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is to the right of B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's. Uses double precision bounding box.TRUE
if A's bounding box is contained by B's. Uses double precision bounding box.TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's.TRUE
if A's bounding box is contains B's. Uses double precision bounding box.&& — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box intersects B's bounding box.
boolean &&(
raster A , raster B )
;
boolean &&(
raster A , geometry B )
;
boolean &&(
geometry B , raster A )
;
The &&
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster/geometr A intersects the bounding box of raster/geometr B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT A.rid As a_rid, B.rid As b_rid, A.rast && B.rast As intersect FROM dummy_rast AS A CROSS JOIN dummy_rast AS B LIMIT 3; a_rid | b_rid | intersect -------+-------+--------- 2 | 2 | t 2 | 3 | f 2 | 1 | f
&< — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is to the left of B's.
boolean &<(
raster A , raster B )
;
The &<
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster A overlaps or is to the left of the bounding box of raster B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the right of the bounding box of raster B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
SELECT A.rid As a_rid, B.rid As b_rid, A.rast &< B.rast As overleft FROM dummy_rast AS A CROSS JOIN dummy_rast AS B; a_rid | b_rid | overleft ------+-------+---------- 2 | 2 | t 2 | 3 | f 2 | 1 | f 3 | 2 | t 3 | 3 | t 3 | 1 | f 1 | 2 | t 1 | 3 | t 1 | 1 | t
&> — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is to the right of B's.
boolean &>(
raster A , raster B )
;
The &>
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster A overlaps or is to the right of the bounding box of raster B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the left of the bounding box of raster B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. |
SELECT A.rid As a_rid, B.rid As b_rid, A.rast & > B.rast As overright FROM dummy_rast AS A CROSS JOIN dummy_rast AS B; a_rid | b_rid | overright -------+-------+---------- 2 | 2 | t 2 | 3 | t 2 | 1 | t 3 | 2 | f 3 | 3 | t 3 | 1 | f 1 | 2 | f 1 | 3 | t 1 | 1 | t
= — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's. Uses double precision bounding box.
boolean =(
raster A , raster B )
;
The =
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster A is the same as the bounding box of raster B. PostgreSQL uses the =, <, and > operators defined for rasters to perform internal orderings and comparison of rasters (ie. in a GROUP BY or ORDER BY clause).
This operand will NOT make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. Use ~= instead. This operator exists mostly so one can group by the raster column. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
@ — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is contained by B's. Uses double precision bounding box.
boolean @(
raster A , raster B )
;
boolean @(
geometry A , raster B )
;
boolean @(
raster B , geometry A )
;
The @
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster/geometry A is contained by bounding box of raster/geometr B.
This operand will use spatial indexes on the rasters. |
Availability: 2.0.0 raster @ raster, raster @ geometry introduced
Availability: 2.0.5 geometry @ raster introduced
~= — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is the same as B's.
boolean ~=(
raster A , raster B )
;
The ~=
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster A is the same as the bounding box of raster B.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Very useful usecase is for taking two sets of single band rasters that are of the same chunk but represent different themes and creating a multi-band raster
SELECT ST_AddBand(prec.rast, alt.rast) As new_rast FROM prec INNER JOIN alt ON (prec.rast ~= alt.rast);
~ — Returns TRUE
if A's bounding box is contains B's. Uses double precision bounding box.
boolean ~(
raster A , raster B )
;
boolean ~(
geometry A , raster B )
;
boolean ~(
raster B , geometry A )
;
The ~
operator returns TRUE
if the bounding box of raster/geometry A is contains bounding box of raster/geometr B.
This operand will use spatial indexes on the rasters. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
ST_Contains — Return true if no points of raster rastB lie in the exterior of raster rastA and at least one point of the interior of rastB lies in the interior of rastA.
boolean ST_Contains(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Contains(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA contains rastB if and only if no points of rastB lie in the exterior of rastA and at least one point of the interior of rastB lies in the interior of rastA. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Contains(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry) or ST_Contains(geometry, ST_Polygon(raster)). |
ST_Contains() is the inverse of ST_Within(). So, ST_Contains(rastA, rastB) implies ST_Within(rastB, rastA). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- specified band numbers SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Contains(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 1; NOTICE: The first raster provided has no bands rid | rid | st_contains -----+-----+------------- 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | f
-- no band numbers specified SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Contains(r1.rast, r2.rast) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 1; rid | rid | st_contains -----+-----+------------- 1 | 1 | t 1 | 2 | f
ST_ContainsProperly — Return true if rastB intersects the interior of rastA but not the boundary or exterior of rastA.
boolean ST_ContainsProperly(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_ContainsProperly(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA contains properly rastB if rastB intersects the interior of rastA but not the boundary or exterior of rastA. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
Raster rastA does not contain properly itself but does contain itself.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_ContainsProperly(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry) or ST_ContainsProperly(geometry, ST_Polygon(raster)). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_ContainsProperly(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_containsproperly -----+-----+--------------------- 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | f
ST_Covers — Return true if no points of raster rastB lie outside raster rastA.
boolean ST_Covers(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Covers(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA covers rastB if and only if no points of rastB lie in the exterior of rastA. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Covers(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry) or ST_Covers(geometry, ST_Polygon(raster)). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Covers(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_covers -----+-----+----------- 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | t
ST_CoveredBy — Return true if no points of raster rastA lie outside raster rastB.
boolean ST_CoveredBy(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_CoveredBy(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA is covered by rastB if and only if no points of rastA lie in the exterior of rastB. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_CoveredBy(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry) or ST_CoveredBy(geometry, ST_Polygon(raster)). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_CoveredBy(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_coveredby -----+-----+-------------- 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | t
ST_Disjoint — Return true if raster rastA does not spatially intersect rastB.
boolean ST_Disjoint(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Disjoint(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA and rastB are disjointed if they do not share any space together. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function does NOT use any indexes. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Disjoint(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- rid = 1 has no bands, hence the NOTICE and the NULL value for st_disjoint SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Disjoint(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; NOTICE: The second raster provided has no bands rid | rid | st_disjoint -----+-----+------------- 2 | 1 | 2 | 2 | f
-- this time, without specifying band numbers SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Disjoint(r1.rast, r2.rast) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_disjoint -----+-----+------------- 2 | 1 | t 2 | 2 | f
ST_Intersects — Return true if raster rastA spatially intersects raster rastB.
boolean ST_Intersects(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Intersects(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
boolean ST_Intersects(
raster rast , integer nband , geometry geommin )
;
boolean ST_Intersects(
raster rast , geometry geommin , integer nband=NULL )
;
boolean ST_Intersects(
geometry geommin , raster rast , integer nband=NULL )
;
Return true if raster rastA spatially intersects raster rastB. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
Enhanced: 2.0.0 support raster/raster intersects was introduced.
Changed: 2.1.0 The behavior of the ST_Intersects(raster, geometry) variants changed to match that of ST_Intersects(geometry, raster). |
-- different bands of same raster SELECT ST_Intersects(rast, 2, rast, 3) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; st_intersects --------------- t
ST_Overlaps — Return true if raster rastA and rastB intersect but one does not completely contain the other.
boolean ST_Overlaps(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Overlaps(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Return true if raster rastA spatially overlaps raster rastB. This means that rastA and rastB intersect but one does not completely contain the other. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Overlaps(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
-- comparing different bands of same raster SELECT ST_Overlaps(rast, 1, rast, 2) FROM dummy_rast WHERE rid = 2; st_overlaps ------------- f
ST_Touches — Return true if raster rastA and rastB have at least one point in common but their interiors do not intersect.
boolean ST_Touches(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Touches(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Return true if raster rastA spatially touches raster rastB. This means that rastA and rastB have at least one point in common but their interiors do not intersect. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This function will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Touches(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Touches(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_touches -----+-----+------------ 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | f
ST_SameAlignment — Returns true if rasters have same skew, scale, spatial ref, and offset (pixels can be put on same grid without cutting into pixels) and false if they don't with notice detailing issue.
boolean ST_SameAlignment(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
boolean ST_SameAlignment(
double precision ulx1 , double precision uly1 , double precision scalex1 , double precision scaley1 , double precision skewx1 , double precision skewy1 , double precision ulx2 , double precision uly2 , double precision scalex2 , double precision scaley2 , double precision skewx2 , double precision skewy2 )
;
boolean ST_SameAlignment(
raster set rastfield )
;
Non-Aggregate version (Variants 1 and 2): Returns true if the two rasters (either provided directly or made using the values for upperleft, scale, skew and srid) have the same scale, skew, srid and at least one of any of the four corners of any pixel of one raster falls on any corner of the grid of the other raster. Returns false if they don't and a NOTICE detailing the alignment issue.
Aggregate version (Variant 3): From a set of rasters, returns true if all rasters in the set are aligned. The ST_SameAlignment() function is an "aggregate" function in the terminology of PostgreSQL. That means that it operates on rows of data, in the same way the SUM() and AVG() functions do.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Enhanced: 2.1.0 addition of Aggegrate variant
SELECT ST_SameAlignment( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0), ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0) ) as sm; sm ---- t
SELECT ST_SameAlignment(A.rast,b.rast) FROM dummy_rast AS A CROSS JOIN dummy_rast AS B; NOTICE: The two rasters provided have different SRIDs NOTICE: The two rasters provided have different SRIDs st_samealignment ------------------ t f f f
ST_NotSameAlignmentReason — Returns text stating if rasters are aligned and if not aligned, a reason why.
text ST_NotSameAlignmentReason(
raster rastA, raster rastB)
;
Returns text stating if rasters are aligned and if not aligned, a reason why.
If there are several reasons why the rasters are not aligned, only one reason (the first test to fail) will be returned. |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT ST_SameAlignment( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0), ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1.1, 1.1, 0, 0) ), ST_NotSameAlignmentReason( ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0), ST_MakeEmptyRaster(1, 1, 0, 0, 1.1, 1.1, 0, 0) ) ; st_samealignment | st_notsamealignmentreason ------------------+------------------------------------------------- f | The rasters have different scales on the X axis (1 row)
ST_Within — Return true if no points of raster rastA lie in the exterior of raster rastB and at least one point of the interior of rastA lies in the interior of rastB.
boolean ST_Within(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB )
;
boolean ST_Within(
raster rastA , raster rastB )
;
Raster rastA is within rastB if and only if no points of rastA lie in the exterior of rastB and at least one point of the interior of rastA lies in the interior of rastB. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_Within(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry) or ST_Within(geometry, ST_Polygon(raster)). |
ST_Within() is the inverse of ST_Contains(). So, ST_Within(rastA, rastB) implies ST_Contains(rastB, rastA). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_Within(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_within -----+-----+----------- 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | t
ST_DWithin — Return true if rasters rastA and rastB are within the specified distance of each other.
boolean ST_DWithin(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB , double precision distance_of_srid )
;
boolean ST_DWithin(
raster rastA , raster rastB , double precision distance_of_srid )
;
Return true if rasters rastA and rastB are within the specified distance of each other. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the rasters. For this function to make sense, the source rasters must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_DWithin(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_DWithin(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1, 3.14) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_dwithin -----+-----+------------ 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | t
ST_DFullyWithin — Return true if rasters rastA and rastB are fully within the specified distance of each other.
boolean ST_DFullyWithin(
raster rastA , integer nbandA , raster rastB , integer nbandB , double precision distance_of_srid )
;
boolean ST_DFullyWithin(
raster rastA , raster rastB , double precision distance_of_srid )
;
Return true if rasters rastA and rastB are fully within the specified distance of each other. If the band number is not provided (or set to NULL), only the convex hull of the raster is considered in the test. If the band number is provided, only those pixels with value (not NODATA) are considered in the test.
The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the rasters. For this function to make sense, the source rasters must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID.
This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the rasters. |
To test the spatial relationship of a raster and a geometry, use ST_Polygon on the raster, e.g. ST_DFullyWithin(ST_Polygon(raster), geometry). |
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT r1.rid, r2.rid, ST_DFullyWithin(r1.rast, 1, r2.rast, 1, 3.14) FROM dummy_rast r1 CROSS JOIN dummy_rast r2 WHERE r1.rid = 2; rid | rid | st_dfullywithin -----+-----+----------------- 2 | 1 | f 2 | 2 | t
This section documents various gotchas and tips related to PostGIS Raster.
When GDAL opens a file, GDAL eagerly scans the directory of that file to build a catalog of other files. If this directory contains many files (e.g. thousands, millions), opening that file becomes extremely slow (especially if that file happens to be on a network drive such as NFS).
To control this behavior, GDAL provides the following environment variable: GDAL_DISABLE_READDIR_ON_OPEN. Set GDAL_DISABLE_READDIR_ON_OPEN
to TRUE
to disable directory scanning.
In Ubuntu (and assuming you are using PostgreSQL's packages for Ubuntu), GDAL_DISABLE_READDIR_ON_OPEN
can be set in /etc/postgresql/POSTGRESQL_VERSION/CLUSTER_NAME/environment (where POSTGRESQL_VERSION is the version of PostgreSQL, e.g. 9.6 and CLUSTER_NAME is the name of the cluster, e.g. maindb). You can also set PostGIS environment variables here as well.
# environment variables for postmaster process
# This file has the same syntax as postgresql.conf:
# VARIABLE = simple_value
# VARIABLE2 = 'any value!'
# I. e. you need to enclose any value which does not only consist of letters,
# numbers, and '-', '_', '.' in single quotes. Shell commands are not
# evaluated.
POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS = 'ENABLE_ALL'
POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS = 1
GDAL_DISABLE_READDIR_ON_OPEN = 'TRUE'
The maximum number of open files permitted by Linux and PostgreSQL are typically conservative (typically 1024 open files per process) given the assumption that the system is consumed by human users. For Out-DB Rasters, a single valid query can easily exceed this limit (e.g. a dataset of 10 year's worth of rasters with one raster for each day containing minimum and maximum temperatures and we want to know the absolute min and max value for a pixel in that dataset).
The easiest change to make is the following PostgreSQL setting: max_files_per_process. The default is set to 1000, which is far too low for Out-DB Rasters. A safe starting value could be 65536 but this really depends on your datasets and the queries run against those datasets. This setting can only be made on server start and probably only in the PostgreSQL configuration file (e.g. /etc/postgresql/POSTGRESQL_VERSION/CLUSTER_NAME/postgresql.conf in Ubuntu environments).
...
# - Kernel Resource Usage -
max_files_per_process = 65536 # min 25
# (change requires restart)
...
The major change to make is the Linux kernel's open files limits. There are two parts to this:
Maximum number of open files for the entire system
Maximum number of open files per process
You can inspect the current maximum number of open files for the entire system with the following example:
$ sysctl -a | grep fs.file-max fs.file-max = 131072
If the value returned is not large enough, add a file to /etc/sysctl.d/ as per the following example:
$ echo "fs.file-max = 6145324" >> /etc/sysctl.d/fs.conf $ cat /etc/sysctl.d/fs.conf fs.file-max = 6145324 $ sysctl -p --system * Applying /etc/sysctl.d/fs.conf ... fs.file-max = 2097152 * Applying /etc/sysctl.conf ... $ sysctl -a | grep fs.file-max fs.file-max = 6145324
We need to increase the maximum number of open files per process for the PostgreSQL server processes.
To see what the current PostgreSQL service processes are using for maximum number of open files, do as per the following example (make sure to have PostgreSQL running):
$ ps aux | grep postgres
postgres 31713 0.0 0.4 179012 17564 pts/0 S Dec26 0:03 /home/dustymugs/devel/postgresql/sandbox/10/usr/local/bin/postgres -D /home/dustymugs/devel/postgresql/sandbox/10/pgdata
postgres 31716 0.0 0.8 179776 33632 ? Ss Dec26 0:01 postgres: checkpointer process
postgres 31717 0.0 0.2 179144 9416 ? Ss Dec26 0:05 postgres: writer process
postgres 31718 0.0 0.2 179012 8708 ? Ss Dec26 0:06 postgres: wal writer process
postgres 31719 0.0 0.1 179568 7252 ? Ss Dec26 0:03 postgres: autovacuum launcher process
postgres 31720 0.0 0.1 34228 4124 ? Ss Dec26 0:09 postgres: stats collector process
postgres 31721 0.0 0.1 179308 6052 ? Ss Dec26 0:00 postgres: bgworker: logical replication launcher
$ cat /proc/31718/limits
Limit Soft Limit Hard Limit Units
Max cpu time unlimited unlimited seconds
Max file size unlimited unlimited bytes
Max data size unlimited unlimited bytes
Max stack size 8388608 unlimited bytes
Max core file size 0 unlimited bytes
Max resident set unlimited unlimited bytes
Max processes 15738 15738 processes
Max open files 1024 4096 files
Max locked memory 65536 65536 bytes
Max address space unlimited unlimited bytes
Max file locks unlimited unlimited locks
Max pending signals 15738 15738 signals
Max msgqueue size 819200 819200 bytes
Max nice priority 0 0
Max realtime priority 0 0
Max realtime timeout unlimited unlimited us
In the example above, we inspected the open files limit for Process 31718. It doesn't matter which PostgreSQL process, any of them will do. The response we are interested in is Max open files.
We want to increase Soft Limit and Hard Limit of Max open files to be greater than the value we specified for the PostgreSQL setting max_files_per_process
. In our example, we set max_files_per_process
to 65536.
In Ubuntu (and assuming you are using PostgreSQL's packages for Ubuntu), the easiest way to change the Soft Limit and Hard Limit is to edit /etc/init.d/postgresql (SysV) or /lib/systemd/system/postgresql*.service (systemd).
Let's first address the SysV Ubuntu case where we add ulimit -H -n 262144 and ulimit -n 131072 to /etc/init.d/postgresql.
...
case "$1" in
start|stop|restart|reload)
if [ "$1" = "start" ]; then
create_socket_directory
fi
if [ -z "`pg_lsclusters -h`" ]; then
log_warning_msg 'No PostgreSQL clusters exist; see "man pg_createcluster"'
exit 0
fi
ulimit -H -n 262144
ulimit -n 131072
for v in $versions; do
$1 $v || EXIT=$?
done
exit ${EXIT:-0}
;;
status)
...
Now to address the systemd Ubuntu case. We will add LimitNOFILE=131072 to every /lib/systemd/system/postgresql*.service file in the [Service] section.
...
[Service]
LimitNOFILE=131072
...
[Install]
WantedBy=multi-user.target
...
After making the necessary systemd changes, make sure to reload the daemon
systemctl daemon-reload
Questo capitolo documenta le funzioni presenti nella cartella extras dei tarball e del repository dei sorgenti di PostGIS. Queste funzioni non sono sempre incluse nelle versioni binarie di PostGIS, ma di solito sono basate su PL/pgSQL o su script di shell standard che possono essere eseguiti come tali.
Si tratta di un fork del PAGC standardizer (il codice originale per questa parte era PAGC PostgreSQL Address Standardizer).
Il normalizzatore di indirizzi è un parser di indirizzi a riga singola che prende un indirizzo in ingresso e lo normalizza in base a un insieme di regole memorizzate in una tabella e in tabelle helper lex e gaz.
Il codice è integrato in un'unica libreria di estensioni PostgreSQL chiamata address_standardizer
che può essere installata con CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;
. Oltre all'estensione address_standardizer, è stata creata un'estensione di esempio per i dati chiamata address_standardizer_data_us
che contiene tabelle gaz, lex e regole per i dati degli Stati Uniti. Questa estensione può essere installata tramite: CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer_data_us;
Il codice di questa estensione si trova in PostGIS extensions/address_standardizer
ed è attualmente autonomo.
Per le istruzioni di installazione consultare: Section 2.3, “Installazione e utilizzo dello standardizzatore di indirizzi”.
Il parser lavora da destra a sinistra, esaminando prima i macroelementi per il codice postale, lo stato/provincia, la città, quindi esamina i microelementi per determinare se si tratta di un numero civico, di una strada, di un incrocio o di un punto di riferimento. Attualmente non cerca il codice o il nome del paese, ma questo potrebbe essere introdotto in futuro.
Si presume che sia USA o CA in base a: codice postale come USA o Canada stato/provincia come USA o Canada altro USA
Questi vengono riconosciuti usando espressioni regolari compatibili con Perl. Queste regex sono attualmente contenute in parseaddress-api.c e sono relativamente semplici da modificare se necessario.
Questi vengono riconosciuti usando espressioni regolari compatibili con Perl. Queste regex sono attualmente nel file parseaddress-api.c, ma in futuro potrebbero essere spostate in includes per facilitare la manutenzione.
Questa sezione contiene una lista dei tipi di dato PostgreSQL installati dalla estensione Address Standardizer. Nota che sono descritti i comportamenti di conversione di questi tipi di dato, informazione molto importante nella progettazione di funzioni proprie.
standardize_address
.stdaddr — Un tipo composito che consiste negli elementi di un indirizzo. È il tipo di ritorno della funzione standardize_address
.
Un tipo composito che consiste in elementi di un indirizzo. È il tipo di ritorno della funzione standardize_address. Alcune descrizioni degli elementi sono prese in prestito da PAGC Postal Attributes.
I numeri dei token indicano il numero di riferimento dell'uscita di rules table.
Questo metodo richiede l'estensione address_standardizer.
building
è un testo (numero di token 0
): Si riferisce al numero o al nome dell'edificio. Identificatori e tipi di edifici non analizzati. Generalmente vuoto per la maggior parte degli indirizzi.
house_num
è un testo (numero di token 1
): È il numero civico di una strada. Esempio 75 in 75 State Street
.
predir
è un testo (numero di token 2
): NOME DELLA STRADA PRE-DIRETTIVO come Nord, Sud, Est, Ovest ecc.
qual
è un testo (numero di token 3
): NOME STRADA PRE-MODIFICATORE Esempio OLD in 3715 OLD HIGHWAY 99
.
pretype
è un testo (numero di token 4
): TIPO DI PREFISSO STRADALE
name
è un testo (numero di token 5
): NOME DELLA STRADA
suftype
è un testo (numero di token 6
): TIPO DI STRADA, ad esempio St, Ave, Cir. Un tipo di strada che segue il nome della via principale. Esempio STREET in 75 State Street
.
sufdir
è un testo (numero di token 7
): STREET POST-DIRECTIONAL Modificatore direzionale che segue il nome della strada. Esempio WEST in 3715 TENTH AVENUE WEST
.
ruralroute
è un testo (numero di token 8
): PERCORSO RURALE . Esempio 7 in RR 7
.
extra
è un testo: Informazioni extra come il numero del piano.
city
è un testo (numero di token 10
): Esempio Boston.
state
è un testo (numero di token 11
): Esempio MASSACHUSETTS
country
è un testo (numero di token 12
): Esempio USA
postcode
è il testo CODICE POSTALE (CAP) (numero di token 13
): Esempio 02109
box
è il testo NUMERO DI CASELLA POSTALE (numero di token 14 e 15
): Esempio 02109
unit
è il testo Numero di appartamento o numero di suite (numero di token 17
): Esempio 3B in APT 3B
.
Questa sezione elenca i formati delle tabelle PostgreSQL utilizzate da address_standardizer per normalizzare gli indirizzi. Si noti che non è necessario che queste tabelle abbiano lo stesso nome di quelle a cui si fa riferimento qui. È possibile avere tabelle lex, gaz e rules diverse per ogni Paese, ad esempio, o per il proprio geocoder personalizzato. I nomi di queste tabelle vengono passati nelle funzioni di normalizzazione degli indirizzi.
L'estensione confezionata address_standardizer_data_us
contiene i dati per la standardizzazione degli indirizzi statunitensi.
rules table — La tabella delle regole contiene un insieme di regole che mappano i token della sequenza di input dell'indirizzo in una sequenza di output standardizzata. Una regola è definita come un insieme di token di ingresso seguiti da -1 (terminatore) seguito da un insieme di token di uscita seguiti da -1 seguito da un numero che denota il tipo di regola seguito da una classificazione della regola.
Una tabella delle regole deve avere almeno le seguenti colonne, anche se è possibile aggiungerne altre per i propri usi.
id
Chiave primaria della tabella
rule
campo di testo che indica la regola. I dettagli si trovano in Regole di normalizzazione degli indirizzi del PAGC.
Una regola consiste in un insieme di numeri interi non negativi che rappresentano i token di input, terminati da un -1, seguiti da un numero uguale di numeri interi non negativi che rappresentano gli attributi postali, terminati da un -1, seguiti da un numero intero che rappresenta un tipo di regola, seguito da un numero intero che rappresenta il rango della regola. Le regole sono classificate da 0 (minimo) a 17 (massimo).
Così, per esempio, la regola 2 0 2 22 3 -1 5 5 6 7 3 -1 2 6
mappa la sequenza di token di uscita TYPE NUMBER TYPE DIRECT QUALIF alla sequenza di uscita STREET STREET SUFTYP SUFDIR QUALIF. La regola è una regola ARC_C di rango 6.
I numeri dei corrispondenti token di uscita sono elencati in stdaddr.
Ogni regola inizia con una serie di token di input seguiti da un terminatore -1
. I token di input validi estratti da PAGC Input Tokens sono i seguenti:
Gettoni di ingresso basati su moduli
AMPERS
(13). L'ampersand (&) è spesso usato per abbreviare la parola "e".
DASH
(9). Un carattere di punteggiatura.
DOUBLE
(21). Una sequenza di due lettere. Spesso utilizzato come identificativo.
FRACT
(25). Le frazioni sono talvolta utilizzate nei numeri civici o nelle unità di misura.
MIXED
(23). Una stringa alfanumerica che contiene sia lettere che cifre. Si usa per gli identificatori.
NUMBER
(0). Una stringa di cifre.
ORD
(15). Rappresentazioni come First o 1st. Spesso usato nei nomi delle strade.
ORD
(18). Una sola lettera.
WORD
(1). Una parola è una stringa di lettere di lunghezza arbitraria. Una singola lettera può essere sia una SINGOLA che una PAROLA.
Gettoni di ingresso basati su funzioni
BOXH
(14). Parole usate per indicare le caselle postali. Ad esempio Box o PO Box.
BUILDH
(19). Parole utilizzate per indicare edifici o complessi di edifici, di solito come prefisso. Ad esempio: Torre in Torre 7A.
BUILDT
(24). Parole e abbreviazioni utilizzate per indicare edifici o complessi di edifici, di solito come suffisso. Ad esempio: Centro commerciale.
DIRECT
(22). Parole usate per indicare le direzioni, ad esempio Nord.
MILE
(20). Parole usate per indicare gli indirizzi delle pietre miliari.
ROAD
(6). Parole e abbreviazioni utilizzate per indicare autostrade e strade. Ad esempio: la Interstate in Interstate 5
RR
(8). Parole e abbreviazioni utilizzate per indicare i percorsi rurali. RR.
TYPE
(2). Parole e abbreviazioni utilizzate per indicare le tipologie di strada. Ad esempio: ST o AVE.
UNITH
(16). Parole e abbreviazioni usate per indicare i sottoindirizzi interni. Ad esempio, APT o UNIT.
Gettoni di ingresso di tipo postale
QUINT
(28). Un numero di 5 cifre. Identifica un codice postale
QUAD
(29). Un numero di 4 cifre. Identifica il CAP4.
PCH
(27). Una sequenza di 3 caratteri di lettera numero lettera. Identifica un FSA, i primi 3 caratteri di un codice postale canadese.
PCT
(26). Una sequenza di 3 caratteri di numero lettera numero. Identifica una LDU, gli ultimi 3 caratteri di un codice postale canadese.
Parole d'ordine
Le STOPWORDS si combinano con le WORDS. Nelle regole, una stringa di più PAROLE e STOPWORD sarà rappresentata da un singolo token PAROLA.
STOPWORD
(7). Una parola di scarso significato lessicale, che può essere omessa nel parsing. Ad esempio: IL.
Dopo il primo -1 (terminatore), seguono i token di uscita e il loro ordine, seguito da un terminatore -1
. I numeri dei corrispondenti token di uscita sono elencati in stdaddr. I numeri ammessi dipendono dal tipo di regola. I token di uscita validi per ogni tipo di regola sono elencati in the section called “Tipi di regole e rango”.
La parte finale della regola è il tipo di regola, indicato da una delle seguenti lettere, seguita da un grado della regola. Le regole sono classificate da 0 (minimo) a 17 (massimo).
MACRO_C
(numero di token = "0"). La classe di regole per il parsing di clausole MACRO come PLACE STATE ZIP
Gettoni di uscita MACRO_C
(estratto da http://www.pagcgeo.org/docs/html/pagc-12.html#--r-typ--.
CITY
(numero di token "10"). Esempio "Albany"
STATE
(numero di token "11"). Esempio "NY"
NATION
(numero di token "12"). Questo attributo non viene utilizzato nella maggior parte dei file di riferimento. Esempio "USA"
POSTAL
(numero di token "13"). (elementi SADS "ZIP CODE" , "PLUS 4" ). Questo attributo è utilizzato sia per i codici postali statunitensi che per quelli canadesi.
MICRO_C
(numero di token = "1"). La classe di regole per il parsing delle clausole MICRO complete (come House, street, sufdir, predir, pretyp, suftype, qualif) (cioè ARC_C più CIVIC_C). Queste regole non vengono utilizzate nella fase di compilazione.
Gettoni di uscita MICRO_C
(estratto da http://www.pagcgeo.org/docs/html/pagc-12.html#--r-typ--.
HOUSE
è un testo (numero di token 1
): È il numero civico di una strada. Esempio 75 in 75 State Street
.
predir
è un testo (numero di token 2
): NOME DELLA STRADA PRE-DIRETTIVO come Nord, Sud, Est, Ovest ecc.
qual
è un testo (numero di token 3
): NOME STRADA PRE-MODIFICATORE Esempio OLD in 3715 OLD HIGHWAY 99
.
pretype
è un testo (numero di token 4
): TIPO DI PREFISSO STRADALE
street
è un testo (numero di token 5
): NOME DELLA STRADA
suftype
è un testo (numero di token 6
): TIPO DI STRADA, ad esempio St, Ave, Cir. Un tipo di strada che segue il nome della via principale. Esempio STREET in 75 State Street
.
sufdir
è un testo (numero di token 7
): STREET POST-DIRECTIONAL Modificatore direzionale che segue il nome della strada. Esempio WEST in 3715 TENTH AVENUE WEST
.
ARC_C
(numero di token = "2"). Classe di regole per il parsing delle clausole MICRO, escluso l'attributo HOUSE. Come tale, utilizza lo stesso insieme di token di output di MICRO_C, meno il token HOUSE.
CIVIC_C
(numero di token = "3"). La classe di regole per il parsing dell'attributo HOUSE.
EXTRA_C
(numero di token = "4"). La classe di regole per il parsing degli attributi EXTRA - attributi esclusi dalla geocodifica. Queste regole non vengono utilizzate nella fase di costruzione.
Gettoni di uscita EXTRA_C
(estratto da http://www.pagcgeo.org/docs/html/pagc-12.html#--r-typ--.
BLDNG
(numero di token 0
): Identificatori e tipi di edifici non analizzati.
BOXH
(Token-Nummer 14
): Die BOX in BOX 3B
BOXT
(numero di token 15
): Il 3B in BOX 3B
RR
(numero di token 8
): Il RR in RR 7
UNITH
(numero di token 16
): Il APT in APT 3B
UNITT
(token number 17
): The 3B in APT 3B
UNKNWN
(token number 9
): An otherwise unclassified output.
lex table — A lex table is used to classify alphanumeric input and associate that input with (a) input tokens ( See the section called “Gettoni di ingresso”) and (b) standardized representations.
A lex (short for lexicon) table is used to classify alphanumeric input and associate that input with the section called “Gettoni di ingresso” and (b) standardized representations. Things you will find in these tables are ONE
mapped to stdword: 1
.
A lex has at least the following columns in the table. You may add
id
Chiave primaria della tabella
seq
integer: definition number?
word
text: the input word
stdword
text: the standardized replacement word
token
integer: the kind of word it is. Only if it is used in this context will it be replaced. Refer to PAGC Tokens.
gaz table — A gaz table is used to standardize place names and associate that input with (a) input tokens ( See the section called “Gettoni di ingresso”) and (b) standardized representations.
A gaz (short for gazeteer) table is used to standardize place names and associate that input with the section called “Gettoni di ingresso” and (b) standardized representations. For example if you are in US, you may load these with State Names and associated abbreviations.
A gaz table has at least the following columns in the table. You may add more columns if you wish for your own purposes.
id
Chiave primaria della tabella
seq
integer: definition number? - identifier used for that instance of the word
word
text: the input word
stdword
text: the standardized replacement word
token
integer: the kind of word it is. Only if it is used in this context will it be replaced. Refer to PAGC Tokens.
debug_standardize_address — Returns a json formatted text listing the parse tokens and standardizations
text debug_standardize_address(
text lextab, text gaztab, text rultab, text micro, text macro=NULL)
;
This is a function for debugging address standardizer rules and lex/gaz mappings. It returns a json formatted text that includes the matching rules, mapping of tokens, and best standardized address stdaddr form of an input address utilizing lex table table name, gaz table, and rules table table names and an address.
For single line addresses use just micro
For two line address A micro
consisting of standard first line of postal address e.g. house_num street
, and a macro consisting of standard postal second line of an address e.g city, state postal_code country
.
Elements returned in the json document are
input_tokens
For each word in the input address, returns the position of the word, token categorization of the word, and the standard word it is mapped to. Note that for some input words, you might get back multiple records because some inputs can be categorized as more than one thing.
rules
The set of rules matching the input and the corresponding score for each. The first rule (highest scoring) is what is used for standardization
stdaddr
The standardized address elements stdaddr that would be returned when running standardize_address
Availability: 3.4.0
Questo metodo richiede l'estensione address_standardizer.
Using address_standardizer_data_us extension
CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer_data_us; -- only needs to be done once
Variant 1: Single line address and returning the input tokens
SELECT it->>'pos' AS position, it->>'word' AS word, it->>'stdword' AS standardized_word, it->>'token' AS token, it->>'token-code' AS token_code FROM jsonb( debug_standardize_address('us_lex', 'us_gaz', 'us_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301, Boston, MA 02109') ) AS s, jsonb_array_elements(s->'input_tokens') AS it;
position | word | standardized_word | token | token_code ----------+------------+-------------------+--------+------------ 0 | ONE | 1 | NUMBER | 0 0 | ONE | 1 | WORD | 1 1 | DEVONSHIRE | DEVONSHIRE | WORD | 1 2 | PLACE | PLACE | TYPE | 2 3 | PH | PATH | TYPE | 2 3 | PH | PENTHOUSE | UNITT | 17 4 | 301 | 301 | NUMBER | 0 (7 rows)
Variant 2: Multi line address and returning first rule input mappings and score
SELECT (s->'rules'->0->>'score')::numeric AS score, it->>'pos' AS position, it->>'input-word' AS word, it->>'input-token' AS input_token, it->>'mapped-word' AS standardized_word, it->>'output-token' AS output_token FROM jsonb( debug_standardize_address('us_lex', 'us_gaz', 'us_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301', 'Boston, MA 02109') ) AS s, jsonb_array_elements(s->'rules'->0->'rule_tokens') AS it;
score | position | word | input_token | standardized_word | output_token ----------+----------+------------+-------------+-------------------+-------------- 0.876250 | 0 | ONE | NUMBER | 1 | HOUSE 0.876250 | 1 | DEVONSHIRE | WORD | DEVONSHIRE | STREET 0.876250 | 2 | PLACE | TYPE | PLACE | SUFTYP 0.876250 | 3 | PH | UNITT | PENTHOUSE | UNITT 0.876250 | 4 | 301 | NUMBER | 301 | UNITT (5 rows)
stdaddr, rules table, lex table, gaz table, Pagc_Normalize_Address
parse_address — Takes a 1 line address and breaks into parts
record parse_address(
text address)
;
Returns takes an address as input, and returns a record output consisting of fields num, street, street2, address1, city, state, zip, zipplus, country.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede l'estensione address_standardizer.
Single Address
SELECT num, street, city, zip, zipplus FROM parse_address('1 Devonshire Place, Boston, MA 02109-1234') AS a;
num | street | city | zip | zipplus -----+------------------+--------+-------+--------- 1 | Devonshire Place | Boston | 02109 | 1234
Table of addresses
-- basic table CREATE TABLE places(addid serial PRIMARY KEY, address text); INSERT INTO places(address) VALUES ('529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129'), ('77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139'), ('25 Wizard of Oz, Walaford, KS 99912323'), ('26 Capen Street, Medford, MA'), ('124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138'), ('950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610'); -- parse the addresses -- if you want all fields you can use (a).* SELECT addid, (a).num, (a).street, (a).city, (a).state, (a).zip, (a).zipplus FROM (SELECT addid, parse_address(address) As a FROM places) AS p;
addid | num | street | city | state | zip | zipplus -------+-----+----------------------+-----------+-------+-------+--------- 1 | 529 | Main Street | Boston | MA | 02129 | 2 | 77 | Massachusetts Avenue | Cambridge | MA | 02139 | 3 | 25 | Wizard of Oz | Walaford | KS | 99912 | 323 4 | 26 | Capen Street | Medford | MA | | 5 | 124 | Mount Auburn St | Cambridge | MA | 02138 | 6 | 950 | Main Street | Worcester | MA | 01610 | (6 rows)
standardize_address — Returns an stdaddr form of an input address utilizing lex, gaz, and rule tables.
stdaddr standardize_address(
text lextab, text gaztab, text rultab, text address)
;
stdaddr standardize_address(
text lextab, text gaztab, text rultab, text micro, text macro)
;
Returns an stdaddr form of an input address utilizing lex table table name, gaz table, and rules table table names and an address.
Variant 1: Takes an address as a single line.
Variant 2: Takes an address as 2 parts. A micro
consisting of standard first line of postal address e.g. house_num street
, and a macro consisting of standard postal second line of an address e.g city, state postal_code country
.
Disponibilità: 2.2.0
Questo metodo richiede l'estensione address_standardizer.
Using address_standardizer_data_us extension
CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer_data_us; -- only needs to be done once
Variant 1: Single line address. This doesn't work well with non-US addresses
SELECT house_num, name, suftype, city, country, state, unit FROM standardize_address('us_lex', 'us_gaz', 'us_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301, Boston, MA 02109');
house_num | name | suftype | city | country | state | unit ----------+------------+---------+--------+---------+---------------+----------------- 1 | DEVONSHIRE | PLACE | BOSTON | USA | MASSACHUSETTS | # PENTHOUSE 301
Using tables packaged with tiger geocoder. This example only works if you installed postgis_tiger_geocoder
.
SELECT * FROM standardize_address('tiger.pagc_lex', 'tiger.pagc_gaz', 'tiger.pagc_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301, Boston, MA 02109-1234');
Make easier to read we'll dump output using hstore extension CREATE EXTENSION hstore; you need to install
SELECT (each(hstore(p))).* FROM standardize_address('tiger.pagc_lex', 'tiger.pagc_gaz', 'tiger.pagc_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301, Boston, MA 02109') As p;
key | value ------------+----------------- box | city | BOSTON name | DEVONSHIRE qual | unit | # PENTHOUSE 301 extra | state | MA predir | sufdir | country | USA pretype | suftype | PL building | postcode | 02109 house_num | 1 ruralroute | (16 rows)
Variant 2: As a two part Address
SELECT (each(hstore(p))).* FROM standardize_address('tiger.pagc_lex', 'tiger.pagc_gaz', 'tiger.pagc_rules', 'One Devonshire Place, PH 301', 'Boston, MA 02109, US') As p;
key | value ------------+----------------- box | city | BOSTON name | DEVONSHIRE qual | unit | # PENTHOUSE 301 extra | state | MA predir | sufdir | country | USA pretype | suftype | PL building | postcode | 02109 house_num | 1 ruralroute | (16 rows)
stdaddr, rules table, lex table, gaz table, Pagc_Normalize_Address
A plpgsql based geocoder written to work with the TIGER (Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing system ) / Line and Master Address database export released by the US Census Bureau.
There are four components to the geocoder: the data loader functions, the address normalizer, the address geocoder, and the reverse geocoder.
Although it is designed specifically for the US, a lot of the concepts and functions are applicable and can be adapted to work with other country address and road networks.
The script builds a schema called tiger
to house all the tiger related functions, reusable lookup data such as road type prefixes, suffixes, states, various control tables for managing data load, and skeleton base tables from which all the tiger loaded tables inherit from.
Another schema called tiger_data
is also created which houses all the census data for each state that the loader downloads from Census site and loads into the database. In the current model, each set of state tables is prefixed with the state code e.g ma_addr
, ma_edges
etc with constraints to enforce only that state data. Each of these tables inherits from the tables addr
, faces
, edges
, etc located in the tiger schema
.
All the geocode functions only reference the base tables, so there is no requirement that the data schema be called tiger_data
or that data can't be further partitioned into other schemas -- e.g a different schema for each state, as long as all the tables inherit from the tables in the tiger
schema.
For instructions on how to enable the extension in your database and also to load data using it, refer to Section 2.4.1, “Tiger Geocoder Abilitazione del database PostGIS”.
If you are using tiger geocoder (tiger_2010), you can upgrade the scripts using the accompanying upgrade_geocoder.bat / .sh scripts in extras/tiger. One major change between |
New in PostGIS 2.2.0 release is support for Tiger 2015 data and inclusion of Address Standardizer as part of PostGIS. New in PostGIS 2.1.0 release is ability to install tiger geocoder with PostgreSQL extension model if you are running PostgreSQL 9.1+. Refer to Section 2.4.1, “Tiger Geocoder Abilitazione del database PostGIS” for details. |
The Pagc_Normalize_Address function as a drop in replacement for in-built Normalize_Address. Refer to Section 2.3, “Installazione e utilizzo dello standardizzatore di indirizzi” for compile and installation instructions.
Design:
The goal of this project is to build a fully functional geocoder that can process an arbitrary United States address string and using normalized TIGER census data, produce a point geometry and rating reflecting the location of the given address and likeliness of the location. The higher the rating number the worse the result.
The reverse_geocode
function, introduced in PostGIS 2.0.0 is useful for deriving the street address and cross streets of a GPS location.
The geocoder should be simple for anyone familiar with PostGIS to install and use, and should be easily installable and usable on all platforms supported by PostGIS.
It should be robust enough to function properly despite formatting and spelling errors.
It should be extensible enough to be used with future data updates, or alternate data sources with a minimum of coding changes.
The |
tiger_data
if no schema is specified.county_all
, state_all
or state code followed by county
or state
.tiger_data
if no schema is specified.normalized_address
(addy) for each location, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Can optionally pass in maximum results, defaults to 10. Uses Tiger data (edges, faces, addr), PostgreSQL fuzzy string matching (soundex, levenshtein).tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record.tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record. Latest version supports Tiger 2010 structural changes and also loads census tract, block groups, and blocks tables.norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This function will work with just the lookup data packaged with the tiger_geocoder (no need for tiger census data).norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This function will work with just the lookup data packaged with the tiger_geocoder (no need for tiger census data). Requires address_standardizer extension.norm_addy
composite type object, returns a pretty print representation of it. Usually used in conjunction with normalize_address.There are a couple other open source geocoders for PostGIS, that unlike tiger geocoder have the advantage of multi-country geocoding support
Nominatim uses OpenStreetMap gazeteer formatted data. It requires osm2pgsql for loading the data, PostgreSQL 8.4+ and PostGIS 1.5+ to function. It is packaged as a webservice interface and seems designed to be called as a webservice. Just like the tiger geocoder, it has both a geocoder and a reverse geocoder component. From the documentation, it is unclear if it has a pure SQL interface like the tiger geocoder, or if a good deal of the logic is implemented in the web interface.
GIS Graphy also utilizes PostGIS and like Nominatim works with OpenStreetMap (OSM) data. It comes with a loader to load OSM data and similar to Nominatim is capable of geocoding not just US. Much like Nominatim, it runs as a webservice and relies on Java 1.5, Servlet apps, Solr. GisGraphy is cross-platform and also has a reverse geocoder among some other neat features.
Drop_Indexes_Generate_Script — Generates a script that drops all non-primary key and non-unique indexes on tiger schema and user specified schema. Defaults schema to tiger_data
if no schema is specified.
text Drop_Indexes_Generate_Script(
text param_schema=tiger_data)
;
Generates a script that drops all non-primary key and non-unique indexes on tiger schema and user specified schema. Defaults schema to tiger_data
if no schema is specified.
This is useful for minimizing index bloat that may confuse the query planner or take up unnecessary space. Use in combination with Install_Missing_Indexes to add just the indexes used by the geocoder.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT drop_indexes_generate_script() As actionsql; actionsql --------------------------------------------------------- DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_countysub_lookup_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_edges_countyfp; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_faces_countyfp; DROP INDEX tiger.tiger_place_the_geom_gist; DROP INDEX tiger.tiger_edges_the_geom_gist; DROP INDEX tiger.tiger_state_the_geom_gist; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_addr_least_address; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_addr_tlid; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_addr_zip; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_countyfp; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_lookup_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_lookup_snd_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_snd_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_county_the_geom_gist; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_countysub_lookup_snd_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_cousub_countyfp; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_cousub_cousubfp; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_cousub_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_cousub_snd_name; DROP INDEX tiger.idx_tiger_cousub_the_geom_gist; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_addr_least_address; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_addr_tlid; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_addr_zip; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_county_countyfp; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_county_lookup_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_county_lookup_snd_name; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_county_lower_name; DROP INDEX tiger_data.idx_tiger_data_ma_county_snd_name; : :
Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script — Generates a script that drops all tables in the specified schema that start with county_all
, state_all
or state code followed by county
or state
.
text Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script(
text param_schema=tiger_data)
;
Generates a script that drops all tables in the specified schema that start with county_all
, state_all
or state code followed by county
or state
. This is needed if you are upgrading from tiger_2010
to tiger_2011
data.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT drop_nation_tables_generate_script(); DROP TABLE tiger_data.county_all; DROP TABLE tiger_data.county_all_lookup; DROP TABLE tiger_data.state_all; DROP TABLE tiger_data.ma_county; DROP TABLE tiger_data.ma_state;
Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script — Generates a script that drops all tables in the specified schema that are prefixed with the state abbreviation. Defaults schema to tiger_data
if no schema is specified.
text Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script(
text param_state, text param_schema=tiger_data)
;
Generates a script that drops all tables in the specified schema that are prefixed with the state abbreviation. Defaults schema to tiger_data
if no schema is specified. This function is useful for dropping tables of a state just before you reload a state in case something went wrong during your previous load.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT drop_state_tables_generate_script('PA'); DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_addr; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_county; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_county_lookup; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_cousub; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_edges; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_faces; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_featnames; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_place; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_state; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_zip_lookup_base; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_zip_state; DROP TABLE tiger_data.pa_zip_state_loc;
Geocode — Takes in an address as a string (or other normalized address) and outputs a set of possible locations which include a point geometry in NAD 83 long lat, a normalized address for each, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Can optionally pass in maximum results, defaults to 10, and restrict_region (defaults to NULL)
setof record geocode(
varchar address, integer max_results=10, geometry restrict_region=NULL, norm_addy OUT addy, geometry OUT geomout, integer OUT rating)
;
setof record geocode(
norm_addy in_addy, integer max_results=10, geometry restrict_region=NULL, norm_addy OUT addy, geometry OUT geomout, integer OUT rating)
;
Takes in an address as a string (or already normalized address) and outputs a set of possible locations which include a point geometry in NAD 83 long lat, a normalized_address
(addy) for each, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Uses Tiger data (edges,faces,addr), PostgreSQL fuzzy string matching (soundex,levenshtein) and PostGIS line interpolation functions to interpolate address along the Tiger edges. The higher the rating the less likely the geocode is right. The geocoded point is defaulted to offset 10 meters from center-line off to side (L/R) of street address is located on.
Enhanced: 2.0.0 to support Tiger 2010 structured data and revised some logic to improve speed, accuracy of geocoding, and to offset point from centerline to side of street address is located on. The new parameter max_results
useful for specifying number of best results or just returning the best result.
The below examples timings are on a 3.0 GHZ single processor Windows 7 machine with 2GB ram running PostgreSQL 9.1rc1/PostGIS 2.0 loaded with all of MA,MN,CA, RI state Tiger data loaded.
Exact matches are faster to compute (61ms)
SELECT g.rating, ST_X(g.geomout) As lon, ST_Y(g.geomout) As lat, (addy).address As stno, (addy).streetname As street, (addy).streettypeabbrev As styp, (addy).location As city, (addy).stateabbrev As st,(addy).zip FROM geocode('75 State Street, Boston MA 02109', 1) As g; rating | lon | lat | stno | street | styp | city | st | zip --------+-------------------+----------------+------+--------+------+--------+----+------- 0 | -71.0557505845646 | 42.35897920691 | 75 | State | St | Boston | MA | 02109
Even if zip is not passed in the geocoder can guess (took about 122-150 ms)
SELECT g.rating, ST_AsText(ST_SnapToGrid(g.geomout,0.00001)) As wktlonlat, (addy).address As stno, (addy).streetname As street, (addy).streettypeabbrev As styp, (addy).location As city, (addy).stateabbrev As st,(addy).zip FROM geocode('226 Hanover Street, Boston, MA',1) As g; rating | wktlonlat | stno | street | styp | city | st | zip --------+---------------------------+------+---------+------+--------+----+------- 1 | POINT(-71.05528 42.36316) | 226 | Hanover | St | Boston | MA | 02113
Can handle misspellings and provides more than one possible solution with ratings and takes longer (500ms).
SELECT g.rating, ST_AsText(ST_SnapToGrid(g.geomout,0.00001)) As wktlonlat, (addy).address As stno, (addy).streetname As street, (addy).streettypeabbrev As styp, (addy).location As city, (addy).stateabbrev As st,(addy).zip FROM geocode('31 - 37 Stewart Street, Boston, MA 02116',1) As g; rating | wktlonlat | stno | street | styp | city | st | zip --------+---------------------------+------+--------+------+--------+----+------- 70 | POINT(-71.06466 42.35114) | 31 | Stuart | St | Boston | MA | 02116
Using to do a batch geocode of addresses. Easiest is to set max_results=1
. Only process those not yet geocoded (have no rating).
CREATE TABLE addresses_to_geocode(addid serial PRIMARY KEY, address text, lon numeric, lat numeric, new_address text, rating integer); INSERT INTO addresses_to_geocode(address) VALUES ('529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129'), ('77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139'), ('25 Wizard of Oz, Walaford, KS 99912323'), ('26 Capen Street, Medford, MA'), ('124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138'), ('950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610'); -- only update the first 3 addresses (323-704 ms - there are caching and shared memory effects so first geocode you do is always slower) -- -- for large numbers of addresses you don't want to update all at once -- since the whole geocode must commit at once -- For this example we rejoin with LEFT JOIN -- and set to rating to -1 rating if no match -- to ensure we don't regeocode a bad address UPDATE addresses_to_geocode SET (rating, new_address, lon, lat) = ( COALESCE(g.rating,-1), pprint_addy(g.addy), ST_X(g.geomout)::numeric(8,5), ST_Y(g.geomout)::numeric(8,5) ) FROM (SELECT addid, address FROM addresses_to_geocode WHERE rating IS NULL ORDER BY addid LIMIT 3) As a LEFT JOIN LATERAL geocode(a.address,1) As g ON true WHERE a.addid = addresses_to_geocode.addid; result ----- Query returned successfully: 3 rows affected, 480 ms execution time. SELECT * FROM addresses_to_geocode WHERE rating is not null; addid | address | lon | lat | new_address | rating -------+----------------------------------------------+-----------+----------+-------------------------------------------+-------- 1 | 529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129 | -71.07177 | 42.38357 | 529 Main St, Boston, MA 02129 | 0 2 | 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 | -71.09396 | 42.35961 | 77 Massachusetts Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139 | 0 3 | 25 Wizard of Oz, Walaford, KS 99912323 | -97.92913 | 38.12717 | Willowbrook, KS 67502 | 108 (3 rows)
SELECT g.rating, ST_AsText(ST_SnapToGrid(g.geomout,0.00001)) As wktlonlat, (addy).address As stno, (addy).streetname As street, (addy).streettypeabbrev As styp, (addy).location As city, (addy).stateabbrev As st,(addy).zip FROM geocode('100 Federal Street, MA', 3, (SELECT ST_Union(the_geom) FROM place WHERE statefp = '25' AND name = 'Lynn')::geometry ) As g; rating | wktlonlat | stno | street | styp | city | st | zip --------+---------------------------+------+---------+------+------+----+------- 7 | POINT(-70.96796 42.4659) | 100 | Federal | St | Lynn | MA | 01905 16 | POINT(-70.96786 42.46853) | NULL | Federal | St | Lynn | MA | 01905 (2 rows) Time: 622.939 ms
Normalize_Address, Pprint_Addy, ST_AsText, ST_SnapToGrid, ST_X, ST_Y
Geocode_Intersection — Takes in 2 streets that intersect and a state, city, zip, and outputs a set of possible locations on the first cross street that is at the intersection, also includes a geomout as the point location in NAD 83 long lat, a normalized_address
(addy) for each location, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Can optionally pass in maximum results, defaults to 10. Uses Tiger data (edges, faces, addr), PostgreSQL fuzzy string matching (soundex, levenshtein).
setof record geocode_intersection(
text roadway1, text roadway2, text in_state, text in_city, text in_zip, integer max_results=10, norm_addy OUT addy, geometry OUT geomout, integer OUT rating)
;
Takes in 2 streets that intersect and a state, city, zip, and outputs a set of possible locations on the first cross street that is at the intersection, also includes a point geometry in NAD 83 long lat, a normalized address for each location, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Can optionally pass in maximum results, defaults to 10. Returns normalized_address
(addy) for each, geomout as the point location in nad 83 long lat, and the rating. The lower the rating the more likely the match. Results are sorted by lowest rating first. Uses Tiger data (edges,faces,addr), PostgreSQL fuzzy string matching (soundex,levenshtein)
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
The below examples timings are on a 3.0 GHZ single processor Windows 7 machine with 2GB ram running PostgreSQL 9.0/PostGIS 1.5 loaded with all of MA state Tiger data loaded. Currently a bit slow (3000 ms)
Testing on Windows 2003 64-bit 8GB on PostGIS 2.0 PostgreSQL 64-bit Tiger 2011 data loaded -- (41ms)
SELECT pprint_addy(addy), st_astext(geomout),rating FROM geocode_intersection( 'Haverford St','Germania St', 'MA', 'Boston', '02130',1); pprint_addy | st_astext | rating ----------------------------------+----------------------------+-------- 98 Haverford St, Boston, MA 02130 | POINT(-71.101375 42.31376) | 0
Even if zip is not passed in the geocoder can guess (took about 3500 ms on the windows 7 box), on the windows 2003 64-bit 741 ms
SELECT pprint_addy(addy), st_astext(geomout),rating FROM geocode_intersection('Weld', 'School', 'MA', 'Boston'); pprint_addy | st_astext | rating -------------------------------+--------------------------+-------- 98 Weld Ave, Boston, MA 02119 | POINT(-71.099 42.314234) | 3 99 Weld Ave, Boston, MA 02119 | POINT(-71.099 42.314234) | 3
Get_Geocode_Setting — Returns value of specific setting stored in tiger.geocode_settings table.
text Get_Geocode_Setting(
text setting_name)
;
Returns value of specific setting stored in tiger.geocode_settings table. Settings allow you to toggle debugging of functions. Later plans will be to control rating with settings. Current list of settings are as follows:
name | setting | unit | category | short_desc --------------------------------+---------+---------+-----------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ debug_geocode_address | false | boolean | debug | outputs debug information in notice log such as queries when geocode_address is called if true debug_geocode_intersection | false | boolean | debug | outputs debug information in notice log such as queries when geocode_intersection is called if true debug_normalize_address | false | boolean | debug | outputs debug information in notice log such as queries and intermediate expressions when normalize_address is called if true debug_reverse_geocode | false | boolean | debug | if true, outputs debug information in notice log such as queries and intermediate expressions when reverse_geocode reverse_geocode_numbered_roads | 0 | integer | rating | For state and county highways, 0 - no preference in name, 1 - prefer the numbered highway name, 2 - prefer local state/county name use_pagc_address_parser | false | boolean | normalize | If set to true, will try to use the address_standardizer extension (via pagc_normalize_address) instead of tiger normalize_address built one
Changed: 2.2.0 : default settings are now kept in a table called geocode_settings_default. Use customized settingsa are in geocode_settings and only contain those that have been set by user.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
SELECT get_geocode_setting('debug_geocode_address) As result; result --------- false
Get_Tract — Returns census tract or field from tract table of where the geometry is located. Default to returning short name of tract.
text get_tract(
geometry loc_geom, text output_field=name)
;
Given a geometry will return the census tract location of that geometry. NAD 83 long lat is assumed if no spatial ref sys is specified.
This function uses the census If you have not loaded your state data yet and want these additional tables loaded, do the following UPDATE tiger.loader_lookuptables SET load = true WHERE load = false AND lookup_name IN('tract', 'bg', 'tabblock'); then they will be included by the Loader_Generate_Script. |
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT get_tract(ST_Point(-71.101375, 42.31376) ) As tract_name; tract_name --------- 1203.01
--this one returns the tiger geoid SELECT get_tract(ST_Point(-71.101375, 42.31376), 'tract_id' ) As tract_id; tract_id --------- 25025120301
Install_Missing_Indexes — Finds all tables with key columns used in geocoder joins and filter conditions that are missing used indexes on those columns and will add them.
boolean Install_Missing_Indexes(
)
;
Finds all tables in tiger
and tiger_data
schemas with key columns used in geocoder joins and filters that are missing indexes on those columns and will output the SQL DDL to define the index for those tables and then execute the generated script. This is a helper function that adds new indexes needed to make queries faster that may have been missing during the load process. This function is a companion to Missing_Indexes_Generate_Script that in addition to generating the create index script, also executes it. It is called as part of the update_geocode.sql
upgrade script.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT install_missing_indexes(); install_missing_indexes ------------------------- t
Loader_Generate_Census_Script — Generates a shell script for the specified platform for the specified states that will download Tiger census state tract, bg, and tabblocks data tables, stage and load into tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record.
setof text loader_generate_census_script(
text[] param_states, text os)
;
Generates a shell script for the specified platform for the specified states that will download Tiger data census state tract
, block groups bg
, and tabblocks
data tables, stage and load into tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record.
It uses unzip on Linux (7-zip on Windows by default) and wget to do the downloading. It uses Section 4.7.2, “Using the Shapefile Loader” to load in the data. Note the smallest unit it does is a whole state. It will only process the files in the staging and temp folders.
It uses the following control tables to control the process and different OS shell syntax variations.
loader_variables
keeps track of various variables such as census site, year, data and staging schemas
loader_platform
profiles of various platforms and where the various executables are located. Comes with windows and linux. More can be added.
loader_lookuptables
each record defines a kind of table (state, county), whether to process records in it and how to load them in. Defines the steps to import data, stage data, add, removes columns, indexes, and constraints for each. Each table is prefixed with the state and inherits from a table in the tiger schema. e.g. creates tiger_data.ma_faces
which inherits from tiger.faces
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Loader_Generate_Script includes this logic, but if you installed tiger geocoder prior to PostGIS 2.0.0 alpha5, you'll need to run this on the states you have already done to get these additional tables. |
Generate script to load up data for select states in Windows shell script format.
SELECT loader_generate_census_script(ARRAY['MA'], 'windows'); -- result -- set STATEDIR="\gisdata\www2.census.gov\geo\pvs\tiger2010st\25_Massachusetts" set TMPDIR=\gisdata\temp\ set UNZIPTOOL="C:\Program Files\7-Zip\7z.exe" set WGETTOOL="C:\wget\wget.exe" set PGBIN=C:\projects\pg\pg91win\bin\ set PGPORT=5432 set PGHOST=localhost set PGUSER=postgres set PGPASSWORD=yourpasswordhere set PGDATABASE=tiger_postgis20 set PSQL="%PGBIN%psql" set SHP2PGSQL="%PGBIN%shp2pgsql" cd \gisdata %WGETTOOL% http://www2.census.gov/geo/pvs/tiger2010st/25_Massachusetts/25/ --no-parent --relative --accept=*bg10.zip,*tract10.zip,*tabblock10.zip --mirror --reject=html del %TMPDIR%\*.* /Q %PSQL% -c "DROP SCHEMA tiger_staging CASCADE;" %PSQL% -c "CREATE SCHEMA tiger_staging;" cd %STATEDIR% for /r %%z in (*.zip) do %UNZIPTOOL% e %%z -o%TMPDIR% cd %TMPDIR% %PSQL% -c "CREATE TABLE tiger_data.MA_tract(CONSTRAINT pk_MA_tract PRIMARY KEY (tract_id) ) INHERITS(tiger.tract); " %SHP2PGSQL% -c -s 4269 -g the_geom -W "latin1" tl_2010_25_tract10.dbf tiger_staging.ma_tract10 | %PSQL% %PSQL% -c "ALTER TABLE tiger_staging.MA_tract10 RENAME geoid10 TO tract_id; SELECT loader_load_staged_data(lower('MA_tract10'), lower('MA_tract')); " %PSQL% -c "CREATE INDEX tiger_data_MA_tract_the_geom_gist ON tiger_data.MA_tract USING gist(the_geom);" %PSQL% -c "VACUUM ANALYZE tiger_data.MA_tract;" %PSQL% -c "ALTER TABLE tiger_data.MA_tract ADD CONSTRAINT chk_statefp CHECK (statefp = '25');" :
Generate sh script
STATEDIR="/gisdata/www2.census.gov/geo/pvs/tiger2010st/25_Massachusetts" TMPDIR="/gisdata/temp/" UNZIPTOOL=unzip WGETTOOL="/usr/bin/wget" export PGBIN=/usr/pgsql-9.0/bin export PGPORT=5432 export PGHOST=localhost export PGUSER=postgres export PGPASSWORD=yourpasswordhere export PGDATABASE=geocoder PSQL=${PGBIN}/psql SHP2PGSQL=${PGBIN}/shp2pgsql cd /gisdata wget http://www2.census.gov/geo/pvs/tiger2010st/25_Massachusetts/25/ --no-parent --relative --accept=*bg10.zip,*tract10.zip,*tabblock10.zip --mirror --reject=html rm -f ${TMPDIR}/*.* ${PSQL} -c "DROP SCHEMA tiger_staging CASCADE;" ${PSQL} -c "CREATE SCHEMA tiger_staging;" cd $STATEDIR for z in *.zip; do $UNZIPTOOL -o -d $TMPDIR $z; done : :
Loader_Generate_Script — Generates a shell script for the specified platform for the specified states that will download Tiger data, stage and load into tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record. Latest version supports Tiger 2010 structural changes and also loads census tract, block groups, and blocks tables.
setof text loader_generate_script(
text[] param_states, text os)
;
Generates a shell script for the specified platform for the specified states that will download Tiger data, stage and load into tiger_data
schema. Each state script is returned as a separate record.
It uses unzip on Linux (7-zip on Windows by default) and wget to do the downloading. It uses Section 4.7.2, “Using the Shapefile Loader” to load in the data. Note the smallest unit it does is a whole state, but you can overwrite this by downloading the files yourself. It will only process the files in the staging and temp folders.
It uses the following control tables to control the process and different OS shell syntax variations.
loader_variables
keeps track of various variables such as census site, year, data and staging schemas
loader_platform
profiles of various platforms and where the various executables are located. Comes with windows and linux. More can be added.
loader_lookuptables
each record defines a kind of table (state, county), whether to process records in it and how to load them in. Defines the steps to import data, stage data, add, removes columns, indexes, and constraints for each. Each table is prefixed with the state and inherits from a table in the tiger schema. e.g. creates tiger_data.ma_faces
which inherits from tiger.faces
Availability: 2.0.0 to support Tiger 2010 structured data and load census tract (tract), block groups (bg), and blocks (tabblocks) tables .
If you are using pgAdmin 3, be warned that by default pgAdmin 3 truncates long text. To fix, change File -> Options -> Query Tool -> Query Editor - > Max. characters per column to larger than 50000 characters. |
Using psql where gistest is your database and /gisdata/data_load.sh
is the file to create with the shell commands to run.
psql -U postgres -h localhost -d gistest -A -t \ -c "SELECT Loader_Generate_Script(ARRAY['MA'], 'gistest')" > /gisdata/data_load.sh;
Generate script to load up data for 2 states in Windows shell script format.
SELECT loader_generate_script(ARRAY['MA','RI'], 'windows') AS result; -- result -- set TMPDIR=\gisdata\temp\ set UNZIPTOOL="C:\Program Files\7-Zip\7z.exe" set WGETTOOL="C:\wget\wget.exe" set PGBIN=C:\Program Files\PostgreSQL\9.4\bin\ set PGPORT=5432 set PGHOST=localhost set PGUSER=postgres set PGPASSWORD=yourpasswordhere set PGDATABASE=geocoder set PSQL="%PGBIN%psql" set SHP2PGSQL="%PGBIN%shp2pgsql" cd \gisdata cd \gisdata %WGETTOOL% ftp://ftp2.census.gov/geo/tiger/TIGER2015/PLACE/tl_*_25_* --no-parent --relative --recursive --level=2 --accept=zip --mirror --reject=html cd \gisdata/ftp2.census.gov/geo/tiger/TIGER2015/PLACE : :
Generate sh script
SELECT loader_generate_script(ARRAY['MA','RI'], 'sh') AS result; -- result -- TMPDIR="/gisdata/temp/" UNZIPTOOL=unzip WGETTOOL="/usr/bin/wget" export PGBIN=/usr/lib/postgresql/9.4/bin -- variables used by psql: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-envars.html export PGPORT=5432 export PGHOST=localhost export PGUSER=postgres export PGPASSWORD=yourpasswordhere export PGDATABASE=geocoder PSQL=${PGBIN}/psql SHP2PGSQL=${PGBIN}/shp2pgsql cd /gisdata cd /gisdata wget ftp://ftp2.census.gov/geo/tiger/TIGER2015/PLACE/tl_*_25_* --no-parent --relative --recursive --level=2 --accept=zip --mirror --reject=html cd /gisdata/ftp2.census.gov/geo/tiger/TIGER2015/PLACE rm -f ${TMPDIR}/*.* : :
Loader_Generate_Nation_Script — Generates a shell script for the specified platform that loads in the county and state lookup tables.
text loader_generate_nation_script(
text os)
;
Generates a shell script for the specified platform that loads in the county_all
, county_all_lookup
, state_all
tables into tiger_data
schema. These inherit respectively from the county
, county_lookup
, state
tables in tiger
schema.
It uses unzip on Linux (7-zip on Windows by default) and wget to do the downloading. It uses Section 4.7.2, “Using the Shapefile Loader” to load in the data.
It uses the following control tables tiger.loader_platform
, tiger.loader_variables
, and tiger.loader_lookuptables
to control the process and different OS shell syntax variations.
loader_variables
keeps track of various variables such as census site, year, data and staging schemas
loader_platform
profiles of various platforms and where the various executables are located. Comes with windows and linux/unix. More can be added.
loader_lookuptables
each record defines a kind of table (state, county), whether to process records in it and how to load them in. Defines the steps to import data, stage data, add, removes columns, indexes, and constraints for each. Each table is prefixed with the state and inherits from a table in the tiger schema. e.g. creates tiger_data.ma_faces
which inherits from tiger.faces
Enhanced: 2.4.1 zip code 5 tabulation area (zcta5) load step was fixed and when enabled, zcta5 data is loaded as a single table called zcta5_all as part of the nation script load.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
If you want zip code 5 tabulation area (zcta5) to be included in your nation script load, do the following: UPDATE tiger.loader_lookuptables SET load = true WHERE table_name = 'zcta510'; |
If you were running |
Generate script script to load nation data Windows.
SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('windows');
Generate script to load up data for Linux/Unix systems.
SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('sh');
Missing_Indexes_Generate_Script — Finds all tables with key columns used in geocoder joins that are missing indexes on those columns and will output the SQL DDL to define the index for those tables.
text Missing_Indexes_Generate_Script(
)
;
Finds all tables in tiger
and tiger_data
schemas with key columns used in geocoder joins that are missing indexes on those columns and will output the SQL DDL to define the index for those tables. This is a helper function that adds new indexes needed to make queries faster that may have been missing during the load process. As the geocoder is improved, this function will be updated to accommodate new indexes being used. If this function outputs nothing, it means all your tables have what we think are the key indexes already in place.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
SELECT missing_indexes_generate_script(); -- output: This was run on a database that was created before many corrections were made to the loading script --- CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_county_countyfp ON tiger.county USING btree(countyfp); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_cousub_countyfp ON tiger.cousub USING btree(countyfp); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_edges_tfidr ON tiger.edges USING btree(tfidr); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_edges_tfidl ON tiger.edges USING btree(tfidl); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_zip_lookup_all_zip ON tiger.zip_lookup_all USING btree(zip); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_data_ma_county_countyfp ON tiger_data.ma_county USING btree(countyfp); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_data_ma_cousub_countyfp ON tiger_data.ma_cousub USING btree(countyfp); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_data_ma_edges_countyfp ON tiger_data.ma_edges USING btree(countyfp); CREATE INDEX idx_tiger_data_ma_faces_countyfp ON tiger_data.ma_faces USING btree(countyfp);
Normalize_Address — Given a textual street address, returns a composite norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This function will work with just the lookup data packaged with the tiger_geocoder (no need for tiger census data).
norm_addy normalize_address(
varchar in_address)
;
Given a textual street address, returns a composite norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This is the first step in the geocoding process to get all addresses into normalized postal form. No other data is required aside from what is packaged with the geocoder.
This function just uses the various direction/state/suffix lookup tables preloaded with the tiger_geocoder and located in the tiger
schema, so it doesn't need you to download tiger census data or any other additional data to make use of it. You may find the need to add more abbreviations or alternative namings to the various lookup tables in the tiger
schema.
It uses various control lookup tables located in tiger
schema to normalize the input address.
Fields in the norm_addy
type object returned by this function in this order where () indicates a field required by the geocoder, [] indicates an optional field:
(address) [predirAbbrev] (streetName) [streetTypeAbbrev] [postdirAbbrev] [internal] [location] [stateAbbrev] [zip] [parsed] [zip4] [address_alphanumeric]
Enhanced: 2.4.0 norm_addy object includes additional fields zip4 and address_alphanumeric.
address
is an integer: The street number
predirAbbrev
is varchar: Directional prefix of road such as N, S, E, W etc. These are controlled using the direction_lookup
table.
streetName
varchar
streetTypeAbbrev
varchar abbreviated version of street type: e.g. St, Ave, Cir. These are controlled using the street_type_lookup
table.
postdirAbbrev
varchar abbreviated directional suffice of road N, S, E, W etc. These are controlled using the direction_lookup
table.
internal
varchar internal address such as an apartment or suite number.
location
varchar usually a city or governing province.
stateAbbrev
varchar two character US State. e.g MA, NY, MI. These are controlled by the state_lookup
table.
zip
varchar 5-digit zipcode. e.g. 02109.
parsed
boolean - denotes if address was formed from normalize process. The normalize_address function sets this to true before returning the address.
zip4
last 4 digits of a 9 digit zip code. Availability: PostGIS 2.4.0.
address_alphanumeric
Full street number even if it has alpha characters like 17R. Parsing of this is better using Pagc_Normalize_Address function. Availability: PostGIS 2.4.0.
Output select fields. Use Pprint_Addy if you want a pretty textual output.
SELECT address As orig, (g.na).streetname, (g.na).streettypeabbrev FROM (SELECT address, normalize_address(address) As na FROM addresses_to_geocode) As g; orig | streetname | streettypeabbrev -----------------------------------------------------+---------------+------------------ 28 Capen Street, Medford, MA | Capen | St 124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 | Mount Auburn | St 950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610 | Main | St 529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129 | Main | St 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 | Massachusetts | Ave 25 Wizard of Oz, Walaford, KS 99912323 | Wizard of Oz |
Pagc_Normalize_Address — Given a textual street address, returns a composite norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This function will work with just the lookup data packaged with the tiger_geocoder (no need for tiger census data). Requires address_standardizer extension.
norm_addy pagc_normalize_address(
varchar in_address)
;
Given a textual street address, returns a composite norm_addy
type that has road suffix, prefix and type standardized, street, streetname etc. broken into separate fields. This is the first step in the geocoding process to get all addresses into normalized postal form. No other data is required aside from what is packaged with the geocoder.
This function just uses the various pagc_* lookup tables preloaded with the tiger_geocoder and located in the tiger
schema, so it doesn't need you to download tiger census data or any other additional data to make use of it. You may find the need to add more abbreviations or alternative namings to the various lookup tables in the tiger
schema.
It uses various control lookup tables located in tiger
schema to normalize the input address.
Fields in the norm_addy
type object returned by this function in this order where () indicates a field required by the geocoder, [] indicates an optional field:
There are slight variations in casing and formatting over the Normalize_Address.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
Questo metodo richiede l'estensione address_standardizer.
(address) [predirAbbrev] (streetName) [streetTypeAbbrev] [postdirAbbrev] [internal] [location] [stateAbbrev] [zip]
The native standardaddr of address_standardizer extension is at this time a bit richer than norm_addy since its designed to support international addresses (including country). standardaddr equivalent fields are:
house_num,predir, name, suftype, sufdir, unit, city, state, postcode
Enhanced: 2.4.0 norm_addy object includes additional fields zip4 and address_alphanumeric.
address
is an integer: The street number
predirAbbrev
is varchar: Directional prefix of road such as N, S, E, W etc. These are controlled using the direction_lookup
table.
streetName
varchar
streetTypeAbbrev
varchar abbreviated version of street type: e.g. St, Ave, Cir. These are controlled using the street_type_lookup
table.
postdirAbbrev
varchar abbreviated directional suffice of road N, S, E, W etc. These are controlled using the direction_lookup
table.
internal
varchar internal address such as an apartment or suite number.
location
varchar usually a city or governing province.
stateAbbrev
varchar two character US State. e.g MA, NY, MI. These are controlled by the state_lookup
table.
zip
varchar 5-digit zipcode. e.g. 02109.
parsed
boolean - denotes if address was formed from normalize process. The normalize_address function sets this to true before returning the address.
zip4
last 4 digits of a 9 digit zip code. Availability: PostGIS 2.4.0.
address_alphanumeric
Full street number even if it has alpha characters like 17R. Parsing of this is better using Pagc_Normalize_Address function. Availability: PostGIS 2.4.0.
Single call example
SELECT addy.* FROM pagc_normalize_address('9000 E ROO ST STE 999, Springfield, CO') AS addy; address | predirabbrev | streetname | streettypeabbrev | postdirabbrev | internal | location | stateabbrev | zip | parsed ---------+--------------+------------+------------------+---------------+-----------+-------------+-------------+-----+-------- 9000 | E | ROO | ST | | SUITE 999 | SPRINGFIELD | CO | | t
Batch call. There are currently speed issues with the way postgis_tiger_geocoder wraps the address_standardizer. These will hopefully be resolved in later editions. To work around them, if you need speed for batch geocoding to call generate a normaddy in batch mode, you are encouraged to directly call the address_standardizer standardize_address function as shown below which is similar exercise to what we did in Normalize_Address that uses data created in Geocode.
WITH g AS (SELECT address, ROW((sa).house_num, (sa).predir, (sa).name , (sa).suftype, (sa).sufdir, (sa).unit , (sa).city, (sa).state, (sa).postcode, true)::norm_addy As na FROM (SELECT address, standardize_address('tiger.pagc_lex' , 'tiger.pagc_gaz' , 'tiger.pagc_rules', address) As sa FROM addresses_to_geocode) As g) SELECT address As orig, (g.na).streetname, (g.na).streettypeabbrev FROM g; orig | streetname | streettypeabbrev -----------------------------------------------------+---------------+------------------ 529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129 | MAIN | ST 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 | MASSACHUSETTS | AVE 25 Wizard of Oz, Walaford, KS 99912323 | WIZARD OF | 26 Capen Street, Medford, MA | CAPEN | ST 124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 | MOUNT AUBURN | ST 950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610 | MAIN | ST
Pprint_Addy — Given a norm_addy
composite type object, returns a pretty print representation of it. Usually used in conjunction with normalize_address.
varchar pprint_addy(
norm_addy in_addy)
;
Given a norm_addy
composite type object, returns a pretty print representation of it. No other data is required aside from what is packaged with the geocoder.
Usually used in conjunction with Normalize_Address.
Pretty print a single address
SELECT pprint_addy(normalize_address('202 East Fremont Street, Las Vegas, Nevada 89101')) As pretty_address; pretty_address --------------------------------------- 202 E Fremont St, Las Vegas, NV 89101
Pretty print address a table of addresses
SELECT address As orig, pprint_addy(normalize_address(address)) As pretty_address FROM addresses_to_geocode; orig | pretty_address -----------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------- 529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129 | 529 Main St, Boston MA, 02129 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 | 77 Massachusetts Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139 28 Capen Street, Medford, MA | 28 Capen St, Medford, MA 124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 | 124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, MA 02138 950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610 | 950 Main St, Worcester, MA 01610
Reverse_Geocode — Takes a geometry point in a known spatial ref sys and returns a record containing an array of theoretically possible addresses and an array of cross streets. If include_strnum_range = true, includes the street range in the cross streets.
record Reverse_Geocode(
geometry pt, boolean include_strnum_range=false, geometry[] OUT intpt, norm_addy[] OUT addy, varchar[] OUT street)
;
Takes a geometry point in a known spatial ref and returns a record containing an array of theoretically possible addresses and an array of cross streets. If include_strnum_range = true, includes the street range in the cross streets. include_strnum_range defaults to false if not passed in. Addresses are sorted according to which road a point is closest to so first address is most likely the right one.
Why do we say theoretical instead of actual addresses. The Tiger data doesn't have real addresses, but just street ranges. As such the theoretical address is an interpolated address based on the street ranges. Like for example interpolating one of my addresses returns a 26 Court St. and 26 Court Sq., though there is no such place as 26 Court Sq. This is because a point may be at a corner of 2 streets and thus the logic interpolates along both streets. The logic also assumes addresses are equally spaced along a street, which of course is wrong since you can have a municipal building taking up a good chunk of the street range and the rest of the buildings are clustered at the end.
Note: Hmm this function relies on Tiger data. If you have not loaded data covering the region of this point, then hmm you will get a record filled with NULLS.
Returned elements of the record are as follows:
intpt
is an array of points: These are the center line points on the street closest to the input point. There are as many points as there are addresses.
addy
is an array of norm_addy (normalized addresses): These are an array of possible addresses that fit the input point. The first one in the array is most likely. Generally there should be only one, except in the case when a point is at the corner of 2 or 3 streets, or the point is somewhere on the road and not off to the side.
street
an array of varchar: These are cross streets (or the street) (streets that intersect or are the street the point is projected to be on).
Enhanced: 2.4.1 if optional zcta5 dataset is loaded, the reverse_geocode function can resolve to state and zip even if the specific state data is not loaded. Refer to Loader_Generate_Nation_Script for details on loading zcta5 data.
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Example of a point at the corner of two streets, but closest to one. This is approximate location of MIT: 77 Massachusetts Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139 Note that although we don't have 3 streets, PostgreSQL will just return null for entries above our upper bound so safe to use. This includes street ranges
SELECT pprint_addy(r.addy[1]) As st1, pprint_addy(r.addy[2]) As st2, pprint_addy(r.addy[3]) As st3, array_to_string(r.street, ',') As cross_streets FROM reverse_geocode(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.093902 42.359446)',4269),true) As r; result ------ st1 | st2 | st3 | cross_streets -------------------------------------------+-----+-----+---------------------------------------------- 67 Massachusetts Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139 | | | 67 - 127 Massachusetts Ave,32 - 88 Vassar St
Here we choose not to include the address ranges for the cross streets and picked a location really really close to a corner of 2 streets thus could be known by two different addresses.
SELECT pprint_addy(r.addy[1]) As st1, pprint_addy(r.addy[2]) As st2, pprint_addy(r.addy[3]) As st3, array_to_string(r.street, ',') As cross_str FROM reverse_geocode(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.06941 42.34225)',4269)) As r; result -------- st1 | st2 | st3 | cross_str ---------------------------------+---------------------------------+-----+------------------------ 5 Bradford St, Boston, MA 02118 | 49 Waltham St, Boston, MA 02118 | | Waltham St
For this one we reuse our geocoded example from Geocode and we only want the primary address and at most 2 cross streets.
SELECT actual_addr, lon, lat, pprint_addy((rg).addy[1]) As int_addr1, (rg).street[1] As cross1, (rg).street[2] As cross2 FROM (SELECT address As actual_addr, lon, lat, reverse_geocode( ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(lon,lat),4326) ) As rg FROM addresses_to_geocode WHERE rating > -1) As foo; actual_addr | lon | lat | int_addr1 | cross1 | cross2 -----------------------------------------------------+-----------+----------+-------------------------------------------+-----------------+------------ 529 Main Street, Boston MA, 02129 | -71.07181 | 42.38359 | 527 Main St, Boston, MA 02129 | Medford St | 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02139 | -71.09428 | 42.35988 | 77 Massachusetts Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139 | Vassar St | 26 Capen Street, Medford, MA | -71.12377 | 42.41101 | 9 Edison Ave, Medford, MA 02155 | Capen St | Tesla Ave 124 Mount Auburn St, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 | -71.12304 | 42.37328 | 3 University Rd, Cambridge, MA 02138 | Mount Auburn St | 950 Main Street, Worcester, MA 01610 | -71.82368 | 42.24956 | 3 Maywood St, Worcester, MA 01603 | Main St | Maywood Pl
Topology_Load_Tiger — Loads a defined region of tiger data into a PostGIS Topology and transforming the tiger data to spatial reference of the topology and snapping to the precision tolerance of the topology.
text Topology_Load_Tiger(
varchar topo_name, varchar region_type, varchar region_id)
;
Loads a defined region of tiger data into a PostGIS Topology. The faces, nodes and edges are transformed to the spatial reference system of the target topology and points are snapped to the tolerance of the target topology. The created faces, nodes, edges maintain the same ids as the original Tiger data faces, nodes, edges so that datasets can be in the future be more easily reconciled with tiger data. Returns summary details about the process.
This would be useful for example for redistricting data where you require the newly formed polygons to follow the center lines of streets and for the resulting polygons not to overlap.
This function relies on Tiger data as well as the installation of the PostGIS topology module. For more information, refer to Chapter 9, Topologia and Section 2.2.3, “Configurazione della compilazione”. If you have not loaded data covering the region of interest, then no topology records will be created. This function will also fail if you have not created a topology using the topology functions. |
Most topology validation errors are a result of tolerance issues where after transformation the edges points don't quite line up or overlap. To remedy the situation you may want to increase or lower the precision if you get topology validation failures. |
Required arguments:
topo_name
Il nome di una topologia PostGIS esistente in cui caricare i dati.
region_type
The type of bounding region. Currently only place
and county
are supported. Plan is to have several more. This is the table to look into to define the region bounds. e.g tiger.place
, tiger.county
region_id
This is what TIGER calls the geoid. It is the unique identifier of the region in the table. For place it is the plcidfp
column in tiger.place
. For county it is the cntyidfp
column in tiger.county
Disponibilità: 2.0.0
Create a topology for Boston, Massachusetts in Mass State Plane Feet (2249) with tolerance 0.25 feet and then load in Boston city tiger faces, edges, nodes.
SELECT topology.CreateTopology('topo_boston', 2249, 0.25); createtopology -------------- 15 -- 60,902 ms ~ 1 minute on windows 7 desktop running 9.1 (with 5 states tiger data loaded) SELECT tiger.topology_load_tiger('topo_boston', 'place', '2507000'); -- topology_loader_tiger -- 29722 edges holding in temporary. 11108 faces added. 1875 edges of faces added. 20576 nodes added. 19962 nodes contained in a face. 0 edge start end corrected. 31597 edges added. -- 41 ms -- SELECT topology.TopologySummary('topo_boston'); -- topologysummary-- Topology topo_boston (15), SRID 2249, precision 0.25 20576 nodes, 31597 edges, 11109 faces, 0 topogeoms in 0 layers -- 28,797 ms to validate yeh returned no errors -- SELECT * FROM topology.ValidateTopology('topo_boston'); error | id1 | id2 -------------------+----------+-----------
Create a topology for Suffolk, Massachusetts in Mass State Plane Meters (26986) with tolerance 0.25 meters and then load in Suffolk county tiger faces, edges, nodes.
SELECT topology.CreateTopology('topo_suffolk', 26986, 0.25); -- this took 56,275 ms ~ 1 minute on Windows 7 32-bit with 5 states of tiger loaded -- must have been warmed up after loading boston SELECT tiger.topology_load_tiger('topo_suffolk', 'county', '25025'); -- topology_loader_tiger -- 36003 edges holding in temporary. 13518 faces added. 2172 edges of faces added. 24761 nodes added. 24075 nodes contained in a face. 0 edge start end corrected. 38175 edges added. -- 31 ms -- SELECT topology.TopologySummary('topo_suffolk'); -- topologysummary-- Topology topo_suffolk (14), SRID 26986, precision 0.25 24761 nodes, 38175 edges, 13519 faces, 0 topogeoms in 0 layers -- 33,606 ms to validate -- SELECT * FROM topology.ValidateTopology('topo_suffolk'); error | id1 | id2 -------------------+----------+----------- coincident nodes | 81045651 | 81064553 edge crosses node | 81045651 | 85737793 edge crosses node | 81045651 | 85742215 edge crosses node | 81045651 | 620628939 edge crosses node | 81064553 | 85697815 edge crosses node | 81064553 | 85728168 edge crosses node | 81064553 | 85733413
CreateTopology, CreateTopoGeom, TopologySummary, ValidateTopology
Set_Geocode_Setting — Sets a setting that affects behavior of geocoder functions.
text Set_Geocode_Setting(
text setting_name, text setting_value)
;
Sets value of specific setting stored in tiger.geocode_settings
table. Settings allow you to toggle debugging of functions. Later plans will be to control rating with settings. Current list of settings are listed in Get_Geocode_Setting.
Disponibilità: 2.1.0
If you run Geocode when this function is true, the NOTICE log will output timing and queries.
SELECT set_geocode_setting('debug_geocode_address', 'true') As result; result --------- true
Le seguenti funzioni sono funzioni aggregate spaziali utilizzabili allo stesso modo in cui si usano le funzioni aggregate SQL quali sum
e average
.
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni di finestra spaziali che vengono utilizzate allo stesso modo delle funzioni di finestra SQL come row_number()
, lead()
e lag()
. Devono essere seguite da una clausola OVER()
.
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni di PostGIS conformi allo standard SQL/MM 3
Le funzioni e gli operatori riportati di seguito sono funzioni/operatori PostGIS che prendono in ingresso o restituiscono in uscita un oggetto di tipo geografia.
Le funzioni con una (T) non sono funzioni geodetiche native e utilizzano una chiamata ST_Transform da e verso la geometria per eseguire l'operazione. Di conseguenza, potrebbero non comportarsi come ci si aspetta quando si supera la linea di demarcazione, i poli e per geometrie di grandi dimensioni o coppie di geometrie che coprono più di una zona UTM. Trasformazione di base - (privilegiando UTM, Lambert Azimuthal (Nord/Sud) e ripiegando su mercator nel peggiore dei casi) |
Le funzioni e gli operatori riportati di seguito sono funzioni/operatori PostGIS che prendono in ingresso o restituiscono in uscita un oggetto di tipo raster. Sono elencati in ordine alfabetico.
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni PostGIS che prendono in ingresso o restituiscono in uscita un insieme o un singolo oggetto di tipo geometry_dump o geomval.
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni PostGIS che prendono come input o restituiscono come output la famiglia di tipi spaziali PostGIS box*. La famiglia di tipi box è composta da box2d, e box3d
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni di PostGIS che non eliminano l'indice Z.
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni PostGIS che possono utilizzare CIRCULARSTRING, CURVEPOLYGON e altri tipi di geometria curva
Le funzioni riportate di seguito sono funzioni PostGIS che possono utilizzare le geometrie POLYHEDRALSURFACE e POLYHEDRALSURFACEM
Di seguito è riportato un elenco alfabetico di funzioni specifiche per lo spazio in PostGIS e i tipi di tipi di spazio con cui lavorano o la conformità OGC/SQL a cui cercano di conformarsi.
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.6
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.5
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.5
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.5
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.4
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.4
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.4
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.3
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.3
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.3
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.2
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.2
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.2
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.1
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.1
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.1
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 3.0
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 3.0
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 3.0
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.5
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.5
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.5
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.4
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.4
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.4
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.3
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.3
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.3
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.2
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.2
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.2
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.1
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.1
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.1
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 2.0
Funzioni migliorate in PostGIS 2.0
Funzioni modificate in PostGIS 2.0
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 1.5
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 1.4
Le seguenti funzioni PostGIS sono quelle aggiunte o migliorate.
Funzioni nuove in PostGIS 1.3
Segnalare efficacemente i bug è una modalità fondamentale per aiutare lo sviluppo di PostGIS. Il bug report più efficiente è quello che permette agli sviluppatori PostGIS di replicarlo, quindi idealmente contiene uno script che lo rende evidente e un elenco di informazioni sull'ambiente in cui si verifica. Le informazioni indispensabili possono essere estratte eseguendo SELECT postgis_full_version()
[per PostGIS] and SELECT version()
[per postgresql].
Se non si sta usando l'ultima release, vale la pena leggerne il release changelog, per scoprire se il bug in questione è già stato risolto.
Usare il PostGIS bug tracker assicura che le segnalazioni non vadano perse, e permette di restare aggiornati sulla sua gestione. Prima di riportare un nuovo bug, per favore esaminate il database dei bug per vedere se è già stato segnalato, nel qual caso è opportuno aggiungere ad esso nuove informazioni.
Consigliamo la lettura del paper di Simon Tatham su How to Report Bugs Effectively (Come riportare bug in modo efficiente) prima di compilare un nuovo bug report.
La documentazione deve riflettere accuratamente le funzionalità e il comportamento del software. Se così non fosse, potrebbe essere dovuto a un bug del software o a un errore o mancanza della documentazione.
I problemi della documentazione possono essere riportati nel bug tracker di PostGIS.
Se la revisione è minore, basta descriverla in una nuova issue del bug tracker, specificando la sua posizione nella documentazione.
Se i cambiamenti sono più estesi, è preferibile mandare una patch. In Unix, si tratta di un processo in 4 fasi (assumendo di avere git già installato):
Ottieni un clone del repository git di PostGIS. In Unix, digita:
git clone https://git.osgeo.org/gitea/postgis/postgis.git
I file saranno salvati nella cartella postgis
Apportare le modifiche alla documentazione con l'editor di testo preferito. In Unix, ad esempio, digitare:
vim doc/postgis.xml
Nota: la documentazione è scritta in DocBook XML, non in HTML, quindi se non si ha familiarità con esso conviene seguire lo stile della documentazione esistente.
Produrre una patch, cioè un file contenente le differenze rispetto alla copia master della documentazione. In Unix, digitare:
git diff doc/postgis.xml > doc.patch
Allegare la patch a una nuova issue nel bug tracker.
2025/xx/xx